BY ORDER OF THE
SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE
AIR FORCE INSTRUCTION 21-101
16 JANUARY 2020
Corrective Actions applied on, 15 September 2020
AIR COMBAT COMMAND
Supplement
23 JUNE 2020
Incorporating Change 1, 22 April 2021
Certified Current, 22 April 2021
Maintenance
AIRCRAFT AND EQUIPMENT
MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT
COMPLIANCE WITH THIS PUBLICATION IS MANDATORY
ACCESSIBILITY: Publications and forms are available for downloading or ordering on the
e-Publishing website at www.e-publishing.af.mil.
RELEASABILITY: There are no releasability restrictions on this publication.
OPR: AF/A4LM
Supersedes: AFI 21-101, 1 May 2015
AFI 21-110, 16 Jun 2016
AFI 21-123, 3 Feb 2017
AFI 21-124, 12 Jan 2017
AFI 21-136, 3 Feb 2017
Certified by: SAF/AQD
(Ms. Angela L. Tymofichuk)
Pages: 473
OPR: ACC/A4PM
Supersedes: AFI 20-115_ACCSUP, 1 Aug 17
AFI 21-101_ACCSUP, 19 April 2017
AFI 21-123_ACCSUP, 29 Sep 2017
AFI 21-136_ACCSUP, 19 Dec 2017
ACCI 21-105, 12 Dec 2018
Certified by: ACC/A4P
(Mr. Daniel Sullivan)
Pages: 473
This publication implements Air Force Policy Directive (AFPD) 21-1, Maintenance of Military
Materiel. It is the basic Air Force Instruction (AFI) for all weapon system and support equipment
2 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
maintenance management guidance. It provides the minimum essential guidance and procedures
to safely and effectively maintain, service, and repair weapon systems and support equipment. This
publication applies to all military and civilian members of the Regular Air Force (RegAF), Air
Force Reserve (AFR) and Air National Guard (ANG) and those with contractual obligation to
comply with Air Force publications. Supplements and addendums are written in accordance with
(IAW) AFI 33-360, Publication and Forms Management. Supplements must identify and
document Major Command (MAJCOM), AFR, and ANG required deviations (applicability,
variance, exception and differences in organizational placement of responsibilities/processes) in
their supplement and addendums with the abbreviation “(DEV)”. Place the “DEV” entry after the
Paragraph number and directly preceding the affected text, such as (AMC) (DEV) Use the... or
(ADDED-AMC) (DEV) Use the...). All supplements and addendums are submitted to the Air
Force Maintenance Division (AF/A4LM) @ usaf.pentagon.af-a4.mbx.a4lm-maintenance-
[email protected] for approval and are published in the e-Publishing website. The authorities to
waive wing and unit level requirements in this publication are identified with a Tier (“T-0, T-1, T-
2, T-3”) number following the compliance statement. See AFI 33-360 for a description of the
authorities associated with the Tier numbers. Submit requests for waivers through the chain of
command to the appropriate Tier waiver approval authority, or alternately, to the requestor’s
commander for non-tiered compliance items. For questions on interpreting this instruction, first
contact your MAJCOM maintenance functional activity. Refer recommended changes and
questions about this publication through your MAJCOM, AFR or ANG, to the Office of Primary
Responsibility (OPR) using the Air Force (AF) Form 847, Recommendation for Change of
Publication; route AF Forms 847 from the field through the appropriate functional chain of
command. Ensure all records created as a result of processes prescribed in this publication are
maintained in accordance with Air Force Manual 33-363, Management of Records, and disposed
of in accordance with the Air Force Records Disposition Schedule located in the Air Force Records
Information Management System. The use of the name or mark of any specific manufacturer,
commercial product, commodity, or service in this publication does not imply endorsement by the
AF.
(ACC) AFI 21-101, Aircraft and Equipment Maintenance Management, 16 Jan 2020, is
supplemented as follows: This supplement prescribes policies and procedures governing
aerospace equipment maintenance management for Air Combat Command (ACC) and all
Munitions Support Squadrons (MUNSS) sites. It applies to these organizations and personnel
maintaining aircraft, aircraft systems, equipment, support equipment, and components regardless
of Air Force Specialty Code (AFSC). It provides broad management framework for commanders
to adjust procedures to compensate for mission, facility, and geographic differences. This
supplement does not apply to the United States Space Force, Air National Guard (ANG), or Air
Force Reserve Command (AFRC); however, ANG/AFRC personnel assigned to Classic Associate
Units supporting ACC units will comply with the guidance provided within this supplement. The
reporting requirements in this publication (unless otherwise specified) are exempt from licensing
In Accordance With (IAW) Air Force Instruction (AFI) 33-324, The Air Force Information
Collections and Reports Management Program. The authorities to waive wing/unit level
requirements in this publication are identified with a Tier (“T-0, T-1, T-2, and T-3”) number
following the compliance statement. Compliance with Attachments 1, 3, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12
in this publication is mandatory. See Department of the Air Force Instruction (DAFI) 33-360,
Publication and Forms Management, for a description of the authorities associated with the tier
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 3
numbers. Submit requests for waivers through the chain of command to the appropriate tier waiver
approval authority, or alternately, to the requestor’s commander for non-tiered compliance items.
For questions on interpreting this instruction, first contact your MAJCOM maintenance functional
activity. Units will publish a single supplement to consolidate local policies mandated by the AFI
and this supplement. Supplements must be written IAW DAFI 33-360. Units may develop separate
operating instructions as long as they are referenced in their AFI 21-101 supplements. Ensure all
records created as a result of processes prescribed in this publication are maintained IAW AFI 33-
322, Records Management and Information Governance Program, and disposed of IAW Air Force
Records Information Management System (AFRIMS) Records Disposition Schedule (RDS).
Contact supporting records managers as required. Send comments, questions, and suggested
improvements to this publication on AF Form 847, Recommendation for Change of Publication,
through channels to HQ ACC/A4PM, 130 Douglas Street, Suite 231A, Langley AFB, VA 23665-
2791. See Attachment 1 for a glossary of references and supporting information.
SUMMARY OF CHANGES CORRECTIVE ACTION
This corrective action revises the following paragraphs: 10.3.1.; 10.3.3.3.3.; 10.11.1.;
10.11.2.1.1.; 10.12.; 10.13.1.; 10.13.1.1., 10.13.6.1 and 11.8.3.15. Additionally, this corrective
action deletes para, 6.10.1.3.3.1.
SUMMARY OF CHANGES
This publication has been substantially revised and must be completely reviewed in its entirety.
Significant changes include the addition of Maintenance Cyber Discipline requirements,
Decentralized Materiel Support, incorporation of four AFIs superseded above and establishes a
Wing Avionics Manager Position requirement. Additionally, eTool and World Wide Identification
(WWID) management procedures were expanded to provide standardized enterprise requirements.
MAJCOMs/ANG designated to establish Special Certification Roster (SCR) prerequisites to
optimize workforce alignment to mission requirements.
(ACC) This publication has been revised and includes: incorporation of ACC Publication and
CBM+ guidance; modified Special Certification Roster (SCR) prerequisites to optimize workforce
alignment to mission requirements; update or removal of obsolete guidance and references;
integrated additional tiering to identify applicable waiver authorities; and removed Training
Detachment instructional restrictions. A margin bar (ǀ) indicates newly revised material.
Chapter 1— MANAGEMENT OVERVIEW, SUPPORTING CONCEPTS AND
REQUIREMENTS. 15
1.1. Introduction. ........................................................................................................... 15
1.2. Organization. .......................................................................................................... 15
1.3. Maintenance Concept. ........................................................................................... 15
1.4. Aircraft Maintenance Tactics, Techniques and Procedures (TTP). ....................... 16
1.5. Aircraft and Equipment Readiness. ....................................................................... 17
4 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
1.6. Maintenance Discipline. ........................................................................................ 17
1.7. Communications Security (COMSEC)/Controlled Cryptographic Item (CCI)
Accountability. ........................................................................................................ 18
Table 1.1. Tiered Interface Examples. ..................................................................................... 19
1.8. Environmental Compliance. .................................................................................. 21
1.9. Publications. ........................................................................................................... 21
1.10. Maintenance Training. ........................................................................................... 21
1.11. Modification Management. .................................................................................... 21
1.12. Maintenance Information Systems (MIS). ............................................................. 22
1.13. General Safety Guidance. ...................................................................................... 22
1.14. Duty Shifts and Rest Periods. ................................................................................ 22
1.15. Communications. ................................................................................................... 23
1.16. Maintenance Repair Priorities. ............................................................................... 24
Table 1.2. Maintenance Repair Priority Designators. .............................................................. 24
1.17. Associate Unit Program/Total Force Integration (TFI). ........................................ 26
1.18. Performance-Based Activities. .............................................................................. 26
1.19. Changes to Technical Orders. ................................................................................ 27
Chapter 2— ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 28
2.1. General. .................................................................................................................. 28
2.1. (ACC) General. ..................................................................................................... 28
2.2. Wing Commander (WG/CC) Responsibilities. ...................................................... 28
2.3. Wing Vice Commander (WG/CV) Responsibilities. ............................................ 31
2.4. Maintenance Group Commander (MXG/CC) Responsibilities. ............................ 31
2.4. (ACC) Maintenance Group Commander (MXG/CC) Responsibilities. ................ 32
2.5. Deputy Maintenance Group Commander (MXG/CD). .......................................... 39
2.5. (ACC) Deputy Maintenance Group Commander (MXG/CD). ............................ 39
2.6. MXG Superintendent Responsibilities. ................................................................. 40
2.7. Wing Weapons Manager (WWM). ........................................................................ 41
2.8. Squadron Commander (SQ/CC) Responsibilities. ................................................ 45
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 5
2.9. Maintenance Supervision Responsibilities. ........................................................... 47
2.10. Flight Supervision. ................................................................................................. 49
2.11. Production Superintendent (Pro Super). ................................................................ 52
2.12. Section NCOIC/Chief. ........................................................................................... 52
Chapter 3— AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE SQUADRON (AMXS). 56
3.1. General. .................................................................................................................. 56
3.2. Maintenance Supervision Responsibilities. ........................................................... 56
3.3. Aircraft Maintenance Unit (AMU). ....................................................................... 56
3.4. AMU OIC/SUPT Responsibilities. ........................................................................ 56
3.5. Production Superintendent (Pro Super). ................................................................ 57
3.6. Flightline Expediter. .............................................................................................. 58
3.7. Aircrew and Maintenance Debrief Section. ........................................................... 59
3.7. (ACC) Aircrew and Maintenance Debrief Section. ............................................... 59
Table 3.1. Landing Status Codes. ............................................................................................ 61
Table 3.2. System Capability Codes ........................................................................................ 61
Table 3.3. Deviation Cause Codes ........................................................................................... 62
3.8. Aircraft Section. ..................................................................................................... 62
3.9. Specialist Section. .................................................................................................. 63
3.9. (ACC) DELETED. ................................................................................................ 63
3.10. Weapons Section. ................................................................................................... 65
3.11. Support Section. ..................................................................................................... 72
3.12. AMU Decentralized Materiel Support (DMS). ..................................................... 73
Chapter 4— MAINTENANCE SQUADRON (MXS) 75
4.1. General. .................................................................................................................. 75
4.2. Maintenance Supervision Responsibilities. ........................................................... 75
4.3. MXS Production Superintendent (Pro Super). ...................................................... 76
4.4. Accessories Flight. ................................................................................................. 76
4.5. Aerospace Ground Equipment (AGE) Flight. ........................................................ 83
4.5. (ACC) Aerospace Ground Equipment (AGE) Flight. ........................................... 83
6 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
4.6. Armament Flight. ................................................................................................... 87
4.7. Avionics Flight. ..................................................................................................... 88
4.8. Fabrication Flight. .................................................................................................. 90
4.9. Maintenance Flight. ............................................................................................... 94
4.10. Munitions Flight. ................................................................................................... 98
4.11. Propulsion Flight. ................................................................................................... 98
Table 4.1. (ACC) Wing-Retained Tasks. ................................................................................ 106
4.12. Test, Measurement, and Diagnostic Equipment (TMDE) Flight. .......................... 106
Chapter 5— MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS (MXO). 109
5.1. General. .................................................................................................................. 109
5.2. Maintenance Operations. ....................................................................................... 109
5.3. Maintenance Training (MT). ................................................................................. 123
5.3. (ACC) Maintenance Training (MT). ..................................................................... 123
5.4. Programs and Resources (P&R). ........................................................................... 123
Chapter 6— QUALITY ASSURANCE (QA) 125
6.1. General. .................................................................................................................. 125
6.2. Responsibilities. ..................................................................................................... 125
6.2. (ACC) Responsibilities. ......................................................................................... 125
6.3. QA Superintendent (QA SUPT) Responsibilities. ................................................. 126
6.4. Chief Inspector Responsibilities. ........................................................................... 128
6.5. Quality Assurance Inspector Responsibilities. ...................................................... 129
6.6. Quality Assurance Inspector Training. .................................................................. 129
6.7. Maintenance Standardization and Evaluation Program (MSEP). .......................... 131
6.8. LEAP QA Database. .............................................................................................. 142
6.9. QA Product Improvement Programs (PIP). ........................................................... 144
6.10. Technical Order Distribution Office (TODO). ...................................................... 145
6.10. (ACC) Technical Order Distribution Office (TODO). .......................................... 145
6.11. One-Time Inspections (OTI) program. .................................................................. 148
6.12. Functional Check Flights (FCFs) to include Operational Check Flights (OCFs). .. 148
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 7
6.13. Inflight Operational Checks. .................................................................................. 150
6.14. High Speed Taxi Checks. ....................................................................................... 150
6.15. Weight and Balance (W&B) Program. .................................................................. 150
6.15. (ACC) Weight and Balance (W&B) Program. ...................................................... 150
Chapter 7— IMPOUNDMENT PROCEDURES 152
7.1. Aircraft and Equipment Impoundment. ................................................................. 152
7.2. Specific Guidance. ................................................................................................. 152
7.3. Impoundment Authorities. ...................................................................................... 153
7.4. Impoundment Official Responsibilities. ................................................................ 153
7.5. Mandatory Impoundments. ................................................................................... 153
7.6. Impoundment Procedures. ...................................................................................... 154
7.7. Rules of Impoundment Specifically for Explosive-Related Events/Mishaps. ....... 155
Chapter 8— TOOL AND EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT 157
8.1. Tool and Equipment Management. ........................................................................ 157
8.1. (ACC) Tool and Equipment Management. ............................................................ 157
8.2. Guidelines for Program Management. ................................................................... 157
8.3. General Program Guidelines. .................................................................................. 159
8.4. TMDE Management Guidelines. ........................................................................... 162
8.5. Tool Accountability. .............................................................................................. 163
8.6. Tool and Equipment Marking and Identification. ................................................... 165
8.7. Locally Manufactured, Developed, or Modified Tools and Equipment. ............... 167
8.8. Tool Room Operations and Security. ...................................................................... 168
8.9. Lost Item/Tool Procedures. ..................................................................................... 169
Chapter 9— MATERIEL MANAGEMENT SUPPORT 172
9.1. General. .................................................................................................................. 172
9.2. Decentralized Materiel Support. ............................................................................ 172
9.3. Supply Discipline. .................................................................................................. 173
9.4. Readiness Spares Package Review. ....................................................................... 173
9.5. Bench Stock. .......................................................................................................... 173
8 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
9.5. (ACC) Bench Stock. .............................................................................................. 173
9.6. Consumable Readiness Spares Package. ............................................................... 173
9.7. Shop Stock. ............................................................................................................ 174
9.7. (ACC) Shop Stock. ................................................................................................ 174
9.8. Operating Stock. .................................................................................................... 174
9.8. (ACC) Operating Stock. ........................................................................................ 174
9.9. Work Order Residue. ............................................................................................. 174
9.9. (ACC) Work Order Residue. ................................................................................. 174
9.10. Adjusted Stock Levels. .......................................................................................... 174
9.11. Shelf-life Items. ..................................................................................................... 174
9.12. Equipment Items. ................................................................................................... 175
9.13. Special Purpose Recoverable Authorized Maintenance (SPRAM). ...................... 175
9.14. Supply Assets Requiring Functional Check, Calibration, or Operational Flight
Programming. ......................................................................................................... 175
9.15. Time Compliance Technical Order (TCTO) Kit Procedures. ................................ 175
9.15. (ACC) Time Compliance Technical Order (TCTO) Kit Procedures. .................... 176
9.16. Supply Points. ........................................................................................................ 176
9.17. Local Manufacture. ................................................................................................ 176
9.18. DIFM Management. ................................................................................................ 177
9.19. Tail Number Bins (TNB). ....................................................................................... 178
9.20. CANN Actions. ...................................................................................................... 179
9.21. Bench Check and Repair Policy. ........................................................................... 179
9.22. Maintenance Turn-Around Record Update Processing. ........................................ 180
9.23. Buildup Items. ........................................................................................................ 180
9.24. DR Exhibits. ........................................................................................................... 180
9.25. Destruction of TOP SECRET Material. ................................................................. 180
9.26. Certifying Items Associated With Explosives. ...................................................... 180
9.27. (ACC) Parts Holding Bin (PHB). .......................................................................... 180
9.28. (ACC) Repair Network Enhancement Program (RNEP). ..................................... 181
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 9
Chapter 10— MUNITIONS POLICY AND WEAPONS LOAD CREW PROGRAM 183
10.1. AF Munitions Policy. ............................................................................................. 183
10.2. Unit Committed Munitions List (UCML), Test/Training Munitions List
(TTML). .................................................................................................................. 183
10.3. Weapons Load Crew Training Program (WLCTP). .............................................. 184
10.4. Loading Standardization Crew (LSC). .................................................................. 187
10.5. Weapons Academic Instructor. .............................................................................. 187
10.6. Squadron Lead Crews. ........................................................................................... 188
10.7. Training Facilities/Aircraft. .................................................................................... 188
10.8. (ACC) Weapons Academics. ................................................................................. 188
10.8. Weapons Academics. ............................................................................................. 188
10.9. Practical Training. .................................................................................................. 190
10.9. (ACC) Practical Training. ..................................................................................... 190
10.10. Task Assignment List. ........................................................................................... 190
10.10. (ACC) Task Assignment List. .............................................................................. 190
10.11. Munitions Aircraft Loading Certification/Decertification. ..................................... 191
10.12. Proficiency Review Period. ................................................................................... 194
10.13. Minimum Required Proficiency Load. .................................................................. 194
10.14. Load Crew Semi-Annual Evaluations (SAE). ....................................................... 195
10.15. Documenting Load Crew Certification/Decertification/Qualification. ................... 195
10.16. Weapons Task Qualification. ................................................................................. 196
10.17. Munitions Load Time Standards. ........................................................................... 197
10.18. (ACC) Integrated Combat Turnaround (ICT). ...................................................... 198
Table 10.1. Fighter Aircraft Munitions Family Group and Munition Load Time Standards (in
minutes). .................................................................................................................. 200
Table 10.2. Bomber Aircraft Munitions Family Group and Munition Load Time Standards. .. 201
Table 10.3. Remote Piloted/Special Mission Aircraft Munitions Family Group and Munition
Load Time Standards ............................................................................................... 202
Chapter 11— ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE REQUIRMENTS AND PROGRAMS 204
11.1. Facility Housekeeping and Contamination Control. .............................................. 204
10 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.2. Personal Wireless Communications Systems Management. .................................. 204
11.3. MAJCOM/ANG Special Certification Rosters (SCR). .......................................... 204
Table 11.1. Mandatory Special Certification Roster and Prerequisites. .................................... 206
Table 11.1. (ACC) Mandatory Special Certification Roster and Prerequisites. ........................ 209
11.4. Aircraft Grounding. ................................................................................................ 213
11.5. Ramp Inspection Program. ..................................................................................... 214
11.6. Red Ball Maintenance. ........................................................................................... 214
11.7. Maintenance Recovery Team: ............................................................................... 215
11.7. (ACC) [DEV] Maintenance Recovery Team: ....................................................... 215
11.8. Foreign Object Damage (FOD) Prevention Program. ........................................... 215
11.8. (ACC) Foreign Object Damage (FOD) Prevention Program. ............................... 215
11.9. Dropped Object Prevention (DOP) Program. ........................................................ 225
11.10. Aircraft Structural Integrity Program (ASIP). ....................................................... 226
11.11. Identification Friend or Foe (IFF) Program. ........................................................... 227
11.12. Radar Warning Receiver/Radar Threat Warning Testing. ...................................... 228
11.13. Cannibalization Program. ....................................................................................... 229
11.14. Hangar Queen Aircraft. ........................................................................................... 232
11.15. Ground Instructional Trainer Aircraft (GITA). ...................................................... 234
11.16. Aircraft Inlet/Intake/Exhaust Certification. ............................................................ 238
11.17. Engine Run Training and Certification Program. ................................................... 239
11.18. Engine Blade Blending Training and Certification Program. ................................. 248
11.19. Engine Flexible Borescope Inspection Training and Certification Program. ........ 250
11.20. Flying Crew Chief (FCC) Program. ....................................................................... 251
11.21. Maintenance of Flash Blindness Protective Devices. ............................................. 257
11.22. WRM External Nestable Fuel Tank Build-Up. ...................................................... 259
11.23. Protective Aircraft Shelters (PAS). ........................................................................ 259
11.23. (ACC) Protective Aircraft Shelters (PAS). ........................................................... 259
11.24. Combat Sortie Generation. .................................................................................... 262
11.24. (ACC) Combat Sortie Generation. ........................................................................ 262
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 11
11.25. Hot Refueling Procedures. ..................................................................................... 262
Table 11.2. (ACC) Hot/Aircraft-to-Aircraft Refueling Training/Certification Requirements.
(T-2). ........................................................................................................................ 268
11.26. Aircraft Rapid/Hot Defueling. ................................................................................ 269
11.27. 406 MHz Emergency Locator Transmitter Systems Program. ............................... 269
11.28. Crashed, Damaged or Disabled Aircraft Recovery (CDDAR) Program. ............... 269
11.29. Aircraft Battle Damage Repair (ABDR). ............................................................... 271
11.30. Egress/Cockpit Familiarization Training. ............................................................... 274
11.31. Aircraft Defensive Systems Loading Program. ...................................................... 275
11.32. Aircraft and Equipment Decontamination. ............................................................. 280
11.33. End-of-Runway (EOR) Inspection. ........................................................................ 280
11.34. Wing Avionics Manager (WAM). .......................................................................... 280
11.35. Fire Extinguisher Requirements. ............................................................................ 282
11.36. Air Force Repair Enhancement Program (AFREP). ............................................... 283
11.37. Calibration Limitation Approval Certification Program. ........................................ 293
11.38. Oil Analysis Program (OAP). ................................................................................. 294
11.39. Air Force Engineering and Technical Services (AFETS). ...................................... 304
11.40. Senior Leader Mission Generation (SLMG) Course. ............................................. 309
11.41. (ACC) Hydraulic Fluid Purification (HFP). ......................................................... 310
11.42. (ACC) Scanning Electron Microscope/Energy Dispersive X-Ray (SEM/EDX)
Magnetic Chip Detector Analysis Program (MCDP). ............................................ 310
11.43. (ACC) Cold Weather Hangar Door. ...................................................................... 312
11.44. (ACC) Deicing/Anti-icing Training. ..................................................................... 312
11.45. (ACC) Corrosion Program. ................................................................................... 312
11.46. (ACC) Condition-Based Maintenance Plus (CBM+). ........................................... 315
Chapter 12— MAINTAINING COMMERCIAL DERIVATIVE AIRCRAFT (CDA). 317
12.1. Background Information, Objective and Roles and Responsibilities. ................... 317
12.2. AF/A4L will: ........................................................................................................... 317
12.3. The Program Manager (PM) will: ........................................................................... 317
12 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
12.4. Lead Commands will: ............................................................................................. 318
12.5. Units will: ............................................................................................................... 318
12.6. Maintenance Personnel Requirements. .................................................................. 319
12.7. Deviations/Changes to Inspection Requirements, Time Change Intervals, and
Component/Aircraft Overhaul. ............................................................................... 319
12.8. Air Force Modifications to CDA and Components. .............................................. 319
12.9. Certification Basis for CDA. .................................................................................. 319
Chapter 13— CENTRALIZED REPAIR FACILITIES (CRF). 320
13.1. Introduction. ........................................................................................................... 320
13.2. Organization. .......................................................................................................... 320
13.3. CRF Production Requirements. ............................................................................. 320
13.4. MGN Support. ....................................................................................................... 320
13.4. (ACC) MGN Support. ........................................................................................... 320
13.5. CRF Enterprise Information Management. ............................................................ 321
13.6. Documentation. ...................................................................................................... 321
13.7. Metrics. ................................................................................................................. 321
Chapter 14— MAINTENANCE PLANS, SCHEDULING AND DOCUMENTATION
(PS&D). 322
14.1. Responsibilities: ...................................................................................................... 322
14.2. Data Documentation. .............................................................................................. 325
14.3. Configuration, TCTO, SI and TCI Management. ................................................... 334
14.4. ENGINE MANAGEMENT (EM). ......................................................................... 349
14.5. Maintenance and FHP Planning Cycle. .................................................................. 356
14.6. Contingency and Expeditionary Responsibilities. .................................................. 372
Chapter 15— AIRCRAFT SUN SHADE SUSTAINMENT 375
15.1. Purpose: ................................................................................................................. 375
15.2. Scope: .................................................................................................................... 375
15.3. Definitions. ............................................................................................................. 375
15.4. Headquarters Air Force. .......................................................................................... 376
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 13
15.5. MAJCOM A4s will: ................................................................................................ 376
Table 15.1. (ACC) Wet Bulb Globe Temperature 10-Year Average (2009-2018). .................. 377
Table 15.2. (ACC) Snowfall 10-Year Average: Inches (2009-2018). ...................................... 377
15.6. Owning Organization. ............................................................................................. 378
15.7. New Procurements. ................................................................................................. 380
15.8. Design Criteria/Standards of New or Replacement Aircraft Sun Shades. .............. 382
15.9. Current Aircraft Sun Shades. .................................................................................. 385
15.10. Sustainment and Accountability. .......................................................................... 386
15.11. Allied Support (Electricity, Water, Communications, Lighting). ........................... 388
15.12. Crew Shelters and Portable/Inflatable Shelters. ...................................................... 389
15.13. (ACC) Procurement/Replacement of Portable/Inflatable Shelters. ....................... 390
Chapter 16— (ACC) AEROSPACE VEHICLE COATING AND MARKING
REQUIREMENTS 391
16.1. (ACC) Purpose of Coating and Marking Guidance. .............................................. 391
16.2. (ACC) Coating System Scoring and Maintenance.  .............................................. 391
16.3. (ACC) Aircraft Markings. ..................................................................................... 391
Attachment 1— GLOSSARY OF REFERENCES AND SUPPORTING INFORMATION 399
Attachment 2— AIRCRAFT COMMANDER FEEDBACK ON FCC 434
Attachment 3— QUARTERLY FCC REPORT FORMAT 435
Attachment 4— ANNUAL FCC REPORT 436
Attachment 5— FCC SDAP REQUEST 437
Attachment 6— FOREIGN OBJECT DAMAGE (FOD) REPORT 438
Attachment 7— CRITICAL APPLICATION ITEMS & CRITICAL SAFETY ITEMS 439
Attachment 8— (ACC) FLYING SCHEDULING EFFECTIVENESS 440
Attachment 9— (ACC) MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING EFFECTIVENESS 454
Attachment 10— (ACC) FLYING SCHEDULING REPORTING PROCEDURES 458
Attachment 11— (ACC) ATTRITION AND SPARES 461
Attachment 12— (ACC) DEPLOYED OPERATIONS AND OFF-STATION SORTIES 465
Attachment 13— (ACC) SAMPLE OF TIME DISTRIBUTION INDEX 467
14 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Attachment 14— (ACC) EXAMPLE OF REPORTING AIRCREW READINESS 468
Attachment 15— (ACC) AFREP END OF FISCAL YEAR REPORT SAMPLE 469
Attachment 16— (ACC) AFREP CCR MINIATURE SOLDERING CERTIFICATION
PLAN 470
Attachment 17— (ACC) AFREP CCR MINIATURE SOLDERING RECERTIFICATION
PLAN 471
Attachment 18— (ACC) AFREP CCR MICRO-MINIATURE SOLDERING
CERTIFICATION PLAN 472
Attachment 19— (ACC) AFREP CCR MICRO-MINIATURE SOLDERING
RECERTIFICATION PLAN 473
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 15
Chapter 1
MANAGEMENT OVERVIEW, SUPPORTING CONCEPTS AND REQUIREMENTS.
1.1. Introduction. This instruction prescribes basic aircraft and equipment maintenance
management policy implementation and procedures used throughout the United States Air Force
(USAF) to perform Mission Generation (MG) functions.
1.2. Organization. AF organizations are structured according to AFI 38-101, Air Force
Organization, or as authorized by the Director of Manpower, Organization & Resources
(AF/A1M). Contracted maintenance functions are not required to organize IAW AFI 38-101, but
will implement the organization as outlined in their proposal as accepted by the government. For
the definition of “Lead Command” see AFPD 10-9, Lead Command Designation and
Responsibilities for Weapon Systems.
1.2.1. (Added-ACC) Structure the deployed combat support operation to accomplish mission
requirements. Flightline and back shop maintenance may be separated to fulfill the mission at
the discretion of the senior maintainer at the deployed location. Units deploying to locations
with established infrastructures (i.e., U.S. installations or presence at OCONUS locations)
shall, with host wing and lead wing coordination, organize into the Combat Wing
Organization. (T-2). Deployed maintenance personnel should integrate into the existing MXG.
All deployed maintenance organizations shall coordinate maintenance actions through the host
wing as well as attend appropriate maintenance meetings scheduled by the host wing. (T-2).
1.3. Maintenance Concept. Per AFPD 21-1, organizational, intermediate and depot
maintenance capabilities for operational readiness shall be maintained to ensure effective and
timely response to peacetime operations, mobilizations, national defense contingencies and other
emergencies. Note: Guidance for the use of Additive Manufacturing to build replacement parts is
prescribed in AFI 63-101/20-101, Integrated Life Cycle Management.
1.3.1. As a minimum each capability will be able to:
1.3.1.1. Organizational: launch and recover sorties, maintain and repair materiel coded for
organizational level repair.
1.3.1.2. Intermediate: repair materiel coded for organizational and intermediate level
repair in back shops, centralized repair facilities, or both.
1.3.1.3. Depot-level Maintenance: Provides the capability to maintain materiel coded for
organizational, intermediate and depot levels of maintenance. Includes maintenance
requiring the overhaul, upgrading, or rebuilding of parts, assemblies, or subassemblies, and
the testing and reclamation of equipment as necessary.
1.3.2. Organizational and intermediate-level maintenance is organized into two mutually
exclusive networks, the Mission Generation Network (MGN) and the Repair Network (RN).
The MGN is optimized for mission generation at the wing level and consists of authorized “on-
equipment” and “off-equipment” maintenance capabilities required to launch, recover,
configure, inspect and repair AF systems and equipment. The RN supports the MGN by
providing the maintenance required to fulfill operational needs outside the capability or
capacity of MGN activities. The interface between the two networks takes place when the
MGN activity relinquishes control of reparable assets to the RN activity (such as, supply
16 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
counter turn-in) or changing an end item Purpose Identifier Code (PIC) from an operational
activity to a repair network activity (such as, depot maintenance).
1.3.2.1. Most MGN units possess a complement of equipment and supplies necessary to
perform on-equipment and off-equipment maintenance.
1.3.2.2. RN units may reside at bases that perform mission generation. RN requirements
and processes are identified in AFI 20-117, Repair Network Management.
1.3.3. MAJCOMs assigned combat coded fighter aircraft will coordinate with Mission Design
Series (MDS) lead and using commands and the MAJCOM Operations Directorate
(MAJCOM/A3) to develop and document standardized MDS and Primary Aerospace Vehicle
(Aircraft) Authorized (PAA) specific utilization rate standards in their supplements to this
instruction. At a minimum the rates will:
1.3.3.1. Consider aggregated and analyzed unit generation capability data to identify and
document standard MDS turn patterns by PAA in their supplements to Chapter 14 of this
instruction.
1.3.3.2. Account for standard avionics and weapons training configurations.
1.3.3.3. Account for standard Technical Order (TO) driven turn time inspections and
Average Sortie Duration.
1.3.3.4. Include a process for supporting units in assessing shortfalls and developing action
plans.
1.3.4. Requests for Assistance. If a maintenance activity requires assistance for evaluation,
repair, or both, beyond unit capability, requests are made IAW AFI 21-103, Equipment
Inventory, Status and Utilization Reporting; TO 00-25-107, Maintenance Assistance; and TO
00-20-14, AF Metrology and Calibration Program, or automated process as approved by the
MDS Program Manager (PM) (for example, C-130 Automated Inspection, Repair, Corrosion
and Aircraft Tracking (AIRCAT), F-16 Technical Assistance Request). All requests for
assistance must be coordinated through the originating MAJCOM and Lead Command as
applicable. (T-2).
1.4. Aircraft Maintenance Tactics, Techniques and Procedures (TTP). TTPs are developed
from lessons learned and best practices that provide valuable reference documents to improve
maintenance processes and procedures. Maintenance leaders should utilize the maintenance
fundamentals TTP volumes (Aircraft, Munitions and Missile) to effectively and efficiently support
mission generation. Maintainers who attend the USAF Advanced Maintenance and Munitions
Operations School are trained in advanced operational, expeditionary and tactical maintenance
management concepts stemming from the alumni’s development and formalization of TTPs.
Maintenance Group Commander (MXG/CC) should identify their Advanced Maintenance and
Munitions Operations School graduates and utilize them as advisors and instructors to enhance
mission capability. AFTTP 3-4.21V1, Aircraft Maintenance, can be found at:
https://cs2.eis.af.mil/sites/10070/Documents/AFTTP3-4.21V1ACMX.pdf. For additional
information on Advanced Maintenance and Munitions Operations School and TTP development
see Air Force Manual (AFMAN) 21-111, Advanced Maintenance and Munitions Operations
School.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 17
1.5. Aircraft and Equipment Readiness. Aircraft and equipment readiness is the maintenance
mission. The maintenance function ensures assigned aircraft and equipment are safe, serviceable,
and properly configured to meet mission needs. Maintenance actions include, but are not limited
to, inspection, repair, overhaul, modification, preservation, refurbishment, troubleshooting,
testing, analyzing condition, performance and maintenance documentation. All levels of
supervision need to place emphasis on safety, quality, and timeliness in the performance of
maintenance. The concept of quality maintenance must be fostered by each supervisor and
technician to ensure the integrity and skill of each maintainer is not degraded. To the greatest
extent possible, maintenance is accomplished on a preplanned scheduled basis. Planning provides
the most effective and efficient use of people, facilities, and equipment, reduces unscheduled
maintenance, and allows for progressive actions toward maintaining and returning aircraft and
equipment to safe operating condition. Exploiting repair network capability and maintaining
visibility of repair cycle assets throughout the maintenance cycle are also critical elements of the
equipment maintenance program.
1.5.1. Preventive Maintenance. AF units implement and manage the tasks specified in the
scheduled recurring maintenance program for their assigned aircraft and associated support
equipment (SE). Preventive maintenance is achieved through the inspection requirement
concepts described in TO 00-20-1, Aerospace Equipment Maintenance Inspection,
Documentation, Policy, and Procedures, and applicable weapon system -6 TO
1.5.2. MAJCOMs that conduct Mission Generation Assessments or similar weapon system
logistic evaluations in order to validate unit readiness will:
1.5.2. (ACC) The organization’s Commander may request the HQ ACC/A4 Logistics
Assessment and Training Team (LATT) to come to their unit to observe, train, and assist with
explicitly requested focus areas.
1.5.2.1. Provide units a standardized assessment report containing, at a minimum, positive,
negative and areas for improvement feedback to facilitate crosstell to like units.
1.5.2.1. (ACC) The LATT Team Chief will provide an out brief to the organization’s
Commander prior to the LATT departure. (T-2). LATT Team Chief will provide a copy
of the observation (i.e., best practices, areas of concern, and training provided) to the
organization NLT two weeks after the LATT’s departure. (T-2).
1.5.2.1.1. Analyze unit generation processes to capture and communicate best
practices.
1.5.2.1.2. Analyze unit generation performance to identify and communicate
noteworthy trends.
1.5.2.2. Directorates of Logistics, Engineering & Force Protection (MAJCOMs A4s) will
semi-annually report their top three trends and causal factors to the Logistics Board to
facilitate debate to identify and mitigate potential limiting factors. Submit MAJCOM top
three trends to the AF/A4LX workflow no later than 30 days prior to each Logistics Board
meeting for consolidation at: [email protected].
1.6. Maintenance Discipline. It is the responsibility of all maintenance personnel to comply
with all written guidance to ensure required repairs, inspections, and documentation are completed
in a compliant, safe, timely, and effective manner. Supervisors are responsible for enforcing and
18 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
establishing a climate that promotes maintenance and supply discipline. Unless expressly stated
otherwise in a particular instruction, waiver, or deviation in this AFI granted by the appropriate
authority, all Airmen must follow AFIs. (T-1). AFIs do not provide optional guidance, and failure
to comply with AFIs can result in disciplinary action as described in AFI 1-1, Air Force Standards.
Civilian personnel who violate punitive publications may also be subject to disciplinary action.
See AFI 33-360 for more detailed information on the use of punitive language in publications.
1.6.1. Compliance Terminology. For the purposes of this instruction, the following definitions
apply:
1.6.1.1. Shall, Must, Will - Indicates mandatory requirements. Note: “Will” is also used
to express a declaration of purpose for a future event.
1.6.1.2. Should - Indicates a preferred method of accomplishment.
1.6.1.3. May - Indicates an acceptable or suggested means of accomplishment.
1.6.2. Use of TOs and TO Supplements. All personnel will enforce compliance with technical
data. (T-1). Use of prescribed technical data to maintain aircraft and equipment is mandatory
and will be conducted and managed IAW TO 00-5-1, Air Force Technical Order System. (T-
1).
1.6.3. AFTO Form 492, Maintenance Warning Tag. The Air Force Technical Order (AFTO)
Form 492, Maintenance Warning Tag, is used as prescribed in technical data, local procedures,
or both, to flag a condition that could cause damage or injury if ignored. Refer to TO 00-20-1
for additional guidance. Note: The AFTO Form 492 is replacing the AF Form 1492, Warning
Tag referenced in AFMAN 91-203, Air Force Occupational Safety, Fire, and Health
Standards. Use of the AF Form 1492 is authorized until supplies are exhausted.
1.7. Communications Security (COMSEC)/Controlled Cryptographic Item (CCI)
Accountability. The Air Force COMSEC/Central CCI Authority is the Cryptologic and Cyber
Systems Division, Joint Base San Antonio-Lackland, Texas.
1.7.1. Installed COMSEC/CCI accountability will be accomplished IAW AFMAN 17-1302-
O, Communications Security (COMSEC) Operations and AFI 23-101, Air Force Material
Management. (T-1). Ensure all serially controlled and serially tracked COMSEC/CCI
information is entered into the Maintenance Information System (MIS) IAW TO 00-20-2,
Maintenance Data Documentation. (T-1).
1.7.1.1. Maintain serial number inventory accountability for all COMSEC/CCI issued or
removed to Facilitate Other Maintenance (FOM) in Tail Number Bin (TNB) IAW
Paragraph 9.19. Tail Number Bins of this instruction.
1.7.1.2. Questions concerning COMSEC/CCI accountability can be directed to the
Cryptologic and Cyber Systems Division’s COMSEC Policy Office Air Force Life Cycle
Management Center (AFLCMC/HNCLS).
1.7.2. Maintenance Cybersecurity Discipline.
1.7.2.1. Maintaining positive maintenance cyber discipline practices of Department of
Defense (DoD) Information Technology (IT) is critical to sustaining the mission.
Department of Defense Instruction (DoDI) 8500.01, Cybersecurity, defines both hardware
and software that is physically part of, dedicated to, or essential in real-time to the mission
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 19
assurance of special purpose weapon systems. DoD IT is the most common IT encountered
in flightline environments, and includes (but is not limited to) electronic tools (eTools),
aircraft and associated support equipment. The culture of positive cybersecurity awareness
and actions necessary to sustain cyber resiliency is required by all maintenance personnel
to mitigate allusive cyber threats and optimize enduring mission generation capabilities.
1.7.2.1.1. All users perform an integral role in prevention, detection, and reporting
suspected corrupted software of DoD IT which includes Information Systems (IS) and
Platform Information Technology (PIT), which is an electronic platform with
information technology for a specific function. See Table 1.1
Table 1.1. Tiered Interface Examples.
TIER
Type of Interface
Applicable TOs
1
On-Board
Device TO
2
Directly Connected
Device TO
3
Indirectly Connected
TO 33-1-38
4
Not Connected
TO 00-5-1
1.7.2.1.1.1. All users must consult airframe Security Classification Guides, TO 33-
1-38, Cybersecurity for Automatic Test Equipment and Support Test Equipment
(ATE/STE). TO 33-1-38 provides guidance for Cybersecurity Incident Reporting
and refers users to applicable technical manuals, instructions and publications when
determining the classification of cybersecurity incidents and vulnerability
documents. (T-1).
1.7.2.1.2. Authorized and unauthorized uses of IT and PIT. All users must have the
ability to distinguish between authorized and unauthorized uses. (T-1).
1.7.2.1.2.1. Authorized uses must be vetted through a formal cybersecurity
assessment process and be directed in specific TO guidance. (T-1). The governing
TOs or equivalent publications specifically define authorized uses.
1.7.2.1.2.2. Unauthorized uses include: connecting any hardware, uploading or
downloading software, or media not explicitly defined by TOs. This includes but is
not limited to: personal devices, phones, tablets, computers, Universal Serial Bus
drives, and similar devices.
1.7.2.1.2.3. DoD IT, derivative AF Publications, and TOs provide users guidance
on Automated Computer Program Identification Number System devices acquired
from local Communications Squadrons and media obtained from DoD contractors.
1.7.2.1.2.4. All users will follow the applicable TO when directly or indirectly
connecting computers and equipment to the aircraft or support equipment, and
when uploading or downloading data. (T-1).
1.7.2.1.2.5. All users will immediately discontinue use, report, and turn into the
appropriate functional authority IT and PIT (WAM, Wing Cybersecurity Office,
20 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
and the Mission Defense Teams/Cyber Squadron, if assigned) that are suspect for
containing malicious software, malicious code, software bugs or unauthorized use.
(T-1).
1.7.2.1.2.6. All users will complete Maintenance Cyber Discipline Training
annually in Advanced Distributed Learning Service (ADLS) or equivalent training
method. (T-1).
1.7.2.1.3. MDS Lead Commands in coordination with the applicable PM will develop
MDS and Support Equipment (SE) cyber threat mitigation methods and procedures for
Organizational and Intermediate level maintenance activities. The methods and
procedures must detect malicious code, report cyber incidence and issues, and
remediate the incidence and issue affecting the MDS or SE. Note: Mitigation plan
should be developed per DoDI 8500.01; TO 33-1-38, DoD 8570.01M, Information
Assurance Workforce Improvement Program; Military Standard (MIL-STD)-38784A,
General Style and Format Requirements For Technical Manuals; 17- series AFIs.
1.7.2.1.3.1. The cyber threat mitigation methods must include MDS and SE
specific training requirements. (T-1). Note: Training requirements could include
training aids, for example, computer-based training on how the flightline
maintainer should scan support equipment for malicious software.
1.7.2.1.3.2. Lead Commands must ensure current MDS and SE specific malicious
code definitions are available to ensure positive cyber threat mitigation
management support is available. (T-1).
1.7.2.1.3.2.1. MAJCOM and ANG will report system-specific cyber incidents
to the applicable MDS Lead Command.
1.7.2.1.3.2.2. MAJCOM and ANG will follow airframe Security Classification
Guides, TOs, and applicable technical manuals when providing “cross tell” to
inform their subordinate units about system-specific cyber incidents, threats,
and issues.
1.7.3. eTools.
1.7.3.1. eTools are portable electronic devices (such as laptop computer, handheld device)
that operate in a disconnected mode and, are certified to inter-operate on AF networks.
eTools are mission critical; the primary purpose is for viewing electronic technical
publications and in some cases are used to exchange maintenance data with approved MIS
at the point of maintenance. eTools are procured IAW AFMAN 17-1203, Information
Technology (IT) Asset Management (ITAM). Note: eTools do not include electronic
devices and test equipment issued and configuration managed by a system PM (aircraft test
and support equipment).
1.7.3.2. MAJCOM/ANG A4s, will develop and implement standardized guidance on the
management, use, storage, configuration, content update, security and cyber hygiene
processes necessary to support the approved use of all assigned eTools consistent and IAW
the weapon system MDS specific technical orders and threat specific Air Force and DoD
cyber publications.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 21
1.7.3.2. (ACC) See TO 00-5-1, AF Technical Order System, and ACC Supplement for
eTool management. (T-2).
1.7.3.3. The MAJCOM/ANG A4 guidance will include any assigned command-wide
cyber threat awareness and mitigation strategies with reference to supporting publications,
technical orders, and MAJCOM eTool OPR contact information in their supplement or
addendum to this AFI.
1.8. Environmental Compliance. It is the responsibility of all maintenance personnel to comply
with all written guidance to ensure compliance with hazardous material, hazardous waste
management and air emissions record keeping as required for environmental compliance IAW AFI
90-821, Hazard Communication (HAZCOM) Program, installation Environment, Safety, and
Occupational Health Management System/Environment Management System (ESOHMS/EMS)
policy/guidance and applicable environmental requirements and guidance. (T-1).
1.9. Publications. Units may tailor procedures to the unique aspects of their own maintenance
operation and publish directives, instructions, supplements, addendums, and, for functional areas,
Operating Instructions (OI) IAW AFI 33-360.
1.9.1. Develop, control, and maintain functional and emergency action checklists. At a
minimum, each checklist is titled, dated and coordinated with the wing safety office.
Functional checklists are not to be used in place of or to circumvent technical data for
operation, servicing, inspection or maintenance of aircraft, aircraft systems, munitions, and all
other equipment supporting aircraft and munitions maintenance.
1.9.2. Methods and Procedures Technical Orders (MPTOs): Due to the close relationship
between MPTOs and this AFI, all changes and revisions to the MPTOs cited in Attachment
1, References of this AFI will be routed from Air Force Material Command (AFMC) to
AF/A4LM for content review for conflicts and policy gaps identification and mitigation prior
to submission for publication.
1.10. Maintenance Training. Maintenance training provides initial, recurring and advanced
proficiency, qualification, or certification skills needed by a technician to perform duties in their
primary Air Force Specialty Code (AFSC), Civilian Job Series, or equivalent. Maintenance
training includes combat and sortie generation skills not normally integrated into peacetime
operations (such as, munitions handling, and external fuel tank build-up, hot refueling).
Maintenance training carries an equal priority with the operational training mission. For
maintenance training policy and guidance, refer to AFI 36-2650, Maintenance Training and
MAJCOM supplements.
1.11. Modification Management. A modification proposal is a recommendation to change the
operation, use, or appearance of AF equipment. Modifications (temporary, permanent, or safety)
to AF aircraft or equipment are expressly prohibited without PM approval. Note: PM is used in
this publication as defined in AFPD 63-1, Integrated Life Cycle Management. Refer to AFI 63-
101/20-101, for modification management procedures.
1.11.1. Modifications to Munitions. All proposed modifications to aircraft-carried munitions
include AFI 63-101/20-101 and SEEK EAGLE certification IAW AFI 63-101/20-101and Air
Force Pamphlet (AFPAM) 63-129, Air System Development Process and Procedures. All
modifications to AF nuclear munitions or their associated support and training equipment are
nuclear certified IAW AFI 91-103, Air Force Nuclear Safety Design Certification Program
22 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
and AFI 63-125, Nuclear Certification Program. All modifications to AF conventional
munitions or their associated support and training equipment are certified IAW AFI 91-205,
Non-Nuclear Munitions Safety Board.
1.12. Maintenance Information Systems (MIS). MIS refers to automated maintenance
information systems that support and enable maintenance business processes. MIS is used to
document maintenance actions and track fleet health. The information entered into the MIS is
accomplished IAW TO 00-20-2 and matches the content of the aircraft forms. MIS data entries do
not have to be accomplished by the same individual who documented the aircraft forms, but
employee numbers, man numbers, and User IDs of individuals accomplishing the actual work are
entered into the MIS. Red Ball maintenance is documented IAW Chapter 11 of this instruction.
Data integrity is the responsibility of every member of the unit. All personnel are responsible for
ensuring accuracy and completeness.
1.12.1. Units use the approved MIS for their assigned weapon system.
1.12.2. Serial numbers will be documented in the MIS for all serially-controlled and tracked
assemblies that are identified by an asterisk in the Work Unit Code (WUC) or Logistics Control
Number (LCN) manual IAW TO 00-20-2.
1.13. General Safety Guidance. Maintenance personnel are exposed to a large variety of
hazardous situations, machinery, equipment, and chemicals. Most hazardous situations can be
avoided by following approved procedures, asking for assistance when needed, and using all
required personal protective equipment (PPE).
1.13.1. Safety “Knock It Off” and Risk Management. Due to the inherent danger to life, limb,
and property associated with maintenance operations, personnel are empowered to terminate
an operation or situation which they perceive is unsafe or too dangerous. When supervisors or
crew leaders become task-focused, junior personnel are often better able to assess the danger;
however, deferring to the experience and judgment of the supervisor or crew leader, they may
choose to remain silent, missing an opportunity to break the mishap sequence chain.
Maintenance commanders and supervisors are responsible for fostering a culture in their units
so that a simple, but recognizable “audible” from anyone can prevent a potential mishap. Note:
See AFI 90-802, Risk Management, and AFPAM 90-803, Risk Management (RM) Guidelines
and Tools for additional information.
1.13.2. Visitors. Unit Commanders shall not permit visitors to operate any AF equipment
unless they are qualified to operate such equipment and are doing so in the performance of
their assigned official duties. (T-1). Visitors will not be allowed in the flightline area if
munitions operations are present IAW AFMAN 91-201, Explosive Safety Standards. (T-1).
1.14. Duty Shifts and Rest Periods. MXG/CC or equivalent will establish minimum
requirements that ensure units (home station or deployed) maintain an equitable distribution of
supervision (Officer and Senior Non-Commissioned Officer (SNCO)) across all on-duty shifts in
their supplement to this AFI. (T-2).
1.14.1. During normal operations, maintenance personnel are scheduled for duty based on a
40-hour work week. Maintenance personnel duty hours are aligned to provide optimal mission
support.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 23
1.14.2. Personnel will not be scheduled for more than 12 hours of continuous duty time. (T-
1). Duty time begins when personnel report for duty and ends when their supervisor releases
them. Time spent in exercise or contingency deployment processing lines and in-transit counts
toward the total duty day. Exception: MXG/CCs are the final approval authority for duty time
extensions exceeding the 12-hour limit up to a maximum of 16 hours. Note: Aircraft or
detachment commanders assume this responsibility in Temporary Duty (TDY)/travel status.
1.14.3. Commanders and supervisors will provide a rest period after each shift. (T-1). A rest
period is a block of time that gives a person the opportunity for 8 hours of uninterrupted sleep
in a 24-hour period. Note: This rest period also applies during exercises or inspections.
1.14.4. Personnel will not handle, load or perform maintenance on nuclear weapons,
conventional munitions, or egress explosives beyond a 12-hour continuous duty period. (T-1).
This requirement may not be waived for exercises or inspections; however, the 12-hour
continuous duty period may be exceeded for shift turnover or administrative actions only and
will be avoided to the maximum extent possible. The MXG/CC or equivalent may waive this
requirement during advance defense readiness conditions, actual emergencies as defined in
DoD Directive 3150.02, Department of Defense Nuclear Weapons Surety Program, or to
resolve an unexpected event (such as disabled vehicle, Weapons Storage and Security System
fault, hoist failure).
1.14.5. In alert force or standby duty situations where facilities are available for resting,
established norms may be exceeded. Adjust rest periods to allow for 8 hours of uninterrupted
sleep.
1.14.6. Commanders and supervisors will ensure individuals are afforded adequate duty rest
periods and breaks to prevent fatigue or thermal injury. (T-1). Stop anyone if fatigue may
jeopardize safety. In all cases, aircraft commanders or supervisors ensure aircraft maintenance
personnel are not required to perform duty when they have reached the point of physical or
mental fatigue rendering them incapable of performing their assigned duties safely and
reliably.
1.14.7. MAJCOM Commanders will assume the risk for any Flying Crew Chief (FCC)
deviations from normal duty shifts, rest periods, and exceedance of the 16-hour maximum duty
day. MAJCOM Commanders will publish risk-mitigation procedures in order to meet critical
mission requirements.
1.14.7. (ACC) See paragraph 11.20.7 for MAJCOM FCC work/rest guidance.
1.15. Communications. Commanders shall develop communication plans according to AF
mission requirements. (T-2). See Chapter 11 for detailed communication requirements.
1.15.1. Effective maintenance accomplishment requires the ability to efficiently and
effectively communicate across all facets of the maintenance operation. Communication
technology (government issued Portable Electronic Devices (PED), Portable Maintenance Aid
(PMA), radios, cell phones, computers, wireless internet) must be available to expedite
personnel, equipment, material, and maintenance data throughout the maintenance complex.
(T-2).
1.15.2. MAJCOMs will publish guidance for the use and control of personal communications
devices (personal cell phones, tablets and computers) on the flightline, in munitions areas,
24 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
hangars, and other industrial work areas as required to mitigate cyber risk and ensure
compliance with cyber and communication AFI requirements relevant to their operational
environments.
1.15.2. (ACC) Government commercial mobile devices are authorized. Device
operations/limitations vary by weapon system and location. MXG/CC must identify these
operations/limitations and will publish guidance to ensure compliance. (T-2).
1.15.2.1. (Added-ACC) Personal electronic and communication (commercial mobile)
device restrictions vary by weapon system and location. MXG/CC will determine
authorization and publish guidance for use and control. (T-2).
1.15.3. Unit Commanders will enforce procedures that prohibit the introduction of
government or personal cellular, personal communications system, Radio Frequency (RF),
Infrared (IR) wireless devices, and other devices such as cell phones and tablets, and devices
that have photographic or audio recording capabilities into areas (for example, rooms, offices)
where classified information is stored, processed, or discussed IAW AFMAN 17-1301,
Computer Security (COMPUSEC). (T-1). Coordinate waiver requests with the applicable
Approving Official (AO), and ensure adherence to Certified TEMPEST Technical Authority
(CTTA) requirements IAW Department of Defense Directive (DoDD) 8100.02, Use of
Commercial Wireless Devices, Services, and Technologies in the DoD Global Information
Grid (GIG) written approval by the AF CTTA IAW AFI 16-1404, Air Force Information
Security Program, NIST SP 800-53A Revision 4, Assessing Security and Privacy Controls in
Federal Information Systems and Organizations: Building Effective Security Assessment
Plans, and the Enterprise Authorizing Official (AO) IAW AFI 31-101, Integrated Defense (ID)
and AFMAN 17-1301. (T-1).
1.16. Maintenance Repair Priorities. Maintenance repair priorities are listed in Table 1.2 This
does not prohibit the Production Superintendent (Pro Super), in coordination with the Maintenance
Operations Center (MOC), from changing the maintenance repair priority when warranted. During
tasked Operational Plan (OPLAN) or operational exercise, the pre-planned maintenance flow
determines the job sequence. The maintenance repair priority and the Logistics Readiness
Squadron (LRS) delivery priorities (listed in Air Force Handbook (AFH 23-123V, Materiel
Management Reference Information) are normally identical. Raising or lowering maintenance
repair priorities does not necessarily require a corresponding change in the LRS delivery priority.
However, the Pro Super may authorize the use of a less responsive LRS delivery priority.
Table 1.2. Maintenance Repair Priority Designators.
PRIORITY
APPLICATION
1
Aircraft on alert status, war plan or national emergency missions,
including related Aerospace Ground Equipment (AGE), munitions and
Munitions Support Equipment.
2
Primary mission aircraft, related AGE, munitions, and munitions support
equipment, for the first 8 work hours after landing or start of recovery or
within 6 work hours of a scheduled launch, alert or test flight and during
simulated generation or Operational Readiness Exercises (ORE).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 25
Air evacuation, rescue, weather (WX) mission aircraft, related AGE,
munitions, and munitions support equipment.
All transient support, and FAA aircraft. Flight or missile crew training
simulator, other training equipment or related AGE required repair, which
is impacting the mission by preventing or delaying student training.
3
Primary mission aircraft, engines, air launched missiles and related AGE,
munitions and munitions equipment, and equipment undergoing
scheduled or unscheduled maintenance, if not performed or repaired will
prevent or delay mission accomplishment. Transient air vehicles not
otherwise listed.
Administrative aircraft within 8 hours of scheduled flight or on alert status
with standby crews.
Time change requirements for nuclear weapons.
Repair cycle assets to satisfy a Mission Impaired Capability Awaiting
Parts (MICAP) condition. Spares not available in supply.
Critical end items and spares not available in supply.
Routine maintenance of aircrew or missile-training simulator, or other
training devices or related AGE or sites and aircraft or equipment used for
maintenance training.
Avionics shop electronic AGE and automated test stations.
4
Inspection, maintenance, and Time Compliance Technical Order (TCTO)
compliance of Mission Support Kit or Mobility Readiness Spares Package
(MRSP) materiel.
Extensive repair of aircrew or missile training simulators, other training
devices, or related AGE.
Inspection, maintenance, and TCTO compliance of munitions and
munitions equipment, excluding spares excess to base requirements not
listed above.
Scheduled calibration and unscheduled repairs on Precision Measurement
Equipment (PME) not listed above.
Scheduled maintenance to include periodic inspections, routine TCTO,
Master Configuration Lists (MCL) Grounding, and Time Change Items
(TCIs).
Primary mission Comprehensive Engine Management System (CEMS) or
equipment including associated AGE undergoing extensive repair or
modification.
5
Non-tactical or non-primary-mission aircraft undergoing extensive repair.
Fabrication and repair of aeronautical items not carrying a higher priority.
26 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Bench stock requirements.
Extensive repair of aircrew training devices.
Time change requirements not listed above.
Routine repair of AGE and repair cycle assets.
Alternate and other CEMS or equipment, including associated AGE
undergoing extensive repair or modification.
Clearing routine delayed discrepancies on training equipment or AGE,
and routine maintenance which will not impair or affect mission
accomplishment.
Equipment requirements.
6
Fabrication and repair of non-aeronautical items.
Repair cycle asset shortages required to fill a peacetime operating stock
authorization
7
Spares/repair cycle assets excess to base requirements.
1.17. Associate Unit Program/Total Force Integration (TFI). The USAF employs the
Associate Unit/TFI program in some locations where RegAF and Air Reserve Component (ARC)
units are collocated and share aircraft, equipment, facilities, and other resources IAW AFI 90-
1001, Planning Total Force Associations (TFAS), and MAJCOM supplements. For the purpose of
this instruction, in an Active Association, the ANG or AFR owns the aircraft, and RegAF personnel
will follow ANG or AFR maintenance policy. (T-1). In an ARC association, AFR owns the
aircraft, and ANG personnel will follow AFR guidance, or vice versa. (T-1). In a classic
association, RegAF owns the aircraft, and ANG or AFR personnel will follow RegAF maintenance
policy. (T-1). Type of association is determined by the Program of Record for the associated unit.
1.18. Performance-Based Activities. MAJCOMs may publish the basic responsibilities for
managing performance-based activities.
1.18.1. If published MAJCOMs will:
1.18.1.1. Designate focal points for organizational, functional, and technical questions
pertaining to each performance-based activity program.
1.18.1.2. Specify measurement areas and performance levels required for aircraft,
systems, and equipment operated or maintained by performance-based activities.
1.18.1.3. Specify the forms, methods of documentation, and frequency of reporting used
to assess performance-based activities and ensures these requirements are included in the
Quality Assurance Surveillance Plan (QASP).
1.18.1.4. Ensure units with assigned Contracting Officer Representative personnel meet
requirements in AFI 63-138, Acquisition of Services.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 27
1.18.1.5. Ensure aircraft depot maintenance contracts, Statements of Work (SOW), and
Performance Work Statements (PWS) are coordinated with the applicable MAJCOM
Functional, to include Munitions.
1.18.2. Unit Commanders will:
1.18.2.1. Designate a focal point for all functional, technical, and contracting officer
representative matters pertaining to performance-based activities. (T-1).
1.18.2.2. In coordination with the contracting officer and the Program Manager of
Functional Services Manager, provide specific guidance to the performance-based activity
to ensure proper maintenance discipline and flight worthiness of aircraft and subsystems.
(T-2).
1.18.2.3. Develop and publish contingency procedures for support of continuing
operations in the event of disruption, termination, or default of contracts. (T-1).
1.19. Changes to Technical Orders. Official TO updates are the only valid authority for
maintaining TO accuracy and currency. To maintain this currency, the AF has instituted an
enterprise electronic TO Recommended Change (RC) process.
1.19.1. The Enhanced Technical Information Management System (ETIMS) is the required
system for Recommended Change management and this process replaces the AFTO Form 22,
Technical Manual(TM) Change Recommendation and Reply, AFTO Form 252, Technical
Order Publications Change Request and the AF Form 847.
1.19.2. There are specific organizations that may require the deviations or exceptions for those
who do not have access to ETIMS. Refer to TO 00-5-1 for specific guidance on the RC process.
28 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Chapter 2
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
2.1. General. This Chapter outlines responsibilities for commanders and key leaders involved
in maintenance activities. Compliance of this instruction, in units where there is not a military
commander responsible for maintenance, the applicable civilian Director of Maintenance (DOM)
will ensure compliance with all responsibilities in this instruction. (T-1). For organizations without
all commanders and key leaders assigned, MAJCOMs will identify equivalent positions of
authority commensurate with the responsibilities of the leadership positions identified in this
Chapter in a MAJCOM supplement to this instruction.
2.1. (ACC) General. Equivalent positions of authority are identified in paragraph 2.1.1
2.1.1. For the purpose of this instruction, contractor equivalents are as follows: A1C—aircraft
servicer or apprentice/journeyman; SrA (1-year time-in-grade)—aircraft worker or field
maintenance worker or higher; SSgt—aircraft mechanic or field maintenance mechanic or
higher; TSgt—senior mechanic or craftsman; MSgt—lead mechanic;
SMSgt/CMSgt/maintenance officer—foreman, branch chief or higher. MAJCOMs may
determine grade and skill level equivalents for civilians.
2.1.2. The functional authority to determine the need and design for civilian uniforms, under
the purview of maintenance is delegated to the MAJCOMs/ANG. As such, all functional
authority requirements set forth in AFI 36-128, Pay Settings and Allowances will also reside
at the respective MAJCOM. The routing requirements for final approval of uniform requests
and the establishment of uniform allowances will be in accordance with AFI 36-128.
2.1.3. (Added-ACC) In units where the Operations Group (OG) may be responsible for
aircraft maintenance activities, the equivalent OG leader(s) will share and/or assume the
applicable MXG responsibilities listed in this instruction. (T-2).
2.2. Wing Commander (WG/CC) Responsibilities. The WG/CC allocates resources to meet
all mission requirements. The WG/CC will:
2.2.1. Ensure that maintenance organizations are not overtasked with augmentation duties
outside maintenance functional areas. (T-1).
2.2.2. Conduct a "Wing Standup" meeting. (T-1). The MAJCOM/ANG will establish “Wing
Standup” meeting frequency that synchronizes communications necessary to optimize fleet
readiness and mission generation capability in their supplement to this AFI. (T-2).
2.2.2. (ACC) Wing CCs will determine frequency of “Wing Standup” meetings. (T-2). It is
recommended the “Wing Standup” meeting be chaired by the Wing CC (or CV in the Wing
CC’s absence). It is also recommended the following primary production stakeholders be
present: MXG/CC or CD, OG/CC or CD, OG SQ/CCs or DOs, MXG SQ/CCs and/or
Maintenance Operation Officers/Superintendent, AMU OIC and/or AMU Superintendent,
MXG/QA, and a senior LRS representative (MSgt or above).
2.2.2.1. (Added-ACC) The Wing Standup meeting’s intent is to drive mission production
decisions focusing on the interaction between: Ops Squadron/dedicated AMU,
Maintenance Squadrons, and base agencies supporting sortie production. It is
recommended the Wing Standup cover:
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 29
2.2.2.1.1. (Added-ACC) Weather
2.2.2.1.2. (Added-ACC) Airfield Status
2.2.2.1.3. (Added-ACC) Previous Day(s) Activities
2.2.2.1.3.1. (Added-ACC) Sorties/missions planned/flown, departure reliability,
mission effectiveness of sorties as determined by flying squadrons.
2.2.2.1.3.2. (Added-ACC) Deviations and aborts (to include Maintenance Non-
Deliveries)
2.2.2.1.3.3. (Added-ACC) Scheduled maintenance
2.2.2.1.4. (Added-ACC) Current Activities
2.2.2.1.4.1. (Added-ACC) Current aircraft status (focus on Non Mission Capable
(NMC) aircraft)
2.2.2.1.4.2. (Added-ACC) Aircraft grounded for parts
2.2.2.1.4.3. (Added-ACC) Remainder of day’s flying
2.2.2.1.4.4. (Added-ACC) Significant events
2.2.2.1.5. (Added-ACC) Next Day(s) Activities
2.2.2.1.5.1. (Added-ACC) Flying schedule
2.2.2.1.5.2. (Added-ACC) Scheduled maintenance
2.2.2.1.6. (Added-ACC) On a weekly basis:
2.2.2.1.6.1. (Added-ACC) Identify upcoming events
2.2.2.1.6.2. (Added-ACC) Sortie/mission effectiveness
2.2.2.1.6.3. (Added-ACC) Aircrew Readiness (Combat Mission Ready (CMR),
Ready Aircrew Program (RAP), etc.) (See Attachment 14 for example)
2.2.2.1.6.4. (Added-ACC) Hangar Queens/potential
2.2.2.1.6.5. (Added-ACC) Time Distributions Inspection chart
2.2.2.1.6.6. (Added-ACC) Delayed discrepancies
2.2.2.1.6.7. (Added-ACC) Engine status and major support equipment
2.2.2.1.6.8. (Added-ACC) Supply support trends (included but not limited to):
2.2.2.1.6.8.1. (Added-ACC) High Mission Capable (MICAP) drivers
2.2.2.1.6.8.2. (Added-ACC) Delinquent Due-in From Maintenances (DIFM)
2.2.2.1.6.8.3. (Added-ACC) Serviceable XD2 and XF3 turn-ins
2.2.2.1.6.8.4. (Added-ACC) Bench stock validation status (M04)
2.2.2.1.7. (Added-ACC) On a monthly basis:
2.2.2.1.7.1. (Added-ACC) Review Leading/Lagging Indicators
2.2.2.1.7.2. (Added-ACC) Break/Fix rates and trends
30 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
2.2.2.1.7.3. (Added-ACC) Total Non-Mission Capable Maintenance (TNMCM),
and Total Non-Mission Capable Supply (TNMCS) rates
2.2.2.1.7.4. (Added-ACC) Repeat/recur discrepancies
2.2.2.1.7.5. (Added-ACC) Serviceable XB3 turn-ins
2.2.2.1.7.6. (Added-ACC) Aircraft Availability
2.2.3. Ensure a coordinated wing or base instruction is developed that implements procedures
to control tools, equipment, electronic devices, and establishes cyber discipline and reporting
requirements that provide operational guidance across all wing or base agencies dispatching to
aircraft runway, taxiways, parking and maintenance areas. (T-1).
2.2.3.1. Ensure home station Base Support Plans (BSP) include contingency eTools bare
base, comm-out and cyber-out operating procedures based on worst-case deployment
requirements. Periodically exercise operations (as part of scheduled local exercises) in this
simulated deployed environment to validate equipment, personnel and processes provide
the required mission generation capability. (T-1).
2.2.3.1.1. Develop and maintain local cyber abatement and status reporting procedures
that optimize cyber resiliency and the ability to mitigate and recover from cyber threats
affecting assigned mission or sortie generation operations. (T-1).
2.2.3.1.2. Ensure maintenance and communications organizations have procedures in
place to effectively collaborate and expeditiously respond to cybersecurity incidents
for maintenance Platform Information Technology (PIT) and report in accordance with
TO 33-1-38 or equivalent publication. (T-1).
2.2.4. Ensure maintenance and operations develop a joint annual maintenance and Flying
Hour Program (FHP) that establishes a balance between the requirement for sorties and
maintenance capability. (T-1). The WG/CC will:
2.2.4.1. Establish a joint MXG and OG planning and scheduling cycle to ensure the best
use of aircraft, equipment, and personnel to accomplish short-term sortie production and
long-term fleet health. (T-1).
2.2.4.2. Approve the weekly; monthly, quarterly, and annual flying or test schedules IAW
Chapter 14 of this instruction. (T-1).
2.2.4.3. Direct the use of the Maintenance Capability and Capacity (MxCAP2) model or
equivalent, if available, for the assigned MDS. (T-1). The MxCAP2 model provides the
ability to forecast and evaluate the impact of changing requirements (such as, deployments,
changes in aircraft availability, maintenance AFSC shortages, or locally developed
scenarios) on a maintenance unit’s sortie generation capacity.
2.2.5. Vector future leaders to attend the Senior Leader Mission Generation (SLMG) Course
following the course description and criteria listed in Chapter 11 of this AFI. (T-1).
2.2.6. Sustain a Crashed, Damaged, or Disabled Aircraft Recovery (CDDAR) capability for
assigned active airfields and runways IAW Chapter 11 of this instruction and develop a wing
publication IAW AFI 33-360 containing specific responsibilities for all applicable base support
agencies. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 31
2.2.7. Identify specific responsibilities and outline unique materiel management support
requirements necessary to optimize wing level maintenance and mission generation operations.
Establish processes and responsibilities for maintenance units and work centers without
material management support in a local publication. (T-1).
2.2.8. (Added-ACC) Review the monthly Maintenance Standardization and Evaluation
Program (MSEP) summaries distributed by QA to stay abreast of maintenance issues. (T-2).
2.2.9. (Added-ACC) Provide augmentees for the Nestable Fuel Tank Build-Up (NFTBU)
team as required to support any wartime Unit Type Code (UTC) tasking. (T-2).
2.2.10. (Added-ACC) Approves all aircraft marking/paint waivers requests IAW Chapter
16 of this instruction before submitting to HQ ACC/A4M for documentation/approval/further
coordination. (T-2).
2.2.11. (Added-ACC) Approves Advance Maintenance and Munitions Operations School
(AMMOS) nominees. (T-2).
2.2.11.1. (Added-ACC) Ensures assigned AMMOS graduates, including Aircraft
Maintenance Superintendent Course (AMSC) graduates, are utilized to:
2.2.11.1.1. (Added-ACC) Solve complex wing sortie production issues. (T-2).
2.2.11.1.2. (Added-ACC) Build logistics, operations and maintenance relations to
optimize efficient usage of sorties. (T-2).
2.2.11.1.3. (Added-ACC) Conduct, at a minimum, a monthly training session to
focus on sortie production areas. (T-2).
2.2.12. (Added-ACC) Wing/CCs will report hangar queen aircraft IAW paragraph
11.14.5.5 of this instruction. (T-2).
2.3. Wing Vice Commander (WG/CV) Responsibilities. The WG/CV (or equivalent) will:
2.3.1. Manage the Foreign Object Damage (FOD) and Dropped Object Prevention (DOP)
Programs. (T-1). The WG/CV is the FOD/DOP Prevention Program Manager and will appoint
a qualified technical sergeant (or above), civilian equivalent, or contractor, if designated by
performance work statement, as the FOD/DOP Prevention Monitor(s) IAW Chapter 11 of this
instruction. (T-1).
2.3.2. Ensure the wing safety office, base operations, and emergency services actively
participates in development and coordination of base functional and emergency action
checklists. (T-2). Ensure content includes and complies with all required safety standards,
evacuation distances and MDS specific hazards (such as, egress systems, Hydrazine). (T-1).
Ensure checklists address all known hazards associated in responding to mishaps, adverse
weather, natural disaster, and other emergency responses. (T-2). Note: Review, update and
coordinate functional and emergency action checklist with using units every two years IAW
Paragraph 6.3.4 of this instruction.
2.4. Maintenance Group Commander (MXG/CC) Responsibilities. In addition to the
responsibilities listed below, the MXG/CC or equivalent must ensure compliance with the
maintenance requirements and programs in Chapter 11 of this instruction. (T-1). Approved
variations in the MXG organization does not relieve the MXG/CC of compliance with all the
requirements of this AFI. (T-1). The MXG/CC (or equivalent) will:
32 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
2.4. (ACC) Maintenance Group Commander (MXG/CC) Responsibilities. MXG/CC
responsibilities at units without an MXG/CC will fall under the senior group-level officer
possessing overall responsibility for maintenance (test units, GSUs, Recon Groups, etc.). (T-2).
(DEV) Units with approved organizational structure variations IAW AFI 38-101 will locally
define shared responsibilities between the MXG and OG within their base supplement to this
publication IAW DAFI 33-360. (T-2).
2.4.1. Establish a radiation protection program IAW AFI 48-109, Electromagnetic Field
Radiation Occupational & Environmental Health Program, when applicable. (T-1).
2.4.2. Appoint an MXG Environmental Coordinator IAW AFI 32-7001, Environmental
Management. (T-1). Refer to AFI 90-821, installation ESOHMS/EMS policy, guidance and
applicable environmental requirements and guidance, AFMAN 91-203, and AFMAN 32-7002,
Environmental Compliance and Pollution Prevention, for additional guidance.
2.4.3. Ensure maintenance is only performed by personnel who are trained, qualified, and
certified, unless under the direct supervision of a trainer or certifier. (T-1).
2.4.4. Ensure standardization of maintenance discipline, procedures, organizational structures,
compliance, and management philosophy. (T-1).
2.4.5. Coordinate functional and emergency action checklist with Fire Emergency Services,
Wing Safety, and the Airfield Operations Flight in developing adverse weather procedures for
protecting aircraft and equipment IAW AFMAN 91-203, AFI 10-2501, Air Force Emergency
Management Program, and MDS-specific technical data. (T-1).
2.4.6. Establish and support a Data Integrity Team (DIT), refer to Chapter 5 of this
instruction. (T-1).
2.4.7. Approve and publish In Process Inspection (IPI) listings every two years IAW Chapter
6 of this instruction. (T-1).
2.4.8. Ensure the Maintenance Standardization and Evaluation Program (MSEP) requirements
are implemented IAW Chapter 6 of this instruction. (T-1).
2.4.9. Ensure effective management of the MXG’s total maintenance training program IAW
AFI 36-2651, Air Force Training Program and AFI 36-2650. (T-1). Note: The MXG/CC may
authorize the Munitions Squadron, Flight Commander, or Chief to chair the munitions
scheduling and training meetings and publish schedules. The MXG/CC will:
2.4.9. (ACC) Ensure effective management of the maintenance training program IAW AFI
36-2650_ACCSUP, Maintenance Training. (T-2).
2.4.9.1. Ensure Master Training Plans (MTPs) are developed IAW AFI 36-2651 and
training is accomplished according AFI 36-2650. (T-1).
2.4.9.2. Assign and manage Special Experience Identifier (SEI) referenced in the Air
Force Enlisted Classification Directory at: https://www.my.af.mil/gcss-
af/USAF/ep/globalTab.do?channelPageId=s6925EC134CCB0FB5E044080020E329
A9 in the AF Portal.
2.4.9.3. Support the maintenance training program by allocating aircraft, personnel,
facilities and equipment. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 33
2.4.10. Approve requests for assistance IAW Chapter 1 of this instruction after they are
coordinated with Plans, Scheduling, and Documentation (PS&D), Quality Assurance (QA),
and all applicable maintenance organizations. (T-1).
2.4.11. Designate a focal point for all functional, technical, and COR matters pertaining to
performance-based activities. (T-1). Refer to Chapter 1 of this instruction.
2.4.12. Review the weekly, monthly, quarterly, annual flying or test schedules IAW Chapter
5 and Chapter 14 of this instruction. (T-1).
2.4.13. Ensure munitions are accounted for IAW AFMAN 21-201, Munitions Management,
AFMAN 21-200, Munitions and Missile Maintenance Management, AFI 21-203, Nuclear
Accountability, and AFI 20-110, Nuclear Weapons-Related Materiel Management. (T-1).
2.4.14. Establish measures that ensure all maintenance personnel are assigned IAW the Duty
Title Tool, are available, and utilized to accomplish critical maintenance tasks necessary to
integrate maintenance capabilities that optimize Aircraft Availability (AA). (T-1). Maximize
utilization of 7-skill level maintenance personnel in the grade of E-5 to E-7 in direct mission
generation roles and minimize their use in staff positions or non-maintenance duties. (T-1).
Note: Consider utilization of Civil Service MXG/SQ Unit Program Coordinators to
consolidate programs to maximize availability of sortie generation maintainers (NCOs) on the
flightline to maximize AA.
2.4.14. (ACC) MXG/CC or equivalent will ensure adequate senior maintenance leadership
(officers, CMSgts and/or SMSgts) are assigned to all shifts. (T-2).
2.4.14.1. (Added-ACC) All personnel will be aligned IAW Air Force policy. (T-2).
Maintenance organizations are directed to staff to the official duty title requirements in
AFH 36-2618, The Enlisted Force Structure, and this instruction. Additionally, 9- and 7-
skill level personnel must lead from the flightline and shop floors. (T-2). It is vital our
experienced personnel are utilized at the point of execution for Sortie Production.
2.4.15. Establish Minimum Equipment Levels (MELs) for essential maintenance assets to
include engines, pods, AGE, vehicles, advocate and reconcile authorized shortfalls and
overages. (T-1). Coordinate with the applicable MAJCOM functional to advocate with the
respective Program Manager to address any requests to change authorized quantities. (T-1).
2.4.16. Implement an effective Corrosion Prevention and Control Program IAW TO 1-1-8,
Application and Removal of Organic Coatings, Aerospace and Non-Aerospace Equipment; TO
35-1-3, Corrosion Prevention and Control, Cleaning, Painting, and Marking of USAF Support
Equipment; TO 1-1-691 Cleaning and Corrosion Prevention and Control, Aerospace and Non-
Aerospace Equipment. (T-1).
2.4.16.1. Appoint a WG Corrosion Manager (2A7X3, 2A7X5) to implement local
requirements, ensure implementation of MAJCOM directed requirements and act as the
focal point for communicating with external stakeholders. (T-1).
2.4.17. Ensure a nuclear surety program is implemented (if applicable) IAW AFI 91-101, Air
Force Nuclear Weapons Surety Program, and nuclear munitions are maintained, handled and
accounted for IAW AFMAN 21-204, Nuclear Weapons Maintenance, AFI 21-203. (T-1).
2.4.17.1. For units possessing Nuclear Certified Equipment (NCE), the MXG/CC will
ensure personnel are trained in the proper use of nuclear flagwords, mishap and deficiency
34 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
reporting instructions IAW AFMAN 91-221, Weapons Safety Investigations and Reports
and AFI 91-204, Safety Investigation and Reports. (T-1).
2.4.18. Ensure effective management of the Engine Trending and Diagnostic (ET&D)
program IAW AFMAN 20-116, Propulsion Life Cycle Management for Aerial Vehicles. (T-
1).
2.4.19. Establish CDDAR capability IAW Chapter 11 of this instruction and applicable MDS
technical data. (T-1). The MXG/CC will ensure resources and trained personnel are available
to perform responsibilities of the CDDAR Program. (T-1).
2.4.20. Develop a 10-year facility plan specifying maintenance, upgrade, and replacement
projections for the group’s facilities. (T-1). The MXG/CC will:
2.4.20.1. Coordinate plan updates with the installation Civil Engineer (CE) annually. (T-
1).
2.4.20.2. Coordinate and prioritize group maintenance facility work orders monthly. (T-
2).
2.4.21. Ensure adequate government issued Personal Wireless Communications Systems are
available to support mission requirements. (T-1). Refer to Chapter 11 of this instruction for
further information on Personal Wireless Communications Systems requirements.
2.4.22. Ensure repair cost evaluations are performed and appropriate levels of review and
repair authorization are established in squadrons, flights, and repair sections IAW TO 00-20-
3, Maintenance Processing of Repairable Property and The Repair Cycle Asset Control
System, TO 00-25-240, Uniform Repair/Replacement Criteria for Selected USAF Support
Equipment (SE) and TO 35-1-24, Air Force Economic Repair/Replacement Criteria For
Selected Warner Robins Logistics Complex (ALC) Managed Support Equipment (SE). (T-1).
2.4.23. Ensure effective use of the assigned AF Engineering and Technical Services (AFETS),
Contractor Engineering and Technical Services (CETS), and contracted Field Service
Representatives (FSRs) IAW Chapter 11 of this AFI. (T-1).
2.4.24. Establish the group maintenance awards and recognition program to meet AF and
MAJCOM requirements refer to https://access.afpc.af.mil/Trophies/searchtrophies.aspx.
(T-1).
2.4.25. Ensure procedures are followed to properly turn in recoverable and consumable items
IAW AFI 23-101. (T-1).
2.4.26. Ensure the applicable section “safes” all static display aircraft/systems IAW the
applicable 00-80-series and weapon system-specific TOs. (T-1).
2.4.27. Approve MXG Key Task List (KTL) and Routine Inspection Lists (RIL). (T-1).
2.4.28. Ensure an orientation program is developed and conducted for all personnel newly
assigned to MXG maintenance or equivalent maintenance activities IAW AFI 36-2650. (T-1).
2.4.29. Implement MAJCOM Lead the Fleet (Pacer) Program for engine type IAW AFMAN
20-116. (T-2).
2.4.30. Establish and document MXG local manufacture procedures and controls in a
supplement to this instruction. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 35
2.4.31. Ensure the MXG Oil Analysis Program (OAP) complies with Chapter 11 of this AFI.
(T-1).
2.4.32. Appoint a Stock Record Account Number (SRAN) Engine Manager (EM) or a Unit
Engine Manager (UEM) to accomplish duties outlined in TO 00-25-254-1, Comprehensive
Engine Management System (CEMS) (D042) Engine Status, Configuration, and TCTO
Reporting Procedures. (T-1).
2.4.33. Ensure Engine Health Management Plus (EHM+) duties are performed IAW AFMAN
20-116 for EHM products managed by Air Force Life Cycle Management Center
AFLCMC/LP. If EHM data is not managed by AFLCMC/LP, ensure Contractor Logistics
Support (CLS) provided EHM products are managed according to respective contract. (T-1).
2.4.34. Ensure the Aero Club is operated IAW AFI 34-101, Air Force Morale, Welfare, and
Recreation (MWR) Programs and Use Eligibility, when assigned. (T-1).
2.4.35. Appoint a hot refueling/hot defueling OPR for the Wing (WG) and designate an OPR
for hot refuel training (if applicable) IAW Chapter 11 of this instruction. (T-1).
2.4.36. Ensure maintenance requirements (such as, aircraft turnaround, alternate fuel cell, hot
refueling, end-of-runway (EOR) check area, engine run spots, explosive load (cargo) areas)
are included in the base parking plan. (T-1).
2.4.36. (ACC) To include Integrated Combat Turns (ICT). (T-2).
2.4.37. Ensure unit personnel collect and report Aircraft Structural Integrity Program (ASIP)
data IAW AFI 63-140, Aircraft Structural Integrity Program and Chapter 11 of this
instruction. (T-1).
2.4.38. Ensure aircraft shelters at bases with permanently assigned aircraft are maintained,
unless otherwise stipulated in contracting arrangements, IAW Chapter 11 of this instruction.
(T-1). Note: If an aircraft shelter is used for other than its designed purpose, the using activity
will maintain it. (T-1).
2.4.39. Ensure aircraft and equipment sun shades are maintained IAW Chapter 15 of this AFI.
(T-1).
2.4.40. Ensure management of the Weight and Balance (W&B) program IAW Chapter 6 of
this instruction. (T-1).
2.4.41. Coordinate with the Operations Group (OG) and establish Functional Check Flight
(FCF), Operational Check Flight (OCF), and High Speed Taxi Check programs. (T-1).
2.4.42. Implement the Hangar Queen Program IAW Chapter 11 of this instruction. (T-1).
2.4.43. Develop a MXG Impoundment Program and ensure compliance with the procedures
IAW Chapter 7 of this instruction. (T-1).
2.4.44. Establish written procedures to review and clear “repeat”, “recur”, and “cannot
duplicate” (CND) discrepancies. (T-1).
2.4.45. Ensure compliance with Identification Friend or Foe Program or equivalent IAW
Chapter 11 of this instruction (if equipped). (T-1).
36 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
2.4.46. Provide Subject Matter Expertise (SME) support for the development of the wing or
installation instruction to control tools, equipment, and electronic devices from all wing
agencies dispatching to aircraft parking, runway, taxi areas and aircraft maintenance areas
IAW Paragraph 2.2.3 and Chapter 8 of this instruction. (T-1).
2.4.47. Establish written guidance on individual responsibilities and specific procedures for
Cannibalization (CANN) actions IAW Chapter 11 of this instruction. (T-1).
2.4.47.1. Ensure aircraft possessed by AFMC for depot maintenance are not cannibalized
without coordination through the MAJCOM functional manager who will then request
approval from the applicable Air Logistics Complex (ALC) Maintenance Group
Commander/Director and Program Manager. (T-1).
2.4.48. Establish local procedures for management and maintenance of assigned Ground
Instructional Training Aircraft (GITA) and Training Aircraft Aids (TAA) to ensure they
remain useful and safe within guidelines stated in Chapter 11 of this instruction, AFI 84-103,
U.S. Air Force Heritage Program, AFI 21-103, and 23-series publications. (T-1).
2.4.49. Sustain a Transient Alert (TA) function (if required). (T-1). The MXG/CC will
establish procedures and furnish necessary personnel and facilities for handling transient
aerospace vehicles to ensure that servicing, inspection, and maintenance are consistent with
the mission of each transient aerospace vehicle. (T-1). Special consideration should be given
to medical or air evacuation aerospace vehicle, emergency missions, and special missions.
2.4.50. Ensure Air Force Repair and Enhancement Program (AFREP) is managed IAW
Chapter 11 of this AFI. (T-1).
2.4.50. (ACC) AFREP is highly encouraged. The program has the capability to mitigate
supply constraints and increase readiness. Additionally, can generate funds from repairs that
can be incorporated back into the sortie generation and repair capability of the wing when
properly managed IAW Chapter 11 of this instruction and AFI 23-101, Air Force Materiel
Management.
2.4.51. Ensure unit FCC program(s) are established IAW Chapter 11 of this instruction, if
applicable. (T-1).
2.4.52. Establish procedures to ensure assigned units have sufficient eTools availability for
technical order viewing. (T-1).
2.4.53. Develop procedures and assign responsibilities to ensure aircraft, aircraft system
forms, equipment forms, and MIS documentation are complete, accurate, and a thorough
review is accomplished for each shift. (T-1). Documented procedures as a minimum will
include:
2.4.53.1. The process to ensure aircraft, aircraft systems and equipment status is correctly
reflected in maintenance forms and the MIS IAW TO 00-20-1, Aerospace Equipment
Maintenance, Inspection, Documentation, Policies and Procedures, TO 00-20-2, AFI 21-
103 and Chapter 1 of this instruction. (T-1).
2.4.53.2. The process for recovering aircraft, aircraft systems from extensive maintenance
events and down time (CANN, local depot maintenance (MX)) include independent
screening and validation that all maintenance actions (IPIs, operational checks,
configuration management, W&B, serial number (S/N) tracking (COMSEC/CCI and other
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 37
significant items as designated by an asterisk in the applicable WUC/LCN Manual), AFTO
Form 95, Significant Historical Data have been accurately documented in the forms, MIS,
or both before being scheduled for a sortie or mission. (T-1).
2.4.53.3. The process for determining if an OCF or FCF is required. (T-1).
2.4.54. Ensure that when no 2W1X1 weapons AFSCs are assigned and units are required to
install/remove chaff/flare on unique mission aircraft, train and qualify personnel to perform
these tasks IAW procedures outlined in AFMAN 21-201 and Chapter 11 of this instruction.
(T-1). As a minimum, the program will include academic, explosive safety, load and unload
training. (T-1).
2.4.55. Appoint a Wing Avionics Manager (WAM) or designated representative to act as the
maintenance focal point for wing avionics related programs. (T-1). Note: See Chapter 11 for
WAM responsibilities.
2.4.55.1. Designate individuals to be primary responders and facilitators for maintenance
cybersecurity incident reporting (typically the Wing Avionics Manager). (T-2).
2.4.56. Ensure storage, physical security, corrupt systems quarantine procedures, and cyber
threat mitigation management of MXG assigned PIT and eTools is supported and sustained.
(T-1).
2.4.57. Establish a read file or equivalent for distributing maintenance cross-talk messages,
QA newsletters, Higher Headquarters (HHQ) and local policy announcements, technical
notifications, and other important maintenance information to all assigned airman. (T-1).
2.4.58. Ensure personnel are trained and appointed as Aircraft Battle Damage Evaluators IAW
Chapter 11 of this instruction. (T-1).
2.4.59. (Added-ACC) Jointly develop and publish parameters with applicable group
commanders for day-to-day operations. (T-2). Parameters will include the following as
applicable: standard flying hour window, standard duty day, standard turn times, percentage
of aircraft committed to the flying schedule, and minimum equipment levels for essential
maintenance assets. (T-2).
2.4.60. (Added-ACC) Conduct a daily "MXG Standup" meeting separate from the daily
production/scheduling meeting. (T-2). The meeting topics should include, as a minimum,
aircraft status, impounded, and hangar queen aircraft, flying, and maintenance schedule
shortfalls, and deviations. Mandatory minimum attendees include AMU Supervision,
Operations Officer/Maintenance Superintendent, MOC, PS&D, Analysis, QA, and LRS
representative. (T-2).
2.4.61. (Added-ACC) The MXG/CC is the waiver authority for deploying Scanning Electron
Microscope/Energy Dispersive X-Ray (SEM/EDX) machines. (T-2).
2.4.62. (Added-ACC) Serve as certification official for unit level welding examination. May
delegate responsibility according to TO 00-25-252, Intermediate Maintenance and Depot
Level Maintenance Instructions - Aeronautical Equipment Welding.
2.4.63. (Added-ACC) Ensure adequate facilities, equipment, material, and funding are
available to support a sound corrosion prevention and control program IAW Chapter 11. (T-
2).
38 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
2.4.64. (Added-ACC) Determine organizations responsible for management of the aircraft
wash facility. (T-3).
2.4.65. (Added-ACC) Ensure QA adequately evaluates corrosion control programs through
inspection and maintenance follow-up evaluations. (T-2).
2.4.66. (Added-ACC) Appoint a Wing Corrosion Program Manager (2A773 or 2A775) to
ensure all facets of aircraft and support equipment corrosion prevention are being conducted.
(T-2).
2.4.67. (Added-ACC) Ensure local policies are coordinated with applicable local labor
unions for understanding of operational requirements. (T-3).
2.4.68. (Added-ACC) Develop (if applicable) a cold weather hangar/PAS door closure
procedure that prevents the fire suppression system from freezing. This procedure shall include
triggers for execution and will be approved by the local Civil Engineer Squadron Commander
and ground safety. (T-2).
2.4.69. (Added-ACC) Establish guidance for personnel who marshal aircraft. (T-2).
2.4.70. (Added-ACC) Establish procedures for towing aircraft without brake pressure. (T-
2).
2.4.71. (Added-ACC) MXG/CC, OG/CC, and Wing Weapons Manager (WWM) will
coordinate the need to employ ICTs to meet the unit’s combat sortie generation tasking under
current war plans/contingency operations. (T-2).
2.4.71.1. (Added-ACC) If ICTs are employed, publish local procedures (aircrew and
maintenance) to supplement combat sortie generation and determines the number of
weapons load crews and maintenance personnel required to be trained and qualified to
support ICT operations. (T-2).
2.4.71.2. (Added-ACC) If employed, incorporate ICTs into the unit's aircraft utilization
and maintenance plan. (T-2).
2.4.71.2.1. (Added-ACC) The need for ICTs will be reviewed annually/updated to
meet changes in the unit’s combat sortie generation requirements. (T-2).
2.4.71.3. (Added-ACC) Ensure the Loading Standardization Crew (LSC), lead crews,
and ICT instructors are fully ICT qualified. (T-2).
2.4.72. (Added-ACC) Develop/execute a plan to rotate QA personnel. Personnel should be
assigned to QA staff for a 24-36 month period. Personnel receiving specialized training (e.g.,
W&B) should be assigned for 36 months to ensure program continuity. (T-2).
2.4.73. (Added-ACC) [F-16 Units Only] Unless directed by technical data, develop local
requirements for aircraft anti-personnel run screen usage. (T-2). Consider the following factors
when developing guidance: engine operation location, engine operation parameters, time of
day, maintenance crew experience levels, and weather. Also consider variations in
requirements based on home station, deployed, and temporary duty locations.
2.4.74. (Added-ACC) Submit a Quarterly Executive Summary memorandum on all assigned
aircraft. (T-2). This is a direct communication between the MXG/CC and the HQ ACC/A4,
however the information is not considered privileged. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 39
2.4.74.1. (Added-ACC) The summary is designed to be a senior leader analysis of major
issues/factors that are affecting the unit health to include overall fleet health, unit concerns,
future plans, Flying Hour Program factors/issues, and MAJCOM required assistance.
Separate summaries are not required for each MDS. Additional items to consider are
personnel, equipment, resources, training, and any additional limiting factors.
2.4.74.1.1. (Added-ACC) Summaries should be concise (optimally one page) and
reviewed for clarity.
2.4.74.2. (Added-ACC) Summaries will be emailed directly to HQ ACC/A4 at
[email protected] NLT 1400 EST on the 15th calendar day following the month being
reported. (T-2). Units will inform HQ ACC/A4 as soon as they are aware of any situation
that may cause a late submittal. (T-2). Exercises, down-days, and inspections are not valid
reasons for late submittals.
2.4.75. (Added-ACC) If Rapid Crew Swaps (RCS) are employed, develop, and publish local
procedures. (T-2).
2.5. Deputy Maintenance Group Commander (MXG/CD). The MXG/CD will:
2.5. (ACC) Deputy Maintenance Group Commander (MXG/CD). MXG/CD
responsibilities at units without a MXG Deputy will fall under the deputy group-level officer
possessing overall responsibility for maintenance (test units, GSUs, Recon Groups, etc.). (T-2).
2.5.1. Chair and designate mandatory attendees for the daily maintenance
production/scheduling meeting. (T-1). The purpose of this meeting is to verify aircraft and
equipment utilization, scheduled maintenance requirements, establish work priorities, and
coordinate schedule changes for the next day. Topics reviewed will include as a minimum:
2.5.1.1. Aircraft and aircraft system status. (T-1).
2.5.1.2. MICAP and repair cycle status. (T-1).
2.5.1.3. AF Form 2407s, Weekly/Daily Flying Schedule Coordination. (T-1).
2.5.1.4. Current-day flying and maintenance schedule execution. (T-1).
2.5.1.5. Remaining portion of the current day’s schedule. (T-1).
2.5.1.6. Previous week/day’s flying and maintenance schedule deviations to the published
schedule. (T-1).
2.5.1.7. Prioritizing aircraft requiring/competing for shared resources. (T-1).
2.5.1.8. Special inspections (SIs). (T-1).
2.5.1.9. Time Change Items (TCIs). (T-1).
2.5.1.10. Time Change Technical Orders (TCTOs). (T-1).
2.5.1.11. Depot Field Team (DFT)/Contract Field Team (CFT) schedules. (T-1).
2.5.1.12. Due In From Maintenance (DIFMs) to ensure no overdue DIFM assets exist. (T-
1).
2.5.1.13. Condition Based Maintenance (CBM+) component status to ensure proactive
aircraft maintenance practices.
40 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
2.5.1.13. (ACC) See paragraph 11.46 for CBM+ guidance and procedures.
2.5.2. (Added-ACC) Act as the lowest level approval authority for cannibalization of Hangar
Queen Category 1 aircraft. (T-2). Exception: Scheduled CANN aircraft in Hangar Queen
Category 1 status identified by MXG/CC, IAW paragraph 11.14.5.1.1 of this instruction.
2.5.3. (Added-ACC) Oversee development of weekly, monthly, and quarterly flying
schedules. (T-2).
2.5.4. (Added-ACC) Ensure emergency action (including severe weather) procedures are
established and adhered to with regard to movement of aircraft, support equipment, and
evacuation of flightline/in-shop personnel. (T-2).
2.5.5. (Added-ACC) Chair and designate mandatory attendees for the Shared Resources
meeting. (T-2). The purpose of this meeting is to verify aircraft and equipment utilization and
scheduled maintenance requirements for the current and next two months (i.e., Egress, Aircrew
Flight Equipment (AFE), Maintenance Training Section (MTS), Field Training Detachment
(FTD), Weapons Load Training (WLT), Armament, CANN etc.).
2.6. MXG Superintendent Responsibilities. In addition to the Group Superintendent
responsibilities outlined in Air Force Handbook (AFH) 36-2618, The Enlisted Force Structure, the
MXG Superintendent is responsible to the MXG/CC and shall advise and assist the MXG/CC on
their responsibilities as outlined in this Chapter. The MXG Superintendent will:
2.6.1. Conduct a quarterly manning meeting with Squadron Superintendents and Wing
Weapons Manager (WWM) to review MXG manning status, Duty Title Tool usage, and ensure
manning resources are strategically distributed to provide the greatest possibility for mission
success. (T-1). The MXG Superintendent is the focal point for ensuring squadron
superintendents receive adequate manpower management training.
2.6.1.1. Meeting will consist of a review and evaluation of the impact on the MXG of
personnel actions such as: work center/organizational manpower Authorization Change
Requests (ACR), AFSC changes, re-training, special duty requests, special assignment
actions (SWAP, Palace Chase), SEI balance, overseas Date Eligible for Return from
Overseas extensions/In Place Consecutive Overseas Tour (IPCOT) requests, physical
profile changes and personnel rotation plans as applicable to enhance mission
effectiveness. (T-1).
2.6.1.2. MXG Superintendent will provide the MXG/CC coordinated manning
recommendations that develop enlisted individual experience and knowledge for
consideration. (T-1).
2.6.2. Ensure all AFSC 2A and 2W maintenance personnel are only assigned authorized duty
titles. (T-1). Reference the Duty Title Tool:
https://cs2.eis.af.mil/sites/10820/medac/2A_DTT/SitePages/Home.aspx, and the AFSC
2W1 Standardized Duty Titles located at
https://cs2.eis.af.mil/sites/12231/2W1%20Standardized%20Duty%20Titles/Forms/AllIt
ems.aspx for all assigned AFSC 2W1X1 and 2W100 positions.
2.6.3. (Added-ACC) Approve the selection of maintenance instructors. (T-2).
2.6.4. (Added-ACC) Coordinate with MAJCOM Functional Managers (MFM) for
manpower concerns. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 41
2.7. Wing Weapons Manager (WWM). The WWM is the wing's focal point for all weapons
loading and armament systems related matters and serves as the functional manager for all
assigned 2W1X1’s. The WWM's primary efforts focus on compliance, continuity, and
standardization. The WWM will be a 2W100 CMSgt assigned directly to the MXG/CC. (T-1). In
units where 2W1 personnel are assigned but no 2W100 authorization exists, the MXG/CC will
appoint the most qualified 2W1 to fulfill WWM responsibilities outlined in this Chapter (T-1).
Weapons activities required to support the generation of peacetime training sorties generally do
not reinforce primary combat skills. Therefore, the WWM plays a key role in ensuring that the unit
is able to produce combat loaded aircraft. The WWM is charged with providing technical and
managerial advice to senior leaders in matters of weapons loading and armament systems. The
WWM coordinates with the Aircraft Maintenance Squadrons, Weapons Sections, Armament
Flight, Wing Safety, Wing Weapons and Tactics Officer, the Munitions Squadron/Flight, and other
unit agencies on weapons related matters. The WWM is a certifying official and evaluator for
weapons loading task certifications and qualifications. WWM will coordinate on support
agreements and provide support for geographically separated units (GSU). (T-1). Exception:
Unless outlined under additional TFI guidance. The WWM is the wing Point of Contact (POC) for
all 2W1XX manpower issues to include coordination on all manning (AFSC, grade and skill-level)
changes, work center and organizational changes. The WWM will:
2.7.1. Review and coordinate on the Unit Manpower Document(s) (UMD). (T-1). The WWM
will ensure assignment of position numbers to new arrivals, and existing 2W1 personnel are
properly assigned on the UMD to balance 2W1XX grades, experience and skill-levels between
all 2W1XX work centers across the wing. (T-1). The WWM will coordinate on all 2W1
personnel position change requests. (T-1).
2.7.2. Ensure sufficient quantities of serviceable load crew training munitions are available to
support both load crew and Dual Loading Operations training programs. (T-1).
2.7.2. (ACC) To include ICTs. (T-2).
2.7.3. Ensure all wing 2W1X1 personnel regardless of duty position receive initial and
recurring weapons academics. (T-1). The WWM will ensure introductory training is provided
to newly assigned personnel on aircraft familiarization, safe for maintenance, explosive safety,
weapons release and gun system safety prior to performing duties (as applicable to work
center). (T-1).
2.7.4. Designate the Weapons Standardization (WS) Superintendent (SUPT), Loading
Standardization Crew (LSC), lead crews as WS certifying officials and the primary weapons
academic instructor. (T-1). The WWM may designate the weapons section Non-
Commissioned Officer in Charge (NCOIC) to perform WS functions of academics and
weapons task qualification in HH-60/CV-22 units.
2.7.5. Determine the number of load crews (based on unit taskings), other than the LSC and
lead crews, to be certified on support or limited use munitions. (T-1). In nuclear-tasked units,
the WWM will determine the number of load crews required to be certified on applicable
nuclear weapons in support of OPLANs when the OPLANs’ Designed Operational Capability
(DOC) statement does not dictate load crew requirements. (T-1). Note: The WWM coordinates
with the MXG/CC in determining the number of load crews to be certified on support or limited
use munitions.
42 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
2.7.5.1. Determine need for cross-loading program in coordination with wing safety and
approved by MXG/CC. WWM will establish procedures and a training program, as a
minimum will include: checklist documentation, restrictions, inherent safety and list of
authorized conventional munitions. (T-1). If required, a training program and procedures
will be established per Paragraph 10.16.9 of this instruction.
2.7.6. Use the Weapons Load Crew Management Tool (WLCMT) or MAJCOM-equivalent
automated database to track load crew certification and qualification status. (T-1).
2.7.7. Monitor overall load crew status and advise the MXG/CC when the number of fully
certified load crews fall below the Unit Committed Munitions List (UCML) or Test/Training
Munitions List (TTML) minimum requirements. (T-2). If this occurs and cannot be corrected
within 30 days, a secure message will be sent via Secret Internet Protocol Router (SIPR),
through the MXG/CC, to the appropriate MAJCOM 2W1XX functional manager. (T-1). Note:
All 2W1X1s working outside their respective work center or Duty AFSC will be qualified and
certified if possible to fill load crew shortfalls before sending a message to the MAJCOM. (T-
2). The MAJCOM will send the message via SIPR to AF/A4LW at usaf.pentagon.af-
[email protected]. The message will include:
2.7.7.1. Number of 2W1X1 personnel authorized and assigned by work center, skill level
(primary AFSC) and grade for the entire wing. Include all work centers to which 2W1X1
personnel are assigned.
2.7.7.2. Number of 2W1X1 personnel working outside the AFSC/work center.
2.7.7.3. Number of 2W1X1s not able to perform primary duties and the reason.
2.7.7.4. Number of fully certified crews. Include corrective action, get well date, and
30/60-day load crew status projection. If the standard cannot be reached in 60 days, provide
the reason.
2.7.7.5. Remarks: List limiting factors, equipment shortages, availability of training
aircraft.
2.7.8. Annually review DOC Statements, OPLANs, Syllabus, Ready Aircrew Program tasking
memorandum, UCML/TTMLs, unit-tasked Unit Type Code (UTC) requirements (for
equipment and personnel) and UMD to identify any disconnects or problems for weapons. (T-
2). The WWM will coordinate changes and appendices with the Wing Weapons and Tactics
Officer and the Munitions Squadron/Flight and report any findings to the MAJCOM. (T-1).
2.7.8.1. In taskings that involve 2W1’s, the WWM ensures no shortfalls exist by aligning
required skill level, grade, line remarks and Career Field Education and Training Plan
(CFETP) qualifications against tasked UTCs to include Aerospace Expeditionary Force
taskings for all assigned 2W1XX personnel. The WWM will start a training program to
eliminate any identified shortfalls. (T-1).
2.7.9. Resolve scheduling conflicts affecting weapons loading and Dual Loading Operation
training programs. (T-3).
2.7.9. (ACC) To include ICTs. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 43
2.7.10. Provide input during development of local exercises involving weapons loading and
armament functions and serve as an advisor/evaluator to the Wing Inspection Team (WIT). (T-
3).
2.7.11. Ensure a recognition program for weapons and armament personnel is established. (T-
2).
2.7.12. Ensure standardization of load crew Composite Tool Kit (CTK) by aircraft MDS to
the maximum extent possible to provide interoperability of load crews; and, in coordination
with the Weapons Section NCOIC and WS Superintendent, determine the number of CTKs
required. (T-2).
2.7.12.1. Load crew CTK contents will be approved by the WWM. (T-2).
2.7.13. In coordination with Wing Safety, Airfield Operations Flight, and Quality Assurance,
develop an installation publication or supplement to this AFI for parking, launch and recovery
of explosives-loaded aircraft, end-of-runway procedures, hung stores/jammed gun system
safing and to outline situations warranting impoundment of aircraft with hung ordnance,
delayed release or jammed gun systems. (T-1).
2.7.14. The WWM will ensure arm/de-arm of munitions loaded aircraft is accomplished in
approved areas. (T-1). Immediately-prior-to-launch and "safing" procedures may be performed
in the aircraft parking area for contingencies, unit exercises, and daily training missions as
quantity distance clearance allows with the approval of Wing Safety, Airfield Operations
Flight, and the MXG/CC.
2.7.15. Inform the MAJCOM, within 24 hours, of any significant weapons or armament
related issues such as dropped/hung munitions, equipment and aircraft release reliability or
deficiency problems, and weapons safety or mishap issues. (T-2). Note: Units follow
MAJCOM and local reporting instructions.
2.7.15.1. If a unit has an incident, it is important to preserve the evidence to the maximum
extent allowable by operational requirements and safety. An example would be segregating
an aircraft gun versus destroying it if it poses no immediate danger. This allows for
evaluation of all the evidence and the ability to recreate the mishap conditions.
2.7.16. Monitor weapons release/gun fire-out rates, malfunctions and corrective actions to
assess weapons and armament systems reliability. (T-1).
2.7.16. (ACC) ACC units will utilize the weapons incident reporting tool located on the AF
Armament SharePoint site: https://usaf.dps.mil/sites/12231/SitePages/OrgHome.aspx. (T-
2).
2.7.16.1. Weapons release reliability rates are calculated by dividing the number of
successful releases by the number of attempts.
2.7.16.2. The gun fire-out rate is calculated by dividing the number of successful bursts
by the number attempted. Once a malfunction occurs, any further attempts for the purpose
of clearing the malfunction should not be counted as attempts.
2.7.17. Ensure compliance with local accountability procedures IAW AFI 11-212, Munitions
Requirements for Aircrew Training, and AFMAN 21-201. (T-1). In conjunction with the
Weapons Section(s) and Munitions Flight, the WWM will develop a standard local format for
44 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
the AF Form 2434, Munitions Configuration and Expenditure Document. (T-2). A computer-
generated product may be used if it contains all required information.
2.7.18. Coordinate with Maintenance Supervision, Munitions Squadron/Flight, Operations
Support Squadron (OSS) Operations Plans, and Wing Safety in developing nuclear weapons
operations procedures (such as, convoy, custody transfer, no-lone-zone), if applicable. (T-3).
2.7.19. Conduct a quarterly meeting with representatives from Weapons Standardization,
Wing Safety, Quality Assurance, Munitions Squadron/Flight, Armament Flight, and Weapons
Section(s) to discuss and resolve any weapons-related issues, concerns or problems. (T-1).
Weapons AFETS are encouraged to attend.
2.7.19. (ACC) Wing Weapons and Tactics Officer is encouraged to attend.
2.7.20. Ensure enroute training requirements for inbound 2W1X1 personnel are identified and
requested through the MAJCOM, as applicable. (T-2).
2.7.21. Monitor WRM Rack, Adapter, Pylons and guns/components status to ensure required
assets are available to support OPLAN taskings. (T-1).
2.7.22. Provide monthly load crew, weapons release and gun reliability rates, equipment, and
tester status (9405 report, or equivalent) to MAJCOM No Later Than (NLT) the 5th of each
month. (T-2). The WWM will monitor the status of critical armament and weapons systems
support equipment and testers for serviceability, accountability and status of TCTO
modifications. (T-2).
2.7.22.1. The WWM will provide a valid document number and off-base requisition
number for all items listed in Awaiting Parts (AWP) status in the remarks column of the
report if the item is procured through USAF supply channels. (T-2). If parts are obtained
from commercial sources, and purchased using Government Purchase Card, provide
source, date ordered, and status in the remarks column.
2.7.22.2. (Added-ACC) Report weapons release reliability and gun fire-out rates along
with corrective actions, if required, using the 9405 report on the AF Armament SharePoint
site: https://usaf.dps.mil/sites/12231/SitePages/OrgHome.aspx. (T-2).
2.7.23. Utilize and involve assigned AFETS and/or contractors in weapons and armament
related issues and meetings IAW Chapter 11 of this instruction. (T-2).
2.7.24. Ensure at least two certified WS personnel are included on TDY where live munitions
will be expended and on deployments exceeding 30 days to provide Minimum Required
Proficiency Load (MRPL) and recertification capability. (T-3). The WWM is the approval
authority for exceptions.
2.7.25. Perform an annual assessment to evaluate programs and technical proficiency of
personnel assigned to Weapons Sections, Armament Flights, and AFSC 2W1 personnel
assigned to QA. (T-1). The WWM will ensure the assessment incorporates a process to
document findings, track corrective actions and store data. (T-2).
2.7.26. Determine when Armament Flight personnel are required to perform load crew duties
or related certifiable tasks and gain concurrence from MXG/CC. (T-3).
2.7.27. Determine need for a formal supervisory postload program. (T-3). If negative
performance metrics, special missions, warrant a supervisory postload program, WWM will
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 45
establish procedures and a training program to ensure standardization between units. (T-3).
Supervisors (7-skill level minimum, expediters, shift supervisors, section NCOICs) performing
such inspections require initial and recurring (not exceeding 15 months interval) qualification
training by WS. Training will be documented in either the WLCMT (or equivalent) or MIS,
not on Special Certification Roster (SCR). (T-1). Document Supervisory Postload on AF Form
2430, Specialist Dispatch Control Log (or equivalent). (T-3).
2.7.28. Ensure requirements for submitting AFTO Form 375, Selected Support Equipment
Repair Cost Estimate, on all weapons support equipment identified in TO 35-1-24, are
accomplished. (T-1). This process provides vital information and source documentation for
ALCs to adequately reflect equipment sustainment costs, attrition rates, and to enable timely
forecasting for replacement funding.
2.7.28.1. (Added-ACC) For AFTO Form 375, Selected Support Equipment Repair Cost
Estimate, management and reporting units will utilize the 9405 report on the AF Armament
SharePoint site: https://usaf.dps.mil/sites/12231/SitePages/OrgHome.aspx. (T-2).
2.7.29. (Added-ACC) Weapons System Evaluation Program (WSEP)/Operational Test &
Evaluation Wing Weapons Manager (OT&E WWM). The WSEP/OT&E WWM is a unique
position in ACC. The WSEP/OT&E WWM will be a 2W100 CMSgt assigned directly to the
Weapons Evaluation Group (WEG)/CC. (T-2). The wing operates under the United States Air
Force Warfare Center (USAFWC) and is ACC’s only operational test agency. (T-2). In
addition to all of the aforementioned WWM duties, the WSEP/OT&E WWM will:
2.7.29.1. (Added-ACC) Serve as HQ/MAJCOM/USAFWC/Wing focal point for
munitions expenditures armament systems, weapons loading, maintenance operations
relating to the Wing’s WSEP; Combat Hammer, Combat Archer and Combat
Sledgehammer, to include the weapons test and evaluation missions encompassing the
wings operational test squadrons. (T-2).
2.7.29.2. (Added-ACC) Be the principle advisor to the wing on all technical matters
regarding the coordination, movement, and operational control of aircraft and personnel
from AF/USN/USMC/ANG and Foreign Military Service units. (T-2).
2.7.29.3. (Added-ACC) Oversee the testing and evaluation of new/fielded weapon
systems, aircraft systems, and support equipment on AF/USN/USMC/ANG and Foreign
Military Services (FMS) units’ fighters and RPAs. Evaluates and test multiple weapon
system combinations for Combat Hammer WSEP, Combat Archer WSEP and Combat
Sledgehammer Conventional/Nuclear WSEP. (T-2).
2.7.29.4. (Added-ACC) Coordinate with Test and Evaluation Squadrons responsible for
initial OT&E on AF/ANG/AFRC units’ fighters and RPAs providing technical oversight
to combined test and evaluations for ACC supported tests within Air Force Operational
Test and Evaluation Center, AFMC and contractors on future weapons systems. (T-2).
2.8. Squadron Commander (SQ/CC) Responsibilities. The SQ/CC will:
2.8.1. Ensure compliance with AFI 90-821, AFI 91-202, The US Air Force Mishap Prevention
Program, AFMAN 91-203, Fire and Health Standards and other publications necessary to
perform the commander functions assigned to the squadron. (T-1).
46 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
2.8.2. Establish and administer squadron training programs IAW AFI 36-2650 and AFI 36-
2651; monitor upgrade training, Personnel Reliability Program (PRP) status, and qualifications
of assigned work center personnel; and, ensure MAJCOM Mandatory Course List
requirements are met (if applicable). (T-1).
2.8.3. Ensure upgrade training and maintenance qualification programs emphasize quality and
are not primarily focused on meeting minimum upgrade time frames. (T-1).
2.8.3.1. Ensure all maintenance personnel who utilize DoD Information Technology have
received appropriate Maintenance Cyber Discipline Training. (T-1).
2.8.4. Monitor all personnel working outside of their primary AFSC to ensure that it does not
degrade mission accomplishment. (T-3).
2.8.5. Establish a squadron Vehicle Control Program IAW AFI 24-302, Vehicle Management.
(T-1).
2.8.6. Establish and manage squadron FCC program IAW Chapter 11 of this instruction (if
applicable). (T-1).
2.8.7. Protect and secure munitions as outlined in AFI 31-101. (T-1). The SQ/CC will ensure
Intrusion Detection Systems requirements are identified when required to store munitions. (T-
1).
2.8.8. Appoint equipment custodians to manage the Custodian Authorization/Custody Receipt
Listing (CA/ CRL) (R14) of assigned equipment IAW AFI 23-101 and AFMAN 23-122,
Materiel Management Procedures. (T-1).
2.8.9. Ensure personnel and equipment are identified and prepared to deploy for taskings IAW
AFI 23-101, AFI 10-403, Deployment Planning and Execution, AFI 36-3802, Force Support
Readiness Programs, and AFMAN 10-409-O, Support to Adaptive Planning. (T-1).
2.8.10. Recommend personnel for QA duty positions. (T-1).
2.8.11. Designate Flight CC/Chiefs. (T-1).
2.8.12. Ensure the UMD is consistent with the approved organizational structure. (T-1).
2.8.13. Coordinate support from the local communication squadron or equivalent functional
entity to ensure proper eTools configuration (operating system, virus checkers) are maintained.
(T-1). The SQ/CC will coordinate with lead TODO/Functional System Administrator to
resolve TO requirements that are not being satisfied. (T-1).
2.8.13.1. Ensure licenses, certification, maintenance and security of eTools (hardware and
software) is conducted IAW 33/17-series AFIs, TO 31S5-4-ETOOL-1, and Chapter 8 of
this AFI. (T-1).
2.8.14. Ensure members assigned to the DIT are qualified to accurately assess the
Maintenance Data Documentation. (T-1).
2.8.15. (Added-ACC) Ensure funding is available for personnel who will be certified at an
ALC to perform welding operations. (T-2).
2.8.16. (Added-ACC) If serving as the owning organization of the wash rack facility, appoint
a qualified SSgt or above or civilian equivalent as the wash rack facility manager. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 47
2.8.17. (Added-ACC) Recommend personnel for MTS Instructor position. (T-2).
2.8.18. (Added-ACC) Ensure a propulsion system Point of Contact (POC) is designated
(minimum 5-level) for each Aircraft/Helicopter Maintenance Unit (AMU)/(HMU). The POC
will assist the unit ET&D Monitors in resolving all "On-Wing" issues. (T-2).
2.9. Maintenance Supervision Responsibilities. Maintenance Supervision consists of the
Operations Officer and Maintenance Superintendent (MX SUPT). Maintenance Supervision
advises the SQ/CC on technical matters, leads a mission-focused maintenance effort, and manages
resources necessary to accomplish the mission. They provide necessary administration to manage
assigned responsibilities and control maintenance through Pro Supers, Flight CC/SUPT, and
Section NCOICs/Chiefs. The MX SUPT is responsible to the Operations Officer. Maintenance
Supervision will:
2.9.1. Ensure adequate levels of supervision and manning are balanced across all shifts to
safely and efficiently accomplish the mission. (T-1).
2.9.1.1. (Added-ACC) Coordinate with other squadrons to develop and execute a
rotation plan for all applicable AFSCs to balance grade, skill level, and experience of
personnel between squadrons required (N/A to ARC). The WWM will perform this
function for AFSC 2W1X1. (T-2).
2.9.1.2. (Added-ACC) Coordinate with WWM on all issues affecting AFSC 2W1X1
personnel to include: work center/organizational manpower ACR, AFSC changes, re-
training, special duty requests, special assignment actions (SWAP, Palace Chase, etc.), and
physical profile changes. (T-2).
2.9.2. Ensure timely and accurate engine data is provided to the EM element for all engines
IAW Chapter 14 of this instruction. (T-3).
2.9.3. Enforce procedures to prevent FOD and dropped objects IAW Chapter 11 of this
instruction. (T-3).
2.9.4. Monitor and recommend updates to local IPI requirements and recommendations to QA
IAW Chapter 6 of this instruction. (T-3).
2.9.5. Ensure a sufficient number of personnel are qualified to perform mission critical tasks
listed on the SCR Table 11.1 in Chapter 11 of this instruction. (T-3). Review and/or
recommend individuals for addition to the SCR. (T-3). Approve individuals for addition to the
SCR. (T-3). Review and approve individuals for addition to the SCR. (T-3).
2.9.6. Ensure aircraft systems and equipment are available to support unit training objectives.
(T-3).
2.9.7. Ensure distribution of maintenance cross-tell messages, QA newsletters, policy
announcements, technical notifications, and other important maintenance information to all
members of the organization. (T-3).
2.9.8. Review and evaluate management and production effectiveness. (T-3). Maintenance
Supervision will analyze personnel and equipment performance history. (T-3). Initiate
management actions to meet new workloads or correct reported/perceived deficiencies. (T-3).
48 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
2.9.9. Ensure an annual maintenance plan is developed and reconciled with the flying schedule
and flying requirements to ensure maintenance can support the annual flying hour/test
program. (T-3).
2.9.9.1. Participate in the maintenance planning cycle. (T-3).
2.9.9.2. Utilize the MxCAP2 model or equivalent for the assigned MDS (if available). (T-
1).
2.9.10. Ensure a squadron SERENE BYTE or PACER WARE response capability is available
to support reprogramming requirements IAW AFI 10-703, Electronic Warfare Integrated
Reprogramming (if applicable). (T-1).
2.9.11. Ensure a squadron Corrosion Control Program is implemented and managed IAW TO
1-1-8, TO 35-1-3, TO 1-1-691, MDS-specific TOs and MAJCOM instructions. (T-1).
2.9.12. Ensure squadron ASIP responsibilities are accomplished IAW Chapter 11 of this
instruction and AFI 63-140. (T-1).
2.9.13. Develop written procedures in coordination with the WWM, Weapons Safety
Manager, and Airfield Management to establish EOR inspection procedures as required by
aircraft specific -6 TO, MAJCOM directed requirements and Chapter 11 of this instruction.
(T-1).
2.9.13.1. Ensures sufficient personnel, equipment, and facilities are assigned, maintained,
and available to properly perform EOR inspections IAW Chapter 11 of this instruction.
2.9.13.2. Ensure EOR procedures for transient aircraft are developed IAW TO 00-20-1
and MAJCOM directives. (T-2).
2.9.14. Review and support the monthly Weapons Load Training (WLT) schedule. (T-3).
2.9.15. Ensure deferred maintenance, Pilot Reported Discrepancy, and back-ordered parts are
properly managed. (T-1).
2.9.16. Review supply products to monitor supply discipline. (T-2).
2.9.16.1. Maintenance Supervision will manage DIFMs IAW AFI 23-101. (T-2).
2.9.16.2. Monitor and reconcile changes in base-level repair capabilities under their
supervision as they occur with the LRS/Material Management activities IAW AFI 23-101.
(T-1).
2.9.17. Ensure lost, damaged, destroyed or stolen government assets are dispositioned IAW
DoD 7000.14-R, DoD Financial Management Regulation, Vol 12, Chapter 7, Financial
Liability for Government Property Lost, Damaged or Destroyed (Formerly Report of Survey).
(T-1).
2.9.18. Ensure Special Purpose Recoverable Authorized Maintenance (SPRAM) accounts are
established IAW AFI 21-103, Chapter 9 of this instruction, and maintained IAW AFI 23-101.
(T-2).
2.9.19. Ensure reporting of materiel deficiencies IAW TO 00-35D-54, USAF-Deficiency
Reporting, Investigating, and Resolution. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 49
2.9.20. Monitor requirements for CTK, special tools, and SE and take necessary action to
ensure availability, as required IAW Chapter 8 of this instruction. (T-1).
2.9.21. (Added-ACC) Review monthly maintenance plan inputs and forward to Maintenance
Operations Plan Schedule and Documentation (MO PS&D) for publication. (T-2).
2.9.22. (Added-ACC) Review UMD manpower authorizations, changes to authorizations,
Functional Activity Codes (FAC), and workcenter alignment. (T-2).
2.10. Flight Supervision. Flight Supervision consists of the Aircraft Maintenance Unit (AMU)
Officer in Charge (OIC)/Superintendent and Flight Commander/Flight Superintendent (Flight
CC/Chief). Flight Supervision will:
2.10.1. Provide management and oversight and ensure each section is adequately resourced to
efficiently execute their mission. (T-1).
2.10.2. Manage, distribute and adjust the flight’s manning to support the maintenance plan
across all shifts. (T-1).
2.10.2.1. Distribute all levels of supervision based on manning and workload to supervise
all duty periods. (T-1).
2.10.2.2. Identify imbalances between authorizations and the number of personnel
assigned, or between authorized and assigned skill levels or grades to SQ/CC and
Maintenance Supervision. (T-1).
2.10.2.2.1. Review unit DOC Statements, OPLANs, unit-tasked UTC requirements for
personnel and equipment then compare requirements to UMD to identify existing
shortfalls. Scrutinize critical AFSCs qualifications and equipment based on their
impact on mission generation. Document and report personal and equipment
deficiencies through the chain of command and monitor until resolved. (T-2).
2.10.2.3. Manage additional duties, leaves, ancillary training, and rotate/assign manning
across shifts to balance the workload and minimize negative impacts on the workforce. (T-
1).
2.10.2.3. (ACC) Manage MCL and workcenter MIS training requirements. (T-2).
2.10.3. Execute the squadron's Mishap Prevention Program for the flight/work center IAW
AFI 91-202 and Chapter 1 of this instruction. (T-1).
2.10.3.1. Ensure all personnel obtain the required safety training, and document it on the
AF Form 55, Employee Safety and Health Record, or equivalent IAW AFI 91-202. (T-1).
2.10.4. Coordinate occupational and environmental health risk assessments with
Bioenvironmental Engineering IAW AFMAN 48-146, Occupational & Environmental Health
Program Management, to identify, assess and evaluate process hazards in the workplace and
identify controls. (T-1).
2.10.4.1. Monitor and ensure environmental and applicable health requirements, physicals
and respirator training, initial and recurring requirements are accomplished when required
for assigned personnel IAW AFMAN 48-146; AFI 48-137, Respiratory Protection
Program; and AFI 48-127, Occupational Noise and Hearing Conservation Program. (T-
1).
50 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
2.10.5. Ensure organizational compliance IAW the installation ESOHMS/EMS Program. (T-
1).
2.10.6. Advocate use of the TO improvement program, and ensure work center TO files are
maintained IAW TO 00-5-1. (T-1).
2.10.7. Ensure Materiel Potentially Presenting an Explosive Hazard requirements in AFMAN
21-201 and TO 11A-1-60, General Instructions Inspection of Reusable Munitions Containers
and Scrap Material Generated from Items Exposed to or Containing Explosives, are complied
with when certifying items associated with explosives such as: Multiple Ejector Rack, Triple
Ejector Rack, pylons, launchers, rafts, bomb racks, ejection seats, fire suppression bottles, and
gun systems and components. (T-1).
2.10.7.1. Ensure associated items are explosive free prior to being turned in to LRS or the
Defense Logistics Agency Disposition Services (DLADS). (T-1).
2.10.8. Review deferred maintenance in the MIS and coordinate with the Pro Super to
schedule and/or validate task accomplishment. (T-1).
2.10.9. Ensure operator inspections and user servicing requirements are accomplished on all
assigned support equipment IAW TO 00-20-1. (T-1).
2.10.10. Ensure records of inspection, lubrication, and maintenance of industrial equipment
are maintained IAW TO 00-20-1, TO 34-1-3, Machinery and Shop Equipment, to include
documentation of records maintained in a MIS. (T-1).
2.10.11. Ensure proper calibration, use, care, handling and transportation of Test
Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment (TMDE) IAW TO 00-20-14 and AFMAN 21-113,
Air Force Metrology and Calibration (AFMETCAL) Program Management, and applicable
Calibration Measurement Summaries. (T-1).
2.10.12. Evaluate maintenance quality, personnel qualifications, and training of assigned
personnel. (T-1).
2.10.13. Review/update flight IPI requirements listing every two years and route through
Maintenance Supervision. (T-1).
2.10.14. Ensure only designated personnel identified in the MIS verify MICAPs/Urgency of
Need Designator 1A and JA requirements. (T-1).
2.10.15. Select personnel to perform special certification tasks IAW Chapter 11 and Table
11.1 of this instruction and forward names to Maintenance Supervision for approval and
addition to the SCR. (T-1).
2.10.16. Ensure training requirements are executed to support established training plan and
individual AFSC Career Field Education and Training Plans (CFETP) IAW AFI 36-2651 and
AFI 36-2650. (T-1).
2.10.17. Ensure Cross Utilization Training requirements are identified as required by the unit
mission IAW AFI 36-2650. (T-1).
2.10.17.1. Ensure Cross Utilization Training does not interfere with upgrade/qualification
training. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 51
2.10.18. Review Maintenance Management Analysis (MMA), QA, and other management
reports to determine appropriate management actions to meet new workloads, target
deficiencies, and identify and correct root causes. (T-1).
2.10.19. Develops maintenance and flying schedules, and execute scheduled maintenance
plans. (T-1).
2.10.20. Establish flight/AMU-specific emergency action procedures to respond to disaster
control and severe weather and forward to MOC. (T-1).
2.10.20.1. Review unit responsibilities pertaining to aircraft/SE movement and personnel
evacuation IAW AFI 10-2501. (T-1).
2.10.21. Manage the flight/AMU’s participation in the FOD and DOP program IAW Chapter
11 of this instruction. (T-1).
2.10.22. Oversee the flight/AMU’s FCC/Dedicated Crew Chief (DCC) Program (if
applicable). (T-1).
2.10.23. Establish and enforce a flight/AMU Precious Metals Recovery Program, as
applicable, IAW AFI 23-101 and TO 00-25-113, Conservation and Segregation of Critical
Alloy and Precious Metal Bearing Parts and Scrap. (T-1).
2.10.24. Assign section supervisors IAW this instruction and the UMD. (T-1).
2.10.25. Ensure proper asset management by reviewing MIS data records, the Repair Cycle
Asset Management Listing (D23) and other pertinent products to minimize shortfalls. (T-1).
2.10.25.1. When applicable, ensure warranty items are loaded in MIS according to
applicable directives. (T-1).
2.10.25.2. Ensure Deficiency Reports (DR) are accomplished IAW TO 00-35D-54. (T-1).
2.10.26. Ensure repairable/non-repairable parts are promptly processed through repair
channels within the required time frame IAW AFI 23-101. (T-1).
2.10.26.1. Team with Decentralized Materiel Support (DMS) Flight Service Center to
conduct a quarterly reconciliation of all DIFM assets and follow up on delinquent DIFMs
and document action taken to correct identified discrepancies. (T-1).
2.10.26.2. Immediately identify lost, damaged, destroyed or stolen assets that require a
financial liability investigation IAW DoD 7000.14-R, Vol 12, Chapter 7, Financial
Liability for Government Property Lost, Damaged or Destroyed (Formerly Report of
Survey) and forward to Maintenance Supervision for review and processing. (T-1).
2.10.27. Approve requirements for bench stocks IAW qualification criteria in AFMAN 23-
122. (T-1).
2.10.28. Consolidate lists of items received in supply requiring functional check, operational
programming, user calibration or corrosion control/painting. (T-1).
2.10.28.1. Submit listing to the LRS Materiel Management Flight IAW TO 00-20-3. (T-
1). Note: Does not include TMDE IAW TO 00-20-14.
2.10.29. Coordinate all AGE requirements through the AGE Flight Chief to ensure support
capability and eliminate unnecessary duplication of equipment. (T-1).
52 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
2.10.30. Report cyber threats, incidences, and issues per Wing cyber status reporting
procedures. (T-1).
2.10.30.1. Consult airframe Security Classification Guides, TOs, and/or applicable
technical manuals, instruction and publication when addressing or reporting cybersecurity
threats, incidents and issues. (T-1).
2.10.31. Ensure Nuclear Weapons-Related Materiel (NWRM) is controlled IAW AFI 20-110.
(T-1).
2.10.32. (Added-ACC) Ensure maintenance is performed by personnel who are trained,
qualified, and certified, unless under the direct supervision of a trainer or certifier. (T-2).
2.11. Production Superintendent (Pro Super). Senior NCO responsible for squadron
maintenance production. The Pro Super directs the overall maintenance effort of their unit. The
Pro Super will be a SNCO or civilian equivalent. (T-1). Squadron specific Pro Super
responsibilities are outlined in Paragraph 3.5 of this AFI.
2.11.1. (Added-ACC) Production Superintendents are required to attend CAF Maintenance
Supervision Production Course within 6 months of assignment to position. (T-3).
2.12. Section NCOIC/Chief. The Section NCOIC/Chief is responsible to the Flight CC/SUPT
or AMU OIC/SUPT for the leadership, supervision, and training of assigned personnel. The
Section NCOIC/Chief is a first-line manager and supervisor of maintenance production and is the
technical authority and advisor in that area. When sections are subdivided, element leaders perform
the appropriate functional responsibilities. The Section NCOIC/Chief will:
2.12.1. Establish a Work Center Safety Program IAW AFI 91-202, AFMAN 91-203 and
include any locally prescribed safety requirements (if applicable). (T-1).
2.12.2. Monitor, track, and ensure occupational safety, fire prevention, occupational and
environmental health requirements are accomplished for assigned personnel. (T-1).
2.12.2.1. Ensure Job Safety Training is documented IAW AFI 91-202 (AF Form 55 or
equivalent) for each assigned individual. (T-1).
2.12.3. Ensure maintenance is performed by personnel who are trained, qualified, and
certified, unless under the direct supervision of a trainer or certifier. (T-1).
2.12.4. Advocate use of the TO improvement program and ensure work center TO files are
maintained according to TO 00-5-1. (T-1).
2.12.5. Establish procedures and ensure configuration control for all applicable software
required for the sections assigned systems. (T-1). Section NCOIC/Chief will:
2.12.5.1. Access Computer Program Identification Number System (CPINS) in ETIMS or
equivalent system. (T-2).
2.12.5.2. Ensure technicians check ETIMS/equivalent system for software updates for
assigned systems. (T-2).
2.12.5.3. Ensure software configuration control is maintained IAW TO 00-5-16,
Management of Computer Program Identification Number System (CPINS) and equivalent
systems are maintained by use of AF approved and authorized publications. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 53
2.12.6. Perform production and supervisory inspections. (T-1).
2.12.7. Validate classified parts/materiel are managed IAW AFI 23-101. (T-1).
2.12.8. On a daily basis, review, monitor and correct, as needed, the work center's scheduled
and deferred events in the MIS. (T-1).
2.12.8.1. Close, reschedule, or defer all events beyond their scheduled start date and time
(Integrated Maintenance Data System (IMDS)-CDB screen #100/380 and G081 Screen
#8035/8069/67150). (T-1).
2.12.9. Review transcribed AFTO Form 781-series forms, work center MIS data entries for
the previous day, and all preceding non-duty days, for job accuracy and completeness (IMDS-
CDB Screen #100 and G081 Screen #9154). (T-1).
2.12.10. Validate scheduled aircraft document reviews using applicable MIS/records check
package and automated aircraft forms IAW Chapter 14 of this instruction. (T-1).
2.12.11. Develop and manage the Work Center Training Program. (T-1).
2.12.11.1. Evaluate the quality of maintenance, training, and personnel qualifications,
track training requirements and ensure training documentation is complete and accurate.
(T-1).
2.12.11.2. Conduct On-the-Job training (OJT)/certifying as required. (T-1).
2.12.12. Review and recommend changes for maintenance tasks requiring IPIs to the Flight
Supervision. (T-1).
2.12.13. Review, evaluate, and take corrective action based on QA and other inspection
reports. (T-1).
2.12.14. Ensure all required work center publications necessary for the work center to meet
its functional requirements are current and available for use. (T-1).
2.12.15. Ensure section personnel coordinate all flightline maintenance with the Flightline
Expediter. (T-1).
2.12.16. Manage CTK and supply programs (such as, bench stocks, and operating stocks)
IAW Chapter 8 and Chapter 9 of this instruction. (T-1). Section NCOIC/Chief will:
2.12.16.1. Ensure sections are organized with tools, equipment and materiel as close to the
Point of Maintenance as possible, as approved by the Flight Supervision, without
jeopardizing accountability and control procedures. (T-1).
2.12.16.2. Ensure the Bench Stock Review Listing (M04) is reviewed monthly and all
recommendations are adjudicated to most efficiently meet mission needs. (T-1).
2.12.17. Ensure custodial responsibilities are accomplished on all assigned equipment IAW
AFI 23-101, AFI 23-111, Management of Government Property in the Possession of the Air
Force and AFMAN 23-122. (T-1).
2.12.18. Manage the section’s Repair Cycle Program. (T-1). The Section NCOIC/Chief will
review the D23 and other pertinent supply products to ensure proper supply discipline daily.
(T-1).
54 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
2.12.19. Establish procedures to control, store, and manage Alternate Mission Equipment
(AME); Maintenance, Safety, and Protective Equipment; and -21 equipment IAW AFI 21-103.
(T-1).
2.12.20. Identify items requiring calibration (does not include TMDE calibrated by the
Precision Measurement Equipment Laboratory (PMEL)) or operational check before
installation and provide a list of these items to the Flight Supervision. (T-1).
2.12.21. Recommend individuals for addition to the SCR to the Flight Supervision. (T-1).
2.12.22. Participate in and enforce the Bad Actor Program IAW TO 00-35D-54. (T-1).
2.12.23. Manage Hazardous Materiel (HAZMAT) and Environment Safety and Occupational
Health (ESOH) items IAW AFI 32-70XX-series instructions, and AFI 90-821. (T-1).
2.12.23.1. Ensure HAZMATs are used IAW TOs and conform to indicated Military
Specifications (MIL-Spec) and monitor the Qualified Products List/Qualified Product
Database for changes to specified HAZMAT. (T-1).
2.12.24. Ensure assigned NCE (applies to both nuclear and non-nuclear tasked units) comply
with requirements outlined in AFI 63-125 and associated MAJCOM supplements. (T-1).
2.12.25. Ensure Dull Sword reports are submitted for nuclear deficiencies IAW AFMAN 91-
221, and AFI 91-204. (T-1).
2.12.26. Ensure aircraft -6 TO system, inspections, TCTOs and aircraft functional checks
(except Isochronal (ISO), Phase (PH)/ Hourly Post-flight (HPO)) are accomplished as required
to prevent overdue or over flight of equipment. (T-1).
2.12.27. Comply with TCTO performing work center requirements below:
2.12.27.1. Report all deficiencies in technical instructions and applicability to the TCTO
managing agency and QA. (T-1).
2.12.27.2. Attend TCTO planning meetings. (T-1). Review the TCTO prior to the meeting
and request clarification of any requirements from QA and the appropriate TCTO
managing agency during the meeting.
2.12.27.3. Inventory TCTO kits for completeness prior to starting work. (T-3). If a
discrepancy exists, contact the TCTO managing agency to resolve shortages.
2.12.27.4. Perform the inspection or modification procedures outlined in the TCTO and
document results or findings in the MIS. (T-1).
2.12.27.5. If an inspection TCTO generates a requirement for parts, the performing
workcenter will create a new Job Control Number (JCN) and enter the discrepancy in the
AFTO Form 781A, Maintenance Discrepancy and Work Document, or applicable
equipment record and order the required parts. (T-3). Inspection TCTOs are complete when
the inspection is finished.
2.12.27.6. Order and maintain all HAZMAT required to comply with TCTOs and provide
document numbers to the TCTO managing agency and supply TCTO monitor. (T-3).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 55
2.12.27.7. Validate technical instructions and data on AFTO Form 82, TCTO Verification
Certificate, when performing TCTO kit proofing IAW TO 00-5-15, Air Force Time
Compliance Technical Order Process. (T-1).
56 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Chapter 3
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE SQUADRON (AMXS).
3.1. General. The AMXS provides direct MGN support by consolidating and executing on-
equipment activities necessary to produce properly configured, mission ready weapon systems to
meet contingency or training mission requirements. AMXS personnel service, inspect, maintain,
launch, and recover assigned/transient aircraft (if applicable).
3.2. Maintenance Supervision Responsibilities. In addition to common responsibilities
outlined in Chapter 2 of this instruction, Maintenance Supervision will:
3.2.1. Ensure standardized procedures and organizations among AMUs as applicable to
optimize effectiveness. (T-3).
3.2.2. Establish hot brake response procedures in coordination with base support agencies, for
example, Fire Emergency Services and CDDAR Team. (T-1).
3.2.3. Monitor the squadron FCC program, if applicable. (T-1).
3.2.4. Ensure personnel use and understand the purpose of the AF Form 2408, Generation
Maintenance Plan, and the AF Form 2409, Generation Sequence Action Schedule, or
electronic equivalent. (T-3).
3.2.5. Ensure an explosive safety and chaff/flare academics and loading program is established
for units without a 2W1 AFSC assigned (when applicable). (T-1).
3.2.6. Publish procedures covering the storage, control, and handling of starter cartridges (if
applicable). (T-1).
3.2.7. Provide input to MMA for the monthly metrics report to MAJCOM. (T-2).
3.2.8. Develops the annual maintenance plan IAW Chapter 14 of this instruction. (T-1).
3.2.9. (Added-ACC) Monitor aircraft wash schedules to eliminate overdue washes. Submit
aircraft wash waivers, as required, IAW TO 1-1-691, Aircraft Weapons Systems - Cleaning
and Corrosion Control. (T-2).
3.2.10. (Added-ACC) Appoint an experienced/qualified wash crew supervisor(s), 5-level or
above. This person will be trained according to paragraph 11.45.3 (T-2).
3.2.10.1. (Added-ACC) Ensure trained wash crew supervisors are present throughout the
duration of aircraft washes. (T-3).
3.3. Aircraft Maintenance Unit (AMU). AMUs may include the following sections: Aircraft,
Specialist, Weapons, Debrief, Supply and Support. MAJCOMs may approve additional sections
and AFSC make up within existing sections to efficiently meet unique weapon system maintenance
support requirements. Note: Organization modifications must be approved IAW AFI 38-101.
3.4. AMU OIC/SUPT Responsibilities. Allocates personnel and resources to the production
effort. In addition to the common responsibilities in Chapter 2 of this instruction, the AMU
OIC/SUPT will:
3.4.1. Review Pilot Reported Discrepancies daily and ensure proper maintenance actions are
taken. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 57
3.4.2. Review all aborts and ensure proper maintenance actions are taken. (T-1).
3.4.3. Monitor aircraft PH/ISO/Periodic (PE)/Home Station Check (HSC) flow. (T-1).
3.4.4. Ensure a sufficient number of personnel are engine run qualified to meet maintenance
requirements IAW Chapter 11 of this instruction. (T-1).
3.5. Production Superintendent (Pro Super). In squadrons with eight or fewer assigned
aircraft, Pro Super and Flightline Expediter duties may be combined. The Pro Super will:
3.5.1. Make the final determination on aircraft status after reviewing aircraft forms. (T-1).
Additionally, the Pro Super will review the forms after aircrew debrief. (T-1).
3.5.2. Sign the Exceptional Release (ER) IAW TO 00-20-1 when authorized by the MXG/CC
IAW Chapter 11 and Table 11.1 of this instruction. (T-1).
3.5.3. Participate in developing and executing the monthly and weekly flying and maintenance
schedules/plans. (T-1).
3.5.4. Manage the maintenance production effort by assigning priorities to meet the flying and
maintenance schedules. (T-1).
3.5.5. Fully understand actions required by the squadron under OPLAN 8010 or contingency
plans. (T-1).
3.5.5.1. Develop, ensure currency of, and direct the aircraft generation sequence. (T-1).
3.5.6. Fully understand and be prepared to implement specific disaster control duties and
squadron responsibilities pertaining to aircraft/SE movement and personnel evacuation
procedures developed IAW AFI 10-2501. (T-1).
3.5.6.1. Pro Super will maintain a current copy of the on-base disaster map with cordon
overlay and appropriate functional checklists outlining duties during disaster scenarios. (T-
1).
3.5.6.1. (ACC) Maintain and have available for immediate use copies of the following as
a minimum: flying schedule, emergency action checklists, IPI listings, MESL, Quick
Reference List (QRL) (if developed), WUC manual, and tracking device for aircraft status.
(T-2).
3.5.7. Determine, track, and report aircraft/systems status IAW AFI 21-103. (T-1).
3.5.8. Establish and track Estimated Time In Commission (ETIC). (T-1).
3.5.9. Monitor unit CDDAR Program activities and local procedures designed to protect
personnel and prevent further damage to aircraft, equipment, and other resources. (T-1).
3.5.10. Inform MOC of the maintenance effort and coordinate with MOC, Flightline
Expediter, and other squadrons for support. (T-1).
3.5.10.1. Pro Super will provide MOC with aircraft/systems status updates as required. (T-
1).
3.5.11. Verify aircraft/system is in an authorized status IAW MDS-specific Minimum
Essential Subsystem List (MESL) or MDS equivalent and AFI 21-103 prior to verifying
MICAP conditions. (T-1).
58 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
3.5.12. Verify aircraft weapons/load configurations are authorized IAW AFI 63-104. (T-1).
3.5.13. (Added-ACC) Obtain approval from Propulsion Flight CC/Chief (for units with
intermediate level repair activity) and coordinate with SRAN Engine Manager before initiating
scheduled or unscheduled engine changes. (T-3).
3.5.14. (Added-ACC) Status aircraft and equipment IAW AFI 21-103, Equipment Inventory,
Status and Utilization Reporting. Tracking accurate NMCS and NMCM time is critical to
maintenance and supply planning. (T-2).
3.6. Flightline Expediter. The Flightline Expediter ensures maintenance is accomplished and
coordinates on all aircraft maintenance actions. Flightline Expediters manage, control and direct
resources to accomplish maintenance. Flightline Expediters or equivalent will:
3.6.1. Remain on the flightline when maintenance personnel are performing flightline
maintenance and launching/recovering aircraft. (T-1). Flightline Expediters engage in direct
sortie generation activities and work directly for the production superintendent. (T-1).
3.6.1.1. Not perform production inspections (such as, sign off “Red Xs” and perform IPIs)
unless waived to do so by the MXG. (T-3).
3.6.2. Coordinate with the Weapons Expediter, ensure requirements in AFMAN 21-201 for
flightline munitions accountability are strictly followed. (T-1).
3.6.3. Develop and implement disaster control duties and squadron responsibilities pertaining
to aircraft/SE movement and personnel evacuation IAW AFI 10-2501. (T-1).
3.6.4. Maintain and have available for immediate use copies of the following as a minimum:
flying schedule, emergency action and functional checklists, base grid map with cordon
overlay, IPI listings, MESL, Quick Reference List (QRL) (if developed), WUC manual, and
tracking device for aircraft status. (T-1).
3.6.4.1. Track, as a minimum, the following aircraft status information: aircraft serial
number, location, priority, status and ETIC, configuration, OAP condition codes, fuel load,
munitions load, and remarks. Show all limitations against the Full Systems List (FSL) and
Basic System List (BSL) column as itemized on the MESL or MDS equivalent. (T-1).
Ensure devices depicting aircraft status comply with program security requirements. (T-
1).
3.6.5. Follow established CANN procedures and ensure all CANNs are accurately
documented in the aircraft/system forms and MIS as described in Chapter 11 of this
instruction. (T-1).
3.6.6. Ensure aircraft OAP sampling is completed IAW Chapter 11 of this instruction and
applicable technical data. (T-1).
3.6.7. Ensure parts are ordered with appropriate priorities and relay document numbers to the
Pro Super, MOC, and appropriate technicians. (T-1).
3.6.7.1. Ensure timely turn in of DIFM items to DMS/supply IAW AFI 23- 101. (T-1).
3.6.8. Request support beyond AMU capability to the MOC. (T-1).
3.6.9. Direct AGE drivers to position AGE as required and notify the driver of AGE on the
flightline or sub-pools that require maintenance. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 59
3.6.10. Ensure timely and accurate aircraft status (for example, discrepancies, WUC/LCN,
ETIC, job completion) and configuration status is reported IAW AFI 21-103 to the Pro Super
and MOC. (T-1).
3.6.11. Ensure completed aircraft forms are provided to the debrief function by the end of the
flying day if debriefs have been suspended due to surges. (T-1).
3.6.12. (Added-ACC) Attend CAF Maintenance Supervision Production Course (MSPC)
within 6 months of assignment to position. (T-3).
3.7. Aircrew and Maintenance Debrief Section. Debrief is conducted at the termination of
each sortie/mission or when a sortie/mission is aborted. Aircraft scheduled for turn-around
sorties/missions need not be debriefed if returned in landing status Code 1 or 2. However,
debriefing is required, regardless of landing status, after the last flight of the day for each aircrew.
MAJCOMs operating RPAs will develop and publish debrief procedures for Remote Split
Operations in their supplements or addendum for both aircraft and ground control stations to
adequately capture all maintenance discrepancies. The Debrief Section will:
3.7. (ACC) Aircrew and Maintenance Debrief Section. For RPAs, see AFI 21-101,
ACCSUP, Addendum C, Aircraft and Equipment Maintenance Management (Remotely Piloted
Aircraft).
3.7.1. Use aircraft fault reporting manuals and include fault codes when documenting
discrepancies in the aircraft forms. (T-1). Debrief Section will use automated debrief tools
such as the Computerized Fault Reporting System. (T-2).
3.7.1.1. Debrief Section will develop local aircrew debriefing guides when not provided
and managed by the Weapon System PM. (T-1). QA will review and approve local aircrew
debriefing guides every two years. (T-1).
3.7.2. Implement procedures for reporting dropped objects, aborts, code 3 flight control
malfunctions and engine malfunctions. (T-1).
3.7.2. (ACC) Document all aborts or In-Flight Emergencies (IFE(s)) in the MIS. If the MIS
is down or unavailable, use ACC Form 122, Abort/IFE Record, for manual tracking and
maintain until data is entered into the MIS. (T-2).
3.7.3. Use operational utilization update screens in MIS to enter flying time information. (T-
1). Debrief Section will ensure flying times and installed engine Event History Recorder (EHR)
readings, for both home station and deployed sorties/missions, are updated no later than the
next duty day after occurrence. (T-1).
3.7.4. Check AFTO Form 781H, Aerospace Vehicle Flight Status and Maintenance, to ensure
updates to airframe time and applicable servicing data (in-flight/hot pit refueling) are entered
on the AFTO Form 781H or equivalent and/or applicable debrief system during the
pilot/aircrew debrief. (T-1).
3.7.4.1. (Added-ACC) Debriefing section is the collection point for servicing
documents/receipts. (T-3). Establish procedures for accumulating and routing servicing
receipts to appropriate agencies. (T-2). If deployed, all servicing documents/receipts will
be collected during the off- station period and returned to home station debriefing section.
(T-2). Additional guidance is referenced in AFI 11-253, Managing Off Station Purchases
of Aviation Fuel and Ground Services.
60 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
3.7.5. Input discrepancy verbatim and deviation information, utilization, and applicable flight
data (to include landing status, system capability IAW AFI 21-103 and other applicable cause
codes) into the MIS. (T-1). Unless using an automated 781 process, do not send AFTO Form
781-series forms to Operations Squadron(s) or to Aviation Resource Management before MIS
updates. Use local backup procedures for recording data when the MIS is unavailable.
3.7.5.1. (Added-ACC) Use specific subsystem WUCs/LCNs as necessary to capture
subsystem debrief data. Example: WUC/LCN 94 encompasses Weapons and Fire Control
subsystems.
3.7.5.2. (Added-ACC) Appropriate system capability codes must be used to report all
system performance degradation(s). (T-2). If performance degradation(s) were
experienced and subsequently resolved in air or upon recovery with system resets, then
Capability Code 9 should be used. Informational notes will not be used to report system
malfunction(s). (T-2). Capability Codes and Landing Status are not required to be the same.
Example: Capability Code 9 for Navigation Fail that was reset with no additional
malfunctions may be debrief Landing Status Code 1.
3.7.6. Utilize MIS to identify and research discrepancies for repeat/recur trends and document
them accordingly on the AFTO Form 781A. (T-1). Debrief Section will ensure previously
documented discrepancies are reviewed and identified as repeat/recurs. (T-1).
3.7.6.1. Debrief Section will identify repeat/recurs on automated debriefing sortie recaps
and on the AFTO Form 781A. (T-1).
3.7.6.2. (Added-ACC) A discrepancy requiring an in-flight operational check of a
maintenance action will not be counted as a repeat or recur if a sortie was flown and the
discrepancy operationally checked was not corrected by the maintenance action. (T-2).
3.7.7. Use the appropriate landing status code (Table 3.1) and the appropriate system
capability code (Table 3.2) for the completion of a sortie/mission. (T-1).
3.7.8. Provide the MOC with aircraft identification numbers and system WUCs for each
aircraft debriefed with a landing status Code-3 IAW Table 3.1 using the approved MESL or
MDS equivalent IAW AFI 21-103. (T-1).
3.7.9. Enter one of the deviation cause codes (Table 3.3) into the MIS. (T-1). Indicate the
reason for the deviation and the agency that caused a deviation as referenced in Air Force
Computer Systems Manual (AFCSM) 21-574, Automated Debriefing
https://ceds.gunter.af.mil/Publications.aspx?AIS=35 or equivalent applicable MIS
guidance.
3.7.10. Collect and submit ASIP aircraft usage data IAW the MDS specific TOs, AFI 63-140,
and Chapter 11 of this instruction. (T-1).
3.7.11. If MIS is not available, use blank printouts as manual documentation method. (T-2).
If deployed, send documents to home station for data transcribing by the most expeditious
means available. Debrief Section will turn in, validate and reconcile all documents with the
MIS when it becomes available. (T-1).
3.7.12. (Added-ACC) Debrief is responsible for downloading aircraft fault recording codes
on aircraft equipped with on-board recording and diagnostics systems (e.g., DTADS). At a
minimum, aircraft data will be downloaded after the last sortie of the day. (T-2). Refer to
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 61
applicable TO guidance for identification of valid vs. non-valid recorded discrepancies. All
valid recorded discrepancies will be entered in the MIS, AFTO Form 781-series, and debrief
reports. (T-2). Exception: Aircraft that remain over night off-station will be downloaded when
capability exists. (T-2).
Table 3.1. Landing Status Codes.
CODE
STATUS
Code 0
Ground Abort
Code 1
Aircraft Mission Capable (MC) with no additional discrepancies
Code 2
Aircraft or system has minor discrepancies but is capable of further mission
assignment.
Code 3
Aircraft or system has major discrepancies in mission essential equipment that may
require extensive repair or replacement prior to further mission assignment. The
discrepancy may not affect safety-of-flight and the aircraft may be Non-Mission
Capable (NMC) flyable.
Code 4
Aircraft or system has suspected or known radiological, chemical, or biological
contamination.
Code 5
Aircraft or system has suspected or known battle damage.
Note: Debrief will enter code “8” in MIS for aircraft debriefed as code “4” or “5”. MESL or
MDS equivalent requirements determine if aircraft status is NMC or Partially Mission Capable
(PMC).
Table 3.2. System Capability Codes
CODE
STATUS
Code 0
System flown with a known discrepancy, no additional discrepancies noted. System
can be used.
Code 1
System used and performed satisfactorily. No maintenance required.
Code 2
System used and performed satisfactorily. A minor malfunction exists, but system is
capable of further mission assignment.
Code 3
System performance was unsatisfactory. This system did not cause an abort.
Code 4
System performance was unsatisfactory. This system caused or contributed to an
abort.
Code 5
System out-of-commission prior to takeoff.
62 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Code 6
System installed but not used.
Code 7
System not installed.
Code 8
Aircraft or system has suspected or known radiological/biological contamination.
Code 9
(Added-
ACC)
System performance degraded or experienced a minor malfunction that corrected in-
flight or post-flight to the satisfaction of the pilot.
Table 3.3. Deviation Cause Codes
CODE
DEVIATION REASON
ATx
Air Traffic
GAA
Ground Abort, before engine start, maintenance
GAB
Ground Abort, after engine start, before taxi, maintenance
GAC
Ground Abort, after taxi, maintenance
HQT
Higher Headquarters
HQN
Higher Headquarters, NAF
HQP
Higher Headquarters, other
MTx
Maintenance
OPx
Operations
SUx
Supply
SYx
Sympathy
WXx
Weather
OTx
Other
Xxx
MAJCOM/local use
Note: Use x for any character for MAJCOM/local use.
3.8. Aircraft Section. The Aircraft Section is the primary work center responsible for
maintaining assigned aircraft. This section performs tasks to include servicing, scheduled and
unscheduled maintenance, pre-flights, thru-flights, basic post-flights, home station checks, special
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 63
inspections, corrosion control, cleaning, ground handling, launch/recovery of aircraft,
troubleshooting and adjustment, on-equipment repairs and component removal/replacement,
documenting maintenance actions, and managing aircraft forms. AMUs with 18 or more Primary
Aerospace Vehicle (Aircraft) Inventory (PAI) aircraft may have two Aircraft Sections. The
Aircraft Section consists of Aircraft Technicians. Refer to Chapter 11 of this instruction for FCC
responsibilities.
3.8.1. Aircraft Technician Responsibilities. Aircraft Technicians manage and maintain
assigned aircraft. Aircraft Technicians will:
3.8.1.1. Perform ground handling, servicing, -6 inspections, alert duties, maintenance
ground tests, corrosion control, lubrication and maintenance and modification preparations,
as applicable, on the assigned aircraft/system. (T-1).
3.8.1.2. Inventory on-aircraft -21 equipment when this responsibility is not assigned to
another function. (T-1).
3.8.1.3. Perform engine operation when qualified and certified. (T-1).
3.8.2. Dedicated Crew Chief (DCC) Program. The DCC program is optional with MXG/CC
approval. The objective of a DCC program is to directly assign a maintenance person to each
aircraft to provide continuity/accuracy of aircraft forms, aircraft status, scheduled maintenance,
and improve aircraft appearance. DCCs manage and supervise maintenance on their aircraft.
DCCs are selected on the basis of initiative, management and leadership ability, and technical
knowledge. When authorized, ensure the DCC's and Assistant Dedicated Crew Chief name
and rank is stenciled or painted on their assigned aircraft. Use only authorized wing paint
scheme and marking procedures in TO 1-1-8. In addition to Aircraft Technician
responsibilities, DCCs, if assigned, should:
3.8.2. (ACC) The DCC Program is highly recommended as a means of emphasizing the
importance of mission ownership and contribution to combat effectiveness.
3.8.2.1. Accompany their aircraft through scheduled inspections and assist the Inspection
Section NCOIC/Chief as needed.
3.8.2.1.1. Attend pre- and post-dock meetings.
3.8.2.1.2. Assist the Inspection Section NCOIC/Chief with completing the required
document review and validation at the end of the inspection.
3.8.2.2. Coordinate with Pro Supers and expediters for downtime to accomplish scheduled
and unscheduled maintenance.
3.8.2.3. Manage deferred discrepancies.
3.9. Specialist Section. The Specialist Section is responsible for aircraft systems
troubleshooting, on-equipment repairs, component removal and replacement, aircraft avionics
systems, classified item management, aircraft ground handling, servicing, and cleaning. The
section may include avionics, propulsion, hydraulic, and electro/environmental technicians and
other specialties approved through higher headquarters. When used, the Specialist Section
Expediter coordinates maintenance priorities with the Pro Supers and Flightline Expediters.
3.9. (ACC) DELETED.
64 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
3.9.1. In addition to the common responsibilities in Chapter 2 of this instruction, the
Specialist Section Chief will:
3.9.1.1. Ensure accurate and timely pod and support equipment status is updated or
verified daily in Reliability, Availability, Maintainability, for Pods IAW AFI 21-103 for
pods under the control of the Aircraft Maintenance Squadron. (T-1).
3.9.2. Avionics Specialists will:
3.9.2.1. Perform PACER WARE, SERENE BYTE message, or TCTO reprogramming of
avionics systems. (T-1).
3.9.2.2. (Added-ACC) Perform IFF checks IAW Chapter 11. (T-2).
3.9.2.2.1. (Added-ACC) Track and report findings to the WAM. (T-2).
3.9.2.3. (Added-ACC) Verify operation of the installed Radar Warning Receiver
(RWR)/Radar Threat Warning (RTHW) systems IAW Chapter 11. (T-2).
3.9.3. Electronic Warfare (EW) specialist functions may be combined with the avionics
specialists. EW Specialists will:
3.9.3.1. Maintain inventory control of all installed Electronic Counter Measure (ECM)
AME and ECM pods. (T-1).
3.9.3.2. Perform reprogramming of avionics/electronic warfare systems (to include
electronic attack pods) IAW applicable mission directives, PACER WARE/SERENE
BYTE messages, or TCTO requirements. (T-1).
3.9.3.3. Load contingency and training configuration settings in ECM pods, infrared
countermeasures systems, and Radar Warning Receiver/Radar Threat Warning systems,
unless the equipment is assigned to another section. (T-1).
3.9.4. Propulsion Specialists will:
3.9.4.1. Troubleshoot, repair, and replace aircraft propulsion systems and components. (T-
1).
3.9.4.2. Perform engine flightline blade blending. (T-1).
3.9.4.3. Perform flightline engine borescope inspections. (T-1).
3.9.5. Electrical & Environmental (E&E) Specialists will:
3.9.5.1. Troubleshoot, repair and replace aircraft E&E system components including
aircraft environmental control, bleed air, vacuum, pneumatic, installed fire extinguishing
and suppressant systems, Liquid Oxygen (LOX) and Gaseous Oxygen (GOX) systems, and
On-Board Oxygen Generating Systems (OBOGS), On-Board Inert Gas Generation
Systems (OBIGGS) and components. (T-1).
3.9.5.2. Remove and install In Flight Refueling (IFR) carts and fire bottle squibs. (T-1).
Note: Ensure only approved temporary storage locations are used for these components.
3.9.6. Hydraulic Specialists will maintain authorized on-equipment/off-equipment pneumatic
and hydraulic systems and components. (T-1).
3.9.7. (Added-ACC) Specialist Expediter will:
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 65
3.9.7.1. (Added-ACC) Ensure all maintenance is accomplished IAW the Production
Superintendent’s priorities. (T-2).
3.9.7.2. (Added-ACC) Coordinate on all aircraft maintenance actions with the Flightline
Expediter. (T-2).
3.9.7.3. (Added-ACC) Remain on the flightline, to the fullest extent possible, when
maintenance personnel are performing flightline maintenance and launching/recovering
aircraft. (T-2).
3.10. Weapons Section. The Weapons Section is responsible for supporting flightline munitions
loading/unloading and weapon maintenance operations. The Weapons Section may consist of two
elements: Weapons Loading and Weapons Maintenance. Weapons Section personnel are trained
and utilized in both functions as needed to maximize both mission capability and develop
individual functional expertise. The Weapons Section may be comprised of a Weapons Section
NCOIC/Chief, Weapons Expediters, an NCOIC for Weapons Loading, Load Crew personnel and
a NCOIC for Weapons Maintenance and Weapons Maintenance personnel. When units are
deployed where no AFSC 2W100 is assigned, the senior ranking 2W1 is the WWM. MAJCOMs
will determine applicable portions of the Weapons Section responsibilities for contract
organizations. Contract units are organized according to their respective contract. Exception: See
AFI 21-101 ANG Supplement for details on the Weapons Section organizational structure within
ANG.
3.10.1. Weapons Section NCOIC/Chief. In addition to the common section NCOIC
responsibilities in Chapter 2 of this instruction, the Weapons Section NCOIC/Chief will:
3.10.1.1. Assist the WWM in recommending distribution of wing 2W1X1 personnel. (T-
3).
3.10.1.2. Review status of weapons Section 2W1’s positions on Unit Personnel
Management Roster (UPMR) and advise WWM and AMU leadership on personnel
concerns. (T-3).
3.10.1.3. Monitor load crew and PRP status (if applicable) and equipment and tester
availability. (T-2). The Weapons Section NCOIC/Chief will advise the AMU OIC/SUPT
and WWM regarding factors which affect training, weapons loading or maintenance
capabilities, personnel actions impacting affecting manning levels (special duty,
reassignment) or other key weapons related issues. (T-2).
3.10.1.4. In coordination with the WS Superintendent, identify and select the best qualified
personnel to be loading standardization and lead crew members. (T-2).
3.10.1.5. Ensure the minimum UCML/TTML number of load crews are formed, trained
and certified to perform the mission. (T-1). Maintain load crew integrity during training
and evaluations to the maximum extent possible.
3.10.1.6. Ensure personnel receive a documented supervisory review and complete
required prerequisite training before entering initial load crew certification or performing
flightline operations (cockpit familiarization, firefighting, AGE). (T-2).
3.10.1.6. (ACC) Ensure introductory training is provided to newly assigned personnel on
aircraft familiarization, safe for maintenance, explosive safety, weapons release, and gun
systems safety prior to performing duties (included in MTP). (T-2).
66 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
3.10.1.7. Annually review UCML/TTMLs and the unit tasked UTCs (for equipment and
personnel) and UMD to identify any disconnects or problems. (T-1).
3.10.1.8. Maintain a visual aid or automated product depicting the current status of
assigned load crews and members. (T-1). Printed products are not required if computer
systems are networked or modem-interfaced with the WS load crew management system
for on-line updates.
3.10.1.9. Ensure weapons load training aircraft requirements in coordination with the WS
Superintendent, are developed and included in the weekly and monthly maintenance plans.
(T-2).
3.10.1.10. Review and apply the Weapons Standardization Program, integrated loading
procedures, cross-loading procedures, dual loading procedures (if applicable), and be
familiar with local munition loading/maintenance areas. (T-1). Utilize the WLCMT. (T-
2).
3.10.1.10. (ACC) To include ICTs. (T-2).
3.10.1.11. Review all AF Form 2419, Routing and Review of Quality Control Reports,
load crew training, certifications, and decertification documentation. (T-2).
3.10.1.12. Ensure overall quantity of load crew CTKs are no less than the minimum
number of required load crews, including lead crews, listed on the UCML. (T-1). For
bomber units and those that support operational test and evaluations, Remotely Piloted
Aircraft (RPA) units, or training operations, coordinate with the WWM in determining the
number of required load crew CTKs.
3.10.1.13. Ensure a checklist for each UCML/TTML munition is on hand for each
assigned load crew CTK. (T-1). Exception: Not applicable in units using electronic media
devices (such as, F-22 PMA, F-35); test units are authorized reduced quantities.
3.10.1.14. Review all TO RCs, or Technical Order Data Change Requests (TODCR) prior
to submission. (T-1). The Weapons Section NCOIC/Chief will route all weapons loading
related requests, for example, -16, -33 TOs, and F-22 TOD to WS and WWM for review.
(T-2).
3.10.1.15. Ensure Locally Manufactured Equipment (LME) and Munitions Materiel
Handling Equipment (MMHE) meet requirements outlined in Chapter 8 of this
instruction. (T-1).
3.10.1.16. Ensure Tamper Detection Indicators for nuclear applications are controlled
IAW AFI 91-104, Nuclear Surety Tamper Control and Detection Programs. (T-1).
3.10.1.17. Track all assigned AME and Normally Installed Equipment (NIE). (T-1). If
installed, track in MIS by aircraft tail number and position. Track uninstalled equipment in
either the MIS or another equivalent means approved by the WWM.
3.10.1.18. Ensure positive control/accountability/serviceability for suspension equipment
accessories (cables, fittings, adapters). (T-1).
3.10.1.19. Coordinate with WS Superintendent to ensure MRPL and recertification
capability exists on TDYs where live munitions will be expended and on deployments
exceeding 30 days. (T-1). Exceptions must be approved by the WWM. (T-3).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 67
3.10.1.20. Establish a munitions custody account for dummy test rounds (as applicable, if
not tracked by Armament Flight). (T-3).
3.10.1.21. Ensure prior to loading live and inert munitions that all requirements in
Chapter 10 of this instruction have been met and the WWM is aware of any changes that
affect the munitions policy requirements. (T-1).
3.10.1.22. Notify squadron leadership and the WWM within 24 hours of any significant
issues such as dropped/hung munitions, aircraft armament system or equipment
malfunctions and mishaps. (T-3). Take appropriate follow up actions and provide updates
until all corrective actions have been taken. Monitor actions taken by supporting agencies
on dispensers, suspension equipment, training munitions, which were involved with
specific system malfunctions.
3.10.1.23. Report weapons release reliability and gun fire-out rates; along with corrective
actions, if required, to the WWM by the first of each month for the previous month. (T-3).
3.10.1.23. (ACC) Report weapons release reliability and gun fire-out rates, along with
corrective actions, if required, in real-time (NLT 48 hours), using the 9405 report on the
AF Armament SharePoint site:
https://usaf.dps.mil/sites/12231/SitePages/OrgHome.aspx. (T-2).
3.10.1.24. Provide WWM status on authorized/on-hand quantities and serviceability of
AME/NIE/WRM, armament testers, support equipment, and personnel assigned (to include
physical profiles/security status, and mal-assigned if applicable) by the first of each month.
(T-3).
3.10.1.24.1. (Added-ACC) For AME/NIE/WRM, armament testers, and support
equipment, units will provide near real-time updates (NLT 48 hours), using the 9405
report on the AF Armament SharePoint site:
https://usaf.dps.mil/sites/12231/SitePages/OrgHome.aspx. (T-2).
3.10.1.25. Ensure requirements for submitting AFTO Form 375 on all weapons support
equipment identified in TO 35-1-24, are accomplished. (T-3).
3.10.1.25.1. (Added-ACC) For AFTO Form 375 management and reporting, units
will utilize the 9405 report on the AF Armament SharePoint site:
https://usaf.dps.mil/sites/12231/SitePages/OrgHome.aspx. (T-2).
3.10.1.26. Establish, monitor, and verify supervisory inspections on elements assigned
with equipment and CTK’s are completed. (T-3).
3.10.1.27. (Added-ACC) Maintain current copy of Task Assignment Listing (TAL) for
assigned aircraft. Ensure individuals review TAL and applicable -16/-33 series TOs prior
to reporting for initial and recurring weapons load training. (T-2).
3.10.1.28. (Added-ACC) Ensure AME and SPRAM accountability and control
requirements are met IAW AFI 21-103 and AFI 23-series publications. (T-2).
3.10.1.29. (Added-ACC) [F-15E Only] Establish a SPRAM account to track
encoder/decoders and power supplies (as applicable, if not tracked by Armament Systems
Flight). (T-2).
68 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
3.10.1.30. (Added-ACC) [F-16 Only] Establish a SPRAM account to track ruggedized
nuclear remote interface units (as applicable, if not tracked by Armament Systems Flight).
(T-2).
3.10.1.31. (Added-ACC) Inspects 25% of weapons section CTKs, armament test and
support equipment for serviceability at least quarterly, and initiates corrective action as
required. (T-2). Schedules and tracks inspections to ensure 100% of CTKs, test, and
support equipment will be checked over a one-year timeframe. (T-2). Documents
inspection results and uses for follow-up action and reference as necessary. (T-2).
3.10.2. Weapons Expediter. The Weapons Expediter reports to the Weapons Section
NCOIC/Chief and is responsible for managing all munitions loading and armament systems
maintenance operations. The Weapons Expediter must be, as a minimum, a 2W171,
knowledgeable of the assigned MDS maintenance and loading tasks and has completed the
Weapons Expediter Course provided by WS. (T-1). The Weapons Expediter coordinates
maintenance priorities with the Pro Super and Flightline Expediters. The Weapons Expediter
will:
3.10.2.1. Remain on the flightline during all munitions loading/unloading. (T-3).
3.10.2.2. Remain on the flightline to the maximum extent possible, when maintenance
operations are being performed and during launch and recovery of aircraft. (T-3). The
Weapons Expediter will:
3.10.2.2.1. Monitor the safety of flightline weapons operations. (T-1).
3.10.2.2.2. Supervise and provide technical guidance to individuals during weapons
release system fault isolation, troubleshooting, and maintenance actions as needed. (T-
3).
3.10.2.2.3. Conduct weapons production and supervisory inspections. (T-2).
3.10.2.3. Maintain copies of the following items in the Weapons Expediter’s vehicle (if
assigned): flying schedule, emergency action checklists, base grid map with cordon overlay
identifying flightline Live Ordnance Loading Area, IPI listings, MESL or MDS equivalent,
QRL (if developed) and/or WUC manual. (T-3).
3.10.2.4. Track status and configuration of aircraft, suspension equipment, and weapons.
(T-1). Ensure 100 percent documented accountability of in use AME/NIE by location and
status, whether installed or stored.
3.10.2.5. Maintain a separate daily AF Form 2430, or locally produced standardized form
with WWM approval, for each shift. (T-1). The Weapons Expediter will ensure all required
documentation is complete and accurate. (T-1). As a minimum, the following fields of the
AF Form 2430 will be completed: “AS OF” (date), “JOB CONTROL” (filled out for
maintenance actions that have a JCN, such as, 18-month inspections, Pilot Reported
Discrepancies), not required for weapons loading tasks, Aircraft
“(ACFT)/TRAINER”(MDS), “SERIAL” (tail number/serial number of component),
“TIME” ((“Required” = start time, “Dispatched” = time completed, “Completed” = status
code, (C/W, C/F, CANX)), “SPECIALIST(S) DISPATCHED” (load/maintenance crew
number/ name), “DISCREPANCY & REMARKS” (discrepancy/task performed). (T-1).
Transcribe any actions not complied with or cancelled to the next shift’s AF Form 2430.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 69
3.10.2.5. (ACC) Retain completed copies of AF Form 2430 (or equivalent) on file for six
months. (T-2).
3.10.2.5.1. Units may maintain one single AF Form 2430 (or equivalent) for weekly
scheduled maintenance, in addition to the daily shift AF Form 2430 (or equivalent).
Transcribe any actions not complied with or cancelled to the next week’s scheduled
maintenance AF Form 2430 (or equivalent).
3.10.2.6. Manage munitions assets expenditures as follows:
3.10.2.6.1. Fill out an AF Form 2434, Munitions Configuration and Expenditure
Document, or locally produced form, on all aircraft configured with munitions
(includes impulse cartridges and chaff/flare). (T-1). Record by serial number and
location or position all armament related AME, NIE, or support equipment from which
munitions items are expended. Note: Record NIE serial numbers only when munitions
are loaded directly on the NIE versus the AME. Exception: Nuclear units are not
required to fill out AF Form 2434 during nuclear generations.
3.10.2.6.1. (ACC) Locally produced forms will be approved by the WWM. (T-2).
3.10.2.6.2. Comply with flightline munitions accountability requirements outlined in
AFMAN 21-201. (T-1). The Weapons Expediter will provide copies of final
expenditure documents to PS&D, the Munitions Flight and Armament Flight. (T-1).
3.10.2.7. Coordinate with the MOC or Munitions Control for the delivery and pick-up of
munitions items. (T-3).
3.10.2.8. Inspect at least 25 percent of conventional loaded aircraft to meet scheduled
front-lines (and spares) to validate safety/security of aircraft prior to flight; document
inspection on AF Form 2430 (or equivalent). (T-1). If negative trends are apparent, identify
the trend and inspect remaining flyers prior to flight. Inform Weapons Section
NCOIC/Chief on the negative trend that is identified during inspection.
3.10.2.9. Ensure inspection requirements are carried forward/documented for all items that
have specific periodic inspections (such as, Electronic Control Units, Gun System Control
Panel). (T-1). Inform PS&D when actions affect the aircraft inspection schedule.
3.10.2.9. (ACC) If PS&D is decentralized, notify AMU PS&D. (T-2).
3.10.2.10. Ensure aircraft and equipment forms and MIS documentation is complete,
accurate and accomplished. (T-1).
3.10.2.11. Coordinate accomplishment of all scheduled and unscheduled maintenance and
inspections with the Pro Super/Expediter. (T-3). Inform the Pro Super/Expediter of all start
and stop times, status changes, delays and extensions.
3.10.2.12. Ensure all mission specific safing gear is controlled and accounted for to
preclude loss and potential FOD. (T-1).
3.10.2.13. Ensure Captive Air Training Munitions missile devices are managed IAW the
munitions policy requirements outlined in Chapter 10 of this instruction (if applicable).
(T-1).
70 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
3.10.2.14. Track acceleration monitor assemblies by serial number, showing aircraft tail
number and installed position. (T-3).
3.10.3. Weapons Loading Element. The Weapons Loading Element is responsible for
munitions loading and unloading during daily aircraft training, operational test and evaluations,
and contingency operations. If a Weapons Maintenance Element is not formed, the Weapons
Loading Element is responsible to perform all on-equipment armament system maintenance.
The Weapons Loading Element consists of an NCOIC and Weapons Load Crews, (Weapons
Load Team Chief and load crew members).
3.10.3.1. Weapons Loading Element NCOIC. The Weapons Loading Element NCOIC is
responsible to the Weapons Section NCOIC/Chief. If an NCOIC of loading is not
designated, the requirements below will be the responsibility of the Weapons Section
NCOIC/Chief. The Weapons Loading Element NCOIC will:
3.10.3.1.1. Advise Weapons Section NCOIC/Chief on load crew status and load crew
member concerns and issues related, but not limited to training, certification,
qualification, and load crew personnel issues. (T-3).
3.10.3.1.2. Review and become familiarized with the Weapons Standardization
Program, integrated loading procedures, cross-loading procedures, dual loading
procedures (if applicable), and local munition loading and maintenance areas. (T-3).
3.10.3.1.2. (ACC) To include ICTs. (T-2).
3.10.3.1.3. Review AF Form 2419 on load crew training, certifications, and
decertification documents. (T-3).
3.10.3.1.3.1. (Added-ACC) To include area qualifications (i.e., ICTs). (T-2).
3.10.3.1.4. For nuclear tasked units, ensure all loading supervisors and load crew
members are trained to perform weapon system fault isolations and troubleshooting
IAW AFI 91-107, Design, Evaluation, Troubleshooting, and Maintenance Criteria for
Nuclear Weapon Systems. (T-1).
3.10.3.2. Weapons Load Team Chief. The Weapons Load Team Chief is responsible to
the Weapons Expediter for munitions loading and armament systems maintenance (if
applicable). Weapons Load Team Chiefs are typically NCOs; however, Senior Airmen may
perform conventional munition load team chief duties with concurrence of the WWM in
writing. (T-1). The Weapons Load Team Chief will:
3.10.3.2.1. Supervise the loading and/or unloading of only one aircraft at a time. (T-
1). Exception: unless operating within an approved cross-loading program.
3.10.3.2.2. Control all actions during the munitions load/unload operations
environment and ensure the number of personnel in the area during explosives handling
operations are kept to a minimum. (T-1). The Weapons Load Team Chief may
authorize other individuals to work on the aircraft provided they are briefed on
emergency procedures, perform no maintenance or inspections which may jeopardize
safety, hamper munition loading operations, or violate technical data. Access to the
cockpit and/or applying power to the aircraft by other than the load crew during loading
operations is prohibited unless coordinated through and approved by the Weapons Load
Team Chief. Exception: During simultaneous loading/unloading and refueling during
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 71
Concurrent Servicing Operations (CSOs), the Concurrent Servicing Supervisor is in
charge and should still coordinate any aircraft activity with the Weapons Load Team
Chief (See Chapter 11 of this instruction for Concurrent Servicing Operations
guidance).
3.10.3.2.3. Ensure compliance with AFI 91-101 and AFI 91-107 when responding to
maintenance actions on nuclear loaded aircraft. (T-1).
3.10.3.3. Certified weapons loading personnel will load and unload munitions in support
of aircraft operations. (T-1).
3.10.3.3.1. Certified weapons loading personnel may be task qualified to perform on-
equipment armament maintenance, per direction of Weapons Section Chief.
3.10.4. Weapons Maintenance Element. The Weapons Maintenance Element is responsible
for all on-equipment weapons maintenance, to include fault isolation and troubleshooting. The
Weapons Maintenance Element may be required to perform munition loading/unloading
operations as determined by Weapons Section NCOIC/Chief. Note: If the Weapons
Maintenance Element is not formed, these tasks are performed by loading personnel.
3.10.4.1. Weapons Maintenance Element NCOIC. The Weapons Maintenance Element
NCOIC is responsible to the Weapons Section NCOIC/Chief. The Weapons Maintenance
Element NCOIC will:
3.10.4.1.1. Advise Weapons Section NCOIC/Chief on all maintenance personnel
issues (training, certification, qualification, and personal). (T-3).
3.10.4.2. Weapons maintenance personnel are responsible to the Weapons Expediter for
all armament systems maintenance and munition loading (if applicable). Note: Weapons
maintenance personnel may be certified as load crew members, per direction of Weapons
Section NCOIC/Chief. Weapons maintenance personnel will:
3.10.4.2.1. Install and remove armament related suspension equipment, launchers,
adapters, on assigned aircraft to support configuration requirements for daily and
contingency operations. (T-1).
3.10.4.2.2. Install and remove all armament AME and NIE to FOM or for repair action.
(T-3).
3.10.4.2.3. Maintain equipment historical records (AFTO Form 95) for AME, and
weapons system NIE, if equipment is not assigned to Armament Flight. (T-3).
3.10.5. Non-Standard Weapons Sections. (For example, F-35, CV-22/Helicopter/RPAs).
Non-standard units will organize into a consolidated Weapons Section, which will be a
composite of both the Weapons Section and Armament Flight. (T-3). Contract units are
organized according to their respective contract. The Weapons Section NCOIC/Chief must
also comply with the applicable requirements of the section chief responsibilities of Chapter
2 of this instruction, to include Paragraph 3.10 Weapons Section and Paragraph 4.6
Armament Flight responsibilities. (T-3). Note: When no WWM or WS Superintendent is
assigned, the Weapons Section NCOIC/Chief will perform the duties of the WWM and WS
Superintendent.
72 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
3.10.5.1. Personnel will be formed into maintenance/load crews and will be qualified to
perform on/off equipment maintenance. (T-1).
3.10.5.2. Coordinate with WWM to ensure sufficient quantities of qualified WS personnel
are included on TDYs where live munitions will be expended and on deployments
exceeding 30 days to provide qualification capability.
3.10.5.3. When Weapon Expediter manpower authorizations do not exist, the WWM will
coordinate with the Squadron or equivalent to select and appoint a 2W171 individual(s) to
perform weapons expediter duties within Paragraph 3.10.2 of this instruction. (T-3).
3.10.5.4. Weapons Section personnel will be qualified to perform on/off- equipment
maintenance and munitions loading. (T-3).
3.10.5.4.1. Personnel may perform rescue/guillotine hoist arm and de-arm procedures.
3.10.5.5. Weapons Section will track and issue small arms for armory security,
maintenance security and courier operations for assigned and qualified weapons personnel
only when required by unit commander authorization. (T-2).
3.10.5.5.1. Weapons Section NCOIC/Chief will ensure personnel are trained to
perform required security of high risk weapons at home station and deployed locations.
(T-3). Training will as a minimum include armory, anti-robbery, theft, recovery and
resource protection procedures IAW AFI 31-101. (T-3).
3.10.5.6. Weapons Section does not repair, maintain, or issue aircrew/mobility small arms
weapons, for example, M9 and M16. (T-2).
3.10.5.7. Personnel will not load ammunition on weapons systems where the flight
engineer or aerial gunner performs this task (such as, CV-22 and Helicopters). (T-3).
3.10.5.7.1. (Added-ACC) Weapons personnel will not sign custody of any
munitions/ammunition they do not load on the aircraft (e.g., HH-60). (T-3).
3.10.5.8. Geographically-Separated Weapons Sections. If a Weapons Section is
geographically separated (determined locally) from the squadron support section, then
items listed in Paragraph 4.6.4 of this instruction (Armament Support Section) must be
available to support the geographically separated Weapons Section. (T-3).
3.11. Support Section. The Support Section may include the following elements/functions to
support AMU flightline maintenance activities; support (CTKs/special tools, eTools, test
equipment, TOs, bench stock), -21 equipment, AME, mobility equipment and DMS. Personnel
will be assigned to the Support Section for a minimum of 12 months. (T-3). 2W1X1 personnel
may be required to maintain task qualification and certification. Support Sections must standardize
procedures across the AMXS for security, control, and accountability of equipment. (T-1).
Materiel support procedures in this section do not apply to aircraft supported by Contractor
Operated and Maintained Base Supply. The Support Section will:
3.11.1. Maintain TOs IAW TO 00-5-1. (T-1).
3.11.2. Maintain bench, shop and operating stocks IAW AFI 23-101, and Chapter 9 of this
instruction. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 73
3.11.3. Ensure maintenance, control and storage of assigned AME, -21 equipment, and
Maintenance, Safety, and Protective Equipment IAW AFI 21-103. (T-1).
3.11.3.1. Support Section will develop local procedures to control and store other
equipment not identified as -21 equipment (such as, aircraft galley items, U-2 pod panels,
aircraft pylon attachment cover panels, aircraft covers/plugs) using AFI 21-103 guidelines.
(T-1).
3.11.4. Ensure proper calibration, use, care, handling and transportation of TMDE IAW TO
00-20-14, AFMAN 21-113, and applicable Calibration Measurement Summaries. (T-1).
3.11.5. Maintain and manage squadron Land Mobile Radio (LMR) IAW Chapter 11 of this
instruction (as applicable). (T-1).
3.11.6. Monitor the status of critical support equipment and testers for serviceability,
accountability and status of TCTO modifications. (T-1). Support Section will provide monthly
critical support equipment status update to Maintenance Supervision. (T-3).
3.11.7. Maintain tools/CTKs IAW Chapter 8 of this instruction. (T-1).
3.12. AMU Decentralized Materiel Support (DMS). In addition to the responsibilities in
Chapter 9 of this instruction for DMS procedures, AMU DMS personnel will:
3.12.1. Requisition parts and use supply management products. Initiate follow-up action when
necessary. (T-1).
3.12.2. Notify the Flightline Expediter of all back-ordered parts. (T-1).
3.12.3. Develop and maintain a QRL as needed and provide it to technicians. (T-2).
3.12.4. Track and process DIFM assets, to include warranty parts IAW AFI 23-101. (T-1).
3.12.4.1. AMU DMS personnel will notify AMU leadership when DIFM asset turn-in
times exceed requirements outlined in AFI 23-101. (T-1).
3.12.5. Manage reusable containers IAW AFI 24-602V2, Cargo Movement, and TO 00-20-3.
(T-1).
3.12.6. Control and manage aircraft TNB if stored within the Support Section. (T-1). When
FOM assets are collocated with TNB, the items must be similarly controlled and managed. (T-
1).
3.12.7. Coordinate with the Pro Super and Flightline Expediter(s) for “mark for” changes. (T-
1).
3.12.7.1. (Added-ACC) Coordinate with maintenance analysis on the execution of
IMDS/ILS-S Reconciliation program NFS540 monthly. Mismatches/errors identified by
the program will be corrected with applicable agencies within 5 duty days of the program
execution. (T-2).
3.12.8. Manage the AMU’s CANN program supply transactions and the associated
documentation. (T-1).
3.12.8.1. (Added-ACC) DMS personnel will support Maintenance Analysis with
reconciliation/clearing errant document numbers generated during execution of program
NFS120. (T-2).
74 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 75
Chapter 4
MAINTENANCE SQUADRON (MXS)
4.1. General. The MXS supports MGN operations by providing centralized back shop support
to perform on and off equipment maintenance tasks that are assigned to a specific back shop
function. The MXS provides both organizational and intermediate level maintenance described in
the "Maintenance Concept" section in Chapter 1 of this AFI. Bases with permanently assigned
Centralized Repair Facilities (CRF), which support enterprise RN functions, will develop and
document the division of responsibilities between the MGN and RN, as outlined in Chapter 13 of
this AFI, to ensure both local and enterprise mission requirements are met. (T-1). IAW AFI 38-
101, the MXS may consist of personnel from various AFSCs organized into flights: Propulsion
Flight, Avionics Flight, TMDE Flight, Accessories Flight, AGE Flight, Fabrication Flight,
Armament Flight, Maintenance Flight, and Munitions Flight. The MXS maintains AGE,
munitions, off-equipment aircraft and support equipment components; performs on-equipment
maintenance of aircraft and fabrication of parts; and provides repair and calibration of TMDE.
Note: For purpose of this instruction, MXS represents MXS, Equipment Maintenance Squadron
(EMS), and Component Maintenance Squadron (CMS).
4.2. Maintenance Supervision Responsibilities. Maintenance Supervision may consist of an
Operations Officer and Superintendent and is responsible to the SQ/CC for maintenance
production. Maintenance Supervision manages the resources to accomplish the workload. In
addition to general responsibilities in Chapter 2 of this instruction, Maintenance Supervision will:
4.2.1. Review and consolidate monthly maintenance plan inputs from flights/sections and
forward to Maintenance Operations PS&D. (T-1).
4.2.2. Optimize local repair capability by ensuring base level repair constraints (for example,
lack of equipment, manpower, parts) are elevated to the Repair Network Manager (RNM) and
applicable stakeholder(s) in accordance with AFI 20-117, TO 00-20-3, and Paragraph 1.3.2
of this AFI, and MAJCOM supplements to keep repair at the lowest level. (T-1).
4.2.3. Ensure EOR procedures for transient aircraft are developed IAW TO 00-20-1 and
MAJCOM supplements. (T-1).
4.2.4. Ensure the MXS and WS develop procedures for required weapons loading actions on
transient aircraft, storage of transient aircraft impulse cartridges, and requisition and
maintenance of weapons safing equipment for common transient types of aircraft. (T-1).
4.2.5. Ensure local manufacture capability and fabrication process is controlled IAW this
instruction. (T-1).
4.2.6. Ensure MXS personnel utilize Engineering Technical Service (ETS) personnel and the
Joint Engineering Data Management Information and Control System (JEDMICS)
https://jedmics.af.mil/webjedmics/index.jsp to obtain information and specifications when
the information in TOs does not provide enough detail. (T-1). Note: For drawings not available
electronically, contact the appropriate JEDMICS help desk.
4.2.7. Appoint in writing MXS Pro Super(s) (if applicable). (T-2).
4.2.8. (Added-ACC) Ensure CND and "Bad Actor" programs and procedures are established
to communicate information to each AMU. (T-3).
76 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
4.3. MXS Production Superintendent (Pro Super). The MXS Pro Super will:
4.3.1. Monitor backshop production and flightline operations and coordinate support and
priority with other squadron Pro Supers and MOC. (T-1). MXS Pro Super will focus overall
maintenance efforts toward MXG maintenance priorities. (T-1).
4.3.2. Identify production requirements and shortfalls to Maintenance Supervision. (T-1).
4.4. Accessories Flight. The Accessories Flight normally consists of four sections; Electrical
and Environmental (E&E), Egress, Fuels, and Hydraulics and is responsible for performing on/off-
equipment maintenance of systems and equipment.
4.4.1. Accessories Flight CC/Chief Responsibilities. In addition to the common
responsibilities in Chapter 2 of this instruction, the Accessories Flight CC/Chief will:
4.4.1.1. Ensure an egress training program is established IAW this instruction. (T-1).
4.4.1.2. Coordinate with squadron superintendents to ensure E&E and hydro personnel
rotation plans are established to comply with core task upgrade requirements. (T-1).
4.4.1.3. Ensure explosives are controlled and stored in approved storage areas/containers.
(T-1).
4.4.1.4. (Added-ACC) Monitor and report status of aircraft liquid and gaseous servicing
carts in repair status to Maintenance Operations Officer (MOO)/Maintenance
Superintendent (Mx Supt). (T-3). Exception: 5th Generation Aircraft responsibilities are
defined in their respective addendum.
4.4.2. Electrical and Environmental (E&E) Section. The E&E Section performs authorized
local manufacture, repair, overhaul, testing, modification, and inspection of aircraft and SE
electrical components, wiring harnesses, batteries, and charging units. The E&E Section will:
4.4.2.1. Ensure battery disposal procedures meet applicable environmental standards and
batteries are controlled for accountability purposes. (T-0).
4.4.2.2. Perform on/off-equipment maintenance on aircraft electrical and environmental
systems and components. (T-1).
4.4.2.3. Repair LOX/GOX/Liquid Nitrogen servicing units/carts. (T-1). Note: AGE
performs chassis, enclosure, and trailer maintenance on gaseous and cryogenic servicing
units and all maintenance on Self-Generating Nitrogen Servicing Carts.
4.4.2.4. Perform off-equipment maintenance for aircraft and aircrew Carbon Dioxide
cylinders. (T-1).
4.4.2.5. Perform off-equipment maintenance on type MA-1 portable breathing oxygen
cylinders (portable walk around bottles) and regulators, to include removing/replacing the
regulator and purging the bottle. (T-1). Note: Ownership and storage of these cylinders
remain with the appropriate support section.
4.4.2.6. (Added-ACC) Maintain Maintain historical records on oxygen/nitrogen gaseous
and cryogenic servicing units IAW AFMAN 33-363 and TO 42B6-1-1, Quality Control of
Aviator’s Breathing Oxygen. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 77
4.4.3. Egress Section. The Egress Section maintains aircraft egress systems, components, and
trainers (such as, aircraft ejection seats, extraction and escape systems, egress components of
jettisonable canopies, explosive components of escape hatches/doors) and stores egress
explosive components that are removed to FOM. Wings will identify the base level
organization responsible for locating inadvertent beacon activations on the flightline and
configuring survival kit personnel locator beacons (on-aircraft). (T-1).
4.4.3. (ACC) Egress, with the assistance of AFE, will locate inadvertent beacon activations.
(T-2). Egress will reset beacons when located on-aircraft and AFE will reset in-shop
activations. (T-2). Egress will ensure proper mission configuration as directed by battle
staff/special instructions. (T-2).
4.4.3.1. The Egress Section will:
4.4.3.1.1. Perform all off-equipment ejection seat maintenance in the egress
maintenance facility. (T-1).
4.4.3.1.2. Ensure all personnel use the Demand Response Team during any task
requiring the removal/installation of explosive components, and during egress final
inspections. (T-1).
4.4.3.1.2.1. Demand Response Teams will be comprised of individuals who are
certified to perform egress maintenance. (T-1). At least one team member must be
a certified egress journeyman. (T-1).
4.4.3.1.3. Coordinate with PS&D and monitor the weekly maintenance schedule to
identify egress items requiring removal for scheduled time changes/maintenance. (T-
1).
4.4.3.1.4. Utilize a facility that meets the requirements of AFMAN 32-1084, Facility
Requirements. (T-1). Locations are established IAW AFMAN 91-201 to store
explosive components and ensure they are properly licensed.
4.4.3.1.4.1. Egress Section will ensure licensed explosive area will not exceed the
licensed Net Explosive Weight capacity for each Hazard Class Division (HC/D)
without approval from Wing Safety. (T-1). See AFMAN 91-201 for additional
restrictions.
4.4.3.1.4.2. (Added-ACC) Egress facilities will have limited access to ensure
system integrity. (T-2).
4.4.3.1.4.3. (Added-ACC) Only egress section personnel will be authorized
unescorted entrance to the egress licensed explosive location. (T-2).
4.4.3.1.5. (Added-ACC) When requesting changes or updates to the need-date of any
Cartridge Actuated Device/Propellant Actuated Device (CAD/PAD) item, coordinate
with PS&D and Munitions Accountable System Officer in sufficient time to preclude
emergency issue requests. Refer to AFMAN 21-201, Munitions Management, for
emergency issue and contingency issue requests. (T-2).
4.4.3.2. The Egress Section NCOIC/Chief will:
4.4.3.2.1. Ensure ejection systems are “safed” IAW with 00-80G-series technical
orders and AFMAN 91-201 prior to an aircraft being placed on static display. (T-1).
78 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
4.4.3.2.2. Ensure egress systems on training aircraft are de-armed/“safed” IAW MDS
specific TOs when an aircraft is used for Fire Emergency Services and/or aircrew
extraction training. (T-1).
4.4.3.2.3. Ensure aircraft (to include GITA) are "safed” IAW 00-80-series TOs. (T-1).
4.4.3.2.4. Ensure all permanently decommissioned static display aircraft explosive
devices are removed and turned in to munitions inspections IAW AFMAN 21-201. (T-
1). Egress Section will sign the appropriate block on the AF Form 3580, USAF
Heritage Program Aerospace Vehicle Static Display Egress and Safety Certificate,
which is retained by the Historical Property Custodian(s). (T-1).
4.4.3.2.5. Request assistance from Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD) when egress
explosive devices are damaged or suspected to be unsafe. (T-1).
4.4.3.2.6. Establish egress training program requirements and conduct reviews IAW
AFI 36-2650. (T-1).
4.4.3.2.6.1. As a minimum, the program will include: a master training plan,
explosive safety certification requirements, and MIS time change documentation
qualification minimums. (T-1).
4.4.3.2.6.1.1. (Added-ACC) Egress personnel will meet mandatory training
requirements contained IAW AFI 36-2650, Maintenance Training (or intra-
service equivalent), AFI 91-202, The US Air Force Mishap Prevention
Program, this instruction, and the CFETP. (T-2).
4.4.3.2.6.1.2. (Added-ACC) Newly assigned uncertified egress personnel
may assist in performing egress systems maintenance. These personnel will
never clear (sign off) AFTO Form 781-series entries, MIS, or condition tags.
(T-2).
4.4.3.2.6.2. Certification requirements:
4.4.3.2.6.2.1. Egress personnel must successfully complete an Air Education
and Training Command (AETC) Egress Technician Course for the specific
aircraft to be maintained. (T-1). Exception: ACES II-trained and certified
egress SSgt 5-levels and above being reassigned to another base or unit
maintaining ACES II-equipped aircraft are not required to complete the
Organizational Maintenance (on-equipment) egress technician course unless
required by the Egress Section NCOIC/Chief.
4.4.3.2.6.2.1.1. (Added-ACC) Civil service and contractor egress
maintenance personnel who possess, as a minimum, one year of experience
within the last three years performing egress intermediate and organizational-
level maintenance, repair, inspections, etc., may be considered for a waiver
of classification training requirements. Waiver requests will be submitted to
the applicable 2A6X3 MAJCOM functional manager for review then
forwarded to the 2A6X3 Career Field Manager for final approval/disapproval.
(T-2). If waiver is disapproved, individuals must complete classification
training. (T-2).
4.4.3.2.6.2.1.2. (Added-ACC) ) Personnel are certified to perform egress
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 79
systems maintenance by demonstrating adequate proficiency to a designated
certifying official in the egress systems workcenter. Certification pass/fail
criteria will be established by the egress workcenter supervisor and
documented IAW AFI 36-2650. (T-2). Retrain any individual who fails the
practical evaluation until the individual demonstrates adequate proficiency or
withdraw the individual from training. If egress personnel are withdrawn from
training, retrain IAW AFI 36-2650. (T-2).
4.4.3.2.6.2.1.3. (Added-ACC) Non-egress personnel must successfully
complete an AETC egress technician course for the specific aircraft to be
maintained. (T-2).
4.4.3.2.6.2.1.4. (Added-ACC) After completing the AETC technician
course, non-egress personnel will be initially certified by egress workcenter
supervisor IAW paragraph 4.4.3.2.6 (T-2). Non-egress personnel will also
be recertified IAW paragraph 4.4.3.2.6.2.1.3 (T-2).
4.4.3.2.6.2.1.5. (Added-ACC) QA personnel assigned to inspect egress
system maintenance must first complete egress explosive safety training,
followed by an AETC Egress Technician Course for the specific aircraft they
are responsible to inspect. (T-2). Once training is completed, QA personnel
will be certified initially and annually by a certified egress technician by
demonstrating their ability to safely conduct egress systems inspections. (T-
2).
4.4.3.2.6.3. Decertification requirements:
4.4.3.2.6.3.1. Decertify egress personnel after not having performed egress
maintenance for more than 18 months. (T-1). Instructing and inspecting egress
maintenance is not considered performing maintenance.
4.4.3.2.6.3.2. Document decertification in accordance with AFI 36-2651. (T-
1).
4.4.3.2.6.4. Recertification requirements:
4.4.3.2.6.4.1. Recertify egress personnel who have not performed egress
maintenance for 18 months. (T-1).
4.4.3.2.6.4.2. Recertification must be accomplished by a 2A673 trainer and
certifier. (T-1).
4.4.3.2.6.4.2.1. (Added-ACC) The purpose of recertification is to ensure
personnel still maintain the required knowledge and skills to safely maintain
and/or inspect egress systems. (T-2).
4.4.3.2.6.4.2.2. (Added-ACC) Recertify non-egress personnel at least every
180 days. (T-2).
4.4.3.2.6.4.2.3. (Added-ACC) Quality Assurance Evaluator (QAE)
personnel exclusively performing contract surveillance do not have to be
recertified. If these personnel are performing egress maintenance, they must
be recertified. (T-2).
80 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
4.4.3.2.6.4.2.4. (Added-ACC) Recertification procedures are identical to
initial certification procedures and will be accomplished IAW paragraph
4.4.3.2.6 (T-2). Document recertification IAW AFI 36-2650. (T-2).
4.4.3.2.7. Review and validate all egress familiarization training documents at least
every 24 months. (T-1).
4.4.3.2.8. Ensure the egress Time Change Item (TCI) data in the MIS is accurate. (T-
1).
4.4.3.2.8.1. Ensure automated data products will be updated whenever an egress
item is replaced to ensure the annual TCI forecast is correct. (T-1).
4.4.3.2.8.2. Ensure separate databases are not used to manage the egress TCI
program. (T-1).
4.4.3.2.8.3. Ensure component background information is provided to PS&D to
include a list of all components having multiple part numbers with a different
service life. (T-1).
4.4.3.2.9. Reconcile and verify each aircraft’s egress data annually with PS&D. (T-1).
4.4.3.2.9. (ACC) If PS&D is decentralized, provide data to the appropriate AMU
PS&D. (T-2).
4.4.3.2.9.1. Document the annual verification on the AF Form 2411, Inspection
Document maintained in the aircraft jacket file. (T-1).
4.4.3.2.9.1. (ACC) If PS&D is decentralized, AMU PS&D will perform this
function. (T-2).
4.4.3.2.10. Establish egress systems inspection and documentation requirements. (T-
1).
4.4.3.2.10.1. Egress Section will maintain an egress tail number binder for each
assigned aircraft. (T-1). Note: This binder should not to be confused with the
aircraft jacket file of historical records maintained by PS&D, but serves to
standardize the format for maintaining egress documentation requirements across
AF egress shops. As a minimum the binder will include:
4.4.3.2.10.1.1. Binder Spine - Aircraft assigned Serial Number. (T-2).
4.4.3.2.10.1.2. Front Cover - Delayed Discrepancies. (T-2).
4.4.3.2.10.1.3. Tab A - PRA or 5th Gen equivalent (Cross reference sheet
stating digital location of data). (T-2).
4.4.3.2.10.1.4. Tab B - Completed In-Shop Maintenance Flow Sheet(s). (T-2).
4.4.3.2.10.1.5. Tab C - Completed Major Inspection Flow sheet(s) (for
example, 36 month), or equivalent (if Mission Design Series applicable). (T-2).
4.4.3.2.10.1.5.1. Annotate pull check/inspection results on the flow sheet. (T-
2).
4.4.3.2.10.1.6. Tab D - Egress Configuration Screen (IMDS 257 or 5th
Generation equivalent), current manual Cartridge Actuated Device/Propellant
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 81
Actuated Device (CAD/PAD) collection sheets. (T-2).
4.4.3.2.10.1.7. Tab E - Completed Time Change Item Replacement Sheets, for
example, locally generated or equivalent. (T-2).
4.4.3.2.10.1.8. Tab F - Significant Historical Data (AFTO 95 or equivalent
(cross reference to MIS maybe used), Depot/Program Depot Maintenance
(PDM) package, -107 Technical Assistance Request or Engineering Assistance
Request Responses). (T-2).
4.4.3.2.10.1.9. Tab G - Misc. (example, PAIR, Extension Letters). (T-2).
4.4.3.2.10.1.10. Tab H AF Form 2411, Inspection Document. (T-2).
4.4.3.2.11. A certified egress production inspector (for example, Red X, IPI certified
and tracked on the SCR IAW Table 11.1) will inspect any integral part of the egress
system when any maintenance other than a visual inspection is performed. (T-1).
4.4.3.2.11.1. The inspection must be an egress final inspection unless another
inspection is prescribed by technical data. (T-1).
4.4.3.2.11.2. Egress personnel will conduct an egress final every 30 days on
ejection seats that have integrated personnel/recovery parachutes and/or survival
kits as part of the seat if prescribed by technical data. (T-1).
4.4.3.2.11.2. (ACC) Not applicable to ejection seats that do not have a TO
directed inspection requirement. (T-2).
4.4.3.2.12. Egress Sections may store spare parachutes and survival kits for use in
responding to Red Ball and unscheduled maintenance events.
4.4.4. Fuel Systems Section. The Fuel Systems Section repairs, functionally checks, and
inspects aircraft fuel systems, fuel tanks, hydrazine systems, in-flight refueling receptacle
systems, and related components. This section also performs maintenance on AME external
fuel tanks, Conformal Fuel Tanks, and Weapons Bay Tanks and provides temporary storage
for Conformal Fuel Tanks, and Weapons Bay Tanks.
4.4.4.1. The Fuels Systems Section will:
4.4.4.1.1. Maintain serial number inventory accountability for all removable external
fuel tanks IAW AFI 21-103. (T-1).
4.4.4.1.1. (ACC) Establish notification procedures to inform the base fire department
when open fuel tank maintenance is in progress and when maintenance is complete.
(T-2).
4.4.4.1.1.1. (Added-ACC) Within the MOA/MOU, local units with approval
from MXG/CC (or equivalent) will designate which squadron(s) is responsible for
management of external fuel tanks, Conformal Fuel Tanks (CFT), SPRAM
account(s)/assets IAW AFI 23-101. (T-2).
4.4.4.1.2. Purge and preserve fuel tanks for storage and shipment. (T-1). Note: LRS is
responsible for the storage, delivery, and shipment of fuel tanks in their possession.
82 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
4.4.4.1.3. Establish a local Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) or Memorandum of
Understanding (MOU) (MXS with AMXS or equivalents) governing the storage, issue,
receipt, and inventory control of in-use removable external fuel tanks. (T-1).
4.4.4.1.4. Perform all maintenance and inspections on WRM fuel tanks. (T-1).
4.4.4.1.4.1. Meet quarterly with installation War Reserve Materiel Officer/WRM
Non-Commissioned Officer (NCO) and LRS representatives to review inspection
criteria for stored WRM tanks, schedule tank inspections and maintenance, and
report discrepancies identified during WRM monthly walk-through inspections.
(T-1).
4.4.4.2. In addition to the common responsibilities outlined in Chapter 2 of this
instruction, the Fuel Systems Section NCOIC/Chief will:
4.4.4.2.1. Establish controls to prevent unauthorized entry into fuel cell and hydrazine
repair areas. (T-1).
4.4.4.2.2. Provide required qualification training to all personnel who enter aircraft
fuel tanks and/or open fuel tank areas to perform maintenance or to provide assistance.
(T-1).
4.4.4.2.3. When required, ensure Hydrazine Response Teams are formed with only
team members/supervisors possessing AFSC 2A6X4. (T-1). Refer to TO 00-25-172,
Ground Servicing of Aircraft and Static Grounding/Bonding, TO 00-105E-9,
Aerospace Emergency Rescue and Mishap Response Information, TO 42B1-1-18,
General Procedures for Handling of H-70, and review MDS-specific TOs and
MAJCOM/Lead Command directives for additional information on hydrazine hazards
and management. For Air Demonstration Squadron (Thunderbirds) only the Hydrazine
Response Team Supervisor must possess AFSC 2A6X4. (T-1).
4.4.4.2.3.1. Ensure initial and refresher hydrazine safety training is completed for
all hydrazine response team members IAW TO 42B1-1-18. (T-1).
4.4.4.2.3.2. Integrate Hydrazine Response Team responsibilities into the CDDAR
Program and local In-Flight Emergency (IFE) functional checklists (as applicable).
(T-1).
4.4.4.2.4. Perform safety inspections on facilities to ensure open tank repair areas, and
equipment used for open fuel tank or hydrazine maintenance meet MDS-specific TOs,
TO 42B1-1-18 and TO 1-1-3, Inspection and Repair of Aircraft Integral Tanks and
Fuel Cells requirements. (T-1).
4.4.4.2.5. Establish a Confined Space Entry Program IAW TO 1-1-3 and AFMAN 91-
203. (T-1).
4.4.4.2.6. Establish a Respiratory Protection Program IAW AFI 48-137. (T-1).
4.4.4.2.6.1. All respiratory training requirements are documented on AF Form 55
or equivalent IAW AFI 91-202.
4.4.4.2.7. (Added-ACC) Produce a schedule for external fuel tanks
inspections/TCTOs to be published in Wing's Monthly Flying and Maintenance
Schedule. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 83
4.4.4.3. (Added-ACC) NFTBU Team Members and Training. The fuel systems section
NCOIC identifies 2A6X4 personnel as NFTBU cadre members and establishes a training
program. (T- 2). The NFTBU team will be augmented by non-2A6X4 personnel in the
wing during build up operations. (T-3). NFTBU Cadre team members will:
4.4.4.3.1. (Added-ACC) Attend initial NFTBU training at an AETC Training
Detachment (TD). (T- 2).
4.4.4.3.2. (Added-ACC) Conduct annual refresher NFTBU training for all fuel
systems section personnel tasked for any UTC and document completed training in the
MIS. Conduct “just in time” training for augmentees immediately prior to performing
NFTBU operations (refer to Chapter 11 of this instruction). (T-2).
4.4.4.3.3. (Added-ACC) Review UTC Mission Capability (MISCAP) statement as it
applies to the unit’s tasking and ensures availability of trained fuel systems personnel
and serviceable equipment/tools to support requirements. Units are no longer required
to maintain ready-trained augmentees, however Commanders must provide NFTBU
augmentees to fill UTC requirements at the time of tasking. (T-2).
4.4.5. Hydraulic Section. The Hydraulic Section performs on- and off-equipment maintenance
on pneumatic and hydraulic systems, components (except environmental and egress systems)
and provides maintenance support for SE and test equipment. The Hydraulic Section also
maintains hydraulic test stands, pumping units, and associated components.
4.4.5.1. The Hydraulic Section will:
4.4.5.1.1. Perform maintenance on munitions loading and handling equipment with
discrepancies that exceed the munitions flight repair capabilities. (T-1).
4.4.5.1.2. Maintain and inspect refueling drogues, booms, and refueling receptacle
systems for large aircraft. (T-1).
4.4.5.1.3. Repairs, overhauls, and bench checks flight control, landing gear, and
hydraulic power system components (such as, brakes, struts, accumulators, reservoirs,
actuators). (T-1).
4.5. Aerospace Ground Equipment (AGE) Flight. The AGE Flight is normally organized as
a consolidated maintenance unit (repair, inspection, and servicing sections) or, at MAJCOM
discretion, may be organized into teams for concentrated support efforts. The AGE Flight is
responsible for providing powered and Non-Powered AGE (NPA) as defined in TO 00-20-1 to
support both aircraft and non-aircraft weapon systems.
4.5. (ACC) Aerospace Ground Equipment (AGE) Flight. MXG/CC will be the approval
authority for team concept. (T-2).
4.5.1. The AGE Flight will:
4.5.1.1. Maintain and inspect AGE, IAW TO 00-20-1, and equipment specific TOs in
support of sortie production and back shop maintenance activities. (T-1).
4.5.1.2. Pick up, service, deliver, repair, and perform approved modifications, TCTOs,
inspect assigned AGE and perform corrosion control tasks. (T-1).
84 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
4.5.1.2.1. (Added-ACC) AGE does not maintain non-powered MMHE (with the
exception of Manually Operated Lift Truck, and ram assemblies), propulsion SE,
vehicle SE, non-powered dock stands, and back shop avionics SE. (T-2).
4.5.1.2.2. (Added-ACC) AGE does not dispatch operator dispatched equipment (e.g.,
Bomb lifts and Powered Munitions Trailers). (T-2).
4.5.1.3. Utilize AF Form 864, Daily Requirement and Dispatch Record, or MAJCOM-
approved electronic product to record all equipment pickup and delivery. (T-1).
4.5.1.4. Perform chassis, enclosure, and trailer maintenance on gaseous and cryogenic
servicing units. (T-1).
4.5.1.5. Manage maintenance and inspection scheduling activities for flight maintained
equipment. (T-1). Note: Maintain oversight of additional requirements for assigned
Nuclear Certified Equipment IAW AFI 63-125.
4.5.1.6. Safeguard any Item Unique Identification (IUID) marks during maintenance
activities to the extent possible. (T-1). In the event the Unique Item Identifier (UII) is
damaged during maintenance activities, the AGE Flight will notify the responsible
Equipment Custodian and/or Equipment Accountability Element (EAE) to replace the
mark with the same UII. (T-1).
4.5.1.7. (Added-ACC) Ensure AGE is used to support aircraft and/or flightline
operations. If AGE is required for mission essential operations outside of aircraft and/or
flightline operations for more than 48 hours, it shall require MXG/CC coordination and/or
approval. (T-2).
4.5.2. AGE Flight Chief Responsibilities. In addition to the applicable Flight CC/Chief
responsibilities in Chapter 2 of this instruction, the AGE Flight Chief will:
4.5.2.1. Review and coordinate the AGE MEL annually with applicable Maintenance
Supervision. (T-1). The MXG/CC approves the identified types and quantities of AGE for
the MEL.
4.5.2.1.1. AGE Flight Chief will provide copies of the approved MEL to the MOC.
(T-1).
4.5.2.2. Ensure AGE status/scheduling is tracked daily using the MIS. (T-1).
4.5.2.2.1. Provide status and ETIC information to the MOC when it falls below MEL.
(T-1).
4.5.2.3. Ensure newly assigned AGE receives acceptance inspections IAW TO 00-20-1.
(T-1).
4.5.2.4. Control fuel dispensed from issue tanks IAW AFI 23-204, Organizational Fuel
Tanks. (T-1).
4.5.2.5. Ensure the Uniform Repair and Replacement Criteria Program is implemented
IAW TO 00-25-240 and TO 35-1-24. (T-1).
4.5.2.6. Coordinate welding requirements with the Fabrication Flight Chief. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 85
4.5.2.7. Manage AGE CANN actions IAW Chapter 9 and Chapter 11 of this instruction.
(T-1).
4.5.2.8. Establish and monitor the AGE Operator Training Program and assist in the
development of course control documents in conjunction with Maintenance Training (MT).
(T-1).
4.5.2.9. Ensure an AGE Corrosion Control and Prevention Program is maintained and a
field number system is established IAW TO 35-1-3, TO 1-1-8, TO 1-1-691, MAJCOM
instructions, and equipment specific TOs. (T-1).
4.5.2.9.1. (Added-ACC) Obtain Quality Products Lists (QPL) from wing corrosion
control manager every 6 months and use them in conjunction with applicable TOs to
verify all compounds on-hand are authorized for use on designated equipment. (T-2).
4.5.2.10. Develop and implement a tracking system to prioritize complete repainting for
AGE equipment based on a “worst is first” principle. (T-1).
4.5.2.10.1. AGE Flight Chief will coordinate with Fabrication Flight Chief for work
beyond the AGE work center capability. (T-1).
4.5.2.11. Ensure equipment is prepared for storage or shipment IAW TO 35-1-4,
Processing and Inspection of Support Equipment for Storage and Shipment, and applicable
end item TOs. (T-1).
4.5.2.12. Ensure annual transient aircraft landing data is submitted to the respective
MAJCOM AGE functional manager by 1 February. (T-1). Data will reflect previous year's
TA aircraft landings by aircraft MDS and is obtained from local Transient Alert managing
office. (T-1).
4.5.2.13. Establish AGE sub-pools, as needed, in coordination with OSS’s Airfield
Operations Flight. (T-1).
4.5.2.14. Ensure AGE tow vehicles are two-way radio equipped, permanent or hand-held,
to expedite AGE deliveries. (T-1). AGE Flight Chief will ensure any permanent installation
of radios are accomplished IAW AFI 24-302. (T-1).
4.5.2.15. (Added-ACC) Ensure the MIS reflects all equipment assigned to the
organization. Utilizing Manpower and Equipment Force Packaging System logistics details
and posturing details, validate equipment listings with the MIS and coordinate any
transfers/terminations of equipment prior to submission of report to the AGE Functional
Manager. (T-2).
4.5.2.16. (Added-ACC) Determine what equipment is maintained/owned within the
AGE Flight based on the Allowance Source Codes that are applicable to AGE. (T-2).
4.5.2.16.1. (Added-ACC) Identify authorized AGE and ensure it is reflected on an
AGE Flight CA/CRL. (T-2). Refer to TO 00-20-1 for the definition of AGE.
4.5.3. AGE Pro Super Responsibilities (if not assigned, the AGE Flight Chief will fulfill these
responsibilities). The AGE Pro Super will:
4.5.3.1. Monitor the production of AGE Flight and recommend equipment/personnel
adjustments to the AGE Flight Chief as required. (T-1).
86 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
4.5.3.2. Monitor adherence to AGE Flight’s safety, training, and CTK programs. (T-1).
4.5.3.3. Monitor serviceability status of equipment parked in sub-pools. (T-1).
4.5.3.4. Monitor distribution, control, and condition of AGE Flight’s assigned vehicles.
(T-1).
4.5.3.5. Monitor shop equipment for condition and documentation. (T-1).
4.5.3.6. (Added-ACC) Ensures tone-down procedures are followed as described in TO
35-1-3 and Chapter 16 of this publication. (T-2).
4.5.4. AGE Production Support Section. The AGE Production Support Section provides
administration and ancillary services for TO file maintenance, supply support, and fuels
management. A full-time Materiel Management Journeyman/craftsman (AFSC 2S0X1) should
be assigned to the AGE Production Support Section when the workload warrants. In addition
to the applicable Section NCOIC/Chief responsibilities outlined in Chapter 2 of this
instruction, the AGE Production Support Section NCOIC/Chief will:
4.5.4.1. Manage the AGE Flight’s TO libraries IAW TO 00-5-1. (T-1).
4.5.4.2. Manage the AGE Flight’s tool storage and issue areas IAW Chapter 8 of this
instruction. (T-1).
4.5.4.3. Manage the AGE Flight’s TMDE program IAW TO 00-20-14 and AFMAN 21-
113. (T-1).
4.5.4.4. Manage the AGE Flight’s materiel management function IAW Chapter 9 of this
instruction and AFI 23-101. (T-1).
4.5.4.4.1. Pre-assembled part kits are authorized; if required, assemble from bench
stock in minimum quantities necessary to support workload requirements.
4.5.4.4.2. (Added-ACC) Ensure total authorization of non-mobility equipment does
not exceed 20% of total mobility equipment (e.g., 100 mobility assets equals 20 non-
mobility assets). Exclusions include equipment designated for National Airborne
Operations Centers (NAOC), Forward Operating Location (FOL) support, WEG,
Targeting and Drones, Formal Training Units, TES, peculiar support equipment and/or
any installation with a non-mobility function as the primary mission. If exclusions
apply to installations with mobility functions as the primary mission, equipment
custodians will establish a separate equipment account for all non-mobility assets. (T-
2). If non-mobility assets exceed 20% threshold, ACC AGE Program Managers can
direct assets be moved to fill mobility requirements at other ACC operating locations.
(T-2).
4.5.4.5. Coordinate the AGE Flight’s scheduling function with PS&D. (T-1). The AGE
Production Support Section NCOIC/Chief will:
4.5.4.5. (ACC) If PS&D is decentralized, coordinate with MO PS&D. (T-2).
4.5.4.5.1. Maintain AGE historical records. (T-1).
4.5.4.5.2. Prepare an AGE scheduled maintenance plan and maintain a current
equipment scheduling report for all assigned equipment. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 87
4.5.4.6. Manage the AGE Flight’s organizational fuel tank(s) IAW AFI 23-204. (T-1).
4.5.4.7. Manage the AGE Flight’s HAZMAT/ESOH programs IAW AFI 90-8XX series
ESOH instructions and the AFI 32-70XX series environmental instructions. (T-1).
4.6. Armament Flight. The Armament Flight, when formed, will be part of either MXS, EMS
or Munitions Squadron (MUNS), and performs off-equipment maintenance for assigned aircraft
armament systems, guns, pylons, racks, launchers and adapters. (T-1). An AFSC 2S0X1 Materiel
Management journeyman/craftsman may be assigned to the flight if mission dictates and
respective SQ/CC and MXG/CC concurs. The Armament Flight normally consists of three
sections: Armament Maintenance Section, AME Section, and Support Section. The WWM, with
MXG/CC concurrence, determines when armament systems personnel are required to perform
load crew duties or related certifiable tasks.
4.6.1. Armament Flight Chief Responsibilities. In addition to common Flight CC/Chief
responsibilities outlined in Chapter 2 of this instruction, the Armament Flight Chief will:
4.6.1.1. Assist the WWM in recommending distribution of AFSC 2W1X1 personnel to
satisfy on-and off-equipment weapons release and gun system maintenance. (T-1).
4.6.1.2. Advise the Operations Officer/MX SUPT and the WWM regarding factors which
affect training, or maintenance capabilities, personnel actions affecting manning levels
(cross-training, special duty, reassignment) equipment shortfalls and other key weapons
related issues. (T-1).
4.6.1.3. Establish and monitor gunroom security IAW AFI 31-101. (T-1).
4.6.1.4. Ensure AME and SPRAM accountability and control requirements are met IAW
AFI 21-103. (T-1).
4.6.1.5. If applicable, support WRM rack, adapter, pylon, launcher and gun maintenance
requirements IAW AFI 25-101, Air Force War Reserve Materiel (WRM). (T-1).
4.6.1.6. Provide the WWM monthly status on authorized/on-hand quantities and
serviceability of AME/NIE/WRM, critical armament testers, and support equipment by the
first of each month, for the previous month. (T-3).
4.6.1.7. Ensure requirements for submitting AFTO Form 375 on all weapons support
equipment identified in TO 35-1-24, are accomplished. (T-1). This process provides vital
information and source documentation for the Product Group Manager to adequately
reflect equipment sustainment costs, attrition rates, and to enable timely forecasting for
replacement funding.
4.6.1.7.1. (Added-ACC) For AFTO Form 375 management and reporting, units will
utilize the 9405 report on the AF Armament SharePoint site:
https://usaf.dps.mil/sites/12231/SitePages/OrgHome.aspx. (T-2).
4.6.1.8. Establish procedures to ensure items requiring explosive-free certification IAW
TO 11A-1-60 are properly inspected, marked and certified prior to shipment. (T-1).
4.6.1.9. (Added-ACC) Inspect 25% of assigned CTKs, armament test and support
equipment for serviceability, at least quarterly, and initiates corrective action as required.
Schedule and track inspections to ensure 100% of CTKs, test, and support equipment will
88 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
be checked over a one-year timeframe. (T-2). Document inspection results and use for
follow-up action and reference as necessary. (T-2).
4.6.2. Armament Maintenance Section: The Armament Maintenance Section performs
TCTOs, inspections and maintenance on assigned armament systems, guns, pylons, racks,
launchers, and adapters. In addition to the applicable Section NCOIC/Chief responsibilities
outlined in Chapter 2 of this instruction, the Armament Maintenance Section NCOIC/Chief
will:
4.6.2.1. In coordination with PS&D, ensure all inspections, TCTOs, time changes,
maintenance and repair actions for aircraft armament systems suspension and release
components and AME, including AME items preloaded with munitions for contingencies
are scheduled and performed. (T-3).
4.6.2.1. (ACC) If PS&D is decentralized, coordinate with MO PS&D. (T-2).
4.6.2.2. Ensure the off-equipment portion of major inspections is performed. (T-1). In
bomber and special mission aircraft units, the AME Section NCOIC/Chief will facilitate
assistance with the on-equipment portion of major aircraft inspections that pertain to the
armament system. (T-1).
4.6.2.3. Ensure WRM assets are maintained (if applicable). (T-1).
4.6.2.4. Ensure equipment historical records (AFTO Form 95) for AME, aircraft guns and
weapons system NIE are maintained. (T-1).
4.6.2.5. Ensure ammunition loading assemblies and systems are maintained and inspected.
(T-1). Note: The Munitions Flight maintains the chassis portion.
4.6.3. Alternate Mission Equipment (AME) Section. The AME Section accounts for, stores
and controls AME. If not formed, the responsibilities detailed in this section will be
accomplished by the Armament Maintenance Section. (T-2). In addition to the applicable
Section NCOIC/Chief responsibilities outlined in Chapter 2 of this instruction, the AME
Section NCOIC/Chief will:
4.6.3.1. Develop procedures governing accountability and control of AME, in
coordination with Weapons Section NCOIC/Chief and WWM. (T-1).
4.6.3.2. Ensure all weapons assigned, non-load box/tester-configured (bomber aircraft), F-
2/utility type trailers are maintained. (T-1).
4.6.3.3. Ensure SPRAM accounts are maintained IAW AFI 21-103 and AFI 23-101. (T-
1).
4.6.4. Support Section: The Support Section stores and maintains tools/equipment and
manages the supply and bench stock functions for Armament Flight. The Support Section will:
4.6.4.1. Ensure tools and equipment are managed IAW Chapter 8 of this instruction. (T-
1).
4.6.4.2. Ensure maintenance materiel management support is managed IAW Chapter 9 of
this instruction. (T-1).
4.7. Avionics Flight. The Avionics Flight normally consists of some combination of; a
Communication-Navigation Section, an Radio Frequency (RF) Multiplexing Section, an
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 89
Instrument and Flight Control Systems (IFCS) section, a Weapons Control System Section, a
Sensors Section, an Electronic Warfare System (EWS) Section, an Avionics Intermediate Section,
a Computer Section, a Surveillance Radar Section, a Combat Systems Section, a Cryptographic
Section, an Offensive Avionics Section, and a Cyber/Information Security Section. Note: Do not
authorize additional manpower positions to form sections resulting from local management
decisions.
4.7.1. Sections within the Flight are responsible for maintaining avionics systems and
components and the associated test/support equipment. They perform authorized equipment
repairs, TCTOs, component programming/reprogramming, troubleshooting, CND/BCS
screening of line replaceable units (LRUs), sub-component removal and replacement,
management, programming and status reporting for assigned pods and SE, and in-work
classified avionics systems component management. They are authorized to perform the
following maintenance actions if the required support equipment is authorized and on-hand.
Repairs above and beyond those listed require approval from the appropriate approval
authority (Lead Command, depot). MAJCOMs will identify any additional mission support
requirements in their supplements and addendums.
4.7.2. Avionics Flight CC/Chief Responsibilities. In addition to the applicable Flight
CC/Chief responsibilities listed in Chapter 2 of this instruction, the Avionics Flight CC/Chief
will:
4.7.2.1. Support Wing EW system programming. (T-1).
4.7.2.2. Ensure control and storage of assigned AME IAW AFI 21-103. Develop local
procedures for control and storage of items not specified in -21 TOs. (T-1).
4.7.2.3. Ensure accurate and timely pod and SE status is updated or verified daily in
RAMPOD IAW AFI 21-103. (T-1).
4.7.2.4. Ensure personnel do not make unauthorized or false transmissions on international
distress frequencies IAW TO 31R2-1-251, General Instructions-Transmission of False
Distress Signals on Emergency Frequencies. (T-1).
4.7.2.5. Ensure cryptography components are controlled and maintained IAW National
Security Agency publications and directive for the functions preformed. (T-1).
4.7.2.6. When applicable, determine maintenance responsibility for aircraft adapter group
equipment. (T-2).
4.7.3. Section NCOICs will maintain AFTO Form 95, or equivalent on selected, significantly
repairable, serialized components for which historical failure data will enhance repair. (T-1).
Historical records are mandatory for SPRAM LRUs, and items asterisked in weapons system
-6 TOs. Historical records will be maintained IAW TO 00-20-1. (T-1).
4.7.3.1. The record will remain with the component anytime it is undergoing maintenance.
(T-1). Note: Data is provided from these records, upon request, to the analysis function to
aid in defining avionics maintenance problems and recommended solutions.
4.7.4. Avionics Flight's within established Repair Networks shall collaborate with the Repair
Network Manager (RNM) for maintenance constraint resolution. If the SMR code in the 4th
position is "F" (I-Level Repair) will require RNM and all applicable stakeholders to determine
next step or appropriate Action Taken Code to use when resolving the maintenance constraint.
90 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
4.7.5. Implement the “Bad Actor” program IAW TO 00-35D-54. (T-1). The purpose of the
Air Force Bad Actor Program is to identify serial-numbered items that enter the repair cycle at
an abnormally high rate when compared to the total population of like assets and to repair them
or remove them from the exhibit holding activity.
4.7.6. Repair Monitor Responsibilities. Monitors the status of items processed into the section
for repair. Each shift may have a repair monitor assigned. Maintain records used by the repair
monitor according to AFMAN 33-363. Each Repair Monitor will:
4.7.6.1. Process items into and out of the section, ensuring all documentation is accurate
and complete. (T-2).
4.7.6.2. Advise the section NCOICs and Pro Supers of item status. (T-2).
4.7.6.3. Assist the section NCOICs in managing the DIFM program by complying with
MAJCOM instructions to ensure ordered and received parts are documented; and uses,
maintains and files, management and computer records. (T-1). Repair Monitors will
maintain and update a working copy of the D-23, Repair Cycle Asset Management Listing,
sorted by location and detail number. (T-1).
4.7.6.4. Designate and maintain an AWP area, ensure accurate documentation, and submit
supply assistance requests, as required. (T-1).
4.7.6.5. Track and monitor MICAP status for all assigned DIFM and parts affecting
section repair capabilities using automated Integrated Logistics System -Supply (ILS-S)
reports. (T-1).
4.7.6.6. Ensure the MIS is updated with current supply data, location changes and DIFM
status changes. (T-1).
4.8. Fabrication Flight. The Fabrication Flight may consists of four sections; Aircraft Structural
Maintenance (ASM), Metals Technology, Nondestructive Inspection (NDI), and Low Observable
Aircraft Structural Maintenance (LOASM) and is responsible for performing on/off-equipment
maintenance of systems and equipment.
4.8.1. Fabrication Flight CC/Chief Responsibilities. In addition to the applicable Flight
CC/Chief responsibilities outlined in Chapter 2 of this instruction, the Fabrication Flight
CC/Chief will:
4.8.1.1. Provide local manufacture capability to meet mission requirements and monitor
all local manufacture work order requests. (T-1).
4.8.1.2. Coordinate AGE welding requirements with the AGE Flight Chief. (T-1).
4.8.1.3. Ensure corrosion prevention and control requirements, wash rack procedures, and
established paint schemes are accomplished IAW TO 1-1-691, TO 1-1-8, TO 35-1-3,
MAJCOM/Lead Command instructions, and MDS-specific TOs. (T-1).
4.8.1.4. (Added-ACC) Determine if welders can be qualified by MXG personnel, or
should be sent to ALC. If accomplished at ALC, ensure funding is forecasted. (T-2).
4.8.2. Aircraft Structural Maintenance (ASM) Section. Manages structural repair, corrosion
control, Low Observable, inspection, damage evaluation, repair, manufacture, and/or
modification of metallic, composite, fiberglass, plastic components, and related hardware
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 91
associated with aircraft and SE. In addition to applicable Section NCOIC/Chief responsibilities
in Chapter 2 of this instruction, the ASM Section NCOIC/Chief will:
4.8.2.1. Ensure appropriate resources are available to all personnel to chemically or
mechanically inspect, remove, and treat corrosion on aircraft, engines, AGE, and
components. (T-1).
4.8.2.1.1. (Added-ACC) Ensure no other maintenance is accomplished on the
aircraft, equipment, or within the environmentally controlled/cordon off areas during
corrosion prevention treatment when hazardous/toxic materials are in use which require
the use of specialized personal protective equipment. (T-2).
4.8.2.1.2. (Added-ACC) Forecast funding to attend and participate in applicable
Corrosion Prevention Advisory Board (CPAB) and other corrosion/structural related
programs/meetings. (T-2).
4.8.2.1.3. (Added-ACC) Submit CPAB agenda items to MAJCOM Manager(s). (T-
2).
4.8.2.2. Monitor the aircraft wash and corrosion inspection schedule in the weekly and
monthly maintenance plans. (T-1).
4.8.2.3. Provide training and assistance to sections managing their own corrosion
programs to include cleaning operations, corrosion prevention, inspection, removal and
treatment techniques. (T-1).
4.8.2.4. Develop maintenance procedures IAW Chapter 11 of this instruction, AFMAN
91-203, and ensure assigned ASM personnel are trained and qualified on aircraft intake
maintenance. (T-1).
4.8.2.5. Review the Qualified Product List/Qualified Product Database for changes to
cleaners that must conform to a MIL-Spec as specified in applicable TOs for aircraft wash
rack. (T-1).
4.8.2.6. Stock supplies and equipment necessary to support aircraft and equipment
washing, inspection, and treatment. (T-1).
4.8.2.7. (Added-ACC) Designate a 2A773/2A775 technician(s) to train AMXS wash
crew supervisors. (T-2).
4.8.3. Metals Technology Section. Inspects, repairs, services, manufactures, fabricates,
performs heat treating, cleans, welds, and tests aircraft and equipment, components, and tools.
In addition to responsibilities outlined in Chapter 2, the metals technology section NCOIC
will:
4.8.3.1. Ensure assigned welders are certified in all base metal groups prescribed by the
MAJCOM Fabrication functional manager (or equivalent) IAW TO 00-25-252,
Aeronautical Equipment Welding. (T-1).
4.8.3.1. (ACC) Ensure assigned welders are Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW)
certified IAW TO 00-25-252 for the following base metal groups: I (Carbon and Low
Alloy Steel), II (Stainless Steels), III (Nickel-Base Alloys), IV (Aluminum-Base Alloys),
V (Magnesium-Base Alloys), VI (Titanium-Base Alloys), VII (Cobalt-Base Alloys).
Ensure Journeyman are certified NLT 12 months following award of 5-skill level. (T-2).
92 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
4.8.3.1.1. Ensure assigned welders conducting Gas Tungsten Arc Welding, Gas Metal
Arc Welding, or Shielded Metal Arc Welding repairs on support equipment are
certified IAW TO 00-25-252. (T-1).
4.8.3.1.2. Ensure welding proficiency is documented IAW TO 00-25-252. (T-1).
4.8.3.1.3. (Added-ACC) On the DD Form 2757, Welding Examination Record, the
examiner(s) shall only perform tests for which they are qualified. (T-2). Visual
examination must be conducted by a 7-skill level Metals Technician Craftsman or
civilian equivalent welder. (T-2). Radiographic examinations must be conducted by a
qualified NDI technician or civilian equivalent. (T-2). All examiner(s) will sign and
date block 18, verifying the examinations were performed IAW TO 00-25-252. (T-2).
4.8.3.1.4. (Added-ACC) At a minimum, ensure deploying welders are GTAW
certified IAW TO 00- 25-252 for base metal groups I, II, III, IV & VI unless area of
responsibility representatives (AFCENT AF/A4N, EMXG/CC, etc.) have determined
group V & VII GTAW certification to be required. (T-2).
4.8.3.2. Provide safety briefings stressing Arc radiation hazards. (T-1).
4.8.3.3. Ensure special tools, jigs, and fixtures are designed, fabricated, protected and
properly stored. (T-1).
4.8.3.4. (Added-ACC) Coordinates requests for MXG or ALC personnel to qualify
welders. Coordinates the certification requirements with the NDI to ensure x-ray capability
exists. (T-2).
4.8.3.5. (Added-ACC) When established, maintain unit Additive Manufacturing
capability and ensure adherence to TO 34A-1-1, Additive Manufacturing Qualification Of
Technicians, Machines And Facilities, TO 34A-2-1, Metals Additive Manufacturing,
General Procedures And Process Controls, and TO 34A-3-1, Polymers Additive
Manufacturing, General Procedures And Process Controls.
4.8.4. Nondestructive Inspection (NDI) Section. Performs NDI of aircraft, engines, AGE,
other equipment and manages the Oil Analysis Program (OAP). Inspection findings are limited
to a description of the size, location, and type of any defect discovered. NDI personnel do not
make serviceability determinations except for “inspect only” TCTOs and if NDI actions
constitute a completed maintenance action. In addition to the applicable Section NCOIC/Chief
responsibilities in Chapter 2 of this instruction, the NDI Section NCOIC/Chief will:
4.8.4.1. Ensure OAP requirements are accomplished (if applicable to assigned MDS) IAW
AFI 21-131, Joint Oil Analysis Program and Chapter 11 of this instruction. (T-1).
4.8.4.1.1. If the NDI laboratory providing OAP support is not located on the same base
as the supported unit, or the supported unit does not have NDI/OAP personnel assigned,
assign the OAP responsibilities to the owning organization IAW TO 33-1-37-1, Joint
Oil Analysis Program Volume II and TO 33-1-37-3, Joint Oil Analysis Program
Laboratory Manual, Volume III, TO 33-1-37-4, Joint Analysis Program Manual,
Volume IV. The owning organization provides samples in an expeditious manner to the
supporting OAP laboratory.
4.8.4.1.1.1. The owning organization will establish collection points and
procedures to receive and forward OAP samples to the supporting laboratory,
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 93
monitor sample collection, assign control numbers, and provide blocks of sample
control numbers for use in other squadrons. (T-1).
4.8.4.2. Advise Maintenance Supervision, MOC and the owning work center of abnormal
OAP trends. (T-1).
4.8.4.3. Ensure capability exists to perform optical, dye-penetrant, magnetic particle,
ultrasonic, eddy current, radiographic and special inspections as required. (T-1).
4.8.4.4. Ensure process control procedures IAW TO 33B-1-2, Nondestructive Inspection
General Procedures and Process Controls are completed at the required or established
frequency. (T-1).
4.8.4.5. Establish technique files using AFTO Form 242, Nondestructive Inspection Data,
and TO 33B-1-1, Nondestructive Inspection Methods Basic Theory. (T-1). Note: Locally
developed inspection techniques for use on aircraft and their components will be approved
by the responsible ALC NDI manager prior to use. (T-1). All other non-aircraft related
AFTO Form 242 established techniques may be approved by the lab Chief.
4.8.4.6. Maintain coordination with the base medical service that provides occupational
physicals, emergency treatments, film badge services, and acts as radiographic advisors
IAW AFMAN 48-125, Personnel Ionizing Radiation Dosimetry, and TO 33B-1-1. (T-1).
4.8.4.7. Ensure a Radiation Safety Program is established IAW TO 33B-1-1. (T-1).
4.8.4.8. Control and dispose of radiographic silver-bearing materiel IAW AFI 23-101. (T-
1).
4.8.4.9. Ensure radiographic film files and computed radiography files contain, as a
minimum:
4.8.4.9.1. The last complete set of radiographs taken by owning organization, for each
assigned aircraft and engine by serial number or identification number. (T-1).
4.8.4.9.2. The name of the person who interpreted the radiography. (T-1). Note:
Radiography identification procedures will be followed IAW TO 33B-1-1. (T-1).
4.8.4.9.2.1. Ensure the person interpreting the film also initials the set of
radiographs or a locally developed interpretation worksheet, as applicable. (T-1).
4.8.4.9.3. All NDI radiographic film exposures, to include paper, will be filed and
maintained for all One Time Inspection (OTI), TCTO, -6 TO, -9 TO, and -36 TO
inspection requirements. (T-1). The NDI Section NCOIC/Chief will ensure disposition
of radiographic film IAW Air Force Records Disposition Schedule located at
https://www.my.af.mil/gcss-af61a/afrims/afrims/rims.cfm. (T-1).
4.8.4.10. Ensure all NDI technicians are certified IAW TO 33B-1-1. (T-1).
4.8.4.11. (Added-ACC) Forecast funding for personnel to attend training courses and
participate in applicable NDI conferences or working groups. (T-3).
4.8.4.12. (Added-ACC) Ensure quarterly SEM/EDX reports are submitted to AF OAP
office. (T-2).
94 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
4.8.4.13. (Added-ACC) Ensure no unauthorized modifications to OAP or SEM/EDX
(software/hardware) is conducted. (T-2). Costs associated with repair of unauthorized
modification will be levied on the owning unit. (T-2).
4.8.5. Low Observable (LO) Aircraft Structural Maintenance Section. LO ASM Section
manages structural repair, corrosion control, composite repair, LO coatings. Note: The
Fabrication Flight CC/Chief will determine which tasks listed in Paragraph 4.8.2 in this
instruction (ASM Section) will be applicable to this section based on flight configuration. In
addition to applicable Section NCOIC/Chief responsibilities in Chapter 2 of this instruction,
the LO ASM Section NCOIC/Chief will:
4.8.5.1. Provide inspection, damage evaluation, repair, manufacture, and/or modification
of LO components, and related hardware associated with aircraft. (T-1).
4.8.5.2. Ensure appropriate resources are available to perform all LO related tasks. (T-1).
4.8.5.3. Stock supplies and equipment necessary to support aircraft inspection, and
treatment. (T-1).
4.8.5.4. Monitor the inspection schedule in the weekly and monthly maintenance plans.
(T-1).
4.8.5.5. Ensure protective/LO coatings are applied to aircraft, AGE, applicable munitions,
and components IAW applicable TOs. (T-1). Ensure protective/LO coatings are applied
IAW local, state and federal environmental directives. (T-0).
4.8.5.6. Provide training and assistance to sections managing their own LO programs. (T-
1).
4.8.5.7. (Added-ACC) Ensure compliance IAW AFI 48-145, Occupational and
Environmental Health Program.
4.9. Maintenance Flight. May consist of Repair and Reclamation, Wheel and Tire, Inspection,
and TA Sections.
4.9.1. The Maintenance Flight CC/Chief will comply with the common Flight CC/Chief
responsibilities in Chapter 2 of this instruction and locally established management
requirements. (T-1).
4.9.2. Repair and Reclamation Section. When established, removes, replaces, and rigs flight
control surfaces/systems on assigned aircraft. Troubleshoots, rigs, and replaces landing gears,
actuated doors, canopies and associated equipment requiring component maintenance beyond
the capability of other activities. MAJCOM or MXG/CC may identify delineation of complex
tasks to optimize maintenance capability in supplements or addendums to this AFI as required.
4.9.2.1. Repair and Reclamation Section, when established, will remove, install, and repair
towed-targets and airborne reel pods. (T-1).
4.9.3. Wheel and Tire Section. Manages the build-up, repair, test, and storage of wheel and
tire assemblies and components. Wheel and Tire Section will:
4.9.3.1. Degrease and disassemble wheel components for NDI inspection IAW TO 4W-1-
61, Maintenance and Overhaul Instruction - All Types Aircraft Wheels, prior to processing
through the ASM and NDI Sections. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 95
4.9.3.2. Clean, inspect, and properly store (do not co-mingle) wheel bearings. (T-1).
4.9.4. Aircraft Inspection Section. Performs aircraft PH, PE, ISO or letter check inspections.
Note: Section may be divided into separate elements for each type aircraft maintained. In
addition to the applicable Section NCOIC/Chief responsibilities in Chapter 2 of this
instruction, the Inspection Section NCOIC/Chief will:
4.9.4.1. Ensure assigned non-powered SE (such as, dock stands) is maintained. (T-1).
4.9.4.2. Review inspection schedules and ensure dock teams are available to meet
inspection needs. (T-1).
4.9.4.3. Develop standardized inspection flow plan to aid in managing the inspection
progress and to control dock personnel and support specialists. (T-1).
4.9.4.3.1. Units may use an Automated Data System instead of the inspection flow
plan to request specialist support.
4.9.4.3.2. Inspection Section NCOIC/Chief will ensure flow plan data remains current
with -6 TO requirements. (T-1).
4.9.4.3.3. (Added-ACC) Track the following information for in-progress and
scheduled inspections:
4.9.4.3.3.1. (Added-ACC) Inspection type and when due (sequence). (T-2).
4.9.4.3.3.2. (Added-ACC) Scheduled in (date and time). (T-2).
4.9.4.3.3.3. (Added-ACC) Actual start (date and time). (T-2).
4.9.4.3.3.4. (Added-ACC) Scheduled out (date and time). (T-2).
4.9.4.3.3.5. (Added-ACC) Remarks (status of aircraft, delays, possible MICAP
conditions, etc.). (T-2).
4.9.4.3.3.6. (Added-ACC) Safety/danger considerations (power/hydraulic
applications, stress panels removed, aircraft on jacks, Weight and Balance (W&B),
etc.). (T-2).
4.9.4.4. Inform the MOC and owning agency of all MICAP parts. (T-1).
4.9.4.5. Provide PS&D with an inspection document record upon completion of the
inspection. (T-1).
4.9.4.5. (ACC) If PS&D is decentralized, provide AMU PS&D with required records. (T-
2).
4.9.4.6. Ensure components are tagged with an AFTO Form 350, Reparable Item
Processing Tag, IAW TO 00-20-2. (T-1).
4.9.4.6.1. Ensure serially-controlled components are reinstalled on the same aircraft
and position from which they were removed. (T-1). Exception: If it is absolutely
necessary to install serially-controlled components in a different position, the
Inspection Section NCOIC/Chief will notify PS&D to update the records. (T-2).
4.9.4.6.1. (ACC) If PS&D is decentralized, provide AMU PS&D with required
information. (T-2).
96 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
4.9.5. Transient Aircraft (TA) Section. Recovers, services, inspects, maintains, and launches
transient aircraft. Transient aircraft are those aircraft not assigned to a base that are enroute
from one location to another that may require routine servicing. Aircraft are not considered
transient aircraft when deploying to, staging from or departing from any location for the
purpose of flying sorties or conducting training, either with or without the necessary
maintenance support from the aircraft’s home base. MOC coordinates specialist support for
transient aircraft through appropriate squadrons. For off-station recovery procedures refer to
owning MAJCOM instructions and command-to-command agreements. In addition to the
applicable Section NCOIC/Chief responsibilities outlined in Chapter 2 of this instruction, the
TA Section NCOIC/Chief will:
4.9.5.1. Recover and deliver all deceleration chutes for assigned, transient, and tenant
aircraft to the AFE. (T-1).
4.9.5.2. Complete reimbursement documentation. (T-1).
4.9.5.2.1. AFTO Form 726, Transient Aircraft Service Record, may be used for
documenting maintenance servicing requirements and necessary billing information
and is prescribe in TO 00-20-1.
4.9.5.3. Record arrivals and departures of transient aircraft on AF Form 861,
Base/Transient Job Control Number Register or locally-approved form if it captures all AF
Form 861 fields. (T-1). TA Section NCOIC/Chief (or equivalent) will:
4.9.5.3.1. Assign each aircraft a single Event Identification Description (EID) for all
support general work performed by TA. (T-3).
4.9.5.3.2. Enter, as a minimum, “P” for park, “I” for inspect, “S” for service, “L” for
launch, and “E” for EOR in the job description/remarks block. (T-1).
4.9.5.3.3. Forward completed AF Form 861 for contracted TA activities to the COR
monthly. (T-2). The COR forwards completed forms to the applicable contracting
officer managing the TA contract for inclusion in the contract file.
4.9.5.3.4. Route the AF Form 861 for non-contracted TA activities to the Maintenance
Flight CC/Chief for review. (T-1).
4.9.5.3.4.1. After review, the TA Section NCOIC/Chief will file AF Form 861 for
a minimum of 1 year. (T-2).
4.9.5.3.4.2. AF Form 861 may be used as a reference to quantify tasked performed
to validate manpower and equipment requirements against current AF standards.
4.9.5.4. Close out support general EIDs daily. (T-1).
4.9.5.4.1. Use the same last four digits on subsequent days for the same aircraft.
4.9.5.4.2. Use a separate EID for each discrepancy that is not support general.
4.9.5.5. Ensure that when a FCF is required on transient aircraft, QA at the transient base
serves as the focal point and ensures all FCF requirements are completed. (T-1).
4.9.5.5.1. The TA Section NCOIC/Chief will coordinate all required FCF
requirements through owning MXG/CC, off-station TA and off-station QA sections.
(T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 97
4.9.5.5.2. If no off-station agencies exist, owning MXG/CC and owning OG/CC will
issue guidance directly to the aircraft commander and off-station maintenance
personnel. (T-1).
4.9.5.6. Supervise maintenance performed by assigned personnel on transient aircraft. (T-
1).
4.9.5.7. Maintain the appropriate TOs for aircraft that can be expected to transit the
function on a regular basis. (T-1).
4.9.5.8. Ensure personnel are trained and strictly adhere to oil sample requirements
specified in the respective -6 TO. (T-1).
4.9.5.9. Ensure personnel authorized to run engines are qualified IAW Chapter 11 of this
instruction. (T-1).
4.9.5.9.1. Request the aircrew to run engines if TA or maintenance personnel are not
authorized.
4.9.5.9.2. If qualified aircrew members are not available, contact MOC to request
assistance from the home station.
4.9.5.10. Ensure transient aircraft status changes are reported to MOC. (T-1). If support is
required, the MOC notifies the home station for support.
4.9.5.11. Ensure EOR procedures for transient aircraft are developed IAW TO 00-20-1.
(T-1).
4.9.5.12. Ensure procedures exist for required weapons loading actions on transient
aircraft, transient aircraft impulse cartridge tracking and storage, and weapons “safing”
equipment requisition and maintenance for frequently transiting aircraft. (T-1).
4.9.5.12.1. Arming, de-arming and munitions unloading/loading operations on
transient aircraft will be performed by a weapons load crew certified/qualified on the
munitions and aircraft. (T-1).
4.9.5.12.2. The MXG/CC may direct the WS Personnel to arm, de-arm, and unload an
aircraft on which they are not certified and/or qualified, if appropriate technical data
and support equipment is available.
4.9.5.12.2.1. In such cases, the aircrew shall be available for consultation on
aircraft peculiarities. (T-2).
4.9.5.12.2.2. If these criteria cannot be met, request assistance from higher
headquarters.
4.9.5.13. Ensure checklists exist to ask pilots about explosive egress systems pertaining to
unfamiliar aircraft that do not normally transit their base. (T-1).
4.9.5.13.1. Aircrew members remove and install flight status safety pins on aircraft
when transient maintenance personnel are not qualified.
4.9.5.13.1.1. The host MXG/CC or authorized representative may delegate this
responsibility to the transient aircraft commander/pilot if the aerospace vehicle is a
new or experimental aerospace vehicle with which base maintenance personnel are
98 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
not familiar, or when personnel qualified to provide the required services
accompany the aerospace vehicle. In such cases, the host unit will provide
assistance within their capability. (T-3).
4.9.5.13.1.2. If TA cannot accomplish the required inspections, servicing, or
repairs because of a lack of qualified personnel, facilities, or materiel (or there is
no TA support available), and the transient aircraft commander does not wish to
continue the flight without accomplishment of these items, the transient aircraft
commander is responsible for requesting assistance through the appropriate
external organizations.
4.10. Munitions Flight. Controls, accounts for, stores, ships, receives, inspects, maintains,
assembles, and delivers conventional, precision guided and nuclear munitions. Manages and
maintains all assigned tools, test and munitions handling equipment. Refer to AFI 21-2XX series
instructions for specific guidance. Note: Munitions may be part of the MXS or established in a
Munitions Squadron IAW AFMAN 21-200.
4.11. Propulsion Flight. Maintains aircraft engine propulsion units, propulsion components, and
propellers. Performs engine/module/accessory disassembly, inspection, assembly, test, and repair.
Responsible for Jet Engine Intermediate Maintenance (JEIM); Engine Test Stands (ETS) and
Noise Suppression Systems (NSS); accessory and Quick Engine Change (QEC) repair; small gas
turbine; module/accessory repair section; support equipment; and turbo-prop/turbo-shaft repair,
engine PH/ISO inspections, as required. Sections may be combined or grouped at the discretion of
the squadron commander. When an engine CRF is co-located with an operational wing, a MOA
or MOU may be developed to clarify mutual support responsibilities. In addition, the flight will be
the focal point for common propulsion support equipment, for example, flexible borescopes,
engine trailers and download equipment.
4.11.1. In addition to the applicable Flight CC/Chief responsibilities in Chapter 2 of this
instruction, the Propulsion Flight CC/Chief will:
4.11.1.1. Perform as the wing focal point for propulsion maintenance programs, focusing
on continuity, compliance and standardization, provide advice to wing leadership on
propulsion issues and monitor all aspects of wing propulsion maintenance program. (T-1).
4.11.1.2. Act as the wing 2A6X1 AFSC functional manager and provide technical
guidance to maintain propulsion systems to support the wing mission. (T-2).
4.11.1.3. Coordinate with Engine Manager (EM) and organization leadership to support
War Readiness Engine (WRE) requirements. (T-1).
4.11.1.3.1. Propulsion Flight CC/Chief will track the status of ready spare engines
using a visual display or automated product showing: serial number, configuration
(type and position, if applicable), time remaining until next scheduled engine removal,
overhaul or reconditioning, preservation date, type accomplished, re-preservation due
date, OAP code (if applicable), and remarks. (T-1).
4.11.1.4. Review production data to ensure propulsion units and components processed
through the flight are repaired and functionally checked IAW TO 2-1-18, Aircraft Engine
Operating Limits and Factors, including QEC configuration when applicable. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 99
4.11.1.5. Coordinate with the EM to ensure accurate engine and equipment status reporting
IAW AFI 21-103, AFMAN 20-116, AFPAM 63-129 and TO 00-25-254-1 and Chapter
14 of this instruction. (T-1).
4.11.1.6. Develop guidelines to comply with AF and wing OAP requirements IAW 33-
series TOs and Chapter 11 of this instruction. (T-1).
4.11.1.7. Review/analyze all unscheduled engine or module removals and ETS rejects. (T-
1).
4.11.1.7.1. Review/analyze major component failure trends. (T-1).
4.11.1.8. Ensure in-shop CANN actions are accomplished IAW local procedures, Chapter
9 and Chapter 11 of this instruction and TO 00-20-2. (T-1).
4.11.1.8.1. Ensure local procedures are coordinated with Engine Management (EM) to
ensure sufficient time remains on TCIs prior to CANN action approval. (T-1).
4.11.1.9. Coordinate with base civil engineering to provide maintenance on NSS and ETS
supporting structures that are categorized as real property. (T-1). If the wing or squadron
is a tenant, incorporate this maintenance requirement into the host-tenant support
agreement. (T-1).
4.11.1.9.1. Ensure NSS and/or ETS repair discrepancies that exceed the base repair
capability are reported in Web Applications Software Product (WASP). (T-1). Note:
Entering repair requirements into WASP establishes official repair request and ensures
visibility to MAJCOM and SE Product Group Manager at WR-ALC.
4.11.1.10. Ensure an uninstalled engine run qualification and certification program is
established IAW Chapter 11 of this instruction. (T-1).
4.11.1.11. Ensure specialized and long life shipping devices and containers are accounted
for and maintained in a serviceable condition IAW AFI 23-101 and TO 00-85-20, Engine
Shipping Instructions. (T-1).
4.11.1.12. Ensure engines and engine components removed from crash damaged aircraft
are correctly dispositioned for termination IAW 21-103 and disposed of IAW AFI 23-101.
(T-1).
4.11.1.13. Ensure an engine flexible borescope certification and blade-blending
certification program, for each Type, Model, Series (TMS) possessed, is established IAW
Chapter 11 of this instruction. (T-1).
4.11.1.14. Monitor scheduled and unscheduled engine removals to balance Propulsion
Flight workload with production capability and coordinate with EM section to program
engine removals for the weekly and monthly maintenance plans. (T-1).
4.11.1.14.1. Coordinate with EM to develop a 6-month plan to smooth surges in the
engine maintenance workload. (T-1).
4.11.1.14.1.1. Use automated methods to develop the 6-month plan and include
scheduled engine removals for TCIs, PE, TCTOs and a projected unscheduled
removals factor.
4.11.1.14.1.2. Ensure Reliability-Centered Maintenance principles IAW AFMAN
100 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
20-116 are followed. (T-1).
4.11.1.15. Ensure Engine Automated Work Package (EAWP) user permissions mirror
current training and certification authorizations. (T-1).
4.11.1.15.1. Ensure EAWP users use the EAWP program in lieu of a work folder to
meet minimum requirements of this AFI.
4.11.1.16. Coordinate with the OAP laboratory to obtain maximum benefits from OAP
data when abnormal wear-metal trends are indicated. (T-1).
4.11.1.16.1. Ensure all OAP responsibilities are performed IAW Chapter 11 of this
instruction. (T-1).
4.11.1.16.2. Establish procedures to monitor OAP trends. (T-1).
4.11.1.16.3. Ensure personnel are trained to identify and respond to wear metal limits
for assigned and maintained engines and are trained to perform sampling procedures
IAW TO 33-1-37-2. (T-1).
4.11.1.16.4. Ensure oil samples taken at the ETS are promptly delivered to the OAP
laboratory. (T-1).
4.11.1.16.5. Act as a central point-of-contact for all abnormal OAP laboratory results.
(T-1).
4.11.1.16.6. Forward information to the OAP laboratory concerning actions taken as a
result of OAP recommendations. (T-1).
4.11.1.16.7. Review OAP response time (from sampling to receipt at the laboratory
and return to the unit) to ensure processing time meets mission needs. (T-1).
4.11.1.17. (Added-ACC) Approve scheduled/unscheduled engine changes. (T-2).
4.11.1.18. (Added-ACC) Determine if pre-maintenance test cell runs are required for all
engines removed. (T-2).
4.11.2. Support Section. The Support Section manages the flight’s HAZMAT program and
operates tool storage areas. DMS or designated personnel process supply requests to facilitate
the issue request, tracks MICAP due-outs, monitors bench stock, conducts bench
stock/adjusted stock level reviews IAW AFMAN 23-122. (T-1). In addition to the applicable
Section NCOIC/Chief responsibilities outlined in Chapter 2 of this instruction, the Support
Section NCOIC/Chief will:
4.11.2.1. Ensure a flight due-out release point and holding bins are established, and
Urgency of Need Designator “A” and Urgency Justification Code BQ requirements are
verified. (T-1).
4.11.3. Jet, Turboprop, Turbo-shaft Engine Intermediate Maintenance (JEIM) section. Stores,
builds up, tears down, inspects, modifies, and repairs engines, QEC kits, and tests components.
In addition to the applicable Section NCOIC/Chief responsibilities in Chapter 2 of this
instruction, the JEIM Section NCOIC/Chief will:
4.11.3.1. Plan and monitor the progress of propulsion system maintenance production,
ensuring maintenance schedules are met by anticipating materiel required and managing
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 101
delays to prevent schedule disruptions to support operational requirements and maintain
required WRE levels. (T-1).
4.11.3.1.1. Report production to Propulsion Flight CC/Chief and immediately inform
EM of engine status changes.
4.11.3.2. Ensure personnel prepare propulsion units and components for shipment and
properly identify units to be returned to depot. (T-1).
4.11.3.2.1. Attach CEMS and/or MIS paper products to life-limited components IAW
00-20-series TOs if required by the source of repair. (T-1).
4.11.3.3. Ensure documentation of TCTO compliance IAW 00-20-series TOs. (T-1).
4.11.3.4. Ensure CEMS and/or MIS products obtained from EM are used for all assigned
engines. (T-1).
4.11.3.4.1. CEMS and/or MIS products will list all parts and serial numbers installed
on the engine. (T-1).
4.11.3.5. Establish procedures to ensure all parts and serial numbers are inventoried when
an engine is received or released by the section. (T-1).
4.11.3.5.1. The JEIM Section NCOIC will notify EM when a different serial numbered
part is installed or changed so the automated record is updated. (T-1).
4.11.3.5.2. EAE is the change correction authority on Part Number/Serial Number
Record updates in EAWP. (T-1).
4.11.3.6. Ensure an engine work folder is established for each engine during PE,
reconditioning, or other maintenance. (T-1).
4.11.3.6.1. One work order is initiated in MIS for an entire job.
4.11.3.6.1.1. MIS work orders are completed during inspection, reconditioning or
maintenance.
4.11.3.6.1.2. Separate JCN/Work Center Event (WCE)/Work Event Separator are
initiated for discrepancies found during the look phase of an inspection, subsequent
to repair or when maintenance is required beyond the scope of the JEIM induction
JCN.
4.11.3.6.2. Establish engine work folders on all possessed engines and EM or JEIM
will maintain the folders until the engine is transferred. (T-1). As a minimum, engine
work folders will contain the following:
4.11.3.6.2.1. List of all parts, TCTOs and TCI requirements for the engine. (T-1).
4.11.3.6.2.2. Engine/Module/Accessories Information Worksheet. (T-1). This
document is used to provide a quick synopsis of maintenance accomplished.
Minimum requirements will include: engine serial number, type, position (if
applicable), engine operating time, date started work, date turned serviceable, job
control number, maintenance required, reason for removal, list of time change and
TCTO requirements. (T-1).
4.11.3.6.2.2.1. A supervisory review of signature blocks (Crew Chief, Support
102 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Section, EM Section) to verify all repair requirements have been accomplished
and are correctly documented in the work folder. (T-1).
4.11.3.6.2.2.2. Validation that a JCN was created by the
JEIM/Module/Accessories Section or EM section and used to account for
maintenance events completed in the process of repairing the engine and
modules. (T-1). This procedure ensures all maintenance data is documented
against one JCN and engine failure information is connected to the in-shop
action.
4.11.3.6.2.3. Receiving Inspection Worksheet. (T-1). The worksheet is used for
documenting items to be accomplished by JEIM prior to engine repair. Minimum
requirements will include: FOD check of engine inlet and exhaust, inspection of
engine for general condition and fluid leakage, EHR/Turbine Engine Monitoring
System data (if applicable), ET&D (if applicable), borescope inspection (if
applicable), a check with OAP lab for possible problems, and a list of unique or
problem areas to be checked prior to engine disassembly or maintenance. (T-1).
4.11.3.6.2.4. Serially-Controlled/Time-Tracked Item Replacement Record. (T-1).
This document shows a list of components replaced by nomenclature, old and new
part number (if applicable), and serial number.
4.11.3.6.2.5. Daily Summary Record. (T-1). This document provides a synopsis of
maintenance performed during each shift.
4.11.3.6.2.5.1. Each entry in the Daily Summary Record includes the
Employee Number of the person who accomplished the maintenance action.
For EAWP users, this process may be automated.
4.11.3.6.2.5.2. Include a sufficient reference in the summary block (such as,
work package, TO) used to perform the task or determine the work performed
(subordinate work packages are not required to be listed if the work package
for the primary task identifies all required work packages for the task).
4.11.3.6.2.5.3. At the end of each shift, the crew chief who verified the entries
listed in the Daily Summary Record will annotate their shift, rank, last name,
and employee number. (T-1). Units may use a general purpose or
MAJCOM/locally approved form.
4.11.3.6.2.6. IPI Worksheet. (T-1). This form includes the WUC, nomenclature,
specific step required for the IPI, and space for employee numbers and signatures
of technicians and inspectors performing maintenance. Note: Organizations using
digital systems may file a printed report in lieu of signatures (such as, Interactive
Electronic Technical Manual (IETM)).
4.11.3.6.2.7. Parts Requisition Record. (T-1). This document is used to list all parts
(including TCIs) on order. As a minimum, this document will include the following
headings: Engine/ Module/Accessory, TMS, Engine/Module/Accessory Serial
Number, Nomenclature, Part Number, National Stock Number (NSN), Requisition
Number, Priority, Status, and DIFM Clear with “Yes” and “No” sections. (T-1).
4.11.3.6.2.8. JEIM ETS Preparation Worksheet. (T-1). This worksheet contains a
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 103
list of items/tasks to be accomplished by JEIM prior to sending an engine to the
ETS. As a minimum, document the following:
4.11.3.6.2.8.1. Inlet and exhaust FOD inspection; any pre-run servicing
required (such as, cap open lines, cannon plugs, engine intake and exhaust
inspection). (T-1).
4.11.3.6.2.8.2. A thorough tool inventory and an inspection for loose hardware.
(T-1).
4.11.3.6.2.8.3. The section supervisor will document a review of the work
folder to ensure maintenance performed or required actions are documented.
(T-1).
4.11.3.6.2.9. ETS Pre-run Worksheet. (T-1). ETS personnel will complete this
document prior to an engine run. (T-1).
4.11.3.6.2.9.1. As a minimum, this document will include the following
headings: Engine TMS; Engine Serial Number; Engine Operating Time
(EOT)/Cycles; JCN; Remarks; Pre-run Emergency Briefing Accomplished
with run Supervisor’s Name, Signature and Date sections; and Inspection with
Area, Employee Number, and Date sections. (T-1).
4.11.3.6.2.9.2. As a minimum, area inspections will include: Inlet
FOD/Foreign Object (FO); Exhaust FOD/FO; Engine Exterior and FO; General
Engine Serviceability; Test Stand/Thrust Bed/Test Equipment for FO; CTK
Inventory Complied With (C/W); Engine Servicing Check; all preliminary
engine installation and run requirements C/W; and, serviceable fire extinguisher
on hand. (T-1).
4.11.3.6.2.9.2.1. Each area inspection will have the performing technician’s
employee number and date accomplished annotated. (T-1).
4.11.3.6.2.10. ETS Post Run Worksheet. (T-1). This document is used to document
items/tasks accomplished by ETS personnel after engine run.
4.11.3.6.2.10.1. As a minimum, this document will include the following
headings: Engine TMS; Engine Serial Number; EOT/Cycles; JCN;
Maintenance Actions Performed; ETS Supervisors Post-run Review with
Name, Signature and Date; and Area Inspections, Employee Number and Date.
(T-1).
4.11.3.6.2.10.2. As a minimum, area inspection will include: Inlet FOD/FO;
Exhaust FOD/ FO; CTK Inventory C/W; Post-Run OAP Samples C/W (if
applicable); AFTO Form 350 or AFTO Form 20, Caution and Inspection
Record, annotate: Engine Preservation Type and Date; Throttle Secured to Off
Position (if applicable) and Tagged; Cap Open Lines/Cannon Plugs; Install
Intake/Exhaust Covers; Servicing Amount; ETS Discrepancies Cleared; 7-
Level Inspection of Components Replaced or Disconnected; and Final Leak
Check. (T-1).
4.11.3.6.2.10.3. ETS personnel will leak-check items not accessible with the
engine installed in or on the aircraft prior to leaving ETS. (T-1).
104 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
4.11.3.6.2.10.4. Each area inspection will have the performing technician’s
employee number and date accomplished annotated. (T-1).
4.11.3.6.2.11. Final Inspection Worksheet. (T-1). This document is used to
document JEIM requirements after repair or testing has been completed.
4.11.3.6.2.11.1. As a minimum, this worksheet will include: FOD inspection
of intake, exhaust, and external engine; borescope engine (if applicable);
ensuring throttle is secured and tagged to “off” position (if applicable); capping,
plugging and covering fittings and lines; attaching AFTO Form 350 to lines,
fittings or plugs that require “leak check” when installed in aircraft (items not
accessible in aircraft must be leak checked on ETS); attaching AFTO Form 350
and/or serviceable tag to engine, ensure supply accounts and MIS entries have
been cleared. (T-1).
4.11.3.6.2.12. Borescope Worksheets. (T-1). Borescope inspection worksheets
will be used for engines requiring borescope documentation. (T-1).
4.11.3.6.2.13. Uninstalled Engine/Module Blade Blending/FOD Damage
Worksheet. (T-1). This worksheet is used to document blade blending/FOD
damage for uninstalled engines/modules. As a minimum, this worksheet will
include: Engine/Module Serial Number, Date, Discrepancy, Stage and Corrective
Action including number of blades blended, depth of damage before and after
blend, area of damage and Employee Number. (T-1).
4.11.3.6.2.14. Reliability Centered Maintenance Worksheets (if applicable). (T-2).
4.11.3.6.2.14.1. For JEIM engine builds, a copy of the “Reliability Centered
Maintenance Build Options” and “Reliability Centered Maintenance Calculator
Summary” worksheets are maintained in the engine work folder or EAWP for
documenting life-limited component engine build recommendations.
4.11.3.6.2.14.1.1. Utilize Reliability Centered Maintenance calculator
software accessed through CEMS prior to engine build.
4.11.3.6.2.14.1.2. The sheets are required only if life-limited components
(excluding LRU) are removed and replaced during the JEIM engine build and
the TMS engine is available in the Reliability Centered Maintenance
Calculator. The calculator is not used for engines which do not have the
calculator developed.
4.11.3.6.2.15. Worksheets that document engine historical information, critical
maintenance management stages, and employee numbers of technicians and
supervisors completing maintenance and inspections.
4.11.3.6.2.15.1. Supplement work folders and worksheets to fit unit needs.
4.11.3.6.2.15.2. Flights may use computer-generated products, provided they
include all required information. If TMS has an established EAWP, it will be
utilized. (T-1).
4.11.3.6.2.15.2.1. EAWP users will ensure all maintenance discrepancies are
documented in the system’s appropriate discrepancy block. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 105
4.11.3.7. Ensure MICAPs are processed in Enterprise Solution-Supply; ensure all
pertinent data is included. (T-1).
4.11.3.8. Upgrade, downgrade and cancel MICAP requirements. (T-1).
4.11.4. Noise Suppression Systems (NSS) and Engine Test Stands (ETS) Section. Tests
engines to evaluate the quality of maintenance, engine performance, and accomplish engine
preservation including engines installed on aircraft in coordination with owning squadron. In
addition to the applicable Section NCOIC/Chief responsibilities outlined in Chapter 2 of this
instruction, the NSS and ETS Section NCOIC/Chief will:
4.11.4.1. Assign primary and alternate WASP custodians to perform -107 engineering
support request and status updates in WASP for WR-ALC-managed NSSs and ETSs. (T-
1).
4.11.4.2. Monitor repair activity and ensure reporting and status updates are timely,
accurate and kept current in WASP. (T-1).
4.11.4.3. Ensure NSS and ETS personnel accomplish minor maintenance, make
adjustments to engines, and document engine condition. (T-1).
4.11.4.3.1. Ensures ETS components are calibrated on site, if practical. (T-1).
4.11.4.4. Brief maintenance personnel on NSS/ETS operating/emergency procedures. (T-
1).
4.11.4.4. (Added-ACC) To include installation and removal of aircraft restraining
devices (if applicable). (T-2).
4.11.4.5. Handle and report halon releases IAW AFMAN 32-7002. (T-1).
4.11.5. Module/Accessory Repair Section. Repairs, stores, and maintains fuel nozzles, fuel
manifolds, oil pumps, accessory housings, afterburners, thrust reversers, augmentors, engine
components, time change modules, and shop replaceable units. Operates and maintains the
bearing room IAW TO 44B-1-15, General Instructions - Jet Engine Anti-friction Bearing
Handling, Removal, Cleaning, Inspecting, and Installation at Jet Engine Base Maintenance
Facilities (if applicable).
4.11.6. Small Gas Turbine Engine Section. Repairs and maintains small gas turbines used in
aircraft. In addition to applicable Section NCOIC/Chief responsibilities outlined in Chapter 2
of this instruction, the Small Gas Turbine Engine Section NCOIC/Chief will ensure personnel
are qualified to operate small gas turbine engines and test stands. (T-1).
4.11.7. Engine Equipment Maintenance Section. Maintains, manages, and stores engine
support and removal/installation/transportation equipment and trailers. The Engine Equipment
Maintenance Section NCOIC/Chief will:
4.11.7.1. Ensure engine removal/installation/transportation trailers and adapters status is
properly reported IAW AFI 21-103 and MAJCOM supplements. (T-1).
4.11.7.2. Track and schedule all inspections and maintenance, removal, installation,
transportation trailers and adapters in the MIS. (T-1).
4.11.7.3. Ensure equipment forms and MIS documentation are complete, accurate, and
accomplished for all maintenance and scheduled inspections. (T-1).
106 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
4.11.7.4. Ensure status is accurately reflected in both the maintenance forms and the MIS.
(T-1).
4.11.8. Propeller Section. Repairs, builds up, tears down, inspects, tests, and modifies
propellers, valve housings, pump housings, and associated components.
4.11.9. Quick Engine Change (QEC) Kit Management. QEC kit removals and installations are
coordinated with the SRAN EM and loaded in MIS as a part number-serial number item,
reflecting where the kit is installed or spared.
4.11.9.1. In addition to repair cycle procedures outlined in Chapter 9 in this instruction,
the technician removing a QEC kit item from an engine will complete an AFTO Form 350,
enters the reason for removal in Block 14, and annotates the QEC kit inventory for each
repairable item. (T-1).
4.11.9.2. Technicians will complete the AF Form 596, Quick Engine Change Kit Inventory
for on repair cycle items and QEC kit unique items, when an engine enters the section for
tear down. (T-1).
4.11.9.2.1. If TO requirements restrict reuse of items, the technician will mark the AF
Form 596 with an asterisk to show a demand has been placed on supply. (T-1).
4.11.10. (Added-ACC) Units Supported by a CRF or Depot/equivalent. Units without
full intermediate level repair capability will perform the following retained tasks, as outlined
in Table 4.1 (if the required support equipment and expertise is authorized and on-hand). (T-
2). Repairs above and beyond those listed require approval from HQ ACC/A4MP. Send all
approval requests to the HQ ACC/A4MP Org Box: [email protected]. All other engines will
be returned to their assigned CRF or Depot/equivalent. (T-2).
Table 4.1. (Added-ACC) Wing-Retained Tasks.
T56 Engines
Remove and Reinstall (R&R) and/or Repair Turbine Modules
R&R and/or Repair Reduction Gearboxes
R&R Torquemeters
R&R Accessory Drives
Propeller Repairs
4.12. Test, Measurement, and Diagnostic Equipment (TMDE) Flight. Maintains, calibrates,
and certifies TMDE, traceable through the AF Primary Standards Laboratory (AFPSL) to the
National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), or other AF Metrology and Calibration
(AFMETCAL)-approved source. Provides base-level support of aircraft, precision-guided
munitions, ground systems, and other equipment assigned to the base or GSU. TMDE Flight
ensures Calibration, certification and maintenance of TMDE is accomplished IAW AFMAN 21-
113, TO 00-20-14, TO 33K-1-100-1, Calibration Procedure for Maintenance Data Collection
Codes and Calibration Measurement Summaries. A Rapid Assistance Support for Calibration may
also be assigned.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 107
4.12.1. In addition to applicable Flight CC/Chief responsibilities in Chapter 2 of this
instruction, the TMDE Flight Chief (referred to as “PMEL Manager” in AFMAN 21-113 and
TO 00-20-14) will:
4.12.1.1. Establish a PMEL Quality Assurance Section IAW AFMAN 21-113 and TO 00-
20-14. (T-1).
4.12.1.2. Publish a monthly PMEL Activity Summary and route it through the Operations
Officer/MX SUPT to the SQ/CC (or organizational equivalent). (T-2).
4.12.1.2.1. The report format shall comply with TO 00-20-14 and meet local
requirements. (T-2).
4.12.1.3. Ensure all Groups with TMDE Flights assigned include the TMDE Quality
Program Activity Summary in the QA monthly summary IAW Chapter 6 of this
instruction. (T-2).
4.12.2. Establish a Production Control Section IAW AFMAN 21-113. (T-1). The Production
Control Section will:
4.12.2.1. Ensure TMDE monitors are properly trained and maintain a database or log to
track training events (dates, names, organizations). (T-3).
4.12.2.1.1. (Added-ACC) Notify owning work center of TMDE status change to
awaiting parts and backorder/delivery status of parts on order. (T-3).
4.12.2.2. TMDE will be scheduled using one of the three following categories:
4.12.2.2.1. EMERGENCY Calibration or Repair: TMDE that is inoperable or due
calibration and for which a critical job is at a work stoppage.
4.12.2.2.1.1. A letter of justification signed by the Owning Work Center (OWC)
Maintenance Operations Officer /Maintenance Superintendent must accompany the
TMDE. (T-3). The letter may be handwritten to prevent delay. Telephone
verification between the OWC and PMEL is encouraged.
4.12.2.2.1.2. PMEL must accept emergency TMDE at any time. (T-2). Immediate
and continuous repair action is required until repair/calibration is completed or
status of the item changes (such as, AWP, deferred for lack of standards or technical
data).
4.12.2.2.2. MISSION ESSENTIAL Calibration or Repair: TMDE that is part of a
unit’s deployment package, is critical to daily peacetime operations, or TMDE assets
falling below critical availability levels.
4.12.2.2.2.1. A letter of justification signed by the OWC Flight CC/Chief or
equivalent will accompany the TMDE unless pre-identified by OWC Flight
CC/Chief and approved by TMDE Flight Chief or delegated approval authority. (T-
3).
4.12.2.2.2.2. PMEL must accept mission essential TMDE any time during duty
hours and schedule it with sufficient priority to ensure the calibration/repair is
complete by the date and time specified by the customer. (T-3).
108 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
4.12.2.2.3. Routine Calibration or Repair: TMDE not categorized as emergency or
mission essential. PMEL must accept routine TMDE during normal turn-in and pick-
up hours. (T-3).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 109
Chapter 5
MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS (MXO).
5.1. General. MXO is directly responsible to the MXG/CC for the administration, analysis,
training management of assigned personnel, and programs and resources necessary to support the
group’s production effort. MXO is comprised of the following sections: EM, PS&D, MMA, MOC,
MT, and Programs and Resources (P&R). In missile organizations, MXO will be organized as a
Maintenance Operations Squadron, as applicable. For the purposes of this instruction, the term
MXO is equivalent with Maintenance Operations Flight for ANG units.
5.2. Maintenance Operations. MXO is the central agency for monitoring and developing long-
range strategies of fleet management to sustain the health of the fleet. Fleet management is defined
as the effective utilization of available resources to accomplish the aircraft support cycle from
planned maintenance events to operations schedule execution. It is a disciplined and prioritized
scheduling effort that optimizes support to aircraft requirements such as flying/operational events,
ground training events, scheduled maintenance inspections, aircraft/system configuration control,
aircraft/system modification schedules and aircraft/system recovery maintenance. Effective fleet
management results in consistent availability of quality aircraft/systems to meet operational
requirements. The Maintenance Operations Superintendent position will be filled by SNCO
2RXXX personnel. (T-2).
5.2.1. Maintenance Operations Officer-in-Charge/Superintendent (OIC/SUPT). In addition to
the applicable Flight CC/SUPT responsibilities in Chapter 2 of this instruction, the MXO
OIC/SUPT will:
5.2.1.1. Develop and publish the wing operations/maintenance schedule in coordination
with other squadrons and submit to both the OG/CC and MXG/CC for approval. (T-1).
5.2.1.2. Determine long-range fleet health maintenance priorities. (T-1).
5.2.1.3. Manage the data collection process, review data and verify analysis for
maintenance data collection requirements. (T-1).
5.2.1.4. Evaluate and provide trend analysis information to the MXG/CC and SQ/CCs. (T-
1).
5.2.1.5. Ensure aircraft status is properly reported and maintained IAW AFI 21-103. (T-
1).
5.2.1.5.1. Coordinate with the PS&D Aerospace Vehicle Distribution Officer (AVDO)
to ensure all assignment and possession changes are accurately reported to the
MAJCOM AVDO IAW AFI 21-103 and AFI 16-402, Aerospace Vehicle
Programming, Assignment, Distribution, Accounting, and Termination. (T-1).
5.2.1.6. Initiate, review, and validate special analysis studies. (T-1). MXO OIC/SUPT
will:
5.2.1.6.1. Determine planning factors for the next year’s flying hour program. (T-1).
5.2.1.6.2. Ensure the MxCAP2 model or equivalent is utilized for the assigned MDS,
if available. (T-1).
110 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
5.2.1.7. Develop procedures to update Geographical Location (GEOLOC) codes for all on
and off-station possessed aircraft and ensure GEOLOC codes are updated/correct in the
MIS “Location Subsystem” (G081 units are exempt as long as a HHQ agency accomplishes
this requirement). (T-1).
5.2.1.8. IMDS units will use code “XXXX,” and G081 units will use “CCCC” for
classified locations. (T-1).
5.2.1.8.1. The MXO OIC/SUPT will ensure any deploying unit loads all equipment
into the IMDS-CDB Aerospace Expeditionary Force subsystem (G081 units are
exempt). (T-1).
5.2.1.8.2. (Added-ACC) The AEF subsystem will be populated with the applicable
aircraft, support equipment, and personnel prior to the actual start of the deployment.
(T-2). AEF codes are requested through Maintenance Analysis to the Enterprise MIS
Manager shop at Gunter Annex.
5.2.1.9. Host DFTs/CFTs, provide in-briefs on unit-specific maintenance and tool-control
requirements, review plans, coordinate/monitor status of aircraft and progress of repair
work. (T-1).
5.2.1.10. Participate in the review of base level repair capability IAW TO 00-20-3, AFREP
in Chapter 11 of this AFI, and supplements. (T-1).
5.2.1.11. Publish wing notification requirements for munitions-loaded or unloaded
aircraft. (T-2).
5.2.1.12. Establish/sustain local radio call signs for maintenance LMR networks IAW AFI
17-210, Radio Management. (T-1).
5.2.1.13. Develop a training plan for individuals assigned to QA that will inspect MXO
functions. Minimum training requirements will include, MIS (G081/IMDS/or equivalent)
online and background products for inspections, time changes, TCTOs, and aircraft
configuration management. (T-1). For units with IMDS, the QA inspector will be trained
on the use of DS Maintenance Scheduling Module (MSM) to provide the capability for a
qualified QA inspectors to evaluate and report PS&D compliance with functional
requirements. (T-2). The senior 2R in the MOC will provide assistance to the inspector as
required. (T-2).
5.2.1.14. Ensure MAJCOM Master Course Listing includes 2R weapon system
familiarization courses requirements. (T-1).
5.2.1.14.1. As a minimum, the course will include weapon system/communications
electronics familiarization, flightline and shop operations, organizational structure and
roles of each group, squadron, and flight. (T-1).
5.2.1.14.2. Analysts will attend the course within 6 months of assignment to the unit.
(T-1).
5.2.1.14.3. For remote assignments, analysts will attend within 1 month of assignment.
(T-1).
5.2.1.14.4. For ARC, analysts will attend the course within 6 months of assignment to
the unit. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 111
5.2.2. Maintenance Operations Center (MOC). The MOC monitors and coordinates sortie
generation, maintenance production, and execution of the operations and maintenance
schedules while maintaining visibility of fleet health indicators. Through coordination with
maintenance units, the MOC communicates priorities for competing limited resources (such
as, fuel or calibration docks, wash racks, and dispatched specialists from the maintenance
squadron(s) (for example, egress) based on daily operations schedule and maintenance
priorities. The exchange of information between squadrons and the MOC must be in sufficient
detail to allow the MOC to comply with reporting requirements and to identify potential
problems. (T-1).
5.2.2.1. The MOC will:
5.2.2.1.1. Monitor the status of aircraft/systems, as directed, (through the use of
electronic or manual visual aids) including ETIC, progress of FCFs, and location of
each aircraft on station. (T-1).
5.2.2.1.1. (ACC) Display the individual aircraft scheduled for flight each day with the
following information columns, as a minimum: aircraft serial number, scheduled
takeoff, actual takeoff, scheduled landing, actual landing, sortie configuration, call sign
and remarks. (T-2).
5.2.2.1.1.1. (Added-ACC) Use visual aids to provide ready access to critical data.
Computer terminals may be used in place of visual aids. If this option is used,
develop procedures to retrieve printed products on a regular basis in case of system
failure. (T-2). Visual aids will display the following:
5.2.2.1.1.1.1. (Added-ACC) Aircraft Status. Display aircraft status in the
following columns: serial number, location, priority, status, Designed
Operational Capability (DOC) limitations/remarks, ETIC, configuration, OAP
status codes, munitions load and fuel load. Units having only one standard
configuration or fuel load may omit these columns. Units may use “remark” or
“narrative” portions of the screen for items not listed by specific title. Show
DOC limitations against Full System Listing (FSL) and the Basic System List
(BSL) as itemized on the MESL in the AFI 21-103 Addenda. Discrepancy
narratives in the “DOC limitations/remarks” column should be clear, concise,
and accurate and include all pertinent data (e.g., document numbers). (T-2).
5.2.2.1.1.1.2. (Added-ACC) Include WUC/LCN and landing status code in
the discrepancy narrative. (T-2).
5.2.2.1.2. Track contingency and exercise aircraft generation activities. (T-1).
5.2.2.1.2.1. Maintain and update aircraft generation line up and display aircraft
status using AF Form 2408, Generation Maintenance Plan and AF Form 2409,
Generation Sequence Action Schedule or locally computer generated equivalents.
(T-2). Note: If the tail number, mission number or specifically tasked no-later-than
times are linked, this form becomes classified. See AFI 16-1404.
5.2.2.1.2.1.1. (Added-ACC) Locally computer generated equivalents, if used,
should manage aircraft generation sequence actions for various taskings with
the following information: maintenance actions required to generate aircraft in
112 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
the time sequence to meet mission requirements. The display format should be
compatible with OPLANS and command post displays. (T-2).
5.2.2.1.2.2. Monitor and report aircraft generation progress with a minimum of the
following information: ETIC, location of each aircraft, status of generation actions,
progress against timeline necessary to meet mission requirements. (T-2). Note: The
display format should be compatible with OPLANS and command post displays.
5.2.2.1.3. Utilize the Enhanced Maintenance Operations Center. (T-1).
5.2.2.1.4. Track aircraft maintained or supported by the unit but not on station.
(Aircraft cross-country). (T-1).
5.2.2.1.5. Coordinate maintenance on the alert force, if applicable. (T-1).
5.2.2.1.6. Ensure status boards depict aircraft status and location comply with Security
Program guidelines. (T-1).
5.2.2.1.7. Monitor the status and ETIC of MEL-designated AGE if it falls below
critical levels. (T-1).
5.2.2.1.8. Monitor the status of ECM and sensor pods IAW AFI 10-201, Force
Readiness Reporting. (T-1).
5.2.2.1.8.1. When MC pod availability falls below requirements per the DOC or
OPLAN, the MOC will track/monitor the following information: pod serial
number, status (AWP/Awaiting Maintenance (AWM)), MICAP NSN, off-base
requisition numbers, and ETIC. (T-1).
5.2.2.1.9. Classify information IAW AFI 17-130, Cybersecurity Program
Management.
5.2.2.1.10. Verify aircraft status and ETICs with the Pro Super(s) and ensure they are
properly documented in the MIS IAW AFI 21-103, (T-1). Reference AFCSM, 21-564,
Vol 2, Status and Inventory Reporting Software User Manual or equivalent MIS
guidance.
5.2.2.1.10.1. When the Production Superintendent (Pro-Super) or equivalent
notifies the Maintenance Operations Center (MOC) that an aircraft is “Crew
Ready” the MOC will review the Maintenance Information Systems (MIS) for each
Crew Ready aircraft to ensure there are no open Red Xs. (T-1). If open Red X(s)
are present in the MIS, the MOC will notify the Pro-super or equivalent for action.
(T-1).
5.2.2.1.11. The MOC will verify aircraft status using the MIS and ETIC before
reporting it. (T-1).
5.2.2.1.12. Inform affected activities of changes in priorities, plans, and schedules. (T-
1).
5.2.2.1.13. Coordinate on changes to the operations schedule with applicable agencies
by use of AF Form 2407. (T-1).
5.2.2.1.14. Ensure all deviations to the daily operations schedule are reviewed and
accurately reported. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 113
5.2.2.1.14.1. Forward a copy of each AF Form 2407 and the daily flying schedule,
with all annotated deviations, to MMA. (T-1).
5.2.2.1.15. Request support services outside the scope of the MXG (such as, standby
firefighting capability, aircraft water, snow removal, fueling and defueling service,
civil engineer support, or control tower clearances for ground movement of aircraft and
equipment). (T-1).
5.2.2.1.15.1. Coordinate on all aircraft engine runs and all aircraft ground
movements conducted by maintenance personnel prior to execution. (T-1).
5.2.2.1.16. Develop, coordinate, implement, and maintain functional and emergency
action checklists. (T-1).
5.2.2.1.16.1. Functional checklists are required for use during actions such as
nuclear mass loads, Broken Arrow, Dull Swords, Bent Spear, aircraft
crash/mishap/incident, aircraft FOD, aircraft damage, flightline fire, severe weather
warning or evacuation, runway closure, hazardous chemical release (example,
Hydrazine, Broken Pod Glass release of Thorium Fluoride or Americium), Quick
Reaction Checklists, injuries resulting from aircraft maintenance and any other
unusual circumstances deemed necessary.
5.2.2.1.16.2. For OPLAN 8010 notification, use the plan implementation
checklists.
5.2.2.1.16.3. Use unit OPLANs as a guide in developing these checklists.
5.2.2.1.16.4. Checklists contain those actions required to be taken by functional
area(s).
5.2.2.1.16.5. The MOC will maintain checklists that implement all approved
MAJCOM and local requirements. (T-2).
5.2.2.1.16.6. Establish a command/contingency focal point to coordinate ABDR
and or Joint Combat Assessment Team (JCAT) response requests with AFMC. (T-
1). Note: If data collection forms are required forms will be forwarded to the
Aircraft Battle Damage Repair (ABDR) Technical Support Office (TSO) and
JCAT. (T-1). For ABDR TSO, CLASSIFIED messages must be sent to:
[email protected] and
UNCLASSIFIED messages must be sent to NIPR: [email protected]
for filing in the historical archives. For JCAT, CLASSIFIED data must be
submitted via the Intellopedia Secret Internet Protocol Router Network (SIPRNET)
link
https://www.intellipedia.intelink.sgov.gov/wiki/Portal:Joint_Combat_Assess
ment_Team. UNCLASSIFIED data can sent to: JCAT ([email protected]).
5.2.2.1.17. Coordinate munitions delivery priorities with flying units and munitions
maintenance activities, and control when tasked. (T-1).
5.2.2.1.17.1. Maintain a contact list and notify the base Fire Emergency Services
and all applicable agencies that require notification of munitions-loaded or
unloaded aircraft. (T-2).
114 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
5.2.2.1.17.1.1. The MOC will provide agencies with the aircraft type, tail
number, location, type of explosives, and arming status. (T-1).
5.2.2.1.18. Upon notification of deployments, ensure all deploying equipment is
identified and loaded into the IMDS-CDB, Aerospace Expeditionary Force subsystem
or designated MIS equivalent for the duration of the deployment. (T-1).
5.2.2.1.19. Monitor and manage reporting of Hangar Queen aircraft/systems IAW
Chapter 11 of this instruction. (T-1).
5.2.2.1.19. (ACC) Ensure aircraft boards are conspicuously marked to show hangar
queen status and include date of last flight, ETIC, and expected fly date. (T-2).
5.2.2.1.20. Notify Flightline Expediters of OAP code “C” and “E” conditions. (T-1).
5.2.2.1.21. Ensure facilities and visual aids meet the following minimum standards:
5.2.2.1.21.1. A completely enclosed room with air conditioning and heating. (T-
1). An observation room is permitted.
5.2.2.1.21.1.1. Doors to the MOC and the observation room will be either
mechanically or electrically locked to control access. (T-1).
5.2.2.1.21.2. Isolate MOC electrical power circuits and provide a standby power
source and emergency lighting. (T-1).
5.2.2.1.21.2.1. The MOC will establish procedures to operate standby power
sources. (T-1).
5.2.2.1.22. Maintain the status and location of all transient aircraft. (T-1).
5.2.2.1.22.1. Post the priority of each transient aircraft on the status board, based
on the maintenance priorities listed in Table 1.2 (T-1).
5.2.2.1.22.2. Coordinate with the appropriate agency for aircraft maintenance
support. (T-1).
5.2.2.1.22.3. Contact WS for arming or de-arming of transient aircraft IAW
Chapter 11 of this instruction. (T-1).
5.2.2.1.23. (Added-ACC) Use the signed weekly schedule to identify the required
and delivered spare count for each day. (T-2).
5.2.2.2. MOC Maintenance Communications. Reliable, redundant and effective
communications systems are essential for efficient operation. Communications equipment
will be operated and managed IAW AFI 17-210, AFI 17-220, Spectrum Management, and
AFI 17-130. The MOC NCOIC/SUPT will:
5.2.2.2.1. Establish a procedure to process requests for specific radio equipment to
support MXG maintenance activities IAW AFMAN 23-122. (T-1).
5.2.2.2.1.1. Specific radio allowances are stated in Allowance Standard 660 at
https://earms.wpafb.af.mil/SITES/ASRS/HOME.ASP.
5.2.2.2.2. Ensure a Very High Frequency (VHF)/Ultra High Frequency (UHF)/ High
Frequency (HF) radio is authorized and available to provide communications between
aircraft and maintenance. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 115
5.2.2.2.3. Ensure the MOC has a hotline on the secondary crash phone net. (T-1).
5.2.2.2.3.1. When required, direct communications lines will be provided to QA,
Munitions Control, EOD, airfield operations, base fire department, NDI, control
tower and the central security control. (T-1).
5.2.2.2.4. Develop and exercise comm-out procedures to include loss of radios, Local
Area Network (LAN) and phone. (T-2).
5.2.2.2.5. Ensure MOC personnel receive initial radio operating training before
assuming duties involving radio operations IAW AFI 17-210 and Chapter 11 of this
instruction. (T-1).
5.2.2.3. (Added-ACC) MOC Personnel must be experienced with the MIS and must be
qualified on at least one of the assigned weapons systems, or have completed all local
qualification training tasks for assigned AFSC. (T-3).
5.2.2.3.1. (Added-ACC) Personnel assigned to the MOC will be capable of reporting
aircraft status from the MESL/Mission Essential Functional Listing (MEFL) and
operating MIS remote devices before assuming unsupervised duties. (T-2).
5.2.3. Engine Management. EM manages unit efforts to maintain adequate engine support for
mission requirements by monitoring engine removals and replacements, component tracking,
engine TCTOs and TCIs, engine records in the MIS and CEMS; and perform Engine Manager
duties. Functions supporting EM shall be combined within the wing and physically co-locate
with the Propulsion Flight. (T-2). The SRAN Engine Manager works and is co-located with
the EM section. (T-2).
5.2.3. (ACC) Engine Management is a decentralized function co-located with the Propulsion
Flight. (T-2).
5.2.3.1. Specific EM responsibilities are detailed AFMAN 20-116, AFPAM 63-129, TO
00-25-254-1, -2 and Chapter 14 of this instruction.
5.2.4. Plans, Scheduling, and Documentation (PS&D). PS&D is responsible for coordinating
aircraft maintenance requirements and utilization scheduling between maintenance,
operations, and external agencies. PS&D oversees the entire maintenance scheduling effort
throughout the wing and notifies applicable senior managers of scheduling process
discrepancies and recommended courses of action.
5.2.4.1. Specific PS&D responsibilities are detailed in Chapter 14 of this instruction.
5.2.5. Maintenance Management Analysis (MMA). MMA tracks, analyzes, and presents
information to help senior leadership assess the health of the units' weapon systems and
equipment. MMA acts as the group POC for MIS issues and performs analyses to assess and
improve unit performance (such as, effectiveness and efficiency of unit resources and logistical
support processes). The MIS provides the main source of information used by analysts to assess
unit performance and capability.
5.2.5.1. MMA will:
5.2.5.1.1. Be centrally organized but may locate analysts in the squadron to enable
maximum responsiveness and effectiveness. (T-2).
116 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
5.2.5.1.1.1. When analysts are located in the squadron, they will still work directly
for the MMA Section NCOIC/Chief who will provide their training and monitor
the quality/relevancy of their workload. (T-2).
5.2.5.1.2. Provide information on analysis services and capabilities to units and
supervision. (T-1).
5.2.5.1.2.1. Work with MTS and/or FTD for opportunities to provide training on
analysis services and capabilities (example, Mx Orientation, DCC Course). (T-2).
5.2.5.1.2.2. Conduct and document quarterly visits to maintenance work centers
and provide information on analysis services and capabilities IAW MAJCOM
guidance. (T-2).
5.2.5.1.2.2. (ACC) MXG/CC (or equivalent) will determine centralized MMA
site visit documentation requirements. (T-2). Quarterly visits are not required
where MMAs are decentralized.
5.2.5.1.3. Calculate maintenance metrics and compare unit performance against
MAJCOM and locally developed goals (if applicable). (T-1).
5.2.5.1.4. Develop products to track, monitor and identify seasonal and cyclical trends
at the group, squadron and AMU/HMU level for:
5.2.5.1.4.1. MAJCOM reportable leading and lagging indicators. (T-2).
5.2.5.1.4.2. MAJCOM reportable indicators at the WUC/LCN system level (such
as, break rate for landing gear system). (T-2).
5.2.5.1.5. Review data for anomalies, variations and trends to identify areas requiring
further study. (T-1).
5.2.5.1.5.1. When significant seasonal or cyclical trends are identified in leading
or lagging indicators or their systems, accomplish and document further analysis.
(T-2).
5.2.5.1.5.1.1. Provide presentations, reports, studies/analyses and briefings as
requested or deemed appropriate. (T-2).
5.2.5.1.5.1.1.1. (Added-ACC) DELETED.
5.2.5.1.5.2. Units with AMU/HMUs that have like MDSs will compare and
contrast metrics to identify significant variation. (T-2).
5.2.5.1.5.2.1. When significant variation is identified, accomplish and
document further analysis. (T-2).
5.2.5.1.5.2.2. Provide presentations, reports, studies, analyses and briefings as
requested or deemed appropriate. (T-2).
5.2.5.1.6. Monitor wing, group, squadron, and AMU/HMU utilization rates. (T-2).
5.2.5.1.6.1. When operational requirements are not achieved, perform and
document an investigation to determine if assignable causes are present.
Recommend corrective actions or measures when necessary. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 117
5.2.5.1.7. Assist unit leaders with the application and interpretation of maintenance
data. (T-1).
5.2.5.1.7. (ACC) DELETED.
5.2.5.1.8. Coordinate with PS&D and unit’s Maintenance Supervision to provide
monthly airframe, facility and personnel capabilities (as required), attrition, and spare
factors for use in planning the annual FHP. (T-1).
5.2.5.1.8. (ACC) If PS&D is decentralized, requirements will be provided to MO
PS&D. (T-2).
5.2.5.1.8.1. MAJCOMs will publish attrition and spare factors computations in a
supplement to this instruction reference TO 00-20-2.
5.2.5.1.8.1. (ACC) Refer to Attachment 11 for MAJCOM supplement guidance.
5.2.5.1.8.1.1. MMA will use MAJCOM supplement guidance to calculate
attrition and spare factor computations. (T-1).
5.2.5.1.8.1.2. MMA will provide required data to populate the MxCAP2
model, when used. (T-1).
5.2.5.1.8.1.3. (Added-ACC) Provide HQ ACC with inputs used during
development of the first look for validation and for use in computation of
aircraft availability standards. (T-2).
5.2.5.1.8.1.3.1. (Added-ACC) Units will submit Sortie Utilization (SUTE)
models no later than 15 April to HQ ACC/A4MO: [email protected]. (T-
2).
5.2.5.1.9. Analyze equipment performance trends to identify problems affecting the
unit mission and, whenever possible, provide predictive analytical information with
recommendations to unit’s Maintenance Supervision. (T-1).
5.2.5.1.10. Verify accuracy of Job Data Documentation (JDD), flying schedule
deviations, aircraft status and utilization within the MIS. (T-2).
5.2.5.1.10.1. Validate data entered into the MIS as part of daily analysis duties and
inform affected agencies of discrepancies. (T-1).
5.2.5.1.10.2. Identify erroneous or missing data to the responsible agency for
correction or completion. (T-1).
5.2.5.1.11. Control the assignment of unit work center and mnemonic codes. (T-1).
5.2.5.1.11. (ACC) Work center mnemonics are unique to IMDS and may be locally
determined. Work center numbers are transmitted and used in higher reporting systems
and therefore must comply with guidance IAW TO 00-20-2, Appendix A. (T-2). Unit
database managers review loaded work center codes annually to ensure compliance.
(T-2).
5.2.5.1.11.1. Coordinate with P&R, MTS or responsible agency on the assignment
of alphanumeric and work center codes. (T-1).
5.2.5.1.11.2. Publish written guidance to control these codes when not provided by
118 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
higher headquarters. Multiple mnemonic codes may be used within a work center
code to accommodate different AFSCs assigned. (T-1).
5.2.5.1.11.3. Coordinate new or revised mnemonic codes with affected activities
for planning purposes. (T-1).
5.2.5.1.12. Be responsible for MIS database management. (T-1).
5.2.5.1.13. Assists MIS users in developing procedures for collecting information from
deployments and exercises where the MIS is not available. (T-1).
5.2.5.2. In addition to the applicable Section NCOIC/Chief responsibilities outlined in
Chapter 2 of this instruction, the MMA Section NCOIC/Supervisor will:
5.2.5.2.1. Ensure growth of analysis personnel by developing and maintaining a plan
to rotate personnel through different sections within MMA. Allow sufficient time for
them to become proficient and provide continuity. (T-2).
5.2.5.2.2. Define the daily, weekly, monthly and annual roles and responsibilities for
each function within MMA. Can be delegated to the function NCOIC. (T-2).
5.2.5.2.3. Ensure the CFM approved AFSC duty titles are utilized for all MMA
personnel. (T-1).
5.2.5.3. Maintenance Information Systems (MIS). For management of IMDS-CDB, G081,
and Reliability and Maintainability Information System (REMIS), follow AFCSM 21-556,
Vol 2, Intro to IMDS CDB, MAJCOM/Lead Command guidance, unit procedures, and
REMIS user manuals. Personal computers and software used as "stand-alone" systems are
not considered MIS.
5.2.5.3.1. Request to modify/create new functionality within IMDS-CDB IAW
AFCSM 21-556V2. (T-1). G081 units will submit a System Change Request for any
new requirements or corrections to existing features. (T-1).
5.2.5.3.2. Database Manager (DBM) will identify functions that require subsystem
monitors and provide applicable training to those responsible for ensuring the
accuracy/sustainment of their subsystem. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.2.1. Subsystem monitors will be appointed by the Section Chief of
subsystem functions (such as, PS&D Section Chief appoints and signs appointment
letter for configuration management). (T-2).
5.2.5.3.2.2. MMA is responsible for the overall management of the JDD
subsystem. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.3. MAJCOMs will provide guidance describing the management of the MIS
assigned to wings within their command. (T-1).
5.2.5.3.3. (ACC) MIS management will be conducted IAW Chapter 5 of this
instruction. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4. At a minimum, the MMA MIS/Host DBM will ensure:
5.2.5.3.4.1. MAJCOM coordination occurs when problems exist that are beyond
the scope of responsibilities of Host DBMs. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 119
5.2.5.3.4.2. IMDS-CDB/G081 security is maintained IAW AFI 17-130,
Cybersecurity Program Management. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.2.1. MMA personnel coordinate MIS access permission requirements
to enable MDD on non-possessed aircraft. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.2.2. (Added-ACC) MMA will retain DD Form 2875, System
Authorization Access Request, for all users requesting access to IMDS-
CDB/G081. (T-2). Perform semi-annual audits to ensure currency of forms. (T-
2).
5.2.5.3.4.3. MMA personnel provide expertise on IMDS-CDB/G081 for resolution
of problems beyond the work center and sub-system monitors’ control. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.3. (ACC) The local MIS Manager is the primary POC for resolution and
will contact outside agencies as necessary. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.4. Support is provided to tenant organizations and users. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.4. (ACC) MIS Manager support requirements will be identified in a
MOA or the host tenant support agreement. (T-2). Provide copies of MOAs / host
tenant support agreement to the HQ ACC Analysis Section. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.5. Coordination with the Defense Enterprise Computing Center or AF
Network Control Center on all matters concerning IMDS-CDB. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.6. The Defense Enterprise Computing Center supports all requirements
concerning the operation and maintenance of IMDS-CDB. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.7. Scheduled MIS downtime is published for users. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.7. (ACC) MMA will inform users of planned outages in advance. (T-2).
During unplanned outages, notify users as soon as the outage is discovered, provide
ETIC if known, and recommend use of manual procedures.
5.2.5.3.4.8. MMA personnel control and monitor submissions of IMDS-CDB
Difficulty Report(s). (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.8. (ACC) MIS Managers have the sole responsibility for overall
management and proper submission of Difficulty Reports. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.9. Coordination occurs on matters pertaining to the interface of other
automated systems with IMDS-CDB. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.10. Development of a functional checklist to establish timelines and MIS
data capture requirements for use in the event of a weapon system mishap. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.10.1. The checklist must require immediate capture and isolation of
the historical data for the mishap weapon system regardless of the time or day
of week. (T-2). Contact the Host DBM to immediately put the IMDS-CDB in
File Update Mode (when required) until the functional checklist can be
completed. G081 equipment records will be locked using screen 9012
(Lock/Unlock Aircraft/Data Records). (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.10.1. (ACC) MIS Managers will provide standby personnel
120 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
information to the MOC in the event of an aircraft incident. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.10.2. (Added-ACC) In the event of an incident, the MIS Manager
will immediately process the following actions:
5.2.5.3.4.10.2.1. (Added-ACC) Place the system in File Update Mode
(FUD). (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.10.2.2. (Added-ACC) Request a save of the database in
coordination with the IMDS Enterprise DBM office. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.10.2.3. (Added-ACC) Process the necessary reports using
Transaction Identification Codes (TRIC) code Aircraft Incident Report (AIR),
screen 986. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.10.2.4. (Added-ACC) Upon approval from MXG or designated
representative, restore the system to normal operation. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.10.2.5. (Added-ACC) Document all actions, notifications and
approvals on a locally developed form. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.11. Support of the Communications-Electronics maintenance community
referring to AFI 21-103 and TO 00-33A-1001, General Cyberspace Support
Activities Management Procedures and Practice Requirements for maintenance
analysis and host DBM responsibilities. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.11. (ACC) MIS Managers will include Cyberspace Support community
in user group meetings and provide training and support as needed or requested.
(T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.12. Control of access to specific IMDS-CDB programs and subsystems
by utilizing Transaction Identification Codes (TRICs) security profiles or screen
9057 (program access) for G081. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.12. (ACC) Specific TRICs or options within TRICs will be restricted by
the MIS Manager on request from the subsystem manager or when the MIS
Manager deems it necessary. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.12.1. Audit permissions to IMDS security profiles and G081 access
keys annually. Take appropriate measures when a compromise is suspected or
reported. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.12.2. Semi-annually audit IMDS ELC access. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.13. IMDS-CDB subsystem managers are informed of the status of
applicable TRICs prior to turning the TRIC on or off. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.13. (ACC) In circumstances where a particular TRIC is turned off for
extended periods of time, the MIS Manager notifies their MAJCOM counterpart,
providing rationale for leaving the TRIC in the off status. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.4.14. (Added-ACC) Units will ensure Organizational Identifier (Org-IDs)
built in IMDS are valid and constructed properly. (T-2). The first two positions of
an Org-ID must be the command code (1C for ACC) and the 21-103 organization
must be valid in REMIS. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 121
5.2.5.3.4.15. (Added-ACC) Review TRIC DLH (NFS120) output listing monthly
and resolve any issues preventing the deletion of equipment and document
numbers. (T-2). Review organizations, work centers and ensure obsolete data is not
stored within IMDS. (T-2). Contact HQ ACC Analysis Section for problems that
cannot be resolved at unit level.
5.2.5.3.5. MMA provides overall management and control of the maintenance deferred
code listing. (T-1).
5.2.5.3.5.1. Changes to the table will be coordinated with PS&D. (T-1).
5.2.5.3.5.1. (ACC) If PS&D is decentralized, coordinate with MO PS&D. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.6. Data Integrity. MMA is the OPR for the Data Integrity Team (DIT). All
maintenance units will participate in the DIT program. (T-1).
5.2.5.3.6.1. The purposes of the DIT include: (1) ensuring the unit has complete
and accurate data in the MIS and aircraft forms, (2) identifying and quantifying
problems within the unit preventing complete and accurate documentation, and (3)
identifying and correcting the root causes for poor data integrity. The DIT is
established to evaluate/isolate/eliminate documentation problems in IMDS-
CDB/G081. MMA will ensure that all assigned DIT members are trained in the use
of MIS applicable programs for the data integrity review/correction process. (T-2).
Errors identified by the DIT team will be reconciled IAW Paragraph 5.2.5.3.6.5
of this instruction. (T-1).
5.2.5.3.6.2. The DIT will include, at a minimum, one representative from each
squadron under the MXG. It will include participation from PS&D, MOC, DMS,
EM, Debrief Section, and QA as determined by MMA. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.6.2. (ACC) If PS&D is decentralized, MO PS&D will perform this
function. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.6.2.1. (Added-ACC) Units will review previous duty day’s closed
JDD to ensure 100% check of MIS data. (T-2). Note: Any corrections made to
closed JDD after 10 days will not be accepted by MIS. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.6.2.2. (Added-ACC) DIT reviews will include sortie recaps, aircraft
status reporting, inventory and utilization. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.6.3. MAJCOMs will determine the frequency of DIT meetings.
5.2.5.3.6.3. (ACC) DIT meetings will be held, at a minimum, quarterly. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.6.4. Representatives will be at least a SrA that possesses a 5-skill level and
is familiar with the unit’s assigned weapon system(s). (T-2).
5.2.5.3.6.5. As a minimum, the following functions will be performed by the DIT:
5.2.5.3.6.5.1. Educate group, squadron and AMU leadership on the importance
of data integrity including the impacts of erroneous data.
5.2.5.3.6.5.2. Ensure MIS accurately reflects AFTO Form 781-series forms
entries.
122 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
5.2.5.3.6.5.3. Run maintenance action review background reports for all work
accomplished by squadrons and work centers.
5.2.5.3.6.5.3.1. Audit the report by JCN/WCE (Work Event Separator for
G081) to identify suspected errors.
5.2.5.3.6.5.3.2. Responsibilityforcorrectingerrorsbelongstothe performing
work center.
5.2.5.3.6.5.3.2.1. The use of general WUCs/LCNs when a component
level WUC/LCN exists will be counted as an error. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.6.5.3.3. Use of automated processes is authorized.
5.2.5.3.6.5.3.3. (ACC) Utilize FixDITT, also known as Next Generation
Auto-DIT for automated reviews.
5.2.5.3.6.5.4. Audit for Weapons System status, flying schedule deviation and
utilization errors. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.6.5.4.1. The use of general WUCs/LCNs when a component level
WUC/LCN exists will be counted as an error. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.6.5.5. Develop a system to track, measure and report data integrity
errors by work center, AMU and squadron. (T-2).
5.2.5.3.6.5.6. Implement training programs that are geared toward correcting
data integrity trends. (T-2).
5.2.5.4. (Added-ACC) Maintenance Metrics are identified in ACCI 21-118, Logistics
Maintenance Performance Indicator Reporting Procedures and TO 00-20-2.
5.2.5.5. (Added-ACC) MIS Users Group. Establish a MIS users group to identify user
problems, provide on the spot training to correct user documentation problems and to
discuss other issues relating to operation of the system. A Flight Chief or higher will chair
the working group meeting. (T-3). Meetings will be held at least quarterly and are also
conducted prior to loading an IMDS-CDB release major program change to ensure all
personnel are aware of the changes. (T-3). An agenda will be published and sent to all work
centers prior to all meetings. (T-3). A representative from the communications squadron
will be invited to attend the meeting to discuss issues related to the system operations. (T-
3). Meeting minutes will be published and sent to all work centers. (T-3).
5.2.5.6. (Added-ACC) Maintenance Automated Products (Nonstandard MIS Products).
The use of computerized products from the MIS and REMIS, GCSS Data Services and
LIMS systems are major sources of information for MMA. All MMA personnel will
receive training to enable them to make maximum use of these systems. (T-2). This training
will be documented in TBA. (T-2). Training may be obtained through the local
communications squadron, AETC specialized courses, MAJCOM specialized training, or
contractor training. (T-2).
5.2.5.7. (Added-ACC) Structured Query Language (SQL) and Microsoft Powershell
allow retrieval of information from IMDS-CDB database files. These utilities are available
to provide nonstandard data and report formats for specific analysis and/or MIS
management duties. This training will be documented in TBA. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 123
5.2.5.8. (Added-ACC) DELETED.
5.2.5.8.1. (Added-ACC) DELETED.
5.2.5.8.2. (Added-ACC) DELETED.
5.2.5.8.3. (Added-ACC) DELETED.
5.3. Maintenance Training (MT). MT consists of the Training Management Element and the
Development and Instructor Element. Maintenance Training assists SQ/CCs by providing Unit
Training Managers (UTM) to manage the enlisted specialty training program. MT will:
5.3. (ACC) Maintenance Training (MT). MTSs will appoint, in writing, a UTM to one or
more units, as manning dictates, to manage unit Commanders’ training programs. (T-2).
5.3.1. Provide initial, recurring and advanced proficiency, qualification, or certification
training needed by a technician to perform duties in their primary AFSC and manage course
codes to track training IAW AFI 36-2650 and AFI 36-2651. (T-1).
5.3.2. Serve as the single point of contact for all training matters affecting maintenance. (T-
1).
5.3.3. The MT Superintendent/NCOIC will maintain administrative responsibility for UTMs
whether UTMs are centralized or decentralized. (T-1).
5.3.4. Develop and administer appropriate Maintenance Cyber Discipline training. Training
shall be tailored to DoD Information Technology used locally and shall emphasize authorized,
and unauthorized uses, prevention, detection, remediation, and provide an overview of recent
negative trends and effective mitigation techniques. (T-1).
5.3.4.1. Coordinate with Quality Assurance, MXG/CC designated responders, and
facilitators for action when discovery that DoD Information Technology lacks the
capability to perform a mission function. (T-1). Example: Enhanced Technical Information
Management System containing software for a TO task that does not have a hardware TO
approving its installation or use.
5.4. Programs and Resources (P&R). P&R serves as the MXG focal point for interaction with
external functional support activities to ensure critical mission generations support, infrastructure
personnel management and resources are configured to maximize mission capability/AA. P&R
program configurations may vary based on mission but generally P&R coordinates with functional
base OPRs to interact on Facility Management (FM), Vehicle Control (VCO), Support
Agreements, Unit Safety, Security, Resources, Manpower, Environment, Deployment and
Maintenance Information System programs as applicable. Units will maximize consolidation of
personnel assigned in P&R as described in Paragraph 2.4.14 P&R will:
5.4.1. Develop, maintain, and coordinate all applicable AFI-directed programs and plans
affecting maintenance. (T-1).
5.4.2. Act as the resource advisor to the MXG/CC. (T-2).
5.4.3. Coordinate with the MXG/Squadron SUPTs to manage manpower authorizations for
the MXG. (T-2).
5.4.4. Serve as the focal point within the MXG for management of facilities. (T-2).
124 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
5.4.4.1. Ensure fire detection and foam suppression training is included in unit facility
manager/ occupant training briefings. (T-2).
5.4.5. Serve as the Environmental Coordinator focal point within the MXG. (T-1).
5.4.6. Serve as the focal point for MXG deployment planning and execution actions. (T-1). If
designated as a UTC pilot unit IAW AFI 10-401, Air Force Operations Planning and
Execution, P&R will:
5.4.6.1. Coordinate with other UTC tasked units on cargo and equipment
authorizations/requirements to develop and maintain a standardized package to meet
specific mission capability requirements. (T-1).
5.4.6.2. Coordinate with the unit equipment custodian(s) to review equipment changes and
new equipment requirements driven by changes to UTCs and/or Allowance Standards
(AS). (T-1).
5.4.6.3. Assist with coordination of site surveys for deployment locations and maintain
copies of the Expeditionary Site Plan (ESP) Part I for deployment locations IAW AFI 10-
404, Base Support and Expeditionary (BAS&E) Site Planning. (T-1).
5.4.6.4. Coordinate with QA biennially to verify aircraft MDS Hot Pit refueling
capabilities are current and accurate in Base Support and Expeditionary and ensure
applicable ESP/BSP Parts I and II accurately reflect unit capabilities IAW AFI 10-404, if
applicable. (T-1).
5.4.7. Oversee local, functional or host country unique support agreements applicable to the
MXG IAW AFI 25-201, Intra-Service, Intra-Agency, and Inter-Agency Support Agreements
Procedures. (T-2).
5.4.8. Develop and coordinate MXG commercial contracts as directed by the MXG/CC. (T-
1).
5.4.9. Manage readiness reporting for the MXG IAW AFI 10-201. (T-1).
5.4.10. Coordinate with LRS Deployment & Distribution Flight to obtain unit assistance in
interpreting guidance for marking, packing and marshaling of tasked equipment IAW AFMAN
24-204, Preparing Hazardous Materials for Military Air Shipments; AFI 10-401 and AFMAN
91-201. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 125
Chapter 6
QUALITY ASSURANCE (QA)
6.1. General. Maintenance quality and equipment reliability is the responsibility of all
maintenance personnel. The combined efforts of QA personnel, maintenance leaders, and
technicians are necessary to ensure high quality maintenance production and equipment reliability.
The QA staff evaluates the quality of maintenance accomplished and performs necessary functions
to manage the MSEP. Personnel assigned to QA are not an extension of the work force and shall
not be tasked to perform sortie production inspections (such as, clear “Red X” symbols and
perform IPIs). (T-1). QA serves as the primary technical advisory agency in the maintenance
organization, assisting maintenance supervision at all levels to identify, validate and/or resolve
quality, proficiency and/or compliance issues impacting mission generation. The evaluation and
analysis of deficiencies and problem areas identified are key functions of QA that highlight and
reveal underlying causes of poor quality in the maintenance production effort. Aircraft and
equipment condition and personnel proficiency are validated through the MSEP and shall be
recorded using the Logistics Evaluation Assurance Program (LEAP) QA database. (T-1). Civil
service and contracted personnel are to follow requirements established in their respective civilian
position description/contract and accepted quality assessment system.
6.1.1. (Added-ACC) For functions not inherent to maintenance personnel (i.e., DMS),
request LRS QA to assist with assessments for materiel management functions. (T-2).
6.2. Responsibilities. QA is responsible to the MXG/CC or equivalent to perform as the primary
technical advisory agency for maintenance actions and to assist work center supervisors in
reviewing tasks involved in supporting the maintenance effort. MXG QA Inspectors have the
authority to observe, correct and document applicable maintenance activities performed within the
MXG. QA will:
6.2. (ACC) Responsibilities. For munitions units not aligned under a maintenance group or
geographically separated from parent group, the QA munitions inspectors may be directly
responsible to the assigned squadron commander. This will be documented by a delegation letter
from the group commander. (T-2).
6.2.1. Implement and administer the MSEP and other programs as applicable to include:
6.2.1.1. Product Improvement Program (PIP). (T-1).
6.2.1.1.1. DR. (T-1).
6.2.1.1.2. Product improvement inputs. (T-1).
6.2.1.2. Aircraft and equipment impoundment procedures IAW Chapter 7 of this
instruction. (T-1).
6.2.1.3. Functional Check Flight (FCF) program IAW this Chapter. (T-1).
6.2.1.4. W&B Program IAW this Chapter. (T-1).
6.2.1.5. Hot Refuel/Defuel and Aircraft-to-Aircraft Refuel Programs if applicable. (T-1).
126 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
6.2.2. Review and analyze aircraft aborts, IFEs, and incidents involving damage to equipment
or injury of personnel to determine if trend analysis, cross-tell or MSEP focus is warranted.
(T-1).
6.2.3. Comply with the configuration management program requirements IAW Chapter 14
of this instruction. (T-1).
6.2.4. In coordination with PS&D, comply with TCTO Program requirements IAW Chapter
14 of this instruction, TO 00-5-1 and TO 00-5-15. (T-1).
6.2.4. (ACC) If PS&D is decentralized, coordinate with MO PS&D. (T-2).
6.2.5. In conjunction with PS&D, develop a local Job Standard (JST) for both gaining and
losing aircraft and equipment transfer inspection IAW Chapter 14 of this instruction. (T-1).
Note: For the purpose of this instruction JST is an alpha code identifying the type job
represented in a job standard (defined in IMDS User’s Manual AFSM 21-566, Volume 2).
6.2.6. Coordinate with PS&D on all AFTO Form 103s. (T-1).
6.2.7. Manage OTIs. (T-1).
6.2.8. Augment evaluations at the request of the WS. (T-1). Flightline weapons loading
inspections/evaluations are the responsibility of WS evaluators.
6.2.8.1. (Added-ACC) ICT evaluations. At the request of WS and the Wing Weapons
Manager, QA may be tasked to assist in evaluating a specified number or percentage of
ICTs. WS will initiate the evaluation report for ICTs. (T-2). The senior WS evaluator has
the final authority on the overall ICT rating and will initiate any documentation. (T-2).
6.2.9. Evaluate unit maintenance management procedures, including locally developed forms,
publications, OIs, checklists, for accuracy, intent, and necessity as referenced in this AFI. (T-
1).
6.2.10. Continuously evaluate cyber hygiene and discipline practices and cyber incident
reporting per applicable TO, wing directive, and this instruction for compliance or deficiencies.
(T-1).
6.2.10. (ACC) Assist the MXG/CC when coordinating with HHQ, AFMC, Defense Contract
Management Agency (DCMA), and other outside agencies. (T-2).
6.2.10.1. Report weapons system and support equipment cyber related deficiencies to the
applicable Program Manager in accordance with T.O. 00-35D-54. (T-1).
6.2.10.1.1. Elevate resolution of deficient cyber-requirements or issue via an AF Form
1067, Modification Proposal in accordance with AFI 63-101/20-101, and/or
maintenance assistance request (such as, Technical Assistance Request) in accordance
with TO 00-25-107 Maintenance Assistance. (T-1).
6.2.11. (Added-ACC) Publish and maintain a list of approved profile JSTs. (T-2).
6.3. QA Superintendent (QA SUPT) Responsibilities. In addition to the applicable Flight
CC/SUPT duties in Chapter 2 of this instruction the QA SUPT will:
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 127
6.3.1. Develop and maintain a master training plan to train all QA Inspectors, and include
augmentees, if applicable. (T-1). Note: See Paragraph 5.2.1.13. for minimum MAJCOM
training requirements for inspectors inspecting MXO function.
6.3.2. Develop and monitor the MSEP using the LEAP QA database and provide supervisors
access to MSEP data. (T-1).
6.3.3. Notify the appropriate agencies when deficiencies are found in (AF, MAJCOM/Lead
Command, WG, Group (GP)) instructions. (T-1).
6.3.4. Review maintenance-related instructions, supplements, operating instructions, forms
and local/functional and emergency action checklists every two years or when source data
changes for accuracy, intent, and necessity. (T-1).
6.3.4.1. The QA SUPT will document the review once complete. (T-1).
6.3.5. Review JSTs annually or when source data changes for accuracy, intent and necessity.
(T-1).
6.3.5.1. The QA SUPT will document the review once complete. (T-1).
6.3.6. Ensure management and special inspections are performed (when required). (T-1).
6.3.7. Ensure the GP portion of the FOD Prevention Program is conducted IAW Chapter 11
of this instruction. (T-1).
6.3.8. Oversee and implement the GP Impoundment Procedures IAW Chapter 7 of this
instruction. (T-1).
6.3.9. Coordinate on all requests for locally manufactured, developed, and modified tools and
equipment, and maintain records for approved requests. (T-1).
6.3.9.1. This includes pictures or drawings and a description of the use for each item.
6.3.9.1.1. If applicable technical data contains the option for use of these tools and
equipment, QA does not need to coordinate or maintain the records on these items.
6.3.9.1.2. Locally manufactured, developed or modified equipment for weapons
loading, maintenance and the armament systems flight must be coordinated through the
WWM before routing to QA. (T-1).
6.3.10. Verify IPI requirements from MAJCOM and sources outlined in TO 00-20-1 and
publish combined MXG IPI listing every 2 years as a minimum or when source data changes.
(T-1).
6.3.11. Develop KTL/RIL to supplement MAJCOM listings in conjunction with the
Operations Officer/MX SUPT (if required). (T-1).
6.3.11.1. Provide copies of approved KTL/RIL to all affected organizations. (T-1).
6.3.12. Ensure Acceptable Quality Level (AQL) Standards are developed for all tasks
including key tasks and routine inspections not included on the MAJCOM AQL. (T-1).
6.3.13. Ensure agendas and presentations are compiled for the MSEP summary. (T-1).
6.3.14. Review wing requests for assistance IAW Chapter 1 and Chapter 14 of this
instruction. (T-1).
128 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
6.3.15. Designate a Chief Inspector. (T-1).
6.3.16. Designate individuals to be the Technical Order Distribution Office (TODO) and
Product Improvement Manager (PIM). (T-1).
6.3.17. Designate individuals to be the W&B and FCF Program managers. (T-1).
6.3.18. Monitor the ASIP IAW Chapter 11 of this instruction. (T-1).
6.3.19. Maintain DOP program oversight IAW Chapter 11 of this instruction. (T-1).
6.3.20. When hot refueling is performed by maintenance personnel, ensure Hot Refueling
Program is accomplished IAW TO 00-25-172 and this AFI. (T-1).
6.3.21. Ensure non-resident organizations hot refueling aircraft at an AF certified hot pit
coordinate site/personnel certification, utilization and documentation requirements with the
supporting QA and Airfield Management/Operations. (T-1).
6.3.21.1. Using units are responsible for maintaining currency/reporting requirements. (T-
1).
6.3.22. Ensure designated Responders/facilitators respond to DoD IT incidents that lack the
capability to perform a mission function. (T-1).
6.3.22.1. Consolidate and report incidents in coordination with the WAM or designated
official. (T-1). Example: ETIMS containing software for a TO task that does not have a
hardware TO approving its installation or use.
6.4. Chief Inspector Responsibilities. The Chief Inspector is responsible to the QA SUPT for
ensuring functions listed below are performed and is responsible for applicable Section
NCOIC/Chief duties in Chapter 2 of this instruction. The Chief Inspector will:
6.4.1. Use assigned inspectors/augmentees to provide on-the-spot assistance to correct
problems. (T-1).
6.4.2. Spot-check TOs, inspection work cards, checklists, job guides and WUC manuals
during evaluations and inspections for currency and serviceability. (T-1).
6.4.3. Assist MMA with investigations and studies. (T-1).
6.4.4. Review QA LEAP MSEP inspection summary inputs for accuracy and content. (T-1).
6.4.5. Initiate actions when additional attention is required to resolve adverse maintenance
trends or training problems. (T-1).
6.4.5.1. Actions include preparing cross-tell information bulletins and messages for
MXG/CC release to other similarly-equipped units and higher headquarters.
6.4.6. Review and compile inputs for updating the IPI listing. (T-1).
6.4.6.1. Maintain a copy of the MXG/CC or equivalent approved IPI listing with the
signature and date of review and certification. (T-1).
6.4.7. Review Category II major discrepancies for trends quarterly. (T-1).
6.4.7.1. If frequency or severity of identified discrepancies warrant inclusion of that item
into a specific TO governing an action or inspection, the QA Chief Inspector must submit
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 129
an RC or develop a local work card, local page supplement or checklist IAW TO 00-5-1.
(T-1).
6.4.8. Establish procedures for QA Inspectors to document completed inspections. (T-1).
6.4.9. Perform inspections on GITA IAW Chapter 11 of this instruction. (T-1).
6.4.10. Construct and maintain a master standardized AFTO Form 781-series forms binder
IAW TO 00-20-1. (T-1).
6.4.11. Develop an aircrew briefing checklist specifically for high-speed taxi checks (see
Paragraph 6.14 of this instruction). (T-1).
6.4.12. Review MSEP data monthly to identify high-missed carded items from Personnel
Evaluations and Quality Verification Inspections (QVI). (T-1). A high-missed carded item is
defined as any work card item missed at least three times during a one-month period.
6.4.12.1. Coordinate with MMA to identify any relationships with repeat, recur and CND
trends. (T-1).
6.4.12.2. Include this data in the monthly MSEP summary. (T-1).
6.4.13. Conduct Evaluator Proficiency Evaluations on each inspector. (T-1).
6.4.13.1. Evaluators Proficiency Evaluation (EPEs) will be conducted while the Chief
Inspector assesses one Personnel Evaluation (PE) and one technical inspection
(QVI/Special Inspection (SI)). (T-1).
6.4.13.2. Each QA Inspector, permanent or augmentee, must pass both EPEs prior to
performing unsupervised evaluations and inspections. (T-1).
6.4.13.2. (ACC) QA augmentees require an annual EPE on either a PE or technical
inspection. (T-2).
6.4.14. Document QA Inspector training in the Training Business Area (TBA). (T-1).
6.5. Quality Assurance Inspector Responsibilities. QA Inspectors will:
6.5.1. Evaluate flightline and back shop maintenance tasks/inspections and MXO functions to
include items identified by the KTL/RIL. (T-1).
6.5.2. Enter inspection and evaluation reports into the LEAP QA database. (T-1).
6.5.3. Perform QA review of Dull Swords, TCTOs, OTIs, modification proposals, DRs, RCs,
instructions and supplements. (T-1).
6.5.4. Provide training/instruction as applicable to address deficiencies identified during
evaluations/inspections. (T-1).
6.5.5. Evaluate forms and MIS documentation to evaluate compliance IAW MXG written
procedures described in Chapter 2 of this instruction. (T-1).
6.5.6. Evaluate maintenance TO files that are kept on the aircraft (G files). (T-1).
6.6. Quality Assurance Inspector Training. As a minimum, the local QA Inspector Training
Plan will include the applicable items listed below to ensure QA program standardization. (T-1).
130 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
6.6.1. Training must cover inspection and evaluation techniques, documenting inspection
worksheets and actions to prevent injury to personnel or property/equipment damage. (T-1).
6.6.2. All EPEs must be tracked in the MIS and/or the LEAP QA database. (T-1). Note:
Additional requirements for Nuclear Weapons Certifying Officials are located in AFI 21-204.
6.6.3. QA Inspectors inspecting outside of their AFSC will be task qualified on a Work Center
Job Qualification Standard (WJQS) in TBA for the KTL requirements they evaluate. (T-1).
6.6.3.1. Chief Inspectors will identify other critical tasks requiring AF Form 797
qualification (QA WJQS) within TBA as required. (T-1).
6.6.3.2. For all other tasks, QA Inspectors must be familiar with the
requirements/procedures of tasks they evaluate. (T-1).
6.6.3.2.1. Cross Utilization Training for QA Inspector is not allowed for 2W1/2W0
maintenance tasks. Only 2W1/2W0 personnel will perform these inspections. (T-1).
6.6.3.2.1.1. QA inspectors evaluating Scheduling and Analysis functions must be
trained and qualified. (T-1). Note: See Paragraph 5.2.1.13. for additional
requirements.
6.6.4. All QA Inspectors will complete egress certification IAW Chapter 4 of this instruction
before evaluating egress tasks (if applicable). (T-1).
6.6.5. QA Inspectors may evaluate welding operations and processes. However, QA
Inspectors will not evaluate completed welds unless certified IAW TO 00-25-252. (T-1).
6.6.6. MAJCOMs will determine if QA personnel who conduct engine run evaluations are
required to maintain the engine run proficiency requirements outlined in Chapter 11 of this
instruction and document requirements in their supplement to this AFI. (T-2).
6.6.6. (ACC) QA personnel who conduct engine run evaluations are not required to maintain
engine run proficiency IAW Chapter 11.
6.6.7. Inspectors evaluating Low Observables (LO) maintenance must complete applicable
LO TD courses and be certified in core training tasks contained in Attachment 3 of the 2A7X5
CFETP. (T-1).
6.6.8. QA Inspectors must be trained on all associated safety requirements prior to performing
inspections on fuel systems or fuel systems repair facilities IAW TO 1-1-3. (T-1).
6.6.9. QA Inspectors evaluating NDI technicians during PEs must be a trained and qualified
2A7X2 (or civilian equivalent) on the method being evaluated. (T-1).
6.6.10. PMEL quality assurance program requirements are defined in AFMAN 21-113 and
TO 00-20-14.
6.6.10.1. PEs, QVIs and EPEs will only be performed by PMEL trained and qualified
2P0X1 personnel or equivalent. (T-1).
6.6.10.2. MSEP related inspection (PEs and QVIs) may be performed on other
logistics/maintenance actions within the PMEL to include, but not limited to, production
control, maintenance supply actions, and QA functions not associated with
calibration/certification tasks.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 131
6.6.11. (Added-ACC) Quality Assurance Augmentation. If a functional area does not
warrant a full- time position in QA, but specialized expertise is required, select qualified
technicians to perform augmentee duties. Each QA must maintain a listing of current
augmentees. (T-2). In coordination with the MOO/MX SUPT, the QA Superintendent
establishes augmentee duties. (T-2).
6.6.12. (Added-ACC) QA ICT inspectors will attend ICT academic training provided by
WS. (T- 2).
6.7. Maintenance Standardization and Evaluation Program (MSEP). The purpose of the
MSEP is to provide units with a method of evaluating technical compliance and measure how well
they comply with established standards.
6.7.1. Units will develop a MSEP and conduct local inspections to ensure their programs,
processes, maintenance technician proficiency, equipment condition and other focus areas are
in compliance with AF, MAJCOM and local directives. (T-1). The unit level MSEP is not
applicable to contract maintenance activities unless required by the contract SOW or PWS.
6.7.1.1. The MSEP will be developed in conjunction with inputs from assigned squadron
Operations Officers/Superintendents and Group Leadership and will be executed by QA.
(T-1).
6.7.1.2. The MXG/CC will focus the unit program on problem areas where improvements
are needed. (T-1).
6.7.1.3. The following types of evaluations, inspections and observations support the
MSEP: PEs, QVIs, SIs, Management Inspection (MI)s, Detected Safety Violation (DSV)s,
Technical Data Violation (TDV)s, Unsatisfactory Condition Report (UCR)s, and when
directed, other inspections.
6.7.1.3.1. These inspection terms may differ in the LEAP QA database however,
MAJCOMs must provide non-standard terms and definitions in their supplement to this
AFI when used.
6.7.1.3.2. Develop the monthly MSEP on the minimum personnel evaluations,
inspections or observation requirements as depicted in Air Force Manpower Standard
21QX Quality Assurance Attachment 3, Application Tool, located on the Air Force
Manpower Analysis Agency SharePoint site:
https://cs2.eis.af.mil/sites/11190/AFMDandAFMS/AFMS/Forms/FAC1stFAC2nd
.aspx.
6.7.2. Unit MSEP Focus Areas. QA shall assess how units are meeting compliance goals and
will identify areas of opportunity for improvement. (T-1). A unit’s MSEP will focus on:
6.7.2.1. Compliance with and currency of TOs and directives. (T-1).
6.7.2.1.1. Ensure personnel at all levels are responsible and accountable for enforcing
mandatory standards and ensuring all applicable TOs and directives are complete,
current and used.
6.7.2.2. Aircraft, systems and equipment forms documentation. (T-1).
132 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
6.7.2.2.1. Ensure forms used to document any maintenance related action for aircraft,
systems or equipment are documented IAW 00-20 series TOs, specific equipment TO
requirements, and other applicable directives and supplements. (T-1).
6.7.2.2.2. MSEP will validate compliance with the MXG’s or equivalents’ written
procedures to ensure aircraft/system forms, equipment forms and MIS documentation
are complete, accurate, and accomplished for each shift as referenced in Paragraph
2.4.53 of this instruction. (T-1).
6.7.2.3. Aircraft, Systems and Equipment Inspections. (T-1).
6.7.2.3.1. Ensure aircraft and equipment, including munitions, are inspected IAW TOs
and directives. (T-1).
6.7.2.4. Compliance and Management of Occupational Safety and Health, Environmental,
Bioenvironmental, Housekeeping, and FOD Programs. (T-1).
6.7.2.4.1. Personnel at all levels are responsible for minimizing risk to equipment,
personnel and the environment. (T-1).
6.7.2.5. Training. (T-1).
6.7.2.5.1. Verify training is correctly documented and ensure individuals are
qualified/certified to perform evaluated tasks. (T-1).
6.7.2.6. Unit-Directed Programs. (T-1).
6.7.2.6.1. Verify units’ programs are in compliance with local directives. (T-1).
6.7.2.7. Key Task List (KTL). (T-1). The KTL is an AF, MAJCOM or unit developed list
of required inspections that cover tasks that are complex and tasks affecting safety of flight.
6.7.2.7.1. MAJCOMs will identify minimum KTLs for each MDS.
6.7.2.7.1. (ACC) ACC KTLs are located on the HQ ACC QA SharePoint site:
https://usaf.dps.mil/teams/10679/SitePages/Home.aspx?RootFolder=%2Fteams
%2F10679%2FAFKN%5FDocs%2FACC%20LEAP%20Data&FolderCTID=0x
012000B93593353BACCF4BBAC102440DE68E50&View=%7B0130BABB%2D
5483%2D4C6B%2D83A6%2D2288B4FA4D6F%7D.
6.7.2.7.2. All maintenance actions/functions listed on the KTL require mandatory call-
in to QA each time the maintenance action/function is accomplished. (T-1).
6.7.2.7.2.1. QA evaluators will respond and perform an evaluation. (T-1).
6.7.2.7.2.1.1. The MXG/CC may waive the inspection or designate authorized
a representative(s) to waive the inspection.
6.7.2.7.2.1.2. QA will track all KTLs called in, waived or completed and
maintain a list of MXG-designated KTL waiver authorities. (T-1).
6.7.2.7.3. QA will review and update the KTL list at least every 2 years to ensure it
encompasses those maintenance actions/functions directly affecting quality of
maintenance. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 133
6.7.2.8. Routine Inspection List (RIL). (T-1). The RIL is an AF, MAJCOM, or unit
developed list of routine inspections that must be performed. Frequency is determined by
the MXG/CC or equivalent if not mandated by the MAJCOM. (T-1).
6.7.2.8. (ACC) RIL will be evaluated at least quarterly. (T-2). QA must review and
update the list at least annually. (T-2). Refer to Lead Command RIL for additional focus
items:
https://usaf.dps.mil/teams/10679/SitePages/Home.aspx?RootFolder=%2Fteams%2F
10679%2FAFKN%5FDocs%2FACC%20LEAP%20Data&FolderCTID=0x012000
B93593353BACCF4BBAC102440DE68E50&View=%7B0130BABB%2D5483%2D4
C6B%2D83A6%2D2288B4FA4D6F%7D.
6.7.2.8.1. QA shall consolidate Operations Officer/MX SUPT inputs and suggested
changes to the RIL and obtain MXG/CC approval. (T-1).
6.7.2.8.2. Additional RIL requirements, for nuclear capable units, are located in
AFMAN 21-200.
6.7.2.8.3. Tasks will not be removed from the RIL without issuing authorities’
approval (such as, AF, MAJCOM, MXG/CC). (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4. The RIL must contain the following if applicable to the unit:
6.7.2.8.4.1. Pre-flight. (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4.2. Thru-flight. (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4.3. Basic post-flight. (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4.4. HSC/HPO inspections. (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4.5. Aircraft forms/MIS documentation. (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4.6. Equipment forms/MIS documentation. (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4.7. Aircraft and munitions flightline accountability/accountable property
system of record (APSR). (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4.8. Aircraft ground handling. (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4.9. Launch and recovery. (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4.10. Servicing tasks. (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4.11. Technical data. (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4.12. CTK Program. (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4.13. TMDE calibrations when the performing work center is not a PMEL
IAW TO 00-20-14. (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4.14. AGE maintenance. (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4.15. AGE flightline use. (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4.16. Housekeeping. (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4.17. Vehicles. (T-1).
134 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
6.7.2.8.4.18. Aircraft washes/aircraft corrosion inspections. (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4.19. Supply discipline (example, TNB, DIFM management & coding). (T-
1).
6.7.2.8.4.20. Equipment washes/ equipment corrosion inspections. (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4.21. Environmental compliance. (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4.22. NWRM accountability and forms documentation. (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4.23. TCTO Program. (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4.24. Time-Change Program. (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4.25. FHP management. (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4.26. Maintenance Cyber Discipline. (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4.26.1. Upload and download of software and data. (T-1).
6.7.2.8.4.26.2. Malicious code detection and reporting. (T-1).
6.7.2.9. QA will coordinate with the Munitions Activity (Munitions Flight CC/SUPT; or
Operations Officer/MX SUPT in the MUNS) and will develop quarterly standards (such
as, number of inspections and frequency) for the following areas:
6.7.2.9.1. Munitions accountability. (T-1).
6.7.2.9.2. Munitions storage practices, security and safety. (T-1).
6.7.2.9.3. Munitions inspections. (T-1).
6.7.2.9.4. Munitions materiel handling and test equipment. (T-1).
6.7.2.9.5. Munitions stockpile management. (T-1).
6.7.2.9.6. Tactical missile reporting system. (T-1).
6.7.2.9.7. Munitions infrastructure (such as, adequacy of lightning protection and
grounding systems, bonding of facility doors, adequate power conversion equipment).
(T-1).
6.7.2.9.8. Munitions training programs. (T-1).
6.7.2.9.9. Maintenance Cyber Discipline. (T-1).
6.7.3. Unit MSEP Evaluation and Inspection (E&I) Plan. QA will develop an E&I Plan
specifying numbers of approved areas and types (PE, QVI, SI, MI) of inspections and
evaluations to complete during the month. Types of inspections must be separated and shall
not be combined (such as, PE/QVI). (T-1).
6.7.3.1. The E&I Plan, and changes to it, will be coordinated through each squadron
Operations Officer/MX SUPT and approved by the MXG/CC. (T-1).
6.7.3.2. The E&I Plan will be reviewed and updated monthly based on trends in the
maintenance complex and will be adjusted to meet the MXG/CC’s focus areas. (T-2).
6.7.3.3. When developing the E&I Plan, the QA SUPT will:
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 135
6.7.3.3.1. Address areas of concern identified by maintenance managers and the
WWM. (T-1).
6.7.3.3.2. Tailor the plan for each squadron, flight and section. (T-1).
6.7.3.3.3. Coordinate and distribute the E&I Plan. (T-1).
6.7.4. Evaluation Criteria.
6.7.4.1. Acceptable Quality Levels (AQL). AQLs denotes the maximum allowable
number of minor findings that a process or product may be charged for the task to be rated
“Pass” and are used to minimize subjectivity in assessing tasks identified by the MSEP.
6.7.4.1.1. MAJCOMs may develop standardized AQLs by weapon system and
establish procedures to review at least annually.
6.7.4.1.1. (ACC) ACC AQLs are located on the HQ ACC QA SharePoint site:
https://usaf.dps.mil/teams/10679/SitePages/Home.aspx?RootFolder=%2Fteams
%2F10679%2FAFKN%5FDocs%2FACC%20LEAP%20Data&FolderCTID=0x
012000B93593353BACCF4BBAC102440DE68E50&View=%7B0130BABB%2D
5483%2D4C6B%2D83A6%2D2288B4FA4D6F%7D. AQLs will not be adjusted
without HQ ACC/A4PM concurrence. (T-2).
6.7.4.1.2. MXG/CCs will establish AQLs for tasks/inspections not included on the
MAJCOM AQL listing. (T-2).
6.7.4.1.2.1. AQLs need to be derived/revised from QA performance-based data.
6.7.4.1.3. AQLs/baselines for nuclear maintenance, cruise missile maintenance and
nuclear weapons handling tasks are defined in AFMAN 21-200.
6.7.4.2. Discrepancy Categories.
6.7.4.2.1. Category I (CAT I). A required inspection/TO/AFI procedural item missed
or improperly completed. This category is a specific AFI requirement, work card item
or TO step, warning, caution, or note for a specific condition or action. Use sub-
classifications of major or minor to indicate the discrepancy’s relative severity.
6.7.4.2.2. Category II (CAT II). An obvious defect, which could have been readily
detected by a technician or supervisor, but is not a specific AFI requirement, work card
item or TO step, warning, caution, or note for that specific evaluated task. Use sub-
classification of major or minor to indicate the discrepancy’s relative severity.
6.7.4.2.2.1. (Added-ACC) Zonal observation items are CAT II. (T-2).
6.7.4.2.2.2. (Added-ACC) QA reviews CAT II major discrepancies quarterly to
determine if frequency of items identified warrants inclusion in technical orders.
(T-2). If so, QA submits technical orders changes IAW TO 00-5-1 or electronic
equivalent when using Integrated Management Information System
(IMIS)/Autonomic Logistics Information System (ALIS).
6.7.4.3. Findings.
136 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
6.7.4.3.1. A major finding is defined as a condition that may endanger personnel,
jeopardize equipment or system reliability, impact safety of flight or warrant
discontinuing the process or equipment operation.
6.7.4.3.2. Any major discrepancy will result in an automatic inspection failure. (T-1).
6.7.4.3.3. The QA Inspector will intercede and declare a major finding when one
additional action will result in one of the following; endanger personnel, jeopardize
equipment or system reliability, impact safety of flight or warrant discontinuing the
process or equipment operation. (T-1).
6.7.4.3.3.1. The QA Inspector will write up the major finding even though the
jeopardizing action was never taken due to their intercession. (T-1).
6.7.4.4. A minor finding is defined as an unsatisfactory condition that requires repair or
correction, but does not endanger personnel, impact safety of flight, jeopardize equipment
reliability or warrant discontinuing a process or equipment operation.
6.7.4.4.1. CAT II minors shall be documented for trends, but must not be counted
against the AQL. (T-1).
6.7.4.4.2. Soft FO contained in tool kits or found in cargo areas of aircraft which pose
no FOD threat are classified as a minor finding since it will require more than one
additional action to meet the definition of a major finding.
6.7.4.4.2. (ACC) This also includes FO contained in vehicles. (T-2).
6.7.5. Observations. This category represents observed events or conditions with safety
implications or technical violations not related to an evaluation or inspection, are considered
unsafe, in violation of established procedures, or in the case of equipment, unfit for operations.
Observations include: DSVs, TDVs and UCRs. The LEAP QA database is used to document
any of the following conditions:
6.7.5.1. DSV. An observed unsafe act by an individual.
6.7.5.1.1. The QA Inspector must stop the unsafe act immediately. (T-1).
6.7.5.1.2. The QA Inspector will not document a separate DSV on an individual
undergoing a PE since the unsafe act automatically results in a "Fail" rating on the PE.
(T-1).
6.7.5.1.2.1. The QA Inspector will use DSV verbiage in the PE summary when a
safety violation is committed during a PE. (T-1).
6.7.5.2. TDV. An observation of any person performing maintenance without the proper
technical data available, available but not in use or not following the correct sequence of
steps (if directed).
6.7.5.2.1. The technician must have knowledge of all general directives associated
with the job prior to performing the task. (T-1). However, those general directives need
not be present at the job site.
6.7.5.2.2. Do not document a separate TDV on an individual undergoing a PE, but use
TDV verbiage in the PE summary since failure to use technical data automatically
results in a "Fail" rating.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 137
6.7.5.3. UCR. An unsafe or unsatisfactory condition, other than a DSV, chargeable to the
work center supervisor.
6.7.5.3.1. UCRs will be documented even when it is not possible to determine who
created the condition. (T-1).
6.7.6. Evaluations. An evaluation represents the direct evaluation of a logistics action,
inspection, or training conducted/performed by an individual or team. Evaluations are used to
evaluate job proficiency, degree of training, and compliance with technical data or instructions.
6.7.6.1. PE. A PE is an over-the-shoulder (direct) evaluation of a maintenance action,
inspection, or internal MXG support process (such as, PS&D, Analysis, MOC). Individuals
performing, supervising or evaluating tasks are subject to a PE. PEs may be performed on
individuals working alone or as part of a team.
6.7.6.1.1. Rate PEs “Pass or Fail” based on established AQLs/standards. (T-1).
6.7.6.1.2. Document the PE in the LEAP QA database. (T-1).
6.7.6.1.3. PEs will be accomplished on all technicians who perform maintenance. (T-
1). MAJCOMs will “established” the frequency. (T-2).
6.7.6.1.3. (ACC) Ensure a PE is accomplished on all technicians that perform
maintenance to include MTS instructors who sign off tasks, not to exceed 12 months
from the time the individual performed their last PE (Note: 12 months for full-time
Guardsmen/Reservist and 36 months for Drill Status Guardsmen/Reservist). Do not
reset date upon PCS. If a new individual arrives from a base that didn’t track PEs,
accomplish PE within 6 months of arrival and every 12 months thereafter. (T-2).
6.7.6.1.4. Personnel in any AFSC certified to perform nuclear maintenance or logistics
operations (example, limited general maintenance, transfer, transport) will also comply
with applicable PE requirements in AFMAN 21-200. (T-1).
6.7.6.1.5. Types of PEs.
6.7.6.1.5.1. Individual Evaluations. This is a QA over-the-shoulder (direct)
evaluation of a technician or supervisor performing a job.
6.7.6.1.5.2. Team Evaluations. This is a QA over-the-shoulder (direct) evaluation
of technicians and supervisors performing a team task.
6.7.6.1.5.2.1. A team task is one requiring more than one person to complete
the task (for example, refueling, ECM pod up/down loading, bomb build-up,
towing, weapons maintenance, pylon installation).
6.7.6.1.5.2.2. Team evaluations must accurately assess the proficiency of each
individual under evaluation. (T-1).
6.7.6.1.5.2.3. Refer to AFMAN 21-200 for nuclear weapons maintenance and
handling evaluations.
6.7.6.1.5.2.4. (Added-ACC) Errors committed by the team member(s) and
not detected by the team chief will also be attributed to the team chief. Team
evaluations are rated the same as PEs. (T-2).
138 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
6.7.6.1.6. QA Inspectors will conduct PE’s on each NDI technician, for each NDI
method annually (every 2 years for the ARC) to ensure effective trending on NDI
methods. (T-1).
6.7.6.2. Performing a PE. When performing a PE, the QA Inspector will brief the
individual or team on the evaluation and how it will be rated. (T-1).
6.7.6.2.1. The QA inspector will determine what task will be evaluated. (T-1).
6.7.6.2.2. The PE will include an evaluation of: the individual’s training records, SCR
(if task requires), tools, equipment, TMDE (use/impact of certification label limitation
on maintenance being performed), and TOs used to perform the task. (T-1).
6.7.6.2.3. The evaluation starts when the individual or team begins the task, or portion
of the task to be evaluated, and is completed when the task or previously determined
portion of the task is finished. (T-1).
6.7.6.2.4. Provide feedback to the individual or team and supervision upon completion.
(T-1).
6.7.6.3. Rating PEs. QA Inspectors rate each evaluation based on AQLs/standards. The
rating applies only to the specific task evaluated and not to other tasks that a technician or
supervisor is qualified to perform. Upon completion of a failed evaluation, the QA
Inspector must provide on-the-spot feedback. (T-1). Determine ratings as follows:
6.7.6.3.1. Pass: Number of discrepancies does not exceed AQL/standards.
6.7.6.3.2. Fail: An evaluation that results in any of the following:
6.7.6.3.2.1. Number of discrepancies exceeds the established AQL/standards.
6.7.6.3.2.2. A technician fails to detect a major discrepancy while complying with
an inspection or TO requirement.
6.7.6.3.2.3. A technician fails to comply with a technical data step that could affect
the performance of the equipment involved or cause injury to personnel.
6.7.6.3.2.3.1. QA Inspectors will notify individuals immediately during the PE
that a TDV was committed. (T-1).
6.7.6.3.2.3.2. Do not document a separate TDV on an individual undergoing a
PE, since failure to use technical data automatically results in a “Fail” rating.
6.7.6.3.2.4. A technician demonstrates a lack of technical proficiency, system
knowledge or demonstrated knowledge commensurate with skill grade.
6.7.6.3.2.5. Training and certification not documented.
6.7.6.3.2.6. A technician commits a safety violation.
6.7.6.3.2.6.1. Use the word “Safety” when a safety violation is committed
during a PE.
6.7.6.3.2.6.2. Do not document a separate DSV on an individual undergoing a
PE since the unsafe act automatically results in a “Fail” rating on the PE.
6.7.6.3.2.7. A technician fails to document maintenance actions in appropriate
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 139
equipment records.
6.7.6.3.2.8. For nuclear weapons maintenance, an unsatisfactory rating must be
given when any deficiencies or applicable unsatisfactory conditions exist IAW
AFMAN 21-200. (T-1).
6.7.7. Inspections: An inspection represents inspections of equipment, programs and
processes to ensure compliance with established standards. Inspections are rated as “Pass” or
“Fail”. Inspections include:
6.7.7.1. QVIs. A QVI is an inspection of equipment condition, or a maintenance process,
an assessment following a maintenance inspection, servicing or repair action, or
verification that a technician or supervisor properly completed an inspection or repair
action.
6.7.7.1.1. QVIs shall not be conducted after equipment operation when such operation
could invalidate indications of proper job accomplishment.
6.7.7.1.2. Limit QVIs to the same inspection card deck or technical data required for
the job. This inspection does not require disassembling parts, removing stress panels
or like actions.
6.7.7.1.3. A QVI required for -6 TO inspections may be accomplished by checking a
portion of the required card or area.
6.7.7.1.4. The QVI report should reflect deficiencies by the individual who
accomplished the task and identify specific discrepancies.
6.7.7.1.5. Document these discrepancies in active equipment records and forms, for
example AFTO Form 781A, AFTO Form 244, Industrial/Support Equipment Record.
6.7.7.1.6. Rate QVIs “Pass” or “Fail” by comparing the number of discrepancies with
the established AQLs/standards.
6.7.7.1.6.1. Pass: Number of discrepancies does not exceed established
AQL/standard.
6.7.7.1.6.2. Fail: An inspection that results in any of the following:
6.7.7.1.6.2.1. A technician fails to detect a major discrepancy while complying
with an inspection or TO requirement.
6.7.7.1.6.2.2. Number of CAT I minor discrepancies exceeds the established
AQL/standard.
6.7.7.1.6.2.3. A technician is not signed off in training records as task qualified.
6.7.7.1.6.3. Document the QVI in the LEAP QA database.
6.7.7.1.6.3.1. Each QVI is chargeable to the technician or supervisor who
signed off/cleared the “corrected by” block or “inspected by” block of the
applicable maintenance form or equipment record.
6.7.7.1.6.3.2. When evaluating the technician who signed off the “inspected
by” block, evaluate only the items normally verified by signing off the “Red-
X”.
140 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
6.7.7.1.6.3.3. Only one evaluation is scored for each inspection.
6.7.7.2. Management Inspection (MI). Perform these inspections to follow-up on trends,
conduct investigations or conduct research to get to the root cause of problems. MXG/CCs,
SQ/CCs or work center supervisors may request MIs. MIs may encompass PE/QVI trends
and other inspection data, NMC causes, aborts and trends, IFE trends, high component or
system failure rates, suspected training deficiencies, and tasks outlined in aircraft -6 TOs.
MI results are reported to the requester. MIs can be non-rated and may be counted in QA
trends. The LEAP QA database will be used to document MIs. (T-1).
6.7.7.3. Special Inspections (SIs) are inspections not covered by QVIs, PEs or MIs. SIs
may include, but are not limited to, aircraft and equipment forms inspections, document
file inspections, CTKs, TO files, vehicle inspections, housekeeping, safety practices, FOD
Program, SIs may be condition, procedural or compliance oriented.
6.7.7.3.1. The LEAP QA database will be used to document special inspections. (T-
1).
6.7.7.3.2. SIs will be rated as “Pass” or “Fail” based on established AQLs/standards.
6.7.8. Discrepancy Reporting. Report all discrepancies to the applicable work centers. (T-2).
6.7.8.1. QA will provide an authoritative, validated source reference for all reported
discrepancies (such as, work cards, job guides, WUC manuals, checklists, occupational
safety requirements, TOs, and other applicable references). (T-1).
6.7.9. Units will grade their MSEP evaluations using objective ratings based on the following
five-tier rating system:
6.7.9.1. Outstanding: 95-100% (T-1).
6.7.9.2. Excellent: 90-94.99% (T-1).
6.7.9.3. Satisfactory: 80-89.99% (T-1).
6.7.9.4. Marginal: 70-79.99% (T-1).
6.7.9.5. Unsatisfactory: 0-69.99% (T-1).
6.7.9.6. Inspections and evaluations performed (such as, PE, SI, QVI) are rated
“Pass/Fail”. Exception: Unless otherwise directed by AFMAN 21-200 and AFI 21-204 for
Nuclear Weapons PEs and Certification Program.
6.7.9.7. Ratings are calculated by dividing the total number of inspections passed by total
completed. For example, QA inspects 10 aircraft preflights with the following results: 9
“passes” and 1 “failure”. Divide the total “passes” by the total inspections (9/10=0.90) 90
percent for an “Excellent” rating.
6.7.9.7.1. Deduct 0.5 percentage points from overall percentage grade for each TDV,
DSV, and UCR. For example, a squadron earns an overall rating of 90 percent,
“Excellent”, however, QA observed 4 TDVs and 3 DSVs. Multiply the sum (7) by 0.5
and subtract the product (3.5) from the original 90 percent. The adjusted total is 86.5
percent; therefore, the squadron is rated “Satisfactory”.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 141
6.7.10. A cumulative MXG score will be determined by dividing the Group’s total number of
inspections and evaluations passed by the total inspections and evaluations completed. (T-1).
6.7.10.1. Deduct 0.5 percentage points for each TDV, DSV, and UCR from the overall
percentage grade, using same formula in Paragraph 6.7.9.7.1 of this instruction.
6.7.11. Monthly Summary. QA shall publish and distribute the monthly summary to the
MXG/CC or equivalent and inspected organizations. (T-1).
6.7.11.1. For security purposes, classified portions of the MSEP will be published
separately from the main summary. (T-1).
6.7.11.2. QA will compile the summary from inspection data and attach the load crew
evaluation statistics provided by WS. (T-2).
6.7.11.3. The MSEP summary should include visual information, graphs, narratives,
quality trends identified through inspections and evaluations, discussion of common
problem areas and descriptions of successful programs or initiatives.
6.7.11.4. The following areas must be addressed in the summary:
6.7.11.4.1. Compliance with and currency of TOs and directives to include unit. (T-
1).
6.7.11.4.2. Aircraft and equipment forms documentation. (T-1).
6.7.11.4.3. Compliance and management of Safety, Environmental, Housekeeping,
cyber discipline/Hygiene and FOD Programs. (T-1).
6.7.11.4.4. Training Program. (T-1).
6.7.11.4.5. Key Task List (KTL). (T-1).
6.7.11.4.6. Routine Inspection List (RIL). (T-1).
6.7.11.4.7. TDVs, DSVs, and UCRs. (T-1).
6.7.11.4.8. Munitions Program. (T-1).
6.7.11.4.9. TMDE PMEL Activity Summary (if TMDE lab assigned). (T-1).
6.7.11.4.10. High-missed carded items. (T-1).
6.7.11.4.10.1. A high-missed carded item is defined as any work card item missed
at least three times during a one-month period.
6.7.11.4.10.2. Units should use the high-missed carded items to enhance
maintenance training programs, detect trends and improve the quality of
maintenance.
6.7.11.4.10.3. MMA will review items to identify any relationships with repeat,
recur and CND trends. (T-1).
6.7.11.4.11. Narrative Report: The monthly narrative report must contain an analysis
of the MSEP results, a summary of significant CAT I and II discrepancies, technical
inspections and recommendations for improvement. (T-1).
6.7.11.4.11.1. Prior to preparing the narrative report, QA will conduct a study of
142 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
trends. (T-1).
6.7.11.4.12. Trend Analysis. QA will review previous reports to determine if inspected
areas have improved or declined. (T-1).
6.7.11.4.12.1. Consistent high scores in any category may indicate the programs
emphasis is not focused on the unit’s actual problem areas. Low scoring areas may
require a reassessment of the corrective actions taken by management. Continuous
communication between MMA, unit leadership, maintenance supervision, and QA
personnel is essential.
6.7.11.4.12.2. Highlight trends and root causes in the summary.
6.7.12. MSEP Meetings. The MXG or equivalent will conduct quarterly meetings to review a
summary of the last three months of MSEP data. (T-1).
6.7.12.1. The MXG/CC or equivalent shall chair the meeting. (T-1).
6.7.12.2. Attendees must include, as a minimum, SQ/CCs, Operations Officers/MX
SUPTs, WWMs, Chief Inspector, senior analysts, or their designated representative. (T-1).
6.7.12.2. (ACC) MTS Chief will attend the quarterly MSEP meetings. (T-2).
6.8. LEAP QA Database. Units will use the LEAP QA database to capture MSEP data. (T-1).
The LEAP User’s Manual provides information on registration, site management, and
evaluation/inspection input and can be foundat:
https://amclg.csd.disa.mil/mi/LEAPQA/Account/Login.aspx?ReturnUrl=%2fmi%2fLEAP
QA%2fDefault.aspx.
6.8.1. LEAP QA Database Roles and Responsibilities. Roles in LEAP are assigned based on
each user’s authorized level of control needed. The roles themselves operate in a hierarchical
manner with each successively higher role possessing all of the rights of the subordinate roles.
Only one role will be assigned to a LEAP user at any given time.
6.8.1.1. Application Administrator. This role is limited to Defense Information System
Administration (DISA) programming staff and Program Management Office (PMO)
personnel only. They perform Department of the AF-wide database management and
modification. LEAP Application Administrator will:
6.8.1.1.1. Host a quarterly (virtual) Functional Review Board (FRB) and an annual
(Physical or Virtual) Functional Review Board. (T-1).
6.8.1.1.1.1. Attendees shall include: DISA Programming staff, PMO, AF/A4LM
LEAP representative, Functional Administrators, and when possible, Site
Managers. (T-1).
6.8.1.2. Provide initial training to Functional Administrators and Site Managers as
necessary. (T-1).
6.8.1.3. Update the LEAP User’s Manual as necessary. (T-1).
6.8.1.4. Provide a monthly status of all System Change Requests (SCRs). (T-1).
6.8.2. Functional Administrator. LEAP Functional Administrators provide overall database
management and typically operate at the MAJCOM level. Usually assigned to a MAJCOM’s
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 143
policy section, they ensure proper use and alignment of the database with current policy
guidelines. They also operate as the primary focal point for all LEAP-related issues within
their MAJCOM and coordinate directly with the LEAP PMO. LEAP Functional
Administrators will:
6.8.2.1. Manage access to LEAP either directly or through local site offices that have the
capability for delegation for Site Managers only, for example, G081 Manager on site. (T-
1).
6.8.2.2. Develop and assign LEAP Finding Codes IAW MAJCOM directives. (T-1).
6.8.2.2. (ACC) ACC LEAP Finding Codes are located on the HQ ACC QA SharePoint
site:
https://usaf.dps.mil/teams/10679/SitePages/Home.aspx?RootFolder=%2Fteams%2F
10679%2FAFKN%5FDocs%2FACC%20LEAP%20Data&FolderCTID=0x012000
B93593353BACCF4BBAC102440DE68E50&View=%7B0130BABB%2D5483%2D4
C6B%2D83A6%2D2288B4FA4D6F%7D.
6.8.2.3. Create, modify, and manage sites within the LEAP Database for their MAJCOM.
(T-1).
6.8.2.4. Transcribe and manage Command Task Lists (CTL) in LEAP IAW MAJCOM
directives (example, RILs).
6.8.2.5. Assist local Site Managers with day-to-day operations in LEAP to include
troubleshooting and reporting SCRs to the PMO. (T-1).
6.8.3. Site Manager. LEAP Site Managers provide local oversight for their respective Group
(or equivalent). Possessing “base level” control, they are able to approve and modify LEAP
Users and assign roles up to and including other Site Managers. While there is no limitation to
how many Site Managers can be assigned per site, the level of control available should warrant
assignment based on appropriate rank/position (typically, QA Superintendent and Chief
Inspector). LEAP Site Managers will:
6.8.3.1. Manage access to LEAP by coordinating new user documentation with their
assigned G081 Manager and approving accounts in LEAP after user registration. (T-1).
6.8.3.2. Modify user accounts according to need. (T-1).
6.8.3.3. Ensure LEAP users are deactivated or downgraded in LEAP when out-processing
the QA office. (T-1).
6.8.3.4. Create Flights and Sections in LEAP to which evaluations will be assigned. (T-
1).
6.8.3.5. Assign RILs (Command Task Lists/Site Task Lists) within the LEAP application
to Organizational Sites in order to facilitate entry of the MXG’s Evaluation and Inspection
Plan. (T-1).
6.8.3.6. Build and manage the E&I Plan (if used) in LEAP and ensure it incorporates all
MAJCOM specific requirements. (T-1).
144 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
6.8.4. Read-Only Guest. LEAP Read-Only Guests are intended to be supervisory personnel
and unit leadership who require regular access to LEAP Reports and Evaluation
documentation.
6.9. QA Product Improvement Programs (PIP). QA runs PIP for the maintenance complex.
Combined with daily maintenance data reporting, the PIP monitors and reviews maintenance data
to identify opportunities to improve aircraft and equipment. PIP includes the following programs:
6.9.1. DR Reporting.
6.9.2. TO RC requests.
6.9.3. SMR code change request(s).
6.9.4. Configuration Management (CM) and Modification Management Program; AF Form
1067, Modification Proposal; and TCTOs.
6.9.4.1. QA is responsible for CM and Modification Management. This includes
reviewing, submitting and tracking unit modification proposals being worked by
MAJCOMs/Lead Commands and ensuring proper implementation of approved
modification instructions or TCTOs.
6.9.4.2. QA will manage/document modifications IAW Chapter 14 of this instruction,
AFI 63-101/20-101, TO 00-20-2 and TO 00-5-15. (T-1).
6.9.4.3. QA will establish a process for updating the weapon systems MIS that require
manual updates for TCTO configuration. (T-1).
6.9.5. Product Improvement Manager (PIM). The MXG/CC or equivalent will assign a PIM
within their organization with responsibilities as specified in this Chapter. (T-1). The PIM
promotes deficiency reporting and provides a sound PIP based on inputs from maintenance
activities. The PIM interacts with assigned AFETS personnel, FSR and MAJCOM/Lead
Command as applicable to remain cognizant of ongoing and new improvement initiatives. The
PIM emphasizes and promotes product improvement initiatives and ensures maintenance
personnel are familiar with them by circulating flyers/newsletters, visiting commander’s calls,
presenting the program at maintenance orientation briefings and making routine visits to
maintenance areas.
6.9.5.1. Deficiency Reporting. DR is the process of reporting prescribed by TO 00-35D-
54. Maintenance processing of warranty items is located in TO 00-20-3. The PIM’s will:
6.9.5.1.1. Monitor the DR process to ensure items are properly loaded in the MIS
database. (T-1).
6.9.5.1.2. Ensure compliance with acceptance inspection reporting requirements on
DRs for aircraft returning from depot or contractor maintenance. (T-1).
6.9.5.1.3. Ensure DRs are submitted using Joint Deficiency Reporting System (JDRS)
at https://jdrs.mil. (T-1).
6.9.5.1.4. Review the DR prior to releasing to the ALC or AFMC Maintenance Wings
IAW TO 00-35D-54. (T-1).
6.9.5.1.5. Verify each report against pertinent publications and assign the appropriate
precedence and category. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 145
6.9.5.1.6. Screen reported deficiencies for possible unit-unique contributing factors
and initiate management action on unsatisfactory conditions resulting from local
procedures or a lack of technical capability. (T-1).
6.9.5.1.7. Perform/coordinate a technical review of DRs returned to the unit without
an adequate response to determine whether resubmitting with additional information is
warranted. (T-1).
6.9.5.1.8. Perform exhibit-processing oversight by coordinating with the ALC and the
LRS to ensure proper exhibit control and handling. (T-1).
6.9.5.2. RC Process. The PIM will review and route RCs IAW TO 00-5-1. (T-1).
6.9.5.3. SMR code change request. Submit an SMR code change request IAW TO. 00-25-
195, AF Technical Order System Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability Coding of Air
Force Weapons, Systems, and Equipment. The PIM will:
6.9.5.3.1. Track the status of SMR change requests. (T-1).
6.9.5.3.2. Conduct a technical review of SMR change requests returned from depots
and item managers with an unsatisfactory answer to determine whether to resubmit
with additional information. (T-1).
6.9.5.3.3. Coordinate repair evaluation meetings when approved SMR change requests
affect several agencies. (T-1). Ensure units with active AFREP coordinate SMR code
changes through the PIM prior to submission to the MAJCOM AFREP Manager. (T-
1).
6.9.5.3.4. Serve as focal point for base-level repair and manufacturing capability. (T-
1).
6.9.5.4. (Added-ACC) The Air Force Airmen Powered by Innovation. The PIM
processes and monitors maintenance related suggestions according to AFI 38-402, Airmen
Powered By Innovation and Suggestion Program. (T-2).
6.10. Technical Order Distribution Office (TODO). The TODO ensures TOs and CPINS are
managed IAW AFI 63-101/20-101, TO 00-5-1, TO 00-5-15 and TO 00-5-16. TO 00-5-1 provides
criteria for establishing levels of TO distribution activities. Additionally, TODOs shall control
electronic technical data configuration IAW Chapter 8 of this instruction. (T-1). Establish the
PMEL TODO under the control of the TMDE Flight. (T-1). The TODO will:
6.10. (ACC) Technical Order Distribution Office (TODO). MXG/CCs will determine which
organization will manage the 11N-series technical data. (T-2).
6.10.1. Coordinate with QA SME for each incoming TCTO to determine applicability. (T-1).
6.10.1.1. All TCTOs received from outside agencies need to be routed through QA for the
review process.
6.10.1.2. TCTO applicability is determined by aircraft serial number for aircraft, engine
serial number for engines, and by part number or other specific criteria for commodities.
6.10.1.3. TCTOs need to be manually or electronically date stamped to reflect the date the
electronic or hard copy is received.
146 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
6.10.1.3.1. Date stamping all TCTOs with the date received indicates QA has reviewed
the TCTO and that applicability has been determined.
6.10.1.3.2. TCTO electronic date stamping can be accomplished by either (1) utilizing
a locally-developed spreadsheet containing the minimum following information:
TCTO number, MDS, receiving TODO name, applicability determination and the date
received, all of which must be associated with the corresponding TCTO or (2) inserting
the receipt date on the TCTO utilizing the Adobe Tools feature. For either option, the
date received will be entered by the QA TODO responsible for tracking TCTOs. (T-1).
6.10.1.3.2.1. If used, the TCTO tracking spreadsheet or Adobe-inserted date
stamped TCTOs will be electronically secured and controlled by the receiving QA
office. (T-1).
6.10.1.3.3. Only date-stamped TCTOs are authorized for use. (T-1).
6.10.1.4. Post TCTO file copies IAW TO 00-5-1. (T-1).
6.10.1.4.1. TCTO file copies may be posted and distributed in electronic format
provide all requirements of TO 00-5-1 and AFMAN 33-363 are sustained. Electronic
TCTO distribution is automated for ETIMS/IETM.
6.10.1.5. For hard copy TCTOs, provide a file copy of the TCTO to PS&D. (T-1).
6.10.1.6. Ensure personnel assigned as TODO/Technical Order Distribution Account
(TODA) managers meet requirements set forth in TO 00-5-1 and AFI 63-101/20-101. (T-
1).
6.10.2. Manage the QA Central TO File. (T-1).
6.10.2.1. As a minimum, the QA Central TO File must contain copies of general and
procedural TOs and copies of all TCTOs pertaining to the assigned aircraft and equipment
owned, operated or maintained. (Paper copies for paper TOs or local access for digital TOs)
(T-1).
6.10.2.2. The file is kept to meet QA requirements, not to duplicate TOs held by
maintenance work centers.
6.10.3. Manage TO accounts using ETIMS IAW TO 00-5-1. (T-1).
6.10.4. Limit use of Local Work Cards, Local Job Guides, Local Page Supplements or Local
Checklists to accomplish maintenance on AF equipment. (T-1). Locally prepared technical
instructions will not be used to circumvent approved technical data (see TO 00-5-1). (T-1).
6.10.4.1. The TODO will review and manage all locally developed products IAW TO 00-
5-1 and MAJCOM supplements for safety and adequacy of procedures. (T-1).
6.10.4.2. Local Work Cards, Local Job Guides, Local Page Supplements and Local
Checklists need to be reviewed for currency when source reference data changes.
6.10.4.3. TODO will develop local publications IAW AFI 33-360 to ensure compliance
with these policies. (T-1).
6.10.5. Prepare a list of all changes and revisions to indexes, TOs, inspection work cards and
checklists. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 147
6.10.5.1. This list will include TO number and date received. (T-1).
6.10.5.2. The TODO will date stamp the cover page of all paper TOs, changes,
supplements, Local Work Cards, Local Job Guides, Local Checklists and CPINS to reflect
the date the hard copy is received. (T-1).
6.10.5.2.1. This list will be included in the wing’s weekly maintenance plan and flying
schedule or electronically linked. (T-1).
6.10.5.2.2. Supervisors need to review the list of changes and ensure all personnel are
aware a change or revision has been received.
6.10.5.3. “Immediate” action TCTOs must be implemented upon receipt, and “Urgent
Action” TCTOs, safety supplements and interim supplements must be brought to the
attention of local maintenance supervision within 24 hours of receipt. (T-1). Note:
Communication of a grounding, or potential grounding event (TCTO, OTI, PM event) to
weapon systems operating in a deployed environment and/or under the authority of an
operational command must follow the grounding procedures outlined in AFI 11-401, and
63-101/20-101. Units will not directly communicate home station requirements to its
deployed forces but provide communication through their respective MAJCOM. (T-1).
6.10.6. Ensure all authorized technical data variances are kept with aircraft and equipment
historical records IAW Chapter 14 of this instruction. (T-1).
6.10.7. If designated as Lead TODO (primary as designated in block 5 of the AFTO Form 43
per TO 00-5-1), will conduct a management inspection on other maintenance TODOs/TODAs
in the maintenance complex at least annually along with performing spot checks of TO files.
(T-1).
6.10.7.1. As part of this inspection, the TODO will confirm TODO/TODA personnel and
Library Custodian have completed the mandatory minimum requirements of TO System
training. (T-1).
6.10.7.2. The Lead TODO(s) will coordinate with other TODOs and TODAs, and local
Client Support Administrators, Functional Systems Administrators, and applicable
functional OPRs to ensure eTools are configured with current and only authorized software
to support TO and maintenance documentation. (T-1). Note: Coordination with the local
Communications Squadron to verify network configuration requirements for eTools are
available and sustained to meet the requirements listed in TO 31S5-4-ETOOL-1-WA-1.
Additional user support available through the Air Force Technical Order Functional
Support Team, [email protected] or DSN 872-9300.
6.10.8. Control the electronic data configuration on applicable eTools IAW Chapter 8 of this
instruction. (T-1).
6.10.8.1. TODO/ Functional Systems Administrators will develop local procedures to
quarantine eTools and eTool update history in the event of a mishap. (T-1).
6.10.9. Maintain records of ETIMS IAW TO 00-5-1. (T-1).
6.10.9.1. TODOs shall set up software sub-accounts with each appropriate shop/section
and ensure each shop/section has the most current software on hand. (T-1).
148 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
6.10.9.2. TODOs will include ETIMS or equivalent system in the routine and annual
checks required by TO 00-5-1. (T-1).
6.11. One-Time Inspections (OTI) program. The OTI program is managed by the MXG IAW
TO 00-20-1. OTIs are normally look-only actions to verify the existence of suspected equipment
conditions or malfunctions.
6.12. Functional Check Flights (FCFs) to include Operational Check Flights (OCFs).
6.12.1. Check Flights are performed to ensure an aircraft is airworthy and/or capable of
accomplishing its mission. Additional guidance may be found in AFI 11-401, AFI 11-202 V3,
General Flight Rules; AFI 13-201, AF Airspace Management; TO 1-1-300, Maintenance
Operational Checks and Check Flights; TO 00-20-1; and applicable -6 TOs and -1 Flight
Manuals.
6.12.1.1. OCF shall be kept to a minimum and are not used to replace TO 1-1-300,
Maintenance Operational Checks and Check Flights or MDS specific -6 TO Functional
Check Flight (FCF) requirements. OCFs must be flown by experienced aircrews (not
required to be an FCF qualified aircrew), must be briefed by QA for aircraft condition, and
accomplished following the same maintenance criteria as FCFs. (T-1).
6.12.2. The QA FCF Program Manager will:
6.12.2.1. Establish local FCF procedures IAW TO 1-1-300 and checklists for any specific
local aircraft requirements to include configuration, administration, control, and
documentation of the FCF Program. (T-1).
6.12.2.1.1. Coordinate these procedures with OG Standardization/Evaluation and
publish them in a wing publication/supplement IAW AFI 33-360. (T-1).
6.12.2.2. Coordinate with the appropriate squadron for an FCF pilot/aircrew and provide
squadron operations with the aircraft tail number, reason for the FCF and anticipated
takeoff time. (T-1).
6.12.2.3. Maintain an information file for briefing aircrews. (T-1).
6.12.2.3.1. As a minimum, this file must contain unit directives concerning FCF
procedures and an FCF checklist for each MDS assigned. (T-1).
6.12.2.4. An FCF checklist will be used for each FCF. (T-1).
6.12.2.5. Ensure all FCFs are debriefed with the appropriate debrief function. (T-1).
6.12.2.5.1. During debriefing, the FCF checklist and aircraft forms will be reviewed to
determine if all requirements have been accomplished. (T-1).
6.12.2.5.2. After completing the review, the FCF checklist will be sent to PS&D for
inclusion in the aircraft jacket file. (T-1).
6.12.2.5.2. (ACC) If PS&D is decentralized, provide checklist to the appropriate
AMU PS&D. (T-2).
6.12.2.6. Maintain a copy of the AF Form 2400, Functional Check Flight Log, or
equivalent automated product for deficiency and trend analysis. (T-1).
6.12.3. FCF-qualified QA Inspectors will:
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 149
6.12.3.1. Ensure the FCF aircrew is briefed on the purpose and extent of the flight,
previous maintenance problems and discrepancies recorded on the aircraft or engines
related to the FCF. (T-1).
6.12.3.2. Ensure aircraft W&B documents are reviewed. (T-1).
6.12.3.3. Ensure AF Form 2400 or an equivalent automated product is maintained to
provide information for evaluation and analysis. (T-1).
6.12.3.3.1. Include the date and time of the FCF, aircraft serial number, reason for
FCF, name of debriefer and name of aircraft commander. (T-1).
6.12.3.3.2. The AF Form 2400 or equivalent automated product will also indicate if
the aircraft was released for flight, reasons for any non-release, action taken and date
completed and the date maintenance documents were forwarded to PS&D or records
section. (T-1).
6.12.3.4. Ensure all maintenance actions are completed and all AFTO Form 781-series
forms are documented IAW MDS specific -6 TO and TO 00-20-1 or electronic equivalent.
(T-1).
6.12.3.5. All maintenance actions on transient aircraft requiring FCF must be reviewed by
QA prior to FCF. (T-1).
6.12.3.5.1. If the aircraft MDS/type is not assigned at the transient base, then the
owning unit must provide a qualified FCF pilot/crew and maintenance as required. (T-
1).
6.12.4. Flight Requirements. The mandatory requirements for FCF are outlined in TO 1-1-300
and the applicable -6 TO. FCF profiles are determined by the maintenance requirement causing
the FCF. The decision to fly a full profile FCF is the decision of the MXG/CC. The FCF profile
will be tailored for the discrepancy causing the FCF by applying the following guidance:
6.12.4.1. Require a clean configuration whenever FCFs are flown for flight controls, fuel
controls or engine changes. (T-1).
6.12.4.2. Do not remove fixed wing pylons, fixed wing tip tanks and fixed external stores
unless they interfere with fuel scheduling, aerodynamic reaction, air loading, signal
propagation. (T-1).
6.12.4.3. Do not fly FCFs in conjunction with other missions or training requirements,
unless authorized in TO 1-1-300. (T-1).
6.12.5. FCF Release. An FCF release occurs upon the successful completion of all
requirements as determined by the FCF aircrew. The final decision to release rests solely with
the aircraft commander. An aircraft may be released for flight if a malfunction occurs during
an FCF, which is not related to the condition generating the FCF and the original condition
checks good.
6.12.5.1. An FCF conditional release may occur when the aircraft does not successfully
complete FCF requirements due to a specific system malfunction. The FCF aircrew, in
coordination with maintenance, determines a FCF conditional release if the malfunction
may be corrected without generating another FCF. If upon review of the corrective action,
150 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
the FCF aircrew accepts the maintenance action as a satisfactory repair of the malfunction,
they may release the aircraft from FCF.
6.12.6. MAJCOMs will determine the process and level of command that will issue
instructions for FCF procedures away from home station in their supplements to this AFI.
6.12.6. (ACC) Coordinate required FCF through off-station transient alert and off-station QA
sections. If none exist, owning MXG/CC and owning OG/CC will issue guidance directly to
aircraft commander and off-station maintenance personnel. (T-2).
6.13. Inflight Operational Checks. Inflight operational checks (as applicable) will be
accomplished IAW TO 1-1-300, TO 00-20-1 and applicable -6 and -1 TOs. (T-1).
6.13.1. Document inflight operational checks IAW TO 00-20-1.
6.14. High Speed Taxi Checks. The MXG/CC and OG/CC may authorize high speed taxi
checks when a maintenance ground operational check requires aircraft movement at higher than
normal taxi speeds (with qualified FCF aircrews) to operationally check completed maintenance.
6.14.1. High speed taxi checks (as applicable) will be accomplished IAW TO 1-1-300 instead
of FCFs. (T-1).
6.14.1.1. Process aircraft forms through QA using FCF procedures. (T-1).
6.14.1.2. QA will develop an aircrew briefing checklist specifically for high speed taxi
checks, to include the required FCF briefing items and pertinent warnings, cautions. (T-1).
6.14.2. Configure aircraft with the minimum -1 operational fuel requirements. (T-1).
6.14.3. Ensure aircraft is prepared for flight and the Exceptional/Conditional Release is signed
off prior to conducting high speed taxi checks. (T-1).
6.15. Weight and Balance (W&B) Program. QA will maintain the W&B Program IAW TO 1-
1B-50, Basic Technical Order for USAF Aircraft Weight and Balance. (T-1).
6.15. (ACC) Weight and Balance (W&B) Program. The W&B program NCOIC/Manager
will attend an in-resident W&B course. (T-2). MXG/CC is the approval authority to waive the
J3AZR2AXXX 0W1A Weight and Balance Practical Course for weight and balance technicians.
(T-2).
6.15.1. W&B manuals for Class I and II aircraft are maintained in a central file. (T-1).
6.15.1.1. The Lead Command will standardize the method of supplemental handbook
storage and physical location for like-MDS aircraft. (T-2).
6.15.2. QA will manage W&B on commercial derivative aircraft IAW Chapter 6 of this
instruction. (T-1). Note: The contractor is responsible for managing W&B programs on
contract logistics supported aircraft.
6.15.3. The W&B Program Manager will ensure:
6.15.3.1. Sufficient personnel are qualified on assigned aircraft IAW TO 1-1B-50. (T-1).
6.15.3.1.1. (Added-ACC) W&B qualified/certified technicians must perform a weigh
annually to maintain proficiency. (T-2). This must be tracked and documented in the
MIS. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 151
6.15.3.2. All assigned aircraft are weighed IAW prescribe MDS specific publications and
directives. (T-1). The W&B Program Manager will:
6.15.3.2.1. Keep W&B documents required by TO 1-1B-50 for each assigned aircraft.
(T-1).
6.15.3.2.2. Use the Automated Weight and Balance System, and maintain a back-up
copy of all W&B documents. (T-1).
6.15.3.3. Procedures are established for routing completed TCTO and modification
information for W&B changes. (T-1).
6.15.3.4. Essential W&B data and changes to the basic weight and moment are available
for appropriate mission planning (such as, Standard Configuration Loads, updates to
supplemental handbook). (T-1).
6.15.3.5. Periodic serviceability inspections are accomplished on unit-stored and
maintained W&B equipment (as applicable). (T-1).
6.15.3.6. Coordination with Operations Officer/MX SUPT in developing a W&B
Preparation Checklist if the aircraft -5 TO is not comprehensive enough for the task. (T-
1).
6.15.3.7. The SCR reflects W&B certification. (T-1).
6.15.4. W&B Qualified QA Inspector Responsibilities. The W&B Qualified QA Inspector
will:
6.15.4.1. Verify scale readings and accomplish/oversee the actual computations. (T-1).
6.15.4.2. Supervise the preparation, leveling and weighing of the aircraft IAW MDS
specific –2 and –5 series TOs and TO 1-1B-50. (T-1).
6.15.4.3. Inspect W&B documents before flight when locally-accomplished modifications
affect the basic aircraft weight and moment. (T-1).
6.15.4.4. Review computations for accuracy. (T-1).
152 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Chapter 7
IMPOUNDMENT PROCEDURES
7.1. Aircraft and Equipment Impoundment. Aircraft or equipment is impounded when
intensified management is warranted due to system or component malfunction or failure of a
serious or chronic nature. Refer to AFI 91-204 for aircraft and equipment involved in accidents,
mishaps or incidents. Impounding aircraft and equipment enables investigative efforts to
systematically proceed with minimal risk relative to intentional/unintentional actions and
subsequent loss of evidence.
7.2. Specific Guidance. MXG/CCs, or equivalent, will develop and implement a standardized
Impound Official training course. The course will include review of applicable AFIs, TOs,
impoundment clearing procedures, and leverage FSR and AFETS expertise to ensure Impound
Official is prepared to assume all duties and responsibilities of an impoundment official.
7.2.1. MXG/CCs, or equivalent, will ensure compliance with the procedures in this Chapter
and will develop a local Impoundment Program. (T-1). Local program procedures,
requirements and responsibilities will be captured in a local supplement to this instruction. (T-
1).
7.2.1.1. QA is the OPR for the Impoundment Program and will develop local
impoundment checklists. (T-1).
7.2.1.2. QA in coordination with MT, will serve as the OPR and focal point for the
management of the Impound Official training course. The course completion is mandatory
prior to being assigned as an Impound Official. (T-1).
7.2.2. The MXG/CC and MXG/CD or equivalents are the Impoundment Release Authorities.
(T-1).
7.2.2.1. In the event of a dual MXG/CC and CD absence, the MXG/CC or CD will appoint
an individual as the designated Impoundment Release Authority for the period of the dual
absence. (T-1).
7.2.2.2. (Added-ACC) Geographically separated units constitute a dual absence;
therefore, the parent MXG/CC or (equivalent) may appoint by name and for a definitive
period of time an impound release official. The individual appointed as the impound release
official cannot delegate this responsibility. The MXG/CC retains fleet health
accountability. (T-2).
7.2.3. The Impoundment Release Authority determines the need for a one-time flight and will
coordinate appropriate authorization IAW TO 00-20-1. (T-1). Note: If the aircraft/equipment
were impounded for a mishap, coordinate with the safety office prior to releasing the
aircraft/equipment from impound. (T-1).
7.2.4. MAJCOMs will determine the amount of time unit QAs will maintain copies of
finalized Impoundment reports in their supplement to this AFI. Note: See Air Force Records
Information Management System (AFRIMS) Reference.
7.2.4. (ACC) QA will maintain copies of finalized Impoundment reports for a minimum of 2
years. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 153
7.3. Impoundment Authorities.
7.3.1. Impoundment Authorities are designated by the MXG/CC or equivalent and will be
tracked on the SCR. (T-1). Impoundment Authorities will:
7.3.1.1. Select the Impoundment Official. (T-2).
7.3.1.2. Determine if impoundment is warranted when:
7.3.1.2.1. An aircraft landing gear fails to extend or retract due to an unknown
condition. (T-1).
7.3.1.2.2. The aircraft has been confirmed as being contaminated with chemical,
biological, or radiological materials. (T-1).
7.3.1.2.3. An aircraft sustains FO damage from an unknown cause. (T-1).
7.4. Impoundment Official Responsibilities. The Impoundment Official is designated as the
single POC for impounded aircraft or equipment and will hold the minimum rank of MSgt and
will be tracked on the SCR. (T-1). The Impoundment Official will:
7.4.1. Be responsible for controlling and monitoring the investigation of impounded aircraft
or equipment. (T-1).
7.4.2. Use established checklists to guide the sequence of actions. (T-1).
7.4.3. Control and track access of personnel to impounded aircraft or equipment. (T-1).
7.5. Mandatory Impoundments. Aircraft and/or equipment will be impounded:
7.5.1. When the Impoundment Authority determines extraordinary measures are required to
address any degradation of aircraft airworthiness or serious aircraft/equipment anomaly. (T-
1).
7.5.2. Following an aircraft mishap as defined in AFI 91-204 and AFMAN 91-223, Aviation
Safety Investigations and Reports. (T-1).
7.5.3. When support equipment is known or suspected to have been a factor in a mishap or
may have contributed to injuries. (T-1).
7.5.4. Following an un-commanded flight control movement. (T-1). The MXG/CC and
OG/CC will determine the need for an FCF for uncommanded flight control movement. (T-1).
7.5.5. Following an inadvertent ordnance release or explosive mishap. (T-1).
7.5.6. When authorized procedures are not adequate or the unit is unable to identify or repair
loaded nuclear weapons system malfunctions within the criteria of AFI 91-107. (T-1).
7.5.7. Following aircraft engine anomalies to include but not limited to:
7.5.7.1. Unselected propeller reversal. (T-1).
7.5.7.2. Flameout/stagnation (for single engine aircraft). (T-1).
7.5.7.3. Unselected power reversal. (T-1).
7.5.7.4. Engine case penetrations, ruptures, or burn-through from an internal engine
component. (T-1).
154 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
7.5.7.5. When an aircraft experiences a loss of thrust sufficient to prevent maintaining
level flight at a safe altitude. (T-1). This includes all cases of multiple engine power loss
or roll back.
7.5.7.6. Engine damage due to a foreign object and source of FO is determined to be
internal to the engine. (T-1). For Propeller driven aircraft, both the propeller and engine
will be impounded as a single unit when the engine has confirmed internal damage due to
a foreign object. (T-1).
7.5.7.7. Engine damage which occurs during transport. (T-1).
7.5.8. Following an in-flight fire. (T-1).
7.5.9. When an aircraft experiences an in-flight loss of all pitot-static system instruments or
all gyro stabilized attitude or direction indicators. (T-1).
7.5.10. When there is evidence of intentional damage, tampering, or sabotage. (T-1).
7.5.11. When physiological incidents attributable to aircraft systems or cargo occurs. (T-1).
7.6. Impoundment Procedures.
7.6.1. When the Impoundment Authority directs impoundment, a Red X symbol will be placed
in the applicable AFTO Form 781A for aircraft, applicable engine work packages for
uninstalled engines or AFTO Form 244 for equipment (or electronic form equivalents) with a
statement indicating the reason for impoundment and the name of the assigned Impoundment
Official. (T-1).
7.6.2. The MOC will be notified when an impoundment decision has been made. (T-1).
7.6.3. Aircraft or equipment records will be controlled at the discretion of the Impoundment
Official. (T-1). When required, the Impoundment Official will:
7.6.3.1. Obtain and secure the current aircraft forms and the aircraft jacket file for aircraft,
applicable engine work packages for uninstalled engines, or the AFTO Form 244 for
equipment (or electronic form equivalents). (T-1).
7.6.3.2. Notify the MIS DBM administrator to isolate the aircraft or equipment serial
number in order to prevent any changes and maintain the integrity of the historical data
until the aircraft or equipment is released. (T-1).
7.6.3.3. Request and collect any training records, required to complete the impoundment
investigation. (T-1).
7.6.3.4. On aircraft impounded for potential safety related incidents, ensure the Cockpit
Voice Recorder/Flight Data Recorder circuit breakers are pulled immediately after engine
shutdown or before applying external power to safeguard Cockpit Voice Recorder/Flight
Data Recorder data, if equipped. (T-1).
7.6.3.5. Ensure impounded aircraft/equipment is identified by cordon with cones, ropes or
placards indicating impound condition and aircraft location. (T-1).
7.6.4. Impoundment Official will limit maintenance actions on impounded aircraft or
equipment until the cause is determined. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 155
7.6.4.1. The Impoundment Official will determine what maintenance can be performed in
conjunction with the maintenance required to release the aircraft or equipment from
impoundment. (T-1).
7.6.4.1.1. Impoundment Official will validate aircraft disposition with Wing Safety to
determine if a safety investigation is ongoing. (T-1).
7.6.4.2. Parts removed from impounded aircraft or equipment will be carefully controlled.
(T-2). This is to ensure that parts, once confirmed as the cause for impoundment, are
available to be processed as DR exhibits.
7.6.5. The Impoundment Official will select a team of qualified technicians dedicated to
determine the cause of the problem that led to the impoundment. (T-1).
7.6.5.1. Impoundment team members will be relieved of all other duties until released by
the Impoundment Official. (T-2).
7.6.6. Once the cause of the malfunction or failure has been positively determined, the
Impoundment Official will brief the Impoundment Release Authority on findings, corrective
actions, and requests release of the aircraft or equipment from impoundment. (T-1).
7.6.7. If the cause of the discrepancy could potentially affect other aircraft or equipment in the
fleet, QA will provide cross-tell information for up-channeling to the MAJCOM and the
designated Lead Command IAW AFPD 10-9. (T-1).
7.6.8. Clear impoundments from forms/MIS IAW TO 00-20-1. (T-1).
7.6.9. If the cause of a reported malfunction cannot be determined or a positive corrective
action cannot be confirmed, the Impoundment Release Authority will determine if further
actions are required (such as, requesting depot assistance, further troubleshooting, FCF/OCF).
(T-2).
7.6.10. MAJCOMs will publish guidance outlining impoundment and release procedures for
transient aircraft.
7.6.10. (ACC) Transient aircraft requiring impoundment will comply with requirements
within paragraph 7.6 of this instruction. (T-2).
7.6.10.1. At locations where no MXG/CC or designated representative is available, the
aircraft assigned MXG/CC may temporarily delegate Impoundment and Release Authority.
7.7. Rules of Impoundment Specifically for Explosive-Related Events/Mishaps. When an
inadvertent release or an explosive mishap is reported, the following procedures will apply:
7.7.1. In-flight:
7.7.1.1. When the involved aircraft returns to the de-arm or parking area, the aircraft will
be impounded. (T-1). Limit maintenance actions to those required to make the aircraft safe.
7.7.1.2. The MXG/CC, MOC, Munitions Control, WWM, QA and Wing Safety will be
notified of the impoundment action. (T-1).
7.7.1.3. The aircraft with unsafe munitions will be parked and isolated in an area approved
by the weapons safety office and airfield management. (T-1).
7.7.1.4. Investigate and report the incident IAW AFI 91-204. (T-1).
156 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
7.7.2. Ground:
7.7.2.1. The senior ground crew member will be in charge of the aircraft or equipment
until relieved and will ensure involved persons remain at the scene. (T-2).
7.7.2.2. Protect other aircraft or equipment located near the incident if an explosive hazard
exists. (T-1).
7.7.2.3. Do not change the position of any switches except as needed for safety. (T-1).
7.7.2.4. Limit maintenance actions to those actions required to make the aircraft or
equipment safe. (T-1).
7.7.3. Preserve mishap evidence to the maximum extent possible. (T-1). An example would
be segregating an aircraft gun versus destroying it if it poses no immediate danger. This allows
for evaluation of all the evidence and the ability to recreate the mishap conditions.
7.7.4. If an incident, malfunction, or mishap is suspected to have occurred or caused by in-
use, installed, or otherwise configured munition (live or inert), or a 20 or 30MM gun system
jam creating a safety condition, notify the Global Ammunition Control Point Air Force Life
Cycle Management Center, Munition Division (AFLCMC/EBH) Munitions Rapid Response
Team: DSN: 312-777-2666; COMM: (801) 775-2666, and the MAJCOM munitions staff. (T-
1).
7.7.4.1. Refer to AFI 91-202 for additional information about the Munitions Rapid
Response Team. Note: The Munitions Rapid Response Team can also provide units
technical assistance in resolving recurring 20 or 30MM gun system jams and malfunction
isolation.
7.7.5. For impoundments involving nuclear loaded weapon systems (see Paragraph 7.5.6 of
this instruction) also follow applicable requirements/criteria outlined in AFI 91-107. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 157
Chapter 8
TOOL AND EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT
8.1. Tool and Equipment Management. The objectives of the Tool and Equipment
Management Program are to prevent and eliminate FOD to aircraft, engines, missiles, training and
support equipment, and to reduce costs through strict effective control and accountability of assets.
To ensure standardization among maintenance units, commanders and key leaders are responsible
for executing an effective tool program. MAJCOMs will identify small unique unit tool and
equipment management requirements in a supplement, addendum or deviation as described in the
purpose statement of this AFI. DFT/CFT will adhere to local tool control policies and procedures
provided in the MXG/MXO in-brief (see Paragraph 5.2.1.9. of this instruction) when working on
aerospace equipment possessed by the unit. The AF enterprise Tool Accountability System is
TCMax®. (T-1). Exception: N/A to aircraft/weapon system programs that provide tool and
equipment accountability support as an internal function of the program (e.g. F-35 ALIS).
8.1. (ACC) Tool and Equipment Management. TCMax® is the approved tool control system
for legacy and F-22 aircraft. F-35 program provided tools will be tracked and maintained in the
ALIS. (T-2).
8.2. Guidelines for Program Management. Wings will document procedures for the control
and management of all tools/equipment used for aircraft/aerospace equipment maintenance or
which enter the flightline or aerospace equipment maintenance industrial areas, to include all wing
organization’s (Hospital, CE, vehicle Mx, Security Forces), to provide mission support in a wing
level publication IAW AFI 33-360. (T-1). The MXG/CC, or equivalent, is the OPR for
development of this publication and will coordinate with all wing organizations that work in, or
enter, the above mentioned areas to ensure they have established tool/equipment control
procedures documented in the wing publication. (T-1). As a minimum, guidance will address the
following:
8.2.1. Standardized procedures for security, control, and accountability of tools and
equipment. (T-1).
8.2.1. (ACC) TCMax® will be used to restrict access to specialized tools and equipment (e.g.,
weapons load crew crimpers, dye, lead seals, engine blade blending blue dye, borescopes). (T-
2). Note: This list is not all inclusive.
8.2.1.1. Chits are not authorized.
8.2.2. Inventory requirements. (T-1). As a minimum, units will conduct and document an
annual inventory of all tools and equipment. (T-1).
8.2.3. Procedures for warranted tool management. (T-1).
8.2.3.1. Procedures to tag/segregate unserviceable warranty tools. (T-1).
8.2.4. Procedures for control and management of replacement, expendable and consumable
hand tools, HAZMATs, and other items contained in CTKs. (T-1).
8.2.4. (ACC) Expendable hand tools such as blades, apexes, files and file cleaners consumed
during use may be placed on bench stock; however, strict accountability and control procedures
must be included in unit procedures. (T-2).
158 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
8.2.4.1. (Added-ACC) A stock of spare tools is authorized. These tools are used to
replace broken, worn, or missing tools to prevent unnecessary work delays. Spare and
consumable tools are high pilferage items, and pose a significant potential for fraud, waste
and abuse. CTK custodians will authorize the tools and quantities to be maintained. (T-3).
Inventory replacement tool stocks quarterly. During the quarterly inventory, the CTK
custodian will validate the quantity of tools/items within each bin. (T-3). To aid in
accountability, control and inventory, each tool/item will be separated by use of individual
bins or dividers, and be sequentially numbered accordingly. (T-3). Access to spare tools
will be limited to the shift supervisor (or equivalent) and CTK custodian. (T-2).
8.2.4.2. (Added-ACC) Do not issue replacement tools without a turn-in of the
unserviceable tool or ACC Form 145, Lost Tool/Object Report, documentation indicating
the tool is lost and reported accordingly through lost tool procedures. (T-2).
8.2.5. Procedures for transfer of tools/CTKs at the job site (on-site transfers). (T-1).
8.2.5.1. Ensure tool accountability and control is maintained when transfer occurs between
the individuals. As a minimum the individuals involved in the transfer will accomplish a
joint inventory and document accordingly. (T-1).
8.2.6. Procedures for lost or missing tools. (T-1).
8.2.7. Assignment of Equipment Identification Designators (EID) for CTKs, non-CA/CRL
equipment, and assignment of CTK numbers for tools. (T-1).
8.2.8. Procedures for issue, marking, and control of PPE, tools or equipment (such as, hearing
protectors, reflective belts, headsets) assigned/issued to individuals. (T-1).
8.2.8. (ACC) Mark all individually issued equipment with the owner’s first initial, last name
and employee number (i.e., J. Doe, 01234). Units will develop local procedures for control of
this equipment. (T-3). Personally purchased protective equipment such as gloves and ear
protection are not authorized on the flightline unless local procedures govern their use and
control. If authorized they will be marked IAW these guidelines. (T-2).
8.2.9. Procedures to ensure positive accountability and control of rags. (T-1).
8.2.9.1. A rag is defined as a remnant of cloth purchased in bulk or a standardized,
commercial quality, vendor-supplied shop cloth used in general industrial, shop, and
flightline operations.
8.2.9.1.1. Cheesecloth is considered a rag; however, paper products/paper towels are
not considered rags.
8.2.9.2. Rags should be uniform in size and color.
8.2.9.3. Marking or identifying each shop rag with a CTK number is not necessary.
8.2.10. Procedures to limit numbers of personnel authorized to procure tools. (T-1).
8.2.11. Procedures for control of locally manufactured or developed tools and equipment. (T-
1).
8.2.12. Procedures for FSRs/DFTs/CFTs when working on equipment within the unit. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 159
8.2.13. Standardized procedures and responsibilities for decentralizing CTKs, tools, and
equipment outside tool room/support section to meet mission requirements. (T-1).
8.2.13.1. Inventory and accountability requirements described in this AFI apply equally to
all decentralized CTKs tools, and equipment. (T-1).
8.2.14. Procedures for control of response equipment permanently stored/located in trailers or
vehicles. (T-1).
8.2.15. Procedures for requiring a second party or on-duty supervisor inspection of CTKs
when conditions warrant a single person shift. (T-1).
8.2.15.1. The same individual that signs out a CTK cannot sign it back in. (T-1).
8.2.16. Procedures for controlled access to tool rooms. (T-1).
8.3. General Program Guidelines.
8.3.1. The Flight CC/SUPT will designate CTK custodians. (T-1).
8.3.1.1. CTK custodians are responsible for tool, HAZMAT, and consumable asset
accountability and control. Exception: A separate person may be designated as the
HAZMAT monitor.
8.3.2. Flight CC/SUPT and/or Section NCOICs/Chiefs (or equivalents) will determine the
type, size, contents and number of CTKs required for their work centers. (T-1).
8.3.2.1. The WWM will make this determination for load crew CTKs, when assigned. (T-
1).
8.3.3. Design CTKs to provide for quick inventory and accountability of tools. CTKs and tools
will be clearly marked with the Equipment Identification Designator (EID) (follow guidance
below). (T-1).
8.3.4. CTK contents will be standardized to the maximum extent possible within functional
elements of a squadron that have similar missions (such as, aircraft flights/sections and Combat
Armament Support Team). (T-1).
8.3.5. Each tool, item of equipment, or consumable contained in a CTK will have an assigned
location identified either by inlay cuts in the shape of the item, shadowed layout, label, or
silhouette. (T-1).
8.3.5.1. No more than one item will be stored in a cutout, shadow, or silhouette except for
tools too small to be etched individually may be place in CTKs as a set (such as, drill bits,
allen wrenches, apexes, or paired items like gloves, booties). (T-1).
8.3.6. A Master Inventory List (MIL) will be required for each CTK or series of identical
CTKs. (T-1).
8.3.6. (ACC) Contents are identified on the MIL by drawer/section indicating the number and
type of each item in the CTK and total number of all items in each drawer/section. (T-2).
8.3.6.1. The WWM will approve/sign a single MIL to be used as the standard for all Load
Crew CTKs on like mission-design-series aircraft; a copy will be maintained in each
support section. (T-1).
160 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
8.3.6.2. When items such as dispatchable support equipment or dispatchable special tools
are issued separately (not contained in a CTK) and contain multiple parts that are required
for its use (such as, cartridges containing consumables, cables, hoses, adapters), a MIL of
all the items will be provided with the support equipment or special tools to facilitate
positive accountability of all items during checkout, transfer, and check in. (T-1).
8.3.6.3. The MIL resides in the TCMax®, but a hard copy of the signed MIL must reside
with each dispatchable CTK to provide the ability to verify the inventory regardless of
location. (T-1).
8.3.6.4. If items such as identification tags or dust caps are attached to tools/equipment,
they will be secured in a manner that will minimize any possibility of FOD. (T-1).
8.3.6.4.1. Items not permanently attached, will be marked/etched with the appropriate
CTK number. (T-1).
8.3.6.4.2. All items will be listed on the MIL. (T-1).
8.3.6.5. Consumables may be placed in CTKs. If so, they will be identified on the MIL as
consumables. (T-1). Examples of consumables include; safety wire, adhesive, wire bundle
lacing, solder.
8.3.6.5.1. Do not include common hardware items such as bolts, nuts, and/or screws
unless they are required for the tool to perform its intended function. Cartridges or
equivalents containing consumable items whether disposable or not will be accounted
for to mitigate FOD hazards. (T-1).
8.3.6.6. Tool sets placed within a CTK will be identified on the CTK MIL by total number
of items in the set (such as, allen wrench set - 9 each allen wrenches + container for a total
of 10). (T-1).
8.3.6.6.1. Items identified as too small to be marked, etched, or stamped, as approved
by QA, will be annotated with a description of the individual items contained within
the set on the CTK/MIL (such as, the variation in the size of the items contained within
the set, Apex, file, drill bit, size). (T-1).
8.3.6.7. Missing, removed and/or broken tools/items will be documented in the TCMax®
if they cannot be replaced immediately. (T-1).
8.3.6.7.1. In addition, for dispatchable CTKs, dispatchable support equipment, and
dispatchable special tools containing multiple parts, missing, removed and/or broken
tools/items will be documented on a MAJCOM/locally generated form, or on the hard
copy MIL. (T-1).
8.3.6.7.1. (ACC) If a local form is used, it will be standardized within the MXG and
used by all sections. (T-2).
8.3.6.7.1.1. If a MAJCOM/locally generated form is used, the form will be kept
with each dispatchable CTK, dispatchable support equipment and dispatchable
special tools. (T-1).
8.3.6.7.1.2. Pencil/pen may be used for hard copy MIL documentation and
erased/lined through when cleared.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 161
8.3.6.7.2. The EID will be removed from any permanently removed item/tool. (T-1).
8.3.6.7.3. A permanently removed (without planned replacement) item/tool constitutes
a change to the inventory and requires a new MIL.
8.3.6.7.4. The CTK custodian has the authority to interchange "like" (form, fit,
function) items.
8.3.7. Equipment and accessories that do not present a FOD potential and will not leave the
work center, support section, or tool room, need not be included in a CTK; however, this
equipment must have designated storage locations established. (T-1).
8.3.7.1. Designated locations may be work areas or stations.
8.3.8. The CTK Custodian will establish designated locations for test equipment and common
accessories (such as, waveguides, attenuators, fittings, cables, adapters) that are not part of a
CTK. (T-1).
8.3.8.1. As a minimum, designated locations will be labeled to identify the contents. (T-
1).
8.3.8.2. Industrial shop machinery accessories/attachments (example, blades, arbors,
chucks, gears) need not be controlled as tools; however, these items will be maintained in
designated storage locations for accountability. (T-1).
8.3.8.2.1. As a minimum, storage cabinets/drawers will be labeled to identify the
contents. (T-1).
8.3.9. Tools/expendable items used for titanium engine blade blending or oxygen system
maintenance will be kept in special purpose kits separate from other tools. (T-1).
8.3.9.1. In addition to normal CTK identification, the titanium engine blade blending kits
will be marked “For Titanium Engine Blade Blending Only”. (T-1).
8.3.9.2. In addition to normal CTK identification, oxygen system maintenance kits will be
marked “For Oxygen System Use Only”. (T-1).
8.3.10. Discard removable (slide on) pocket clips and spare parts from tools when possible
(flashlights, continuity testers, small screwdrivers) prior to placement in tool kits. (T-1).
8.3.10. (ACC) Annotate removed items on MIL and in TCMax®. (T-2).
8.3.10.1. Do not disassemble or damage tools for sole purpose of removing clips (example,
tape measures, rubber switch guards).
8.3.11. Tools not controlled through CTK procedures are NOT authorized on the flightline, or
in any maintenance area (for example, personal Mini Maglite® flashlights, Leatherman®,
Buck Knives®). (T-1).
8.3.11.1. Units will mark and control equipment that a workcenter assigns/issues to an
individual IAW MAJCOM supplements. (T-1).
8.3.11.1. (ACC) See paragraph 8.2.8
8.3.11.2. Personally-purchased tools are not authorized. (T-1).
162 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
8.3.12. Flashlights, lanterns, portable lighting devices and light sources will conform to the
requirements of TO 00-25-172 when used during servicing operations; TO 1-1-3 when used
during fuel cell maintenance; and AFMAN 91-201 when used in explosive environments. (T-
1). Note: Aircraft and equipment TOs may dictate additional restrictions.
8.3.13. (Added-ACC) Units may use individual issue bins. These bins are used for tools and
equipment available for individual sign-out but stored in the tool room. These storage bins may
be cabinets, shelves, etc. Items in these bins will be identified by one of the following: inlays
cut in the shape of the tool, shadowed layout, divided sections, or any combination. (T-3). The
contents of the compartment will be labeled. (T-3). The tools or equipment items issued from
these bins will have an EID. (T-2).
8.4. TMDE Management Guidelines. Support Sections will designate a TMDE Monitor who
will act as the focal point with the designated servicing PMEL (whether on-base or off-base) for
managing the TMDE calibrations requirements for the owning work center. (T-1). The TMDE
Monitor will:
8.4.1. Establish procedures for turn-in and pick-up of TMDE requiring calibration. (T-3).
8.4.2. Coordinate emergency calibration requirements. (T-3).
8.4.3. Review quarterly TMDE schedules and annual master identification (ID) lists within 5
duty days of receipt from servicing PMEL. (T-3).
8.4.3.1. Forward any corrections to the servicing PMEL within 3 duty days to have the
PMEL Automated Management System/MIS updated. (T-3).
8.4.4. Take necessary actions to minimize the late delivery of TMDE for scheduled
calibration. (T-3). Servicing PMEL will notify OWC of overdue TMDE under established
procedures. (T-3).
8.4.5. Use PMEL Automated Management System or equivalent MIS (as coordinated with
supporting PMEL) to control TMDE processed for maintenance. (T-3).
8.4.6. Ensure TMDE submitted for calibration has all required documentation complete, the
AFTO Form 350 (as applicable) provides adequate malfunction description and accessories/
items required for calibration accompany the TMDE to include batteries (as applicable). (T-
1).
8.4.7. Ensure classified TMDE is protected IAW AFI 16-1404. (T-1).
8.4.8. Ensure TMDE shipped off base for calibration or repair and return is shipped by
traceable means and IAW AFI 24-602V2. (T-1).
8.4.8.1. The TMDE Monitor will maintain a file consisting of all supporting
documentation for each type of shipment. (T-1).
8.4.8.2. Safeguard any IUID marks during calibration/TMDE activities to the extent
possible. In the event the UII is damaged during calibration activities, the TMDE Monitor
will notify the responsible Equipment Custodian and/or EAE to replace the mark with the
same UII. (T-1).
8.4.9. For deployment purposes, ensure equipment, tools, and HAZMAT items are properly
identified, prepared, and documented IAW AFI 10-403. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 163
8.5. Tool Accountability. Flight CC/SUPT and Section NCOICs/Chiefs, through CTK
Custodians, are responsible for tool and equipment accountability and control (knowing where
tools are and who has responsibility for them). When a person signs for a tool or piece of
equipment, they are considered the user and accountable for the item until it is returned to the tool
room and accountability transfers back to the CTK Custodian (through a representative or tool
room employee).
8.5.1. All units must use TCMax® for accountability and control of tools and equipment. (T-
1). Contractors and MEOs are not required to use TCMax® unless specified in the Performance
Work Statement/Statement of Work. Note: Refer to Paragraph 8.1 for exceptions.
8.5.1.1. Units are required to electronically back up TCMax® at least once a month. (T-
1).
8.5.1.1.1. This backup must be kept physically and electrically separate from the
computer that houses the tool control database. (T-1).
8.5.1.2. Units will use TCMax® to:
8.5.1.2.1. Track the issuance and receipt of all assigned tools, equipment, tool kits,
HAZMAT items, TOs (does not apply to TOs, equipment and HAZMAT kept in a shop
and not dispatched). (T-1).
8.5.1.2.1.1. HAZMAT items issued for one time use (oil cans, hydraulic cans,
mixing compounds) are supply items and do not have to be tracked in TCMax®.
However, HAZMAT and supply procedures will be followed. (T-1).
8.5.1.2.2. Track authorizations/restrictions for special tools/equipment (by individual).
(T-1).
8.5.1.2.3. Track CTK and Support Section inspections. (T-1).
8.5.1.2.4. Track spare, lost, damaged, and/or removed tools. (T-1).
8.5.1.2.5. Develop and manage tool/equipment inventories. (T-1).
8.5.1.2.6. Develop and manage deployment kits (import/export). (T-1).
8.5.1.3. If TCMax® is not available (such as at a deployed location), units will use the AF
Form 1297, Temporary Issue Receipt, a MAJCOM, or locally approved form for
accountability and control of CTKs, equipment, and tools. (T-1).
8.5.1.3. (ACC) When TCMax® is not available or with MXG/CC approval during
temporary conditions such as local generation exercises, units may use the ACC Form 140,
CTK Inventory and Control Log. The ACC Form 140 is maintained for each CTK and
remains in the tool room support section or workcenter. The form is used to record
CTK/tool transactions (check- in/check-out). Completion of each line of the ACC Form
140 denotes a complete inventory of contents. The "out time/signature" block is annotated
by the person signing out/assuming responsibility for the CTK/equipment. The "in" block
is annotated by the tool CTK custodian/alternates or designated representative when the
CTK/equipment is returned by the user. The person annotating the "out" block is not the
same person annotating the "in" block. (T-2).
164 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
8.5.2. The CTK Shift Supervisor will account for all dispatchable/decentralized CTKs, tools,
and equipment at the beginning and end of each shift. (T-1).
8.5.2.1. Shift inventories must be documented by both outgoing and incoming personnel.
(T-1).
8.5.2.2. CTKs present during tool room shift inventories do not need to be opened for
inventory.
8.5.3. At least annually or when the CTK Custodian changes, conduct a comprehensive
inventory of all dispatchable/decentralized tools, non-Custodian Authorization/Custody
Receipt Listing (CA/CRL) equipment, and CTKs. (T-1).
8.5.3.1. The purpose of this inventory is to perform an extensive inspection of all tools and
non-CA/CRL equipment, to include condition, identification markings, and accuracy of the
MIL/CRL Supplemental Listing.
8.5.3.2. CTK Custodians will ensure all tools are inspected for serviceability IAW TO 32-
1-101, Use and Care of Hand Tools and Measuring Tools. (T-1).
8.5.3.3. CTK Custodians will document these inventories and maintain the most current
inventory. (T-1).
8.5.4. Users will perform a visual inventory of all dispatchable/decentralized CTKs when
issued for use, at the completion of each job or tasks, and when returned to the tool storage
facility. (T-1).
8.5.4.1. Users will accomplish a CTK inventory prior to operation of any aircraft or
equipment when maintenance actions are performed (such as, engine run, landing gear
retraction, flight control operational checks). (T-1).
8.5.4.2. Users will perform an immediate and complete inventory of all CTKs when
returning to the work area after sheltering for real-world/exercise events. (T-1).
8.5.4.3. Users will ensure dispatchable tools, equipment, eTools and CTKs are locked
and/or secured when left unattended. (T-1).
8.5.5. eTools: Units will use the following procedure to maintain positive control of assigned
eTools:
8.5.5.1. Manage eTools IAW TO 00-5-1, and this instruction. (T-1).
8.5.5.2. Track dispatchable eTools in TCMax®. (T-1).
8.5.5.3. Ensure only serviceable eTools with current technical data are available for
checkout, and any missing plugs/covers/doors are documented IAW Paragraph 8.3.6.7 of
this instruction. (T-1).
8.5.5.4. Make maximum use of eTool warranties. (T-1).
8.5.5.5. Ensure eTools are used for official and authorized purposes IAW TO 31S5-4-
etool, 17 & 33 Series instructions, MAJCOM guidance, and this AFI. (T-1).
8.5.5.5.1. Not install unauthorized files or software (such as, games, mp3s). (T-1).
8.5.5.5.2. Not use unauthorized external media devices to retrieve data from
removable hard drives. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 165
8.5.5.6. Coordinate with the local Cybersecurity Liaison and/or Information System
Security Managers to identify publish local guidance on restrictions for the use of
eTools/PEDs in classified processing areas. (T-1).
8.5.5.7. Establish procedures for shipping TOs, eTools, and required support equipment
needed to ensure eTools availability to support mobility and deployed operational
requirements. (T-1).
8.5.5.8. If applicable, units will update Defense Integration and Management of Nuclear
Data Services (DIAMONDS) hardware and status IAW TO 11N-3150-8-1, USAF
DIAMONDS Policy and Procedures. (T-1).
8.5.5.8.1. For accountability, DIAMONDS laptops and hardware must be managed
and tracked in TCMax®, but do not require placement on unit equipment account IAW
TO 11N-3150-8-1. (T-1).
8.6. Tool and Equipment Marking and Identification.
8.6.1. To ensure tool rooms have unique identifiers, wings (or equivalent) must ensure other
units within the same wing or Personnel Assignment Symbol (PAS) code do not duplicate the
WWID. (T-1). MAJCOMs/ANG will develop, sustain, and review annually a complete listing
of all the WWID utilized within their MAJCOM/ANG. MAJCOMs will update AF/A4LM
with WWID changes as they occur. Reference the AF/A4LM SharePoint® site:
https://usaf.dps.mil/sites/haf-a4/A4L/AF_A4LM/Policy/SitePages/Home.aspx
8.6.1.1. All units must permanently mark their tools and equipment with the standard EID.
(T-1). GSU may use the parent wing EID. Replacement spare tools stored in the tool room
do not need to be etched until placement in a specific CTK.
8.6.1.2. The EID will consist of nine characters (numbers/letters) of which the first four
characters will be a unique WWID code. (T-1).
8.6.1.2.1. The WWID identifies the base (first and second character), unit (third
character), and shop (fourth character). The remaining five characters are available for
tool/CTK equipment numbering.
8.6.1.2.1.1. The first two characters of the WWID in the EID are based on the
wing/unit PAS base code. Multiple wings (or equivalent) at the same base
(example, ANG, AFR, and RegAF) must have different WWID codes. (T-1).
8.6.1.2.1.2. The third and fourth characters designate the unit and shop by using
unique/distinguishable characters. To ensure tool rooms have unique identifiers,
wings (or equivalent) must ensure other units within the same wing or PAS code
do not duplicate the first 4 characters of the EID. (T-1).
8.6.1.2.1.3. Request additional “base” code information from AF/A4LM at:
[email protected], DSN 222-
2345/2346.
8.6.1.3. The unit will establish the remaining five characters (any combination of
numbers/letters) for CTKs, tools, and dispatchable equipment identification. (T-1).
8.6.1.4. Units must place the 9-digit EID on all CTKs, tools not assigned to a box, and
dispatchable equipment that is of sufficient size. (T-1).
166 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
8.6.1.4.1. The 9-digit EID must be placed on the outside of dispatchable CTKs. (T-1).
8.6.1.4.2. Tools located inside the tool box may be marked with less than 9-digits but
must contain the 4-digit WWID and will have identifying character(s) that ties the tool
back to the CTK. (T-1). For example, tools inside an assigned dispatchable CTK
“U6JG00001” may be marked “U6JG1.” Units may affix non-metallic barcode labels
on tools to prevent re-etching as long as the use of the tool and its work environment
does not normally result in excessive damage to the label making it unreadable.
8.6.1.4.3. Tools will be marked with the most current EID. (T-1).
8.6.1.4.4. All previous CTK identifiers will either be removed or marked out (this does
not include PMEL markings). (T-1).
8.6.1.4.5. Small tool sets and/or items that cannot be marked as described in
Paragraph 8.3.6.6 above (such as drill bits, allen wrenches in sets, apexes) will be
maintained in a container marked with the EID and an identifying character(s) that ties
the tool back to the CTK along with the number of tools contained. (T-1).
8.6.1.4.5.1. The container is counted as one of the items.
8.6.1.5. MXG/CCs may require use of the EID in addition to AFTO Form 66, TMDE Bar
Codes (Polyester Film), for TMDE routinely (example, once per week) dispatched from a
work center or use of the AFTO Form 66 alone.
8.6.1.6. For items that physically or mechanically check tolerances that require calibration,
do not etch, or stamp an EID in any manner that will affect calibration or the ability to
calibrate. (T-1).
8.6.1.6.1. If marking is in question consult TO 00-20-14 and/or PMEL to validate
applicable marking criteria.
8.6.2. Permanently mark (by etching or other means) grease guns, dispensing cans, spray
bottles, pump oilers, and similar containers with the type of grease, fluid, or other liquids and
Military Specification (MILSPEC) of the contents. (T-1). If the MILSPEC is subdivided into
Grades, Classes, or Types, include that info on the permanent marking. (T-1).
8.6.2.1. If no MILSPEC exists, the item will be marked with the manufacturer’s name,
part number/NSN from the applicable Safety Data Sheet. (T-1).
8.6.2.2. Keep hoses and fittings separate for each type of grease. (T-1).
8.6.2.3. If containers are used to hold or apply substances classified as hazardous
materials, ensure labeling requirements are IAW AFI 90-821, Title 29 Code of Federal
Regulations 1910.1200(f), Occupational Safety and Health Standards, Toxic and
Hazardous Substances. (T-0).
8.6.3. Prior to etching tools and equipment, consult applicable technical order to ensure no
special circumstances apply for the item being etched (such as, fiberglass handled hammers
are etched IAW TO 32-1-101 and safety glasses. (T-1).
8.6.4. CTKs, tools, and dispatchable equipment that may possess a unique serial/tracking
number must be marked with an EID number. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 167
8.6.4.1. If the item cannot be marked, etched, or stamped, annotate the additional
designator on the CTK contents list. (T-1).
8.6.5. Items that are assembled and are not intended to be disassembled during use, require
only one mark/etch/stamp and one entry in the MIL (such as, scribes, flashlights, grease guns,
feeler gauges). (T-1).
8.6.6. Remove the EID from unserviceable tools and tools removed from the CTK (with the
exception of warranty tools where removal of EID may void the tool warranty) and update
TCMax® and the MAJCOM/locally generated form or hard copy MIL accordingly. (T-1).
8.6.7. Ensure all tools which are accountable on a CA/CRL must be marked with a UII. (T-
1). Units need to safeguard any IUID marks. In the event the UII is damaged, notify the
responsible Equipment Custodian and/or EAE to replace the mark with the same UII.
8.7. Locally Manufactured, Developed, or Modified Tools and Equipment. All locally
manufactured, developed, or modified tools and equipment used on aerospace equipment must be
approved by the MXG/CC, their equivalent, or a designated representative and meet the
requirements described in Chapter 9 of this AFI. (T-1).
8.7.1. This procedure does not apply to tools and equipment authorized for local manufacture
in MDS specific technical data or equivalent engineering approved document. QA will
coordinate on all requests for approval and use of locally manufactured, developed, or modified
tools or equipment. (T-1).
8.7.2. Work centers will review items and requirements every two years for applicability and
current configuration. (T-1). See Chapter 6 and Chapter 9 of this instruction for additional
guidance.
8.7.3. Weapons loading, maintenance and armament systems locally-designed equipment
must be coordinated through the WWM. (T-1). Weapons loading, maintenance and armament
systems locally-designed equipment must meet the following requirements:
8.7.3.1. In the event munitions/armament LME, is not included in technical data or listed
on the MMHE Focal Point web site
https://cs2.eis.af.mil/sites/10134/sitepages/home.aspx, contact the MMHE Focal Point
AFLCMC/EBDW, 615 Apalachicola Road, Suite 101, Eglin AFB, FL 32542-6845 to
establish/validate LME disposition.
8.7.3.1.1. Units must use MMHE Focal Point-designed munitions/armament LME for
new procurements if a design exists and fills the requirement. (T-1).
8.7.3.1.1.1. Munitions/armament LME is specialized equipment designed to
interface with or support munitions or armament suspension equipment (such as,
tools, handling dollies, storage racks, maintenance stands, transport adapters). All
munitions/armament LME contained on the MMHE Focal Point web site meets
applicable AFMAN 91-203, occupational safety, explosive safety, and USAF
standards, and is approved for local manufacture and use at unit level AF-wide.
Drawing packages for these items are available to the unit via the MMHE Focal
Point website.
8.7.3.1.1.2. Munitions/armament LME specifically designed to interface with or
support munitions that are not contained in technical data or on the MMHE Focal
168 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Point website (such as, hardened/protective aircraft shelter missile racks, Y-stands,
munitions chocks, specialized tools) must be coordinated at unit level and
forwarded to the MAJCOM Functional Manager for coordination, evaluation or
both. (T-1).
8.7.3.1.1.2.1. If the MAJCOM Functional Manager determines the item has AF
utility, the drawings shall be forwarded to ACC/A4WC for review and addition
to the MMHE Focal Point Master Project List that results in formal
development and placement onto the MMHE Focal Point website.
8.7.3.1.1.3. Munitions/armament LME not designed to interface with or support
munitions that are not contained in technical data or on the MMHE Focal Point web
site must be approved by QA. (T-1).
8.7.3.1.1.3.1. Units are encouraged to forward any such approved LME for
possible inclusion on MMHE Focal Point web site by sending an approved
drawing package to the MAJCOM Functional Manager for
coordination/evaluation.
8.7.3.1.2. All LME must meet applicable AFMAN 91-203, occupational safety,
explosive safety, and USAF standards. (T-1).
8.7.3.1.3. All equipment designated for use with nuclear weapons test and handling
must meet requirements in AFI 91-103. (T-1).
8.7.3.1.4. All weapons loading, maintenance and armament systems LME must be
maintained and inspected for serviceability on a regular basis IAW applicable TO 00-
20-series, TO 35D-1-2, Maintenance Instructions WIPB-Miscellaneous Munitions
Handling and Support (Munitions Related), and TO 35D-2-2 Munitions Materiel
Handling Equipment Miscellaneous And Locally Manufactured – Armament Related.
(T-1).
8.7.3.1.4.1. AFTO Form 244, or equivalent, must be maintained for all LME items
(racks, stands, adapters) except hand tools. (T-1).
8.7.3.1.4.2. Equipment without technical data must, as a minimum, be inspected
every 180 days for corrosion, physical defect, and lubrication as required. (T-1).
8.8. Tool Room Operations and Security.
8.8.1. Operations. Tool rooms will be set up to ensure accountability. (T-1).
8.8.1.1. Procedures will be established to ensure custodial control. (T-1).
8.8.1.2. Tools will not be issued individually from dispatchable CTKs. (T-1).
8.8.1.2.1. When a recurring need exists for common tools to be issued individually,
(such as, hammers, screwdrivers, pliers, drills, wrenches) individual issue bins/drawers
may be established as a CTK within the tool room. (T-2).
8.8.1.3. Process reports for tools that are lost, damaged, or destroyed, due to neglect IAW
AFI 23-101. (T-1).
8.8.2. Security.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 169
8.8.2.1. The tool room must be capable of being locked and afford protective measures
such as monitoring, 24-hour coverage, or controlled key access. (T-1).
8.8.2.1.1. When all CTKs are not capable of being secured in the tool room, the Section
NCOIC/Chief will design a process to prevent the unauthorized use or access to tools
and equipment. (T-1).
8.8.2.1.2. Due to space and facility limitations, it may not be possible to store oversized
tool kits in the tool room.
8.8.2.2. Locks will be used on tool kits stored outside the CTK to provide a physical barrier
to opening the container lid, drawer or door and prevent the unauthorized removal of tools.
(T-1).
8.8.2.2.1. Locks are not required on tools and equipment that are stored within secured
tool rooms or work centers.
8.8.2.2.2. Tools and equipment will never be secured (locked) to the exterior of an
aircraft. (T-1).
8.8.2.2.3. Tool kits located within high traffic, controlled movement areas or that could
limit aircraft movement or be exposed to jet blast are required to be locked when
unattended/not in use and moved to un-obstructive/exposed location but do not need to
be secured to another object if none are readily available. (T-1).
8.8.2.2.3.1. Alert Aircraft in Protection Level Areas 1, 2 and Alert Status Aircraft
in Protection Level Area 3. CTKs in these areas that are directly supporting alert
status aircraft do not have to be locked when unattended and not in use as long as
they are inventoried at the beginning of each shift, after each maintenance task, and
at the end of each shift.
8.9. Lost Item/Tool Procedures.
8.9.1. Limit authorization to clear Red X’s when an item/tool cannot be located to no lower
than Operations Officer/MX SUPT. (T-1).
8.9.2. Supervisors need to ensure all assigned personnel are familiar with lost item/tool
procedures. If an item/tool or a portion of a broken item/tool is discovered missing, the
following procedures apply:
8.9.2.1. The person identifying the missing item/tool will search the immediate work area
for the item/tool. (T-1).
8.9.2.1.1. If not found, after completing an initial search the individual will notify the
expediter/Pro Super or equivalent. (T-1).
8.9.2.1.1. (ACC) When an item/tool is discovered missing after an aircraft has taxied
maintenance will notify MOC and Ops who in turn notifies the pilot to recall the
aircraft, if necessary. (T-2).
8.9.2.2. Place a Red X in the aircraft or equipment forms of all affected aircraft or
equipment with a description of the item/tool and a specific, last known, location of the
item/tool. (T-1).
170 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
8.9.2.3. Expediter/Pro Super or equivalent will immediately notify the Flight CC/SUPT,
Support Section, MOC, and QA. (T-1).
8.9.2.3.1. Initiate a thorough search for the item/tool. (T-1).
8.9.2.3.1. (ACC) Units will develop local procedures to ensure proper tracking,
reporting and accountability for all ACC Forms 145. (T-2). An ACC Form 145 will be
initiated if the item is not located during initial search. (T-3). Note: Once initiated, the
ACC Form 145 must be completed even if the lost tool/item is found. (T-2). The
completed original Lost Tool/Object Report must be submitted to QA within 5 duty
days from date of initiation for filing. (T-2). QA files/maintains the original report for
one year. Additionally, a copy of the report may be filed/maintained by the Wing FOD
Monitor if the Wing CV has assigned responsibility for tracking lost tools/items. (T-
2).
8.9.2.3.2. Initiate the lost tool report if tool is not located during initial search. (T-1).
8.9.2.4. If it is suspected that the item/tool has fallen into an inaccessible or unobservable
aircraft area, perform a NDI or use borescope equipment to locate the lost item/tool. (T-1).
8.9.2.4.1. If the item/tool is in an inaccessible area that poses no FOD threat and the
action is to leave the item/tool in place, the x-ray (or equivalent) with the identification
of the exact item/tool location and copies of all information concerning the lost
item/tool are maintained in the aircraft historical file until the item/tool is recovered.
(T-1).
8.9.2.5. If at any time during the investigation the item/tool is found, notify the Flight
CC/SUPT, Support Section, MOC, QA, expediter, Pro Super or equivalent, and the owning
work center. (T-1).
8.9.2.5.1. If the item/tool is found, but is inaccessible, the Operations Officer/MX
SUPT may explore other possible actions to include having the unit or a DFT
disassemble the aircraft to remove the item/tool.
8.9.2.5.1.1. If the aircraft MDS is one that has a PDM or is scheduled for depot
modification, any inaccessible lost item/tool will be listed with location on the
AFTO Form 345, Aerospace Vehicle Transfer Inspection Checklist and
Certification, for removal by the depot. (T-1).
8.9.2.5.1.1. (ACC) Ensure AFTO Form 103, Aircraft/Missile Condition Data, is
annotated for depot to remove the item/tool. (T-2).
8.9.2.6. The Operations Officer/MX SUPT will determine when the search for the lost
item/tool may be discontinued. (T-1). If the item/tool is not found:
8.9.2.6.1. Notify the MOC and the MXG/CC when the search for the lost item/tool has
been discontinued. (T-1).
8.9.2.6.2. Ensure lost item/tool report is completed IAW locally established
procedures. (T-1).
8.9.2.6.3. If applicable, ensure the TCMax® is documented IAW Paragraph 8.3.6.7
of this instruction. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 171
8.9.2.7. (Added-ACC) CTK custodians will inform QA when lost tools are found after
the ACC Form 145 has been closed out. (T-2). QA will inform the Wing FOD manager
when lost tools are found. (T-2).
172 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Chapter 9
MATERIEL MANAGEMENT SUPPORT
9.1. General. Material management plays a critical role in optimizing mission generation
capabilities. Although assigned to LRS, all DMS personnel must be integrated into daily mission
generation operations both at home station and deployed. The critical nature of direct interaction
between maintenance and materiel management activities at the point of maintenance provides
units direct access to materiel management SMEs to accurately identify, communicate, acquire or
disposition materiel management support necessary to maximize combat capability. MXG/CC and
MSG/CC will coordinate to ensure direct mission generations support focuses on readiness and
the unit’s ability to execute daily and deployed flying operations simultaneously. (T-1). This
Chapter, coupled with AFI 23-101, provides the minimum materiel management support
requirements necessary to provide the best possible opportunity for success in meeting mission
generation requirements. The AF has consolidated materiel management support under the AF
Sustainment Center. The AF Sustainment Center provides fleet-wide supply support to all AF
weapon systems and leverages consolidated repair facilities and ALCs capability to optimize
weapon system availability.
9.2. Decentralized Materiel Support. Decentralized Materiel Support personnel coordinate
maintenance and materiel management actions and manage supply transactions for the MXG. The
duty location for DMS personnel is the applicable maintenance unit as agreed upon by the MXG
and base 2S0 functional manager. Personnel rotations, as determined by the base 2S0 functional
manager will be accomplished with consideration of operational, career development, and training
requirements. (T-1).
9.2.1. In units with Decentralized Materiel Support personnel, the LRS Superintendent
exercises control and career-field development opportunities for Decentralized Materiel
Support (2S0XX) personnel. (T-1).
9.2.2. In units/work centers directly supported by Decentralized Materiel Support personnel,
the Logistics Readiness Squadron Materiel Management Flight is responsible for ensuring
materiel management support roles and responsibilities listed are completed IAW 23-series
publications.
9.2.3. LRS Superintendent will ensure complete DMS coverage of MXG duty periods, to
include weekend duty. (T-1).
9.2.4. At a minimum, DMS personnel will provide the following support functions to the
maintenance unit: monitor and track assets in the repair cycle, resolve supply support problems,
and report aircraft parts status and changes in base level repair capability to maintenance
supervision. (T-1).
9.2.4.1. Decentralized Materiel Support personnel also support maintenance in processing
issue requests, researching sources of supply, entering manual requisitions (part number
only), updating exception code lists, and resolving other peculiar maintenance supply
problems. (T-1).
9.2.4.2. DMS personnel will manage processes, in addition to those previously described,
such as parts ordering, backorder review and validation, Readiness Spares Packages, and
TNB. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 173
9.3. Supply Discipline. Supply discipline is the responsibility of all military and civilian
personnel regardless of grade or position. Personnel at all levels need to ensure the practice of
good supply discipline IAW AFI 23-111.
9.4. Readiness Spares Package Review. Maintainers play a critical role in the annual Readiness
Spares Package review process. This role includes active maintenance participation in the base
level validation process conducted by the LRS and their MAJCOM during the annual Readiness
Spares Package pre-review process in preparation for the Weapon System Program Manager final
review. Close maintenance-materiel management collaboration is essential to ensure RSPs are
properly sized to support contingency maintenance requirements. See AFMAN 23-122 for further
details.
9.5. Bench Stock. Flight CCs/SUPT and/or Section NCOICs/Chiefs will determine the contents
of their bench stock IAW qualification criteria in AFMAN 23-122. (T-1). Examples of bench stock
items include: nuts, bolts, cotter keys, washers, resistors, capacitors, light bulbs, sealants and
batteries. Bench stock levels are managed and based predominantly on consumption. Monthly and
semi-annual bench stock listings are provided by the LRS/DMS. A thorough review of these
listings is extremely important to ensure that bench stock supports the mission efficiently and
economically.
9.5. (ACC) Bench Stock. Maintain a master inventory of items. Note: Assets cannot be
commingled. (T-2).
9.5.1. Bench stock assets are organizationally purchased and therefore organizationally
owned. Appointment of DMS personnel as bench stock monitors must be agreed upon by the
applicable Squadron Superintendents.
9.5.2. Mark bins containing 50 percent or less of the authorized quantity to facilitate monthly
inventories. (T-1). Do not include items coded TCTO, unacceptable for AF use and critical in
bench stock. Controlled Item Code S and C may be in bench stock with MAJCOM approval.
Other controlled Item Codes are authorized with written approval from Unit Commander. See
AFMAN 23-122 for additional information.
9.5.3. Work center supervisors will:
9.5.3.1. Semi-annually complete a bench stock joint review with the Customer Support
Liaison Element, Materiel Control. (T-1).
9.5.3.1.1. During these reviews, special emphasis needs to be given to items with no
demands in the past year and items with excessive quantities not supported by demands.
The continuance of stocking such items is the exception and not the normative process.
See AFMAN 23-122 for further details.
9.5.3.2. (Added-ACC) Utilize current S04 to identify shelf life items and conduct
monthly inspections. Dispose of all expired shelf life assets monthly. (T-2).
9.6. Consumable Readiness Spares Package. The Consumable Readiness Spares Package
process provides requirement and asset visibility, has automated transfer and deployment
procedures, has the capability to provide the correct priority and project-coded replenishment
requisitions, and eliminates redundant requirements. Additionally, Consumable Readiness Spares
Package procedures provide MAJCOMs with a standard process to support consumable item
174 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
requirements during contingency operations. Refer to AFMAN 23-122 for Consumable Readiness
Spares Package procedures and options.
9.7. Shop Stock. Shop stock includes gas cylinders, random length bar stock, sheet metal,
plastic, fabric, electrical wire, and similar items not normally included in bench stocks. Maintain
shop stock for day-to-day operations. Monitor shop stock to prevent materiel from becoming
excessive or outdated. Shop stock should not normally exceed 90-days usage, or the unit of issue
or unit pack, whichever is greater. Store shop stock near/adjacent to bench stock items, if practical,
but do not mix them together. Clearly identify materiel as “Shop Stock” and label them with noun,
national stock number or part number, unit of issue, and shelf-life, if applicable.
9.7. (ACC) Shop Stock. Maintain a master inventory of items. Note: Assets cannot be
commingled. (T-2).
9.8. Operating Stock. Operating stock includes connector dust covers, hydraulic line
caps/plugs, and similar items that are normally recovered after use and re-used. Store operating
stock near/adjacent to bench stock items, if practical, but do not mix them together. Monitor
operating stock to prevent it from becoming excessive or outdated. Retain partially used bench
stock items in bench stock and not in operating stock. Identify, tag, and turn in items with no
forecasted use IAW AFI 23-101. Clearly identify items as “Operating Stock” and label them with
noun, national stock number or part number, unit of issue, and shelf-life as applicable.
9.8. (ACC) Operating Stock. Maintain a master inventory of items. Note: Assets cannot be
commingled. (T-2).
9.9. Work Order Residue. Work order residue includes expendable bit/piece items left over
from maintenance work orders or bench stock deletions. Store work order residue near/adjacent to
bench stock items, if practical, but do not mix them together. Ensure excesses are consolidated for
turn-in to LRS at least annually. Clearly identify items as “Work Order Residue” and label them
with noun, national stock number or part number, unit of issue, and shelf-life as applicable. Control
all work order residues used on or around aircraft, uninstalled engines, and AGE.
9.9. (ACC) Work Order Residue. Maintain a master inventory of items. Note: Assets cannot
be commingled. (T-2).
9.10. Adjusted Stock Levels. Adjusted stock levels are used when the demand level or
consumption is inadequate to support the requirement. A single occurrence of a mission limiting
status is not sufficient reason to establish an adjusted stock level but should result in a LRS/materiel
management activity review of demand data for accuracy. The using work center, with assistance
from LRS/materiel management activity, will prepare the request IAW AFMAN 23-122 and
provide adequate justification (such as, seasonal materiel requirements, long lead-time items,
infrequent use components that cause an NMC condition and result in a new procurement or
excessive lead-time to restock). Route the request through the applicable Squadron Operations
Officer/MX SUPT for approval prior to submitting to LRS/materiel management activity. Using
work centers will maintain a master file of approved adjusted stock level items and follow-up on
all requests until completed. (T-1).
9.11. Shelf-life Items. Using work centers will control the quantity and inspect (Type I and Type
II) shelf-life items kept in unit bench stock, operating/shop stock and work order residue IAW
AFMAN 23-122. (T-1). Personnel managing bench, shop, or operating stocks will:
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 175
9.11.1. Identify serviceable shelf-life items/locations with a colored and/or highlighted label
that clearly states the items expiration date. (T-2).
9.11.2. Check expiration dates on issued items and do not accept outdated items. (T-2). Refer
to AFMAN 23-122 for outdated and/or unserviceable shelf-life items.
9.11.3. Not open shelf-life containers until needed and use the oldest items first. (T-2).
9.11.4. Ensure shelf-life material stored in other than original containers are marked with
original shelf-life expiration codes. (T-2).
9.11.5. Recycle, reclaim, or turn-in for disposal, shelf-life items which are loose in the bin and
expiration dates cannot be determined. (T-2).
9.12. Equipment Items. Flight CCs/SUPTs and/or Section NCOICs/Chiefs will review
equipment items needed for mission accomplishment IAW AFI 23-101. (T-1).
9.12.1. Equipment Custodians will contact the EAE for assistance in researching and
preparing documents for gaining authorizations and ordering equipment items IAW AFI 23-
101. (T-2). Refer to AFMAN 23-122, for the required procedures to order and deploy
equipment items.
9.13. Special Purpose Recoverable Authorized Maintenance (SPRAM). SPRAM assets are
fault isolation spares, shop standard spares, training spares, -21 TO spares (AME), test station
spares, and stand-alone spares. These assets are Expendability, Recoverability, Reparability Code
(ERRC) XD/XF items, which are controlled and managed as in-use supplies.
9.13.1. Flight CCs/SUPTs and/or Section NCOICs/Chiefs will review all SPRAM
authorizations annually and certify as valid IAW AFI 23-101, AFMAN 23-122, and AFI 21-
103. (T-1).
9.14. Supply Assets Requiring Functional Check, Calibration, or Operational Flight
Programming. Maintenance sections must identify items requiring functional checks,
calibration, or operational flight programming prior to use. (T-3).
9.14.1. Maintenance sections will prepare a list of items, (including the repair section's
organization and shop code) for items requiring functional checks, calibration, or operational
flight programming. (T-3).
9.14.1.1. The list will be routed through the Operations Officer/MX SUPT to the LRS. (T-
3).
9.14.1.2. This list shall be updated/validated IAW AFMAN 23-122. (T-3).
9.14.2. The LRS/management materiel activity issues the items to repair sections when assets
are initially received on station, when functional checks, calibration, or programming is due or
when serviceability is doubtful.
9.14.3. If a Part issues requiring a functional check, ensure it is not restricted in the weapon
system -6 TO. Refer to TO 00-20-3 for functional check and frequency requirements.
9.15. Time Compliance Technical Order (TCTO) Kit Procedures. TCTO kit management is
a shared responsibility between maintenance and supply IAW TO 00-5-15 and AFI 23-101.
176 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
9.15. (ACC) Time Compliance Technical Order (TCTO) Kit Procedures. Supply TCTO Kit
Monitor will schedule and chair a monthly TCTO kit reconciliation meeting with wing TCTO
monitors. (T-2).
9.15.1. Initiate requests for kits, parts and special tool requirements through LRS as outlined
in Chapter 14.
9.15.2. Transfer TCTO kits with aircraft or equipment. AFMAN 23-122, TO 00-5-15, and TO
00-5-1 contain detailed guidance for the transfer of TCTO kits.
9.15.3. Retain TCTO kits for aircraft returning to the unit for TCTO compliance.
9.16. Supply Points. Supply points may be established within individual work centers when
time or resources required to move items dictates the need to do so.
9.16.1. Storage space for the supply points is provided by the supported work center.
9.16.2. Management of the supply point processes will be agreed to and documented by
participating group commanders. (T-1). Participating group commanders will require
appointment of supply point monitors to manage and account for supply point assets as part of
their agreement. (T-1). LRS Materiel Management Activities will maintain overall
accountability and control of supply point assets. (T-1).
9.16.3. Supply points must be reconciled semi-annually by the Supply Point Monitor. (T-1).
9.16.3.1. One of the semiannual reconciliations will be done at the same time as the annual
supply point inventory IAW AFI 23-101. (T-1).
9.17. Local Manufacture. Local manufacturing is an essential part of maintenance unit support.
The applicable end-item TOs identify items subject to local manufacture and specific procedures
for processing are in AFMAN 23-122.
9.17.1. MXG/CCs will publish directives outlining procedures covering the manufacture of
items source coded local manufacture IAW Chapter 2, Chapter 4, and Chapter 8 of this
instruction. (T-1).
9.17.2. MXG directives as a minimum will include:
9.17.2.1. Procedures that prevent abuses and specify coordination requirements as a
minimum coordination will include: QA, EAE, office Wing/Base Safety and indorsement
by the approval authority. (T-1).
9.17.2.2. Identifying the approval authority for local manufacture requests. (T-1).
9.17.2.3. Identifying drawing, sample, technical data and DD Form 1348-6, DoD Single
Line Item Requisition System Document, source requirements as required. (T-1).
9.17.2.3.1. Ensure guidance identifies that drawings are obtained from the appropriate
repository (such as, Engineering Data Service Center or JEDMICS).
9.17.2.4. Establishing coordination process for all the appropriate fabricating sections to
determine the bits and pieces required to manufacture the item. (T-1).
9.17.2.4.1. Coordinating bit and piece parts requirements and availability with the
LRS/DMS.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 177
9.17.2.5. Identifying all work centers that have action on the AFTO Form 350 for items
requiring multiple section processing. (T-1).
9.18. DIFM Management.
9.18.1. DIFM inputs are critical to recording and getting credit for proper repair cycle times.
9.18.1. (ACC) DIFM will be managed IAW AF 23-series publications. (T-2).
9.18.2. DIFM status codes are broken down into three categories; delayed maintenance time,
repair time, and AWP time. Repair time is the only time recorded and used to determine the
number of assets that should be stocked. Not using the proper codes when they change reduces
the number of assets on base.
9.18.2.1. (Added-ACC) Delinquent criteria for DIFM details are defined in AFI 23-101,
ACC Supplement. (T-2).
9.18.3. The roles and responsibilities for DIFM management are identified in AFI 23-101. The
LRS/DMS provides the D23 or equivalent to assist each repair section in DIFM Management.
The D23 is provided in both maintenance location and stock number sequence. Repair sections
use the D23 to manage the flow of serviceable and unserviceable DIFM assets in the repair
cycle and to ensure the DIFM status and location is updated.
9.18.3. (ACC) Appointed unit DIFM monitor(s) must attend weekly DIFM meetings hosted
by the LSR’s FSC IAW AFI 23-101. (T-2).
9.18.3.1. If a parts request is backordered and the removal of the unserviceable DIFM item
does not further limit or restrict the operational capability of the end item, it will be
removed and sent to the applicable support section for either repair, NRTS approval, or
condemnation with a subsequent turn-in to LRS/materiel management activity (as a credit
DIFM) IAW TO 00-20-3. (T-1).
9.18.3.1.1. Repair assets to the fullest extent authorized.
9.18.3.2. Repairable components will be processed, repaired, and returned to the FSC
within the required time frame IAW AFI 23-101. (T-1).
9.18.3.3. The D23 will not be used to manage serviceable assets.
9.18.4. Repair Cycle Throughput. Throughput is the average time it takes to move individual
items through the repair cycle. Timelines for turn-in are outlined in AFI 23-101.
9.18.5. Units will establish local procedures for the control of repair cycle assets throughout
the maintenance repair cycle IAW AFI 23-101 and AFMAN 23-122. (T-1).
9.18.5.1. Procedures will include methods of accounting for all components and
accessories, procedures for control of assets in AWP or AWM status, and procedures and
responsibilities for cross CANN, removal of bits and pieces, and scheduling and control of
repair cycle assets. (T-2).
9.18.6. AWP and cross-CANN assets will be controlled and managed IAW AFMAN 23-122.
(T-1).
9.18.6.1. Maintenance activities will closely control reparable assets in AWP status. (T-
1).
178 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
9.18.7. Maintenance Turn-In to Supply. Maintenance is responsible for DIFM items until the
item is returned to LRS/DMS.
9.18.7.1. Work centers must properly tag and secure repair cycle assets and place items in
a leak–proof containment liner (no leaks/stains/tears/punctures), as required. (T-1).
9.18.7.1.1. To prevent spillage, any item containing any type of residual fluid,
regardless of hazard classification, will be drained, purged, preserved, capped, plugged
and placed in a leak-proof containment liner before placement into a serviceable
reusable container for storage or shipment. (T-1).
9.18.7.1.2. The work center must comply with packaging, environmental control, inert
certification, purge and preservation requirements as specified in applicable TOs, AFI
24-602V2, AFMAN 24-204, and place sufficient copy(s) of the technical document(s)
for handling, storage, shipping and distribution of copies inside the container. (T-1).
9.18.7.1.2. (Added-ACC) Breathing gaseous oxygen cylinders must be depleted
prior to DIFM turn in between 10-30 psi, under no conditions should oxygen cylinders
be depleted below 5 psi, see TO 42B5-1-2. (T-2). Supply Support personnel must not
accept oxygen bottles for DIFM turn in without 7-level signed and certified condition
tags. (T-2).
9.18.7.2. Include AFTO Form 350, Parts I and II, and a condition tag or label with all items
turned into supply IAW TO 00-20-3. (T-1). Note: Some DIFM assets may require
additional tags.
9.18.7.2.1. Enter the correct action taken code on AFTO Form 350, Part II.
9.18.7.3. Accomplish proper reclamation and demilitarization actions on condemned
repair cycle assets IAW AFMAN 23-122 and AFH 23-123, Vol. 2, Part I, Sec. 6C.
9.18.7.4. DIFM items (serviceable or unserviceable) will be processed and turned in to
LRS IAW AFI 23-101. (T-1).
9.18.7.4. (ACC) Limited availability of time sensitive turnaround assets for aircraft
retrofit/TCTO must be turned in within 14 calendar days of Flight Service Center
availability. (T-2). FSC will notify PS&D upon receipt of retrofit or TCTO assets. (T-2).
9.19. Tail Number Bins (TNB).
9.19.1. Establishment and management of TNBs is a shared responsibility between
maintenance and supply. TNBs are storage locations established and controlled to store issued
parts awaiting installation and parts removed to FOM. TNBs are set up by tail number, serial
number, or identification number.
9.19.1. (ACC) The designation for AGE due-out release items is the Hold Bin.
9.19.2. TNB items used to satisfy MICAP conditions are not CANNs. If a TNB asset is issued
to satisfy a part request, maintenance personnel will:
9.19.2.1. Reorder the item and notify the expediter of the new document number. (T-3).
9.19.2.2. Update the aircraft forms and the MIS. (T-3).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 179
9.19.2.3. If a due-out is created prior to transfer of these items, notify the LRS/materiel
management activity to change the "mark-for" field on the due-out detail. (T-3).
9.19.3. Seal and store partially completed TCTO kits and parts in the TNB and mark the
container or package with the tail number, serial number, or equipment identification number
and TCTO number. (T-1).
9.19.4. Maintain security and control of TNB assets. (T-1).
9.19.5. Track property placed in the TNB by tail number, serial number, or equipment
identification number. Each entry will indicate:
9.19.5.1. Date received. (T-2).
9.19.5.2. Noun/nomenclature. (T-2).
9.19.5.3. Document number. (T-2).
9.19.5.4. Status (FOM, Issue/Due-Out Release (ISU/DOR), TCTO). (T-2).
9.19.5.5. Removal information (date, time, signature, and employee number of the person
who picked up the property). (T-2).
9.19.5.6. Remarks. (T-2). Enter “NONE” if no remarks are necessary.
9.19.5.7. Current JCN. (T-2).
9.20. CANN Actions. See Chapter 11 of this instruction for CANN procedures and
responsibilities.
9.21. Bench Check and Repair Policy. Maintenance sections bench check items as part of the
off-equipment troubleshooting process. When workload requires, the Section NCOIC/Chief
determines the priority for bench check actions. Specific procedures for bench check and repair
policy are provided in TO 00-20-3. The following general guidelines apply:
9.21.1. Order required parts “fill or kill.”
9.21.1.1. If the part is not in stock and a MICAP condition exists, backorder the new
request.
9.21.1.2. Determine local repair capability before requisitioning off-base support or going
lateral support.
9.21.2. Remove the suspected item, fill out the AFTO Form 350, and annotate it as repair and
return. Attach AFTO Form 350 to the item; place the item in the repair cycle; and annotate the
name of the repair section on the form.
9.21.2.1. (Added-ACC) Delinquent criteria for DIFM details are defined in AFI 23-101,
ACC Supplement. (T-2).
9.21.3. Bench-check, repair, take NRTS action, or condemn the item.
9.21.3.1. If the item is repaired or otherwise determined to be serviceable, the repair
section informs the Support Section the item is available for pick-up so on-equipment
maintenance action may resume.
180 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
9.21.3.2. If the item cannot be repaired, the repair section informs the Support Section to
initiate a backordered request and takes appropriate NRTS and condemnation action on the
unserviceable asset.
9.22. Maintenance Turn-Around Record Update Processing. Work centers processing TRNs
will coordinate with LRS/DMS and follow requirements outlined in AFI 23-101, AFMAN 23-122,
and AFH 23-123. (T-1).
9.23. Buildup Items. Maintain items requiring build-up prior to use (such as, wheels and tires)
in supply points in a built-up configuration.
9.23.1. Send items to appropriate work centers for build-up and return them to the supply point
for re-issue.
9.23.1.1. Use AF Form 1297 or control log to control assets sent for build-up when the
supply point is operated by other than maintenance personnel.
9.23.1.2. Validate AF Form 1297 daily if over 10 days old.
9.23.2. Local procedures will be established to control assets when maintenance operates the
supply point and assets are sent to another organization for build-up. (T-1).
9.24. DR Exhibits. DR exhibit procedures for issue, turn-in, and storage are contained in TO
00- 35D-54 and AFI 23-101. DRs shall be inputted into the JDRS at https://jdrs.mil. (T-0).
9.25. Destruction of TOP SECRET Material. Destruction of TOP SECRET material requires
a receipt according to DODM 5200.01, Vol 3, DOD Information Security Program: Protection of
Classified Information and AFI 16-1404. A copy of the destruction certificate will be included
with the turn-in documentation. (T-0).
9.25.1. Provide sensitive instruments interior container protection. (T-1).
9.25.2. Ensure a copy of the LRU/SRU historical record accompanies turn-in of all items. (T-
1).
9.26. Certifying Items Associated With Explosives. Ensure items such as MERS, TERS,
pylons, launchers, rafts, bomb racks, ejection seats, fire suppression bottles, gun systems and
components are certified explosive-free prior to turn-in to LRS and/or Defense Logistics Agency
(DLA) Disposition Services. (T-1). Refer to TO 11A-1-60 and AFMAN 21-201 for specific
certification requirements.
9.27. (Added-ACC) Parts Holding Bin (PHB).
9.27.1. (Added-ACC) PHB are storage locations established to control and store parts and
hardware removed from the next higher assembly. (T-2).
9.27.2. (Added-ACC) For units utilizing PHB, parts will have appropriate tag (i.e., DD Form
1574 Serviceable Tag - Materiel, 1577 Unserviceable (Condemned) Tag - Materiel, 1577-2
Unserviceable (Reparable) Tag - Materiel, or AFTO Form 350) attached and annotated IAW
TO 00-20-1. (T-2).
9.27.3. (Added-ACC) Minor hardware placed in PHB will be stored in a containment device
identified with:
9.27.3.1. (Added-ACC) Identity of next higher assembly. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 181
9.27.3.2. (Added-ACC) Nomenclature (T-2).
9.27.3.3. (Added-ACC) Quantity (T-2).
9.28. (Added-ACC) Repair Network Enhancement Program (RNEP). MXG/CC is the OPR
for the RNEP program. MSG/CC is the OCR for the RNEP program. The RNEP provides wing
senior leadership a forum to evaluate current aircraft weapon systems resource and support status,
highlight specific problem areas, focus on local repair initiatives to include the AFREP processes
and discuss ways to improve the overall repair cycle process. (T-2).
9.28.1. (Added-ACC) RNEP Meeting. The meeting will be held at least quarterly; chaired
by the WG/CV (WG/CC is encouraged to chair). (T-2). Note: The flying wing CV residing
on an ABW-led installation will chair the meeting. (T-3). The MXG/CC and MSG/CC will
attend and participants include the following: LRS (minimum FSC) representatives from
maintenance units, O&M resource advisors, maintenance analysis, AFREP (if applicable), QA
and others as determined by the MXG/CC and MSG/CC. (T-3). The lead materiel manager
within the maintenance organization will lead the discussion of key data about specific
parts/topics. (T-3).
9.28.1.1. (Added-ACC) Subject Matter Review. One of the objectives of the RNEP
meeting is to increase overall base self-sufficiency for repair and reduce the overall cost of
operations. Topics discussed vary based on local requirements, but should include key
elements of asset management and costs associated with each of the maintenance stock
fund divisions. The number of items reviewed in each topic is determined locally. Units
determine the specific format and visual aids used for presentation of the following
information:
9.28.1.1.1. (Added-ACC) Asset Profile/Top Projected MICAP Situations. An asset
profile is an in-depth review of an asset identified as critical to mission accomplishment
or causes frequent MICAP situations. Data in an asset profile may include number
authorized and on-hand, number repaired and not repaired, number of MICAPs,
average repair cycle days, average AWP days, monthly demand, item cost, and
financial value of assets in the repair cycle. The overall health of the assets should
include reasons for MICAP situations and solutions to resolve them.
9.28.1.1.2. (Added-ACC) Test Station Equipment Profile. Test station in-
commission time is critical to efficient repair cycle output. TMDE and other shop
deficiencies may have a negative effect on the base repair cycle process. The wing
should focus on actions which maximize test station capability.
9.28.1.1.3. (Added-ACC) Wing Self-Sufficiency Initiatives. Initiatives include
discussion of new wing, group and squadron AFREP initiatives and other local self-
sufficiency repairs. Discussions must include how initiative is cross-fed to appropriate
depot, Lead Command and all other like-MDS bases. (T-2).
9.28.1.1.4. (Added-ACC) High Cost Maintenance. Unit funded
TCTOs/modifications, high cost work centers, SPRAM back orders, financial value of
parts in the repair cycle, etc.
9.28.1.1.5. (Added-ACC) Top CANN Items. Review information which includes the
number of times items were cannibalized in the last 30 days, average CANN
182 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
occurrences over the last 6 months, projected get well date and the time required to
CANN the item.
9.28.1.1.6. (Added-ACC) Unit Aircraft Engine Status Review. A status review
summary should include number in work, projected production date and supply drivers
for work stoppage.
9.28.1.1.7. (Added-ACC) Repair Cycle Bottlenecks. Review any area, which
impedes the repair cycle process such as frozen supply records, supply, rejects, test
station backlogs, personnel deficiencies, manpower shortages etc. Review status of all
issued DIFM assets, including status codes not counted as issued DIFM days (e.g.,
CTR, PDM, TOC, etc.).
9.28.1.1.8. (Added-ACC) AWP Summary. Analyze due-out causes and back order
priorities to determine if supply action is required to correct any deficiencies/problems.
9.28.1.1.9. (Added-ACC) Repair Cycle Throughput. Throughput is the average time
it takes to move individual items through the repair cycle. Review/compare the 12-
month average versus the current month Repair Cycle Time (RCT) to identify trends
and areas for improvement.
9.28.1.1.10. (Added-ACC) Aircraft Part Store Issue Effectiveness. Percentage of
aircraft parts issued from the aircraft parts store vs the main warehouse. Disregard this
element when LRS does not segregate aircraft components into a separate warehouse.
9.28.1.1.11. (Added-ACC) Discuss product improvement initiatives and
maintenance related to Innovation Development through Employee Awareness (IDEA)
submissions, etc.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 183
Chapter 10
MUNITIONS POLICY AND WEAPONS LOAD CREW PROGRAM
10.1. AF Munitions Policy. AF munitions policies are contained in AFMAN 21-200 and
AFMAN 21-201. AF nuclear munitions policy is contained in AFI 21-204.
10.1.1. Live and inert missiles (or electrical simulators) of the same type, for example Captive
Air Training Munitions with Air to Air must not be loaded or flown together on an aircraft for
any purpose. (T-2). Live and inert (to include training or practice) bombs must not be loaded
in/on the same dispenser/rack or flown on an aircraft load together. (T-2). Any request to
deviate from or waiver to this policy must be coordinated through the WWM, and must be
submitted via official message to the MAJCOM Munitions Division, Weapons Safety, and
Operations Weapons and Tactics/Training Divisions. (T-2). Note: Units that fly rocket pods
will not fly TP rockets with any combination of live rockets. Note: With Program Office/Seek
Eagle approval, configurations with inert Air-to-Ground Missiles (AGM) can be flown with
all types of bombs and rockets. The MAJCOM Munitions Division is the sole approval
authority for these deviations/waivers. Test organizations may load and fly live and inert
munitions on the same aircraft for test missions only, as long as the flight profile is IAW an
approved test directive that has been through a Safety Review Board process and flight
clearance through the applicable Program Office/Seek Eagle office has been properly obtained.
10.1.2. Request for waiver of, or deviation to, this policy will include as a minimum: (1), an
Operational Risk Assessment report and proposed controls to mitigate or eliminate hazards to
personnel, damage to aircraft and support equipment or inadvertent employment of live
ordnance, and (2), a signed copy of the Test Requirement Plan, Test Plan, or Concept
Employment Plan. (T-2). Approved requests will remain valid only for the event requested and
will not exceed 60 days. (T-2).
10.1.3. Captive Air Training Munitions. Safety pins/streamers for arming keys/safe-arm
handles on Captive Air Training Munitions may be removed for daily training/flying
operations provided positive control and accountability is maintained for these items.
10.1.3.1. Captive Air Training Munitions AIM-9M arming handles will be permanently
removed. (T-1). These components are only removed for foreign or dropped object
prevention.
10.1.3.2. Any Captive Air Training Munitions missile used for exercises, Load Crew
Training and inspections should be configured to the maximum extent possible with all
safety devices and components to mirror the parent tactical munitions.
10.2. Unit Committed Munitions List (UCML), Test/Training Munitions List
(TTML). Operational units will use UCMLs. (T-1). Test/Training units will use TTMLs unless
they require a UCML, for example North American Aerospace Defense Command (NORAD)
Committed. (T-1). The UCML/TTML is a list of Primary Munitions (PM), Support Munitions
(SM), and Limited-use Munitions (LM) necessary to meet unit operational/test/training
requirements and is published IAW this instruction. The list of PM will not include more than 10
individual munitions or Munitions Family Groups (MFG) combined per mission, design, and
series (MDS) aircraft assigned. (T-2). The UCML/TTML also specifies the minimum certified
184 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
load crews required to meet unit requirements. MAJCOMS may supplement UCML/TTML
processing, coordination and appendix requirements.
10.2.1. As a minimum, UCML/TTML’s will be updated annually to identify all munitions
tasked and/or required to support test/training or OPLANs, DOC statements, and Ready
Aircrew Program tasking memorandum. (T-1). Additional munitions may be included on the
UCML/TTML as SM or LM munitions if required by the unit or designated by the MAJCOM
(A4M performs this in the ANG) to support test, training, or deployment. The UCML/TTML
is the base document for aircrew and load crew training munitions forecasts, authorizations
and operations. Units will start their UCML/TTML validation in July, and have a coordinated
input to the MAJCOM Munitions Division in August. (T-2). MAJCOMs will supply approved
UCML/TTML to the units in September.
10.2.2. Unit changes to the UCML/TTML will be justified by Wing Weapons and Tactics,
coordinated and processed through the WWM, Munitions Squadron/Flight, MXG/CC and
OG/CC before sending it to higher headquarters and MAJCOM. (T-2).
10.2.3. Standard Conventional Load lists are not part of the UCML/TTML. They are stand-
alone documents.
10.2.4. The WWM determines the minimum number of certified load crews depicted on the
UCML and recommends approval to the MXG/CC. The minimum number should be based on
supporting the initial/lead UTC requirements. Additionally, follow-on UTCs tasked
simultaneously with the initial/lead UTC will be considered to determine minimum load crew
requirements. The WWM determines the number of load crews depicted on the TTML as
required to meet training unit syllabus and/or test unit mission requirements. Note: WWM will
specify in writing the minimum number of load crews required in aggressor units when no
UCML/TTML exists. (T-1).
10.3. Weapons Load Crew Training Program (WLCTP). The USAF WLCTP ensures all
weapons load crew members obtain and maintain the certification/qualification and proficiency
needed to effectively meet safe, secure, and efficient munitions loading/unloading operations
supporting their unit’s mission. The objective of the WLCTP is to develop and maintain a high
state of mission readiness for immediate and effective generation/employment of munitions loaded
aircraft. WLCTP provides the basis for accomplishing peacetime missions while maintaining
critical wartime capability. The WLCTP is managed by Weapons Standardization.
10.3.1. Weapons Standardization (WS). WS plans and conducts nuclear and conventional
weapons load certification and training requirements to support unit tasking and operational
plans. WS is comprised of the superintendent, the LSC, lead crews and an academic instructor.
WS will manage and govern the Weapons Standardization Program. (T-1) In TFI-associated
units, the WWM will ensure ARC/RegAF LSC (minimum of two certifying officials) are
available to cover weekend loading evaluations. (T-2) This arrangement must be in writing
(grade, names) and reviewed on an annual basis. (T-2) Training, certification, proficiency
evaluations and qualifications required to load munitions on aircraft are the sole responsibility
of Weapons Standardization.
10.3.2. Weapons Standardization Program. The Weapons Standardization Program is
established to ensure munitions loading standardized training, procedures, and policies, are in
place to support mission requirements. The Weapons Standardization Program is made up of
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 185
the WS personnel, weapons academic training, practical training, munitions loading
certification, weapons task qualification, and proficiency evaluations. These core elements are
managed and governed by the WS. WS will establish and manage a program to train, certify
and maintain proficiency for each load crew based on the munitions designated by the
UCML/TTML and/or those munitions designated by the WWM for SM’s and LM’s. (T-1).
10.3.2. (ACC) WS is responsible for establishing and managing the Wing ICT program,
when utilized, to train, qualify, and maintain proficiency for qualified personnel. (T-2). Note:
A separate APG ICT Weapons Academics may be conducted.
10.3.2.1. (Added-ACC) At a minimum, training will consist of:
10.3.2.1.1. (Added-ACC) Knowledge of MDS specific TO 33-1-4 and TO 00-25-
172. (T-2).
10.3.2.1.2. (Added-ACC) Knowledge of ICT TALs. (T-2).
10.3.2.1.3. (Added-ACC) Familiarization of System Safety Engineering Analysis
(SSEA). (T-2).
10.3.2.1.4. (Added-ACC) Familiarization with Munitions Accountability. (T-2).
10.3.2.1.5. (Added-ACC) Visual depiction of combat turn areas specifying various
hazards with the operation, including locations of munitions and equipment that will
be utilized. (T-2).
10.3.3. WS Superintendent (SUPT) Responsibilities. The WS SUPT is responsible to the
WWM, and performs Section NCOIC/Chief duties outlined in Paragraph 3.10 of this
instruction. The WS SUPT develops and oversees the Weapons Standardization Program, sets
standards, develops local policies and procedures, and interprets all technical data and
directives governing the Weapons Standardization Program. Note: ARC & Air Force Special
Operations Command (AFSOC) WS SUPT responsibilities may be performed by the LSC
Team Chief. The WS SUPT will:
10.3.3.1. Manage WLT training munitions, components, and accessories. (T-1).
10.3.3.1.1. Ensure load crew training munitions are maintained to the same standard
and are representative of the parent munitions to the maximum extent possible. (T-1).
10.3.3.1.2. If defects exist that preclude the use of training munitions for WLT/ Dual
Loading Operation, they will be turned in to the Munitions Flight/Squadron for
maintenance or replacement IAW AFMAN 21-201. (T-1).
10.3.3.2. Ensure training munitions and munitions items meet unit needs. (T-1). The
UCML/ TTML will be the source document for WLT munitions requirements and
authorizations and the WS SUPT must ensure correct munition variants are requested to
support unit taskings. (T-2).
10.3.3.2.1. The WS SUPT will ensure sufficient quantities of load crew training
munitions are forecasted for IAW AFMAN 21-201 and issued assets are serviceable to
support both load crew and Dual Loading Operation training programs. (T-1).
10.3.3.2.1.1. If sufficient training munitions are not available to support Dual
Loading Operation training, coordinate use of assigned items from WS supply point
186 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
for management flexibility.
10.3.3.2.2. The WS SUPT will review and validate all munitions forecasts submitted
by WS and the Armament Flight prior to submission to MAJCOM. (T-1). Refer to
AFMAN 21-201 for guidance on submitting the annual non-expendable air-munitions
training forecast to the MAJCOM.
10.3.3.2.3. Training munitions. Authorized quantities of training munitions can be
referenced in the “Air Force Standard for Non-Expendable Air-Munitions Training”
located on the Air Force Conventional Munitions SharePoint site at:
https://cs2.eis.af.mil/sites/10027/SitePages/Home.aspx. These numbers reflect the
maximum munitions required exclusively for weapons load crew certification and
recurring training. These munitions are forecasted by and assigned to weapons load
training (W1) accounts.
10.3.3.2.3.1. Units may request and justify additional quantities of munitions than
specified on these tables but may not be allocated munitions unless sufficient
quantities are available and approved.
10.3.3.2.4. Units with multiple MDS will use the authorization for the MDS that
provides the greater quantity per item; these authorizations are not cumulative. (T-1).
For example, if a base has both F-15E and F-16 aircraft assigned and both MDS are
tasked on the UCML/TTML for Guided Bomb Unit (GBU)-12 then only two, not four,
GBU-12s will be allocated to support both MDS.
10.3.3.2.4.1. If a situation exists where the WLT facilities are physically separated
and the WWM determines it negatively impacts load crew training to move
munitions from one to the other, then each facility will be authorized the minimum
number of tasked training munitions. (T-2).
10.3.3.3. Ensure load crews demonstrate proficiency on each type aircraft racks and
stations prior to certification on that munition. (T-1).
10.3.3.3.1. For conventional munitions capable of multiple carriage, both aircraft
parent station and multiple carriage loading are required.
10.3.3.3.2. For nuclear weapons, only the aircraft stations that are maintained in
nuclear certified status are loaded.
10.3.3.3.3. Ensure load crews demonstrate proficiency on each type aircraft racks and
stations prior to certification on that munition. (T-1).
10.3.3.3.4. (Added-ACC) [A-10 Only] Only LSC/SLC will maintain proficiency
when loading AGM/TGM-65 on LAU-88. (T-2). All other unit load crews will receive
AGM/TGM-65/LAU-88 familiarization training. (T-2). When tasked, unit load crews
will receive additional training utilizing the LAU-88 and maintain proficiency. (T-2).
10.3.3.4. Ensure load crews are familiar with fuse inspection, installation and wiring IAW
MDS-33 series TO procedures or TO 11A-1-63, Munitions Assembly Procedures—
Inspection and Assembly of Conventional Munitions. (T-1).
10.3.3.4.1. Conduct this training during initial certification.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 187
10.3.3.5. Ensure EPEs are performed on each LSC/Lead Crew member at least semi-
annually to validate standardization of the weapons load training program. (T-1).
10.3.3.5.1. Results will be documented on the AF Form 2419 and will be maintained
within the WLCMT or MAJCOM approved equivalent. (T-1).
10.3.3.5.2. WWM and/or WS SUPT will perform EPEs on LSC members during load
crew evaluations. (T-1). Exception: For the 354th Fighter Wing EPEs will be
accomplished during weapons task qualification training. (T-1).
10.3.3.5.3. LSC members perform EPEs on Lead Crew members during load crew
evaluations. (T-1).
10.3.3.6. (Added-ACC) Coordinate with AMU Production Superintendent to ensure
WLT aircraft are available and configured to meet training requirements (power capable,
pylons, racks, panels, etc.). (T-2).
10.3.3.7. (Added-ACC) Inspects 25% of assigned CTKs, armament test and support
equipment for serviceability, at least quarterly, and initiates corrective action as required.
Schedules and tracks inspections to ensure 100% of CTKs, test, and support equipment
will be checked over a one-year timeframe. (T-2). Document inspection results and use for
follow-up action and reference as necessary.
10.4. Loading Standardization Crew (LSC). The LSC is assigned to WS and reports to the
WS SUPT. The LSC administers the Weapons Standardization Program and the WWM and/or WS
SUPT evaluate and certify the LSC according to criteria in this AFI.
10.4.1. The LSC Team Chief must be at least a TSgt 2W171. (T-1).
10.4.2. The LSC trains, evaluates, and certifies the lead crews and load crews.
10.4.2.1. The LSC will perform semi-annual evaluations, (quarterly at short tour
locations), on all certified load crews on at least one of the unit’s PM. (T-1). Lead crew
members may assist; however, at least one member of the LSC must be present. (T-1).
10.5. Weapons Academic Instructor. A WS member is designated to oversee and manage the
Weapons Academic Training Program.
10.5.1. The WWM will designate WS members (minimum 7-skill level) as primary (primary
instructor will be a permanently assigned individual to WS, minimum grade of TSgt) and
alternates, to conduct initial and recurring weapons academic training for all wing 2W1XXs
(or equivalent contractor personnel). (T-1).
10.5.1.1. The instructors will have a SEI for at least one of the assigned MDS weapons
system and familiarized with all UCML/TTML items. (T-1).
10.5.2. The primary academic instructor will manage the Weapons Academics Training
Program and associated materiel. (T-1).
10.5.2.1. (Added-ACC) ICT instructors will conduct initial and recurring training. (T-2).
If required to support ICT training, a qualified 2AXXX (APG) may be utilized (for each
assigned MDS) to assist.
10.5.3. The primary weapons academic instructor will review the Weapons Academics
Training Program annually IAW AFI 36-2650. (T-1).
188 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
10.5.3.1. The weapons academics instructor is not considered a maintenance instructor.
10.6. Squadron Lead Crews. The lead crews are assigned to the WS and assist the LSC in
training, evaluating and certifying unit load crews in safe and reliable munitions loading
procedures.
10.6.1. For contingency operations or deployed locations a lead crew should deploy to perform
WS functions.
10.6.2. If a lead crew is not deployed, the senior 2W1X1 weapons loading person (with WWM
coordination) on location will have WS authority. (T-1). For example, a new munition or load
configuration is required to support operations and crews need to be trained on location
(provided Seek Eagle approval has been granted and verified technical data/procedures are
available).
10.7. Training Facilities/Aircraft.
10.7.1. Practical training will be conducted in a facility dedicated to load crew training that is
of sufficient size to accommodate required aircraft, training munitions and associated support
equipment. (T-1).
10.7.1.1. Adequate office space and classroom with appropriate heating and cooling are
required in the academic and practical training area. See AFMAN 32-1084 for facility
requirements.
10.7.2. Aircraft will have a fully configured and operational (electrical and mechanical)
weapons system for load training purposes. (T-1).
10.7.2.1. If a permanent load trainer for example, Armament Systems Trainer and/or
GITA) is assigned, it also will have a fully configured and operational weapons system.
(T-2).
10.7.2.2. In addition, WS will develop a schedule for periodic maintenance to weapons
system components. (T-1).
10.8. Weapons Academics. All 2W1X1s (and civilian equivalents performing in 2W1 capacity)
assigned to a wing regardless of duty position, and non-2W1X1 personnel who maintain specific
weapons task qualification will complete initial and recurring (not exceeding a 15-month interval)
weapons academic training. (T-1).
10.8. (ACC) Weapons Academics. ICT academics is a recurring annual requirement for units
with ICT program. (T-2).
10.8.1. Complete initial academic training before the start of any practical training. (T-1).
10.8.1.1. Recurring academic training may also be part of training and recertification for
failed loads.
10.8.1.2. Initial and recurring course outlines may be combined.
10.8.1.3. A minimum score of 80 percent must be attained to receive credit for academic
testing. (T-1).
10.8.2. Coordinate training requirements and course control documents annually through
Wing Safety or the safety officer and MT. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 189
10.8.2.1. Wing Safety will approve all nuclear surety training lesson plans. (T-1).
10.8.2.2. The WWM is the final approval authority for course documents. (T-1).
10.8.3. Weapons academic training may fulfill the requirements for explosive safety and
nuclear surety training if requirements of AFI 91-101 and AFMAN 91-201 are met. Course
control documents are tailored to unit and contingency needs and, as a minimum, will include
the following items:
10.8.3.1. Local publications that prescribe weapons related operating procedures or
directives. (T-1).
10.8.3.2. Safety (occupational and explosive) and security. (T-1).
10.8.3.3. Aircraft, munitions, AGE, SE, TMDE, and munitions trailer familiarization. (T-
1).
10.8.3.4. Testers, handling equipment and special tools. (T-1).
10.8.3.5. Operations in revetments/protective aircraft shelters. (T-1).
10.8.3.6. Weapons storage and security system vaults (tasked units). (T-1).
10.8.3.7. Applicable command unique training requirements in 36-26XX supplements.
(T-1).
10.8.3.8. Hazards inherent during Concurrent Servicing Operations. (T-1).
10.8.3.9. Task Assignment List and applicable -16/-33 TOs (initial academics/ load crew
personnel only). (T-1).
10.8.3.10. Explain Master Nuclear Certification List, Dull Sword definition and reporting
procedures IAW AFMAN 91-221 and other related directives (applies to all units with
nuclear certified equipment regardless of mission). (T-1).
10.8.3.11. Nuclear weapons systems fault isolation and troubleshooting procedures (if
applicable). (T-1).
10.8.3.11. (ACC) Nuclear weapons systems fault isolation and troubleshooting
procedures covered in separate Nuclear Surety Training Course may be used to fulfill this
requirement (if applicable).
10.8.3.12. Explain procedures for operations involving nuclear weapons, to include safety
wiring and sealing, use of Tamper Detection Indicators, two-person concept, no-lone zone,
PRP, and AF Form 504, Weapons Custody Transfer Document, custody transfer
procedures (if applicable). (T-1).
10.8.3.13. Discuss accident, incident and deficiency reporting. Include in this training:
DULL SWORD, AVOID AMBER, AVOID RED, BENT SPEAR, BROKEN ARROW,
NUCFLASH, EMPTY QUIVER, Weapons Custody and Control Procedures and
Command Disablement Systems (if applicable). (T-1).
10.8.3.14. (Added-ACC) Munitions accountability procedures. (T-2).
10.8.4. Weapons Expediter training. Weapons Expediter training will be instructed by the
Weapons Academic Instructor. (T-1).
190 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
10.8.4.1. Initial training is required prior to assuming duties as a Weapons Expediter. (T-
1).
10.8.4.2. Expediter training will address the following subject areas:
10.8.4.2.1. Basic Expediter duties within this AFI. (T-1).
10.8.4.2.2. AF Forms 2430 and AF Form 2434 documentation. (T-1).
10.8.4.2.3. Munitions flightline accountability. (T-1).
10.8.4.2.4. Emergency procedures. (T-1).
10.8.4.2.5. NET Explosive Weight/Explosive Site Planning. (T-1).
10.8.4.2.6. Review and monitor JSTs (screen 469, 100, and 122 as a minimum). (T-1).
10.8.4.2.7. Aircraft MESLs (as applicable). (T-1).
10.8.4.2.8. Maintenance on conventional and nuclear explosives loaded aircraft. (T-
1).
10.8.4.2.9. MNCL items (as required) and nuclear policies pertaining to flightline
activity. (T-1).
10.9. Practical Training. Practical training starts when academic training is complete. Practical
training is the initial hands-on procedural training given to load crew members. The LSC or lead
crews administer practical training to each load crew member on required munitions and aircraft.
They ensure practical training duplicates operational conditions to the maximum extent possible
and stress requirements such as loading/unloading on/off various types of munitions trailers (with
applicable accessories), DLOs, two-person concept, safety wiring and sealing/roto sealing,
controlled access and weapon custody receipt and transfer procedures, as required.
10.9. (ACC) Practical Training. To include ICTs. (T-2).
10.10. Task Assignment List. A Task Assignment List is a functional grouping of procedural
steps from applicable -16/-33 series TOs, by crew position, to be accomplished in sequence by
each crew member during a loading operation. Task Assignment Lists are used during training for
all loading operations except those for which job oriented procedures have been published (B-2
rotary launcher conventional munitions, and B-52H Conventional Air Launched Cruise Missile
pylon and Conventional Stores Rotary Launcher loading/unloading is accomplished procedurally
parallel to the -16 procedures). Task Assignment Lists are not a replacement for TO procedures,
but are used to standardize procedures and facilitate the training of unit load crews.
10.10. (ACC) Task Assignment List. TAL will be approved by HQ ACC/A4WA and reviewed
annually. (T-2). Units will ensure current copies of TALs are used. (T-2).
10.10.1. Task Assignment Lists will include single, dual loading operation, cross-loading and
integrated munitions loading procedures (including gun and chaff/flare loading) as applicable.
(T-1).
10.10.1. (ACC) To include ICTs, as applicable. (T-2).
10.10.2. Units may develop task assignment lists for aircraft armament electrical functional
checks (at unit's discretion).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 191
10.10.3. Separate Task Assignment Lists will be developed for weapons qualification tasks
performed by non-2W1X1 personnel. (T-1).
10.10.4. MRPLs and semi-annual evaluations are not considered training operations.
10.10.5. Minimum responsibilities of each load crew position (MAJCOMs may develop more
detailed Task Assignment Lists).
10.10.5.1. Two member load crews (CV-22, MC-130J/H/P, and HH-60).
10.10.5.1.1. Crew member number one will be the load crew chief and is in charge of
the loading operation. (T-1).
10.10.5.1.2. Crew member number two will assist crew member number one in
performing the aircraft preparation and loading munitions. (T-1).
10.10.5.2. Three member load crews. (AC-130U/W/J, A/OA–10, F–15, F–16, F-22, F-35
and MQ-9).
10.10.5.2.1. Crew member number one will be the load crew chief and is in charge of
the loading operation. (T-1).
10.10.5.2.2. Crew member number two will perform aircraft preparation, load
munitions, and assist as required. (T-1).
10.10.5.2.3. Crew member number three will perform munitions preparation, operate
the bomb lift truck, and assist as required. (T-1).
10.10.5.3. Four member load crews. (B–1, B–2, and B–52).
10.10.5.3.1. Crew member number one will be the load crew chief and is in charge of
the loading operation. (T-1).
10.10.5.3.2. Crew member number two will perform the aircraft preparation and assist
as required. (T-1).
10.10.5.3.3. Crew member number three will perform munitions preparation and assist
as required. (T-1).
10.10.5.3.4. Crew member number four will operate the bomb lift truck and assist as
required. (T-1).
10.11. Munitions Aircraft Loading Certification/Decertification.
10.11.1. Certification. These guidelines are used to establish the weapons standardization
program. Only individuals with 2W1X1 AFSC (contractor or civilian equivalent) are
certified/qualified to load/unload munitions items on aircraft except for those weapons task
qualifications outlined in paragraph 10.16.7 (T-1) A minimum of one certifying official is
required for two-person load crews. (T-1) A minimum of two certifying officials are required
to evaluate three and four-member load crews. (T-1) Certification and training requirements
are as follows::
10.11.1.1. LSC, lead crew and load crew personnel will be certified by position. (T-1).
10.11.1.2. Personnel must be certified before loading live conventional munitions, unless
loading under the direct supervision of a minimum of two certifying officials. (T-1).
192 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
10.11.1.2. (ACC) Only AFSC 2W1X1 personnel will execute these operations. (T-2).
10.11.1.3. Personnel must be certified before loading war reserve nuclear weapons. (T-0).
10.11.1.3.1. Certified load crews may be evaluated by using war reserve weapons if
the weapons are scheduled for loading or movement.
10.11.1.4. LSC, lead crews, and load crews will be certified on all PMs. (T-1). Exception:
AFGSC units follow Paragraph 2.7.5 of this instruction for nuclear PM requirements.
10.11.1.4.1. The LSC and lead crews are certified on all SMs to provide the cadre for
future certification of unit load crews. (T-1).
10.11.1.4.2. The LSC is certified (or qualified for items so identified by unit tasking)
on unit LMs. (T-1).
10.11.1.5. Load crews can only be certified on up to 15 total MFGs (primary, support,
limited). (T-1).
10.11.1.6. Dual position (LSC and lead crews) or multiple MDS (LSC, F-15C/D/E lead
crews, Test Wing personnel, 174 ATKW Det 1, and AFSOC only) certification is
authorized; however, personnel will not be certified on more than 15 UCML/TTML
primary MFGs. (T-1).
10.11.1.6.1. Proficiency requirements are accomplished on all aircraft IAW this
Chapter.
10.11.1.6.2. Personnel who are dual position certified will ensure they comply with
MRPL and SAE requirements in both positions for which they are certified; they will
not alternate between the two. (T-1).
10.11.1.6.3. In the dual or secondary position, personnel will only load munitions for
which they are certified, and will comply with requirements stated above. (T-1).
10.11.1.6.4. Only dual certify in the MFGs required to meet mission requirements. (T-
1). Note: MQ-1/MQ-9 personnel are exempt from the dual MDS/position restrictions
imposed by this Paragraph; crews may be certified on both MDS, and #2 and #3
members may be certified in both positions.
10.11.1.7. Load crew member certification is valid worldwide with gaining WWMs
concurrence. Reassignment does not necessarily require recertification by the gaining unit
if the individual is certified on the same munitions, aircraft, and load crew position; and if
MRPL or SAE requirements are current.
10.11.1.7.1. Units will develop procedures to ensure load crew certification status is
provided to the individual prior to Permanent Change of Station (PCS) departure. (T-
3).
10.11.1.8. Units will alternate loading operations on different AME configurations for
same munitions. (T-2).
10.11.1.8.1. Units with GBU-39 on UCML/TTML will train Bomb Rack Unit-61
asymmetrical or unbalanced center of gravity loadouts, for example, with 1-3 GBU-
39/53s loaded. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 193
10.11.1.9. Personnel certified to load nuclear weapons on aircraft, will perform weapons
transfer and tie-down procedures to and from trailers, Weapons Storage and Security
System vaults, and support stands for which load standardization training has been
established and conducted IAW this instruction. (T-2). These actions are not required as
separate certification items.
10.11.2. Decertification. Document decertification and/or disqualification actions in the
WLCMT or MAJCOM-approved equivalent. (T-1). Decertify and disqualify individual load
crew members if they:
10.11.2.1. Fail to complete a required evaluation (SAE, MRPL, Qualification). (T-1).
10.11.2.1.1. If a load crew member is on TDY, emergency leave, incapacitated, or
involved in an unannounced local or higher headquarters exercise/contingency
operation, do not decertify or disqualify the member providing the current
SAE/MRPL/Qualification requirements (plus all past-due evaluations) are completed
within one month of returning to duty (two months for Traditional Reservist/Drill
Status Guard members).
10.11.2.2. Fail to accomplish recurring academic training. (T-1).
10.11.2.2.1. All personnel exceeding the 15-month interval will not operate, handle,
transport, maintain, or load munitions until academic training is accomplished. (T-1).
10.11.2.3. Fail an evaluation due to the following criteria:
10.11.2.3.1. Safety Error. (T-1). A violation of safety publications, TO warnings, any
unsafe act (personal injury or death). Evaluators will immediately intervene to prevent
such acts. (T-1).
10.11.2.3.2. Reliability Error. (T-1). A violation of TO requirements that could
reasonably lead to damage/premature failure of equipment, prevent safe reliable
operation of weapons system or weapon release, or intervention by the evaluator to
prevent such violations.
10.11.2.3.3. Lack of technical proficiency. (T-1). Any load crew member failing to
demonstrate technical proficiency results in a failed rating.
10.11.2.3.3.1. A crew member exceeding three technical order errors results in a
fail rating for lack of technical proficiency.
10.11.2.3.4. Time standard. (T-1). Exceeded time standard results in a failed rating for
the load crew chief.
10.11.2.3.4.1. If the time standard is exceeded for other load crew member’s lack
of technical proficiency, the Load Team Chief does not need to be decertified. Time
standard will not be applied to flightline evaluations. (T-1).
10.11.2.4. When a member is decertified on a munition, the member will be decertified on
all items within the MFG. (T-1). Personnel may recertify on any MFG item. Note: Bomber
units may certify by loading methods for nuclear munitions. This will be accomplished by
documenting the munition method in block seven of the AF Form 2435. EXAMPLE,
AGM-86/B Pylon, AGM-86/B Conventional Stores Rotary Launcher, B-61/83 Rotary
Launcher Assembly, B-61/83 S/B.
194 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
10.11.2.4.1. For integrated loads, the evaluator may decertify on all munitions or a
specific munition loaded. When the same rating is not applied to all munitions loaded
during an integrated load, the load crew records will be annotated accordingly. (T-2).
10.11.2.4.2. A failure for safety or reliability does not result in complete
retraining/recertification for the loading task. At the discretion of the evaluator, sub-
task retraining or thorough critique may be used to satisfy retraining/recertification
requirements.
10.12. Proficiency Review Period. Immediately following initial certification, crews will load
one-third of all munitions monthly for a minimum of three months, after which the LSC or lead
crew will recommend to the WS SUPT to place them in the normal bi-monthly evaluation cycle
(N/A for short tour locations and Traditional Reservist/Drill Status Guard members). (T-1).
10.13. Minimum Required Proficiency Load. All certified load crews will perform proficiency
loads and be evaluated by the LSC or a lead crew. (T-1).
10.13.1. Each munition an individual is certified to load, regardless if it is a primary, support
or limited use munition, will be loaded at least once within a six month period (three month
period for short tour locations and twelve month period for Traditional Reservist/Drill Status
Guard members). (T-1).
10.13.1.1. One third of the required munitions will be loaded bi-monthly (monthly for
short tour locations) to demonstrate crew proficiency. (T-1).
10.13.2. MRPL credit may be given during any certified loading operations on the flightline
provided complete MRPL requirements are performed and evaluated by WS personnel. MRPL
credit during flightline evaluations is only authorized when loading live munitions, Dummy
Air Training Missiles, or D-2 type inert munitions.
10.13.3. In units where no munition training assets exist (Cluster Bomb Unit CBU-105, M129)
difference training will be provided prior to initial certification and during recurring academics
training. (T-1).
10.13.4. Load crews in air defense/air superiority units perform proficiency loads bi-monthly
using all committed primary munitions. (T-1).
10.13.5. Nuclear-tasked units. LSC, lead crews, and load crews will load nuclear PMs
monthly. (T-1).
10.13.5.1. Only one type of munition within a MFG requires loading each month.
10.13.6. Load crew integrity must be used to the maximum extent possible. (T-3).
10.13.6.1. Certified Load Team Chiefs may perform MRPLs in any position provided they
load under the supervision of LSC or lead crew using inert conventional training munitions
only. This requirement applies at home station only. No MRPL credit is given to those
individuals during evaluations unless loading in the position for which they are certified.
10.13.7. Load crews will annually perform an evaluated load while wearing the ground crew
Chemical Warfare Defense Equipment using 33-1-2/33-2-1 procedures as determined by the
WWM. (T-3). Credit may be given during exercises provided operations are evaluated by WS
personnel. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 195
10.14. Load Crew Semi-Annual Evaluations (SAE). The LSC evaluates each load crew once
semi-annually on at least one of the unit PMs (SM or LM if no PM listed); all unit PMs will be
used on a rotating basis. (T-1).
10.14.1. SAE’s are not required for lead crews.
10.14.2. Load crews failing to accomplish semi-annual evaluations on all munitions will be
decertified unless exempted IAW provisions in this Chapter. (T-1).
10.14.3. If an integrated load is accomplished as the SAE (such as, AIM-9, -120), document
the SAE accordingly.
10.14.4. There is no need to document both SAE and MRPL.
10.14.5. Certified Load Team Chiefs may perform SAEs in any position provided they load
under the supervision of LSC or lead crew using inert conventional training munitions only.
This requirement applies at home station only.
10.14.6. No SAE credit will be given to those individuals during evaluations unless loading
in the position for which they are certified. (T-1). This enables units the flexibility to evaluate
remaining crew members when a member may not be available to form a full crew and will
only be used as necessary.
10.14.7. The letter "E" will be placed after the date for the semi-annual evaluation regardless
of rating. (T-1).
10.15. Documenting Load Crew Certification/Decertification/Qualification.
10.15.1. The LSC will manage load crew certifications, qualifications, SAEs (quarterly
evaluation (QE) for short tour locations), and MRPLs by means of the WLCMT or MAJCOM
approved equivalent. (T-1).
10.15.1.1. All decertification and subsequent recertification actions must be documented
on AF Form 2435 via WLCMT or MAJCOM approved equivalent process. (T-1).
10.15.1.2. Aircraft parent station, multiple carriage, difference training and asymmetrical
loads will be documented on AF Form 2419, AF Form 2435, or MAJCOM approved
equivalent. (T-1).
10.15.2. Enter one of the following codes in the month column, as applicable, if required loads
are not completed and provisions of this Chapter apply: Temporary Duty (TD), Emergency
Leave (LV), Incapacitated (ED), Exercises/Contingency (EX), or Weather (WX). (T-1).
10.15.2.1. Code outs will not be used as a substitute for ineffective scheduling. (T-1).
WWM has final decision authority on coding disputes.
10.15.2.2. RPA contractor personnel who deploy immediately after weapons load
certification are not required to be coded out monthly.
10.15.3. Route AF Form 2419 after semi-annual evaluations (quarterly for short tour
locations) to the Weapons Section NCOIC/Chief, Operations Officer/MX SUPT, WWM, and
the WS SUPT. (T-1).
196 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
10.15.4. When internet connectivity will not be present, send printouts from the WLCMT or
MAJCOM-approved equivalent product with the crew to deployed/TDY locations if loading
tasks are to be performed. (T-1).
10.15.4.1. The following statement will be added after the last entry on each product: "AF
Form 2435 reviewed; the member is certified/qualified on the items listed on this product.”
(T-1). This statement is followed by the signature and date of a WS certifying official.
10.15.5. Academic and practical training will be tracked and documented in a MIS, however
the WLCMT or MAJCOM-approved equivalent may be used for this purpose. (T-2).
10.16. Weapons Task Qualification. A weapons task qualification is a munitions-related task
that does not require certification to include inert/training munitions. Individuals require both
initial/recurring weapons academics and initial/annual practical qualification training for these
tasks.
10.16.1. All individuals will receive full task qualification training to include use of the
checklist. (T-1).
10.16.2. Recurring practical training should be conducted during normal flightline operations
to the maximum extent possible.
10.16.3. Training is provided, documented and tracked by WS.
10.16.4. Checklist Qualification. Indicates that the person with the checklist is trained,
knowledgeable and in-charge of the overall operation or task.
10.16.4.1. Members must possess a minimum 5-skill level to be checklist qualified. (T-1).
10.16.5. Full scale inert/training munitions (such as, BDU-50/TGM-65/Captive Air Training
Munitions -120/M129). If load crew personnel are certified on a munition, they are considered
qualified (by position certified, except #1 position) on its inert version.
10.16.6. Two or more qualified personnel in AFSC 2W1X1 (or civilian equivalent) shall be
required to perform the following tasks:
10.16.6.1. Practice Bombs: load and unload BDU-33, BDU-48 and MK-106. (T-2).
10.16.6.2. Load and unload ammunition in internal and external gun systems (the GAU-8
requires three people). (T-2). Exception: Personnel do not load GAU-2, GAU-18, GAU-
21, or M240 machine guns and are authorized to unload ammunition only during Hot Gun
emergency or gun jams that require safing prior to maintenance actions.
10.16.6.3. Load and unload single 2.75 rockets. (T-2).
10.16.6.4. Load and unload Miniature Air Launched Decoy (three person minimum). (T-
2).
10.16.6.5. Load and unload captive AGM-114 missiles (M36). (T-2).
10.16.7. Two or more qualified personnel in any aircraft maintenance AFSC shall be required
to perform the following tasks (members must be qualified in all aspects of task to be
performed; for example, aircraft prep, rack/launcher prep, munitions prep.
10.16.7.1. Install and remove impulse cartridges if the task is not accomplished as a part
of a loading operation. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 197
10.16.7.2. Load/unload pyrotechnics. (T-2).
10.16.7.3. Installandremovechaffandflaremagazinesandotherdefensive countermeasures.
(T-2).
10.16.7.4. Perform portions of the conventional loading checklist pertaining to delayed-
flight or alert, and Immediate Prior to Launch/Safing procedures. (T-2). Note: Removal of
dome/Target Designator cover(s) is not considered Immediate Prior to Launch and does
not require initial/recurring academics.
10.16.7.5. Perform munitions/missile isolation procedures to facilitate other maintenance
on conventional loaded aircraft only. (T-2).
10.16.7.6. Install and remove Captive Air Training Munitions/ Dummy Air Training -9
missiles (must have three personnel minimum and one person must be checklist qualified).
(T-1).
10.16.7.7. Install and remove Acceleration Monitor Assemblies and Airborne
Instrumentation System pods. Academics are not required for Acceleration Monitor
Assemblies and Airborne Instrumentation System pods. (Minimum crew size per TO
directives). Acceleration Monitor Assemblies and Airborne Instrumentation System
qualification training is a one-time trained item that will be entered on an AF Form 797.
(T-1).
10.16.8. A Load Team Chief may perform in any crew member position when loading
inert/training munitions if certified on the parent munition. (T-1).
10.16.8.1. The two and three members can only perform those positions for which they
are certified or qualified. (T-1).
10.16.9. Cross-loading Operations will be trained and documented as a Qualification. Cross-
loading operations are only applicable to conventional loading operations and are only
authorized upon MXG/CC approval and WS program implementation.
10.16.9.1. The following minimum conditions will be included in the Cross-loading
training plan (if implemented) (T-2).
10.16.9.1.1. Procedures for clearly identifying aircraft involved in cross-loading
operations.
10.16.9.1.2. A list of MXG/CC authorized munitions eligible for cross-loading
operations.
10.16.9.1.3. Local procedures, restrictions and safety requirements as determined by
the WWM and MXG/CC.
10.16.9.1.4. Procedures for annotating loading checklist within the cross-loading
program to ensure compliance, for example, emergency data page info, when to check
steps.
10.17. Munitions Load Time Standards. All munitions listed in a single block comprise a MFG
for the respective aircraft mission type. The load time standards apply to all operational users of
the munitions or aircraft listed and are the minimum proficiency requirements for weapons load
crews.
198 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
10.17.1. Units may establish more restrictive standards for local use.
10.17.2. Unless otherwise noted in Table 10.1., Table 10.2., or Table 10.3., the WS SUPT
shall determine and set load time standards for qualification items, for integrated loads
(including nuclear, if tasked), and for loads performed wearing the Chemical Warfare Defense
Equipment (T-3).
10.17.2. (ACC) To include ICTs. (T-2).
10.17.3. All items require certification IAW this Chapter, unless otherwise indicated.
10.17.4. The standard load times, from the MFG Table 10.1., Table 10.2., and Table 10.3.
are standard load times for initial and recurring training and evaluations for the respective
single store (including full munitions preparation) and installation of impulse cartridges, if
required.
10.17.4.1. Except for Bomb Rack Unit-57, an additional 10 minutes is allowed for each
added aircraft station check on fighter aircraft, if performed as part of an evaluated load.
10.17.4.2. An additional 7 minutes is allowed for each like store added to fighter aircraft
loads.
10.17.4.3. Load times are additive when more than one type of munition is loaded on
fighter aircraft. For example, if an F-16 is to be loaded with two AIM-9s and a MK-82, the
load crew shall be allowed 20 minutes for the first AIM- 9, 7 minutes for the second AIM-
9, and 25 minutes for the MK-82, for a total of 52 minutes.
10.17.4.4. Units may develop optimum time standards for integrated loads (including
nuclear, if tasked).
10.18. (ACC) Integrated Combat Turnaround (ICT). It is a simultaneous aircraft fueling,
servicing, and loading operation as approved by the SSEA. A “Hot” ICT is performed with at least
one engine running; a “Cold” ICT is performed when the aircraft is shut down. ICT are performed
by a trained and qualified personnel using approved MDS-ICT checklists/tech data procedures
under the direct supervision of an Aircraft Turnaround Supervisor. With the exception of Hot Pit
refueling, it is a start-to-stop operation conducted in a single location/aircraft parking spot. The
ability to integrate weapons loading, refueling, minor inspections/servicing, and aircraft
preparation tasks is key to enhancing aircraft availability during combat operations. General
procedures are in TO 00-25-172. Note: Do not use the ICT checklist as a replacement for the
thru-flight inspection TO during routine flying operations. WSS will:
10.18.1. (Added-ACC) Ensure fully qualified personnel receive recurring evaluations every
6 months. (T-2).
10.18.1.1. (Added-ACC) Ensure initial and recurring evaluations of ICT-qualified
personnel (except combat turn directors) are documented on the AF Form 2419. (T-2).
10.18.1.2. (Added-ACC) Document ICT academics training and qualification in MIS.
(T-2). Note: WLCMT or MAJCOM-approved equivalent may be used.
10.18.1.3. (Added-ACC) Disqualify personnel failing to complete required ICT
evaluations unless exempt by provisions of this chapter. (T-2). ICT disqualification of a
load crewmember does not necessarily result in munitions decertification.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 199
10.18.1.4. (Added-ACC) Ensure aircraft configurations (e.g. external fuel tanks, ECM,
targeting pods) and munitions configurations are consistent with those anticipated during
combat operations. An Integrated load (more than one UCML primary munition) should
be performed during an ICT before an individual is considered ICT qualified. If the unit
determines hot ICTs are required to support wartime requirements, a hot ICT should be
performed (if approved SSEA and TO 00-25-172 guidance) before an individual is
considered ICT qualified. (T-2).
10.18.1.5. (Added-ACC) Incorporate ICTs into the unit's aircraft utilization and
maintenance plan. (T-2).
10.18.1.6. (Added-ACC) Evaluated ICTs may be used to satisfy MPRL requirements,
however all requirements within paragraph 10.13.2 will be met. (T-2).
10.18.2. (Added-ACC) ICT Key personnel and Responsibilities.
10.18.2.1. (Added-ACC) Sortie Production will have overall responsibility for all
maintenance personnel and resources dedicated to a combat turn area. (T-2). They have
complete authority to establish priorities and expanded resources to ensure maximum sortie
production and request assistance in resolving problems beyond the capability of meeting
mission requirements and weigh all decisions against the priority of the mission(s) being
generated (for example, whether to continue or terminate operations in the face of
hazards/safety risks). (T-2).
10.18.2.2. (Added-ACC) Aircraft Turn Supervisor (ATS) will be a highly trained and
qualified maintenance technician in a minimum grade of SSgt. (T-3). The ATS will:
10.18.2.2.1. (Added-ACC) Supervise ICTs by using the appropriate -4CL technical
data. (T-2).
10.18.2.2.2. (Added-ACC) Ensure that ICTs progress safely and on schedule. (T-2).
10.18.2.2.3. (Added-ACC) Terminate actions when hazards jeopardize the safety of
personnel or equipment. (T-2).
10.18.2.2.4. (Added-ACC) Maintain communication with Sortie Production,
appropriate flightline supervisor, and MOCC. (T-2).
10.18.2.2.5. (Added-ACC) Ensure sufficient serviceable material and equipment is
available and properly positioned for the ICT. (T-2).
10.18.2.2.6. (Added-ACC) Only supervise one ICT at a time. (T-2).
10.18.3. (Added-ACC) ICT Timeframes. The ICT time standard for F-16 and A-10 aircraft
will be 45 minutes. (T-3). The time standard all other fighter aircraft is 60 minutes. Note: The
WSS with the MXG/CC approval may increase the time standard as necessary to account for
munitions assembly, hanging external fuel tanks or uncommon munitions configurations
providing the time standard does not exceed 60 minutes for F-16 or A-10 aircraft and 75
minutes for all other fighter aircraft. ICT timing begins when the aircraft is first chocked on
the ICT spot or combat turn area and ends at the completion of the final aircraft preparation
procedures of the applicable aircraft tech order or checklist.
200 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Table 10.1. Fighter Aircraft Munitions Family Group and Munition Load Time Standards
(in minutes).
MUNITIONS FAMILY GROUP
A-10
F-15
F-16
F-22
F-35
REMARKS
AIM-9 L/M/X
20
20
20
30
20
Note 6
AIM-120
25
25
40
25
Note 6
AGM-65
25
25
25
Note 1, 2, 6
AGM-88
25
Note 6
AGM-154 (JSOW)
25
25
Note 1, 5, 6
AGM-158 (JASSM)
25
25
Note 1, 6, 8
B-61
90
90
Note 3
CBU-87/89
25
25
25
Note 6
CBU-103/104/105/107 (WCMD)
25
25
25
Note 5, 6
GBU-10/12/51
25
25
25
30
Note 1, 6
GBU-24/27, EGBU-24/27
30
25
Note 1, 6
GBU-28, EGBU-28
35
Note 1, 6, 8
GBU-31/32/38/54/56 (JDAM)
25
25
25
35
25
Note 5, 6
GBU-39/53 (SDB)
25
25
40
25
Note 6, 7
(Added-ACC) GBU-49
25
MK81/82/83/84/110 Low Drag
(LD)
25
25
25
25
Note 4, 6
MK82/MK84 High Drag (HD)
25
25
25
Note 4, 6
QUALIFICATIONS
A-10
F-15
F-16
F-22
F-35
REMARKS
20MM/30MM/25MM
X
X
X
X
X
ADM-60
X
ALE-50/70
X
X
CHAFF/FLARES
X
X
X
X
X
M129/PDU-5B
X
X
X
ROCKETS (2.75)
X
X
SUU-25
X
X
Notes:
1. Add 15 minutes for each additional store or LAU-117.
2. Time is for one LAU-117. The time for loading one pre-loaded LAU-88 is 45 minutes; two
LAU-88s, 60 minutes; single missile out of container, 35 minutes; for a single missile that must
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 201
be transferred out of the container, 50 minutes; for three missiles out of the container, 60 minutes;
for three missiles in their containers, 90 minutes.
3. Includes a short flight circuit test, such as F-16, 75060/W-11; or F-15E, A/E24T-199 check.
When a long flight circuit test is to be included in a loading operation, add the time standard
listed in the applicable -6 tech order to the time standard.
4. Add 5 minutes for each fuse extender used.
5. F-16 add 35 minutes if BRU-57 functional check is performed as part of the load.
6. Add 10 minutes if functional check is to be accomplished as part of the load evaluation.
6. (Added-ACC) Add 10 minutes if Built-In Test is to be accomplished as part of the load
evaluation.
7. Time standard for a preloaded carriage system is 40 minutes.
8. Add 5 additional minutes when loading AGM-158/GBU-28 on F-15E Station 5
9. (Added-ACC) Add 25 minute time standard for F-35.
Table 10.2. Bomber Aircraft Munitions Family Group and Munition Load Time
Standards.
MUNITIONS FAMILY GROUP
B-1
B-2
B-52 INT
B-52 EXT
REMARKS
AGM-86
85
95
Note 1, 2, 5
AGM-158
50
50
50
50
Note 1, 4, 7
B-61/B-83
45
Note 1, 2, 6
CBU-87/89
40
40
40
Note 1, 3, 7
CBU-103/104/105/107 (WCMD)
40
40
Note 1, 4, 7
GBU-10/12
40
Note 3, 7
GBU-28
50
40
Note 3, 4, 7
GBU-31/38/54 (JDAM)
40
40
45
45
Note1, 4, 7
GBU-57 (MOP)
70
Note 4, 7
MK-56/60/62/63/65 (Mines)
40
40
25
40
Note 1, 3, 7
MK-82LD/83LD/84LD/M117/BLU-
109/110 (GP LD)
40
40
25
40
Note 1, 3, 7
MK82A, MK84A (GP HD)
40
40
40
Note 1, 3, 7
QUALIFICATIONS
B-1
B-2
B-52-I
B-52-E
REMARKS
ADM-160
X
ALE-50
X
CHAFF/FLARES
X
X
202 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
M129/PDU-5
X
X
Notes:
1. Pre-load; time standard 40 minutes for preloaded B-1 CBM+, MRPL and SECBM. B-52/B-2
add 40 minutes for each additional preload Conventional Stores Rotary Launcher//Rotary
Launcher Assembly or Pylon on the B-52.
2. B-52 post-load for one missile: Add 50 minutes for AGM-86B, 60 minutes for AGM-86D, and
70 minutes for AGM-86C. Add 5 minutes for each additional missile. B-2 post-load check add
20 minutes if accomplished as part of the load.
3. Add 3 minutes for each additional store Non MIL-STD-1760E capable store. Exception: Add
10 minutes per store for GBU/EGBU 10/12/28.
4. MIL-STD-1760E; Add 5 minutes per additional store. Exception: B-52 add an additional 5
minutes per store if MIL-STD-1760E cable installation is required. B-52 (internal) for AGM-
158 load add 20 minutes per additional store. The LSC will develop a local time standard for the
8th weapon. B-52 add an additional 10 minutes per additional store for CRL loading. B-1 and B-
52 (external), for AGM-158 load, add 20 minutes per additional store. B-2, for the AGM-158
load, the first store is 50 minutes; add 20 minutes per additional store. The LSC will develop a
local time standard for the 8th weapon.
5. Time for single missile loading is 70 minutes per store.
6. Time for single bomb is 40 minutes, add additional 15 minutes per store; B-2 add 20 minutes
if post-load check is performed as part of the load.
7. B-2 add 20 minutes if post load checks are performed part of the load. B-1 add 45 minutes if
status checks are performed as part of the load. N/A for B-52.
Table 10.3. Remote Piloted/Special Mission Aircraft Munitions Family Group and
Munition Load Time Standards
MQ-1
MQ-9
AC-130U,
W, and J
REMARKS
AGM-114
20
20
Note 1, 2
AGM-176 (SOPGM)
30
GBU-12
25
Note 1, 2
GBU-38/GBU-54
25
Note 1, 2
GBU-39
45
(Added-ACC) GBU-49
25
QUALIFICATIONS
REMARKS
25MM/30MM
X
CHAFF/FLARES
X
Notes:
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 203
1. Add 15 minutes for each additional store or M299.
2. Add 10 minutes if functional check is to be accomplished as part of the load evaluation.
204 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Chapter 11
ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE REQUIRMENTS AND PROGRAMS
11.1. Facility Housekeeping and Contamination Control. Units will publish housekeeping
and contamination procedures which protect the health of workers and maintain areas as free as
practical from surface contamination. (T-1). Units will:
11.1.1. Ensure Bioenvironmental Engineering approved workplace-housekeeping procedures
are employed to prevent the spread of contamination within a work center. (T-1).
11.1.2. Emphasize controlling the source of the contamination and ensure workplace
personnel follow proper work procedures, PPE use, and hygiene practices. (T-1).
11.1.3. Ensure housekeeping procedures will account for the dangers and hazard exposures
found in the work center and will be consistent with mitigation methods outlined in AFMAN
91-203. (T-1).
11.2. Personal Wireless Communications Systems Management.
11.2.1. Maintenance Communications. The MXG/CC has the overall responsibility to ensure
Personal Wireless Communications Systems communication resources are available to support
mission requirements. Reliable, redundant, cyber resilient, and effective communications
systems are essential for efficient maintenance operations. These systems shall provide
accurate, timely, secure, programmable frequency and jam resistant communications needed
to securely accomplish the maintenance mission in a fully deployed and isolated mode.
11.2.2. Commanders or designated representative will coordinate base Communication
Squadron or equivalent to ensure compliance with Personal Wireless Communications
Systems management requirements IAW AFI 17-210, AFI 17-220, Spectrum Management,
AFI 17-130, and AFMAN 17-1203. (T-1). The following general guidelines apply:
11.2.2.1. Allowance for specific radios is shown in AS 660, Equipment Allowances for
Non-Weapon Systems Communications Requirements, Repair Cycle Data Listing. Process
requests for specific radio equipment to support maintenance activities IAW AFI 23-101,
AFI 17-210, AFI 17-220, AFI 17-130, and AFH 23-123 V3, Air Force Equipment
Management.
11.2.3. A VHF/UHF radio is authorized for use in maintenance operations to facilitate
communications between aircraft and maintenance personnel. Additionally, aircrews may
relay advance aircraft status information to maintenance personnel using VHF/UHF channels.
11.2.3.1. Maintenance Operations will coordinate procedures for use of these radio
communications with operations and other essential wing organizations. (T-1).
11.2.3.2. For effective flightline operations, more than one non-tactical radio nets are
authorized when large numbers or different types of weapon systems are assigned or when
Allowance Standards specify.
11.3. MAJCOM/ANG Special Certification Rosters (SCR). The SCR is a management tool
providing supervisors a clear and concise listing of personnel who have been appointed to perform,
evaluate, and/or inspect work of a critical nature. Normally, only maintenance requirements that
have a definite potential for personal injury or damage to equipment will be included in the SCR.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 205
Other tasks requiring special training or qualifications may be managed on the SCR. The SCR is
used to build personnel rosters for deployments, shift schedules, and assess workforce capability.
AF/A4LM establishes mandatory SCR Item Titles in Column A of Table 11.1 (T-1). Based on the
evolving complexity of weapon systems and the associated task diversity the process of assigning
prerequisite to SCR tasks are assigned to using MAJCOMs/ANG as follows: MAJCOMs/ANG
A4s will coordinate with their applicable Lead Commands to develop and document SCR item
“Prerequisite” criteria in Column B of Table 11.1 based on task complexity of their assigned
weapons systems. MAJCOMs/ANG may add additional items and remove non-applicable Items
on their SCR using the standardized Table 11.1 format provided. MAJCOM/ANG Supplements
must include their complete SCR table when coordinating supplement approval with AF/A4LM
as described in the opening Paragraph of this AFI. Special Certification approval authority will
be accomplished IAW notes at the bottom of the SCR. (T-1). The MXG/CC and CD are not
required to be on the SCR by virtue of their position as the SCR approval authority.
11.3.1. MXG/CC will approve items identified in Table 11.1, Note 1. (T-1). The MXG/CC at
their discretion, may delegate approval authority to MXG Squadron Commanders.
11.3.1.1. The Squadron Operations Officer/MX SUPT approves individuals in their
primary AFSC based on their experience and technical expertise regardless of their
assigned skill or position. 7-skill level personnel may be certified outside their primary
AFSC only when specific Cross Utilization Training task qualification is documented in
their training records.
11.3.1.1. (ACC) The SCR will be reviewed and signed semi-annually by the Squadron
Operations Officer/MX SUPT to verify all entries are current and accurate and to ensure
task certifications have been completed. (T-2).
11.3.1.2. MXG/SUPT will review and sign SCR actions for those individuals
administratively assigned to MXO (QA, AFREP). (T-1).
11.3.1.2.1. MXG/SUPT will coordinate with the Field Training Detachment (TD)
CC/SUPT to validate currency of Field TD personnel on the SCR. (T-1).
11.3.1.3. WWM will review and sign WS SCRs. (T-1).
11.3.2. TFI units will establish a process for approving SCR additions in a MOA/MOU to
provide visibility across participating organizations. (T-1).
11.3.3. The MXG/CC may waive selected 5-skill level personnel, in the rank of SrA or higher,
for tasks normally requiring a 7-skill level requirement to facilitate the production effort.
Waived 5-skill level personnel should be closely monitored and kept to the minimum required
to accomplish mission generation.
11.3.3.1. Operations Officer/MX SUPT or equivalent will retain file copies of approved
waivers. (T-1).
11.3.3.1.1. Approved waiver file copies may be discarded if SCR specifically
identifies task as waived in the Maintenance Information System.
11.3.3.2. Certified weapons load crew chiefs (load crew member position number 1) by
virtue of their task certification and position, serve as inspectors for weapons loading tasks
only and do not require a waiver. Note: 2W0XX certified munitions inspectors are exempt
from these requirements.
206 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.3.4. MAJCOM Waiver Policy. If local conditions require assignment of other than
MAJCOM approved mandatory SCR grade (to include civilian equivalents) and skill level
prerequisite requirements, and cannot be fulfilled using the MXG/CC authority stated in
Paragraph 11.3.3. of this instruction then the MXG/CC (or equivalent) must request a waiver
from the MAJCOM. (T-2).
11.3.5. MAJCOMs may add additional mandatory critical tasks or inspections they deem
necessary.
11.3.5.1. Identify each task on the SCR by a specific course code.
11.3.6. SCR Documentation. Flight CCs/SUPTs and Section NCOICs/Chiefs will review each
individual’s qualifications prior to recommending approval to perform SCR tasks to the
appropriate approval level. (T-1).
11.3.6.1. AF Form 2426, Training Request and Completion or MAJCOM-approved (ANG
locally approved) form is used by the work center supervisor to add or remove an individual
to the SCR. Additionally, removal from the SCR may be accomplished by lining through
the task on the SCR and notifying the training section to update the MIS.
11.3.6.1. (ACC) Use ACC Form 64, Request for Special Certification, to add/remove
personnel to the SCR. (T-2).
11.3.6.2. The appropriate level of authority approves the individual for addition to the SCR
as listed in Table 11.1
11.3.6.3. On approval, the UTM IAW AFI 36-2650, loads the approved name into the
Maintenance Information System.
11.3.6.4. Flight CCs/SUPTs and Section NCOICs/Chiefs will retain their copy of AF
Form 2426 or MAJCOM-approved form until they verify proper loading. (T-1).
11.3.6.5. Appointment letters are not required if loaded in the MIS.
11.3.6.6. Work center supervisor, AMU/Flight supervision, Operations Officer/MX
SUPT, SQ/ CC, or MXG/CC may decertify individuals at any time and remove them from
the SCR.
11.3.7. Units will ensure a current copy of the SCR is taken on all deployments. (T-2).
11.3.8. (Added-ACC) For civilian equivalents addressed in Table 11.1, refer to paragraph
2.1 of this instruction. (T-2).
Table 11.1. Mandatory Special Certification Roster and Prerequisites.
A
B
ITEM
Mandatory SCR Item Titles
MAJCOM/ANG Prerequisites
1
All Systems “Red-X” (no egress, welding,
munitions, fuel cell (in-tank work)) (Note 1)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
2
Exceptional Release (ER) (Note 1)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
3
“Red-X” Downgrade (Note 1)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 207
4
All Systems In Process Inspection (no egress,
welding, munitions, fuel cell in-tank work)
(Note 1)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
5
Installed Engine Run Certifying Officials
(Note 1)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
6
Aircraft Inlet/Intake/Exhaust Certifying
Officials (Note 1)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
7
Flexible Borescope Certifying Officials (Note
1)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
8
Engine Blade Blending Certifying Officials
(Note 1)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
9
“Red-X” by Primary AFSC (PAFSC) and
Mission Design Series (For multiple Mission
Design Series, list separately) (Note 2)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
10
IPI by PAFSC and Mission Design Series
(For multiple Mission Design Series, list
separately) (Note 2)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
11
“Red-X” and/or In Process Inspection -
Limited (Note 2)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
12
“Red-X” and/or In Process Inspection - Cross
Utilization Training (For multiple MDSs, list
separately), for tasks outside PAFSC (Note 2)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
13
NWRM packaging (Notes 4 and 5)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
14
Installed Engine Run by Mission Design
Series (Note 2)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
15
Engine Blade Blending
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
16
QA hot pit certifying officials and QA hot pit
certifier augmentees (squadron certifying
officials) (Note 1)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
17
Hot Refueling PAD Supervisor/"A" Member
(Note 2)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
18
Hot Refueling Team Member (“B” or “D”
member) (Note 2)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
19
Aircraft to Aircraft Refueling Supervisor
(Note 2)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
20
Uninstalled Engine Operations (Test Stand
and ETS) Run by TMS (Note 2)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
208 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
21
Uninstalled Engine Run Certifying Officials
by TMS (Note 1)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
22
Aircraft Inlet/Intake/Exhaust
Inspection/Certification (Note 2)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
23
Engine Flexible Borescope Inspections (Note
2)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
24
Chief Servicing Supervisor (Heavy
Aircraft/Commercial Derivative Aircraft)
(Note 2)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
25
Concurrent Servicing Supervisor (Fighter
Aircraft) (Note 2)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
26
W&B Certified/Clear Red X (refer to TO 1-
1B-50) (Note 2)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
27
Impoundment Official (refer to Chapter 7
of this instruction) (Note 2)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
28
Impoundment Authority (refer to Chapter 7
of this AFI) (Note 1)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
29
CANN Authority (Note 1)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
30
Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) Operation (In
Cockpit) (Note 2)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
31
Calibration Limitation Approval (refer to TO
00-20-14) (Notes 2 and 3)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
32
CDDAR Team Chief (Note 1)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
33
Weapons Task Qualification Manager
(WTQM) (Note 1)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
34
Weapons Task Qualification Crew (WTQC)
(Note 2)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
35
NSS and T-9/T-10/T-11/T-12/T-20 sound
suppressor Fire Control Panel (Note 2)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
36
Aircraft Rapid/Hot Defueling Supervisor
(Note 2)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
37
Clear Red X when a lost item/tool cannot be
located (refer to Chapter 8 of this
instruction) (Note 1)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
38
Aircraft APU Run Certifying Officials (In
Cockpit) (Note 1)
Refer to MAJCOM Supplement
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 209
Notes:
1. Approved by MXG/CC or equivalent may be delegated IAW Paragraph 11.3.1.
2. Approved by Operations Officer/MX SUPT or equivalents.
3. Operations Officer/MX SUPT may delegate approval authority to the AMU OIC/SUPT or
Flight CC/SUPT.
4. Munitions inspectors who are trained and certified may annotate serviceability tags for
munitions items (TO 11A-1-10).
5. Appointed by the unit commander (or equivalent) of units possessing NWRM.
Table 11.1. (ACC) Mandatory Special Certification Roster and Prerequisites.
A
B
ITEM
Mandatory SCR Item Titles
MAJCOM/ANG Prerequisites
1
All Systems “Red-X” (no egress,
welding, munitions, fuel cell (in-tank
work)) (Note 1)
MSgt or higher (or civilian equivalent).
2
Exceptional Release (ER) (Note 1)
3
“Red-X” Downgrade (Note 1)
4
All Systems In Process Inspection (no
egress, welding, munitions, fuel cell in-
tank work) (Note 1)
5
Installed Engine Run Certifying Officials
(Note 1)
MSgt or higher (or civilian equivalent), or
a fully qualified/certified contractor or
AFETS/CETS representative 1 year
minimum engine-run experience on
applicable MDS (not applicable at short
tour locations). MXG/CC may waive
qualified TSgts.
6
Aircraft Inlet/Intake/Exhaust Certifying
Officials (Note 1)
Qualified/certified 7 or 9- skill level
(or civilian equivalent), or a fully
qualified/certified contractor, AFETS
or CETS representative and possess
one of the following AFSCs: 2A6X1,
2A5X1/2/4, 2A3X3/8. 1 year
minimum experience on applicable
MDS/TMS (not applicable at short
tour locations).
7
Flexible Borescope Certifying Officials
(Note 1)
8
Engine Blade Blending Certifying
Officials (Note 1)
9
“Red-X” by Primary AFSC (PAFSC) and
Mission Design Series (For multiple
Mission Design Series, list separately)
(Note 2)
SSgt or higher, minimum 7-skill level or
civilian equivalent (includes MXG/CC-
appointed exceptional SrA per paragraph
11.3.3.).
210 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
10
IPI by PAFSC and Mission Design Series
(For multiple Mission Design Series, list
separately) (Note 2)
11
“Red-X” and/or In Process Inspection -
Limited (Note 2)
5-skill level personnel certified on limited
tasks as determined by the unit; 5-skill
level Certified Weapons Load Crew
Chiefs on loading tasks only.
12
“Red-X” and/or In Process Inspection -
Cross Utilization Training (For multiple
MDSs, list separately), for tasks outside
PAFSC (Note 2)
SSgt or higher, minimum 7-skill level (or
civilian equivalent). Use for personnel
certified on tasks in other AFSCs through
CUT training.
13
NWRM packaging (Notes 4 and 5)
Minimum 7-skill level (or civilian
equivalent). Must have sufficient subject
matter expertise of packaged item to
identify asset, must be tasked qualified on
accompanying documentation and must
have appropriate security clearance and
background investigation for asset.
14
Installed Engine Run by Mission Design
Series (Note 2)
SrA or higher, minimum 5-skill level (or
civilian equivalent), with at least 6
consecutive months experience on MDS
for which engine run training is required.
(Experience must have occurred
immediately prior to course enrollment).
The MXG/CC may waive the weapons
system experience. MXG/CCs may waive
qualified 5-skill level A1C for critical
manpower shortages. The time on weapon
system may also be waived by MXG/CC.
15
Engine Blade Blending (Note 2).
Minimum 5-skill level or civilian
equivalent.
16
QA hot pit certifying officials and QA
hot pit certifier augmentees (Squadron
Certifying officials) (Note 1)
Minimum 7-skill level, 2AXXX (or
civilian equivalent), with a minimum of 1
year flightline maintenance experience.
17
Hot Refueling PAD Supervisor/"A"
Member (Note 2)
Minimum 5-skill level, 2AXXX (or
civilian equivalent), with a minimum of 1
year flightline maintenance experience.
18
Hot Refueling Team Member (“B” or
“D” member) (Note 2)
Maintenance Member with AFSC
2AXXX with a minimum of 1 year
flightline maintenance experience.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 211
19
Aircraft to Aircraft Refueling Supervisor
(Note 2)
Minimum 5-skill level with a minimum of
1 year weapon system experience.
20
Uninstalled Engine Operations (Test
Stand and ETS) Run by TMS
(Note 2)
SSgt or higher 7-skill level 2A6X1 (or
civilian equivalent) with a minimum of 6
months current experience on each
applicable TMS, unless previously
qualified (N/A to short tour assignments).
If previously qualified on a different
TMS, the 6-month experience requirement
may also be waived. MXG/CC may waive
5-skill level SrA with minimum of 6
months’ time on applicable TMS.
21
Uninstalled Engine Run Certifying
Officials by TMS (Note 1)
Fully qualified/certified TSgt or higher
2A671 AFSC, civilian equivalent,
contractor, or AFETS/CETS personnel
with a minimum of one year engine run
experience on the applicable TMS. (One
year run experience not applicable to short
tour assignments). The MXG/CC may
waive qualified SSgts and may authorize
MT uninstalled engine run instructors as
certifying officials.
22
Aircraft Inlet/Intake/Exhaust
Inspection/Certification (Note 2)
Minimum 5-skill level, (or civilian
equivalent).
23
Engine Flexible Borescope Inspections
(Note 2)
Minimum 5-skill level (or civilian
equivalent).
24
Chief Servicing Supervisor
(Heavy Aircraft/Commercial Derivative
Aircraft) (Note 2)
Minimum 5-skill level with 1 year
weapons system experience.
*25
*Concurrent Servicing
Supervisor/Aircraft Turnaround
Supervisor (ATS) (Fighter Aircraft)
(Note 2)
SSgt or higher, minimum 5-skill level (or
civilian equivalent), with a minimum of 1
year time on weapon system.
26
W&B Certified/Clear Red X
(refer to TO 1–1B-50) (Note 2)
7-skill level (or civilian equivalent), with
a minimum of 1 year time on weapon
system. Time requirement may be waived
by MXG/CC.
*27
Impoundment Official (refer to Chapter
7 of this instruction) (Note 2)
MSgt or higher or civilian equivalent.
*28
Impoundment Authority (refer to
Chapter 7 of this AFI) (Note 1)
212 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
*29
CANN Authority (Note 1)
30
Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) Operation
(In Cockpit) (Note 2)
3-skill level or higher maintenance AFSC.
31
Calibration Limitation Approval (refer to
TO 00-20-14) (Notes 2 and 3)
SSgt or higher, minimum 7-skill level (or
civilian equivalent).
32
CDDAR Team Chief (Note 1)
MSgt or higher or civilian equivalent.
MXG/CC may waive grade requirement.
33
Weapons Task Qualification Manager
(WTQM) (Note 1)
TSgt or higher, minimum 7-skill level
AFSC 2A871X or 2AX7X (or civilian
equivalent).
34
Weapons Task Qualification Crew
(WTQC) (Note 2)
Lead will be SSgt or higher, minimum 7-
skill level 2AX7X (or civilian equivalent);
other crew member minimum 5-skill level
2AX5X (or civilian equivalent).
35
NSS and T-9/T-10/T-11 /T-12/T-20
sound suppressor Fire Control Panel
(Note 2).
SrA or higher, (or civilian equivalent)
with AFSC 2A6X1 must have a minimum
6 months experience.
36
Aircraft Rapid/Hot Defueling Supervisor
(Note 2)
Minimum 5-skill level, 1 year of flightline
experience, with 6 months weapon system
experience.
37
Clear Red-X when a lost item/tool cannot
be located (refer to Chapter 8 of this
instruction). (Note 1)
Operations Officer/MX SUPT or above.
38
Aircraft APU Run Certifying Officials
(In Cockpit) (Note 1)
7-skill level (or civilian equivalent), or a
fully qualified/certified contractor or
AFETS/CETS representative. MXG/CCs
may also waive qualified 5-skill level
SSgts.
39
(Added)
Tow Team Supervisor (Note 2)
SrA or higher, minimum 5-level with
minimum 6 months weapons systems
experience.
40
(Added)
MICAP Approval (Note 2)
MSgt or higher (or civilian equivalent)
41
(Added)
NRTS and Serviceability Tag
(Note 2 and 3)
SSgt or higher, minimum 7-level (or
civilian equivalent)
42
(Added)
Gear Retraction supervisor on E-3, E-4,
C-135 variants, and C-130 variants (This
is the only person who can authorize gear
handle movement) (Note 2)
SSgt of higher, minimum 5-skill
level (or civilian equivalent), and 1
year flightline experience.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 213
43
(Added)
Jacking supervisor on E-3, E-4, C-135
variants, and C-130 variants (Note 2)
SSgt or higher, minimum 5-skill
level (or civilian equivalent), and 1
year flightline experience.
11.4. Aircraft Grounding.
11.4.1. Definition. Aircraft grounding is an administrative action taken to prohibit aircraft
from flying because of a specific condition related to the aircraft or based on requirements of
a directive. Implemented from a higher echelon of command (MAJCOM/CC) when conditions
in multiple aircraft, engines, missiles, munitions, or related installed flight equipment create a
sufficient risk to personal injury or equipment damage which warrant fleet grounding until the
matter can be properly investigated and resolved.
11.4.1.1. Communication of a grounding, or a potential grounding event (TCTO, OTI, PM
event) to weapon systems operating in a deployed environment and/or under the authority
of an operational command must follow the grounding procedures outlined in AFI 11-401
and 63-101/20-101. (T-1).
11.4.1.1.1. Units must not directly communicate home station requirements to its
deployed forces but provide communication through their respective MAJCOM. (T-1).
Note: This section does not apply to conditions which are clearly limited to the affected
unit/base (such as, lost tool, fluid contamination, aircraft and equipment damage of
known origin, or other strictly local event). In these circumstances, the affected unit
follows the impoundment procedures specified in Chapter 7 of this instruction.
11.4.2. Initial Investigation. The owning MXG/CC or equivalent will direct QA to develop a
local OTI IAW TO 00-20-1 and this instruction. (T-1).
11.4.2.1. The OTI will require an inspection of a representative number of systems or units
(aircraft, engines, missiles, or munitions) of the same mission and design to determine if
the condition exists on other aerospace equipment within the wing’s assigned
aircraft/systems or equipment. (T-1).
11.4.2.1.1. If initial sampling indicates the discrepancy is widespread and has the
potential for personal injury and/or further equipment damage, the MXG/CC will
discuss aircraft grounding with the WG/CC and forward a recommendation to the
MAJCOM. (T-1).
11.4.2.2. If there is no repair or corrective action specified in technical data, QA will also
submit a technical assistance request through the MAJCOM to the appropriate weapon
system program manager IAW TO 00-25-107 or equivalent process. (T-1).
11.4.3. Grounding Authority. The approved procedures for grounding aircraft or stand-down
for operational reasons are determined and executed IAW AFI 11-401 and AFI 63-101/20-101.
(T-1).
11.4.3.1. Notification and final reporting for grounding and release status will be
accomplished IAW AFMAN 10-206, Operational Reporting. (T-1).
11.4.3.2. Annotate aircraft grounding in the aircraft forms IAW TO 00-20-1. (T-1).
214 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.5. Ramp Inspection Program. Public Law 99-661 requires a pre-flight safety inspection of
all internationally scheduled charter missions for the transportation of members of the Armed
Forces departing the United States. (T-0).
11.5.1. Air Mobility Command (AMC) is lead for the DoD in the management and
administration of the Ramp Inspection Program.
11.5.1.1. AMC will publish specific guidance for this Program in a
supplement/addendum/or equivalent publication IAW AFI 33-360 to communicate
requirements and processes necessary for MAJCOMS to effectively comply with public
law requirements in all using commands.
11.5.1.2. AMC will coordinate with other MAJCOMs as required to accomplish ramp
inspections to ensure the maximum efficiency and utilization of resources.
11.5.1.3. When requested by AMC, MAJCOMs if able should provide support to reduce
the TDY and manpower impact associated with the execution of this program.
11.6. Red Ball Maintenance. The term “Red Ball” is a traditional descriptor, recognized
throughout aircraft maintenance, and defines a situation requiring a sense of urgency and priority
actions. Red Ball maintenance normally occurs two hours prior to launch and until aircrew have
released the aircraft back to maintenance. The Red Ball maintenance concept is intended to prevent
late takeoffs and aborts by having qualified maintenance personnel available (such as, in a truck
or standby in the shop) during launch and recovery operations to troubleshoot, isolate, and repair
system malfunctions. Red Ball maintenance does not authorize technicians to take shortcuts or
deviate from TOs, disregard personnel safety requirements or fail to properly document the aircraft
forms and the MIS for all completed repair actions.
11.6.1. Units will ensure all maintenance repair actions (does not apply to incorrect switch
settings due to operator error) are documented in the aircraft forms and MIS during Red Ball,
launch, or EOR operations and cleared from the aircraft forms prior to flight. (T-1).
11.6.2. Maintenance repair actions must be cleared in the MIS as soon as possible. (T-1). It is
imperative that maintenance documentation is performed regardless of the timing of the action
in the generation and launching of the aircraft.
11.6.3. All grounding inputs must be cleared from the forms prior to flight. (T-1).
11.6.4. If aircraft status changes, an ER must be re-accomplished by a certified individual
upon completion of maintenance and before the aircraft is released for flight IAW TO 00-20-
1. (T-1).
11.6.5. Units will develop written procedures to capture, document, and clear Red Ball
maintenance actions in the event the MIS is down. (T-1).
11.6.5.1. Procedures must require MIS entry of Red Ball maintenance actions as soon as
the MIS becomes operable. (T-1).
11.6.6. (Added-ACC) TOs, tools, rags, parts, unused supplies and checklists will be
accounted for before the aircraft is allowed to taxi/takeoff. (T-2).
11.6.7. (Added-ACC) Emphasis will be placed on FOD awareness/prevention during this
critical maintenance operation. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 215
11.6.8. (Added-ACC) If aircraft engines are operating, a safety observer (maintenance or
aircrew member) will maintain interphone communications or remain in full view of the flight
crew and be positioned to maintain overall surveillance of the aircraft and personnel
performing maintenance. (T-2).
11.6.9. (Added-ACC) Weapons loaded aircraft will have munitions safe IAW applicable
MDS and/or weapons specific technical data. (T-2).
11.7. Maintenance Recovery Team: MAJCOMs will publish standardized procedures to
recover assigned aircraft at remote locations.
11.7. (ACC) [DEV] Maintenance Recovery Team: Wings will publish standardized
procedures to recover assigned aircraft at remote locations. (T-2). Note: If required, units will
coordinate with appropriate Weapon System Team (WST) for assistance with items identified in
paragraph 11.7.1 (T-2).
11.7.1. Procedures at a minimum will identify how resources, including personnel, supplies,
and equipment will be made available to support transient aircraft recovery.
11.7.2. If required, establish multiple command MOUs/MOAs/collaboration necessary to
achieve efficient aircraft recovery and MIS documentation.
11.8. Foreign Object Damage (FOD) Prevention Program. All personnel (military, civilian,
and contractors) working in, on, around, or traveling through areas near aircraft, flightline
munitions, AGE, engines, or components thereof will comply with FOD prevention. (T-1). FOD
prevention training requirements are outlined in AFI 36-2650. This section establishes minimum
requirements for a FOD Prevention Program.
11.8. (ACC) Foreign Object Damage (FOD) Prevention Program. Geographical Separated
Units will comply with Host Installation FOD Policy. (T-2).
11.8.1. The WG/CV is responsible for ensuring an effective FOD prevention program is
established.
11.8.2. Definition. FOD: Any damage to an aircraft, engine, aircraft system, component, tire,
munitions, or SE caused by a foreign object(s) (FO) which may or may not degrade the required
safety and/or operational characteristics of the aforementioned items.
11.8.2. (ACC) Domestic Object Damage: Any damage to an aircraft engine, aircraft system
or equipment caused by internal failure of a component.
11.8.3. FOD Prevention.
11.8.3.1. On aircraft, uninstalled engines, LRUs and AGE. Openings, ports, lines, hoses,
electrical connections, and ducts will be properly plugged or capped to prevent FO from
entering the systems. (T-1). Note: Do NOT place items (such as, trash bags, rags, cloths)
inside open cavities or ducts. When no approved manufactured coverings and/or caps are
available for use, securely cover open ducts and/or cavities externally to prevent foreign
objects from being introduced. Prior to installation, inspect openings, cavities and ducts for
FO.
11.8.3.1.1. Items that are actively being disconnected, installed, and/or removed will
be capped IAW technical data or at completion of the task. (T-1).
216 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.8.3.1.2. At no time will items, (such as, aircraft forms binders, video tape recorder
tapes, checklists, tools.), be placed in or on engine intakes. (T-1). Note: Does not apply
to technicians performing inlet maintenance, inspections and blade blending requiring
lights, files, or other tools inside aircraft inlets.
11.8.3.1.3. Inventory all items IAW Chapter 8 of this instruction. (T-1).
11.8.3.2. MAJCOMs in coordination with Safety, applicable MDS Lead Commands and
Weapon System Teams will review FOD, Incident, and Mishap reports to determine if
MAJCOM directed IPI or KTL additions are needed to mitigate identified FOD trends.
11.8.3.2.1. Units will establish MDS specific procedures that ensure pre-launch
removal and post-recovery installation of intake/inlet plugs and covers (such as, pitot
tubes to include ejection seats as required) remain installed on aircraft as close to crew
show as possible to prevent FOD, as determined by MXG/CC guidance. (T-3).
11.8.3.2.2. Units will establish MDS specific FOD prevention guidance that
standardizes mitigation procedures when performing high FOD risk maintenance task
(use of plugs/barrier paper, tape, inlet/intake/ECS maintenance or equivalent tasks).
(T-2).
11.8.3.2.3. Technicians will ensure engine inlet run-up screens and anti-personnel
guards are used IAW applicable weapon system TOs. (T-1).
11.8.3.3. Covers (such as, engine, pitot tube(s) to include ejection seat) need to remain
installed on aircraft as close to crew show as possible to prevent FOD, as determined by
MDS/local MXG/CC guidance.
11.8.3.4. Technicians should use a light source of sufficient illumination to inspect the
aircraft intakes and exhaust for FO/FOD.
11.8.3.5. Whenever physical entry into an aircraft intake or exhaust is required technicians
will wear a pocket-less, zipper-less, button-less, bunny-suit marked "Intakes Only" and
cloth over-booties or stocking feet, (Boots may be worn if not restricted for use by
TO/MAJCOM and are authorized by the MXG or equivalent), boots if worn must be
inspected and FOD removed from boots prior to installing cloth over-booties. (T-2).
11.8.3.5.1. When performing intake inspections while wearing a Chemical Warfare
Defense Equipment, pockets will be emptied and all accessories removed. (T-1).
11.8.3.5.1.1. During exercises/inspections, the Chemical Warfare Defense
Equipment will be removed and the bunny-suit will be utilized. (T-1).
11.8.3.5.1.2. Chemical Warfare Defense Equipment will only be worn during “real
world” situations. (T-1). To minimize the potential for FOD and intake damage
where Chemical Warfare Defense Equipment zippers are exposed, cover them with
any type of tape and account for the tape upon completion of the inspection. (T-1).
11.8.3.6. Each base will develop a local flightline clothing policy that addresses wearing
of hats, badges, and passes aimed at FOD prevention while considering climate and safety.
(T-1). As a minimum, it will include the following requirements:
11.8.3.6.1. Restricted area badges will be secured with a subdued non-metallic cord or
plastic armband when worn on the flightline. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 217
11.8.3.6.2. Restricted area badges will be removed when performing
intake/inlet/exhaust inspections if personnel physically enter these areas. (T-1).
11.8.3.6.2. (ACC) Remove restricted area badge within 25 feet of operating
engine(s). (T-2). Ensure restricted area badge clips are secured to prevent loss. (T-2).
Exception: Restricted area badges completely secured inside of an armband pouch do
not need to be removed. (T-2).
11.8.3.6.3. Metal insignias/badges will not be worn on the flightline. (T-1).
11.8.3.6.4. Wigs, hairpieces, metal hair fasteners, earrings, or any other jewelry/loose
items that may fall off without notice, are not authorized on the aircraft and industrial
work areas. (T-1).
11.8.3.6.5. Escorts of visiting personnel will ensure FOD prevention measures are
taken. (T-1).
11.8.3.7. All maintenance production areas must have FO containers readily accessible.
(T-1).
11.8.3.7.1. All vehicles driven primarily on the flightline for direct aircraft
maintenance support activities must be equipped with secured and lidded FO
containers. (T-1). Note: Permanently affixed FO containers must be approved by
Vehicle Management prior to installation IAW AFI 24-302.
11.8.3.8. Control all work order residue used on or around aircraft, uninstalled engines,
and AGE. (T-1).
11.8.3.9. Rags will be controlled and accounted for IAW Chapter 8 of this instruction.
(T-1).
11.8.3.9. (ACC) Establish and tailor intake maintenance procedures (e.g., fasteners,
structural repair, LO material replacement) for local operation of assigned weapons
systems. Include them as part of the FOD orientation/familiarization for personnel working
in these areas. Include work order residue control procedures for all maintenance
performed in and around intake areas. (T-2).
11.8.3.9.1. Rag control applies to all organizations and personnel performing aircraft,
missile, munitions, and equipment maintenance.
11.8.3.9.2. (Added-ACC) ASM/LOASM sections will develop local instruction
checklists for repair or replacement of hardware or LO materials in aircraft intakes. (T-
3). All parts and pieces installed and removed from the aircraft will be documented and
verified by a 7-level. (T-3). The checklist will be completed on the job site and turned
into QA within 24 hours of repair completion. (T-3). ASM/LOASM technicians are
not required to meet the training requirements of paragraph 11.16
11.8.3.10. FOD walks are mandatory to remove FO from ramps, runways, maintenance
areas and access roads.
11.8.3.10.1. In addition, mechanical/vacuum sweepers, magnetic bars or sweeping by
hand are highly encouraged to supplement FOD walks.
218 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.8.3.11. When FOD is discovered on a transient aircraft, depot input/output or CRF
engine, the host FOD monitor or aircrew must notify the owning organization within 24
hours. (T-1).
11.8.3.11. (ACC) Units will develop local guidance for FOD walks, to include applicable
areas and when the FOD walks are required. (T-2). As a minimum, FOD walks will be
performed prior to the first sortie of each day. (T-2).
11.8.3.11.1. An informational copy of the FOD report must be provided to the owning
organization’s safety office/FOD monitor to ensure compliance with AFI 91-204. (T-
1).
11.8.3.11.2. For depot input/output or CRF engine. If the FOD is found during the
receiving inspection at one of the aforementioned locations, it will be tracked/charged
(if necessary) to the owning MAJCOM unit. (T-1). If discovered any other time at one
of the aforementioned locations, it will be tracked/charged to the ALC or CRF. (T-1).
11.8.3.12. Ensure local FOD Prevention Program addresses the elimination of FOs to
include aircraft cockpits and flight decks before and after flight. (T-1).
11.8.3.12.1. When an item is lost on or in the vicinity of aircraft or equipment, lost
item/tool procedures in Chapter 8 of this instruction will be followed. (T-1).
11.8.3.12.2. The MXG/CC will coordinate with the OG/CC to develop procedures to
ensure pilots and aircrew members account for all equipment and personal items after
each flight and ensure any items that become lost during flight are documented in the
aircraft AFTO Form 781A. (T-1).
11.8.3.12.3. These procedures will be documented in the wing tool/equipment
management publication referenced in Paragraph 8.2 of this instruction. (T-1).
11.8.3.13. Use extreme care during engine ground runs. Jet blast and helicopter hover
power check areas need to be free of debris that could cause FOD.
11.8.3.14. Special emphasis is required for items such as: remove before flight streamer
attachment, safing pin condition, hinge pin security, dust and FO prevention cover
condition/security, and aircraft forms binder condition. Periodically check these types of
items for FO prevention compliance.
11.8.3.14.1. Units will account for -21 equipment and covers IAW AFI 21-103. (T-1).
11.8.3.14.2. Weapons Expediters must ensure all mission specific safing gear is
controlled and accounted for to preclude loss and potential FOD. (T-1).
11.8.3.15. Vehicle operators will stop and perform a visual FOD inspection on all vehicles,
equipment and tires prior to entering the flightline. (T-1) Refer to AFI 13-213, Airfield
Driving, and AFMAN 91-203 for additional requirements, restrictions and exemptions.
11.8.3.15. (ACC) If FOD check points are not illuminated during periods of darkness,
vehicle operators will use a flashlight during vehicle FOD inspection. (T-3).
11.8.3.16. Grounding wires/points:
11.8.3.16.1. Two allen head screws, or equivalent, will be utilized to secure cable to
grounding clip. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 219
11.8.3.16.1.1. Screw heads will be coated with sealant or screws will be staked in
order to prevent screws from backing out. (T-1).
11.8.3.16.1.2. Unused screws will be removed. (T-1).
11.8.3.16.2. All grounding points will be kept clean of debris at all times and shall be
a high interest item for FOD walks. (T-1).
11.8.3.17. Use of magnetic bars on the flightline is optional. If used, the magnetic bars
will be towed by, or attached to vehicles primarily used on the flightline and will be
inspected and made FOD free daily. (T-2).
11.8.3.17. (ACC) Use of magnetic bars on the flightline is mandatory. (T-2). Each AMU
will assign designated vehicles to be equipped with magnetic bars. (T-3). During inclement
weather, these bars may be removed if considered a hazard.
11.8.3.18. A locally manufactured tool for removing debris from tire treads is authorized
for use and will be identified to the vehicle by using the vehicle ID number. (T-2).
11.8.3.19. Remove metal identification bands from all tubing (except aircraft installed
egress system components) and cables on the aircraft.
11.8.3.19.1. With the exception of factory-installed ID tags attached to cargo
chains/devices to identify the type being used, remove metal identification bands from
cargo tie-down chains/devices prior to use around aircraft.
11.8.3.19.2. Do not remove manufacturer installed metal identification bands from
hydraulic hoses.
11.8.3.19.3. Mark hydraulic lines IAW TO 42E1-1-1, Aviation Hose and Tube
Manual.
11.8.3.20. Use X-ray, borescope, and other equipment to locate FO in inaccessible areas.
11.8.3.20. (ACC) When any FO is suspected to be in an inaccessible area, follow
procedures for inaccessible item/tool in Chapter 8. (T-2).
11.8.3.21. (Added-ACC) Prior to engine start and after engine shutdown on maintenance
runs and after any engine intake maintenance, each affected engine intake and exhaust will
receive a FOD (intake/inlet/exhaust) inspection. (T-2). Uninstalled engines operated at test
cell utilizing a screened bell mouth will receive a FOD inspection at the beginning and end
of each shift and any time the screened bell mouth is removed. (T-2). The FOD inspection
will be documented with a Red X symbol in the applicable form (AFTO Form 781A,
Maintenance Discrepancy and Work Document and the MIS). (T-2). FOD inspections
performed on uninstalled test cell engines will be documented on the test cell worksheet.
(T-2). This is not required on engines shut down for Red Ball maintenance.
11.8.4. FOD Prevention Responsibilities.
11.8.4.1. The WG/CV will be assigned as the FOD Prevention Program Manager and will
appoint a qualified maintenance AFSC, civilian equivalent or contractor if designated by
SOW or PWS, to the position of FOD Monitor. (T-1).
220 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.8.4.1.1. The appointed individuals name will be posted in a prominent place within
the unit on a locally-developed visual aid which also provides contact information. (T-
1).
11.8.4.2. The WG/CV will:
11.8.4.2.1. Ensure all personnel actively support the FOD Prevention Program. (T-1).
11.8.4.2.2. Provide local guidance to ensure each FOD mishap is investigated and
action taken to solve any underlying problems. (T-1).
11.8.4.2.3. Review all unit FOD mishap reports and analyze the reports and other data
for trends identifying areas requiring management action. (T-1).
11.8.4.2.4. Coordinate FOD prevention needs with the airfield manager and other
agencies when construction is in progress on or near the flightline, or other areas where
FOD incidents could occur. (T-1).
11.8.4.2.5. Ensure FOD prevention is part of QA inspections. (T-1).
11.8.4.2.6. Coordinate with the airfield manager to identify and properly mark FOD
checkpoints. (T-1).
11.8.4.2.7. (Added-ACC) Budget for and allocate funds to support the wing's
program. (T-2).
11.8.4.3. Tenant Unit FOD Prevention Responsibilities. The host base FOD Prevention
Program Manager will incorporate tenant units in the host unit program. (T-1).
11.8.4.3.1. Tenant units shall establish their own FOD Prevention Program, but will
still participate in the host program and comply with host program requirements. (T-
1).
11.8.5. FOD Monitor. The Wing FOD Monitor’s office shall be located within QA or at the
discretion of the WG/CV. (T-3). The Wing FOD Monitor, at a minimum, will:
11.8.5. (ACC) The Wing CD is the approving authority for FOD monitor additional duties.
(T-2).
11.8.5.1. Inform all wing agencies of FOD hazards. (T-1).
11.8.5.2. Develop wing procedures to document and perform spot checks of selected areas
weekly. (T-1).
11.8.5.3. Be involved in each FOD investigation and help ensure corrective actions are
sound. (T-1).
11.8.5.4. Monitor and recommend changes to FOD prevention training. (T-1).
11.8.5.4.1. Those units having several types of aircraft assigned will have their FOD
prevention training incorporated into one wing/center training program. (T-1).
11.8.5.4.2. Units will ensure an initial FOD awareness and responsibilities briefing is
given to all newly assigned personnel. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 221
11.8.5.5. Periodically inspect and report damaged pavement, flightline construction, or
other hazards in or near aircraft parking ramps or taxiways to the airfield manager and
monitor status to ensure timely repairs. (T-1).
11.8.5.6. (Added-ACC) Ensure evaluated or repaired FOD is documented in CEMS
automated history (E407) or AFTO Form 95 IAW TO 00-20-1. (T-2).
11.8.5.7. (Added-ACC) Develop a deployable FOD program and train selected
deployable FOD Monitors. (T-2).
11.8.6. FOD Investigation and Reporting.
11.8.6.1. When suspected or confirmed FOD is discovered, the MOC will be notified
immediately. (T-1).
11.8.6.1.1. Upon notification, the MOC will immediately notify the Wing FOD
Monitor, and Wing Safety as required, IAW AFMAN 91-223. (T-1).
11.8.6.1.2. (Added-ACC) If internal engine FOD is confirmed, the engine will be
impounded IAW Chapter 7 of this instruction. (T-2).
11.8.6.2. Units must make every attempt to determine the root cause of FOD-related
mishaps before returning engines and modules to the depot for investigation. (T-1).
11.8.6.2.1. If engines/modules are returned to the depot, an information DR will be
completed and forwarded IAW procedures outlined in AFI 91-204 and TO 00-35D-54.
(T-1).
11.8.6.2.2. All FOD-mishap engines and modules returned to the depot must be
properly marked on the outside of the packaging as a FOD-mishap asset. (T-1).
11.8.6.2.3. Mark container or package in red with the following statement, “FOD
mishap investigation required.” (T-1).
11.8.6.3. FOD incidents are classified as preventable and non-preventable. Only
preventable FOD over $50K (parts and labor) are to be chargeable to the FOD rate. FOD
is considered preventable except when the damaged can be attributed to the following:
11.8.6.3.1. Caused by natural environment or wildlife. This includes hail, ice, animals,
insects, sand, and birds. Report this type of damage IAW AFI 91-204. Do not include
these in the FOD rates.
11.8.6.3.2. From internal engine materiel failure, as long as damage is confined to the
engine.
11.8.6.3.2. (ACC) When no associated upstream damage is found following FOD
identification, submit DR/mishap report(s) IAW AFI 91-204, Safety Investigations and
Reports and TO 00-35D-54. (T-2).
11.8.6.3.3. Caused by materiel failure of an aircraft component if the component
failure is reported as a DR using the combined mishap DR reporting procedures of AFI
91-204 and TO 00-35D-54.
11.8.6.3.4. Found during depot overhaul for maximum operating time.
11.8.6.3.4. (ACC) To include JEIM maintenance for maximum operating time.
222 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.8.6.4. Additionally, the following apply:
11.8.6.4.1. Engine damage caused by improper anti-ice/de-ice procedures by either
flight or ground crews are considered preventable.
11.8.6.4.2. Engine or airframe damage caused by gunnery or rocket mission ricochets
are considered non-preventable provided mission parameters were not exceeded and
range cleaning was sufficient.
11.8.6.4.3. Engine and propeller damage caused by rocks, stones, wood, or other
objects ingested during low hover operations or unimproved runway landings are
considered non-preventable, provided mission parameters were not exceeded.
11.8.6.4.4. MAJCOMs will determine reporting criteria for FOD incidents that result
in a blade blending requirement IAW applicable tech-data.
11.8.6.5. Preventable FOD over $50K incurred at ETS or on trim pad will be chargeable.
(T-1).
11.8.6.5. (ACC) Preventable FOD incurred at test cell will be chargeable towards rate
regardless of cost. (T-2).
11.8.6.6. Appropriate MAJCOM offices will assist in resolving any questionable FOD
issues, preventable or non-preventable.
11.8.6.7. The Wing FOD Monitor will provide an initial report of all FOD incidents to the
MAJCOM FOD monitor within 24 hours of occurrence. (T-1).
11.8.6.7.1. A follow-up report will be required every 45 days until closeout. (T-2). Use
the FOD report format as listed in Attachment 6 of this instruction.
11.8.6.7.2. MAJCOMs will determine FOD standards, MDS specific flying hour
source data, period of time for calculation, reporting procedures, and meeting
frequency for units that exceed standards in their supplement to this AFI.
11.8.6.7.2. (ACC) Wing FOD managers will submit ACC unit FOD/DOP report
Excel sheet within 3 duty days of any FOD incident. (T-2). Reports will be maintained
for 24 months. (T-2).
11.8.6.7.2.1. (Added-ACC) Each unit will establish their own FOD control
number(s) as follows: wing designator, fiscal year, and a three-digit number. (T-
2). For example, 33FW07001.
11.8.6.7.2.2. (Added-ACC) Wing FOD rates are computed monthly. Each wing
FOD manager will submit by the 10th of each month on the FOD-DOP SharePoint
site: https://usaf.dps.mil/sites/ACC-
A4/A4M/A4MP/Lists/FOD%20Rate/Allitemsg.aspx. (T-2). The report will
include monthly cumulative data (i.e., flying hours) and chargeable FODs. (T-2).
The preventable FOD standard is 1.0. (T-2). Note: Tenant units will use their parent
unit FOD standard. (T-2).
11.8.6.8. FOD rates are computed by MDS as follows: Number of Preventable FODs
(damage exceeding $50K) ÷ Aircraft Flying Hours X 10,000 = FOD Rate. Note: ALCs
compute FOD rates as follows: Number of Preventable FODs (damage exceeding $50K)
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 223
÷ Aircraft Flying Hours X 1,000 = FOD Rate. ALCs compute aircraft flying hours by using
acceptance flights, functional check flights, ground runs, and the number of un-installed
ETS starts.
11.8.6.9. (Added-ACC) When transient/deployed aircraft incur FOD, the host unit will
conduct the investigation and notify the owning organization within 72 hours. (T-2). If the
owning organization's maintainers are deployed with the aircraft and the FOD appears to
be a direct result of transient/deployed unit negligence, the owning organization will
conduct the investigation and will report to the owning organization FOD monitor. (T-2).
MAJCOM will assign accountability in those instances where conflicting/peculiar
circumstances occur. (T-2). During deployed operations where mixed unit crews are flying
or maintaining aircraft, FOD incidents will be charged to the unit receiving flying hour
credit. (T-2).
11.8.6.9.1. (Added-ACC) The owning organization is responsible for FOD incidents
on transient aircraft/engines when one of the following conditions applies:
11.8.6.9.1.1. (Added-ACC) FOD discovered upon arrival at a transient base with
no intermediate stops or prior to any engine run. (T-2).
11.8.6.9.1.2. (Added-ACC) FOD found during initial tear down on "CRF"
engines. (T-2).
11.8.6.9.1.3. (Added-ACC) Aircraft is maintained on transient/TDY base by
owning organization maintenance personnel. (T-2).
11.8.6.10. (Added-ACC) The wing safety office, in coordination with the wing FOD
manager, will submit mishap reports IAW AFI 91-204. (T-2).
11.8.6.11. (Added-ACC) For Class A/B/C/D and other mishaps, investigation personnel
must coordinate with the wing or base safety office to ensure the requirements of AFI 91-
204 are met. (T-2).
11.8.6.12. (Added-ACC) FOD discovered by transient alert facilities or by depot and
contractor facilities during acceptance inspections will be charged to the base from which
the aircraft last departed if a FOD inspection was not accomplished/documented. (T-2).
The owning organization will be charged if there were no intermediate stops. (T-2). FOD
incidents caused by transit bases, depot, or contractors will be referred to the responsible
command for determination of accountability. (T-2).
11.8.6.13. (Added-ACC) Perform a borescope when any of the following occur:
11.8.6.13.1. (Added-ACC) Engine is determined to have FOD damage requiring
blending by applicable technical data. (T-2).
11.8.6.13.2. (Added-ACC) Hardware/material forward of engine inlet is found
missing and there is any damage to the first or second stage. (T-2).
11.8.6.13.3. (Added-ACC) A bird strike has occurred forward of and near the aircraft
engine intake unless specific tech data addresses bird strike borescope requirements.
(T-2).
224 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.8.6.14. (Added-ACC) Wings will submit maintenance cross-tell reports by message
to HQ ACC/A4MP and to all units with like MDSs for incidents that have FOD potential
for the fleet. (T-2).
11.8.7. FOD Prevention Committee Meeting. This meeting is mandatory for units that exceed
the MAJCOM-established standard. (T-1).
11.8.7. (ACC) FOD Prevention Committee Meeting will be conducted quarterly. (T-2).
11.8.7.1. The WG/CV will chair the meeting, if required, and will determine minimum
required attendees. (T-1). The purpose of this meeting is to identify negative trends and
develop and execute action plans to resolve them.
11.8.7.1. (ACC) Minimum attendee representation are all group commanders, director(s),
commanders of units with maintenance personnel, safety (center and base), CE, Airfield
Manager, and Security Forces. The chairperson designates additional attendees (e.g.,
agencies, detachments) as required. (T-2).
11.8.7.1.1. The MXG/CC (or equivalent) will chair the meeting in the absence of the
WG/CV. (T-2).
11.8.7.2. Meeting agenda items should include issues that resulted in the wing exceeding
the FOD standard, such as:
11.8.7.2.1. Total number of airframe, engine, and tire FOD incidents during the
reporting period. Indicate quantity and cause. Current status of all other pending
incidents will be discussed.
11.8.7.2.2. Mechanical/vacuum sweeper status.
11.8.7.2.3. Review and refinement of the existing FOD prevention program.
11.8.7.2.4. New directives/actions established to minimize FOD.
11.8.7.2.5. Status and condition of engine run-up screens as applicable.
11.8.7.2.6. Results of X-rays for FOs during engine bay inspections, acceptance
inspections, and PH inspections. Maintenance trends should be discussed when an
increase in FO is discovered during these X-rays.
11.8.7.2.7. Identification of potential FOD sources.
11.8.7.2.8. Lost tools/items.
11.8.7.2.9. Increased potential for FOD within the next 30-60 days.
11.8.7.2.10. Dropped objects. Pay particular attention to those that result in
downstream FOD.
11.8.7.2.11. Breakdown of FOD inspections/assessments.
11.8.7.2.12. Cockpit FO incidents.
11.8.7.2.13. Recognition of personnel making significant contributions to FOD
prevention (such as, golden bolt program, FOD poster contests, or other FOD
recognition programs locally-developed at each unit).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 225
11.8.8. Bird Strikes. Consult TO 1-1-691 for bird strike clean-up procedures and AFMAN 91-
223 for bird strike reporting procedures.
11.9. Dropped Object Prevention (DOP) Program. A dropped object is any aircraft part,
component, surface, LO coating exceeding 8 inches in any dimension or other item lost during
aircrew operations (unless intentionally jettisoned) from engine start to engine shutdown.
Inadvertently released munitions are not considered dropped objects and will be reported IAW
AFI 91-204. Note: Missing Chaff/Flare/Decoy end-caps are not reportable dropped objects.
11.9.1. Responsibilities. All units, which fly, service, or maintain aircraft, will develop a DOP
Program with the following provisions: (T-1).
11.9.1.1. MAJCOM DOP monitors or aircraft functional managers will act as OPR for all
dropped object inquiries IAW MAJCOM established standards.
11.9.1.2. The WG/CV serves as the Wing DOP Program Manager and will appoint a Wing
DOP Monitor. (T-1).
11.9.2. Investigation. The DOP Monitor will investigate each dropped object incident. (T-1).
11.9.2.1. Every effort needs to be made to determine the precise cause to ensure positive
corrective action is accomplished. Anytime a materiel or design deficiency is the cause, or
suspected cause, a DR will be submitted IAW TO 00-35D-54, even when an exhibit is not
available. (T-1).
11.9.2.2. Investigation results will be distributed to each appropriate work center for
inclusion in personnel training and education programs. (T-1).
11.9.2.3. (Added-ACC) Dropped object incidents will be immediately brought to the
attention of the wing DOP monitor and QA. (T-2). QA and/or the Wing DOP monitor will
investigate each dropped object incident. (T-2).
11.9.2.4. (Added-ACC) DOP Incidents are classified as preventable and non-
preventable, both are reportable. All preventable incidents will be chargeable. (T-2). DOPs
are considered preventable except those listed below:
11.9.2.4.1. (Added-ACC) Caused by natural environmental factors or wildlife. This
includes hail, ice, animals, insects, sand, and birds. Report this type of damage IAW
AFI 91-204. Do not include these in the DOP rates. (T-2).
11.9.2.4.2. (Added-ACC) Caused by materiel failure of an aircraft component if the
component failure is reported as a DR using the combined mishap DR reporting
procedures of AFI 91-204 and TO 00-35D-54. (T-2).
11.9.2.4.3. (Added-ACC) Airframe damage caused by gunnery or rocket mission
ricochets is considered non-preventable provided mission parameters were not
exceeded and range cleaning was sufficient. (T-2).
11.9.2.4.4. (Added-ACC) Helicopter/CV-22/HC/EC-130 damage caused by rocks,
stones, wood, or other objects during low hover operations or unimproved runway
operations are considered non- preventable, provided mission parameters were not
exceeded. (T-2).
11.9.3. Reporting. Units will follow MAJCOM DOP Program reporting procedures. (T-2).
226 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.9.3.1. Transient Aircraft. The host Wing DOP Monitor will be responsible to
investigate dropped objects from a transient aircraft. (T-1).
11.9.3.1.1. The host Wing DOP Monitor will provide the home station Wing DOP
Monitor with sufficient data to generate a report for trending and tracking purposes.
(T-1).
11.9.3.2. (Added-ACC) Initial dropped object report will be made to the Lead Command
via telephone, e-mail, or message NLT 24 hours after occurrence. (T-2). If it involves
casualties, property damage, or if adverse publicity is likely, report IAW AFMAN 10-206.
The wing DOP monitor notifies the base/wing safety office of all dropped objects. Units
will maintain reports for a minimum of 24 months (may be electronic). (T-2).
11.9.3.2.1. (Added-ACC) Use ACC unit FOD/DOP report Excel sheet to submit final
report. (T-2).
11.9.3.2.2. (Added-ACC) Each unit will establish their own DOP control number(s)
as follows: wing designator, fiscal year and a three-digit number; for example,
33FW07001. (T-2).
11.9.3.2.3. (Added-ACC) Wing rates are computed monthly. Each wing DOP
manager will submit by the 10th of each month on the FOD-DOP SharePoint site:
https://usaf.dps.mil/sites/ACC-
A4/A4M/A4MP/Lists/FOD%20Rate/Allitemsg.aspx. (T-2). The report will include
monthly cumulative data (i.e., total number of sorties), preventable DOPs and status of
any DRs submitted during the month. (T-2).
11.9.3.2.4. (Added-ACC) The ACC DOP standard is 2.0. (T-2). Wing DOP rates are
computed by MDS as follows: Total number of preventable incidents ÷ total number
of sorties, X 100 = DOP rate. [Example: 17 Incidents ÷ 11684.0 sorties = 0.00145498
X 100 (sortie rate) = 0.145498 or 0.15.]
11.9.3.2.5. (Added-ACC) A summary of DOP incidents will be briefed in
conjunction with the quarterly FOD meeting. (T-2).
11.10. Aircraft Structural Integrity Program (ASIP). The ASIP includes requirements for
collection and evaluation of aircraft usage data to update or confirm the original design or baseline
spectrum and to adjust maintenance intervals on an individual aircraft basis. The
Loads/Environment Spectra Survey data is collected via flight data recorders of instrumented
aircraft to evaluate the loads spectrum. The Individual Aircraft Tracking data is collected via flight
data recorders or manual forms such as “bubble sheets” and the data is used to make
maintenance/inspection/force structure decisions. Both the Loads/Environment Spectra Survey
and Individual Aircraft Tracking usage data programs are established by applicable MDS-specific
TOs and AFI 63-140 and require coordinated action by a number of base-level maintenance
activities to achieve the required data capture rates. An effective ASIP aircraft usage data
collection program is essential to establish, assess and support inspections, maintenance activities,
repairs and required modification/replacement actions. MAJCOMs will:
11.10.1. Publish ASIP roles and responsibilities for each assigned weapon system IAW AFI
63-140.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 227
11.10.1. (ACC) ACC instructions are noted in DAFI 63-140, ACC SUP, Aircraft Structural
Integrity Program.
11.10.2. Ensure operational units continuously meet authorized reporting requirements
established by Program Offices.
11.10.3. Document causes and corrective actions for units that fail to meet reporting
requirements and retain until resolved or relief of the reporting requirement is granted from the
Program Office in writing.
11.10.4. (Added-ACC) Inspection Dock NCOIC Responsibilities (as applicable by MDS).
(T-2).
11.10.4.1. (Added-ACC) Ensure all ASIP inspections are complied with prior to closing
out the inspection. (T-2). Note: Classified ASIP will be managed with Lead Command-
approved procedures to ensure safeguarding of classified information. (T-2).
11.10.5. (Added-ACC) PS&D will load and schedule ASIP inspections in the MIS. (T-2).
Note: Classified ASIP will be managed with Lead Command-approved procedures to ensure
safeguarding of classified information. (T-2). Note: When required by lead Command, units
may be asked to establish POCs for other related programs or data collection efforts. Refer to
DAFI 63-140.
11.11. Identification Friend or Foe (IFF) Program.
11.11.1. MAJCOMs will establish an Identification Friend or Foe Program for aircraft in their
command (if equipped).
11.11.1. (ACC) 5th Generation aircraft will follow specific guidance addendum. (T-2).
11.11.1.1. MAJCOM programs will identify additional requirements necessary to ensure
status of Identification Friend or Foe systems meets mission requirements.
11.11.1.1. (ACC) All aircraft will be checked prior to placement on alert status. (T-2).
11.11.1.2. (Added-ACC) Units will ensure fully operational IFF Mode IV/V systems by
performing checks on all aircraft when:
11.11.1.2.1. (Added-ACC) Departing the Continental United States (CONUS) to
overseas locations. (T-2).
11.11.1.2.2. (Added-ACC) Flying overseas theater to theater missions (does not
include intra-theater flying by overseas based aircraft). (T-2).
11.11.1.2.3. (Added-ACC) Flying outside US airspace and returning to CONUS.
(Missions originating in Alaska, Hawaii, or U.S. Territories and do not depart U.S.
controlled airspace are viewed as if they are missions remaining in CONUS). (T-2).
11.11.1.3. (Added-ACC) E-3 aircraft front to back Mode IV/V testing is adequate for
preflight when the back end crew is present. Local flights performed without back end crew
must perform external preflight Mode IV/V tests prior to sortie. (T-2).
11.11.1.4. (Added-ACC) Air Force Aerial Demonstration Squadron, Aggressor
squadron aircraft, and OC-135 "OPEN SKIES" aircraft are not considered IFF-equipped;
therefore are exempt from the IFF Mode IV/V program. (T-2).
228 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.11.1.5. (Added-ACC) Enter all checks in MIS-CDB. (T-2).
11.11.2. The MXG/CC will appoint an Identification Friend or Foe Program Manager for
Identification Friend or Foe systems cryptographically keyed by MXG personnel (if equipped,
see Paragraph 11.34.1.8.). (T-2).
11.11.3. Equipped aircraft will be checked prior to its first sortie of the day during contingency
operations. (T-1).
11.11.3. (ACC) Note: IFF systems keyed and validated by operators IAW MDS specific
flight manual do not require maintenance performed integrity checks or MIS-CDB
documentation.
11.12. Radar Warning Receiver/Radar Threat Warning Testing.
11.12.1. MAJCOMs will identify weapon systems with enhanced on-board diagnostics and
internal testing capabilities which do not require external testing in their supplement to this
instruction (if equipped).
11.12.1. (ACC) 5th Generation aircraft are equipped with enhanced on-board diagnostics and
internal testing capabilities and are exempt. USAFADS (Thunderbirds) are not considered
RWR equipped.
11.12.1.1. MAJCOMs will determine non-contingency system functional check
requirements necessary to ensure Radar Warning Receiver/Radar Threat Warning systems
are maintained operationally ready to meet mission requirements IAW the MESL or MDS
equivalent.
11.12.1.1. (ACC) For non-contingency missions, RWR/RTHW test will be accomplished
through aircraft specific -6 TO (EW system testing). (T-2).
11.12.2. The MXG/CC will designate a Radar Warning Receiver/Radar Threat Warning
Manager (if equipped as required). (T-2).
11.12.2.1. The Radar Warning Receiver/Radar Threat Warning Manager if assigned, will
coordinate test procedures with the Wing Electronic Warfare Officer and the MXS, if
applicable. (T-2).
11.12.2.2. The Radar Warning Receiver/Radar Threat Warning Manager if assigned will
ensure each unit accomplishes the required minimum number of checks as defined below.
(T-2).
11.12.2.2.1. For contingency missions, the Radar Warning Receiver/Radar Threat
Warning Manager will coordinate with the Electronic Warfare Officer/Electronic
Combat Officer who will determine system check requirements and specific threats to
be simulated. (T-3).
11.12.2.3. (Added-ACC) The RWR/RTHW manager will brief -6 testing results to the
MXG/CC quarterly. (T-2). This brief will include number of tests completed, tests passed,
tests failed, any data log deviations, corrective actions to failed tests and number of open
delayed discrepancies. (T-2).
11.12.2.3.1. (Added-ACC) Units will develop procedures to maintain -6 test results,
data logs, and other documentation to determine EW maintenance capability and/or to
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 229
provide feedback to COMBAT Shield IAW ACCI 10-707, Air Combat Command
(ACC) Electronic Attack Training and Emissions Control (EMCON) Procedures. (T-
2).
11.12.2.4. (Added-ACC) RWR/RTHW manager will monitor EW specific test
equipment condition. (T-2). The manager will coordinate with the equipment custodian to
correct discrepancies. (T-2). Additionally, the manager will notify the MXG/CD and Wing
EWO when equipment falls below unit established MEL. (T-2).
11.12.3. When an aircraft is found to have a malfunctioning Radar Warning Receiver/Radar
Threat Warning system prior to flight, the Aircraft Commander (AC) determines the course of
action based on operational needs and requirements.
11.13. Cannibalization Program.
11.13.1. General. CANN actions may be necessary when a condition prevents the
accomplishment of a mission and the required assets are not immediately available from
supply. Prior to performing a CANN action, verify the required component cannot be sourced
from LRS, TNB or back shop. When authorizing a CANN, the expenditure of man-hours and
potential damage to equipment need to be weighed against the expected benefit. High risk
CANNs should not be performed unless priority aircraft are involved or lack of ready
equipment will impede mission accomplishment. See Table 1.2 of this instruction. (Reference
AFTTP 3-4.21V1).
11.13.2. Definition. CANN is the authorized removal of a specific assembly, subassembly, or
part from one weapon system, system, support system, or equipment end item for installation
on another end item to satisfy an existing supply requisition and to meet priority mission
requirements with an obligation to replace the removed item. Weapon systems, support
systems, or equipment include: aircraft, missiles, drones, RPA, uninstalled engines, uninstalled
engine modules, aircrew and/or launch crew training devices, Communications-Electronics
equipment, AGE, TMDE, serviceable uninstalled pods, and guns.
11.13.3. Responsibilities. CANN Authorities (CA) will be approved by the MXG/CC or
equivalent and tracked in the MIS and SCR (see Table 11.1 of this instruction). (T-1).
11.13.3.1. CA will be SNCOs, officers or civilian equivalents. (T-1). These personnel are
typically Pro Supers.
11.13.3.2. Those who are authorized to approve CANNs will not further delegate their
responsibility. (T-1).
11.13.3.3. (Added-ACC) “Mark-for” transactions are processed and CANNs are
recorded in the CANN log. Aircraft-to-aircraft “mark-for” transactions are performed by
DMS personnel. Engine-to-engine and engine-to-aircraft CANN must be coordinated with
Engine Management. (T-2).
11.13.3.4. (Added-ACC) Units will maximize training opportunities to sign-off Airmen
on tasks during rebuild actions. (T-2).
11.13.4. If an assembly is cannibalized to satisfy a condition caused by lack of bits and pieces
(such as, washers, nuts, and bolts), the assembly is counted as a CANN and the bits and pieces
are considered transfer actions. Bits and pieces removed from an end item (without removing
the assembly) for installation on another end item are considered individual CANN actions.
230 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.13.5. When a required part cannot be delivered and installed on time, the CA may approve
the CANN of parts before the initiation of CANN documentation (such as, Red Ball
maintenance). The CA will give this approval only after confirming the part is not readily
available in LRS, TNB, forward supply points, or back shops. (T-1).
11.13.5.1. The CA will notify the appropriate supply activity to change the “mark-for”
components in the document number. (T-1).
11.13.5.2. The CA will also ensure complete documentation is accomplished for each
CANN action. (T-1).
11.13.6. When TCIs, serially-controlled items, items affecting compliance of a TCTO, or
other components with inspection requirements that align to specific hourly, calendar, or event
limits are considered for CANN, the CA will coordinate with PS&D or EM to ensure adequate
time remains on the item to justify the CANN and to ensure appropriate records are updated.
(T-1).
11.13.6. (ACC) If PS&D is decentralized, coordinate with the appropriate AMU PS&D. (T-
2).
11.13.6.1. If the CANN action takes place, the performing work center will update the
MIS and notify PS&D or EM. (T-1).
11.13.6.1. (ACC) If PS&D is decentralized, coordinate with the appropriate AMU
PS&D. (T-2).
11.13.7. Installed engines are not end items; installed engines are considered a LRU (similar
to a radar component, gun, seat, canopy, radio, multifunction display unit).
11.13.7.1. If a functional LRU is removed from one end item to put on another end item
to fill a “hole” which was caused by a supply requisition, (the requisition could be against
the LRU), then this is considered a CANN.
11.13.8. Restrictions.
11.13.8.1. Egress system component CAD/PAD cannibalization actions are considered
"High-Risk" and should not be performed unless priority aircraft are involved (example,
higher headquarters/alert status), or lack of ready equipment will impede mission
accomplishment.
11.13.8.1. (ACC) Units will validate CAD/PAD availability in storage via the Munitions
Operations section prior to any proposed CANN action(s). (T-2).
11.13.8.1.1. To ensure system integrity and validation of the explosive CAD/PAD
listing, cannibalization of egress explosive components and/or seats will not be
accomplished without the approval of the MXG/CC or MXG/CD. (T-3).
11.13.8.1.2. After cannibalization actions, Egress Red X discrepancies in the aircraft
AFTO Form 781As will not be cleared until verification that CAD/PAD S/N content
matches the S/N content entries in the MIS. (T-1).
11.13.8.1.3. Only (2A6X3) Egress personnel will accomplish this action. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 231
11.13.8.2. CANN actions involving parts from ABDR aircraft, AF Museum Aircraft,
Maintenance Training Devices, GITA, TAA, or DLADS will not be accomplished without
authorization from the Program Office. (T-1).
11.13.8.2.1. Parts will not be removed from static display/AF Museum Aircraft except
as authorized by AFI 84-103. (T-1).
11.13.8.2.2. If the part is approved for CANN, it must not be put into service until all
necessary inspections (such as, NDI, pressure checks, operational checks, TCTOs)
have been accomplished using specific guidance from the item manager to ensure
proper serviceability. (T-1).
11.13.8.3. Units will not CANN parts from aircraft possessed by AFMC (B or D PIC)
without first coordinating through the MAJCOM functional manager who will request
approval from the applicable PM. (T-1).
11.13.8.4. An aircraft that has been extensively cannibalized will not be launched on an
overseas or cross-country sortie/mission on the first flight following CANN rebuild
without the owning MXG/CC approval. (T-2).
11.13.9. (Added-ACC) Home Station CANN (HSC) for Deployed Aircraft.
11.13.9.1. (Added-ACC) Units will utilize normal MICAP reporting processes IAW AFI
23-101 to identify priority requirements at deployed locations. (T-2).
11.13.9.2. (Added-ACC) Deployed units will send HSC request memorandum to
AFCENT A4 LRC ([email protected]) when the supply chain is
unable to satisfy AOR MICAP(s) within a timely manner. (T-2).
11.13.9.3. (Added-ACC) AFCENT A4 will review and forward HSC Memorandum
directly to the CANN Authority for the Base where the CANN is expected to occur, and
will also Cc: The HQ ACC/A4 WST, and the SCM WST (within either the 635th or 735th
Supply Chain Operations Group) (T-2).
11.13.9.3.1. (Added-ACC) SCOG F-15 WST: 438.SCOS.F15-F22-
[email protected]; HQ ACC/A4 WST: [email protected]
11.13.9.3.2. (Added-ACC) SCOG F-16 WST: [email protected]; HQ
ACC/A4 WST: [email protected]
11.13.9.3.3. (Added-ACC) SCOG F-22 WST: 438.SCOS.F15-F22-
[email protected]; HQ ACC/A4 WST: [email protected]
11.13.9.3.4. (Added-ACC) SCOG A-10, MQ-1, MQ-9, RQ-4, and U-2 WSTs:
[email protected]; HQ ACC/A4 WST:
ACC[email protected]; [email protected]
11.13.9.3.5. (Added-ACC) SCOG C-130 WST:
[email protected]; HQ ACC/A4 WST:
[email protected]
11.13.9.3.6. (Added-ACC) SCOG HH-60 WST: [email protected];
HQ ACC/A4 WST: [email protected]
232 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.13.9.3.7. (Added-ACC) SCOG RC-135 WST: [email protected];
HQ ACC/A4 WST: [email protected]
11.13.9.4. (Added-ACC) SCOG will review and forward HSC memorandum to the home
station for support. (T-2).
11.13.9.5. (Added-ACC) Home station MXG/CC will review HSC request and notify
AFCENT A4 of approval or denial and send a courtesy-copy to the SCM WST within the
635th or 735th Supply Chain Operations Group (SCOG) and to HQ ACC/A4 WST. (T-2).
11.13.9.5.1. (Added-ACC) When HSC request is denied by MXG/CC, the CANN
Authority will notify applicable HQ ACC/A4 WST. (T-2). During after-hours the
SCOG can contact Langley AFB Command Post to notify applicable WST to determine
final course of action required to satisfy the requirement when home station cannot
support HSC Request. (T-2).
11.13.9.6. (Added-ACC) Home station support will collaborate with the MDS specific
office within the SCOG to ensure proper processing actions and in-transit visibility to the
deployed location when CANN actions are utilized to satisfy deployed location MICAP
requirements. (T-2).
11.14. Hangar Queen Aircraft.
11.14.1. General. The objective of this program is to ensure the entire fleet remains healthy
and all possible management actions are carried out to ensure aircraft do not remain inoperative
for extended periods. MAJCOMs will establish a Hangar Queen Management Program.
11.14.2. Definitions. A “Hangar Queen” is a unit-possessed aircraft that has not flown for at
least 30 calendar days. Aircraft are exempt from accruing Hangar Queen time for up to 10 days
immediately following DFT/CFT repair or maintenance; however, if an aircraft is not flown
after the 10th day, the 10 days are included in the total number of days since last fly date to
determine the Hangar Queen category computation. Hangar Queen aircraft will be further
defined by the following three categories:
11.14.2.1. Category 1: Aircraft that have not flown for 30 to 59 calendar days. (T-1).
11.14.2.2. Category 2: Aircraft that have not flown for 60 to 89 calendar days. (T-1).
11.14.2.3. Category 3: Aircraft that have not flown for 90 or more calendar days. (T-1).
11.14.3. All aircraft placed on higher HHQ alert status are exempt from the Hangar Queen
Management Program and reporting throughout the duration of alert status/posturing.
11.14.4. An aircraft is released from Hangar Queen status after the first flight. The following
examples are provided to clarify when an aircraft becomes a Hangar Queen:
11.14.4.1. A unit-possessed aircraft has not flown for 20 calendar days, enters depot status
for 5 more calendar days, and then returns to unit possession on the 26th non-fly day; the
unit has up to 10 calendar days to fly the aircraft to avoid Hangar Queen status. If this
aircraft does not fly on the 10th calendar day (35th non-fly day), the aircraft will become
36-day Category 1 Hangar Queen on the next day.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 233
11.14.4.2. A unit-possessed aircraft has not flown for 2 calendar days, then enters depot
status for 1 calendar day and is returned to unit possession, the unit must fly the aircraft in
the next 27 calendar days to avoid becoming a Category 1 Hangar Queen.
11.14.5. (Added-ACC) When an aircraft becomes identified as a Hangar Queen,
management should intensify their efforts to alleviate the condition as soon as possible (e.g.,
mission impact letters, Lead Command and item manager assistance). Aircraft last fly day
should be accessible through the LIMS-EV Fleet Asset Status (FAS) view. MXG/CC will
determine if an OCF/FCF is needed for Hangar Queen Category 1 and 2 aircraft prior to release
from Hangar Queen status (if not otherwise required by the aircraft specific TO). (T-2).
11.14.5.1. (Added-ACC) When an aircraft becomes a Hangar Queen Category 1,
establish a maintenance recovery plan to minimize the time needed to get the aircraft
airborne. Assign a Hangar Queen Manager to implement the plan. Forming a temporary
dedicated recovery team is also an option. Ensure strict management, control and
documentation of all CANNs, transfer, and diversion actions from the Hangar Queen
aircraft. Brief aircraft maintenance and supply status to the SQ/CC daily and weekly to the
MXG/CC and WG/CC. (T-2).
11.14.5.1.1. (Added-ACC) MXG/CC will continue use of designated CANN
approval authorities for scheduled CANN aircraft when entering Hangar Queen
Category 1 status. (T-3). All other Hangar Queen Category 1 aircraft will require
MXG/CD (or higher) approval for cannibalization of parts IAW paragraph 2.5.2 (T-
2).
11.14.5.2. (Added-ACC) When an aircraft becomes a Hangar Queen Category 2, in
addition to Hangar Queen Category 1 requirements; cease all cannibalizations, make the
Hangar Queen aircraft a priority to rebuild and assign a SNCO or officer (or civilian
equivalent) to manage the Hangar Queen. Brief aircraft maintenance and supply status at
the daily wing standup meeting. (T-2).
11.14.5.3. (Added-ACC) When an aircraft becomes a Hangar Queen Category 3, comply
with all Hangar Queen Category 1 and 2 requirements. Determine the feasibility of
cannibalizing parts to return the aircraft to flying status. If all required parts are feasible
cannibalizations, then cannibalize all parts needed to return the aircraft to airworthy status.
If a required part is an unfeasible cannibalization, then the MXG/CC will determine if other
required parts should be cannibalized. (T-2).
11.14.5.3.1. (Added-ACC) At a minimum, an OCF is mandatory for Hangar Queen
Category 3 aircraft prior to release from hangar queen status. (T-2).
11.14.5.3.2. (Added-ACC) Ensure applicable Dash-6 and 00-20 series TO
requirements and TCTOs are accomplished. (T-2).
11.14.5.3.3. (Added-ACC) Inform the MOC of any change in aircraft status. (T-2).
11.14.5.3.4. (Added-ACC) QA will perform a final review of all aircraft forms
initiated since the last flight prior to the first flight. (T-3).
11.14.5.4. (Added-ACC) Exceptions:
11.14.5.4.1. (Added-ACC) Aircraft in “PJ”, "PR" or “TJ” possession identifier code
are exempt from Hangar Queen reporting. Aircraft regained from possession code PJ,
234 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
PR or TJ and aircraft being removed from alert or immediate response are authorized
a 10 calendar day grace period for Hangar Queen reporting similar to paragraph
11.14.5.5 (T-2). Note: MAJCOM AVDO is the approval authority for use of the “TJ”
status code. “TJ” status may only be assigned to the first aircraft delivered during initial
beddown of a new MDS. The aircraft will not remain in “TJ” status for more than 90
days. (T-2).
11.14.5.4.2. (Added-ACC) Aircraft permanently assigned and possessed in TX code
or with a “G” prefix are exempt from hangar queen reporting. (T-2).
11.14.5.4.3. (Added-ACC) Aircraft in non-unit possession codes are excluded from
Hangar Queen reporting but are not excluded from local hangar queen management
procedures. (T-2).
11.14.5.4.4. (Added-ACC) Aircraft regained from depot possession which have not
flown for 30 consecutive days and fall within the 10 day grace period are still locally
managed as Hangar Queens. (T-2).
11.14.5.5. (Added-ACC) MXG/CC will provide information for Hangar Queen Category
2 and 3 aircraft to HQ ACC/A4 by completing the Hangar Queen Tracker form located on
ACC SharePoint site: https://usaf.dps.mil/sites/ACC-
A4/A4M/A4MO/Lists/Hangar%20Queen%20Tracker/Allitems.aspx. (T-2).
11.14.5.5.1. (Added-ACC) HQ ACC/A4M (accl[email protected]), HQ ACC/A4A
([email protected]) for legacy fighter aircraft, HQ ACC/A4F
([email protected]) for 5th generation fighter aircraft, and HQ ACC/A4I
([email protected]) for C2ISR fleets will review these inputs on SharePoint. (T-2). The
MXG will provide updates to the Hangar Queen Tracker to include changes in
category, estimated fly dates or any other pertinent information until the aircraft has
flown and the active Hangar Queen status check box is unchecked. (T-2).
11.15. Ground Instructional Trainer Aircraft (GITA). GITA are permanently grounded
aircraft declared excess to future operations or flying requirements by higher headquarters and will
be re-designated by the addition of the prefix “G” to the basic MDS. (T-1). GITA are not
maintained in a flyable condition but maintain system/subsystem operational condition for
purposes of maintenance training and will be carried in assignment/PIC outlined in AFI 21-103
and AFI 16-402. (T-1). This section does not apply to ABDR training aircraft. ABDR training
aircraft are managed by AFSC/LGPM (ABDR Program Office (PO)). This Chapter does not
apply to training equipment maintained by Contract Logistics Support contracts administered by
commands other than AETC.
11.15.1. Only those items requested by the PM are considered for removal. If the item does
not affect training and if approved by MXG/CC, the part will be removed and turned in as per
the ALC MXG/CC’s (or equivalent) instructions. (T-2).
11.15.1.1. Units are responsible for storing uninstalled or removed equipment that is not
required for training. (T-1).
11.15.2. Training Aid Aircraft (TAA). TAA are permanently grounded aircraft that, at a
minimum, require an aircraft fuselage that was previously in the AF inventory as an aircraft.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 235
11.15.2.1. Assigned TAA are not maintained in airworthy condition, and only the
system/subsystem required for the specific training requirements will be maintained in
operational condition for purposes of required maintenance/organizational training. (T-2).
11.15.2.2. TAA used for training are not terminated from the AF inventory IAW AFI 16-
402. TAA requests for use by non-maintenance AFSCs require coordination through
AFMC/LCMC and the PM prior to approval of assignment via an AF Form 913. (T-1).
11.15.2.3. Questions about the designation of an aircraft used for training should be
directed to the MAJCOM AVDO.
11.15.2.4. Permanently grounded missiles retain their original MDS without a prefix.
11.15.2.5. Upon assignment of a permanently grounded GITA/TAA, the MXG/CC or
equivalent will contact the applicable MAJCOM to coordinate "save list" requirements
identified by the applicable PM. (T-2).
11.15.2.5.1. “Save list” items removed will be turned into LRS for shipment. (T-2).
11.15.2.5.2. If an item on the “save list” is not removed, the reason for not removing
it will be annotated and coordinated with the applicable MAJCOM. (T-2).
11.15.2.5.3. If items on the “save list” are required for training and an unserviceable
item will suffice, units will coordinate with the applicable MAJCOM for receipt of the
unserviceable item(s). (T-2).
11.15.2.5.4. All unserviceable items furnished by ALC will be marked/identified as
“unserviceable” in a conspicuous manner (such as, Red X or Red dot system). (T-2).
11.15.3. MAJCOM Responsibilities. MAJCOMs will determine use of MIS for permanently
grounded GITA records management.
11.15.3. (ACC) MIS is not required for permanently grounded GITA. (T-2).
11.15.3.1. MAJCOMs will coordinate “save list” requirements/changes with the
applicable PMs.
11.15.4. MXG/CC Responsibilities. MXG/CC or equivalent will:
11.15.4.1. Develop an installation publication or supplement to define the scope of training
functions for GITA/TAA use, functional responsibility for funding, operations,
maintenance, and records management. (T-1).
11.15.4.2. Ensure maintenance support of GITA/TAA used for training. (T-1). Units that
do not have organic maintenance capability will establish a Support Agreement or MOA
assigning maintenance responsibility for GITA/TAA training use. (T-1).
11.15.4.2.1. GITA maintenance includes on- and off-equipment maintenance of active
systems and subsystems and necessary actions to maintain the aircraft in a safe and
presentable condition.
11.15.4.2.2. TAA require minimal maintenance on systems/subsystems used to meet
training requirements and should be maintained in a safe and presentable condition.
11.15.4.2.3. Determine which system and subsystem are required to support the
training. Consider present, future, and cross-utilization of systems when making
236 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
determinations. These systems will be maintained in the same configuration as
operational equipment. (T-1).
11.15.4.2.4. Ensure explosive components are removed that are not required to support
training requirements.
11.15.4.2.5. Place retained systems and subsystems not currently being used for
training into extended storage IAW applicable technical data.
11.15.4.2.6. Ensure standard maintenance practices regarding inspection appearance,
cleanliness, ground safety, and prevention of corrosion are met. Corrosion control
procedures are outlined in TO 1-1-691.
11.15.4.2.7. Develop and prepare inspection technical data check lists for use in
inspecting the condition and safety of equipment before use and ensure inspections are
performed.
11.15.4.2.7.1. Prior-to-use inspections will be conducted by the using organization
employing a tailored weapon system pre-/post-dock checklist. (T-1).
11.15.4.2.7.2. Conduct periodic maintenance inspections using a tailored work
deck. (T-1).
11.15.4.2.8. Prepare a separate memorandum for each GITA/TAA, addressed to the
appropriate PM for the aircraft and inform them of the systems and subsystems that
will be maintained in operational configuration. (T-1).
11.15.4.2.8.1. When changes in requirements occur, initiate a new memorandum.
11.15.4.2.8.2. Ensures copies of all GITA/TAA memorandums to the MAJCOM
AVDO. (T-1).
11.15.4.2.9. Air and space vehicle inventory will be reported IAW AFI 21-103 as
required for ground trainers. (T-1). Aircraft used for ground trainers are exempt from
status and utilization reporting.
11.15.4.2.10. Maintenance actions will be documented IAW TO 00-20-1. (T-1).
11.15.4.2.10.1. Owning units not having maintenance capability will establish
MOAs or MOUs with organizations which can provide maintenance support. (T-
1).
11.15.4.2.11. Ensure timely completion of TCTOs on systems designated for
configuration management and proper configuration status accounting is maintained.
11.15.4.2.11.1. Accomplish TCTOs on systems not designated for configuration
management as required to ensure safety of operation or as directed by the PM.
11.15.4.2.11.2. TCTOs are not maintained on TAA.
11.15.4.2.12. Ensure proper coordination and documentation of parts removed from
training aircraft are accomplished as follows:
11.15.4.2.12.1. When an item is removed or replaced, supervisors will ensure this
action is documented in the aircraft forms. (T-1). Include the authority for removal
(such as, message number, telecon, letters, and dates) and condition of
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 237
installed/replacement items.
11.15.4.2.12.2. When the limited save list actions have been done, a copy of the
completed list will be forwarded to the appropriate PM and the local documentation
function which will be added to the TAA historical record. (T-1).
11.15.4.2.12.3. W&B handbook requirements will be maintained IAW TO 1-1B-
50 and applicable -5 series TOs. (T-1).
11.15.4.2.12.4. Operating and maintenance technical data will be readily
accessible whenever the GITA/TAA is in use or undergoing inspection. (T-1).
11.15.4.2.12.5. MXG/CC will designate a GITA/TAA Manager as an additional
duty. (T-1).
11.15.4.2.12.5.1. The GITA/TAA Manager must be qualified to operate
GITA/TAA systems and appropriate support equipment to conduct GITA/TAA
maintenance. (T-1).
11.15.4.2.12.5.1. (ACC) The designated individual will:
11.15.4.2.12.5.1.1. (Added-ACC) Ensure the aircraft has a current set of
AFTO Form 781-series forms maintained IAW TO 00-20-1. (T-2).
11.15.4.2.12.5.1.2. (Added-ACC) Document a thorough forms review a
minimum of every 30 days. (T-2).
11.15.4.2.12.5.1.3. (Added-ACC) Ensure aircraft is scheduled for and
undergoes preventive maintenance requirements established by the
MXG/CC. (T-2).
11.15.4.2.12.5.1.4. (Added-ACC) Monitor the status of removed parts and
parts on order. (T-2).
11.15.4.2.12.5.1.5. (Added-ACC) Maintain required -21 equipment. (T-2).
11.15.4.2.12.5.2. The GITA/TAA Manager will accomplish and/or coordinate
maintenance actions for the GITA/TAA and ensure GITA/TAA documentation
is accurate and complete. (T-1).
11.15.4.2.13. For equipment designated as trainers, only the systems required for
technical training (or those required to ensure safety or system integrity) need to be
maintained. Note: This does not apply to "temporarily" grounded aircraft or operational
equipment or systems on loan from MAJCOMs or ALCs.
11.15.4.2.14. (Added-ACC) Ensure QA performs a non-rated management
inspection on ground trainers semi-annually. Inspection will include, as a minimum,
AFTO Form 781-series forms review, a walk-around and thru-flight inspection.
Submit report to the MXG/CC. (T-2).
11.15.4.2.15. (Added-ACC) Establish written minimum operational systems
guidelines and general maintenance requirements (wash interval, paint interval, etc.)
for group training aircraft. (T-2).
11.15.5. Technical Data Applicability.
238 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.15.5.1. Operational systems on GITA/TAA are maintained IAW applicable technical
data. The specific policy governing the use and modification of technical data is contained
in TO 00-5-1.
11.15.5.1.1. Some systems may be operated and maintained with original contractor
data because formal technical data was never developed and/or the contractor data was
never assigned a TO number.
11.15.5.2. Inspection and lubrication requirements may be adjusted to correspond with
training requirements and equipment usage and to prevent over or under inspection.
11.15.5.3. When significant savings may be achieved, the commander or contract project
manager must request deviations or changes to technical data requirements, including
substitution of materiel from the weapon system program manager.
11.15.5.3.1. If deviations are approved, the unit will retain approved
deviations/changes in the GITA historical records. (T-1). In all cases, safety or design
function must not be compromised.
11.15.5.4. TCTOs. The QA function or other designated agency will be responsible for
determining applicability of TCTOs for GITAs. (T-1). TCTO upgrades are not required on
TAA.
11.16. Aircraft Inlet/Intake/Exhaust Certification.
11.16.1. MAJCOMswilldeterminetherequirementtoimplementanAircraft Inlet/Intake/Exhaust
Certification program and certification frequency requirements.
11.16.2. Units will track these programs on the SCR when implemented. (T-1).
11.16.3. (Added-ACC) All units will have an installed and uninstalled aircraft/engine
intake/inlet/exhaust training and certification program. (T-2). This includes propeller-driven
aircraft and helicopters. Affected units will develop a comprehensive training program to
ensure personnel are knowledgeable and proficient in the performance of intake/inlet/exhaust
inspections. (T-2).
11.16.4. (Added-ACC) Responsibilities and Management. The MTS/FTD, in coordination
with SMEs, will be responsible for development and management of the engine
inlet/intake/exhaust inspection training program. (T-2). Certifiers will be appointed by the
MXG/CC and tracked on the SCR IAW Table 11.1 of this instruction. (T-2).
11.16.5. (Added-ACC) Formal Training. MTS/FTD, in coordination with the SME, will
develop and conduct training. (T-2). As a minimum, courses will include dangers associated
with the intake/inlet/exhaust, care and handling of equipment, applicable technical data, FOD
prevention, and inspection criteria, fault isolation/damage assessment, techniques required to
inspect engine intakes, inlets and exhausts, and performance of an engine intake/inlet/exhaust
inspection. (T-2). Formal training and certification are mandatory prior to placement on the
SCR. (T-2).
11.16.6. (Added-ACC) Certification Criteria. Upon completion of formal training,
individuals are task evaluated by a certifying official (an individual other than the instructor
who administered the course) and placed on the SCR. Certifying officials will be appointed by
the MXG/CC IAW Table 11.1. (T-2). Units will limit the number of certifiers to a minimum
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 239
to ensure standardized training and certification. (T-3). Certifying officials will maintain
proficiency in the same manner as other technicians; certifying officials will recertify each
other. (T-2).
11.16.6.1. (Added-ACC) Annual Recertification. Each certified technician is required to
be recertified annually by a certifying official. Recertification is accomplished by having
the technician demonstrate they can perform the task(s). A QA PE may be used to satisfy
this requirement if the QA evaluator is a certifying official. (T-2).
11.17. Engine Run Training and Certification Program.
11.17.1. A comprehensive engine run certification program will be developed and strictly
enforced to prevent safety mishaps and potential loss of life. (T-1).
11.17.1.1. The MXG/CC is responsible for ensuring the MT develops and manages an
effective engine run certification program. (T-1).
11.17.1.2. All maintenance personnel authorized to start and operate aircraft engines,
APUs, and uninstalled engines and APUs will be trained and certified to operate engines
at TO determined power settings. (T-1).
11.17.1.3. Aircraft engine motoring will only be performed by qualified engine run
personnel. (T-1). Exception: Rotary wing maintenance personnel qualified through OJT
may motor engines IAW prescribed TO.
11.17.1.4. The following minimum requirements will be used to certify engine run
personnel:
11.17.1.4.1. The MT will serve as the OPR and focal point for the management and
development of the engine run certification program, engine run certification test
question bank, and written tests for their respective weapon system. (T-1).
11.17.1.4.1. (ACC) DELETED.
11.17.1.4.2. Pre-run training will be conducted in the trainee's work center through
OJT. (T-1). Pre-run training is designed to prepare the trainee for successful completion
of initial engine-run training. As a minimum, pre-run training will include:
11.17.1.4.2.1. An evaluation by immediate supervisor or NCOIC/Flight Chief to
determine the individual’s level of maturity and experience prior to being selected
for engine-run training. (T-1).
11.17.1.4.2.2. The trainee will review and become familiar with engine-run
operations to include emergency procedures IAW the applicable aircraft general
system type TO and engine run checklist. (T-1).
11.17.1.4.2.2. (ACC) To include installation and removal of aircraft restraining
devices (if applicable). (T-2).
11.17.1.4.2.3. MTs may develop a handout to facilitate learning engine-run
procedures, engine limitations, and emergency procedures.
11.17.2. Certifying Officials. Certifying official certification requirements are listed in Table
11.1 of this instruction.
240 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.17.2.1. Instructor Pilots (IP) can also be used as certifying officials during the practical
engine-run demonstration.
11.17.2.2. Certifying officials must maintain proficiency in the same manner as other
technicians; certifying officials must recertify each other. (T-1).
11.17.3. Instructors. Individuals selected as instructors will hold the rank of SSgt or above and
possess a 7-skill level in one of the following AFSCs: 2A3X3/7/8, 2A5X1/2/4, 2A6X1 or
civilian equivalent, a qualified contractor, or AFETS/CETS personnel. (T-1).
11.17.3.1. AFI 11-218, Aircraft Operations and Movement on the Ground, aircraft and
engine TOs, commercial aircraft/engine operating procedures, and special test project
engineering procedures will be used to develop engine run certification training programs.
(T-1).
11.17.4. Installed Engine Run Personnel. Prior to entering engine run training, personnel will
meet the following requirements:
11.17.4. (ACC) AFSC 2A375 may be engine run instructors. (T-2).
11.17.4.1. Personnel will be selected IAW criteria established in Table 11.1 of this
instruction. (T-1). MXG/CCs may designate contractors in writing to run aircraft engines.
11.17.4.2. Qualified to operate the aircraft APU as applicable. (T-1).
11.17.4.3. Qualified as a brake operator. (T-1).
11.17.4.4. Qualified in basic radio and interphone systems operation. (T-1).
11.17.4.5. Qualified on marshalling signals. (T-1).
11.17.5. The initial engine run certification program will consist of following three phases,
each of which will be successfully completed before progressing to the next phase:
11.17.5.1. Phase 1. (T-1). Phase 1 is formal classroom training. Classroom instruction will
include:
11.17.5.1.1. General aircraft familiarization to include, as a minimum, basic MDS
airframe characteristics, aircraft safe-for-maintenance procedures, cockpit
configuration and systems, throttles and aircraft controls, egress, normal and
emergency braking systems, and aircraft system/subsystems related to safe engine
operation. (T-1).
11.17.5.1.1. (ACC) Installation and removal of aircraft restraining devices (if
applicable). (T-2).
11.17.5.1.2. A thorough review of TO procedures with emphasis on and notes,
cautions, and warnings. (T-1).
11.17.5.1.3. Engine/APU operation, to include normal operational parameters and
limitations. (T-1).
11.17.5.1.4. Ensuring aircraft, engine, and APU emergency procedures are
memorized. (T-1).
11.17.5.1.5. UHF/VHF radio operation, Air Traffic Control tower procedures, and
emergency radio transmissions. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 241
11.17.5.1.6. A two-part closed book examination (students will successfully complete
Part I before taking Part II). (T-1). The examination will consist of the following:
11.17.5.1.6. (ACC) A minimum of 25 questions between the two parts (emergency
and normal procedures), covering all subject areas. (T-2).
11.17.5.1.6.1. Part I - Students will be given a written/computer-based
examination on all boldface emergency procedures or all emergency procedures
identified in applicable technical data requiring a passing score of 100 percent. (T-
1).
11.17.5.1.6.2. Part II - Students will be given a written examination covering
normal engine run procedures and limitations requiring a minimum passing score
of 90 percent, corrected to 100 percent. (T-1).
11.17.5.1.7. Personnel failing the written/computer-based examination will receive
additional instruction before being re-tested. (T-1).
11.17.5.1.8. Students will not be given the same Part II test during re-testing efforts.
(T-1).
11.17.5.1.9. After a second failure of the two part closed book examination, the SQ/CC
(or equivalent) will determine if personnel may retest and continue with the program.
(T-1).
11.17.5.2. Phase 2. (T-1). Phase 2 is simulator training. All maintenance personnel
requiring engine run certification will receive simulator training on each specific aircraft
MDS and APU. (T-1).
11.17.5.2.1. Training will be accomplished in an Aircrew Training Device, Cockpit
Trainer, simulator, Maintenance Training Device or approved Technology
Development Trainer. (T-2). Note: If any of the above are not available, a similar
MD(S) simulator may be used if the procedures are the same or “dry run” procedures
will be accomplished in an aircraft to ensure procedural knowledge.
11.17.5.2.2. As a minimum, students will demonstrate knowledge and proficiency in
the following areas:
11.17.5.2.2.1. Proper run clearance procedures. (T-1).
11.17.5.2.2.2. UHF/VHF radio operation, Air Traffic Control tower procedures,
and emergency radio transmissions. (T-1).
11.17.5.2.2.3. Normal APU, engine start, run, and shutdown procedures. (T-1).
11.17.5.2.2.4. Augmentor or thrust reverser operation (as applicable). (T-1).
11.17.5.2.2.5. Applicable aircraft systems/subsystems normal operating
parameters. (T-1).
11.17.5.2.2.6. Ensure TO emergency bold face items are memorized. (T-1).
11.17.5.2.2.6.1. Instructors will evaluate the student on response time and
ability to handle emergency situations to include egress procedures. (T-1).
242 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.17.5.3. Phase 3. (T-1). Phase 3 is practical demonstration. Each individual will receive
a practical engine run evaluation after successful completion of Phase 1 and Phase 2
training. (T-1). For fighter-type aircraft, it is preferable to conduct the evaluation in a NSS,
or on a trim pad. As a minimum, the student will demonstrate successful completion of the
following areas without any discrepancies based on a go/no-go standard:
11.17.5.3. (ACC) Phase 3 Practical Demonstration will be evaluated by a certifying
official who did not teach Phase 1 or Phase 2 to the trainee. (T-2).
11.17.5.3.1. Run clearance procedures. (T-1).
11.17.5.3.2. UHF/VHF radio operation, Air Traffic Control tower procedures, and
emergency radio transmissions. (T-1).
11.17.5.3.3. Normal APU, engine start, run, and shutdown procedures, including
notes, cautions, and warnings. (T-1).
11.17.5.3.4. Augmentor or thrust reverser operation as applicable, including notes,
cautions, and warnings. (T-1).
11.17.5.3.5. Applicable aircraft systems/subsystems normal operating parameters,
including notes, cautions, and warnings. (T-1).
11.17.5.3.6. Ensure TO emergency bold face items are memorized. (T-1). Instructors
will evaluate the student on response time and ability to handle emergency situations.
(T-1).
11.17.5.3.7. Egress procedures. (T-1). MAJCOM/Lead Command, TO, and checklist
procedures for the applicable MDS will be demonstrated without error. (T-1).
11.17.6. Annual recertification for certifying officials and engine run certified personnel will
be accomplished by successfully completing the written test (Part I and Part II) administered
by the MT and demonstrating knowledge of normal and emergency procedures to a certifying
official by operating one of the following: Aircrew Training Device, Cockpit Trainer,
authorized Technology Development Trainer (if assigned or available), or aircraft as
appropriate. (T-1).
11.17.6.1. Personnel failing the written examination will receive additional instruction
before being re-tested. (T-1).
11.17.6.2. Students will not be given the same Part II test during re-testing efforts. (T-1).
11.17.6.3. After a second failure of the two-part closed book examination, the individual
will be decertified. (T-1).
11.17.6.3.1. The SQ/CC (or equivalent) will determine if personnel may retest and
continue with the program, and whether they must attend all three phases of initial
training prior to being recertified. (T-1).
11.17.6.4. Certified individuals who PCS to the same MDS, and engine type and model
must be approved by the SQ/CC (or equivalent) and complete an initial evaluation by a
certifying official prior to becoming run qualified at the gaining base. (T-1). Note:
MAJCOMs will determine if additional training is required for the specific engine series.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 243
11.17.6.4. (ACC) Certified individuals who PCS to the same MDS, different engine Type
Model Series Modification may be approved by the SQ/CC (or equivalent) to attend
abbreviated version (locally determined, while meeting all three phases) of current
MTS/FTD approved course.
11.17.6.4.1. The evaluation will include, as a minimum, familiarization of local
procedures and requirements. (T-1).
11.17.6.4.2. Carry over the date of original class completion from previous
documentation (certificate, training record, MIS printout).
11.17.7. Documentation. Qualifications of installed engine run certifying officials and engine
run certified personnel, will be documented in the MIS and entered on the SCR. (T-1).
11.17.8. Proficiency. MAJCOMs will determine proficiency requirements for maintenance
personnel authorized to operate installed engines.
11.17.8. (ACC) To maintain proficiency, personnel qualified to run installed engines will
perform at least one engine run every 90 days. (T-2). Certifying officials must also meet the
90-day proficiency requirements. (T-2). Exception: C-135 variants with engine types F108-
variants, TF33-P5/P-9 will perform at least one engine run every 120 days. (T-2). When
deployed, proficiency training can be waived by EMXG/MXG/CC to a maximum of 180 days.
(T-2).
11.17.8.1. Units will track run proficiency requirements in the MIS. (T-1).
11.17.8.2. Supervisors will ensure individuals who fail to maintain proficiency are
decertified. (T-1).
11.17.8.2.1. Decertified individuals will recertify IAW Paragraph 11.17.6 of this
instruction. (T-1).
11.17.9. Engine run certification tests are controlled items and will be handled IAW AFI 36-
2605, Air Force Military Personnel Testing System, and administered only by MT personnel.
(T-1).
11.17.10. Aircraft APU Installed Operation Training. The following requirements and
standards will apply to qualifying maintenance personnel on operating the aircraft APU:
11.17.10.1. When conducting initial operator qualification training for APU, use the
applicable video or other training program. (T-2).
11.17.10.2. A two-part closed book examination consisting of the following: Note:
MAJCOMs will determine examination applicability requirements for PMA only APU
operations in their supplement/addendum to this AFI.
11.17.10.2. (ACC) Testing does not apply to F-22/F-35 Auxiliary Power Unit
(APU)/Integrated Power Package (IPP) operators using only the PMA from the ground.
11.17.10.2.1. Part I - Students will be given a written/computer-based examination on
all boldface emergency procedures or all emergency procedures identified in applicable
technical data requiring a passing score of 100 percent. (T-1).
11.17.10.2.2. Students will successfully complete Part I before taking Part II. (T-1).
244 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.17.10.2.3. Part II - Students will be given a written/computer-based examination
covering normal APU run procedures and limitations requiring a minimum passing
score of 90 percent, corrected to 100 percent. (T-1).
11.17.10.3. Personnel failing the examination will receive additional instruction before
being re-tested. (T-2).
11.17.10.4. Students will not be given the same Part II test during re-testing efforts. (T-2).
11.17.10.5. After a second failure of the two-part closed book examination, the individual
will be decertified. (T-2).
11.17.10.5.1. The SQ/CC (or equivalent) will determine if personnel may retest and
continue with the program prior to being recertified. (T-2).
11.17.10.5.2. Individuals must attend all three phases of initial training prior to being
recertified. (T-1).
11.17.10.6. Part III Personnel must then accomplish an on-equipment practical evaluation
for certification completion. (T-2).
11.17.10.7. Personnel will be recertified annually using the initial certification procedures.
The practical evaluation portion will be accomplished by operating one of the following:
Aircrew Training Device, Cockpit Trainer, authorized Technology Development Trainer
(if assigned or available), or aircraft as appropriate (or as determined by the certifying
official). (T-1). Note: Recertification is not required if the individual is engine run certified
and has maintained annual engine-run certification requirements.
11.17.11. Documentation. Qualifications of APU run certifying officials and APU run
certified personnel, will be documented in the MIS and entered on the SCR. (T-1).
11.17.11.1. If applicable, MAJCOMs will define SCR applicability requirements for PMA
only APU operations in their supplement/addendum to this instruction.
11.17.11.1. (ACC) APU operators using only the PMA from the ground need not be
tracked on the SCR. Exception: If the APU is operated from the ground using a PMA and
any personnel are present in the cockpit, the seat occupant will be listed and certified on
the SCR. (T-2).
11.17.11.2. (Added-ACC) Over-the-rail cockpit access is permissible to actuate switches
and/or system controls as directed by technical orders. Extreme care must be used not to
actuate throttles, flight controls or canopy control switch. Personnel will not physically
enter/exit the cockpit during APU operations, unless engine run certified. (T-2).
11.17.12. Proficiency. MAJCOMs will determine proficiency requirements for maintenance
personnel authorized to operate APUs.
11.17.12. (ACC) Personnel qualified to run aircraft APU, GTC, or APP will perform at least
one APU, GTC, or APP run every 180 days. (T-2). Certifying officials must also meet the 180-
day proficiency requirement. (T-2).
11.17.12.1. Units will track run proficiency requirements in the MIS. (T-1).
11.17.12.2. Supervisors will ensure individuals who fail to maintain proficiency are
decertified. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 245
11.17.13. Certification tests are controlled items and will be handled IAW AFI 36-2605 and
administered only by MT personnel. (T-1).
11.17.14. Uninstalled Engine Operation on Test Stands and Cells (includes Jet Fuel
Starter/APU uninstalled operations). All personnel identified for uninstalled engine run
qualification will complete an uninstalled engine run training program prior to certification.
(T-1). The following minimum requirements will apply:
11.17.14.1. Certification Requirements. Individuals will be certified for each specific
engine TMS authorized to run IAW criteria established in Table 11.1 of this instruction.
(T-1).
11.17.14.2. Certifying Officials. The MXG/CC will designate qualified TSgts or higher or
civilian equivalent or fully qualified/certified contractors or AFETS/CETS personnel, to
serve as certifying officials IAW criteria established in Table 11.1 of this instruction. (T-
1).
11.17.14.3. Instructors. Individuals selected as instructors will be 7-skill level SSgts or
above or civilian equivalent, a qualified contractor, or an AFETS/CETS representative, and
be run certified on each TMS (if they are to be certifying officials). (T-1).
11.17.14.4. Training. Uninstalled engine run training will consist of the following three
phases:
11.17.14.4. (ACC) Engine run training will include engine trim (if applicable),
troubleshooting, leak checks, operational checks, emergency procedures, fire control panel
operations, and test stand/engine preparation (including proper restraint). (T-2).
11.17.14.4.1. Phase 1. (T-1). Phase 1 is formal training. Instruction will include, as a
minimum, the following areas:
11.17.14.4.1.1. General engine familiarization to include, as a minimum, basic
engine description, component location, and functions. (T-1).
11.17.14.4.1.2. Thorough familiarization of control cabs, NSSs, ETSs, and T-9 fire
suppression control panels (if applicable). (T-1).
11.17.14.4.1.3. Thorough review of TO procedures with emphasis on notes,
cautions, and warnings. (T-1).
11.17.14.4.1.4. Uninstalled engine operation to include normal operating
parameters and limitations. (T-1).
11.17.14.4.1.5. Ensuring uninstalled engine emergency procedures are
memorized. (T-1).
11.17.14.4.1.6. Local communication procedures. (T-1).
11.17.14.4.1.7. A two-part closed book examination (students will successfully
complete Part I before taking Part II) consisting of the following:
11.17.14.4.1.7. (ACC) Tests are developed by the test cell/small gas section chief
or AFETS/CETS. The tests are controlled by the MTS. A minimum of 25 questions
between the two parts (emergency and normal procedures), covering all subject
areas. This test will be developed and controlled using the same criteria as other
246 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
test developed for use by the MTS. (T-2).
11.17.14.4.1.7.1. Part I - Students will be given a written/computer-based
examination on all boldface emergency procedures or all emergency procedures
identified in applicable technical data requiring a passing score of 100 percent.
(T-1).
11.17.14.4.1.7.2. Part II - Students will be given a written/computer-based
examination covering normal engine run procedures and limitations requiring a
minimum passing score of 90 percent, corrected to 100 percent. (T-1).
11.17.14.4.1.8. Personnelfailingtheexaminationwillreceiveadditional instruction
before being re-tested. (T-1).
11.17.14.4.1.9. Students will not be given the same Part II test during re-testing
efforts. (T-1).
11.17.14.4.1.10. After a second failure of the two part closed book examination,
the individual will be decertified. (T-1).
11.17.14.4.1.10.1. The SQ/CC (or equivalent) will determine if personnel may
retest and continue with the program prior to being recertified or be removed
from program. (T-1).
11.17.14.4.1.10.1.1. Individuals must attend all three phases of initial
training prior to being recertified. (T-1).
11.17.14.4.2. Phase 2. (T-1). Phase 2 is the control cab evaluation. After successful
completion of formal training, students will properly demonstrate the following
minimum requirements to a certifying official without discrepancies using the go/no-
go standard:
11.17.14.4.2.1. Proper uninstalled engine start, run, and shutdown procedures,
including notes, cautions, and warnings (engine not operating). (T-1).
11.17.14.4.2.2. Properuninstalledengineboldfaceemergencyprocedures, including
notes, cautions, and warnings (engine not operating). (T-1).
11.17.14.4.2.3. Knowledge of normal uninstalled engine operating limits,
including notes, cautions, and warnings. (T-1).
11.17.14.4.2.4. Augmentor or thrust reverser operation (as applicable), including
notes, cautions, warnings and emergency procedures. (T-1).
11.17.14.4.3. Phase 3. (T-1). Phase 3 is the practical evaluation. Each individual will
receive a practical uninstalled engine run evaluation after successful completion of
classroom training and control cab evaluation from a certifier. (T-1). As a minimum,
the student will demonstrate successful completion of the following areas without
discrepancies based on a go/no-go standard:
11.17.14.4.3. (ACC) Phase 3 Practical Demonstration will be evaluated by a
certifying official who did not teach Phase 1 or Phase 2 to the trainee. (T-2).
11.17.14.4.3.1. Run clearance procedures. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 247
11.17.14.4.3.2. Emergency communication procedures. (T-1).
11.17.14.4.3.3. Normal uninstalled engine start, run, and shutdown procedures,
including notes, cautions, and warnings. (T-1).
11.17.14.4.3.4. Augmentor or thrust reverser operation (as applicable), including
notes, cautions, and warnings. (T-1).
11.17.14.4.3.5. Proper emergency procedure corrective actions during all bold face
uninstalled engine emergency conditions. (T-1).
11.17.14.4.3.6. (Added-ACC) Engine trim, troubleshooting, and leak check
procedures. (T-2).
11.17.14.4.3.7. (Added-ACC) Fire control panel operations. (T-2).
11.17.14.4.3.8. (Added-ACC) Test stand/engine preparation (including proper
restraint). (T-2).
11.17.14.5. Recertification. Recertification for certifying officials and uninstalled engine
run qualified personnel will be accomplished annually. (T-1).
11.17.14.5.1. The following three requirements must be met to obtain recertification:
11.17.14.5.1.1. Successfully completing the written test (Part I and Part II)
administered by the MT. (T-1).
11.17.14.5.1.2. Passing a control cab evaluation demonstrating knowledge of
normal and emergency procedures to a certifying official. (T-1).
11.17.14.5.1.3. Completing a practical engine run demonstration. (T-1).
11.17.14.5.2. Personnel failing the written examination will receive additional
instruction before being re-tested. (T-1).
11.17.14.5.3. Students will not be given the same Part II test during re-testing efforts.
(T-1).
11.17.14.5.4. After a second failure of the two part closed book examination, the
individual will be decertified. (T-1).
11.17.14.5.4.1. The SQ/CC (or equivalent) will determine if personnel may retest
and continue with the program prior to being recertified. (T-1).
11.17.14.5.4.2. Individuals must attend all three phases of initial training prior to
being recertified. (T-1).
11.17.14.6. Proficiency. MAJCOMs will determine proficiency requirements.
11.17.14.6. (ACC) To maintain proficiency, personnel qualified to run uninstalled
engines on test stands and test cells (includes JFS/APU/GTC uninstalled operations) will
perform at least one uninstalled engine run on a test stand or test cell (includes
JFS/APU/GTC uninstalled operations) every 90 days. (T-2). Certifying officials must also
meet the 90-day proficiency requirements. Track proficiency requirements in the MIS. (T-
2).
248 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.17.14.6.1. Supervisors will ensure individuals who fail to maintain proficiency are
decertified. (T-1).
11.17.14.6.1.1. Decertified individuals will recertify IAW Paragraph 11.17.14.5
of this instruction. (T-1).
11.17.14.7. (Added-ACC) Documentation. Qualifications of uninstalled engine run
certifiers and uninstalled engine run certified personnel will be documented in the MIS and
entered on the SCR. (T-2).
11.17.14.8. (Added-ACC) Crew Size. The minimum requirements for uninstalled engine
run crew are:
11.17.14.8.1. (Added-ACC) Minimum crew size is 3 personnel, except for small gas
test stand requiring a minimum of two personnel. (T-2).
11.17.14.8.1.1. (Added-ACC) One crew member must be engine run certified
and will be responsible for engine operation/trim. (T-2).
11.17.14.8.1.2. (Added-ACC) One individual, other than the engine run certified
person, is test stand operator qualified and fire control panel trained. (T-2).
11.17.14.8.1.3. (Added-ACC) Others, if not test stand/small gas test stand
qualified, are briefed by the engine run certified person. As a minimum, the briefing
includes emergency procedures and hazardous areas such as intake, exhaust,
turbine/starter plane of rotation, high voltages, etc. (T- 2).
11.17.15. Fire Control Panel Operation in NSS. This section applies to all NSS designed for
enclosed aircraft and uninstalled engine operation (such as, T-9, T-10, T-11, T-12, and T-20)
with fire suppression systems. Only qualified personnel will be certified to use the NSS Fire
Suppression Systems. (T-1). The following certification requirements will apply:
11.17.15.1. Meet criteria established in Table 11.1 of this instruction. (T-1).
11.17.15.2. Training will consist of formal training using TOs and hands on
familiarization and will include the following minimum requirements:
11.17.15.2.1. NSS Fire Suppression System familiarization and operation. (T-1).
11.17.15.2.2. Emergency procedures, including local notification procedures. (T-1).
11.17.15.3. NSS supervisor, contractor, AFETS/CETS personnel or individual designated
by the NSS supervisor will serve as certifying official(s). (T-1).
11.17.15.4. Annual recertification of NSS Fire Suppression System certified personnel
will be accomplished utilizing the same criteria as initial certification. (T-1).
11.18. Engine Blade Blending Training and Certification Program.
11.18.1. General. All units will have a comprehensive training program to ensure technical
standards are met, and proficiency is maintained. (T-1). The number of individuals authorized
to inspect and repair blades should be sufficient to meet mission requirements and production
needs. Personnel will be certified IAW criteria established in Table 11.1 of this instruction.
(T-1). MXG/CCs may designate contractors in writing to complete blade blending
certification.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 249
11.18.2. Responsibilities and Management. The MT or TD will be responsible for
management and development of the blade blending training program. (T-2).
11.18.2. (ACC) DELETED.
11.18.2.1. As a minimum, the course will include care and handling of equipment,
applicable technical data, fault isolation/damage assessment/defect size determination,
techniques required to correctly inspect and repair blades and performance of an engine
blade blend. (T-1).
11.18.2.2. Prior to placement on the SCR, the formal blade blending training (MT or TD
course) and initial engine blade blending certification will be mandatory. (T-1).
11.18.3. MXG/CCs will appoint in writing maintenance, TD, or AFETS/CETS personnel as
instructors and ensure the following certification and proficiency requirements are tracked in
the MIS by course code:
11.18.3.1. Formal training, engine blade blending course. (T-1).
11.18.3.2. Annual engine blade blending recertification. (T-1).
11.18.3.3. 180-day engine blade blending proficiency. (T-1).
11.18.3.4. (Added-ACC) Initial engine blade blending certification. (T-2).
11.18.4. Certification Criteria. Certifying officials will be selected IAW criteria established in
Table 11.1 of this instruction. (T-1).
11.18.5. (Added-ACC) Units will limit the number of certifiers to a minimum to ensure
standardized training and certification. (T-2). Certifying officials will maintain proficiency in
the same manner as other technicians. (T-2). Certifying officials will recertify each other. (T-
2). Note: If applicable, assigned AFETS/CETS should be used to certify other certifying
officials.
11.18.5.1. (Added) (ACC) Certified individuals who PCS to the same MDS and engine
TMSM may by-pass formal training course. These individuals will be re-certified by a
certifier prior to being added to the SCR. (T-2). Carry over the date of original class
completion from previous documentation (certificate, training record, MIS printout).
11.18.5.2. (Added-ACC) Upon completion of the formal training, individuals are task
evaluated by the certifying official (an individual other than the instructor who
administered the course) and placed on the SCR. (T-2).
11.18.6. (Added-ACC) Proficiency Requirements. Personnel must perform one blend repair
every 180 days to maintain proficiency. (T-2). Work center supervisors will ensure personnel
who do not meet this requirement are decertified. (T-2).
11.18.7. (Added-ACC) Annual Recertification. Recertification is accomplished by having
the technician demonstrate they can perform the task(s). A QA PE may be used to satisfy this
requirement if the QA evaluator is a certifying official. (T-2).
11.18.7.1. (Added-ACC) F-15, F-16, and F-22 engine blade blending technicians and
certifiers will attend the blade blending inspection course and be re-certified by a certifying
official. (T-2).
250 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.18.8. (Added-ACC) Blade blending procedures for installed/uninstalled
engines/modules:
11.18.8.1. (Added-ACC) Notify the Wing/Center FOD Monitor prior to blade blending
anytime FOD is identified, other than for minor sand nicks or scratches (i.e., blending with
emery cloth). (T-2).
11.18.8.2. (Added-ACC) Fill out Blade Blending/FOD Damage worksheet or applicable
form with the following information; engine serial number, stage number, number of
blades blended, depth of damage before and after blend, area of damage, and employee
number/stamp number of maintenance personnel. (T-2).
11.18.8.3. (Added-ACC) Notify EM section and forward Blade Blending/FOD Damage
worksheet or applicable form to EM section for filing. The EM section will transcribe
information provided in the Blade Blending/FOD Damage worksheet into the applicable
engine/module records (i.e., AFTO 95; if applicable) and CEMS, IAW TO 00-20-1. (T-2).
11.19. Engine Flexible Borescope Inspection Training and Certification Program. The
purpose of this program is to ensure individual knowledge and proficiency levels; proper care and
use of equipment; and standardization of program requirements.
11.19.1. All units maintaining engines using flexible borescopes will establish a
comprehensive training program. (T-1). Certification procedures described here are only for
engine borescope certification.
11.19.1.1. Training will be annotated in training records. (T-1).
11.19.2. MAJCOMs will:
11.19.2.1. Ensure an engine flexible borescope formal training course is developed,
tracked and managed by MT/TD.
11.19.2.1. (ACC) DELETED.
11.19.2.2. Ensure engine flexible borescope proficiency and annual recertification (by a
certifying official) requirements are established by course code.
11.19.2.3. Ensure time, training and documentation currency requirements are established
for engine flexible borescope certified personnel who PCS to the same MDS/engine.
11.19.2.4. Determine training requirements for personnel using borescopes for non-engine
type inspections (such as, behind ejection seats, wing boxes) to include, as a minimum,
proper use and care of borescopes.
11.19.3. (Added-ACC) The number of certifying officials will be limited to the amount
needed to meet certification requirements and mission demands. (T-2). Certifying officials will
maintain proficiency in the same manner as other technicians. (T-2). Certifying officials will
recertify each other. (T-2). Upon completion of formal training, individuals are must be task
evaluated by the certifying official (an individual other than the instructor who administered
the course) and placed on the SCR. (T-2).
11.19.3.1. (Added) (ACC) Certified individuals who PCS to the same MDS and engine
TMSM may by-pass the formal training course. These individuals must be re-certified by
a certifier prior to being added to the SCR. (T-2). Carry over the date of original class
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 251
completion from previous documentation (certificate, training record, MIS printout). Note:
If applicable, assigned AFETS/CETS should be used to certify other certifying officials.
(T-2).
11.19.4. (Added-ACC) MTS will ensure the following course codes are tracked in the MIS:
11.19.4.1. (Added-ACC) Formal training borescope course. (T-2).
11.19.4.2. (Added-ACC) Proficiency requirement. (T-2).
11.19.4.3. (Added-ACC) Annual recertification. (T-2).
11.19.5. (Added-ACC) Proficiency Requirements. As a minimum, all aircraft personnel
bound by TO requirements or event-driven inspections for flexible borescope must perform
one flexible borescope inspection every 180 days to maintain proficiency. Work center
supervisors will ensure personnel who do not meet minimum requirements are decertified and
must be recertified by completing annual recertification requirements. (T-2).
11.19.6. (Added-ACC) Annual Recertification. Each borescope-qualified technician is
required to be recertified by a certifying official. This is accomplished by having technicians
demonstrate proper inspection requirements, as well as, use and care of equipment. (T-2).
11.20. Flying Crew Chief (FCC) Program. The purpose of the FCC Program is to enhance
mission effectiveness by providing qualified maintenance support for aircraft at locations other
than home station. The FCC flies in Mission Essential Personnel status. FCC’s typically fly with
the aircraft for the purpose of accomplishing ground maintenance at the TDY location. The duty
period typically starts when the FCC shows at the aircraft prior to departure. FCCs are qualified in
their duty AFSC and are required to obtain, maintain, and apply basic knowledge in several other
aircraft maintenance AFSCs. They are responsible for launch, recovery, inspection, servicing,
generation, and maintenance of aircraft in austere locations and locations where specific MDS
maintenance capability may not be available.
11.20.1. MAJCOMs may authorize/develop a FCC Program under the direction of AF/A4LM
for maintainers who are required to regularly fly and maintain aircraft.
11.20.1.1. FCCs will be selected per mission requirements as directed by MAJCOMs and
qualify for Special Duty Assignment Pay (SDAP) IAW AFI 36-3017, Assignment Incentive
Pay and Special Duty Assignment Pay. (T-1).
11.20.2. The FCC program only applies to personnel assigned to positions on the Unit
Manning Document with a “C” prefix for the Duty AFSC.
11.20.3. The following situations will not qualify the FCC for SDAP:
11.20.3.1. Occasional flights where the aircraft is used as transportation in lieu of
commercial air.
11.20.3.2. Incentive or indoctrination flights.
11.20.3.3. Deployments where additional maintenance personnel are required at the
designated location to supplement assigned maintainers.
11.20.4. Qualifying missions. A mission consists of one or more sorties with a mission number
as entered on the AFTO Form 781, Aircrew/Mission Flight Data Document. The mission must
meet the following criteria to qualify for this program:
252 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.20.4.1. The FCC is required to accomplish maintenance at locations other than home
station to prepare the aircraft for its next departure. (T-1).
11.20.5. FCC Program responsibilities.
11.20.5.1. AF/A1PA oversees the overall SDAP and provides guidance in AFI 36-3017.
11.20.5.2. AF/A4LM is the SDAP functional manager for FCCs.
11.20.5.2.1. AF/A4LM sets criteria for FCCs, validates MAJCOM FCC reports, and
forecasts FCC SDAP budget needs.
11.20.5.2.2. AF/A4LM approves/disapproves FCC position increases/decreases in
coordination with AF/A1PA.
11.20.5.3. MAJCOMs implement the FCC Program and will appoint in writing a FCC
Program Manager to enforce standards and prepare the annual report.
11.20.5.4. MAJCOM FCC Program Managers will determine which squadrons will
participate in the FCC Program and will:
11.20.5.4.1. Validate and forward squadron FCC SDAP requests (Attachment 5) to
AF/A4LM and AF/A1PA.
11.20.5.4.2. Annually validate FCC SDAP positions.
11.20.5.4.3. Assign FCC SDAP positions with an AFSC prefix of "C" and an
appropriate SEI on command manpower documents.
11.20.5.4.4. Establish command unique training requirements and set additional
qualification standards for their FCCs as needed.
11.20.5.4.5. Maintain quarterly and annual FCC reports (Attachment 3 and
Attachment 4).
11.20.5.4.6. Prepare and submit the command annual FCC report to AF/A4LM at
[email protected] and AF/A1PA by 15 August
each year. Submit the biennial FCC report to AF/A1PA upon request.
11.20.5.4.7. Review and approve/disapprove ACR for changes of the “C” prefix to an
AFSC on the UMD.
11.20.5.4.8. Review and recommend approval/disapproval of ACRs for additions,
deletions of the “C” prefix to an AFSC on the UMD.
11.20.5.5. MAJCOM (A1M) Command Manpower and Organization Responsibilities.
A1M will:
11.20.5.5.1. Coordinate and obtain approval/disapproval from MAJCOM for
Installation Manpower and Organization Office ACRs pertaining to validation of “C”
prefix to AFSCs on the UMD.
11.20.5.5.2. Assign the “C” prefix to AFSCs upon approval from MAJCOM FCC
Program Manager. This provides MAJCOM functional managers and unit senior
maintenance managers the visibility of squadron FCC SDAP positions. Note: FCC
SDAP positions do not effect a unit’s manpower authorizations.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 253
11.20.5.6. SQ/CC’s will:
11.20.5.6.1. Administer the squadron FCC Program IAW AFI 36-3017, AFI 36-2101,
Classifying Military Personnel (Officer and Enlisted), and this instruction. (T-1).
11.20.5.6.2. Ensure FCCs fly only when required for the mission. (T-1).
11.20.5.6.3. Appoint and remove personnel from the FCC Program IAW AFI 36-2101.
(T-1).
11.20.5.6.3.1. Assign FCCs for a minimum of one year, unless removed for cause.
(T-1).
11.20.5.6.4. Ensure only qualified FCCs and assistant FCCs who meet minimum
requirements IAW AFI 36-3017 receive SDAP and fly a minimum of three qualifying
missions per quarter. (T-1). An indicator of having too many FCCs may be reflected in
a unit whose FCCs routinely do not meet minimum quarterly requirements.
11.20.5.6.5. Assign no more than two FCCs per aircraft (an FCC and assistant FCC)
to each qualifying mission unless otherwise approved by MAJCOM. (T-2). Exception:
SQ/CC may assign the minimum number of additional FCCs when required to maintain
proper work-rest cycles or to meet TO requirements.
11.20.5.6.6. Appoint in writing a Unit FCC Program Manager. (T-1).
11.20.5.7. Unit FCC Program Managers will:
11.20.5.7.1. Track status and prepare unit reports. (T-1).
11.20.5.7.2. Ensure personnel possess the appropriate SEI for their MDS aircraft. (T-
1).
11.20.5.7.3. Provide a letter to their Installation Manpower and Organization Office
and an information copy to the MAJCOM FCC Program Manager to change, add, or
delete a “C” prefix to the AFSC on the UMD. (T-1).
11.20.5.7.3. (ACC) Information copies will be sent to HQ ACC/A4I at:
[email protected]. (T-2).
11.20.5.7.3.1. The letter will contain the unit designation, function account code,
AFSC, position number, and a POC. (T-1).
11.20.5.7.4. Ensure FCCs and assistant FCCs are aligned in a duty position with a "C"
prefix by initiating an AF Form 2096, Classification/On-the-Job Training Action, or
special order. (T-1).
11.20.5.7.5. Counsel FCCs and assistant FCCs on SDAP termination (AFI 36-3017,
Table 3 lists reasons for termination). (T-1).
11.20.5.7.5.1. SDAP stops on the dates listed in this table. As long as a “C” prefix
is attached to an AFSC the member shall receive SDAP. (T-1).
11.20.5.7.6. Review, update, and authenticate the monthly SDAP roster. (T-1). The
SDAP roster is the only administrative tool used to start, stop or continue the FCC pay
entitlement.
11.20.5.7.6.1. If changes are made on the monthly SDAP roster, an AF Form 2096
254 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
or special order must be submitted to the Military Personnel Section (MPS). (T-1).
11.20.5.7.6.2. Authentication of the monthly SDAP roster validates that each FCC
is meeting the full intent of the program. Note: AFI 36-3017 provides commanders
conditions concerning pay entitlements.
11.20.5.7.7. Submit SDAP position increase/decrease requests to MAJCOM FCC
Program Manager by message, e-mail, or letter stating the number of positions to be
increased/decreased with a brief justification. (T-1).
11.20.5.7.7. (ACC) SDAP position will be submitted to HQ ACC/A4I at:
[email protected]. (T-2).
11.20.5.7.7.1. MAJCOMs will forward requests to AF/A4LM for final approval.
11.20.5.7.8. Provide information for processing DD Form 1610, Request and
Authorization for TDY Travel of DoD Personnel, for FCCs. (T-3).
11.20.5.7.9. Ensure TDY orders authorize FCCs to travel in Mission Essential
Personnel status. (T-1). Note: Aeronautical orders do not apply to this program, as
FCCs are not aircrew members.
11.20.5.7.10. Monitor training qualifications and currency to ensure only qualified
FCCs are scheduled for missions. (T-1).
11.20.5.7.10.1. As a minimum, maintain a folder for each FCC containing training
qualifications, immunizations, military passport information, appointment letters,
and FCC Mission Reports. (T-1). If the unit mobility section already maintains
these source documents, either electronic or paper copies may be maintained.
11.20.5.7.11. Coordinate scheduling of FCCs through Flight CC/Chiefs and operations
schedulers. (T-1).
11.20.5.7.12. Maintain a Unit FCC Program Manager’s Continuity Book. (T-1). As a
minimum the continuity book will include:
11.20.5.7.12.1. Lists of required instructions with web addresses (including AFI
36-3017, AFMAN 36-2108 and this instruction). (T-1).
11.20.5.7.12.2. Unit FCC Program Manager appointment letter, AF Form 2096 or
special orders. (T-1).
11.20.5.7.12.3. Manpower correspondence assigning “C” prefix AFSC. (T-1).
11.20.5.7.12.4. Quarterly and annual FCC status reports, SDAP position requests
and miscellaneous FCC and SDAP correspondence. (T-1).
11.20.5.7.13. Report program status by Fiscal Year (FY) quarters to MAJCOM FCC
Program Manager NLT the 15th day of the month following each FY quarter and report
FY annual program status to the MAJCOM NLT 15 July each year. (T-1).
11.20.5.7.13. (ACC) Reports will be submitted to HQ ACC/A4I at:
[email protected]. (T-2).
11.20.5.7.13.1. Annual report will consist of the previous FY 4th quarter and
current FY 1st, 2nd, and 3rd quarters (1 Jul - 30 Jun). (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 255
11.20.5.7.14. Submit funding requests for flight clothing, per diem, and other related
expenses for the annual budget (for safety during flight, flight clothing is mandatory
for FCCs and Assistant FCCs). (T-1).
11.20.5.8. Installation Manpower and Quality Office will:
11.20.5.8.1. Forward ACR to MAJCOM to add, delete, or change “C” prefixes on
AFSCs existing on the UMD. (T-1).
11.20.5.9. Enroute supervisors will:
11.20.5.9.1. Not assign FCCs to work other enroute aircraft. (T-2). However, FCCs
left at an enroute location and awaiting transportation may be assigned to work other
enroute aircraft.
11.20.5.9.2. Brief FCCs on local safety precautions, maintenance practices, and
limitations. (T-2).
11.20.5.9.3. Coordinate with the Pilot In Charge (PIC) and FCC to obtain
transportation to/from quarters. (T-2).
11.20.5.10. The FCC will:
11.20.5.10.1. Establish duty shifts and rest periods with the PIC and enroute supervisor
based on maintenance and mission requirements. (T-2). Note: Consider the duration of
the flight, the ability to rest during the flight, and the quality of the rest during the flight.
FCCs do not automatically enter crew rest with the aircrew upon arrival at an
enroute/transient location unless the duty day was exceeded.
11.20.5.10.1.1. If the FCC's safety is jeopardized by fatigue, the FCC's duty day
must end. (T-2).
11.20.5.10.2. Upon arrival at enroute locations, determine their ability to safely and
effectively perform duties. (T-2). Note: The FCC’s primary job is preparing the aircraft
(inspect, service, aircraft forms maintenance) for the next mission.
11.20.5.10.2.1. Notify Tanker Airlift Control Center/Logistics Cell of planned
crew rest periods and or establish an alternate point of contact during scheduled rest
periods to minimize rest cycle interpretations. (T-2).
11.20.5.10.3. Coordinate with the PIC to ensure crew integrity for quarters is
maintained. (T-2).
11.20.5.10.4. Coordinate with the PIC to ensure the FCC Performance Feedback Form
in Attachment 2 of this instruction is completed by the PIC and provided the Unit FCC
Program Manager upon return to home station. (T-2).
11.20.6. FCC qualifications and responsibilities.
11.20.6.1. FCCs should be a 2AX AFSC 5- or 7-skill level.
11.20.6.2. As a minimum, the FCC must be qualified and certified on the following MDS
applicable items:
11.20.6.2.1. Possess a SEI of the aircraft assigned to the FCC. (T-2).
256 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.20.6.2.2. Refuel/defuel member and supervisor; concurrent servicing supervisor (as
applicable). (T-2).
11.20.6.2.3. Tow member, tow supervisor, and tow brake operator. (T-2).
11.20.6.2.4. LOX/GOX servicing, nitrogen and tire servicing. (T-2).
11.20.6.2.5. Tire and brake change; launch; recovery; marshalling; pre-flight, thru-
flight and post-flight inspection. (T-2).
11.20.6.2.6. APU operation/quick air start system. (T-2).
11.20.6.2.7. Engine run. (T-2).
11.20.6.2.8. Kneeling operation and cargo door/ramp/visor operation on applicable
MDS. (T-2).
11.20.6.2.9. All applicable powered/non-powered AGE. (T-2).
11.20.6.2.10. Qualified to operate, troubleshoot, service, and perform maintenance on
their aircraft’s critical systems as required by the MAJCOM. (T-2).
11.20.6.3. Assistant FCC qualifications and responsibilities.
11.20.6.3.1. Assistant FCCs must be a 5-level A1C or above with at least a SEI on
their assigned aircraft, and must accompany a fully qualified FCC. (T-2).
11.20.6.3.2. As a minimum, the Assistant FCC will be qualified and certified on the
following MDS applicable items:
11.20.6.3.2.1. Refuel/defuel member. (T-2).
11.20.6.3.2.2. Tow member and tow brake operator. (T-2).
11.20.6.3.2.3. LOX/GOX servicing, nitrogen and tire servicing. (T-2).
11.20.6.3.2.4. Tire and brake change; launch; recovery; marshalling; pre-flight,
thru-flight and post-flight inspection. (T-2).
11.20.6.3.2.5. APU operation/quick air start system. (T-2).
11.20.6.3.2.6. Cargo door/ramp/visor operation on applicable MDS. (T-2).
11.20.6.3.2.7. All applicable powered/non-powered AGE. (T-2).
11.20.7. Work/rest plan (see Chapter 1 of this instruction).
11.20.7.1. (Added-ACC) The FCC flies in MEP status. FCCs typically fly with the
aircraft for the purpose of accomplishing ground maintenance at the TDY location. The
duty period typically starts when the FCC shows at the aircraft prior to departure. The PIC
makes the final determination of the FCC’s duty day based on criteria established in
paragraph 11.20.5.10.1 of this instruction. (T-2).
11.20.7.2. (Added-ACC) FCCs must be afforded adequate rest during each 24-hour
period. (T-2).
11.20.7.2.1. (Added-ACC) Rest is defined as the condition which allows an
individual the opportunity for a minimum of 8-hours of uninterrupted sleep in a 24-
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 257
hour period. Any interruption should be made only under the most exceptional
circumstances. (T-2)
11.20.7.3. (Added-ACC) Maximum shifts under normal conditions are 12 hours, but may
be extended for mission requirements. (T-2).
11.20.7.3.1. (Added-ACC) The PIC is the decision authority for extended shifts;
extensions should only be approved during or for exceptional situations or
circumstances. (T-2).
11.20.7.3.2. (Added-ACC) FCCs will not be required to work longer than 16 hours
in any 24-hour period and must be given 8 hours of uninterrupted rest following
extended work shifts. (T-2).
11.20.8. MAJCOM FCC Program reporting.
11.20.8.1. MAJCOMs will forward a yearly report to AF/A4LM by 15 August.
11.20.8.2. Use previous FY 4th quarter; and current FY 1st, 2nd, and 3rd quarters. Late
reports may postpone FCC waiver requests. Refer to Attachment 3 and Attachment 4 for
reporting criteria.
11.20.9. Waivers.
11.20.9.1. Forward unit waiver requests to the MAJCOM FCC Program Manager, who
will either disapprove/return to unit, or recommend approval/forward to AF/A4LM for
final approval IAW AFI 33-360. (T-1).
11.20.9.1.1. All approved waivers are reviewed annually as part of the annual report
unless otherwise stipulated by the approval authority.
11.20.9.1.2. Waiver renewals. Submit a brief justification for waivers requiring
renewal.
11.21. Maintenance of Flash Blindness Protective Devices.
11.21.1. MAJCOMs will define responsibilities across maintenance for sustainment of flash
blindness protective devices for assigned aircraft in a supplement to this instruction. As a
minimum, MAJCOM supplements will assign responsibilities that ensure:
11.21.1.1. Units maintain aircraft thermal protective devices, shields, and associated
hardware IAW aircraft TOs.
11.21.1.2. Units will establish a training program to qualify individuals to install, inspect,
and when required, seal aircraft thermal protective devices and shields. (T-2).
11.21.2. (Added-ACC) Flash Blindness Protective Device Maintenance Program. This
program standardizes procedures for cleaning, repairing, installing, inspecting, storing,
packaging, and sealing of flash blindness protective devices (e.g., shields, thermal curtains,
and thermal radiation barriers) on applicable aircraft. The MXG/CC is responsible for ensuring
effective aircraft thermal protective device maintenance is accomplished IAW applicable
aircraft TOs and this instruction. (T-2).
11.21.3. (Added-ACC) Aircraft Maintenance Squadron Responsibilities:
258 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.21.3.1. (Added-ACC) Ensure aircraft thermal protective devices, shields, and
associated hardware is maintained IAW aircraft TOs, AFI 11-301 Vol. 1, Aircrew Flight
Equipment (AFE) Program and this instruction. (T-2).
11.21.3.2. (Added-ACC) Establish an adequate and effective training program to train
and qualify individuals to install, inspect, and when required, seal aircraft thermal
protective devices and shields. Note: Units are authorized and encouraged to maintain
sufficient condemned thermal curtains to allow maintenance and crew personnel
installation practice without using serviceable curtains. Thermal curtains designated for
training are plainly labeled “FOR TRAINING ONLY”. Thermal curtains designated for
training use are controlled by the flight/section NCOIC, however curtains may be furnished
to, and retained by, squadrons for classroom purposes. (T-2).
11.21.4. (Added-ACC) Do not store training curtains on-board aircraft. (T-2). Use of
training thermal curtains is encouraged during Numbered Air Force (NAF) and local
generations.
11.21.5. (Added-ACC) Do not seal thermal-protective devices and shields on a routine basis
unless dictated by specific aircraft technical data. When operational requirements dictate,
qualified maintenance technicians may perform this task using the lead-seal-crimping tool.
Control and account for lead-seal crimping tools IAW CTK/TK procedures (Chapter 8 of this
instruction). (T-2).
11.21.6. (Added-ACC) Additional Maintenance Requirements. In addition to the inspection
requirements contained in aircraft TOs, perform the following inspection, certification, and
sealing procedures:
11.21.6.1. (Added-ACC) Conduct a pre-alert inspection of all aircraft thermal-protective
devices, shields and associated hardware IAW technical data. Document the pre-alert
inspection on a red dash in the AFTO Form 781A with the following statement: "Thermal
Protective Devices/Shields Inspection Required". During the aircraft pre-alert inspection,
a qualified maintenance technician assists the aircrew in accomplishing this inspection.
The aircraft commander certifies the aircraft thermal protective devices and shields for
alert. Upon certification acceptance, the maintenance technician signs the "Corrected By’
block of the AFTO Form 781A entry and the aircraft commander signs the "Inspected By"
block. (T-2).
11.21.6.2. (Added-ACC) Prior to deployment, verify seals are intact. If seals are broken,
re-inspect the thermal-protective device, shield, and reseal. (T-2).
11.21.6.3. (Added-ACC) Perform the following sealing procedures on alert aircraft:
11.21.6.3.1. (Added-ACC) All aircraft thermal-protective devices and shields are
sealed either in the opened or closed position or in the storage container as appropriate
upon certification by the aircraft commander and/or appropriate aircraft flight manuals.
(T-2).
11.21.6.3.2. (Added-ACC) Upon aircraft alert termination, a qualified maintenance
technician removes thermal protective devises and shields for inspection. Reseal
devices after inspection. Devices and shields remaining sealed are not re-inspected.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 259
Remove and seal all devices and shields in appropriate storage container, if required.
(T-2).
11.22. WRM External Nestable Fuel Tank Build-Up. MAJCOMs will ensure units sustain the
capability to support assigned wartime taskings. External Nestable Fuel Tank Build-Up is a
wartime capability, supported/tasked through a UTC to provide a critical wartime skill that
compensates for the expenditure of aircraft fuel tanks (refer to Chapter 4 of this instruction). With
exception of the core 2A6X4 personnel, augmentees may come from any group or squadron within
the wing. MAJCOMs, as applicable, will:
11.22.1. Ensure units adhere to the direction outlined in their particular Mission Capability
statement and DOC statement IAW AFI 10-401, governing the quantity, size, and composition
of fuel tank build-up teams.
11.22.2. Provide guidance for UDMs to ensure personnel tasked/selected for WRM Nestable
Fuel Tank Build-Up team augmentees are not tasked for other wartime UTCs.
11.22.2.1. MAJCOMs must ensure UDMs responsible for deploying 2A6X4 personnel are
designated as the focal point for WRM Nestable Fuel Tank Build-Up team assembly and
are required to develop/maintain a written plan. The plan must be kept current, reviewed
annually and contain the following:
11.22.2.1.1. Specific manning positions across the wing to be tasked as Nestable Fuel
Tank Build-Up team augmentees. Note: The applicable independent Nestable Fuel
Tank Build-Up UTC Manpower Force Packaging System will be used as a guide to
construct the teams.
11.22.2.1.2. Guidelines for activation of the tank build-up teams are established.
11.22.3. (Added-ACC) Bases with a NFTBU requirement will maintain the equipment/tools
required (if applicable) to perform tank build-up, develop a plan/capability to form/train tank
build-up teams. (T-2). Bases which have built-up/nested WRM tanks will maintain them
according to applicable technical orders unless they are designated as training assets. (T-2).
11.23. Protective Aircraft Shelters (PAS). MAJCOMs that possess PAS will publish guidance
for aircraft maintenance operations in a PAS environment. At a minimum, MAJCOM guidance
and procedures will address:
11.23. (ACC) Protective Aircraft Shelters (PAS). The MXG/CC is responsible for PAS
management at bases with permanently assigned aircraft, unless otherwise stipulated in contracting
arrangements. If a PAS is used for other than its designed purpose, the using activity will return
each PAS to its required readiness condition prior to receiving aircraft. (T-2). Electrical equipment
used for quality of life purposes must be designed for Class I Division 2 requirements as specified
by the National Electrical Code. (T-2). Equipment not meeting these requirements may be used
only if powered by a dedicated circuit that can be de-energized during aircraft refueling by a single
Class I Division 2 switch. (T-2).
11.23.1. PAS marking and floor plans.
11.23.1. (ACC) Develop permanent PAS floor plans to reflect positions for fuel truck,
aircraft, chocks, equipment, personnel cubicle, dispersed weapons, etc., for each style of PAS
used. When double-stuffing aircraft, use a MXG/CC-approved option for aircraft positioning.
(T-2).
260 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.23.1.1. (Added-ACC) Develop floor plans for augmentation forces and include this
plan in the unit’s procedures supplementing this instruction. (T-2).
11.23.1.2. (Added-ACC) Paint aircraft taxi lines in the PAS. Paint a yellow or red safety
guideline for positioning fuel vehicles. Paint the safety guideline to align with the driver’s
side of the vehicle, considering the refuel vehicle will always be backed into the PAS. (T-
2).
11.23.2. Electrical Requirements.
11.23.2. (ACC) Electrical Requirements. Refer to TO 00-25-172 for second-and third-
generation PAS. For first- and modified first-generation PAS with aircraft placed on centerline
in either nose-in or -out configuration, leave electrical power and wall lights on. Do not change
switch position until refueling is completed. Leave wall lights and under wing lights on if these
lights are explosive-proof and the PAS is equipped with an operating ventilator. (T-2).
11.23.3. Refueling/Defueling Operations.
11.23.4. Shelter Door Operations.
11.23.4. (ACC) Shelter Doors. Do not open PAS aircraft doors until ice, snow and debris is
removed from the roller guide track and door roller path. (T-3). Opening PAS aircraft doors
with clogged door roller guides can cause severe damage to the door and door drive system.
Ensure personnel have shelter door operating training before authorizing to operate. (T-2).
11.23.4.1. (Added-ACC) Fully open all PAS and exhaust/blast doors when aircraft
engines are operated in the PAS. Paint markings on the shelter walls/floors to indicate
when at the fully open position. (T-2).
11.23.4.2. (Added-ACC) During real world situations when force protection measures
are increased, or as directed by commanders, keep all PAS and exhaust/blast doors closed
and secured to the greatest extent possible to protect critical assets. (T-2).
11.23.4.3. (Added-ACC) During strike-mission weapons loading operations for local
exercises and higher HQ inspections, open PAS doors to the 10-foot mark, if applicable
(depending on the style of door) and open one of the exhaust/blast doors while powered
AGE or bomb lift vehicles are operating. If a PAS protecting critical assets is equipped
with ventilation fans, BE will evaluate the local exhaust ventilation systems for
predetermined operations inside a PAS with the doors closed to ensure no health hazard to
personnel exists, then the PAS and exhaust/blast doors may be closed while powered AGE
or bomb lift vehicles are operating. (T-2).
11.23.4.4. (Added-ACC) During normal operations, open PAS doors as specified in wing
procedures to facilitate safety, refueling, conventional loading, and ventilating hazardous
exhaust vapors and fumes. Additionally, open PAS and exhaust/blast doors at least 50
percent when powered AGE is operated inside. With the approval of Wing Safety, PAS
and exhaust/blast doors may remain closed during periods of inclement weather provided
there is no safety risk, no refueling operation, no powered AGE operation, and no
hazardous vapors/fumes risk within the PAS. (T- 2).
11.23.5. Aircraft Engine Operation.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 261
11.23.5. (ACC) Perform engine maintenance operations IAW MDS-specific guidance, not to
exceed 85 percent in the PAS. When performing engine ground operations on the apron outside
the shelter, do not direct engine exhaust into the shelter. (T-2).
11.23.6. Aircraft Positioning inside the PAS.
11.23.6. (ACC) When positioning aircraft in a PAS for engine operations, ensure aircraft is
correctly positioned to accommodate safe operations and optimum engine performance. (T-2).
11.23.7. Aircraft Winching (Hot/Cold).
11.23.7. (ACC) Cold winch (aircraft engines not running) aircraft into the shelter using the
appropriate aircraft technical data. If aircraft specific TOs do not exist, units will forward
proposed cold-winching checklists to the supported command for approval prior to
implementing. (T-2). Hot-winching (aircraft engines are operating) is authorized provided a
SSEA has been accomplished. (T-2).
11.23.7.1. (Added-ACC) Base CE will set the winch configuration for the shelter based
upon the primary assigned aircraft. (T-2). Host units will develop a PAS facility
maintenance program to ensure safe and efficient operations. (T-2).
11.23.7.2. (Added-ACC) Ensure personnel are not permitted aft of the aircraft main
landing gear. (T-2). This is considered a danger zone due to the possibility of winch cable
breakage.
11.23.8. Placement and Storage of Munitions in the PAS.
11.23.8.1. (Added-ACC) Site the PAS for explosives IAW Defense Explosive Safety
Regulation (DESR) 6055.09_AFMAN91-201, Explosives Safety Standards. An approved
explosive site plan permits the placement or storage of munitions in a PAS only after
carefully determining operational advantages to mission accomplishment. Determine the
amount of munitions placed in a PAS based upon expected peacetime, exercise, and
wartime tasking. Additional guidance on explosive compatibility, angled storage of
munitions, and missile separation distances is in DESR 6055.09 AFMAN91-201, and
DAFI 91-112, Safety Rules for US/NATO Strike Fighters. (T-2).
11.23.8.2. (Added-ACC) Before placing munitions inside a PAS with an approved
explosive site plan, develop wing procedures to govern storage and movement operations.
Security Forces, CE, munitions flight, Wing Weapons Manager, and weapons and
explosives safety officers will assist in preparation of the wing guidance. (T-2). The
WG/CC and host nation commander, where applicable, will approve the procedures. (T-
2). Units will forward a courtesy copy of the procedures to HQ ACC/SEW. (T-2).
Munitions will not be positioned inside a PAS until wing procedures have been approved.
(T-2).
11.23.9. Collocating Nuclear and Conventional Munitions (AF Munitions).
11.23.9. (ACC) Peacetime collocation of conventional munitions and nuclear weapons is not
permitted. (T-2). This does not include aircraft configured in an authorized strike configuration
for a nuclear generation or alert operation. Refer to AFI 91-101 and applicable AFI 91-series
for Weapons System Safety rules.
11.23.10. External Fuel Tank storage.
262 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.23.10.1. (Added-ACC) All serviceable external fuel tanks will be stored within the
designated external tank storage area when not in use. (T-2).
11.23.10.1.1. (Added-ACC) Serviceable, empty aircraft fuel tanks may be
temporarily stored within aircraft shelters on fuel tank racks for no more than 7 duty
days. After 7 duty days, tanks must be returned to the designated external fuel tank
storage area. (T-3).
11.23.10.2. (Added-ACC) Uninstalled external tanks at a minimum will have:
11.23.10.2.1. (Added-ACC) Condition tags. (T-2).
11.23.10.2.2. (Added-ACC) Environmental covers. (T-2).
11.23.10.2.3. (Added-ACC) Securing straps (if required). (T-2).
11.23.10.3. (Added-ACC) Unserviceable tanks will not be stored in aircraft shelters. (T-
3). Tanks must be taken to the external tank repair area for repairs by the next duty day.
(T-2).
11.23.11. PAS maintenance and Inspection requirements not covered by existing publications
(such as, grounding and ventilation, mods).
11.24. Combat Sortie Generation. Combat sortie generation is a process by which mission
capable aircraft are generated in a minimum amount of time, during peacetime or wartime, through
separate 2AXXX and 2WXXX tasks or by Concurrent Servicing Operations. Combat sortie
generation may include fueling, munitions/ammunition loading/unloading, aircraft
reconfiguration, -6 TO inspections, and other servicing requirements, IAW applicable MDS TOs,
Technical Order Data (TOD), IETM, TO 11A-1-33, Handling and Maintenance of Explosives-
Loaded Aircraft, TO 00-25-172 and other applicable directives. Procedures can be compressed
through pre-positioning resources and concurrent performance of tasks.
11.24. (ACC) Combat Sortie Generation. To include ICTs. (T-2).
11.24.1. Wings will define when to exercise combat sortie generation procedures. Procedures
may be used during actual contingencies, scheduled exercises, and daily flying operations.
11.24.2. (Added-ACC) Combat Sortie Generation Exercises. These exercises are mandatory
training events to demonstrate the unit’s capability to generate a continuous sustained flow of
combat sorties. MXG/CCs will review assigned taskings (e.g., OPLANS/DOC statement) to
determine requirements. (T-2).
11.24.2.1. (Added-ACC) For units with a requirement, proficiency exercises will be
conducted semi- annually. (T-2).
11.25. Hot Refueling Procedures. For the purpose of this instruction hot refueling is the transfer
of fuel into an aircraft having one or more engines running and is conducted by certified AF
maintenance and fuels personnel IAW this instruction. The purpose of hot refueling is to reduce
aircraft ground time, personnel and equipment support requirements and increase system reliability
by eliminating system shut down and subsequent restart. Refer to the following sources for
additional guidance: TO 00-25-172, TO 00-25-172 CL-4, Checklist -- Aircraft Fuel Servicing with
R-9, R-11 and Commercial Fuel Servicing Trucks and with Fuels Operational Readiness
Capability Equipment (FORCE), TO 37A9-3-11-lCL-l, Checklist, Operational and
Organizational Maintenance Hot Refueling and Hot Integrated Combat Turnaround Procedures,
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 263
Aircraft Fuel Servicing Unit Type GRU 17/E Pantograph PACAF Type IV Hydrant Servicing, and
AFMAN 91-203. Exception: N/A for MAJCOMs/Mx units not tasked to maintain hot pit refueling
capabilities.
11.25.1. Maintenance personnel will not perform hot refueling operations until the location,
equipment requirements, and personnel qualifications are certified IAW this instruction and
TO 00-25-172. (T-1).
11.25.1.1. Site Certification. MAJCOMs will develop hot pit refueling site certification
requirements which as a minimum will include:
11.25.1.1. (ACC) Main operating bases, if OPLAN-tasked, must keep sites certified for
hot refueling even if they do not have an active program. (T-2). For MXGs that do not
maintain hot refueling for assigned aircraft; the MSG will manage the hot refueling
program. (T-2).
11.25.1.1.1. Field grade maintenance operations officer as the site certifying official.
11.25.1.1.2. Representative from OSS’s Airfield Operations Flight, knowledgeable of
aircraft taxiways, parking ramp, and hot refuel safe distance requirements.
11.25.1.1.3. Maintenance member with AFSC 2AXXX from MXG/QA.
11.25.1.1.4. Wing Occupational Safety member, minimum SSgt with AFSC 1S071 or
civilian equivalent, task qualified in site certification and knowledgeable of hot
refueling operations.
11.25.1.1.5. AFSC 2F071 Fuels Management Flight Member or civilian equivalent.
11.25.1.1.6. Civil engineering member with AFSC 3E271 or civilian equivalent
familiar with aircraft ramp requirements for hot refueling.
11.25.1.1.7. Fire protection member with a minimum AFSC 3E771 or civilian
equivalent familiar with fire protection standby requirements in TO 00-25-172 for hot
refueling.
11.25.1.1.8. The following questions will be addressed as part of the site certification:
11.25.1.1.8.1. Has the aircraft been approved by System Safety Engineering
Analysis (SSEA) for hot pit refueling?
11.25.1.1.8.2. Is adequate area provided to position the aircraft safely (evaluate
ability to reposition due to wind direction)?
11.25.1.1.8.3. Is the ramp level to prevent drainage that could cause environmental
impact? Request the fire department dump water to verify flow, if questionable.
11.25.1.1.8.4. Is the location adequate for the number of aircraft to be serviced?
11.25.1.1.8.5. Has a hot brake holding area been established?
11.25.1.1.8.6. Is there proper clearance between the hot pit area and hot brake
holding area to prevent conflict?
11.25.1.1.8.7. Is there proper clearance between the hot pit and Explosive Clear
Zone/Hot Cargo Pad/Airfield Clearance Zones to prevent violations of any
area/zone?
264 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.25.1.1.8.8. Is the hot pit adequately clear of the aircraft/vehicle traffic area?
11.25.1.1.8.9. Is the hot pit and cursory check area of the ramp clear of FOD
potential?
11.25.1.1.8.10. Does the location provide for rapid access of emergency equipment
and egress of aircraft/equipment?
11.25.1.1.8.11. Are adequate grounding points available?
11.25.1.1.8.12. (Added-ACC) Does the site certification address all OPLAN
tasked missions/sorties?
11.25.1.1.8.13. (Added-ACC) Is the refueling equipment used approved for hot
refueling (e.g., hose carts, truck)?
11.25.1.1.8.14. (Added-ACC) Have all violations to distance requirements been
addressed?
11.25.1.1.8.15. (Added-ACC) Are unit-approved sites identified on the aircraft
parking plan and does CE, QA, and Airfield Operations maintain copies of the hot
refueling sites?
11.25.1.1.8.16. (Added-ACC) Do all hot refueling areas comply with the
quantity-distance separation requirements of AFMAN 91-201 in relation to
surrounding exposed sites/potential explosion sites?
11.25.1.1.9. QA or responsible unit will maintain site certification documentation and
a master listing of hot pit refueling sites administered by the MXG.
11.25.1.1.9.1. QA or responsible unit will coordinate with P&R to ensure hot pit
site certification listing is updated any time sites are added, changed, or deleted. (T-
1). Reference https://www.my.af.mil/BASE/baseapp.
11.25.1.1.10. Each unit hot refueling site will be certified by a unit certification team,
and approved by Installation Commander, when one of the following occurs:
11.25.1.1.10.1. Construction of new hot refueling sites. (T-1).
11.25.1.1.10.2. Change in the unit MDS, or when an additional MDS is acquired.
(T-1).
11.25.1.1.10.3. Change in refueling equipment. (T-1).
11.25.1.1.10.4. Changes in the certified site areas which affect/change the previous
certification. (T-1).
11.25.2. Hot pit site master listing. (T-1). This listing must contain the following information
for all hot pit sites established and/or sustained by an AF installation or equivalent:
11.25.2.1. All sites must be identified by coordinates on a map. (T-1).
11.25.2.1.1. Each facility within the distance identified in TO 00-25-172, must be
identified as to its use/contents and its distance in feet from the refueling site/operation.
(T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 265
11.25.2.1.2. Other refueling sites, aircraft parking areas, also need to be identified and
all distances must be shown even if a violation exists. (T-1).
11.25.2.1.3. The request cover letter will state if there are no violations. (T-1).
11.25.2.1.4. Procedures such as aircraft taxi routes should also be shown. Use arrows
or dotted lines to show taxi directions, both entry and exit.
11.25.2.1.5. Address any restrictions to normal operations and actions required IAW
TO 00-25-172.
11.25.2.2. State the type of equipment used for hot refueling at each site, (such as, hose
carts, truck). (T-1).
11.25.2.2.1. Show the location of any fixed fuel pits and usual location of cart or truck
if used. (T-1).
11.25.2.2.2. Unit-approved sites will be identified on the aircraft parking plan. (T-1).
11.25.2.2.3. OSS, CE and QA and will maintain copies of hot refueling sites on file.
(T-1).
11.25.2.3. State whether or not all hot refueling areas comply with the quantity-distance
separation requirements of AFMAN 91-201 in relation to surrounding exposed
sites/potential explosion sites.
11.25.3. Hot refueling requires detailed procedures be published in appropriate TOs and unit-
developed Local Checklists. Unit Local Checklists will be developed IAW Chapter 6 of this
instruction and include detailed procedures, normal and emergency, to meet requirements of
the local environment. (T-1).
11.25.3. (ACC) Unit checklists will contain maps of the hot refueling area with details for
set-up. (T-2). Checklist map(s) will mirror the site certification map. (T-2). Checklists will not
duplicate MDS specific TOs. (T-2). Exception: Classified location maps will only be
referenced in the Hot Pit Site Master Listing. (T-2). Hot Pit checklists for classified locations
will cross-reference to the Hot Pit Site Master Listing. (T-2).
11.25.3.1. Units will forward Local Checklists to their respective QA office for approval.
(T-2).
11.25.3.1. (ACC) MXG/CC will serve as the approval authority. (T-2).
11.25.3.1.1. (Added-ACC) Official Certification Approval memo will include, at a
minimum, the following attachments:
11.25.3.1.1.1. (Added-ACC) Appointment letter signed by MSG/CC identifying
the base site certification team members. (T-2).
11.25.3.1.1.2. (Added-ACC) Hot refueling checklists for each respective MDS.
(T-2).
11.25.3.1.1.3. (Added-ACC) Unit published procedures for hot refueling, if any.
(T-2).
11.25.3.1.1.4. (Added-ACC) Site certification documents and site certification
map addressing all questions in paragraph 11.25.4 and requirements in TO 00-25-
266 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
172. (T-2).
11.25.4. Units will publish procedures to supplement this section and outline local
requirements and additional precautions as necessary for hot refueling, including hot refueling
with ordnance, when authorized, IAW TO 00-25-172. (T-1).
11.25.5. AMXS tasked to perform hot refueling operations will ensure hot refueling crews are
available to meet mission requirements. (T-1). MXS maintenance personnel may be utilized.
11.25.6. Hot Refueling Team Members and Duties.
11.25.6.1. Pad Supervisor. Responsible for overall supervision of hot refueling operations
when two or more aircraft are simultaneously hot refueled on the same pad (multiple hot
refueling).
11.25.6.1.1. Individual will possess a 5-skill level or higher qualification in an aircraft
maintenance AFSC and be hot refueling supervisor "A" member qualified. (T-2).
11.25.6.1.2. Supervisors must have full view and control of multiple hot refueling
operations. (T-1).
11.25.6.2. Refuel supervisor "A" member. Individual will be refuel task qualified, capable
of supervising hot refuel crew, possess an aircraft maintenance AFSC 5-skill level
qualification and 1 year of flightline aircraft maintenance experience. (T-2).
11.25.6.3. Refuel crew "B" member. Individual will be task qualified, possess a flightline
maintenance AFSC, and 1 year of flightline maintenance experience. (T-2).
11.25.6.4. Fuels specialist with 2F0X1 AFSC, "C" member. Individual will be refuel task
certified on the specific facility/equipment, and task qualified for aircraft hot refueling. (T-
2).
11.25.6.5. Additional refuel crew “D” member. Individual will be task qualified, possess
a flightline maintenance AFSC, and have at least 1 year of flightline maintenance
experience. (T-2). Use “D” members as required by applicable aircraft technical data.
11.25.7. Hot refueling team members and QA certifying officials/evaluators may be multi-
MDS qualified when more than one weapons system is permanently assigned to a squadron.
11.25.7.1. After initial certification on each MDS, personnel must update their hot
refueling currency by performing hot refueling on any assigned weapon system. (T-1).
11.25.7.2. Section NCOICs/Chiefs will ensure personnel maintain proficiency on each
assigned MDS. (T-1).
11.25.8. Conducting Hot Refueling Training, Certification and Documentation. [For
additional information, refer to AFI 11-235, Specialized Refueling Operations]. Qualification
training of hot refueling personnel will be conducted in three distinct phases. (T-1). The three
hot refueling qualification training phases are as follows:
11.25.8. (ACC) DELETED.
11.25.8.1. Phase 1. “Familiarization” phase. Designated instructors familiarize trainees
with applicable technical data, procedures and guidance for hot refueling. Place special
emphasis on procedures for hot refueling with ordinance loaded, when authorized.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 267
11.25.8.2. Phase 2. “Hands-on” phase. Apply information learned in Phase 1 to develop
in-depth knowledge and proficiency in all facets of hot refueling. Training will include
proper operation, preventive maintenance, use of hand signals and emergency procedures.
(T-1). Simulate hot refueling by performing all hot refueling tasks without aircraft engines
running (cold pit). Designated instructors will demonstrate tasks then require trainees to
perform tasks, practice emergency procedures, critique performance and provide additional
training as required. (T-1).
11.25.8.3. Phase 3. “Demonstration/Certification” phase. Trainees will demonstrate hot
refueling under the supervision of designated certifying officials with aircraft engine(s)
running. (T-1). The Squadron Certifying Officials will certify individuals upon successful
demonstration of hot refueling. (T-1). If Phase 3 training has not been completed within 30
days of Phase 2 training, Phase 2 training must be repeated. (T-1).
11.25.8.4. Qualification training will:
11.25.8.4.1. Stress safety requirements, emergency procedures and equipment
inspection in all three phases of training. (T-1).
11.25.8.4.2. Ensure procedures in TO 37A9-3-11-1CL-1, TO 00-25-172, and TO 00-
25-172CL-4 are taught to all team supervisors and members. (T-1).
11.25.8.4.3. Allow Phase 2 and Phase 3 training to be conducted utilizing joint sessions
including 2F0X1 AFSC personnel and all maintenance AFSCs. (T-1).
11.25.8.4.4. Utilize both fuels (2F0X1) and maintenance AFSC instructors for joint
sessions.
11.25.8.4.5. Be conducted by MT (QA if MT not available). (T-1).
11.25.8.5. QA hot pit certifying officials and QA hot pit certifier augmentees (squadron
certifying officials) will train, evaluate, and certify unit personnel. (T-1).
11.25.8.5.1. QA hot pit certifying officials will ensure augmentees conduct evaluations
using procedures outlined in this instruction, applicable aircraft TOs and local
procedures. (T-1).
11.25.8.6. Hot pit certifying officials will be approved by the MXG/CC and tracked on the
SCR. (T-1).
11.25.9. Document training for personnel performing, evaluating, supervising or instructing
hot refuel operations as follows:
11.25.9.1. Document all aircraft maintenance and 2F0X1 AFSC personnel Phases 1, 2,
and 3 initial training in the TBA. (T-1).
11.25.9.1.1. For AFSCs where “refuel aircraft with engines operating” is not contained
in the TBA, use AF Form 797/MIS to document initial hot refuel training. (T-1).
11.25.9.1.2. Track recurring hot refueling certification in the MIS (initial and annual)
IAW 00-25-172 and this AFI. (T-1).
11.25.9.2. 2F0X1 AFSC personnel will use the TBA/AF Form 1098, Special Tasks
Certification and Recurring Training, to document Phases 1, 2, and 3 initial/recurring hot
268 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
refuel training. (T-1). Note: Fuels (2F0X1) certifying officials will be appointed by the
LRS/CC IAW AFI 36-2651.
11.25.10. Track hot refueling members, by position, on the SCR. (T-1).
11.25.11. Unique proficiency, certifying, and decertifying actions for hot refuel team
members will be outlined in MAJCOM supplements/addendums to this AFI. (T-1).
11.25.11. (ACC) Training and certification requirements for hot refuel team members are
outlined in Table 11.2 (T-2).
11.25.11.1. (Added-ACC) Failure to meet any proficiency or special requirements IAW
Table 11.2 will result in decertification. (T-2). The hot refueling certifier will not re-certify
technicians until applicable training is re-accomplished. (T-2).
Table 11.2. (Added-ACC) Hot/Aircraft-to-Aircraft Refueling Training/Certification
Requirements. (T-2).
Position
Required
Training
Proficiency
Requirements
Special Requirements
QA/Squadron
Hot Refueling
Certifiers
I, II, III
1 Hot Refuel Semi-
Annually
One time PE by QA Chief Inspector;
thereafter, annual recertification by
another hot refueling certifier or QA
Chief Inspector
Pad Supervisor
I, II, III
1 Multiple Hot
Refuel Semi-
Annually
Annual recertification by hot refueling
certifier
Refuel Member
I, II, III
1 Hot Refuel Semi-
Annually
Annual recertification by hot refueling
certifier
Fuels Specialist
(2F0X1)
I, II, III
1 Hot Refuel
Annually
Annual recertification by Fuels 7-skill
level Supervisor
Decertified
Certifier
Repeat II, III
Recertification must be started within
90 days or Phase I will also be
completed.
Recertification by another hot
refueling certifier or QA Chief
Inspector
Decertified
(Other than
certifier)
Repeat II, III
Recertification must be started within
90 days or Phase I will also be
completed.
Recertification by hot refueling
certifier.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 269
11.26. Aircraft Rapid/Hot Defueling.
11.26.1. Rapid defueling presents hazards which are not normally encountered in normal
defueling operations. Owning MAJCOMs will develop and sustain a rapid defueling capability
to meet routine and contingency mission requirements IAW TO 00-25-172 and MDS-specific
TOs.
11.26.1. (ACC) Rapid/hot defueling is authorized for aircraft identified in TO 00-25-172.
MXG/CC will designate a unit OPR for rapid/hot defueling training. (T-2).
11.26.1.1. Rapid defueling operations are considered hot defueling operations whenever
the provider/source aircraft has an engine running.
11.26.2. (Added-ACC) All rapid defueling ground crew members will be qualified to
perform rapid/hot defueling operations by a qualified trainer. (T-2). Training will be
documented in the individual training plan in the WJQS or JQS. (T-2). These individuals also
require annual refresher training. (T-2). Recurring training will be tracked in the applicable
MIS. (T-2). The rapid/hot defuel supervisor will be certified annually and tracked on the SCR.
(T-2).
11.27. 406 MHz Emergency Locator Transmitter Systems Program.
11.27.1. Units will ensure procedures are established to update the Emergency Locator
Transmitter registration database whenever 406 MHz Emergency Locator Transmitter–
equipped aircraft are transferred to other commands/wings, Emergency Locator Transmitter
that are taken out of service, removed for maintenance or destroyed. (T-0). Note: Emergency
Locator Transmitter systems are not authorized for use in unmanned AF systems.
11.27.2. Aircraft maintenance functions must register and track status of fixed-mounted
aircraft 406 MHz Emergency Locator Transmitter systems. (T-0).
11.27.3. In accordance with DoDI 3002.02, Personnel Recovery and 406 MHZ Search and
Rescue (SAR) Emergency Beacons in the Department of Defense, USAF 406 MHz Emergency
Locator Transmitter systems must be registered in the DoD Joint Search and Rescue Satellite
Aided Tracking Electronic Tracking System database. (T-0).
11.27.3.1. The POC for JSETS registration is the Personnel Recovery Mission Software
Help Desk at [email protected].
11.27.3.2. The governing agencies are the Joint Personnel Recovery Agency and the
Electronic Services Command at Hanscom AFB, MA. Refer to AFMAN 10-207,
Command Posts, for Command Post or C2 function responsibilities regarding 406 MHz
Emergency Locator Transmitter and Personal Locator Beacon systems.
11.28. Crashed, Damaged or Disabled Aircraft Recovery (CDDAR) Program.
11.28.1. Installation/WG/CCs responsible for active airfields/runways, and flying missions
will implement a CDDAR Program IAW TO 00-80C-1, Crashed, Damaged, Disabled Aircraft
Recovery Manual. (T-1). The program must be designed to provide a response and/or recovery
capability of assigned host, tenant, and consider transient aircraft consistent with the following
considerations: (1) urgency to open the runway for operational use; (2) prevention of secondary
270 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
damage to the aircraft; and (3) preservation of evidence for mishap or accident investigations
IAW AFI 91-202 and AFI 91-204. (T-1).
11.28.2. Responsibilities:
11.28.2.1. MAJCOMs will:
11.28.2.1.1. Ensure flying units maintain a CDDAR capability IAW 00-80C-1.
11.28.2.1.2. Designate a MAJCOM CDDAR OPR. As a minimum, the CDDAR OPR
will:
11.28.2.1.2. (ACC) HQ ACC CDDAR Policy and Program Management OPR is HQ
ACC/A4PM. (T-2).
11.28.2.1.2.1. Standardize CDDAR equipment inventory accountability and
reporting requirements by MDS for all on hand CDDAR equipment prescribed by
TO 00-80C-1, allowance standard and applicable weapons system TOs across
assigned units with active airfields/runways.
11.28.2.1.2.1. (ACC) WSTs serve as the focal point for their MDS-specific
CDDAR equipment allowance standards. Equipment shortfalls will be coordinated
with AFMC AFSC/LGPM. (T-2).
11.28.2.1.2.1.1. Review unit’s annual CDDAR equipment inventories to
identify and document equipment shortfalls.
11.28.2.1.2.1.2. Coordinate AS change request with the applicable AFMC AS
activity IAW AFI 23-101.
11.28.2.1.2.1.3. Ensure excess CDDAR equipment is redistributed to fill
internal shortfalls prior to units turning equipment into supply/DLADS as
excess.
11.28.2.2. AETC will:
11.28.2.2.1. Develop, sustain, and administer the CDDAR training program.
11.28.2.3. AFMC will:
11.28.2.3.1. Provide approved tech-data outlining equipment procedures to safely
respond and/or recover aircraft from a CDDAR event.
11.28.2.3.2. Provide timely engineering support to facilitate resolution of unique
CDDAR events which cannot be resolved by existing tech-data.
11.28.2.3.3. Develop, manage, and maintain AS needed to sustain a weapon systems
for peacetime and wartime operations IAW AFI 23-101.
11.28.2.4. WG/CCs responsible for active airfields/runways will:
11.28.2.4.1. Collaborate to develop a publication IAW AFI 33-360, that assigns
specific responsibilities and procedures to implement a CDDAR program IAW TO 00-
80C-1. (T-1).
11.28.2.4.1.1. The following additional references are to be used in developing the
publication: AFI 10-2501, AFI 21-103, AFMAN 10-206, AFMAN 91-203, TO 00-
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 271
105E-9, Aerospace Emergency Rescue and Mishap Response Information and this
instruction.
11.28.2.4.2. Ensure CDDAR responsibilities and procedures are coordinated with Fire
Emergency Services, Wing Safety, CES, LRS, SFS, MDS, OSS, and other on-/off-base
agencies, as applicable. (T-1).
11.28.2.4.3. Ensure wings with GSU/auxiliary fields outline support requirements in
their publication. (T-1).
11.28.2.5. MXG/CC or equivalent will:
11.28.2.5.1. Ensure CDDAR mobility UTC equipment requirements are available to
deploy and accounted for on an AS (if applicable). (T-1).
11.28.2.5.2. In coordination with the MSG/CC, determine unit vehicle/equipment
requirements beyond those authorized in the AS(s) to provide 24/7 CDDAR
response/runway clearing capability. (T-1). Units must identify vehicles and SE
designated to support CDDAR recovery in a local publication to ensure 24-hour
availability. (T-2).
11.28.2.5.3. Ensure as a minimum, units with a CDDAR requirement possess
sufficient equipment to accomplish a recovery of the assigned MDS aircraft. (T-1).
11.28.2.5.4. Establish an IFE response capability. (T-1).
11.28.2.5.5. Participate in CDDAR training exercises. (T-1).
11.28.2.5.6. Manage base level CDDAR equipment to minimize duplication of
resources. (T-1).
11.28.2.5.7. Ensure an annual CDDAR equipment inventory is completed and an
inventory report containing CACRL inventory of CDDAR equipment that indicates
excess or shortage items is completed, signed by MXG/CC or equivalent and sent to
the MAJCOM CDDAR OPR, NLT 30 Sep. (T-1).
11.28.2.6. CDDAR Team Chief and alternate will:
11.28.2.6.1. Be designated as the unit’s subject matter expert on aircraft recovery
operations and equipment and will be thoroughly familiar with and perform their Team
Chief duties IAW TO 00-80C-1. (T-1).
11.28.2.7. (Added-ACC) Training Requirements:
11.28.2.7.1. (Added-ACC) CDDAR Team Chiefs will be scheduled to attend formal
CDDAR training within 6 months of being assigned. (T-2). CDDAR team members
may attend course as available. (T-2).
11.28.2.7.2. (Added-ACC) Personnel previously qualified as CDDAR team
members who are being returned/reassigned to these responsibilities must complete
unit academic and hands on training (does not include actual lift) within 6 months (12
months for ARC) of being assigned. (T-2).
11.29. Aircraft Battle Damage Repair (ABDR). ABDR is an effective force multiplier
contributing to wartime sortie production by assessing and repairing battle damaged aircraft
272 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
rapidly to support flying operations. ABDR repairs will be accomplished during contingency or
wartime only. However, weapons system program managers may approve ABDR repairs during
peacetime on a case-by-case basis using trained ABDR Technicians.
11.29.1. Responsibilities:
11.29.1.1. The Directorate of Logistics (AF/A4L) will provide overall policy and guidance
for the USAF ABDR Program.
11.29.1.2. AFMC will:
11.29.1.2.1. Assume management responsibility for USAF ABDR Programs.
11.29.1.2.2. Publish a MAJCOM instruction to implement the ABDR requirements
contained in this instruction.
11.29.1.2.3. Develop and manage ABDR policy for pre-positioning of tools, materiel
kits, related SE, and management of ABDR training aircraft.
11.29.1.2.4. Support development and publication of ABDR TOs for new weapon
systems.
11.29.1.2.5. Maintain ABDR UTCs for AFMC organizations.
11.29.1.2.6. Plan for and develop capability to repair battle/crash damaged aircraft.
11.29.1.2.6.1. Ensure plans include procedures to add additional repair capabilities
into operating locations and provide aircraft evacuation alternatives.
11.29.1.2.7. Plan, program, and submit ABDR funding requests.
11.29.1.2.8. Maintain an ABDR Technical Support Office to advocate and provide
day-to-day management of tasks associated with development, implementation,
maintenance, and support needed to enhance the USAF ABDR capability.
11.29.1.2.9. Provide support in determining technical requirements, repair techniques,
repair materials, assessment aids and Research & Development (R&D) efforts.
11.29.1.2.10. Manage TO 1-1H-39, Aircraft Battle Damage Repair General Technical
Manual, and the engineering handbook for ABDR engineers and support initiatives to
develop, publish, and maintain weapon system-specific –39 TOs.
11.29.1.2.11. Ensure the status of aircraft permanently grounded for ABDR training is
reported IAW AFI 21-103.
11.29.1.2.12. Establish Aircraft Battle Damage Evaluator training program, manage
course documentation and provide training to MT Instructors as required. (T-1).
11.29.1.3. MAJCOMs will:
11.29.1.3.1. Establish a command focal point to work ABDR issues with AFMC.
11.29.1.3.1. (ACC) HQ ACC/A4MN is the command focal point for ABDR. (T-2).
11.29.1.3.2. In conjunction with AFMC, develop a command ABDR Concept of
Operations and ensure Concept of Operations covers unit plans for repair of battle/crash
damaged aircraft during combat operations.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 273
11.29.1.3.3. Address ABDR in mission need statements for new weapon systems that
support or engage in combat operations. (T-1).
11.29.1.3.4. Incorporate ABDR in command war planning documents.
11.29.1.3.5. Task AFMC ABDR UTCs to support OPLANs. (T-1).
11.29.1.3.6. Develop plans for the reception and employment of AFMC ABDR teams
at the onset of hostilities. (T-1).
11.29.1.3.7. Formalize integration and bed down requirements in applicable BSP IAW
AFI 10-404.
11.29.1.3.8. USAFE and Pacific Air Forces (PACAF) will store and maintain
serviceability, accountability and status reporting to include Financial Improvement
and Audit Readiness reporting of AFMC owned and provided WRM ABDR trailers
IAW established procedures. (T-1).
11.29.1.3.9. Provide unit level weapon-system-specific tools (other than common
hand tools) and equipment needed to repair battle/crash damaged aircraft.
11.29.1.3.10. Provide technical support to the ABDR Technical Support Office for live
fire or similar testing.
11.29.1.4. Unit Responsibilities. Units will:
11.29.1.4.1. Utilize trained Aircraft Battle Damage Evaluators to evaluate aircraft
battle damage and mishap damage sustained during combat or contingency operations.
(T-3).
11.29.1.4.2. Ensure shelf life items listed in TO 1-1H-39 and weapon system-specific
–39 TOs are maintained at required levels to support ABDR requirements. (T-3).
11.29.1.4.3. Ensure aircraft battle damage is documented on an AFTO Form 97,
Aerospace Vehicle Battle Damage Incident Debrief/Assessment/Repair Record or
AFTO Form 97B, Aircraft Battle Damage Evaluator Checklist as required IAW TO 1-
1H-39. (T-1). Completed forms will be forwarded to the Aircraft Battle Damage Repair
Program Office. (T-1). CLASSIFIED messages must be sent to SIPR: usafsaf.wright-
[email protected] and UNCLASSIFIED
messages must be sent to NIPR: [email protected] for filing in the
historical archives. (T-1).
11.29.1.5. Aircraft Battle Damage Evaluator/Training:
11.29.1.5.1. Aircraft Battle Damage Evaluator training provides MXG/CC’s with
ABDR knowledgeable forces and prepares units to execute Air Tasking Orders in a
denied airspace with potential heavy losses. Aircraft Battle Damage Evaluator roles
and responsibilities are outlined in TO 1-1H-39.
11.29.1.5.2. Maintenance Supervision will determine the proper mixture of personnel
to attend Aircraft Battle Damage Evaluator training from: 2A3, 2A5, 2A6, 2A773, QA
and Production personnel. (T-3).
11.29.1.5.3. Aircraft Battle Damage Evaluator formal training will be IAW the
approved ABDR course control documents. (T-1).
274 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.29.1.5.4. Aircraft Battle Damage Evaluators will complete refresher training every
24 months. (T-1).
11.29.1.5.5. Course documents and instructor training is provided by the ABDR
Technical Support Office NIPR, and can be requested at:
[email protected].
11.30. Egress/Cockpit Familiarization Training.
11.30.1. All non-egress personnel who access aircraft cockpits with egress systems
maintained and managed by 2A6X3 Egress Systems personnel must complete initial and
refresher familiarization training. (T-1).
11.30.1.1. As a minimum, initial and refresher egress/cockpit familiarization training will
include location and installation procedures of egress system safety devices, cockpit
entry/exit procedures, procedures for determining whether or not an egress component is
expended, emergency procedures associated with an expended egress component, and local
maintenance concerns identified by the egress work center supervisor. (T-2).
11.30.1.2. New personnel to the unit must receive initial familiarization training prior to
accessing cockpits unless last duty position involved same mission design aircraft as
current duty position. (T-1).
11.30.1.3. Personnel not requiring initial training will attend refresher training when they
become due. (T-1).
11.30.1.4. Initial egress familiarization training will normally be hands-on using an
aircraft. (T-1).
11.30.1.4.1. Due to the diverse egress systems across all weapon systems, units
desiring to use an aircraft maintenance trainer in lieu of an aircraft must submit a
request from the MXG/CC to the MAJCOM for approval/disapproval. Approving
MAJCOM must coordinate with the MDS lead command to ensure no technical/other
mitigating factors exist and to provide transparency. (T-2).
11.30.1.5. Refresher familiarization training will be conducted annually using an aircraft,
maintenance trainer or media, which is approved and designated by the egress work center
supervisor. (T-1).
11.30.1.5.1. Non-egress personnel may administer training media (slideshow/video)
during refresher familiarization training.
11.30.1.5.2. Direct students to the egress section if technical assistance is required
and/or questions are raised concerning course subject matter.
11.30.1.6. Only egress personnel, certified on assigned egress system(s), will conduct
initial egress familiarization training. (T-1). Exception: MT personnel may conduct this
training provided they are currently certified to perform egress maintenance.
11.30.1.7. Training media must meet approval of the 2A6X3 AFSC MAJCOM Functional
Manager (MFM) or current media produced by the 367 Training Support Squadron listed
on the Defense Imagery at http://www.defenseimagery.mil. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 275
11.30.1.8. Individuals overdue for annual egress familiarization training will not access
aircraft cockpits until they complete familiarization training. (T-1).
11.30.1.9. Units with unique, experimental, or test aircraft requirements.
11.30.1.9.1. If training courses are not available through AETC, units must use
interagency training before considering non-government training sources. (T-1).
11.30.1.9.1.1. If courses in both of these sources are not available, units will
establish a documented training program that meets the intent of this instruction.
(T-1).
11.30.1.9.1.2. Training will be conducted by the most qualified personnel and must
be approved by the MFM prior to implementation. (T-1).
11.30.2. MAJCOMs in coordination with the applicable lead command will identify
emergency aircraft egress/evacuation training and frequency requirements in their supplement
to this AFI for personnel assigned to weapon systems that do not have aircraft egress systems
maintained and managed by 2A6X3 personnel.
11.31. Aircraft Defensive Systems Loading Program.
11.31.1. Aircraft Defensive Systems Loading Program provides instruction required to
install/remove chaff/flare on unique mission aircraft in units where there are no 2W1 AFSC
authorizations assigned.
11.31.1. (ACC) MXG/CC is the approval authority for chaff/flare removal/installation
certification. (T-2).
11.31.2. Authorized units will establish a program to train and qualify personnel to perform
these tasks IAW procedures outlined in AFMAN 21-201 and this Chapter. (T-1).
11.31.3. Units will work with the installation Weapon System Manager (WSM) and Airfield
Operations Flight to develop written instructions for handling chaff/flare-loaded aircraft IAW
AFMAN 91-201 and AFI 91-202. (T-1).
11.31.3.1. As a minimum, written instructions will include procedures for
launch/recovery/parking of chaff/flare-loaded aircraft; chaff/flare storage and
transportation; and partially ejected flares and minimum requirements outlined in AFMAN
91-201. (T-1).
11.31.4. The MXG/CC will appoint 7-skill or 9-skill level individual with maintenance AFSC
as the Weapons Task Qualification Manager (WTQM). (T-1). Note: Units with 2W1 AFSCs
assigned will comply with training/qualification requirements in Chapter 10 of this
instruction. (T-1).
11.31.5. WTQM and Weapons Task Qualification Crew (WTQC) responsibilities. The
WTQM/WTQC provide oversight of chaff/flare loading operations to ensure they are
conducted safely by providing initial and recurring load training, serving as the focal point for
all chaff/flare loading issues, and observing loading operations during training. The WTQM
and WTQC will not participate in load operations during training. (T-1).
11.31.5.1. WTQM. The WTQM typically holds a 2A871X AFSC; however, other
flightline personnel with the 2AX7X AFSC may perform this function. The WTQM
276 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
develops and oversees the chaff/flare loading standardization program, sets standards, and
develops local policies and procedures. The WTQM will be tracked on the SCR. (T-1).
The WTQM will:
11.31.5.1.1. Receive initial and recurring load qualification training from a WTQC and
maintain currency on chaff/flare loading tasks. (T-1).
11.31.5.1.2. Once trained and qualified, the WTQM will develop and administer the
unit’s chaff/ flare load training program and train/qualify home station WTQC
personnel. (T-1). Note: In the event a unit is initially tasked and has no qualified
instructors, it will be necessary for the WTQM to become certified at a unit with
qualified trainers. The WTQM will:
11.31.5.1.2.1. Ensure sufficient numbers of personnel are qualified to load
chaff/flare to support the unit’s mission requirements. (T-1).
11.31.5.1.2.1.1. A course code will be loaded in the MIS to identify trained
personnel and qualification status. (T-1).
11.31.5.1.2.2. Establish time standards for initial and recurring loading tasks. (T-
1).
11.31.5.1.2.2.1. Lead wings will develop time standards for each MDS for
qualification purposes. (T-1).
11.31.5.1.2.2.2. The senior evaluator has the discretion to add to the time
standard if inclement weather or equipment failure is the cause for exceeding
the time standard.
11.31.5.1.2.3. As a minimum, the WTQM will identify the number of qualified
personnel, names and employee numbers, MDS qualification, Defensive Systems,
equipment type, qualification date, and date(s) recurring training is due. (T-1).
11.31.5.1.2.4. The WTQM will select, train, evaluate, and qualify a minimum of
two personnel as the WTQC on safe and reliable munitions loading procedures. (T-
1).
11.31.5.1.2.4.1. The WTQM will evaluate and re-certify WTQC members
annually. (T-1). WTQC members will be tracked on the SCR. (T-1).
11.31.5.1.3. Review and approve/disapprove RCs that pertain to chaff/flare loading
technical data. (T-2).
11.31.5.1.4. Develop a local Task Assignment List by utilizing lead wing-developed
MDS-specific Task Assignment Lists for use during training for all chaff/flare loading
operations. (T-1). A Task Assignment List is derived from applicable MDS munitions
load checklist (TO 33-1-20-series) and identifies the load crew members’
responsibilities by step.
11.31.5.1.5. Ensure chaff/flare loading CTKs are standardized to the maximum extent
possible. (T-1).
11.31.5.1.5.1. Chaff/flare loading CTKs must include all tools and equipment
necessary to support applicable MDSs and AME configurations. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 277
11.31.5.1.6. Coordinate the scheduling of personnel for chaff/flare load training. (T-
1).
11.31.5.1.6.1. The WTQM may delegate this duty to the WTQC.
11.31.5.1.7. Coordinate with PS&D, or the Regional Training Center, if applicable, to
obtain chaff/flare dispensing system-equipped aircraft for training purposes. (T-1).
11.31.5.1.7. (ACC) If PS&D is decentralized, coordinate with MO PS&D. (T-2).
11.31.5.1.8. Ensure training magazines match the characteristics and “feel” of live
magazines (such as, weight, dimensions). (T-2).
11.31.5.2. WTQC. The WTQC assists the WTQM in managing the chaff/flare loading
standardization program. The WTQC’s primary purpose is to train and qualify personnel
to load chaff/flares, but may also perform chaff/flare load duties. The lead WTQC member
is typically a 7-skill level technician with the 2AX7X AFSC. Initial training will be
conducted using inert munitions. (T-1). The number of trained WTQC members should be
based on current/anticipated workloads and their ability to maintain proficiency on all
applicable MDSs. WTQC members are qualified by the WTQM. The WTQC members
will:
11.31.5.2.1. Provide personnel with initial and recurring load qualification training.
(T-1). One WTQC member will be required to conduct practical training. (T-1).
11.31.5.2.2. Monitor personnel qualifications to ensure required academic and
practical training is complete. (T-1).
11.31.5.2.2.1. Disqualify individuals if recurring requirements are not met. (T-1).
11.31.5.2.3. Spot-check personnel to evaluate proficiency. (T-1).
11.31.5.2.3.1. The WTQC will disqualify personnel who violate safety, technical
data, and reliability procedures, or fail to demonstrate proficiency. (T-1).
11.31.5.2.4. Develop/coordinate training schedules and provide to PS&D for inclusion
in the appropriate schedule (monthly, weekly). (T-1). Note: Enroute WTQMs forward
training requirements to the UTM, who coordinates for ground training aircraft with
the Regional Training Center.
11.31.5.2.4. (ACC) If PS&D is decentralized, provide schedules to MO PS&D. (T-
2).
11.31.6. Training Requirements. Personnel are considered qualified upon successful
completion of training provided by a qualified WTQC.
11.31.6.1. Initial qualification will be conducted using inert munitions. (T-1).
11.31.6.2. Live munitions may be used during annual qualification to maintain currency.
Load qualification training consists of academic and practical training.
11.31.6.3. Document the initial and recurring load qualification training requirements in
the TBA. (T-1).
11.31.6.4. Academic and practical training must be provided during initial and recurring
load qualification training. (T-1).
278 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.31.6.4.1. Academic training is required before practical training is accomplished.
(T-1).
11.31.6.4.2. Initial practical training must be completed within 14 days of successfully
completing initial academic training. (T-1).
11.31.6.4.2.1. Practical training should duplicate operational conditions as closely
as possible.
11.31.6.4.3. Recurring practical task qualification is administered at least annually. (T-
1).
11.31.6.4.3.1. As a minimum, practical training will include chaff/flare module
serviceability criteria, actual chaff/flare loading, and operation of support
equipment/AGE used during loading operations. (T-1). Note: Weapons task
qualification academic training may fulfill the requirements for explosive safety
training if the requirements of AFI 91-202 are included.
11.31.6.5. Academic training is administered every 12 months. (T-1). As a minimum,
academic training will include:
11.31.6.5.1. Familiarization with chaff/flare loading publications, including TO 11A-
1-33, MAJCOM and local procedures. (T-1).
11.31.6.5.2. Aircraft and munitions familiarization. (T-1).
11.31.6.5.3. Safety, security, and emergency procedures. (T-1).
11.31.6.5.4. Support, test, handling equipment, and special tools familiarization. (T-
1).
11.31.6.5.5. Task Assignment Lists and aircraft specific 33-1-2 series TOs must be
available at the load-training site. (T-1). Note: Training course control documents will
be coordinated annually through the Wing Safety and MT. (T-1).
11.31.6.6. Personnel qualified on a specific task on a specific MDS are considered
qualified to perform that task on all series of that MDS; however, the member must be
familiar with differences within the MDS (such as, cockpit switch locations). (T-1).
11.31.6.6.1. The WTQM or WTQC will provide practical, on-aircraft training on these
differences and document these qualifications for each dispensing system in the
qualification status or equivalent system. (T-1).
11.31.7. Disqualifying Chaff/Flare Load Personnel. Disqualification will be documented in
the TBA and the qualification status system. (T-1).
11.31.7.1. Although not all-inclusive, the following criteria constitute grounds for
disqualifying personnel from chaff/flare loading duties:
11.31.7.1.1. Failing to complete recurring training.
11.31.7.1.2. Committing a safety or reliability error.
11.31.7.1.3. Lack of proficiency.
11.31.8. Transient Aircraft.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 279
11.31.8.1. Apply the following when working transient aircraft:
11.31.8.1.1. Under no circumstances will personnel attempt chaff/flare load operations
without current technical data. (T-1).
11.31.8.1.2. If current technical data is available, then qualified personnel may
perform chaff/flare load operations. (T-1).
11.31.8.1.3. If current technical data is available but no one is qualified on the transient
aircraft type, then the MXG/CC (or Air Mobility Squadron (AMS)/CC at enroute
locations) may authorize the WTQC or WTQM to de-arm and/or unload the aircraft.
11.31.8.1.3.1. The WTQM will submit a written request to the MXG/CC (or
AMS/CC at enroute locations) identifying personnel selected to perform the task,
aircraft type and (if applicable) number of aircraft to be de-armed and unloaded.
(T-1).
11.31.8.1.3.1.1. Approved requests will be maintained for 90 days. (T-2).
Note: This is a temporary, one-time authorization to facilitate required
maintenance when qualified personnel are not available.
11.31.9. Identification of Chaff/Flare-Loaded Aircraft. Verify chaff/flare load status of
aircraft by checking AFTO Form 781A/C before performing any maintenance.
11.31.9.1. Explosive placards are not required on AMC aircraft.
11.31.9.2. If an aircraft is loaded with chaff/flare, it will be safed IAW applicable technical
data prior to performing any maintenance. (T-1).
11.31.9.3. Before loading chaff/flares, review the AFTO Form 781C, Avionics
Configuration and Load Status Document, for defensive systems inspection status. (T-1).
11.31.9.3.1. If chaff/flare is loaded on aircraft, ensure/verify applicable MIS
documentation requirements are completed. Note: Do not load chaff/flares if the
aircraft is overdue a scheduled DS inspection.
11.31.10. Tracking and Reconciliation of Chaff/Flare-Loaded Aircraft.
11.31.10.1. Expenditure tracking and processing will be handled by Munitions Personnel
(2W0X1) IAW AFMAN 21-201, Chapter 7. (T-1).
11.31.10.2. Munitions personnel will not use the direct input method to process flightline
chaff/flare expenditures; all chaff/flare expenditures will be returned to the Munitions
Storage Area (MSA) for verification by munitions personnel before processing
expenditures in Combat Ammunition System. (T-1).
11.31.11. Additional Requirements (as applicable).
11.31.11.1. Document DS software version data and aircraft inspections (such as, 90-,
120-, or 180-day checks) on AFTO Form 781C. (T-1).
11.31.11.2. For software version data, enter the following information in the remarks
section for each reprogrammable system: type system; installed Operational Flight
Program (OFP) version; and/or Mission Data File (MDF) version (such as, ALE-47, OFP
XXXX, MDF XXXX).
280 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.31.11.2.1. If a system contains multiple OFPs, list all applicable versions (such as,
ALE-47, Programmer OFP XXXX, Sequencer OFP XXXX, MDF XXXX).
11.31.12. Chaff/Flare Build-up. Chaff/flare magazine build-up will only be accomplished by
personnel with 2W0 AFSC or qualified contractors. (T-1).
11.31.12.1. Units will only perform chaff/flare build-up in facilities/locations approved by
the installation WSM IAW AFMAN 91-201. (T-1).
11.31.12.2. Units must have an approved explosive site plan or explosives facility license
on file with Wing Safety prior to initiating chaff/flare build-up or storage operations. (T-
1).
11.32. Aircraft and Equipment Decontamination.
11.32.1. Maintenance organizations need to have the Ability to Survive and Operate in a
Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear and high-yield Explosives (CBRNE)
environment and have the capability to decontaminate operational aircraft, vehicle, and SE.
11.32.2. Units will employ AF and locally-developed TTPs IAW AFMAN 10-2503,
Operations in a Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear, and High-Yield Explosive
(CBRNE) Environment. (T-1).
11.32.2.1. TTPs provide the fundamental counter-chemical warfare (CCW) tools to
survive to operate and maximize combat sortie generation capabilities in a CBRNE
environment.
11.32.3. The following references in addition to MDS-specific technical data should be
utilized when developing unit decontamination programs: AFMAN 91-203, AFI 10- 2501,
AFTTP 3-4, Airman’s Manual, TO 00-110A-1, Guidelines for Identification and Handling of
Aircraft and Material Contaminated with Radioactive Debris, TO 00-20-1, TO 11C15-1-3,
Chemical Warfare Decontamination, Detection and Disposal of Decontamination Agents, TO
11D1-3-8-1, Decontamination Apparatus, Power Driven, Portable Type A/E32U- 8,
(Engineered Air).
11.33. End-of-Runway (EOR) Inspection.
11.33.1. EOR is MDS specific, PM directed inspection of aircraft systems identified in the
Dash 6 TO or equivalent and published in Dash 6 work cards IAW TO 00-20-1. (N/A to aircraft
that do not have an EOR -6 TO requirement).
11.33.2. If local requirements dictate, publish additional guidance to TOs for EOR inspections
IAW TO 00-20-1, and TO 00-5-1. Note: Safing, arming, and de-arming of live munitions will
be accomplished by personnel qualified IAW Chapter 4, 5, and 10 of this instruction.
11.33.3. The EOR team chief (identified by a reflective vest) will carry an EOR checklist and
ensures each item is inspected as required. (T-1). On aircraft with a ground intercom system,
units are only required to establish verbal communications with the pilot when communication
beyond the standard EOR marshalling hand signals is required unless otherwise directed by
MDS specific technical data.
11.34. Wing Avionics Manager (WAM).
11.34.1. WAM Duties and Responsibilities. The WAM will:
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 281
11.34.1.1. Be in the minimum grade of MSGT, 7 Level or equivalent and 2A Avionics
AFSC. (T-3).
11.34.1.2. Act As the Wing Avionics Functional Manager. (T-1).
11.34.1.2.1. (Added-ACC) Monitor overall AFSC skill-level qualification and status
of upgrade training to ensure highest state of operational readiness. (T-2).
11.34.1.2.2. (Added-ACC) The WAM will coordinate with the MXG Superintendent
to elevate any manpower/training concerns or deficits. (T-2).
11.34.1.3. Serve as the maintenance group focal point for all avionics related interactions
between PMs, MAJCOMs, Lead Commands, Wings, Operations and Maintenance or
equivalent activities to discern and implement changes in avionics configuration
requirements. (T-2).
11.34.1.4. Ensure RAMPOD updates are completed daily IAW AFI 21-103. (T-1).
11.34.1.5. Ensure classified pods/components and equipment are stored in authorized
areas IAW AFI 16-1404. (T-1).
11.34.1.6. Ensure classified aircraft/Support/Test equipment are stored in authorized areas
IAW AFI 16-1404. (T-1).
11.34.1.7. Meet quarterly with MXG Superintendent to review avionics manning status
and ensure manning resources are strategically distributed to provide the greatest
possibility for mission success. (T-2).
11.34.1.8. Serve as the MXG Identify Friend or Foe Program Manager IAW Paragraph
11.11 of this publication. (T-2).
11.34.1.9. Serve as the MXG Radar Warning Receiver/Radar Threat Warning program
manager IAW Paragraph 11.12 of this publication. (T-2).
11.34.1.10. Serve as the MXG EW program manager and EW Integrated Reprogramming
focal point. (T-2).
11.34.1.11. Serve as MXG focal point for external organizations 406 MHz Emergency
Locator Transmitter Systems Program. (T-2).
11.34.1.12. Coordinate with the wing EW POC to ensure compliance with AFI 10-703,
Electronic Warfare Integrated Reprogramming. (T-1).
11.34.1.13. Track wing assigned ECM, electronic attack and sensor pods, and associated
support equipment. (T-2).
11.34.1.14. Coordinate all pod shipments as directed by MAJCOM to/from base or
operating location. (T-2).
11.34.1.15. Track all incoming and outgoing pod parts and SE until received or arrived at
destination. (T-2).
11.34.1.16. Coordinate with Electronic Combat Pilot/Electronic Warfare Officer to ensure
most current MDF to configure Radar Warning Receiver/Radar Threat Warning to meet
mission requirements. (T-2).
282 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.34.1.17. Serve as the MXG focal point for external organizations on all cybersecurity
matters pertaining to aircraft interface equipment. (T-2).
11.34.1.18. (Added-ACC) Provide managerial oversight of:
11.34.1.18.1. (Added-ACC) All Intermediate and Organizational-level avionics
system test equipment for serviceability, accountability, and status of TCTO
modifications. Notify MXG of shortfalls and any potential solutions; coordinate with
MAJCOM/System Program Office (SPO) for resolution as required.
11.34.1.18.2. (Added-ACC) All aircraft and test equipment Operational Flight
Programs (OFP) and hardware to ensure versions and equipment are properly
configured to meet mission requirements. These include but are not limited to TCTOs,
T1 and T2 modifications, etc. (T-2).
11.34.1.19. (Added-ACC) Utilize cross-tell per paragraph 6.4.5.1 to address issues with
avionics testing, support equipment, systems anomalies, and MAJCOM inspection and
COMBAT SHIELD evaluation results. (T-2).
11.34.1.20. (Added-ACC) Serve as the MXG Aircraft Structural Integrity Program
(ASIP) project officer IAW paragraph 11.10 of this publication. (T-2).
11.34.1.21. (Added-ACC) Complete MAJCOM Production Superintendent Course. (T-
2). Assigned WAM will attend the course within 6 months of assignment. (T-3).
11.34.2. (Added-ACC) Electronic Warfare Program. The WAM will:
11.34.2.1. (Added-ACC) Serve as the maintenance POC working with the Electronic
Warfare Officer (EWO) to maximize EW pod utilization throughout flying hour program
execution. (T-2).
11.34.2.2. (Added-ACC) Identify and track trends concerning EW readiness (including
but not limited to local roll-through and EW Flight Crew Information Files (FCIF)) to
advise maintenance units on EW systems status. Track COMBAT SHIELD evaluations
and schedule and EW system diagnostic tool results. (T-2).
11.34.2.3. (Added-ACC) Establish standardized EW maintenance procedures and ensure
each maintenance unit is aware of scheduled (i.e., Dash 6) and unscheduled EW system
testing requirements. (T-2).
11.34.2.4. (Added-ACC) Coordinate with ECP/EWO to ensure most current Mission
Data Files (MDF) to configure RWR/RTHW to meet mission requirements. (T-2).
11.34.2.5. (Added-ACC) Reference the online EW Tool Box at:
https://ewtoolbox.eglin.af.smil.mil for systems data, reports, and briefings. This link is
accessible from the main 53WG Secret Internet Protocol Router Network (SIPRNET) site:
https://www.53wg.eglin.af.smil.mil. (T-2).
11.35. Fire Extinguisher Requirements.
11.35.1. Coordinate with Fire Emergency Services Flight and Airfield Operations Flight to
ensure required number of portable fire extinguishers are available for on and off installation
operational requirements. Refer to AFMAN 91-203, TO 00-25-172, Ground Servicing of
Aircraft and Static Grounding/Bonding.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 283
11.36. Air Force Repair Enhancement Program (AFREP).
11.36.1. The AFREP optimizes AF resources and repair capability of aerospace parts and
equipment by increasing the wing-level (referred also as field-level) participation with the
appropriate Program Office. This is accomplished by field-level identification and
recommendation of candidates for reparability consideration by the appropriate PO.
11.36.1.1. The AFREP is an optional program. Maintenance personnel performing
AFREP repairs, will perform the repair action only as an additional duty or as part of
normal maintenance workload.
11.36.1.2. Unit leadership must verify mission benefit outweighs the cost and obtain
MAJCOM AFREP Manager Approval prior to program implementation.
11.36.1.2. (ACC) Units requesting approval of program implementation will submit
official request to the HQ ACC AFREP Manager organizational email box:
[email protected]. (T-2).
11.36.2. AFREP is repairing consumable/expendable items (XF3 and XB3). Repair Network
is repairing XD2 (recoverable) and XF3 (field level/condemnable). The concept is to make
recommendations to the PM of consumable/expendable items which the field-level has
identified as desirable candidates to be considered for conversion to field-level repair, limited
repair or even full depot-level repair, contract or organic as directed by the Depot Source of
Repair process in AFI 63-101/20-101, in addition, ensure repair cost/benefit analysis takes into
consideration the total costs to the AF as outlined in Air Force TO 00-20-3, Maintenance
Processing of Reparable Property and Repair Cycle Asset Control System.
11.36.2.1. The approval authority to change the SMR/ERRC codes, or select, use, arrange
for, contract with, qualify sources of repair, or authorize the initiation of any local or other
repair action rests solely with the PM.
11.36.2.2. Repair Approval. The MXG/CC or equivalent will ensure all items being
repaired by AFREP have been approved by the appropriate repair authority (such as,
Program Manager or Program Office). (T-1). IAW AFI 63-101/20-101, personnel must
coordinate any operational change to the system, end item, modified configuration or
maintenance procedure prior to implementation. For example, additional base-level repair
or contract repair of any item beyond the provisions which already exist in field-level TOs.
(T-1).
11.36.2.2. (ACC) ACC Form 45, AFREP Source of Approved Repair Request & Reply,
will be used to request repair authorizations. (T-2). ACC Form 45 requests will be sent to
the HQ ACC/A4P AFREP Manager organizational email box:
[email protected]. (T-2). Approved written authorization(s) will be
maintained by the Wing/Unit AFREP Manager as Source(s) of Approved Repair (SAR)
letters. (T-2).
11.36.2.3. Field-level personnel, including AFREP work centers, shall not contract out or
arrange for repair services without prior written authorization by the PM and approval by
the MAJCOM AFREP Manager. (T-1). The PM responsible for the system or end item
shall retain responsibility for making any decision stemming from such a recommendation.
284 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Field-level TOs do not give permission for local contract or off-base repair of any item,
only on-base repair to the extent specified by the SMR code for a given item.
11.36.3. Operational Safety, Suitability & Effectiveness (OSS&E). OSS&E is an outcome of
properly planned and applied systems engineering.
11.36.3.1. Organizations responsible for preserving OSS&E of AF systems or end items
must ensure that operational use, configuration changes, maintenance repairs, aging, part
substitutions, and similar activities and events do not degrade baselined characteristics of
systems or end items over their operational life.
11.36.3.2. OSS&E is an integrated effort to ensure items are not allowed to degrade as a
result of maintenance, repairs, parts substitutions, and similar activities.
11.36.3.2.1. The program manager is responsible for the assurance of OSS&E
throughout the life cycle of each configuration of each component of each system. Only
the PM may convert an item from non-repairable to reparable.
11.36.4. Requirements. Given authorized repair of a consumable/expendable item, the PM
will determine the SMR/ERRC code validity. All resulting changes are linked with Supply
Chain Manager Consideration for that item.
11.36.4.1. Supply Chain Management issues must be considered as a matter of law, given
these issues affect Congressionally Authorized budget authority and funds allocated to
accomplish specifically different supply chain functions (spares buys versus repairs).
11.36.4.1.1. Any personnel, organization or AFREP work center may request
SMR/ERRC code changes IAW TO 00-25-195 and AFH 23-123, Volume 2, Part 2,
Integrated Logistics System-Supply (ILS-S), Standard Base Supply System Operations,
Chapter 8.
11.36.4.2. Non-repairable (XB3) assets submitted to PM for repair approval will contain
RC (SMR/ERRC change) IAW TO 00-25-195 and a MAJCOM published form for the
AFREP Vendor Repair Approval that will include all supply data, full justification and
test/repair procedures. This document will be reviewed by the MAJCOM AFREP Manager
IAW Paragraph 11.36.8. of this instruction. (T-2).
11.36.4.3. Repairable (XF3) assets submitted to PM for vendor repair approval will be
submitted on MAJCOM published form. The form must contain all current vendor
certifications and governing technical procedures utilized for test/repair by vendor. This
document will be reviewed by MAJCOM AFREP Manager and signed off.
11.36.4.4. (Added-ACC) ACC Form 45, will be used to request Vendor Repair
Approval. (T-2).
11.36.5. Asset Turn-In. Items repaired IAW technical data will be turned in to the supply
system following guidance in AFMAN 23-122 and TO 00-20-3. (T-1).
11.36.6. AFREP Reporting Instructions: Wing AFREP Managers will provide quarterly
updates to the MAJCOM AFREP Manager. (T-1).
11.36.6. (ACC) Quarterly updates will be sent by Jan 1, Apr 1, Jul 1 and Oct 1 to the AFREP
organizational email box: [email protected]. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 285
11.36.6.1. MAJCOM AFREP Managers will report yearly activity updates from October
1 to September 30 and file their yearly report with AF/A4LM by 15 October.
11.36.6.1.1. The quarterly/yearly updates will include at a minimum the nomenclature
of items repaired, total cost, and total amount saved for each item.
11.36.7. AF/A4L Roles and Responsibilities.
11.36.7.1. Prepares, publishes and reviews AF-level policy and guidance for AFREP.
11.36.7.2. Perform annual program analysis to verify mission benefits outweigh costs.
11.36.8. MAJCOM AFREP Manager Responsibilities.
11.36.8.1. Administer/manage the MAJCOM AFREP in coordination with the applicable
Program Office.
11.36.8.2. Perform annual analysis on program viability.
11.36.8.3. Mandate use of Program Office/selection authority criteria guidance and
recommendations related to maintenance, supply, and repair sources.
11.36.8.4. Designate a focal point within the applicable Program Office for the MAJCOM
and end users to contact regarding AFREP recommendations and OSS&E issues.
11.36.8.4. (ACC) HQ ACC’s SharePoint site for tracking recommendations is:
https://cs2.eis.af.mil/sites/10932/default.aspx#InplviewHash4d3ac504-b582-41f4-
9fef-fd42855ab5b8=ShowInGrid%3DTruex. (T-2).
11.36.8.5. Establish a process to identify candidate items for submission to Program Office
for consideration.
11.36.8.5.1. At a minimum, process will ensure base AFREP certifies the candidate
item is beyond repair from all applicable on-base organic maintenance work
centers/back shops. Certification must be documented (email, log book). Parts coded
direct NRTS are exempt from this requirement. (T-2).
11.36.8.6. Establish and maintain an AFREP Program Office submission and status
tracking web-site.
11.36.8.7. Compile annual program cost benefit analysis information and forward to
AF/A4L.
11.36.8.8. Provide Program Office repair recommendations for evaluation and track their
status (Part Identification, initiation date, submittal date, closure date).
11.36.8.9. Maintain, update and distribute a list of Wing/Unit AFREP POCs to include
representatives from other agencies (such as, DLA, ALCs, MAJCOMs).
11.36.8.10. Review/Validate Wing/Unit SMR/ERCC requests IAW TO 00-25-195 and
TO 00-20-3 prior to submission to the applicable Program Office for evaluation/approval.
11.36.8.11. Validate items are approved for contract repair for strategic sourcing
opportunities.
11.36.8.12. Initiate the opportunity assessment of strategic sourcing candidates when
deemed appropriate or when requested by the Program Office.
286 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.36.8.13. Provide quarterly MAJCOM cross-tell of AFREP repairs to Base/Center
AFREP managers. The minimum data will include nomenclature, total cost, and total
amount saved for each item across the MAJCOM.
11.36.9. Wing/Unit Responsibilities:
11.36.9.1. Participate in AFREP when approved by the MAJCOM AFREP Manager. (T-
1).
11.36.9.1.1. MXG/CC or equivalent will assign a unit AFREP Manager. (T-1).
11.36.9.1.2. MXG Superintendent will ensure AFREP Manning Positions are
categorized as an additional duty and not listed as positions on the MXG UMD. (T-1).
11.36.9.1.3. (Added-ACC) Ensure a Project Fund Management Record (PFMR)
account is established for financial accountability. All credits earned will be carefully
managed and applied to mission-related requirements. (T-2).
11.36.9.1.4. (Added-ACC) MXG/CC or equivalent will request the MSG/CC assign
an AFREP liaison within LRS (e.g., Flight Service Center). (T-2).
11.36.10. Wing/Unit AFREP Manager Responsibilities:
11.36.10.1. Submit SMR/ERRC change recommendations to the MAJCOM AFREP
Manager for Program Office coordination. See TO 00-25-195, and this AFI. (T-1). Note:
Field-level TOs do not give authorization for local contract repair of any item, only on-
base repair to the extent specified by the SMR code for a given item. AFREP or any other
field level personnel will not perform repairs not authorized by technical data. (T-1).
11.36.10.1.1. Workcenters participating in AFREP repairs will submit Critical
Application Items (CAI) and Critical Safety Items (CSI) repair recommendations to the
MAJCOM AFREP Manager for screening to determine appropriate PM for
submission. (T-1). Note: CAIs, CSIs, or elements of a system which the PM has
designated as a CAI system or a CSI system are prohibited from consideration under
the AFREP program unless otherwise approved by an authorized engineering authority.
11.36.10.1.1.1. All Electronic Warfare (EW) Systems are CAI-designated systems.
Verify CAI and CSI items on the Joint Services Critical Item Data Viewer, located
at: https://remote3.amrdec.army.mil/csiviewer/. See Attachment 2, CAI & CSI
for additional information.
11.36.10.1.2. Contractor repairs of any item are not allowed without prior written
authorization from the PM and approval by the MAJCOM AFREP Manager. (T-1).
Note: AFREP work centers are prohibited from entering into repair source
contractual/obligation relationships with contractors. DoD regulations exist to assign
such actions (finding and qualifying repair sources) to the authorized engineering
authority.
11.36.10.1.2. (ACC) ACC Form 45 is the standard format used to approve
contractors. Note: Approved, written authorization(s) will be maintained by the
Wing/Unit AFREP Manager as SAR letters. (T-2).
11.36.10.1.2.1. If contract repairs are authorized, contracts will be established
IAW local contracting procedures. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 287
11.36.10.1.3. The Wing/Unit AFREP Manager will ensure the SOW includes, as a
minimum, the following items for contracted repairs:
11.36.10.1.3.1. Requirement for the contractor to perform/document receiving
inspections. (T-1).
11.36.10.1.3.2. Requirement for the contractor to inspect/test the item following
repair. (T-1).
11.36.10.1.3.3. Requirement for the contractor to provide a record of the repair and
test results to the AFREP office and made available for the Government Inspector
(such as, Defense Contract Management Agency (DCMA)). (T-1).
11.36.10.1.3.4. Contract will specify expected shipping, transportation and repair-
estimate completion dates. (T-1).
11.36.10.1.3.5. Repair items in accordance with Technical Data. (T-1). Note:
Restricted use of systems will result from use of components which have been
repaired as described immediately above, without prior written authorization from
the program manager.
11.36.10.1.3.6. Enter data into the AFREP Recommendation Submittal site:
https://usaf.dps.mil/sites/haf-
a4/A4L/AF_A4LM/Policy/AFREP/SitePages/Home.aspx The minimum data
consists of a roll up AFREP repair total cost and will include:
11.36.10.1.3.6.1. Time expended coordinating PM approval for AFREP repair
authorization. (T-1).
11.36.10.1.3.6.2. Man hours to complete repair “labor hours”. (T-1).
11.36.10.1.3.6.3. Nomenclature/Stock Number of part being repaired. (T-1).
11.36.10.1.3.6.4. Total cost of item if sourced from the supply chain. (T-1).
11.36.10.1.3.6.5. Total cost of tangible resources expended to complete
AFREP repair (such as, wiring/consumables). (T-1).
11.36.10.1.3.7. Assist technicians by interfacing with engineering, Equipment
Specialists (ES), QA, Air Force Engineering Technical Services, and other field-
level agencies. (T-1).
11.36.10.1.3.8. Accumulate and forward data requested by MAJCOMs concerning
AFREP. (T-1).
11.36.10.1.3.8. (ACC) Wing/Unit AFREP Managers will provide quarterly
updates and End of Fiscal Year Reports to the HQ ACC AFREP Manager
organizational email box: [email protected]. (T-2). See
Attachment 15 for AFREP End of Fiscal Year Report sample.
11.36.10.1.3.9. Provides repair authorizations to the MXG QA PIM IAW AFI 21-
101. (T-1).
11.36.10.1.3.10. Ensure individuals assigned AFREP extra duties are trained,
qualified and maintains a minimum five-skill level in their AFSC IAW AFI 36-
288 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
2651. (T-1).
11.36.10.1.3.11. Submit and monitors DR for deficiencies discovered during a
Wing/Unit AFREP initiative, IAW TO 00-35D-54 or equivalent PM approved DR
process. (T-1).
11.36.10.1.3.12. Review daily Awaiting Parts (AWP) and MICAP lists from
maintenance activities to determine if the AFREP office can recommend to the
appropriate PO, items from those lists. (T-1).
11.36.10.1.3.13. Provided quarterly AFREP repair updates to MXG/CC. The
repair updates at a minimum will include nomenclature, total cost, and total amount
saved for each item. (T-1).
11.36.10.1.3.14. Establish collection points within unit supply sections for
consumable/expendable items coded with ERRC XB3 to determine reparability of
assets prior to permanent disposal.
11.36.10.1.3.15. (Added-ACC) Develop local awareness program to inform base
populace of AFREP and to advocate local self-sustaining repair philosophy. (T-2).
11.36.10.1.3.16. (Added-ACC) Certify the part is beyond repair from all
applicable maintenance work centers/back shops prior to accepting the part for
AFREP. Certification must be documented (email, log book, etc.). (T-2). Parts
coded direct Not Repairable This Station (NRTS) are exempt from this
requirement. (T-2).
11.36.10.1.3.17. (Added-ACC) Process all items (in and out) utilizing a local
AFREP tracking database. Note: Financial tracking of avoidance, credits, and
operating costs, as well as data on each item repaired, will be collected. (T-2).
11.36.10.1.3.18. (Added-ACC) DIFM Status Code CTR is reserved for AFREP
DIFM items IAW AFH 23-123, Volume 2, Part 1, Integrated Logistics System-
Supply (ILS-S), Materiel Management Operations. Note: Coded items are NOT to
exceed 180 days. If DIFM detail exceeds 180 issue days, justification must be
provided to the WG/CV during the Repair Network Enhancement Program. (T-2).
11.36.10.1.3.19. (Added-ACC) Ensure a supply system demand requirement
exists prior to repairing DIFM items. (T-2).
11.36.10.1.3.20. (Added-ACC) Ensure DIFM item repairs do not exceed the
economic retention level within the local supply system IAW AFH 23-123, Volume
1, Materiel Management Reference Information. (T-2). Note: Continued repairs
on items with ample stock can negatively impact the supply cycle.
11.36.10.1.3.21. (Added-ACC) Assist work center technicians to obtain required
technical data, equipment and/or parts. (T-2). Note: Depot-level TOs may be
requisitioned and used to develop local repair procedures IAW TO 00-5-1, but must
be approved by the appropriate PO. (T-2).
11.36.10.1.3.22. (Added-ACC) Recommend process improvements to the Wing,
Unit, and/or MAJCOM AFREP Manager. (T-2).
11.36.10.1.3.23. (Added-ACC) Ensure items repaired by SAR contractors are
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 289
identified and displayed on all tags prior to returning to the supply system. (T-2).
11.36.10.1.3.24. (Added-ACC) Screen asset availability through Defense
Logistics Agency Disposition Services (DLADS). (T-2).
11.36.10.1.3.25. (Added-ACC) Wing/Unit AFREP Manager may also fulfill the
duties of a Circuit Card Repair (CCR) Technician. These duties are described in the
paragraph 3.9 (T-2).
11.36.11. (Added-ACC) Wing/Unit Supply Liaison will:
11.36.11.1. (Added-ACC) Process all assets in and out of the AFREP. (T-2).
11.36.11.2. (Added-ACC) Ensure appropriate TRICs are assigned. (T-2).
11.36.11.3. (Added-ACC) Ensure an ILS-S demand level requirement exists for
approved initiatives prior to repairing consumable items. (T-2).
11.36.11.4. (Added-ACC) Send items to the appropriate work center for
evaluation/repair. (T-2).
11.36.11.5. (Added-ACC) Assist work centers in obtaining required technical data,
equipment or parts to support the evaluation process. Note: Depot level TOs may be
requisitioned and used to develop local repair procedures. These repair procedures must be
approved by the Single Manager Organization if not warranted by SMR code. (T-2).
11.36.11.6. (Added-ACC) Ensure all DIFM and tracking requirements are maintained.
(T-2).
11.36.11.7. (Added-ACC) Monitor status of items sent to alternate repair sources. (T-2).
11.36.11.8. (Added-ACC) Recommend process improvements to the Wing, Unit, and/or
MAJCOM AFREP Manager. (T-2).
11.36.11.9. (Added-ACC) Ensure alternate repair source identification and vendor
number (if available) is displayed on serviceability tags and/or marked on the asset when
returned by the alternate repair source prior to use or supply turn in. (T-2).
11.36.11.10. (Added-ACC) Provide the AFREP manager with information concerning
ILS-S valid requirements and AFREP item repair status. (T-2).
11.36.11.11. (Added-ACC) Screen asset availability through DLADS IAW AFMAN 23-
122. (T-2).
11.36.12. (Added-ACC) AFREP Technician will:
11.36.12.1. (Added-ACC) Evaluate potential AFREP initiatives and determines if repair
of item is feasible. (T-2).
11.36.12.2. (Added-ACC) Prepare an AFREP tracking record for each initiative, assigns
an AFREP control number and tracking folder and/or data base. This tracking folder and/or
database will include all information associated with the AFREP repair process. (T-2).
11.36.12.3. (Added-ACC) Send items to appropriate repair shop for evaluation if repairs
exceed technician capability. (T-2).
290 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.36.12.4. (Added-ACC) Reevaluate the initiative after repair to determine the cost
effectiveness of the repair compared to the original evaluation. (T-2).
11.36.12.5. (Added-ACC) Notify the Wing/Unit AFREP Manager of recommendation to
continue/discontinue repair. (T-2).
11.36.13. (Added-ACC) Circuit Card Repair (CCR) Technician will:
11.36.13.1. (Added-ACC) Evaluate potential AFREP initiatives and determines if repair
of item is feasible and/or economical. (T-2).
11.36.13.2. (Added-ACC) Notify Wing/Unit AFREP Manager of recommendation to
continue/discontinue repair. (T-2).
11.36.13.3. (Added-ACC) Maintain soldering certification to Miniature or Depot
standards of electronic re-work per Attachment 16 and Attachment 17. (T-2).
11.36.13.4. (Added-ACC) Maintain soldering certification to Micro-Miniature (2M)
standards of electronic re-work per Attachment 18 and Attachment 19 as required. (T-
2).
11.36.13.5. (Added-ACC) Complete standardized Module Test and Repair (MTR)
E5AZN2P051-000 (or equivalent) users development training course. (T-2).
11.36.13.6. (Added-ACC) Utilize standard CCR equipment as issued by Naval Gold
Disk Program and complete development training course per NAVSEA TE000AA-MAN-
010/2M as required. (T-2).
11.36.14. (Added-ACC) Contracting Officer Technical Representative (COTR).
11.36.14.1. (Added-ACC) The COTR works with the local contracting office to ensure
contract administration procedures are closely followed for all AFREP contract actions.
This position may be filled by AFREP personnel (e.g., Wing AFREP Manager), QA, or
designee. (T-2).
11.36.14.2. (Added-ACC) The COTR will:
11.36.14.2.1. (Added-ACC) Explore off-base sources if no on-base repair capability
exists. (T-2).
11.36.14.2.2. (Added-ACC) Work with local contracting office to establish payment
methods using approved procedures (i.e., purchase orders/BPA or other applicable
method). (T-2).
11.36.14.2.3. (Added-ACC) Ensure companies contracted for repairs are registered
with the System of Award Management (http://www.sam.gov). (T-2). Vendor must
provide access to a certified government inspector to inspect all parts and verify the
company is complying with quality requirements. (T-2).
11.36.14.2.4. (Added-ACC) Ensure vendor identification is on serviceability tags
prior to return of items from off-base repair sources. (T-2).
11.36.14.2.5. (Added-ACC) Establish payment method arrangements for all
recurring purchases/services with local contract office and vendor. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 291
11.36.14.2.6. (Added-ACC) Meet qualifications and training requirements
established by local contracting office. This training should include an overview of
local contracting procedures (e.g., “Phase I”), provided by the Quality Assurance
Program Coordinator. (T-2).
11.36.15. (Added-ACC) Program Process.
11.36.15.1. (Added-ACC) Initiative Submission. Anyone may submit an initiative.
Typically, a maintenance technician starts the process by questioning the rationale for
discarding, condemning or returning an item as NRTS. Sources of ideas may include RNEP
meetings, DRMO visits, waste-busters, the AFREP website master database
(https://cs2.eis.af.mil/sites/10932/default.aspx#InplviewHash4d3ac504-b582-41f4-
9fef-fd42855ab5b8=ShowInGrid%3DTrue), or personal observations of the work
environment. Initiatives will be forwarded to the AFREP office for evaluation. (T-2).
11.36.15.2. (Added-ACC) Initiative Evaluation. The most qualified person at base-level
will evaluate the initiative. (T-2). The evaluator should reference the AFREP Web Site
master database to prevent duplication of prior initiative submissions and verify authorized
level of repair via SMR codes. Perform the evaluation to determine the feasibility of repair.
Repair will be based on local supply consumption data, mission requirements, worldwide
asset availability and cost/benefit analysis. (T-2). Assess on-base repair capability,
including the availability of technical data, repair parts, tools, test equipment, and training.
If the part is repairable and the SMR code authorizes repair, units may proceed with the
repair. If no on-base capability exists, qualified, and approved government or vendor repair
sources will be used to provide parts and services. If the SMR code prohibits repair, a SMR
code change request will be submitted if the evaluation determines the part can be repaired.
(T-2). If the SMR code change request is approved, the repair may be completed at the
shop level or through an approved vendor repair facility.
11.36.15.2.1. (Added-ACC) Establish a tracking system which includes: Initiative
Control Number, Supply Document Number, NSN, Part Number, Supply Inquiry
(consumption data), Cost/Benefit Analysis, Mission Impact Statement, brief
description of discrepancy, parts replaced/repaired, and repair procedures (tech data or
locally developed). Tracking system must also include information concerning safety
of flight items. (T-2). Also include any other pertinent information in the tracking
system. If repair will be sourced to a vendor, the tracking system will also include DD
Form 1149, Requisition and Invoice Shipping Document, payment procedures (AF
Form 9, Request for Purchase, or Government Purchase Card/BPA, etc.),
justification/approval for contractor repair, and any additional contract documentation
(warranty, statement of work, FAA certification, etc.). (T-2).
11.36.15.3. (Added-ACC) Vendor Repair. All repairs must be completed according to
technical data. (T-2). Vendors must be registered through the System of Award
Management (http://www.sam.gov). (T-2). The unit should coordinate shipment to and
from the vendor. The local transportation office will assign a Transportation Control
Number to the DD Form 1149, which will accompany the asset. (T-2). The unit will ensure
the vendor acknowledges receipt. (T-2). The unit will ensure that the vendor will
inspect/test the item following repair actions. (T-2). A record of the repair and test results
will be provided to the AFREP office and made available for the government inspector
292 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
(e.g., Defense Contract Management Agency). (T-2). If documentation is not provided, the
AFREP office or base maintenance organization must inspect/test the item. (T-2). A quality
verification may also be performed on the first article to ensure compliance with the
established test criteria and serviceability. All AFREP items will be clearly identified with
a tag, stamp, decal or other means. (T-2). This identification will include repair location,
office symbol, phone number and date. (T-2). When repaired or condemned, the item will
be processed through normal supply channels. (T-2).
11.36.16. (Added-ACC) Supply Process.
11.36.16.1. (Added-ACC) Arrange, coordinate, and store AFREP repair candidates,
and/or approved initiatives as required. (T-2).
11.36.16.2. (Added-ACC) Upon approval of AFREP initiative, assign the AFREP
“Exception Code”. This code is assigned by MAJCOMs to applicable NSNs IAW AFMAN
23-122. (T-2).
11.36.16.3. (Added-ACC) Submit a request to locally assign ERRC for recurring
initiatives that have a demand level established (XB3 to XF3 only) IAW AFH 23-123,
Volume 2, Part 2. (T-2).
11.36.16.4. (Added-ACC) Update the Repair Cycle record (TRIC FRR1) to identify the
AFREP office as the repair facility IAW AFMAN 23-122. (T-2).
11.36.16.5. (Added-ACC) All XD/XF assets will be picked-up on the organizational
supply account for the AFREP office. (T-2). This will be reflected on the D23. (T-2).
11.36.16.6. (Added-ACC) Assign DIFM status to AFREP assets repaired IAW AFMAN
23-122. Note: XF/XD AFREP repair actions will be tracked under DIFM control. (T-2).
11.36.16.7. (Added-ACC) Unserviceable XF asset turned in with a DIFM detail will be
placed in the designated hold area by FSC for 1 duty day. (T-2). If the AFREP repair shop
can repair the asset, a Turn-in will be processed with a TEX code "1" to clear the original
DIFM detail. (T-2).
11.36.16.7.1. (Added-ACC) Process all AFREP initiatives into the program as an
unserviceable issue (MSI) with a TEX code "D" to the AFREP account. Use activity
code "C" for Expendability, Recoverability, Reparability, Category (ERRC) XD, and
XF Budget code 8 (MSD), and "R" for XB and XF budget code 9 (GSD) and use shop
code "GF". This will provide the asset to AFREP as a "free issue" while establishing a
DIFM detail. (T-2). Refer to AFMAN 23-122 for more details.
11.36.16.8. (Added-ACC) Turn-in actions will be processed as appropriate. (T-2).
11.36.16.8.1. (Added-ACC) Serviceable/unserviceable assets will be turned in for
credit under appropriate AFREP organization and shop code IAW AFI 23-101. (T-2).
11.36.16.9. (Added-ACC) Review supply reports (D04, D11 or D23) and local
management products (QLPs, Surge listings or Adhoc Reports) to ensure the AFREP
account is current and new initiatives are not overlooked. Request others as needed. (T-
2).
11.36.16.9.1. (Added-ACC) Approved AFREP initiative transactions within the ILS-
S can be reconciled against existing unit requirements. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 293
11.36.16.10. (Added-ACC) Prepare and process DRMO withdrawals IAW DLADS AFI
23-101. (T-2).
11.36.17. (Added-ACC) Financial Process.
11.36.17.1. (Added-ACC) AFREP costs, funding, and credits must be carefully managed
consistent with guidance in this instruction and financial guidelines. (T-2). Operating costs
must be closely monitored directly attributable to the local AFREP office. (T-2). In
addition, credits must be applied to mission-related requirements and managed as follows:
11.36.17.1.1. (Added-ACC) Wings/units will establish at least one PFMR account,
with the appropriate financial sub-accounts, to capture AFREP credits. (T-2). Credits
earned through the repair of XD2 (flying hour) assets are retained in a PFMR “fly”
account. Credits earned through the repair of XB3/XF3 (expendable) items may be
retained in a PFMR “non-fly” account. (T-2).
11.36.17.1.2. (Added-ACC) All AFREP credits (minus AFREP Operating Costs)
generated by the repair of an item will be captured within the AFREP PFMR(s). (T-2).
These AFREP credits are to be retained by the Wing/Unit. Credits generated by the
repair of XD2 (flying hour) assets must be used for flying hour-related requirements.
(T-2). Credits generated by the repair of XB3/XF3 (expendable) items may be used for
flying hour or other mission-related requirements. (T-2).
11.36.17.1.3. (Added-ACC) Cost savings or “credits” are earned when a repaired
item is turned into supply and a credit is captured in the AFREP PFMR account. In
contrast, “cost avoidance” refers to items repaired and returned either using a
maintenance to maintenance or supply transaction with no credit captured in the
AFREP PFMR account. AFREP offices will track all savings and avoidance repair
actions. (T-2).
11.37. Calibration Limitation Approval Certification Program.
11.37.1. General. A limited TMDE calibration could seriously impact mission capability of
weapon systems. All units will have a comprehensive training program to ensure authorized
personnel can interpret TMDE calibration limitations to the specified requirement of the
applicable weapon system. (T-1). Personnel will be certified IAW criteria established in Table
11.1 of this instruction. (T-1). MXG/CCs may designate contractors in writing to authorize
calibration limitations.
11.37.2. Responsibilities and Management. The MT or TD will be responsible for
management and development of the calibration limitation approval training program. (T-2).
11.37.2.1. As a minimum, the course will include when to consider a limited calibration,
impact of using improperly calibrated equipment, and how to apply calibration
specifications to weapon system requirements. (T-1).
11.37.2.2. Prior to placement on the SCR, the calibration limitation approval training (MT
or TD course) will be mandatory. (T-1).
11.37.3. MXG/CCs will appoint maintenance, TD, or PMEL personnel as instructors and
ensure the following certification and proficiency requirements are tracked in the MIS by
course code:
294 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.37.3.1. Formal training, calibration limitation approval course. (T-1).
11.37.3.2. Annual calibration limitation approval recertification. (T-1).
11.37.4. Certification Criteria. Certifying officials will be selected IAW criteria established in
Table 11.1 of this instruction. (T-1).
11.38. Oil Analysis Program (OAP).
11.38.1. Program. Oil Analysis is the process of analyzing oil and other fluids used to lubricate
or operate mechanical equipment, evaluating the condition of the fluid or the equipment from
which the fluid originated, and recommending maintenance actions to the equipment operating
activity. An OAP ensures timely and accurate oil analysis support through the strategic location
of oil analysis laboratories and the standardization of procedures, data elements, analytical
instrumentation and diagnostic techniques. The Joint Oil Analysis Program (JOAP) is a
combined effort of the Army, Navy and AF to set-up and maintain a standard program. Oil
analysis requires a centrally-managed program and the integration of AF OAP and JOAP plans.
11.38.2. Objectives. The overall objective of the AF OAP is to detect oil-wetted air and space
equipment failures before serious malfunction or secondary damage occurs. The specific
objectives of the AF OAP and JOAP programs are as follows:
11.38.2.1. Improve the operational safety, readiness and economy of military equipment
through the use of on-board and off-board oil analysis, a condition-monitoring concept that
relies on the detection and measurement of wear-metals in the fluid.
11.38.2.2. Collect and analyze oil analysis data in order to increase the effectiveness of oil
analysis techniques in the diagnosis of potential equipment failures and lubricant condition;
to provide wear metal and lubricant physical property data to the various weapons system
managers and others, as required.
11.38.2.3. Ensure oil analysis plans and operations are integrated (where practical) to
provide:
11.38.2.3.1. Standard laboratory techniques, procedures, data, calibration standards,
and analytical instruments.
11.38.2.3.2. Inter-service oil analysis support to all military departments.
11.38.2.3.3. The most cost–effective means of determining the condition of lubricants,
fluids, and mechanical system through the use of various analytical techniques.
11.38.3. Guidance. The OAP helps aircraft technicians and supervisors to make informed,
condition-based, preventive maintenance decisions, and can reduce equipment costs, increase
equipment availability, and reduce in-flight risk. This is primarily achieved by monitoring the
concentration of wear metals in fluids used to lubricate or power mechanical systems.
11.38.3.1. To monitor engine health, the OAP uses a variety of testing mechanisms. These
include:
11.38.3.1.1. Atomic Emission spectrometric wear metal analysis.
11.38.3.1.2. Magnetic Chip Detectors/Magnetic Chip Detectors with on-board
sensors.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 295
11.38.3.1.3. Scanning Electron Microscope/Energy Dispersive X-ray system
technology.
11.38.3.2. To the extent deemed cost effective, EOT shall be used as the standard time
interval between oil analysis sampling when in-service engines are equipped with an
Engine Monitoring System or other operating time recorders.
11.38.3.2.1. For engines without Engine Monitoring System or other operating time
recorders, oil analysis trending intervals will be standardized based upon Engine Flying
Hours.
11.38.3.3. Analyze oil samples from transient aircraft IAW applicable technical data and
owning activity requirements.
11.38.3.3.1. For transient aircraft with an EMS, at bases without the capability to
download EOT data, Engine Flight Hours shall be used to continue oil analysis
trending.
11.38.3.4. Responsible activities must ensure the resultant data is accurate and given
promptly to all customers so they can effectively monitor the condition of their equipment.
11.38.3.4.1. AF OAP laboratories will evaluate response times to optimize support of
the customer. (T-2). Evaluation frequency is established by MAJCOM supplemental
guidance.
11.38.3.4.1. (ACC) See paragraph 11.38.14 and subparagraphs.
11.38.3.5. Laboratory operation.
11.38.3.5.1. Each OAP laboratory must be certified IAW TOs 33-1-37-1/-2. (T-1).
11.38.3.5.2. Seek to maximize inter-service use of existing laboratories through
laboratory consolidation, workload sharing, and use of standardized instrumentation,
techniques and procedures. (T-1).
11.38.3.5.3. AF OAP laboratories must provide oil analysis services at no charge for
all US Government, North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) and friendly Foreign
Military Sales aircraft. These services include analyzing oil samples from transient
aircraft IAW applicable technical data within the AF OAP laboratory capabilities. (T-
1).
11.38.4. Roles and Responsibilities
11.38.4.1. AF/A4L is the chief Air Staff agency with policy responsibility for the
maintenance of air and space equipment.
11.38.4.1.1. Guidance. Prepares, publishes and reviews AF-level policy and guidance
for the AF OAP.
11.38.4.1.1.1. Coordinates with MAJCOMs to review and resolve guidance-
related issues.
11.38.4.1.2. Management. Designates a POC for AF OAP. The representative shall
manage this publication while closely coordinating with functional experts.
11.38.4.1.2.1. Works with AF representative to the JOAP-Coordinating Group
296 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
(CG) on policy issues.
11.38.4.2. Major Command. Each MAJCOM establishes a headquarters POC for
complying with MAJCOM OAP responsibilities.
11.38.4.2.1. Establishes or relocates OAP laboratories to support MAJCOM mission.
Coordinates establishment or relocation with the AF OAP Manager.
11.38.4.2.2. Ensures quality deficiency reports are submitted to the unit Product
Improvement Manager IAW TO 00-35D-54. DRs must be submitted to engine program
offices on all equipment requiring tear down or overhaul due to an OAP laboratory
maintenance recommendation and on all oil-wetted component failures where no OAP
laboratory maintenance recommendation was made.
11.38.4.2.3. Ensures laboratories provide the depot a computer-generated
printout/record, for each engine undergoing scheduled maintenance or overhaul.
11.38.4.2.4. Ensures laboratories process and evaluate samples IAW TO 33-1-37-1/-
2.
11.38.4.2.5. Ensures proper training of AF OAP laboratory technicians. This includes
identifying training requirements to the AETC.
11.38.4.2.6. Ensures assigned shop instrumentation and equipment is not modified or
used for non-OAP applications without AF OAP Office approval.
11.38.4.2.7. Provides guidance necessary to execute the AF OAP and ensures all
subordinate organizations understand and properly execute AF OAP and JOAP
responsibilities. MAJCOMs/ANG may provide additional guidance in their
supplements or addendums to this AFI as required.
11.38.4.2.8. Ensures AF OAP and JOAP requirements are included in planning,
programming and budgeting process. This includes providing needed funds, personnel,
facilities and other resources to maintain an effective program.
11.38.4.2.9. Supports equipment evaluations and field surveys for the AF OAP Office.
11.38.4.3. Air Force Materiel Command (AFMC). AFMC is the lead MAJCOM for the
AF OAP and AF participation in the JOAP. AFMC is also responsible for oil analysis
Research, Development, Test and Evaluation (RDT&E). The Directorate of Logistics,
Civil Engineering, Force Protection, and Nuclear Integration (AFMC/A4/10) is the
headquarters office of primary responsibility for AF OAP guidance coordination and
implementation within AFMC.
11.38.4.3.1. Propulsion Directorate.
11.38.4.3.1.1. Sustainment Chief Engineer represents the AF on the JOAP-
Executive Committee.
11.38.4.3.1.1.1. Establishes, funds, staffs and directs the AF OAP Office.
11.38.4.3.1.2. The Development Program Manager ensures specification guidance
for oil analysis sampling provisions or other appropriate measures to detect oil-
wetted failures, where applicable, are included during the design phase.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 297
11.38.4.3.1.3. AF OAP Office, AFLCMC/LP. The AF OAP Office manages the
AF OAP, and in coordination with the MAJCOMs and propulsion community,
leads AF participation in the JOAP.
11.38.4.3.1.3.1. Certifies/decertifies AF OAP laboratories for participation in
the JOAP.
11.38.4.3.1.3.2. Maintains a list of AF OAP laboratories, equipment and
customers.
11.38.4.3.1.3.3. Assists MAJCOM/Center managers in program execution.
This includes recommending the establishment, location, and relocation of AF
OAP laboratories.
11.38.4.3.1.3.3.1. Communicates AF OAP objectives, policies and
procedures to the Director of Propulsion, Engine OAP Managers, equipment
specialists and program managers.
11.38.4.3.1.3.3.2. Evaluates the need for and performs special studies, as
requested by the MAJCOMs or depots.
11.38.4.3.1.3.3.3. The AF OAP Office should periodically conduct
laboratory assistance/assessments to determine adequacy and effectiveness of
the AF OAP. Identifies problems and recommends solutions.
11.38.4.3.1.3.4. Establishes and manages a data system, meeting tri-service
requirements, to evaluate AF OAP participation and effectiveness and to
provide engine program offices with historical data on oil sample analysis
results.
11.38.4.3.1.3.5. Coordinates and consolidates AF/MAJCOM requirements
with Army/Navy to ensure, where practical, the procurement of common OAP
equipment.
11.38.4.3.1.3.6. Represents the AF on the JOAP-CG.
11.38.4.3.1.3.7. Develops a comprehensive OAP laboratory certification and
quality control program.
11.38.4.3.1.3.8. Maintains and provides AF inputs to TOs 33-1-37-1/-2/-3/-4,
JOAP Manual.
11.38.4.3.1.3.9. Reviews and evaluates the JOAP school curriculum.
11.38.4.3.1.3.10. Assists the Engine OAP Manager and serves as an advisor
for the engine Maintenance Planning Working Group (MPWG) for OAP issues.
11.38.4.3.2. Director of Propulsion (DOP). The DOP AFLCMC/LP in conjunction
with Engine Single Managers at AFLCMC/LPS, AFLCMC/LPA and the AF OAP
Office assess existing/potential oil analysis technologies. The DOP also ensures wear
metal debris and oil analysis is an integral part of the Engine Health Management
Program. The DOP appoints Engine OAP Managers for each AF managed engines.
11.38.4.3.2.1. Engine OAP Managers. The Engine OAP Manager is the engineer
in charge of a particular engine and is solely responsible for the OAP-related issues
298 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
on that particular engine.
11.38.4.3.2.1.1. Serves as the focal point for the engine MPWG for OAP
issues, provides the guidance necessary to accomplish engine-specific oil
analysis.
11.38.4.3.2.1.2. Ensures expeditious handling of equipment returned for tear
down or overhaul because of an OAP laboratory maintenance recommendation
or where oil analysis results indicated a potential problem.
11.38.4.3.2.1.3. Provides guidance necessary to accomplish engine-specific oil
analysis. Provides updates for TOs 33-1-37-1/-2/-3/-4 to the OAP Office.
11.38.4.3.2.1.4. Provides accurate and timely feedback to the MPWG and field
units on OAP-monitored equipment. This includes maintenance findings on
equipment in for tear down or overhaul as a result of an OAP laboratory
maintenance recommendation. It also includes failure reports and related wear
metal and oil analysis data on oil-wetted components where no OAP laboratory
maintenance recommendation was made.
11.38.4.3.2.1.5. Works with the MPWG to establish and maintain wear metal
limits, diagnostic criteria and other oil analysis parameters. This is based on a
review of data from equipment tear-down and overhaul findings.
11.38.4.3.2.1.6. Maintains metrics on hits, misses and escapes. Once oil
analysis data is included in the Engine Health Management AF Enterprise
Center with software capability to perform metric monitoring, the AF OAP will
concurrently monitor metrics with the Engine OAP managers.
11.38.4.3.2.1.7. Works with the MPWG, MAJCOM customers and the AF
OAP Office to establish engine-specific technical and performance
requirements for all wear metal debris and oil analysis equipment.
11.38.4.3.2.1.8. Utilizes the Component Improvement Program as needed to
evaluate the cost effectiveness of existing and potential wear metal debris and
oil analysis applications, establish test programs and implement the most cost
effective method(s).
11.38.4.3.2.1.9. Sends updates of specific oil sampling intervals and wear
metal limits (evaluate for new engines during the design phase; reconsider for
existing engines when oil-wetted parts undergo any material or strength
changes) to the MPWG.
11.38.4.3.3. SE and Vehicles Division (AFLCMC/WNZ) procures oil analysis
equipment at the request of the AF OAP Office.
11.38.4.3.3.1. Maintains a contract for procurement of JOAP AE spectrometers
used by the Army, Navy, and AF laboratories.
11.38.4.3.3.2. Provides technical order provisioning and support.
11.38.4.3.3.3. Establishes inter-service logistics support. This includes spare parts
support, instrument repair and overhaul, procurement of common JOAP laboratory
equipment and supplies, item management and equipment specialist activities, and
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 299
funding status of existing contracts.
11.38.4.3.4. Air Force Research Laboratory. The Air Force Research Laboratory
accomplishes RDT&E to improve wear metal and oil analysis instruments, materials
and techniques. (T-1).
11.38.4.3.4.1. Supports the AF OAP charter to conduct test and evaluation for the
oil analysis programs, including the JOAP and the AF OAP, as applicable. (T-1).
11.38.4.3.4.2. Coordinates RDT&E activities with the MAJCOMs, DOP, and AF
OAP Office as applicable. (T-1).
11.38.4.4. AETC. Provides initial oil analysis training for AFSC 2A7X2 through the
Nondestructive Inspection course. The AF OAP Management Office and MAJCOMs may
request additional training, as required.
11.38.4.4.1. Coordinates course material changes with the AF OAP Office and the
MAJCOM POCs.
11.38.5. Reporting and Measurement. All MAJCOMs and laboratories must collect and report
metrics to the AF OAP Manager IAW TOs 33-1-37-1/-2/-3/-4.
11.38.5.1. All laboratories must collect and report hits, misses and escapes as a minimum.
(T-1).
11.38.6. (Added-ACC) MXG/CC Responsibilities.
11.38.6.1. (Added-ACC) Appoints a Wing OAP Manager and alternate. (T-2).
11.38.6.2. (Added-ACC) Ensures the NDI/OAP facility is on a priority repair list with
base Civil Engineer. (T-2).
11.38.6.3. (Added-ACC) Ensures base CE maintains an alternate power source of
sufficient voltage capacity at the OAP lab to be used in times of power outage to ensure
the OAP process continues without delay. (T-2).
11.38.6.4. (Added-ACC) When required, direct communications be provided to MOC to
expedite the reporting of abnormal wear-metal trends. (T-2).
11.38.7. (Added-ACC) Wing OAP Manager Responsibilities.
11.38.7.1. (Added-ACC) Manages the OAP IAW TO 33-1-37-1/2/3, this instruction, and
other applicable directives. (T-2).
11.38.7.2. (Added-ACC) Develops procedures to establish policy and requirements for
the Wing OAP. Include a standardized method to ensure the total oil serviced since last
OAP sample can be tracked and accurately entered on the DD Form 2026, Oil Analysis
Request. (T-2).
11.38.7.3. (Added-ACC) Ensures all organizations requiring OAP support appoint an
OAP Manager and alternate using an appointment letter. (T-2).
11.38.7.4. (Added-ACC) Provides consolidated quarterly OAP data report to the
MXG/CC, the squadron Operations Officer/Maintenance Superintendent, Propulsion
Flight Chief, all organization OAP Managers, and the NDI Section Chief. (T-2). As a
minimum, the following information will be included in the quarterly report:
300 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.38.7.4.1. (Added-ACC) Number of OAP samples processed. (T-2).
11.38.7.4.2. (Added-ACC) Number and percentage of DD Form 2026 errors. (T-2).
Note: Count each DD Form 2026 containing errors as one error, then divide the
number of discrepant DD Form 2026s by the total number of OAP samples processed
for the error percentage. (T-2).
11.38.7.4.3. (Added-ACC) Number of OAP laboratory maintenance
recommendations. (T-2).
11.38.7.4.4. (Added-ACC) Average OAP Sample Response Time (SRT). Note:
Enter SRT to the nearest tenth of an hour and do not include the time when the OAP
lab is not manned. (T-2).
11.38.7.4.5. (Added-ACC) Number and percentage of OAP samples exceeding
required sample response times. Obtain the percentage by dividing the number of OAP
samples exceeding required sample response time by the total OAP samples processed.
(T-2).
11.38.7.4.6. (Added-ACC) Number and percentage of aircraft engines not sampled
as required by applicable technical order. Accomplish this by dividing the number of
aircraft engines not sample as required by the total OAP samples processed. (T-2).
11.38.7.4.7. (Added-ACC) Number of OAP lab maintenance recommendations
confirmed by physical finding of abnormal wear or potential for catastrophic failure
"hits". (T-2).
11.38.7.4.8. (Added-ACC) For SEM/EDX equipped bases:
11.38.7.4.8.1. (Added-ACC) Number of Magnetic Chip Detector (MCD)
analyzed. (T-2).
11.38.7.4.8.2. (Added-ACC) Number and percentage of Level 1, 2 and 3
warnings by material type. (T-2).
11.38.7.4.8.3. (Added-ACC) Number of unserviceable MCDs found. (T-2).
11.38.7.4.8.4. (Added-ACC) Number and percentage of DD Form 2026 errors.
Note: Count each DD Form 2026 containing errors as one error, and then divide
the number of discrepant DD Form 2026s by the total number of MCDs analyzed
for the error percentage. (T-2).
11.38.7.4.8.5. (Added-ACC) Average SEM/EDX analysis response time. Note:
This is the time from when the MCD is pulled to the time results are reported to the
MOC. Enter the response time to the nearest tenth of an hour and do not include
the time when the OAP lab is not manned. (T-2).
11.38.7.4.8.6. (Added-ACC) Number and percentage of MCDs exceeding
required delivery time. Obtain the percentage by dividing the number of MCDs
exceeding required delivery time by the total number of MCDs processed. (T-2).
11.38.8. (Added-ACC) Operations Officer/Maintenance Superintendent Responsibilities.
(T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 301
11.38.8.1. (Added-ACC) Ensures all assigned aircraft are sampled IAW the applicable
aircraft TO. (T-2).
11.38.8.2. (Added-ACC) Ensures OAP samples are delivered to the OAP lab with a DD
Form 2026 filled out IAW TO 33-1-37-1. (T-2).
11.38.8.2.1. (Added-ACC) In the DD Form 2026 "hours/miles since overhaul” block,
for engines with EMS, use engine operating time unless the specific technical order
directs otherwise (e.g., F110 engine use EMS in-flight time). Reconcile NDI/OAP lab
and aircraft records using downloaded EMS data accordingly. For engines without
EMS, use engine flying hours. (T-2).
11.38.8.3. (Added-ACC) Ensures flightline personnel verify with the OAP lab the
information entered in the Oil Analysis Record matches during scheduled aircraft records
checks. Verify, as a minimum, engine hours, time since oil change, oil serviced since last
records check/OAP sample, engine serial number(s) and aircraft serial number. Note:
MXG/CC or equivalent may waive verification of OAP records against aircraft records
when aircraft are deployed and the scheduled aircraft records check is due. (T-2).
11.38.8.4. (Added-ACC) Identifies AMU OAP Managers and alternates by appointment
letter. Forward a copy to the Wing OAP Manager and the OAP laboratory. The
appointment letter will include grade, name, duty phone, AFSC, organization, and office
symbol. (T-3). OAP manager will be a NCO and will serve as the primary liaison between
their AMU and the OAP lab for all OAP issues. (T-2). Ensures assigned OAP Managers
or alternates review all quarterly reports and respond to any data involving their AMU. (T-
2).
11.38.8.5. (Added) (ACC) Ensures all aircraft engines under special OAP codes IAW
TO 33-1-37 volumes, are not flown until results of the OAP sample(s) are known. Ensure
no aircraft engines are operated until the following DD Form 2026 discrepancies are
corrected and verified with the OAP lab: equipment and/or end item serial number error,
hours (EOT or EFH) since overhaul error, oil change error and oil added since last sample
error. These items are essential to oil analysis trending and require removal of the engine
from service until the discrepancy is corrected. (T-2).
11.38.8.6. (Added) (ACC) Ensures DD Form 2026 with equipment and/or end item
serial number error, hours since overhaul error, and oil added since last sample error are
corrected immediately. (T-2).
11.38.8.7. (Added-ACC) Ensures all maintenance actions affecting oil-wetted engine
components are provided to the OAP lab using the remarks section of the DD Form 2026
or a suitable local form. (T-2).
11.38.9. (Added-ACC) Propulsion Flight Chief Responsibilities. Note: When no Propulsion
Flight exists or the propulsion flight performs no maintenance on the affected oil-wetted
system, the MXG/CC or designated representative or equivalent assumes these responsibilities.
(T-2).
11.38.9.1. (Added-ACC) Ensures accurate and timely deficiency reports are submitted
through the unit PIM to the applicable ALC engine program offices on all engines requiring
302 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
tear down or overhaul due to an OAP laboratory maintenance recommendation and all oil-
wetted component failures. (T-2).
11.38.9.2. (Added-ACC) Ensures a copy of the Oil Analysis Record is provided to the
applicable repair facility for each engine undergoing scheduled maintenance or overhaul.
(T-2).
11.38.9.3. (Added-ACC) Makes the final decision regarding all OAP engine
maintenance action recommendations. (T-2).
11.38.9.4. (Added-ACC) Ensures all propulsion flight maintenance actions which affect
oil-wetted engine components are provided to the OAP lab. This will be done by using the
remarks section of the DD Form 2026 submitted with the OAP sample. (T-2).
11.38.9.5. (Added-ACC) Appoints OAP Managers and provides the names by
appointment letter to the Wing OAP Manager and the OAP lab. Include grade, name, duty
phone, organization, AFSC, and office symbol. (T-2).
11.38.9.6. (Added-ACC) Ensure assigned OAP Managers or alternates review all
quarterly reports. (T-2).
11.38.10. (Added-ACC) MOC Responsibilities.
11.38.10.1. (Added-ACC) Maintains an OAP status on each assigned aircraft showing
all lab recommendation codes next to the aircraft serial number. Prior to commencing the
flying day, verify status of aircraft or engines on special surveillance. (T-2).
11.38.10.2. (Added-ACC) Relays to the OAP lab information regarding engine changes
on- and off- station as they occur but no later than 0800 the next duty day. (T-2).
11.38.10.3. (Added-ACC) Notifies the OAP lab when the cross country/deployed aircraft
return. (T- 2).
11.38.10.4. (Added-ACC) Initiates follow-up action when the oil analysis record from
cross country/deployed aircraft is not returned to the OAP lab. (T-2).
11.38.11. (Added-ACC) NDI/OAP lab NCOIC Responsibilities.
11.38.11.1. (Added-ACC) Ensures the scheduled aircraft records check is documented
on the affected engine's oil analysis record with the date the check was accomplished and
OAP lab person’s initials. (T-2).
11.38.11.2. (Added-ACC) Ensures a copy of the Oil Analysis Record or a suitable
automated form is provided to the propulsion flight for each engine undergoing scheduled
maintenance or overhaul at depot, JEIM, or CRF. (T-2).
11.38.11.3. (Added-ACC) Immediately notifies MOC and the propulsion flight chief
when an installed engine is restricted from operation or is placed on special sampling. (T-
2).
11.38.11.4. (Added-ACC) Ensures analysis results on all installed engines are provided
to MOC after analysis of the OAP sample is complete. (T-2).
11.38.11.5. (Added-ACC) Immediately notifies test cell and the Propulsion Flight Chief
when abnormal OAP results are discovered on test cell engines. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 303
11.38.11.6. (Added) (ACC) Ensures any DD Form 2026 with equipment and/or end
item serial number error, hours since overhaul error(s) or oil added since last sample
error(s) are corrected immediately. (T-2).
11.38.11.7. (Added-ACC) Tracks aircraft OAP sample response times for all assigned
aircraft to ensure response time compliance. (T-2).
11.38.11.8. (Added-ACC) Maintains a current appointment letter of all customer OAP
managers. (T- 2).
11.38.11.9. (Added-ACC) Notify the MOC, Maintenance Supervision, Propulsion
Flight, and owning Lead Command NDI Functional Manager when an Oil Analysis unit
becomes inoperable and when unit has been repaired. Immediately notify AF Oil Analysis
Program Office (AFLCMC/LPZ) to initiate repair action. (T-2).
11.38.12. (Added-ACC) The OAP sample response time begins at the time the OAP sample
is taken and ends at the time the oil analysis results are reported to the MOC. OAP Sample
response time requirements for routine OAP Samples are:
11.38.12.1. (Added-ACC) 2 1/2 hours for one and two engine aircraft. Deliver the sample
to the OAP lab within 75 minutes of engine shutdown. MXG/CC may adjust the 2 1/2 hour
rule as needed to accommodate flying windows. When the OAP lab is not manned, they
shall provide results to the MOC NLT 2 hours after the beginning of the next shift. (T-2).
Note: OAP response time does not apply to aircraft geographically separated from the
supporting OAP lab, however aircraft will not fly beyond the applicable -6 TO sampling
interval.
11.38.12.2. (Added-ACC) 5 hours for all other aircraft. When the OAP Lab is not
manned, they shall provide results to the MOC NLT 2 hours after the beginning of the next
shift. (T-2). Note: OAP response time does not apply to aircraft geographically separated
from the supporting OAP lab, however aircraft will not fly beyond the applicable -6 TO
sampling interval.
11.38.12.3. (Added-ACC) 4 hours for engine ground/trim and test cell runs. (T-2).
11.38.12.4. (Added-ACC) Immediately processes/analyzes special "Red Cap" samples
after drawing the sample. (T-2). The OAP lab will assign priority to "Red Caps" over
routine samples and expedite results to MOC. (T-2).
11.38.13. (Added-ACC) OAP Requirements For Cross-Country Flights/Deployments.
11.38.13.1. (Added-ACC) Flightline personnel place an Oil Analysis Record in the
aircraft AFTO Form 781-series forms jacket prior to departure. (T-2).
11.38.13.2. (Added-ACC) The OAP lab personnel ensure the oil analysis record contains
at least the last 10 analyzed results. The flightline expediter or pro super notifies the OAP
lab in advance for cross-country documents. (T-2).
11.38.13.3. (Added-ACC) Flightline personnel sign for the oil analysis record at the OAP
lab and return it to the lab the day the aircraft returns to home station. (T-2).
11.38.13.4. (Added-ACC) The OAP lab notifies MOC if the oil analysis record is not
returned. (T-2).
304 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.38.13.5. (Added-ACC) The OAP lab reviews the returned oil analysis record for
adverse trends and takes necessary action. (T-2).
11.38.13.6. (Added-ACC) AMUs will follow the maintenance procedures in this
supplement at the deployment sites. (T-2).
11.38.13.7. (Added-ACC) Deployed OAP personnel shall have telephone or radio
communication with MOC and the AMU to expedite reporting of abnormal OAP trends.
(T-2).
11.38.14. (Added-ACC) OAP Requirements for Transient Aircraft.
11.38.14.1. (Added-ACC) Transient maintenance personnel sample aircraft as required
by this section and applicable -6 technical order. (T-2).
11.38.14.2. (Added-ACC) Transient maintenance personnel draw the OAP sample and
make a Red Dash entry on the AFTO Form 781A indicating, "Engine oil analysis results
due". (T-2).
11.38.14.3. (Added-ACC) When OAP capability exists at a transient location and an
OAP sample is required, the OAP sample results will be known prior to aircraft departure.
(T-2).
11.38.14.4. (Added-ACC) Transient bases without OAP capability shall take required
OAP samples and ensure samples are given to aircrew for processing at next base. (T-2).
11.38.14.5. (Added-ACC) If OAP sample results are not provided before aircraft
departure, the results shall be forwarded via FAX, e-mail or most expeditious manner by
the local MOC or transient maintenance to the aircraft's next destination (either MOC, TA,
or base operations). (T-2).
11.39. Air Force Engineering and Technical Services (AFETS).
11.39.1. General. The AF must maintain its weapons systems and equipment to meet
worldwide mission requirements and operational needs at a reasonable cost. To accomplish
this, units need the capability to quickly resolve complex or unusual technical problems and
provide enhanced system-specific technical training to AF technicians, contractors and
operators. Engineering and Technical Services (ETS) provides this expeditionary resource and
is prepared to deploy AFETS and CETS as needed.
11.39.1.1. AFETS personnel are the primary source of Engineering and Technical
Services support in the AF. AFETS field engineers are Emergency Essential DoD civilian
employees, highly experienced and thoroughly trained technical specialists.
11.39.1.2. CETS can be an important element in developing an independent AF capability
on new systems; however, units must develop their own organic capability and/or request
AFETS support. (T-2). Organizations should normally terminate CETS within 12 months
after obtaining self-sufficiency.
11.39.2. AFETS are DoD civilians who provide advantages of long-term continuity and
decreased retraining costs provided by a civilian work force. AFETS field technicians shall be
used and retrained as necessary to meet technical needs and changing mission requirements.
(T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 305
11.39.2.1. AFETS can design special test equipment, develop special maintenance
procedures, develop and conduct technical training for unit maintainers and operators, and
recommend changes to maintenance processes.
11.39.2.2. AFETS also serve as the unit technical liaison and work with MAJCOM
functional managers, depot technicians, engineers, item managers, and equipment
manufacturers to resolve complex equipment problems.
11.39.2.3. AFETS will certify tasks IAW AFI 36-2650 and AFI 36-2651 in USAF
personnel training records when training is provided to the go/no-go level. (T-1).
11.39.3. AFETS personnel should be functionally aligned under the local ETS OPR (typically
the MXG/CC or equivalent commander) and reside within the assigned organizations
maintenance complex.
11.39.3.1. AFETS will not be authorized to overcome manning shortfalls or to perform
duties considered organic to the unit’s manning. (T-1).
11.39.3.2. When AFETS and contracted engineering support (example, CETS, Field
Service Engineer or FSR) are assigned to a unit every effort shall be made to co-locate
these resources to maximize effectiveness of technical support within the organization. (T-
2).
11.39.4. The AF may utilize CETS to provide on-site proficiency training, technical advice,
and technical assistance for initial system bed-down or major modifications when AFETS are
unavailable. Units desiring services of strategically assigned CETS will direct their requests to
their MAJCOM OPR. (T-2).
11.39.4.1. When CETS and AFETS are assigned to the same unit, CETS will support and
train AFETS personnel as required. (T-1).
11.39.4.2. CETS will certify tasks IAW AFI 36-2651, and AFI 36-2650, in USAF
personnel training records when training is provided to the go/no-go level. (T-1).
11.39.5. Exclusions. ETS covered in this AFI excludes:
11.39.5.1. Engineering review and resolution of service-revealed deficiencies reported
through normal maintenance information systems.
11.39.5.2. Material DR covered in TO 00-35D-54.
11.39.5.3. The engineering determination of material integrity.
11.39.5.4. The engineering or technical services used in 61-series instructions.
11.39.6. Limits: CETS are restricted to the duties and responsibilities outlined in this AFI and
specific tasks listed in the Task Work Specification. MAJCOM OPRs (with approval by the
applicable MAJCOM Directorate) may grant exceptions to these limits only on a case-by-case
basis based on mission need. Do not use CETS to avoid manpower ceilings or other personnel
rules and regulations.
11.39.6.1. CETS will not:
11.39.6.1.1. Perform non-ETS duties or normal unit duties. (T-3).
306 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.39.6.1.2. Make policy or represent the using activity at meetings or conferences.
(T-3).
11.39.6.1.3. Supervise or control AF personnel or personnel of other contractors. (T-
3).
11.39.6.1.4. Hold engineering decision-making positions. (T-3).
11.39.6.1.5. Perform direct maintenance except in emergency situations. (T-3).
11.39.7. MAJCOM Responsibilities. MAJCOMs will:
11.39.7.1. Supplement this document as necessary to ensure standardization among
subordinate units.
11.39.7.2. Designate a Lead ETS Program Office in a single MAJCOM to administer the
activities of the member MAJCOMs merged by MOA/MOU.
11.39.7.3. Designate an ETS OPR in the appropriate Headquarters Directorate or Field
Operating Unit (FOA) to serve as the MAJCOM ETS OPR for member MAJCOMs merged
by MOA/MOU.
11.39.7.4. Ensure all applicable requirements of this AFI are met by units authorized to
decentralize management of their ETS programs to the using activities.
11.39.7.5. Program and defend MAJCOM ETS funds and manpower requirements over
the Future Years Defense Program (FYDP) consistent with AF mission requirements.
11.39.7.6. Budget and fund AFETS PCS, TDY, and Developmental Training costs to
support their MAJCOM requirements and submit Program Objective Memorandum
(POM) for all ETS requirements.
11.39.7.7. Identify and ensure mobility statements are in AFETS Standard Core Personnel
Document and designate positions as Emergency-Essential. Refer to AFI 36-202, Civilian
Mobility.
11.39.7.8. Ensure general personnel management records are maintained at the unit of
assignment on all ETS personnel to assure proper management and administration of ETS
resources.
11.39.7.9. Ensure training for AFETS receive proper priority in AF training plans.
11.39.7.10. Redistribute ETS resources between major activities when mission changes
dictate such realignment. All redistribution efforts will be coordinated with losing and
gaining organizations.
11.39.7.11. Provide government property support to CETS IAW Federal Acquisition
Regulation (FAR), Subpart 45.3, Authorizing the Use and Rental of Government Property.
11.39.7.12. Coordinate CETS contract questions with the AFLCMC/Enterprise
Acquisition Division (PZIEB) who performs all central acquisition contracting functions
for CETS.
11.39.8. Lead ETS Program Office/Decentralized Management Activities Responsibilities (as
applicable). Lead ETS Program Office/Decentralized Management Activities will:
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 307
11.39.8.1. Develop Task Work Specification and initiate procurement packages for each
approved CETS requirement using appropriate Advisory & Assistance Service policies and
procedures IAW FAR Subpart 37.2, Advisory and Assistance Services.
11.39.8.2. Oversee Contract Officer Representative (COR) activities.
11.39.8.3. Establish procedures to notify subordinate activities of CETS termination.
11.39.8.4. Develop and utilize assessment criteria to effectively manage, administer, and
control ETS activities.
11.39.8.5. Conduct annual assessments of ETS Team performance at each field unit.
11.39.8.6. Validate manpower requirements at least every 24 months. Validation should
be accomplished with inputs and recommendations from unit leadership and MAJCOM
ETS OPR.
11.39.8.7. Realign AFETS manpower as needed when the mission, system, or equipment
changes dictate.
11.39.8.8. Coordinate AFETS placement and Standard Core Personnel Documents with
manpower and civilian personnel offices.
11.39.8.9. Maintain the knowledge, training abilities and skills of the AFETS workforce.
11.39.8.10. Update/train AFETS on new weapon systems, equipment conversions and
major system modifications.
11.39.8.11. Coordinate with weapon system and equipment managers to program AETC
Type I Training and other types of training for AFETS on a priority basis for current and
new systems.
11.39.8.12. Provide AFETS instructor training.
11.39.8.13. Verify need for CETS personnel security clearances and take action to
maintain access at the minimum level required IAW AFMAN 16-1405, Air Force
Personnel Security Program.
11.39.8.14. Include Personnel Reliability Program guidance in the Task Work
Specification of contractors whose duties involve nuclear weapons.
11.39.8.15. Consolidate subordinate units’ requirements and establish a validation process
through the MAJCOM, FOA, or Direct Reporting Unit (DRU) ETS OPR (as applicable).
11.39.8.16. Establish, maintain and manage MAJCOM ETS TDY and training budget to
include planning and execution of funds.
11.39.9. Using Activity will:
11.39.9.1. Employ ETS resources effectively and efficiently to enhance mission capability
IAW AF and MAJCOM guidance. (T-1).
11.39.9.2. Provide specific direction and guidance on maintenance activities requiring
focused AFETS attention and/or technical support. (T-2).
11.39.9.3. Ensure AFETS personnel attend and participate in Group, Squadron, and unit
maintenance meetings, as required. (T-2).
308 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.39.9.4. Ensure AFETS personnel are providing desired coverage on all shifts, as
required, with a focus on shifts where the significant maintenance and repair activities are
ongoing. (T-3).
11.39.9.5. Provide local access and oversight of Time and Attendance actions for assigned
AFETS personnel.
11.39.9.6. AFETS assigned as tenants will be afforded command/base support by the host
commensurate with other assigned DoD civilians to include eligibility for local awards,
security clearance processing, annual physicals, passport/visa processing. (T-1).
11.39.9.7. Fund AFETS to attend conferences, Technical Interchange Meetings (TIM),
and deployments as required. (T-3). In addition, fund training requirements to ensure
AFETS remain current on assigned and emerging systems. (T-3).
11.39.9.8. Provide office supplies, special Information Technology (IT) equipment as
necessary to support the unit's mission. (T-3).
11.39.9.9. Adhere to AF and ETS TDY/Deployment Policies and regulations. (T-1). Units
are authorized and encouraged to deploy AFETS to support mission requirements
worldwide. AFETS employees must be assigned UTC positions in mobility tasked units
on the Deployment Manning Document (DMD) as required. (T-1). CETS representatives
are typically not deployed, but may be deployed on specific approval of the MAJCOM
OPR if AFETS personnel are not available, subject to contract provisions and funding
availability.
11.39.9.10. UDM/deployment functions/processes are the responsibility of assigned unit
for AFETS personnel.
11.39.9.11. Adhere to Adverse Action, Appeal and Grievance Procedures. (T-1). Refer to
AFI 36-704, Discipline and Adverse Action of Civilian Employees, issue based 36-Series
AFIs, and Negotiated Labor Management (Union) Agreement as applicable, before
proceeding.
11.39.9.12. Provide support through the local security manager to process AFETS
personnel security periodic reviews and updates.
11.39.9.13. Provide AF Certifying Officer Support. (T-1). The using activity OPR will
serve as or designate AF Certifying Officers for CETS personnel and provide the name,
office symbol, signature, and telephone number of the Air Force Certifying Officer to the
Administrative Contracting Officer, with a copy to the MAJCOM OPR, no later than 30
days after the CETS assignment or within five workdays of any AF Certifying Officer
change. (T-2).
11.39.9.13.1. The CETS contract line items assigned to each certifying officer will be
clearly identified in this designation.
11.39.9.13.2. The AF Certifying Officer is responsible for certifying the monthly
Certificate of Service. It is recommended that the using activity delegate the AF
Certifying Officer responsibilities to the Operations Officer of the squadron primarily
using the individual CETS employee’s services.
11.39.9.13.2.1. The designated certifying officer will be a commissioned officer.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 309
(T-2). When it is impractical to designate a commissioned officer or one is not
available, requests for approval to appoint a senior NCO or AF civilian (GS-11 or
above) as AF Certifying Officer will be submitted by the using activity OPR in
writing to the MAJCOM OPR. Each request will be evaluated on an individual
basis.
11.39.10. AFETS Responsibilities. AFETS personnel will:
11.39.10.1. Provide field service engineering, technical advice; and assistance to resolve
system anomalies and equipment failures. (T-1).
11.39.10.2. Develop and teach specific technical training for maintaining and operating
unit equipment and assigned weapons systems. (T-1).
11.39.10.3. Investigate equipment failures and mishaps and train personnel to help prevent
recurrence. (T-1).
11.39.10.4. Develop contacts with contractor, depot, and AFLCMC engineers,
technicians, and item managers to resolve maintenance problems, design deficiencies, and
supply problems. (T-1).
11.39.10.5. Develop special test equipment and maintenance procedures to resolve
complex system problems. (T-1).
11.39.10.6. Perform emergency maintenance (direct assistance) on equipment when
temporary skill or manning shortages prevent accomplishment by other assigned
personnel. (T-1).
11.39.10.7. Advise the ETS OPR on the best utilization and management of CETS. (T-1).
11.39.10.8. Document technical activates and provide stakeholders a written account of
maintenance activities by the end of each month. (T-2).
11.39.10.9. Maintain mobility readiness and accomplish unit required ancillary training.
Training must be kept current. (T-1).
11.39.11. CETS Contractor Responsibilities. CETS contractor will:
11.39.11.1. Provide ETS through CETS employees to perform the duties described in the
Task Work Specification. (T-1).
11.39.11.2. Select, supervise, and exercise sole and autonomous control and direction over
CETS employees. (T-1).
11.39.11.3. Comply with the administrative and security regulations of the using activities.
(T-1).
11.39.11.4. Provide copies of the Task Work Specification to CETS employees. (T-1).
11.39.11.5. Provide CETS security clearance certification to the unit security office. (T-
1).
11.40. Senior Leader Mission Generation (SLMG) Course.
11.40.1. The Senior Leader Mission Generation (SLMG) Course was developed in 2013 and
focused on wing leadership teaming between maintenance, operations, and logistics support to
achieve safe and effective mission generation. SLMG objectives are to: 1) comprehend the
310 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
organizational dynamics and responsibilities of operational, maintenance, logistics support,
and medical functions for aircraft mission generation; 2) comprehend the necessary integration
and teamwork between operational, maintenance, logistics support, and medical functions for
aircraft mission generation.
11.40.2. Only Wing CCs/CVs, Operations Group Commander (OG/CCs), MXG/CCs,
Mission Support Group (MSG/CCs), MDG/CCs and their equivalent to be stationed at wings
with a flying or nuclear mission are required for attendance. (T-2). Note: MAJCOM/CV is the
waiver authority for attendance. Officers in Space, Cyber, Intel, Air Base Wings or other "non-
traditional" wings are not mandated to attend; however, officers desiring to attend from non-
mandated wings can contact their Senior Leader Management office and be added to the
course. Registration for SLMG will be accomplished during registration for Pre-Command
Training. Note: The SLMG course is a unit funded TDY.
11.41. (Added-ACC) Hydraulic Fluid Purification (HFP). AGE personnel will purify all
Hydraulic test Stands (HTS) designated for use on aircraft requiring purification by aircraft
technical orders. (T-2). Purification will be accomplished IAW prescribed technical procedures
for one hour after all major hydraulic system maintenance and following phase inspections. (T-2).
11.42. (Added-ACC) Scanning Electron Microscope/Energy Dispersive X-Ray (SEM/EDX)
Magnetic Chip Detector Analysis Program (MCDP).
11.42.1. (Added-ACC) General. This section establishes procedures for management of the
aircraft engine MCDP for units with SEM/EDX machines, for all assigned F110-GE-100/-129
and F118-101 engines. (T-2).
11.42.2. (Added-ACC) The NDI section NCOIC will be the POC for SEM/EDX related
matters. (T-2).
11.42.3. (Added-ACC) All organizations requiring recurring chip detector analysis service
shall identify by letter a primary and alternate MCDP monitor for their unit. (T-2). Letters will
include the phone numbers of both the primary and alternate monitors. (T-2). The letter will
be updated annually or when personnel or phone numbers change. (T-2).
11.42.3.1. (Added-ACC) All newly assigned MCDP monitors will attend a briefing by
NDI lab. (T-2). This briefing will cover the duties and responsibilities of all MCDP
monitors. (T-2).
11.42.4. (Added-ACC) All MCDP Monitors or their representatives will ensure the
following:
11.42.4.1. (Added-ACC) Magnetic Chip Detectors (MCD) are submitted for debris
analysis for their aircraft and assigned engines IAW TOs. (T-2).
11.42.4.2. (Added-ACC) Ensure MCD debris analysis is forwarded with the following
information: AMU, rank/name, aircraft serial number, engine serial number, engine hours,
date/time, visual chips, and reason for analysis request. (T-2). This information will be
annotated on DD Form 2026. (T-2).
11.42.4.3. (Added-ACC) Ensure all MCD debris analysis documentation errors are
corrected as soon as possible when notified of the error by the NDI lab. (T-2).
11.42.5. (Added-ACC) The NDI lab will:
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 311
11.42.5.1. (Added-ACC) Complete analysis and notify MOC of results in sufficient time
to meet TO directed notification intervals. (T-2).
11.42.5.1.1. (Added-ACC) The MCD sample response time begins at the time the
MCD sample is taken and ends at the time the results are reported to the MOC. (T-2).
MCD Sample Response Time Requirements are:
11.42.5.1.2. (Added-ACC) 2 1/2 hours all aircraft. Deliver the sample to the lab
within 75 minutes of engine shutdown. MXG/CC may adjust the 2 1/2 hour rule as
needed to accommodate flying windows. When the lab is not manned, they shall
provide results to the MOC NLT 2 hours after the beginning of the next shift. (T-2).
Note: Response time does not apply to aircraft geographically separated from the
supporting lab; however, aircraft will not fly beyond the applicable -6 TO sampling
interval. (T-2).
11.42.5.1.3. (Added-ACC) 4 hours for engine ground/trim and test cell runs. (T-2).
11.42.5.2. (Added-ACC) Immediately report MCD analysis indicating significant levels
of M50 or other critical materials to the MOC. (T-2). MOC will in-turn contact the owning
AMU to coordinate immediate return of affected aircraft to home station. (T-2).
11.42.5.3. (Added-ACC) Immediately notify test cell personnel of analysis results for
engines in the test cell. (T-2).
11.42.5.4. (Added-ACC) Provide AMUs with one clean MCD for each detector
submitted for analysis. (T-2).
11.42.5.5. (Added-ACC) Notify the MOC, Maintenance Supervision, Propulsion Flight,
owning Lead Command NDI and Propulsion Functional Managers when a SEM/EDX unit
becomes inoperable and when unit has been repaired. Immediately notify AF Oil Analysis
Program Office (AFLCMC/LPZ) to initiate repair action. (T-2).
11.42.6. (Added-ACC) MOO/MX SUPT will:
11.42.6.1. (Added-ACC) Be responsible for monitoring the MCDP on the flightline. (T-
2).
11.42.6.2. (Added-ACC) Ensure visual inspection of the MCD is performed IAW
applicable TOs. (T-2).
11.42.6.2.1. (Added-ACC) Ensure a Red dash entry is made in the aircraft forms
when a visual MCD inspection is due. (T-2).
11.42.6.3. (Added-ACC) Ensure MCDs are submitted for analysis within 75 minutes
after engine shutdown. (T-2).
11.42.6.4. (Added-ACC) Ensure current SEM/EDX levels are maintained for each
aircraft serial number to indicate aircraft status relative to MCD analysis results. (T-2).
11.42.6.5. (Added-ACC) Coordinate with MOC to recall aircraft determined to be flying
with unacceptable levels of debris. (T-2).
11.42.7. (Added-ACC) The MOC will:
312 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.42.7.1. (Added-ACC) Serve as primary communication link for transfer of SEM/EDX
information between the NDI lab and affected activities. (T-2).
11.42.7.2. (Added-ACC) Ensure current SEM/EDX levels are maintained for each
aircraft serial number to indicate aircraft status relative to MCD analysis results, IAW
system technical data. (T-2).
11.42.7.3. (Added-ACC) Immediately notify the owning AMU when MCD analysis
indicates unacceptable levels of debris so they can coordinate recall of affected aircraft.
(T-2).
11.42.8. (Added-ACC) Cross Country/Deployed MCDP Analysis Requirements.
11.42.8.1. (Added-ACC) NDI will be notified prior to deployment to determine if MCDP
support is available at the deployed location. (T-2).
11.42.8.2. (Added-ACC) If it is determined MCDP is not available, visual MCD
inspections will be performed IAW applicable engine directives. (T-2).
11.42.9. (Added-ACC) SEM/EDX Interactive Multimedia Instruction (IMI) Training
Requirements. This training is required in addition to qualification training (CFETP). (T-2).
The ACC/MCL is located on HQ ACC/A4PMT SharePoint: https://usaf.dps.mil/sites/ACC-
A4/A4P/APMT/Current%20MCL/Forms/AllItems.aspx?PageView=Shared&InitialTab
Id=Ribbon.WebPartPage&VisibilityContext=WSSWebPartPage.
11.42.9.1. (Added-ACC) F110 Engine Oil System Awareness Training (OSAT) (Course
C6ADU00TIV0110) is required for all 2A3X3, 2A6X1 and 2A7X2 personnel performing
maintenance on F110 engines. Course is Interactive Multimedia Instruction through local
Maintenance Training Section and must be completed within 90 days of assignment and
annually thereafter. (T-2).
11.42.9.2. (Added-ACC) F118 Engine Oil System Awareness Training (OSAT) (Course
C2ADU20TCB0335) is required for all 2A3X3, 2A6X1 and 2A7X2 personnel performing
maintenance on F118 engines. Course is Interactive Multimedia Instruction through local
Maintenance Training Section and must be completed within 90 days of assignment and
annually thereafter. (T-2).
11.43. (Added-ACC) Cold Weather Hangar Door. Aqueous Film Forming Foam (AFFF)
pipes and deluge valves can freeze if hangar doors are left open for a prolonged period. The
freezing and thawing action of water in the system can spontaneously trigger the AFFF system
which may result in damage to an aircraft. This situation can be avoided if hangar doors are closed
whenever possible during periods of extremely cold weather.
11.44. (Added-ACC) Deicing/Anti-icing Training. Units performing deicing/anti-icing
operations will track personnel qualified by MDS. (T-2). Personnel qualified can be from any
maintenance related career field. In addition to MDS specific technical data, personnel will refer
to TO 42C-1-2, Anti-icing Deicing and Defrosting of Parked Aircraft, for general procedures, fluid
types, and mix ratio. (T-2).
11.45. (Added-ACC) Corrosion Program.
11.45.1. (Added-ACC) Wing Corrosion Program Manager Responsibilities.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 313
11.45.1.1. (Added-ACC) Ensures local corrosion prevention training requirements are
published in wing supplement. (T-2).
11.45.1.2. (Added-ACC) Develops local training for all aspects of aircraft wash and local
training checklist. Establish a course code to identify personnel trained in the MIS. (T-2).
11.45.1.2.1. (Added-ACC) Due to the uniqueness of aircraft wash facilities and
corrosion control programs at each base, training will be required for newly assigned
personnel. (T-2). Previous training from a losing base is not allowed to carry over. (T-
2).
11.45.1.3. (Added-ACC) Provides a current copy of the Qualified Products Listing
(QPL) for Mil- Spec approved cleaners for assigned aircraft and equipment every 6 months
to unit supervision, aircraft wash rack, support sections, EMS, CMS, MXS and AMXS
Flight Chiefs. The QPL or the Qualified Products Database (QPD) identifies qualified
products within a particular Mil-Spec and are the only approved materials for use on Air
Force aircraft, subsystems and support equipment. Products not listed on the QPL or QPD
are unauthorized and will not be used unless specific guidance is given in weapon system
specific technical data. (T-2). Information and search capabilities for QPLs and QPD may
be located at the Air Force Corrosion Prevention and Control Office website:
https://www.my.af.mil/gcss-
af/USAF/ep/globalTab.do?channelPageId=s6925EC133EFE0FB5E044080020E329A
9&programId=t6925EC2E51B20FB5E044080020E329A9 or
https://quicksearch.dla.mil/qsSearch.aspx or
https://cs2.eis.af.mil/sites/21080/corrosion/default.aspx.
11.45.1.4. (Added-ACC) Reports corrosion program deficiencies through proper
channels, as required. (T-2).
11.45.1.5. (Added-ACC) Ensures corrosion related training courses (initial and
refresher) are administered. Local corrosion training programs may be initiated as deemed
necessary due to local corrosive environment, weapon system corrosion susceptibility and
forward operating environments. (T-2).
11.45.2. (Added-ACC) Wash Rack Facility Manager Responsibilities.
11.45.2.1. (Added-ACC) Ensures the required number and size of fire extinguishers are
available and serviceable. (T-2).
11.45.2.2. (Added-ACC) Ensures grounding points are inspected and approved IAW TO
00-25-172. (T-2).
11.45.2.3. (Added-ACC) Ensures fall protection equipment is used and maintained IAW
AFMAN 91-203 to allow coverage of all surface areas of aircraft during washing
operations. (T-2).
11.45.2.4. (Added-ACC) Ensures utilization of approved cleaners identified in weapon
system specific technical data. When cleaning products are not listed in weapon system
specific technical data, ensure at least two types of approved cleaners IAW TO 1-1-691 are
properly used, to include proper mix ratio and the correct cleaner for each area cleaned.
(T-2).
314 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.45.2.5. (Added-ACC) Ensures wash rack facility and surrounding area is kept clean
and properly maintained. (T-2).
11.45.2.6. (Added-ACC) Maintains all wash rack equipment in serviceable condition
(water hoses, pumps, air hoses, powered wash equipment, support equipment, etc.). (T-2).
11.45.2.7. (Added-ACC) Ensure personnel are trained prior to them taking
receipt/custody of wash rack facilities and equipment. (T-2).
11.45.3. (Added-ACC) Wash Crew Supervisor Responsibilities.
11.45.3.1. (Added-ACC) Provides daily safety briefings explaining hazards associated
with wash rack operations. (T-2).
11.45.3.2. (Added-ACC) Ensures wash crews are task trained. (T-2).
11.45.3.3. (Added-ACC) Ensures proper safety equipment, personal protective
equipment and cleaning materials are serviceable and properly used IAW AFMAN 91-203.
(T-2).
11.45.3.4. (Added-ACC) Enters the requirement for wash, performs cleanliness
inspection, signs the wash completion, and enters the lubrication requirement in the AFTO
Form 781A or other electronic form of documentation. (T-2).
11.45.3.5. (Added-ACC) Ensures fall protection is serviceable and inspected prior to use
IAW AFMAN 91-203. (T-2).
11.45.3.6. (Added-ACC) Ensures aircraft are properly grounded IAW TO 00-25-172.
(T-2).
11.45.3.7. (Added-ACC) Inspects all wash rack equipment for serviceability (water
hoses, pumps, air hoses, powered wash equipment, support equipment, etc.) prior to use.
(T-2).
11.45.3.8. (Added-ACC) Ensures wash rack area is clean after use. (T-2).
11.45.4. (Added-ACC) Unit Corrosion Control Program Requirements.
11.45.4.1. (Added-ACC) Provide a facility/facilities for preparation and maintenance
painting of assigned aircraft, SE, and aircraft small parts on a year round basis IAW Unified
Facilities Criteria (UFC) 4-211-02, Aircraft Corrosion Control and Paint Facilities and
AFMAN 32-1084, Standard Facility Requirements. (T-2).
11.45.4.2. (Added-ACC) Ensures facility meets local, state, and federal Environmental
Protection Agency requirements in conjunction with current National Emission Standards
for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP). (T-2).
11.45.4.3. (Added-ACC) Ensures wash rack facilities are available to wash aircraft are
approved by base bioenvironmental flight and Civil Engineering on a year around basis.
(T-2). This requirement can be satisfied with any one of the following:
11.45.4.3.1. (Added-ACC) A specially designed facility completely enclosed,
environmentally controlled, equipped with waste disposal systems and all utilities
necessary for accomplishing aircraft washing. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 315
11.45.4.3.2. (Added-ACC) An outside wash rack may be used when weather
conditions permit, equipped with waste disposal systems and utilities necessary for
accomplishing aircraft washing. (T-2).
11.45.4.4. (Added-ACC) Owning activities will wash and clean their aircraft and support
equipment IAW applicable technical order. (T-2).
11.45.4.5. (Added-ACC) Only ASM/LOASM personnel shall perform aircraft
inspection work cards specified for accomplishment by ASM/LOASM in the -6 TO or
within ALIS on the F-35. (T-2).
11.45.4.6. (Added-ACC) Maintenance personnel shall report all corrosion deficiencies
through applicable MIS IAW 00-20 series technical orders. (T-2). Accurate documentation
of maintenance actions in support of the corrosion control program is essential to support
future manning, equipment requirements, training and parts/material procurement
requirements. (T-2).
11.46. (Added-ACC) Condition-Based Maintenance Plus (CBM+). CBM+ is a set of
processes and capabilities that utilize maintenance, depot, supply, flight, and aircraft data to
forecast the end-of-life of select components. The goal of CBM+ is to perform maintenance at a
predicted time and place, and reduce/eliminate unscheduled maintenance events.
11.46.1. (Added-ACC) WUCs/LCNs (components) selected for CBM+ are tracked by
individual aircraft tail numbers to predict the component’s remaining life to failure. The intent
of CBM+ is to drive unscheduled maintenance into scheduled maintenance, thereby optimizing
the limited maintenance resources and improving aircraft availability.
11.46.1.1. (Added-ACC) Each CBM+ WUC/LCN should be serially tracked in REMIS
by the applicable weapon system manager. Note: Data in REMIS may be more current
than applicable -06 TOs.
11.46.2. (Added-ACC) CBM+ Access. If available, maintenance units will utilize the
CBM+ Forecast applicable for assigned MDS(s) to view, schedule maintenance, order parts,
complete replacement actions, and record the maintenance actions for each aircraft.
11.46.2.1. (Added-ACC) Units can contact the ACC/A4 CBM+ manager at:
[email protected] to obtain the necessary documents to gain access to the
CBM+ forecast.
11.46.3. (Added-ACC) CBM+ Scheduling.
11.46.3.1. (Added-ACC) Access the CBM+ Forecast at:
https://tableau.afcmbplus.com/. Units must access the CBM+ Forecast on the 15
th
of
each month (or the next duty day if the 15
th
falls on a weekend or holiday) in order to
forecast the maintenance schedule priority. Communicate any inconsistencies to the
MAJCOM WST/managers. (T-2). Note: Individual CBM+ component threshold hours
will change over time.
11.46.3.2. (Added-ACC) The scheduling priority is based on the CBM+ threshold with
the highest priority for aircraft with components over the threshold, followed by the aircraft
with components forecasted for removal within the next 30, 60, 90, 120, 150, 180-day
intervals.
316 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
11.46.3.3. (Added-ACC) Each CBM+ component forecasted for removal should be
scheduled in conjunction with the closest scheduled maintenance event where the CBM+
maintenance action can take place. Example: Units may determine, through the local
scheduling process, that an aircraft with a component forecasted for removal that is within
the 30-day to 180-day threshold is already scheduled down and may elect to complete the
CBM+ maintenance action ahead of an aircraft that has a component that is over the
threshold. This is a local decision and meets the objective of CBM+ by employing
opportunistic maintenance to prevent an anticipated part failure.
11.46.3.3.1. (Added-ACC) Consult maintenance tasks SMEs for the typical time
duration the maintenance action takes in order to appropriately schedule the task as
required.
11.46.3.3.2. (Added-ACC) Parts loaded into the MIS that are CBM+ items will be
loaded to fully track component history and life usage. Automated History Events
(AHE) will be enabled for parts loaded with CBM+ WUCs/LCNs and the Maintenance
Type Interval (MTI) will be established as “H” (for hours) based on the end item’s
operating time.
11.46.3.4. (Added-ACC) Units should align the CBM+ forecasted maintenance with
other planned/scheduled events and order the part(s) to ensure the DIFM 14-day policy is
not violated IAW paragraph 9.18.7.4 of this supplement and AFI 23-101, ACCSUP, Table
4.1.
11.46.3.4.1. (Added-ACC) Units are to use project code 063 and urgency
justification AU/BU when ordering the CBM+ WUC/LCN part.
11.46.3.4.2. (Added-ACC) Units should not pull parts from the MRSP to fill CBM+
parts orders.
11.46.3.5. (Added-ACC) Units are encouraged to utilize profile job standards (JST) for
each CBM+ WUC/LCN to standardize maintenance entries.
11.46.4. (Added-ACC) Flight Service Centers. FSC will use the LIMS-EV/ACC D23
(CBM+ version) to track CBM+ parts once an order is placed until the part is turned in. (T-2).
11.46.4.1. (Added-ACC) FSC D23 manager will pull the D23 report using the following
procedures:
11.46.4.1.1. (Added-ACC) Query filter sequence. (T-2).
11.46.4.1.2. (Added-ACC) Date (D23), SRAN (applicable base), CTH – start date,
and CTH – end date. (T-2).
11.46.4.2. (Added-ACC) FSC will complete the following actions when receiving a part
from maintenance: Note: Parts overhauled in a maintenance backshop will follow
standard documentation procedures.
11.46.4.2.1. (Added-ACC) Ensure AFTO form 350 is stamped “CBM+”. (T-2).
11.46.4.2.2. (Added-ACC) Process the TIN and stamp the -1A shipping document
for visibility. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 317
Chapter 12
MAINTAINING COMMERCIAL DERIVATIVE AIRCRAFT (CDA).
12.1. Background Information, Objective and Roles and Responsibilities. The USAF
procures CDA for various missions. These aircraft are originally type certificated to Federal
Aviation Administration (FAA) regulations/orders and have FAA-approved aircraft maintenance
manuals. If the aircraft are civil registered (N number displayed) in lieu of military registration
and military tail number, it may carry an FAA standard airworthiness certificate if operated and
maintained in full compliance with civil regulations.
12.1.1. Civil registered aircraft owned and operated by the USAF in accordance with Title 10
U.S. Code are public use aircraft. When these aircraft are engaged in civil aircraft operations,
such operations must be conducted in accordance with FAA and civil. When these aircraft are
engaged in public aircraft operations, they are exempt from civil regulations and FAA
oversight. Civil registered aircraft owned and operated by the USAF may be declared public
use at any time, and are then exempt from civil regulations and FAA oversight. If the aircraft
are civil registered but do not have a civil airworthiness certificate, or are operated by the
USAF under a military registration and tail number, the aircraft are for public use and operate
entirely under the authority of the USAF military technical airworthiness authority.
12.1.2. All USAF-managed aircraft, and associated modifications, must meet the requirements
of AFI 62-601, USAF Airworthiness, and AFI 63-101/20-101. (T-1). PMs are ultimately
responsible for maintaining configuration control and ensuring flight safety of systems within
their portfolio. When a military mission is compatible with a certified civil usage, the USAF
will utilize FAA-type certified CDA to the maximum extent practicable. (T-1). To ensure
safety and support, all modifications performed on CDA type certificated components or
systems shall be FAA certified (example, supplemental type certificate). Modifications to CDA
military type certificated components or systems require approval of AF chief engineer, or
delegated authority.
12.1.3. For maintenance and operations of CDA the AF will use AF-managed TOs or FAA-
approved aircraft and component maintenance manuals and FAA regulations called out in Title
14 Code of Federal Regulation Parts 43, 91, 121, and 145 as a guide. (T-0). FAA Advisory
Circulars, Notices to Airmen, and other FAA information sources may also be used to satisfy
all requirements of Title 14 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 43, 91, 121, and 145.
12.2. AF/A4L will:
12.2.1. Coordinate relevant policies and procedures with SAF/AQ and the FAA.
12.3. The Program Manager (PM) will:
12.3.1. Be responsible for all elements of life cycle management IAW AFI 63-101/20-101.
(T-1).
12.3.2. When FAA manuals are used, issue technical data for configuration items and
inspection requirements that are not approved by the FAA or supplied by the Original
Equipment Manufacturer. (T-1).
318 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
12.3.3. Review evaluations from the Lead Commands concerning Airworthiness Directives
(AD), Service Bulletins (SB), Customer Bulletins (CB), All Operator Letters, and Aircraft
Service Changes (ASC) and will determine extensions for each, if required. (T-1).
12.3.4. For CDA which maintain an FAA Type Certified, ensure that the MAJCOM performs
overhauls, rebuilding, major repairs, major alterations, minor repairs, and minor alterations in
FAA-authorized repair facilities with appropriate ratings and authorizations or an AF-approved
AFSC Military Repair Station depot facility, as directed by the PM. (T-1).
12.3.5. Establish a maintenance plan and Service Action Review process with the Lead
Command for aircraft originally Type Certified by the FAA. (T-1).
12.3.6. Follow AFI 63-101/20-101 for modification requests and approvals. (T-1).
12.3.7. Obtain airworthiness approvals IAW AFI 62-601. (T-1).
12.3.8. Coordinate with the FAA Military Certification Office for approval of modifications
that affect commercial derivative aircraft configuration IAW USDOT/FAA Order 8110.101,
Type Certification Procedures for Military Commercial Derivative Aircraft. (T-0).
12.3.9. Ensure FAA ADs and SBs are utilized in place of TCTOs and commercial
maintenance manuals are utilized in lieu of AF TOs to the greatest extent possible. (T-1).
12.3.10. For units possessing CDA that strictly utilize commercial manuals, may issue original
FAA SBs, ADs or other FAA-approved modifications in-place of TCTOs. (T-1).
12.3.11. For units possessing CDA that strictly utilize USAF managed T.O.s, in order to
implement ADs, SBs or other FAA-approved modifications, issue TCTOs IAW TO 00-5-1
and TO 00-5-15. (T-1). Reference one of the following in each TCTO:
12.3.11.1. The AD and/or SB involved.
12.3.11.2. The Supplemental Type Certificate number.
12.3.11.3. Other FAA approval.
12.3.12. Ensure maintenance planning data is supplied to units or contractors in order to
appropriately track TCIs and inspections.
12.4. Lead Commands will:
12.4.1. Ensure any new or modified configurations or maintenance conditions are coordinated
with, and approved by, the designated Lead Command IAW AFPD 10-9 and the PM or
equivalent responsible for the reliability, maintainability and availability of the systems and
end-items prior to implementation. (T-1).
12.4.2. Assist ALC in determining additional inspection and component time-change
requirements, intervals, documentation and publication update requirements. (T-1).
12.4.3. Review evaluations from their field units on ADs, SBs, CBs, All Operator Letters, or
ASCs and make recommendations to the aircraft's PM. (T-1).
12.4.4. Ensure depot and contractor maintenance providers are furnished with lead command
maintenance program and they meet AF approved FAA equivalent requirements or are a FAA
approved repair station, as applicable. (T-1).
12.5. Units will:
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 319
12.5.1. Participate in the Service Action review process established by the PM. (T-1).
12.5.2. Assist Lead Commands and the PM to determine additional inspection intervals and
requirements. (T-1).
12.5.3. Comply with FAA ADs as directed by the Chief Engineer or delegated authority. (T-
1).
12.6. Maintenance Personnel Requirements. For AF-managed aircraft that maintain an FAA
TC, maintenance personnel shall meet the PM established requirements and procedures to maintain
airworthiness. (T-1). AF maintenance technicians performing organic depot maintenance follow
Air Force Sustainment Center Instruction (AFSCI) 62-100, Military Repair Station Program.
12.6.1. For CDA that do not maintain a civil airworthiness certificate, maintenance is not
required to be completed by an FAA-certificated mechanic. However, a maintenance plan
detailing the maintenance personnel requirements shall be established between the PM and the
Lead Command. (T-1).
12.6.1.1. The plan shall address as a minimum the training requirements, the level of effort
allowed (such as, specific maintenance tasks as identified in the Original Equipment
Manufacturer maintenance manuals), and tasks that shall be performed by FAA-certified
mechanics, repair stations, AFSC Military Repair Stations, or the Original Equipment
Manufacturer. (T-1).
12.6.1.2. The maintenance plan will be approved by the PM with coordination by the FAA
Military Certification Office or Military Repair Station/Flight Standards Management
Office as appropriate. (T-1).
12.7. Deviations/Changes to Inspection Requirements, Time Change Intervals, and
Component/Aircraft Overhaul. Commercial derivative aircraft inspection requirements, time
change, component and aircraft overhaul intervals are established and controlled by the Original
Equipment Manufacturer and approved by the FAA. When deviation from the Original Equipment
Manufacturer established maintenance standards/configuration is needed to meet AF mission
requirements, units will send proposed changes to the PM through MAJCOM and for evaluation.
(T-1).
12.8. Air Force Modifications to CDA and Components. AF modifications to CDA and
components are developed following procedures outlined in AFI 63-101/20-101. All AF
modification requests require coordination with the Chief Engineer or delegated authority who
will provide assistance in determining applicable requirements, forms and coordination necessary
to correctly disposition aircraft and component modification requests. (T-1).
12.9. Certification Basis for CDA. Elements of the certification basis for any CDA which are
not met via FAA certification are satisfied by compliance with approved military airworthiness
requirements derived from MIL-HDBK-516C, DoD Handbook, Airworthiness Certification
Criteria. CDA whose primary mission is the transport of passengers are FAA Type Certified; FAA
certification of these CDA passenger carrying aircraft are maintained for the life of the air system.
320 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Chapter 13
CENTRALIZED REPAIR FACILITIES (CRF).
13.1. Introduction. CRFs consolidate off-equipment intermediate-level, and in some instances,
depot-level tasks for commodities such as aircraft engines, electronic warfare pods, avionics line
replaceable units, wheel and tire assemblies, and other aircraft components. CRFs focus on
efficiently providing maintenance, repair, and/or overhaul capabilities, support RN efficiencies
and will be fully integrated into the AF Supply Chain. CRFs are considered part of the repair
network and exist to ensure responsiveness to MGN requirements to sustain operations both at
home station and/or when deployed. Management and control procedures are outlined in AFI 20-
117.
13.2. Organization. CRFs will be established within existing maintenance organizations (EMS,
CMS, MXS), minimizing requirements for overhead and support. (T-1). Production oversight and
monitoring of repair operations is the responsibility of the owning maintenance organization in
which the CRF is established. Commanders with CRFs will manage the personnel, facilities, and
processes for the CRF following the policies and procedures in this AFI and AFI 20-117. (T-1).
13.3. CRF Production Requirements. Maintenance Squadron (EMS, CMS, MXS) Operations
Officer/MX SUPT will:
13.3.1. Ensure the Node Manager (NM) executes enterprise production duties as outlined in
AFI 20-117. (T-1).
13.3.2. Ensure the NM identifies and up-channels repair constraints that affect CRF repair/RN
CAP2 to the MFM and RNM as prescribed in AFI 20-117. (T-1).
13.3.3. Ensure the NM utilizes information management systems and participates in RNM
collaboration calls to provide timely status reports, resolve repair constraints, and receive
revised repair requirements/RN changes. (T-1).
13.3.4. Identify systemic distribution, transportation, and supply difficulties and coordinate
with base LRS leadership and/or up-channel concerns to the RNM and MFM for resolution.
(T-1).
13.3.5. Follow established procedures to ensure the rapid movement of retrograde and
sustainment assets to support enterprise requirements.
13.4. MGN Support. Units supported by CRFs will maintain the level of intermediate-level
repair capability necessary to sustain MGN operations. MAJCOMs must identify intermediate-
level tasks and resources required to perform MGN maintenance tasks for assigned weapon
systems (for example, repair of XF3 assets, hose/tube testing, functional checks, NRTS screening).
13.4. (ACC) MGN Support. Units will work with specific equipment MAJCOM Functional to
identify the intermediate-level tasks and resources required. (T-2).
13.4.1. Rotable Pools. Customer Wait Time and transportation constraints may drive the
establishment of a Centralized Rotable Pool for Class VII end items such as engines and pods
to meet established weapons system availability goals. Use of a Centralized Rotable Pool can
enhance mission capability by placing serviceable assets closer to the user when the repair
capability is off installation. Centralized Rotable Pool size, compared to support unit spare
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 321
levels, will be determined during deliberate planning between the appropriate RNM and
MAJCOMs.
13.4.2. Cannibalization at supported units. When commodity LRU local retail stocks fall
below mission requirements, retention of CRF-repaired end items as “CANN assets” may be
necessary. However, this shall be by exception, and must be approved by the appropriate RNM
in coordination with the supporting MAJCOM CRF Manager. (T-2). CRFs will document their
cannibalization process and notify supporting unit of approval to retain CANN assets. (T-1).
13.4.3. Provide CRF node performance, CAP2, and commodity status reports and metrics as
defined in AFI 20-117. (T-1).
13.4.4. Ensure the NM utilizes information management systems to provide timely status
reports and receive workload requirements/ changes for commodity group repairs supported
by the CRF IAW with AFI 20-117. (T-1).
13.5. CRF Enterprise Information Management. Managers require accurate, timely, and
enterprise repair data to make CRF command and control and production decisions. To facilitate
this requirement, NMs will utilize systems, processes, and business rules prescribed by AFI 20-
117 to provide repair data and ensure enterprise visibility. (T-1).
13.6. Documentation. The CRF and supported units will maintain all required status, inventory,
and historical record documentation on CRF-repaired assets, IAW TO 00-20-1 and AFI 21-103.
(T-1).
13.6.1. (Added-ACC) Ensure serially tracked items are properly transferred between the unit
and the CRF in the MIS using applicable programs. This will allow the CRF to properly
document repair actions for reliability and maintainability purposes. Upon an asset leaving the
CRF for a field unit, the CRF will initiate the transfer from their MIS to the gaining MIS
(applies to units using IMDS only). (T-2).
13.7. Metrics. CRFs will report performance against metrics IAW AFI 20-117. (T-1).
322 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Chapter 14
MAINTENANCE PLANS, SCHEDULING AND DOCUMENTATION (PS&D).
14.1. Responsibilities:
14.1.1. AF/A4L will:
14.1.1.1. Prioritize development and distribute MxCAP2 models and supporting guidance
as available. Note: The MxCAP2 Model or equivalent is intended to establish a
standardized and empirically supported process for projecting MDS-specific, wing-level
maintenance capability and capacity. It provides maintenance units the ability to accurately
develop and support flying hour projections and accommodate FHP reflows. Reference
MxCAP2 model support files located at:
https://cs2.eis.af.mil/sites/10585/mxcap2/Mx%20CAP%202%20Data/Forms/AllItem
s.aspx. For additional information on the MxCAP2 model contact: usaf.pentagon.af-
[email protected] or AF/A4LM at DSN 223-7803, Comm: (703) 693-
7803. For technical support contact: Mon-Fri, 0900-1700 EST, DSN: 224-8314, Comm:
(703) 614-8314.
14.1.2. MAJCOMs will:
14.1.2.1. Supplement this instruction to establish minimum requirements for the
following:
14.1.2.1.1. TCTO folders and monthly/weekly utilization and maintenance schedules.
14.1.2.1.1. (ACC) See paragraph 14.3.3.3.2.3
14.1.2.1.2. Publish MAJCOM procedures for verification of configuration items.
14.1.2.1.2. (ACC) See paragraphs 14.2.4.2.7, 14.2.4.3.4, 14.3.2, and 14.3.2.5
14.1.2.1.3. Determine whether to ship removed engines to depot or induct into CRF
repair.
14.1.2.1.3. (ACC) See paragraph 14.4.1.3.10
14.1.2.1.4. Determine routing and approval for AF Form 2407.
14.1.2.1.4. (ACC) See paragraph 14.5.6.3.8.2 and 14.5.6.3.8.3
14.1.3. PS&D will:
14.1.3.1. Maintain historical documents and maintenance data essential for the
development of wing plans, schedules and analysis of historical maintenance events. (T-
1).
14.1.3.2. Maintain historical maintenance data within the MIS. (T-1).
14.1.3.3. Develop wing maintenance plans using MIS aircraft/system historical data input
by all maintenance personnel. (T-1).
14.1.3.4. (Added-ACC) MO PS&D may decentralize schedulers to each AMU. If
decentralized, a minimum of three maintenance schedulers will be assigned to each AMU
PS&D section and will be de-centralized (physically) to an office in each AMU. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 323
14.1.3.5. (Added-ACC) Decentralized AMU PS&D sections will be comprised of the
following CAFSCs: one 2R171 and two 2R151’s. (T-2). Note: If CAFSC 2R171s are not
available, a DAFSC 2R171 may temporarily fill the position. Also, one 2R151 may be
substituted with a CAFSC 2R131.
14.1.3.6. (Added-ACC) Notify the MXG/CC of fleet health and management issues that
may jeopardize mission success. To obtain electronic versions of TO 00-5-15, TO 00-20-
1, TO 00-20-9, Forecasting Replacement Requirements for Selected Calendar and Hourly
Time Change Items, TO 00-25-4, Depot Maintenance of Aerospace Vehicles and Training
Equipment, TO 00-25-107, and -6 TOs utilizing ETIMS:
https://www.my.af.mil/etims/ETIMS/index.jsp and Global Ammunition Control Point
(GACP): https://www.my.af.mil/ammoprod/wm/ for 11/14-series TOs. (T-2).
14.1.4. The PS&D Section NCOIC/Chief (or equivalent) will:
14.1.4.1. Act as the wing 2R1XX functional manager. (T-2).
14.1.4.1.1. (Added-ACC) Perform initial evaluations for all incoming 2R1XX
personnel. Initial evaluations will be documented in the member’s ITP in TBA or on
an AF IMT 623A, On-the-Job Training Record Continuation Sheet, and filed in the
individual’s training record IAW AFI 36-2670, Total Force Development, and Lead
Command supplements. (T-2).
14.1.4.2. Establish and coordinate plans for rotating 2R1XX personnel through various
duty positions to increase field knowledge and experience every 24 months, not to exceed
36 months. (T-2).
14.1.4.2. (ACC) Collect data quarterly for assigned, inbound and outbound personnel to
ensure equitable distribution of personnel in each scheduling function. Attention must be
paid to airframe knowledge when determining placement of inbound personnel. (T-2).
14.1.4.2.1. This rotation plan applies to TSgts and below as well as 3- or 5-skill level
personnel of any rank. (T-3).
14.1.4.3. Evaluate quarterly the performance of workcenters performing scheduling
functions to include TCTO, SI, and Job Standard Master Listing (JML) management (such
as, AGE, Armament, Egress, Fuels, MXO, PS&D). (T-2).
14.1.4.3. (ACC) Evaluate Engine Management, and sections with personnel executing
scheduling duties in AGE, Armament and Munitions. (T-2).
14.1.4.3.1. During the visit, ensure historical documents are properly maintained and
review and discuss the 2R1X1 training and rotation plan with each section NCOIC that
have 2R1s assigned. (T-2).
14.1.4.3.1.1. (Added-ACC) Engine Management. Evaluate the TCTO, TCI, SI,
Scheduling, Engine Records, Configuration programs and Engine Manager duties.
(T-2).
14.1.4.3.1.2. (Added-ACC) AGE. Evaluate the TCTO, SI (IMDS TRIC: GTM),
Scheduled Maintenance Plan, and Equipment Scheduling report. (T-2).
14.1.4.3.1.3. (Added-ACC) Armament. Evaluate the TCTO, TCI, SI, Armament
Schedule and Configuration programs. (T-2).
324 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
14.1.4.3.1.4. (Added-ACC) Munitions. Evaluate the TCTO, TCI, SI, and
Munitions Schedule. (T-2).
14.1.4.3.2. Provide formal written reports of deficiencies found during the visits to the
MXO OIC/SUPT and applicable section NCOIC. (T-2).
14.1.4.3.2.1. Deficiencies will not be closed until validated by the MXO
OIC/SUPT. (T-2).
14.1.4.4. Develop and sustain the PS&D Master Training Plan IAW AFI 36-2650 and AFI
36-2651. (T-1).
14.1.4.4. (ACC) Ensure personnel performing scheduling functions in sections where
2R1X1 personnel are not assigned either permanently or temporarily (e.g., armament,
munitions, AGE) are trained in day-to-day scheduling tasks. Ensure a WJQS for each
required area is developed and ensure training is provided and documented. The
NCOIC/Section Chief will establish training procedures and ensure coordination is
accomplished with the maintenance complex. (T-2).
14.1.4.4.1. Document familiarization training in the individual’s TBA. (T-1).
14.1.4.4.1. (ACC) Units will develop PS&D Familiarization (FAM) training to
outline weapon system functionality and squadron responsibilities. (T-2). Coordinate
with MTS personnel to provide FAM training. Ensure personnel receive training, if not
previously qualified, through the MTS/TD within 3 months of assignment. (T-2).
14.1.4.4.2. Ensure civil service training is conducted IAW applicable local bargaining
agreements and contractor maintenance organizations comply with training plans
established in the PWS, SOW, or Performance Requirements Statement (PRS). (T-1).
14.1.4.5. Provide SME on all maintenance scheduling issues and equipment historical
document AFTO Form 95 management to QA during inspection/evaluations. (T-1).
14.1.4.6. Designate the MSM administrator from within PS&D (for units utilizing IMDS
only). (T-1).
14.1.4.7. (Added-ACC) Evaluate the following MO/AMU PS&D functions quarterly:
14.1.4.7.1. (Added-ACC) TCTO, TCI, SI, Configuration, Jacket Files, and AVDO.
(T-2).
14.1.4.7.2. (Added-ACC) Annual Plan, Long Range, Quarterly, Monthly, Weekly,
and Daily scheduling. (T-2).
14.1.4.7.3. (Added-ACC) Provide formal written reports of deficiencies to MO
OIC/SUPT. (T-2).
14.1.4.7.3.1. (Added-ACC) Deficiencies will not be closed until validated by MO
OIC/SUPT. (T-2).
14.1.5. The Wing AVDO will:
14.1.5. (ACC) If decentralized, MO PS&D has the over-arching responsibility for the wing
AVDO program. The primary AVDO will be assigned to MO PS&D. (T-2). AMU PS&D may
be designated as an alternate AVDO.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 325
14.1.5.1. Complete AVDO duties IAW AFI 21-103 and maintain the inventory and
utilization portion of the MIS Inventory, status and utilization subsystem. (T-1).
14.1.5.2. Maintain a PDM schedule by tail/serial number for all assigned aircraft and
equipment in support of AFMC and Lead Command plans and requirements. (T-1).
14.1.5.2. (ACC) PS&D will coordinate with the Lead Command weapon system
functional manager who develops the schedule with the depot facility. (T-2).
14.1.6. AMXS/AMU Dedicated Scheduler will:
14.1.6.1. Provide dedicated support to AMXS/AMU. (T-2).
14.1.6.2. Attend and actively participate in daily, weekly, and monthly scheduling, and
quarterly and yearly planning programs and meetings. (T-2).
14.1.6.2.1. Inform AMXS/AMU supervision of maintenance capabilities or limiting
factors that could affect maintenance production. (T-2).
14.1.6.2.2. (Added-ACC) Attend the daily AMU/HMU Production meeting. Brief
overdue SIs, TCIs and TCTOs and status of current and next duty day's scheduled
maintenance. (T-2).
14.1.6.2.3. (Added-ACC) Coordinate scheduled use of shared resources with MO
PS&D. Changes during the affected week will be documented on an AF IMT 2407. (T-
2).
14.1.6.3. Coordinate with AMXS/AMU supervision and Operational Squadron (OS)
operations schedulers when scheduling AMU aircraft to meet flying requirements. (T-2).
14.1.6.4. Provide a listing of JCNs for following week’s scheduled maintenance. (T-1).
14.1.6.4.1. This list will be used to track Maintenance Scheduling Effectiveness
(MSE). (T-1).
14.1.6.4.1. (ACC) See Attachment 9 for MSE procedures. (T-2).
14.1.6.4.2. PS&D will determine causes of missed maintenance for reporting MSE.
(T-1).
14.1.6.5. Manage TCTOs, TCIs, and SIs (including installed engine inspections) for
aircraft assigned to their appointed AMXS/AMU. (T-1).
14.1.6.6. Generate AFTO Form 103, Aircraft/Missile Condition Data, to record certified
maintenance needs for PDM aircraft IAW TO 00-25-4, Depot Maintenance of Aerospace
Vehicles and Training Equipment, coordinate it with PS&D, QA, and AMXS maintenance
supervision. (T-1).
14.2. Data Documentation.
14.2.1. Maintenance Historical Documentation.
14.2.1.1. Maintenance historical documentation will be accomplished in accordance with
TO 00-20-1 which outlines the requirements to capture and record the significant
maintenance actions on aerospace vehicles and equipment. (T-1).
326 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
14.2.1.2. Historical documentation will be entered and tracked in the authorized MDS
MIS. (T-1). When the MIS is not available, historical documentation will be documented
and tracked on the AFTO Form 95, or equivalent. (T-1).
14.2.1.2. (ACC) Units will automate new AFTO Form 95s and maintain them in the MIS.
(T-2). This approach eliminates duplication and provides a single source repository. If
current AFTO Form 95 documents are partially automated, then complete automation is
highly encouraged. When the AFTO Forms are completely automated and reconciled for
100% accuracy, destroy the duplicate hard copies. Units choosing to maintain the original
hard copies will annotate “History automated as of this date and maintained in the MIS”.
(T-2). Additionally, the first entry of the continuation/automated AFTO Form 95 will be
“Previous history as of this date maintained in the aircraft jacket file or decentralized file”.
(T-2).
14.2.1.3. MAJCOMs should develop supplements to this instruction to identify aerospace
vehicle and support equipment historical file content and retention requirements needed
beyond the minimum requirements outlined in this instruction and TO 00-20-1.
14.2.1.3. (ACC) Initiate new historical forms IAW TO 00-20-1 when a system or
component is received. (T-2).
14.2.2. Aircraft jacket files. Units will develop and maintain a standardized master aircraft
jacket file for use throughout the wing following the requirements listed in this instruction, TO
00-20-1 and AFMAN 33-363. (T-1).
14.2.2.1. MAJCOMs will standardize MDS-specific requirements not captured in this
instruction in supplements and addendums to this instruction.
14.2.2.1. (ACC) Standardize MDS-specific aircraft jacket files IAW TO 00-20-1 and
AFMAN 33-363. (T-2).
14.2.2.2. Aircraft jacket files will be maintained in PS&D and standardized IAW the
master aircraft historical file developed by the PS&D NCOIC. (T-1).
14.2.2.2. (ACC) If PS&D is decentralized, aircraft jacket files will be maintained in the
AMU PS&D section and standardized IAW the master aircraft historical file developed by
MO PS&D NCOIC. (T-2).
14.2.2.2.1. Off-equipment maintenance documents may be decentralized to sections
maintaining installed-on equipment assets (examples include fuel cell records at fuel
systems section, landing gear strut records at hydraulics section).
14.2.2.2.1.1. Decentralized records are filed by and are the responsibility of the
owning work center.
14.2.2.2.1.2. (Added-ACC) If PS&D is centralized, PS&D will maintain and
store “pulled” 781s within the appropriate AMU. (T-2).
14.2.2.2.2. PS&D will list all historical records, including those decentralized in their
file plan or office of record. (T-1).
14.2.2.2.2.1. The DD Form 2861, Cross-Reference, will be used to cross-reference
documents decentralized from PS&D to other sections and will be filed to cross
reference AFTO Form 95 records that are maintained in the MIS. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 327
14.2.2.2.3. Wing-assigned aircraft jacket files may be maintained electronically,
however, they must mirror the standardized master aircraft jacket file in organization
and appearance. (T-1). Note: Slight variations in composition are allowed between
different MDS weapons systems located within the same wing.
14.2.2.3. MXG/CC may identify additional local items for inclusion in aircraft jacket files.
Aircraft jacket files as a minimum will include:
14.2.2.3.1. Packages for one complete inspection cycle. (T-1). Units may download
paperless inspections to automated storage media from MIS for filing in aircraft jacket
files.
14.2.2.3.2. Last FCF documentation (such as, FCF certification letter/FCF checklist).
(T-1).
14.2.2.3.3. Last depot package. (T-1).
14.2.2.3.4. Transfer packages. (T-1).
14.2.2.3.5. Applicable weapon system -6 TO AFTO Form 95s. (T-1).
14.2.2.3.6. W&B records. (T-1).
14.2.2.3.7. Engine Records. (T-1).
14.2.2.3.8. Document review records/checklists. (T-1).
14.2.2.3.9. NDI records. (T-1).
14.2.2.3.10. AF Form 2411, Inspection Document (or equivalent). (T-1).
14.2.2.3.11. Annual aircraft jacket file review checklist. (T-1).
14.2.2.3.12. Authorized TO variances. (T-1).
14.2.2.3.13. Requests for assistance meeting the requirements for retention as
historical records IAW TO 00-25-107, or equivalent/like MDS specific requirements
for retention of documents as historical records. (T-1). Note: Contact the Lead
Command as identified in AFPD 10-9 for guidance for meeting retention as historical
records requirements outside the scope of TO 00-25-107.
14.2.2.3.14. Pulled AFTO Form 781-series aircraft forms. (T-1).
14.2.2.3.14.1. Pulled paper forms retained as part of the jacket file will be
destroyed after 3 months if they do not contain historical information IAW
AFRIMS. (T-1).
14.2.2.3.14.2. Fusing fully automated forms will maintain the last 7 copies of the
pulled aircraft forms and destroy the earliest record when the 8th report is received
IAW AFRIMS. (T-1).
14.2.2.3.14.3. Units not required to use a MIS will use aircraft forms and maintain
the current and the last 3 months’ worth of pulled aircraft forms. (T-1).
14.2.2.3.14.4. Pulled 781 forms will be filed in order by sets identified by the
“From and To” date at the top of each 781-series form (see TO 00-20-1). (T-1).
14.2.2.3.14.5. Sets of forms may or may not include an AFTO Form 781J,
328 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Aerospace Vehicle - Engine Flight Document and AFTO Form 781K, Aerospace
Vehicle Inspection, Engine Data, Calendar Inspection and Delayed Discrepancy
Document. AFTO Forms 781J and K will be included in the set of forms they were
pulled with and retained for the same period of time. (T-1).
14.2.2.3.14.6. When PS&D discovers the AFTO Form 781-series missing during
a jacket file inspection, a missing-forms letter will be sent to the appropriate
Operations Officer/MX SUPT of the maintenance unit responsible for pulling the
forms with a 5 duty-day suspense. (T-2).
14.2.2.3.14.6.1. If a response is not returned within 5 duty days, notify the
applicable maintenance unit supervision. (T-2).
14.2.2.3.14.6.2. If the forms cannot be located, file the missing forms letter,
endorsed by the Operations Officer/MX SUPT in place of the missing forms.
(T-2). See TO 00-20-1 for missing form procedures and AFMAN 33-363 for
records management and disposition instructions
14.2.2.4. Annual jacket file review. Review aircraft jacket files annually using a locally-
developed PS&D checklist. (T-1).
14.2.2.4. (ACC) If decentralized, AMU PS&D will review aircraft jacket files and
associated decentralized records annually using the MO PS&D developed checklist. (T-2).
14.2.2.4.1. The last completed checklist will be kept on file in each aircraft jacket file.
(T-1).
14.2.2.4.1. (ACC) Automated AFTO Form 95 items will be reconciled to ensure all
required items are tracked and loaded with a historical header using IMDS screen 390.
(T-2). PowerShell scripts QLP programs are recommended to identify missing AFTO
Form 95 tracked items and/or missing AHE header record.
14.2.2.4.2. (Added-ACC) Annual jacket file completion will be documented on AF
IMT 2411. (T-2).
14.2.3. Aircraft Document Reviews (ADR). ADRs validate and correct any errors on airframe
and engine operating times and cycles, TCTO documentation, TCI component operating times,
time remaining to the next inspection, backordered supply document numbers and open
deferred discrepancies. The aircraft AFTO Form 781-series for possessed aircraft are reviewed
by aircraft crew chiefs, flightline maintenance functions, PS&D, Engine Management (EM)
and LRS personnel to ensure the accuracy and validity of entries.
14.2.3. (ACC) ADR procedures will assign responsibilities to ensure discrepancies with a
scheduled start date and time greater than 5 days after the date of discovery are deferred, all
TCTOs are entered on the AFTO Form 781K IAW TO 00-20-1, aircraft hours and engine times
match data in IMDS-CDB, modular engine flying hours and manual cycles are verified with
EM section, and entries on the front of the AFTO Form 781K are made IAW T.O. 00-20-1.
(T-3).
14.2.3.1. MAJCOMs will standardize the MIS/on-line products used to perform ADR on
like-MDS weapons systems.
14.2.3.1. (ACC) IMDS units will use Automated Records Check during ADR. (T-3).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 329
14.2.3.1.1. Units using MDS-specific laptop forms (for example Integrated
Maintenance Information System (IMIS), Autonomic Logistics Information System
(ALIS)) must develop procedures to ensure intent of ADRs is implemented. (T-1).
14.2.3.2. An ADR will be accomplished at least every 60 days for units using the fully
automated AFTO Form 781-series (AFTO Form 781A, AFTO Form 781J, Aerospace
Vehicle - Engine Flight Document, AFTO Form 781K, Aerospace Vehicle Inspection,
Engine Data, Calendar Inspection, and Delayed Discrepancy Document. (T-1).
14.2.3.2.1. Units without access to a MIS and authorized to use manual AFTO Form
781-series, must accomplish an ADR at least every 30 days. (T-1).
14.2.3.2.2. ADRs will also be accomplished when an aircraft is transferred, before and
after scheduled inspections (PH or ISO), before and after storage and after fatigue tests.
(T-1).
14.2.3.2.3. For CANN aircraft, conduct ADRs at least every 30 days. (T-2).
14.2.3.3. Units will develop and publish an ADR checklist for use by home station and
deployed units. (T-1).
14.2.3.3. (ACC) ADR checklist will be developed and published by MO PS&D. (T-2).
14.2.3.3.1. This checklist will identify who initiates the ADR, reviewing agencies (to
include the OAP lab), AFTO Form 781-series entry requirements, agency responsible
for completing the AFTO Form 781-series/MIS entry, and outline any configuration
verification requirements. (T-1).
14.2.3.4. ADR Procedures.
14.2.3.4.1. PS&D will create a JST for ADRs on a red dash symbol and ensure it is
loaded against all assigned aircraft. (T-3).
14.2.3.4.1. (ACC) MO PS&D creates a JST for ADRs. AMU PS&D loads this JST
against all assigned aircraft. (T-2).
14.2.3.4.2. ADRs will be scheduled and added to the appropriate maintenance plan.
(T-2). An ADR is a scheduled maintenance action and will be included in MSE
computations. (T-1).
14.2.3.4.3. PS&D and EM will validate applicable inspection, TCI, TCTO data for
correct due dates/time or expiration dates, airframe and engine operating times (or
flight times if applicable) and appropriate symbol entry IAW TO 00-20-1. (T-2).
14.2.3.4.3. (ACC) PS&D will monitor the aircraft fleet’s TCI/SI/TCTO programs
weekly and MOC will reconcile uncompleted sorties daily. (T-2). During the ADR
process assistance will be provided to the DCC or alternate if noted discrepancies
cannot be resolve. (T-2). PS&D will continue to review automated 781-series forms
during pre/post dock inspections, PDM input and prior to aircraft deployments. (T-2).
14.2.3.4.4. Units will coordinate with /LRS to run a tail number inquiry to validate
backorders and correct any discrepancies discovered. (T-2).
14.2.3.4.5. Maintenance personnel will correct all discrepancies discovered during the
ADR, prior to signing off the ADR JCN. (T-1).
330 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
14.2.3.4.5.1. If an ADR discrepancy cannot be corrected immediately, document
the ADR discrepancy in the AFTO Form 781A with a JCN and applicable symbol
and retain it in the AFTO Form 781-series forms until corrected and signed off. (T-
1). Once all the uncorrected discrepancies are documented in the AFTO Form 781-
series the ADR can be signed off as complete.
14.2.3.4.6. (Added-ACC) Aircraft Technicians, Section NCOICs, and Flight Chiefs
will reconcile the automated MIS products with aircraft AFTO Form 781-series to
ensure the forms and MIS match. (T-2). Take the necessary actions to correct
discrepancies, sign off the ADR JCN in the MIS and forward to PS&D for filing.
Replace the old ADR with the most current ADR. (T-2).
14.2.4. Pre-Dock Meetings. PS&D personnel will:
14.2.4.1. Review planned aircraft inspection schedules and initiate an AF Form 2410,
Inspection/TCTO Planning Checklist, or locally-developed product for each aircraft prior
to the pre-inspection meeting. (T-2).
14.2.4.1.1. MAJCOMs may determine if the pre/post dock requirement for inspections
with less than a 200-hourly or 200-calendar day cycle is required. If it is determined
that a pre/post dock meeting is not required, initiation of an AF Form 2410 is not
necessary.
14.2.4.1.1. (ACC) MXG/CC is the waiver authority for pre- and post-dock meeting
requirements for inspections with less than 200 hours/200 calendar day cycles. F-22
aircraft going into Programmed Maintenance Package (PMP) will require pre-/post
dock meeting. (T-2).
14.2.4.2. Host meetings and notify the appropriate Operations Officer/MX SUPT and
flight supervisors of any recurring problems with attendance. (T-2). Prior to the pre-dock
meeting, PS&D will:
14.2.4.2.1. Determine pre-dock meeting attendees. (T-2).
14.2.4.2.1.1. The following personnel will attend the meeting as a minimum:
PS&D, Pro Super, Inspection Dock NCOIC, aircraft crew chief, DMS, and EM
representative. (T-2).
14.2.4.2.1.2. Include other agencies as required for performance of the work
package.
14.2.4.2.2. Review and list all known aircraft and equipment TCTOs, TCIs, SIs and
other major requirements to be accomplished during the inspection on the AF Form
2410, or locally-developed product. (T-2).
14.2.4.2.3. Identify requirements for kits or parts. (T-2).
14.2.4.2.4. List all Delayed Discrepancies to be accomplished during the inspection on
the AF Form 2410 keeping the original JCN. (T-2).
14.2.4.2.5. Incorporate all requirements against the aircraft into a work package. (T-
2).
14.2.4.2.6. List specialist tasks required in addition to normal inspection needs. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 331
14.2.4.2.7. Develop a list of items identified as out-of-configuration for
verification/correction during the inspection. (T-2).
14.2.4.2.7.1. For non-configuration tracked aircraft, compile a list of missing
serially-controlled items and coordinate/forward them to Inspection Dock NCOIC
for verification. (T-2).
14.2.4.3. At the pre-dock meeting, PS&D will brief representatives of the inspection
schedule and scope, including TCTOs, TCIs, SIs, DDs and special requirements to be
accomplished. (T-2).
14.2.4.3.1. Agency representatives will inform PS&D of limiting factors that might
affect the schedule. (T-2).
14.2.4.3.2. PS&D will discuss aircraft configuration during all aircraft pre-dock
meetings. (T-2).
14.2.4.3.3. Wings will use the AF Form 2410, or locally-developed product to record
additional information discussed during the pre-dock meeting. (T-2).
14.2.4.3.3.1. Maintain the original AF Form 2410, or locally-developed product on
file in the aircraft jacket file for use as a guide when conducting the post-dock
meeting. (T-2).
14.2.4.3.3.2. Provide a copy to the Inspection Dock NCOIC or equivalent for use
during the post-dock meeting. (T-2).
14.2.4.3.4. PS&D will provide a copy of the applicable “out of configuration” MIS
products (such as, IMDS screen 810 and 990; G081, screen 8110; serial number
checklists) to Inspection Dock NCOIC in pre-dock package for verification/correction.
(T-2).
14.2.4.3.4. (ACC) PS&D sections with aircraft that do not have an established
configuration table will provide the inspection dock chief with a serial number
verification worksheet which, at a minimum, will include applicable MDS -6, AFTO
Form 95, and TCI requirements. (T-2). The worksheet is a tool to verify the serial
numbers of items that are accessible during the inspection.
14.2.4.3.4.1. The responsible work center will correct verified erroneous data and
“out of configurations” in the MIS prior to post-dock. (T-2).
14.2.4.3.5. As a minimum, the following will also be discussed at the pre-dock
meeting:
14.2.4.3.5.1. The type and number (if applicable) of the inspection to be
performed. (T-2).
14.2.4.3.5.2. Validation of current aircraft and engine operating times. (T-2).
14.2.4.3.5.3. Parts in the TNB that require aircraft installation. (T-2).
14.2.4.3.5.4. Any known post inspection fuel cell work required. (T-2).
14.2.4.3.5.5. Date the aircraft is to be ready for the flightline to accept back. (T-2).
14.2.4.3.5.6. All known engines requiring replacement. (T-2).
332 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
14.2.4.3.5.7. Review of the aircraft forms open discrepancies including Delayed
Discrepancies and develop a joint plan to work as many discrepancies as
feasible/applicable. (T-2).
14.2.4.3.5.8. Any inspections that will require maintenance personnel to stop work
(such as, NDI shop requirements) and when the maintenance dock needs to be clear
of personnel to perform the inspections. (T-2).
14.2.4.3.5.9. All meeting attendees will sign the AF Form 2410. (T-2).
14.2.5. Post-Dock Meetings. Units will hold a post-dock meeting as soon as possible after the
inspection but no later than before the FCF or first flight. (T-2). PS&D will:
14.2.5.1. Lead a post-dock meeting for all inspections that required a pre-dock meeting.
(T-2). As a minimum, discuss and validate the following information at the post-dock
meeting:
14.2.5.1.1. PS&D, Pro Super, Inspection Dock NCOIC, Aircraft Section
representative/crew chief and other locally-determined attendees will discuss open
discrepancies, review any significant inspection events and identify any problems that
may adversely affect future scheduling. (T-2).
14.2.5.1.1. (ACC) Unresolved Aircraft Configuration Management (ACM) issues,
TCIs with established life limits, or TCTO items with unresolved issues will be briefed
to Squadron Superintendent for immediate resolution. (T-2).
14.2.5.1.2. The Inspection Dock NCOIC will provide the completed inspection work
package to PS&D for filing until it is replaced by the next similar inspection work
package. (T-2). For example, an HPO1 will be replaced by the next HPO1 and the
HPO2 will be replaced with the next HPO2.
14.2.5.1.3. The Inspection Dock NCOIC will return the completed serial number
verification sheet to the PS&D representative. (T-2).
14.2.5.1.4. The Inspection Dock NCOIC or designated representative and the aircraft
crew chief or equivalent will perform an aircraft documents review. (T-2).
14.2.5.1.5. PS&D personnel will validate TCTOs, TCIs, and SIs scheduled during the
inspection were completed and signed off in the MIS prior to the post dock meeting.
(T-2).
14.2.5.1.5.1. Any action that was scheduled but not complied with will be
annotated on the AF Form 2410 (used at the pre dock meeting) with the reason why
it was not performed. (T-2).
14.2.5.1.5.2. Validate that any TCTO/TCI/SI not complied with will not ground
the aircraft before releasing the aircraft back to flightline maintenance personnel.
(T-2).
14.2.5.1.6. Verify all parts placed on order during the inspection but not received have
valid document numbers.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 333
14.2.5.1.7. The Inspection Dock NCOIC and flightline maintenance supervisor (Pro
Super or above) agree that all inspection requirements are completed and the flightline
supervisor agrees to accept or “buy back” the aircraft. (T-1).
14.2.5.1.7.1. If maintenance actions previously identified for completion were not
accomplished, establish agreements as to how these inspection requirements will
be completed and documented on the AF Form 2410 or locally-developed product.
(T-1).
14.2.5.1.8. PS&D will file the completed AF 2410, or locally-developed product, and
completed/verified copies of the output products in the aircraft jacket file (PS&D
retains completed package until the next scheduled PH/ISO inspection for that aircraft).
(T-1). Electronic versions may be saved to digital media.
14.2.6. MIS (G081/IMDS) extended downtime (more than 48 hours).
14.2.6. (ACC) MO PS&D and MMA will develop manual JCN block assignment and
procedures. (T-2). MIS uses year-event-identifiers instead of JCNs, and uses an automatic
JCN assignment feature. The procedures need to be established only for manual input of JCNs
during MIS downtime and deployment processing. (T-2).
14.2.6.1. If the MIS is not available for more than 48 hours, maintenance organizations
will use the most current data contained in MSM for IMDS units and “Global Reach”
system products for G081 units. The MSM database will be refreshed with new MIS
products daily. (T-2).
14.2.6.1.1. MSM usage may continue in a digital format as long as updates can be
made and retained.
14.2.6.2. If data cannot be retained by MSM or Global Reach, the use of AFTO Form 349,
Maintenance Data Collection Record, or will be initiated for use in data
collection/completion. (T-2).
14.2.6.2.1. The most current paper or electronic version of MIS products will be used
once AFTO Form 349 or electronic equivalent usage is initiated. (T-2).
14.2.6.2.2. The AFTO Form 349 or electronic equivalent, will be used to update
applicable MIS products once brought back online. (T-2).
14.2.6.2.3. The AFTO Form 349 or electronic equivalent, will be maintained until the
data listed on it has been verified as captured/loaded in the MIS. (T-2).
14.2.6.2.4. After all changes have been verified in the MIS, destroy the AFTO Form
349 or electronic equivalent.
14.2.6.3. If an aircraft is temporarily moved to an operating location away from the unit
of assignment and connectivity to the MIS is unavailable, units will send only those
documents necessary to ensure safety of flight and current aircraft status. (T-2).
14.2.7. Aerospace Vehicle and Equipment Mishap Response Procedures:
14.2.7.1. PS&D will coordinate with MMA or equivalent to ensure MIS lock out
procedures to prevent further manipulation of data concerning the aerospace vehicle and/or
334 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
equipment used during maintenance prior to the mishap event are completed IAW Chapter
5 of this instruction. (T-1).
14.2.7.2. At a minimum, produce, consolidate and impound the following products:
aircraft jacket file, aircraft AFTO Form 95s, TCTO history, debriefing records, pulled
AFTO Form 781-series forms, SI/TCI data, maintenance history, automated records check.
(T-1). Include any additional significant historical data, and other decentralized records.
(T-2).
14.2.7.3. EM will download and impound engine records from the applicable MIS and
CEMS. (T-1).
14.3. Configuration, TCTO, SI and TCI Management.
14.3.1. Responsibilities. MAJCOMs will establish PS&D requirements and responsibilities to
support work centers who’s AFSCs require scheduling functions for the equipment they
maintain (such as, Egress, Armament, and Aerospace Ground Equipment, Fuels) in a
supplement to this instruction.
14.3.1.1. PS&D will provide work centers who’s AFSCs require scheduling functions
(such as, Egress, Armament, and Aerospace Ground Equipment, Fuels) SME training
support and oversight of scheduling products necessary to ensure configuration data
integrity is maintained. (T-1). PS&D will:
14.3.1.1.1. Outline procedures for ordering hazardous materials for TCIs and TCTOs
(such as, batteries). (T-2).
14.3.1.1.2. Units using a MIS will not delegate suspense validation processing for
TCIs installed on aircraft to the performing work center unless the written procedures
include the following: a list of work centers and specific technicians authorized to
process suspenses; a list of the specific suspenses authorized to be cleared; and the
method for notifying PS&D of the work completed (an audit trail) (IMDS units only).
(T-2).
14.3.1.1.2. (ACC) If decentralized, AMU PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
14.3.1.1.2.1. Ensure EM processes all IMDS suspense validations for engines and
engine components. (T-2).
14.3.1.1.2.2. (Added-ACC) Suspense validation processing includes TCI, SI and
TCTO transactions. (T-2).
14.3.1.1.2.3. (Added-ACC) PS&D will be notified the same day suspenses are
cleared by the authorized work centers. (T-2). The authorized technician will take
a screenshot of the screen being processed, attach it to an email and send to the
PS&D office. (T-2).
14.3.1.1.2.4. (Added-ACC) PS&D will validate a component’s maintenance
interval type and previous operating time NLT the next duty day after installation
for parts having an inspection or TCI using a type interval of hours, starts, cycles
or rounds. (T-2).
14.3.1.1.2.5. (Added-ACC) Units may utilize the suspense auto-processing
option for particular suspense transactions under the provision that other auditing
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 335
mechanisms are in place to validate data accuracy. (T-2).
14.3.1.1.3. Validate that data errors are corrected with appropriate personnel and
updated in the MIS weekly. (T-1).
14.3.1.1.4. Submit MSM trouble tickets at https://midtier.gunter.af.mil/, call the
Field Assistance Branch at DSN 596-5771, or e-mail [email protected] to correct
program deficiencies. (T-1).
14.3.2. Configuration Management. Configuration management provides unit managers the
capability to determine the actual versus approved configuration of an aircraft or equipment.
The intent of configuration management is to ensure selected serially-controlled and/or TCIs
are properly loaded to the MIS database. Of major concern are accurate, approved part
numbers, Quantity per Assembly and Next Higher Assembly items by WUC/LCN. PS&D has
overall responsibility for the Equipment Configuration Management or Aircraft Configuration
Management subsystem of the MIS and will provide assistance to maintenance personnel. (T-
1). The performing work center supervisor and PS&D conduct supervisory reviews of
configuration change, TCTO, SI and TCI events using MIS on-line capabilities. (T-1).
Individual work centers accomplishing TCIs are responsible for changing configuration
information in MIS. Unless otherwise specified in local procedures, schedulers will process all
removal, installation, TCI, SI and TCTO compliance updates for aircraft and equipment in the
applicable MIS and EM will process engines and engine components in applicable engine
information system. (T-1).
14.3.2. (ACC) MXG/CC is responsible for proper ACM and safety of flight. PS&D will
notify the MXG/CC of ACM, TCI, and safety of flight issues requiring immediate resolution.
MO PS&D has the overall responsibility for the ACM subsystem. (T-2).
14.3.2.1. Lead Commands will ensure procedures exist and are executed to provide system
configuration tables which are updated, validated, and provided to field maintenance
personnel as configurations change. (T-1).
14.3.2.1.1. Items not accessed or visible during field-level maintenance shall be
identified to Lead Command and AFSC managers for disposition. (T-1).
14.3.2.2. Maintenance personnel discovering an item with a missing data plate, or one
which does not have a serial number, will contact PS&D who will coordinate with the Lead
Command system functional manager and/or AFSC item manager for disposition. (T-1).
14.3.2.3. For those aircraft that do not currently have an established configuration table,
the Lead Command will develop procedures to identify, track and validate installed
configuration managed items against the data in the MIS.
14.3.2.3.1. (Added )(ACC) PS&D sections with aircraft that do not have an
established configuration table will, at a minimum, use applicable MDS -6, AFTO
Form 95 requirements, and TCI requirements to build a serial number verification
worksheet for configuration management.
14.3.2.3.2. (Added-ACC) See paragraph 14.2.4.3.4. (T-2).
14.3.2.4. PS&D will coordinate the daily resolution of IMDS configuration management
notices with the appropriate maintenance section utilizing the applicable MIS screen. (T-
1).
336 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
14.3.2.4. (ACC) If decentralized, MO PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
14.3.2.4.1. Uncorrected discrepancies will be briefed weekly at the daily
production/scheduling meeting and forwarded to the appropriate maintenance
supervision for corrective action. (T-2).
14.3.2.5. When out of configuration items or missing serially-tracked items are
discovered, establish a single DD for the “out-of-configuration” condition. (T-2).
14.3.2.5. (ACC) Tracked items with an established service life limit will be highlighted
to the MXG/CD for action if the issue cannot be resolved immediately. (T-2). If
decentralized, AMU PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
14.3.2.5.1. Additionally, add a MIS WCE for each WUC/LCN and part/serial number
item requiring verification to the single DD. (T-2).
14.3.2.5.1. (ACC) F-22 units create a JCN in IMIS for each missing item. (T-2).
14.3.3. TCTO Management. TCTOs are AF, MAJCOM/Lead Command or Numbered Air
Force (NAF) directed modifications and inspections that provide units with instructions for
doing a one-time change, modification, or inspection of equipment, (includes applicable FAA
Airworthiness Directives, original equipment manufacturer service bulletins and service
instructions, after concurrence by Lead Command). Lead Command, NAF and local
inspections are considered OTIs. Use the MIS to process Lead Command and NAF OTIs or
modifications in the same manner as TCTOs with compliance periods, remove from service
dates and rescission dates IAW TO 00-5-15. TCTOs, with the exception of immediate and
urgent action, are considered scheduled maintenance and integrated into maintenance planning
cycles. (T-1). Consider concurrent accomplishment of TCTO work with other unscheduled or
scheduled maintenance (such as, PH, ISO, HSC, HPO). Manage TCTOs using the MIS, TO
00-5-15 and specific MAJCOM instructions. Note: Communication of a grounding, or
potential grounding event (TCTO, OTI, PM event) to weapon systems operating in a deployed
environment and/or under the authority of an operational command must follow the grounding
procedures outlined in AFI 11-401 and 63-101/20-101. Units must not directly communicate
home station requirements to its deployed forces but provide communication through their
respective MAJCOM. (T-1).
14.3.3.1. PS&D is responsible for managing all assigned weapon system TCTO programs
and will monitor/provide oversight of all AF owned aircraft, weapon system, AGE and
commodity TCTOs to ensure all compliance requirements are met. (T-1).
14.3.3.1. (ACC) Aircrew protection (life support) items not managed as installed on-
equipment will be managed by the wing life support function. (T-2).
14.3.3.1.1. Munitions-related TCTOs will be managed by the munitions scheduler (if
assigned) and engine-related TCTOs will be managed by EM schedulers. (T-1).
14.3.3.1.2. PMEL TCTOs will be managed by the owning agency with PS&D
oversight. (T-1).
14.3.3.1.3. The parent technical training center manages and schedules all TCTOs for
training equipment assigned to a TD or Mobile Training Team.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 337
14.3.3.1.4. (Added-ACC) All scheduling, tracking and day-to-day monitoring of
TCTOs is accomplished by the owning scheduling agency (i.e., MO PS&D, EM, AMU
PS&D, AGE, Armament, Munitions and PMEL). If schedulers are not
designated/assigned to an owning agency, MO PS&D shall perform the responsibilities
for TCTOs. (T-2).
14.3.3.2. PS&D will review MIS products weekly to ensure proper documentation and
management by owning and managing TCTO agencies. (T-1).
14.3.3.2. (ACC) If decentralized, MO PS&D and AMU PS&D will perform this function.
(T-2).
14.3.3.2.1. When an error is detected, PS&D will inform affected work centers and
provide assistance to correct the discrepancy IAW TO 00-20-2. (T-1).
14.3.3.2.2. Units will complete an annual TCTO status review between MIS and
REMIS or equivalent systems. (T-1).
14.3.3.2.2.1. Units will reconcile rescinded TCTOs using a REMIS Master TCTO
report or equivalent annually (NLT 30 Sep) and before deleting/retiring TCTO
records from the appropriate MIS. (T-1).
14.3.3.2.2.2. If REMIS or equivalent access is not available, request a REMIS
Master TCTO report or equivalent from the MAJCOM MDS Weapon Systems
Team/Program Office identified in the subject TCTO. If TCTO status conflicts are
identified, units will contact the applicable Lead Command to establish the process
for resolving conflicts and facilitating status correction in REMIS or equivalent
system. (T-2).
14.3.3.2.2.3. Once all status errors are corrected, and reconciliation is complete
and verified, IMDS units can delete the TCTO from the MIS. G081 automatically
retires TCTOs 60 days after rescission, and all equipment shows as complete.
14.3.3.2.2.3.1. Document completion on AF Form 2411. (T-1).
14.3.3.2.2.4. (Added-ACC) The purpose of the annual TCTO Reconciliation
between the MIS and REMIS is to validate and reconcile all applicable TCTOs.
14.3.3.2.3. PS&D will brief the MXG/CC (or equivalent) weekly on unaccomplished
TCTOs that are within 60 days of grounding. (T-1).
14.3.3.2.3. (ACC) If decentralized, MO PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
14.3.3.2.3.1. Significant problems or potential delays in TCTO accomplishment
will be brought to the immediate attention of the MXO OIC/SUPT and MXG/CC
(or equivalent). (T-2).
14.3.3.2.4. PS&D will chair a TCTO review meeting attended by all TCTO owning
and managing agencies after the monthly supply TCTO reconciliation meeting. (T-1).
These meetings may be combined.
14.3.3.2.4. (ACC) If decentralized, MO PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
14.3.3.2.4.1. PS&D will discuss the supply reconciliation, supply status,
scheduling factors, current TCTO status and anticipated problems for all active
338 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
TCTOs. (T-2).
14.3.3.2.4.2. PS&D will produce meeting minutes on the AF Form 2410 and
distribute to all affected agencies. (T-3).
14.3.3.2.5. Depot-level TCTOs, excluding commodities, will be loaded and tracked in
the MIS for auditing compliance and applicability. (T-1).
14.3.3.2.5.1. Depot-level engine TCTOs will be loaded in CEMS only. (T-1).
14.3.3.2.5.2. Units shall ensure dual reporting of completed depot-level TCTOs is
prevented. (T-1).
14.3.3.2.5.3. All field-level companion TCTOs for commodities must be loaded in
the MIS. (T-1).
14.3.3.2.6. PS&D will monitor, track, and administer all applicable CPINS as
commodity TCTOs for configuration management purposes IAW TO 00-5-15 and TO
00-5-16. (T-1).
14.3.3.2.6. (ACC) If decentralized, MO PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
14.3.3.2.6.1. PS&D will coordinate reprogramming of all passive/active aircraft
internal and external electronic warfare systems and equipment with the wing
Electronic Warfare Officer or equivalent before implementing any CPIN changes.
(T-1).
14.3.3.2.6.2. PS&D will coordinate with EM before issuing NSS/ETS CPINS. (T-
1).
14.3.3.2.7. When TCTOs are directed for items without serial numbers, assign
permanent serial numbers IAW TO 00-20-2 and AFI 23-101. (T-1).
14.3.3.2.7. (ACC) If decentralized, MO PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
14.3.3.2.7.1. For serial numbers that cannot be created IAW TO 00-20-2 or AFI
23-101, use the associated equipment serial number the item is assigned to (for
example, an aircraft chock serial number would be 0000AXXXC1).
14.3.3.2.8. Control and Transfer of TCTO Kits. Units will transfer aircraft or
equipment, with any TCTOs still pending completion, with their applicable TCTO kits.
(T-1).
14.3.3.2.8. (ACC) If decentralized, MO PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
14.3.3.2.8.1. Retain engine TCTO kits for engines installed on aircraft at depot
locations if the aircraft is returning to that unit for TCTO compliance. (T-2).
14.3.3.2.8.2. Transfer TCTO kits IAW AFI 23-101, TO 00-5-15 and TO 00-5-1.
(T-1).
14.3.3.3. Specific TCTO Responsibilities.
14.3.3.3.1. QA personnel will:
14.3.3.3.1.1. Review all new and revised technical data and TCTO’s for
completeness, accuracy and applicability. (T-1). Inform applicable work centers of
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 339
changes and up channel any problems discovered during this review. (T-1).
14.3.3.3.1.2. Determine if the TCTO impacts W&B. (T-1).
14.3.3.3.1.3. Distribute copies of TCTOs to the managing agency, performing
work centers, and LRS. (T-2).
14.3.3.3.1.3. (ACC) QA will distribute Routine TCTO copies within 2 duty days
of QA date stamp. (T-2).
14.3.3.3.1.4. Provide a supply cover letter requesting the number of items in supply
(including WRM) affected by the TCTO. (T-2).
14.3.3.3.1.5. Report all deficiencies in technical instructions and kit-proofing to
the appropriate TCTO Manager IAW TOs 00-5-1 and 00-5-15. (T-1).
14.3.3.3.1.6. Attend TCTO planning meetings. (T-2).
14.3.3.3.1.7. Provide technical support to performing work centers. (T-3).
14.3.3.3.2. PS&D personnel will:
14.3.3.3.2.1. Determine the total number of end items applicable to the TCTO. (T-
1).
14.3.3.3.2.1. (ACC) If decentralized, MO PS&D will perform this function. (T-
2).
14.3.3.3.2.1.1. Items that are assigned with the same Mission Design Series,
WUC, Part Number, but are not applicable to the TCTO will be loaded in "22"
status. (T-1). This ensures accurate accountability that all equipment has been
verified as being affected or not applicable to TCTO.
14.3.3.3.2.2. Chair a TCTO planning meeting with attendees from QA, owning and
performing work centers and Flight Service Center/LRS IAW AFI 23-101, Chapter
4. (T-1).
14.3.3.3.2.2. (ACC) If decentralized, MO PS&D will perform this function. (T-
2).
14.3.3.3.2.2.1. Record meeting minutes on AF Form 2410, or locally-
developed product and provide an overall plan to implement the TCTO. (T-2).
14.3.3.3.2.2.2. Minutes will include TCTO applicability by ID number (or
applicable part number or serial number for commodity TCTOs), purpose of
the inspection/modification and clearly identify and document the performing
work centers, training requirements, scheduling parameters, remove from
service date, a review of the TCTO procedures, form entries and supply
requirements prior to scheduling the TCTO for completion. (T-2).
14.3.3.3.2.2.3. All attendees sign the AF Form 2410, or locally developed
product, at the conclusion of the planning meeting indicating agreement with
the conditions. (T-1).
14.3.3.3.2.3. Establish and maintain a TCTO folder for each active TCTO. (T-1).
14.3.3.3.2.3. (ACC) MO PS&D will develop a master TCTO folder to be used as
340 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
the standard. (T-2).
14.3.3.3.2.3.1. TCTO folders will be standardized and include the basic TCTO
and any supplements, completed AF Form 2410, or locally developed product,
AF Form 2001, Notification of TCTO Kit Requirements (if required), messages
and the supply cover letter from QA (if required). (T-2).
14.3.3.3.2.3.2. Once the TCTO has reached its rescission date, print a MIS
product showing the current status of equipment and place it in the TCTO
folder. (T-1).
14.3.3.3.2.3.2.1. Move the folder to an inactive TCTO file. (T-1).
14.3.3.3.2.3.2.2. The TCTO managing agency will maintain the folder until
the TCTO is rescinded in the applicable MIS IAW TO 00-5-15. MIS TCTO
records will be deleted (scheduled to retire for G081 users) at that time. (T-
1).
14.3.3.3.2.3.3. TCTOs will not be deleted from the MIS prior to the rescission
date. (T-1).
14.3.3.3.2.3.4. Validate in REMIS that no additional requirements have been
submitted or extensions applied. (T-1).
14.3.3.3.2.4. If an initial TCTO load is not received from REMIS or equivalent,
notify the single manager and/or equipment specialist IAW TO 00-5-15. (T-1).
14.3.3.3.2.5. Use the ILS-S to order required kits/parts/tools IAW MIS manuals.
(T-1). Kits, parts, tools, and software will be ordered within 24 hours of the TCTO
meeting and document numbers input on the AF Form 2001. (T-2). Locally
manufactured and obtained parts will be documented on the AF 2001. (T-2).
14.3.3.3.2.5.1. When ILS-S is not available, initiate three copies of the AF
Form 2001 and forward two copies of the Form with a copy of the TCTO to the
supply TCTO monitor. (T-2).
14.3.3.3.2.5.2. For locally obtained parts, prepare an AF Form 2001 listing
each item by NSN, noun and quantity required. (T-2).
14.3.3.3.2.6. Assign ID numbers to kits as they are received. (T-1).
14.3.3.3.2.6.1. Use Part II of the AF Form 2001 to manage kit/part assignment
and track individual end items, date issued, document numbers and the number
of kits remaining. (T-1).
14.3.3.3.2.6.2. The LRS/Flight Service Center TCTO monitor will ensure kits
and/or parts are assembled prior to release. (T-1).
14.3.3.3.2.7. Control and release TCTO kits from LRS. (T-1).
14.3.3.3.2.8. Notify appropriate MAJCOM, by message, when local managers
anticipate a problem with TCTO compliance within prescribed time limits. (T-1).
14.3.3.3.2.8. (ACC) If decentralized, MO PS&D PS&D will perform this
function. (T-2). Armament, AGE, Munitions, and EM TCTO monitors will keep
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 341
MO PS&D informed of problems. MO PS&D will assist when necessary. (T-2).
14.3.3.3.2.8.1. The message should include the TCTO number and narrative,
total units affected, total units complete, kits on hand, kits on order, estimated
delivery date, requisition number and a narrative of the problem.
14.3.3.3.2.8.2. The message will be endorsed by MXG/CC (or equivalent)
prior to submission to MAJCOM. (T-2).
14.3.3.3.2.9. Report status of TCTOs that cannot be reported under “HOW MAL”
codes 793, 797, 798, 801, 802, or 911 IAW the MIS, and 00-20 series TOs. (T-1).
14.3.3.3.2.9. (ACC) If decentralized, MO PS&D will perform this function. (T-
2).
14.3.3.3.2.10. Schedule, track and monitor TCTO accomplishment. (T-1).
14.3.3.3.2.10. (ACC) If decentralized, AMU PS&D will perform this function.
(T-2).
14.3.3.3.2.10.1. Prepare a work order in the MIS for each affected end-item,
including spares. Agencies owning installed on-equipment TCTOs will
coordinate with PS&D prior to scheduling on-aircraft TCTOs. (T-3).
14.3.3.3.2.11. Review suspense validation or equivalent inputs prior to processing
TCTO suspenses and updating the MIS. (T-1).
14.3.3.3.2.11. (ACC) If decentralized, AMU PS&D will perform this function.
(T-2).
14.3.3.3.2.12. Annotate back-up MIS products as changes occur. (T-1).
14.3.3.3.2.12. (ACC) If decentralized, AMU PS&D will perform this function.
(T-2).
14.3.3.3.2.13. Ensure TCTOs are scheduled for completion prior to expiration or
grounding date whichever comes first. (T-1).
14.3.3.3.2.13. (ACC) If decentralized, AMU PS&D will perform this function.
(T-2).
14.3.3.3.2.14. Schedule all workable TCTOs for accomplishment prior to
permanent equipment transfer or storage input. (T-2).
14.3.3.3.2.14. (ACC) If decentralized, AMU PS&D will perform this function.
(T-2).
14.3.3.3.2.15. For TCTOs with compliance periods calculated in operating time
(hours, cycles, starts, landings, or rounds) create a local JST and load the JST to the
equipment; schedule for completion prior to expiration of the compliance period
operating time. (T-2). Note: Once compliance period operating time has been
reached remove equipment from service until the TCTO has been completed. (T-
2).
14.3.3.3.2.15. (ACC) If decentralized, AMU PS&D will perform this function.
(T-2).
342 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
14.3.3.3.2.15.1. Document the JST number in the TCTO notes.
14.3.3.3.2.16. (Added-ACC) For TCTOs with compliance periods calculated in
operating time (hours, cycles, starts, landings, or rounds) MO PS&D will create a
local JST and load the JST to the equipment. (T-2). AMU PS&D will place the
TCTO in a workable status as soon as kits/parts/tools are received. (T-2). The
TCTO must be completed before the expiration of the operating time/compliance
period/ground date whichever comes first. (T-2).
14.3.4. SI and TCI Management:
14.3.4.1. Job Standard Master Listing (JML) Management.
14.3.4.1.1. PS&D will maintain (load, change, and delete) the JML for all inspections
and time changes listed in the applicable aircraft/system -6 TO and commodity TOs.
(T-1).
14.3.4.1.1. (ACC) Schedulers will monitor applicable -6 technical data and associated
technical orders to ensure time change/inspection frequencies align and support the
maintenance concept of the weapon system. (T-2). Scheduled maintenance
requirements that do not align with the established maintenance concept and affect
aircraft availability will be identified and forwarded to the System Program Manager
and MAJCOM WST for consideration and/or resolution. (T-2). Aligning maintenance
requirements eliminates additional downtime and increases aircraft availability.
14.3.4.2. Develop a matrix/chart depicting the total number of SIs and TCIs to be loaded
in the MIS for each assigned aircraft/system. (T-1).
14.3.4.2. (ACC) If decentralized, MO PS&D will perform this function. Maintain the TCI
and SI matrix using MSM. (Only IMDS using units). (T-2).
14.3.4.2.1. Maintain JMLs for off-equipment items in the OWC. PS&D will provide
written guidance and training for JML management of off-equipment JSTs when PS&D
authorizes OWCs to maintain it. (T-3).
14.3.4.2.2. For units using G081, Lead Commands must maintain master inspection
and time change requirements.
14.3.4.2.3. Once Master Job Standard Numbers are fielded for a weapon system, local
PS&D will review TO 00-20-2 for Master Job Standard Numbers procedures. (T-1).
14.3.4.2.4. PS&D will load, change and delete JSTs in the MIS as soon as possible
after receipt of any -6 TOs, or other TO, TCI or inspection change and will promptly
notify all affected PS&D sections for action. (T-1). PS&D will:
14.3.4.2.4.1. Load separate JSTs for all aircraft/systems -6 TOs special/scheduled
inspections with frequencies greater than 30 days or 50 hours in the MIS. (T-1).
14.3.4.2.4.1. (ACC) Units have the option to load JSTs with frequencies less than
30 days/50 hours. It may be more efficient to track these repetitive tasks on the
AFTO Form 781-series forms and allow the production superintendent to
coordinate inspection compliance. Regardless of option, PS&D and the production
superintendent must agree on the most efficient method to track and complete these
repetitive inspections and Job Data Documentation (JDD) is paramount. (T-3).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 343
14.3.4.2.4.1.1. Load PE, PH, engine changes and other event type inspections
(such as, hard landing) as a JST in the MIS as they occur. (T-1).
14.3.4.2.4.1.2. Provide training for maintaining JSTs as necessary. (T-2).
14.3.4.2.4.2. Perform a semi-annual review of the JML and all JSTs for accuracy
and currency to include off-equipment and decentralized activities. (T-1).
14.3.4.2.4.2.1. Review matrix/chart depicting the total number of SIs and TCI
requirements to be loaded in the MIS for each assigned aircraft/system. (T-1).
14.3.4.2.4.2.2. Reconcile TCI and SI JSTs with the aircraft/systems -6 TOs and
applicable commodity TOs and document the semi-annual review on AF Form
2411. (T-1).
14.3.4.2.4.2.3. Units may create JSTs in the MIS to automate required
documentation of repetitive or complex tasks (such as engine change, tire
change, phase inspection, flight control maintenance).
14.3.4.2.4.3. Monitor the inspection and time change subsystems in the MIS. (T-
1).
14.3.4.2.4.3.1. Perform a monthly review of all inspections, SIs and TCI JSTs
for each assigned aircraft. (T-1).
14.3.4.2.4.3.1. (ACC) Units will use MSM during monthly reviews and
ensure accurate data in the MIS. (Only IMDS using units). (T-2).
14.3.4.2.4.3.2. Look for missing and/or excess inspections and TCIs loaded to
the aircraft and ensure the accuracy of all due dates/times for TCIs and verify
the Date of Manufacture (DOM) and Date of Installation (DOI). (T-1).
14.3.4.2.4.3.2.1. TCIs will be loaded in the MIS with a part number and serial
number. (T-1).
14.3.4.2.4.3.2.2. (Added-ACC) Verify hours, starts, cycles or rounds are
accumulating time/events accurately for all inspection and TCI parts. (T-2).
14.3.4.2.4.3.2.2.1. (Added-ACC) Discern by referencing the Date of
Installation (DOI) and current hours, starts, cycles or rounds if time/events
are being recorded against the part. For example, if a PTO Shaft has been
installed for 60 days and the aircraft has flown 40 hours there should be
40 hours used of the interval (not including any previous operating time
on the part, if any). (T-2).
14.3.4.2.4.3.2.2.2. (Added-ACC) Verify data monthly and keep files
showing the last 6 months of checks. If time/events on the component has
not changed validate the reason and correct any errors (CANN, Depot,
gun not fired, etc.). (T-2).
14.3.4.2.4.3.3. Document the review and ensure corrections are made to the
MIS. (T-2).
14.3.4.2.4.3.4. Maintain the report on file with corrective actions until the next
review. (T-2). The use of automated verification tools is encouraged provided
344 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
MIS data is the source for verification.
14.3.4.3. PS&D will manage the assigned weapon systems TCI program. (T-1). PS&D
Personnel will:
14.3.4.3. (ACC) If decentralized, MO PS&D has over-arching responsibility for the wing
TCI program. EM is responsible for monitoring, projecting and including engine life
limited component TCI requirements into aircraft maintenance plans. (T-2).
14.3.4.3.1. At least annually, meet with Egress and Aircrew Flight Equipment
activities to verify each aircraft’s egress data. (T-1). Note: MAJCOM/Units may direct
more frequent verification of Egress and Aircrew Flight Equipment as required to
maintain system integrity.
14.3.4.3.1. (ACC) If decentralized, MO PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
14.3.4.3.1.1. Document all verification of aircraft’s egress data on the AF Form
2411 maintained in the aircraft jacket file. (T-1).
14.3.4.3.2. Identify, monitor, forecast and schedule only those selected items
specifically identified in TO 00-20-9, Forecasting Replacement Requirements for
Selected Calendar and Hourly Time Change Items; applicable commodity TOs; the
aircraft -6 TO, AFMAN 21-201 or identified as Federal Supply Group 13 and Materiel
Management Code AQ Items. (T-1).
14.3.4.3.2. (ACC) If decentralized, MO PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
14.3.4.3.2.1. TCIs will be loaded in the MIS with a part number and serial number.
(T-1).
14.3.4.3.2.1. (ACC) If decentralized, MO PS&D will perform this function. (T-
2).
14.3.4.3.2.2. (Added-ACC) For AFE, only items installed in the aircraft and
listed in TO 00-20-9 (except for batteries) will be tracked/scheduled in MIS (e.g.,
parachute components and the survival kit cutter cord are loaded in MIS). (T-2). If
AFE is installed on aircraft and is considered an end item (e.g., back style
parachutes, survival kit, multi- place raft kits, quick don masks, life preservers and
anti-exposure suits), the item(s) will be loaded against the aircraft in MIS. (T-2). If
the item is a component of a larger item, only the larger item is loaded in MIS, not
the components (e.g., life rafts installed inside survival kits which are loaded, will
not be loaded independently). Load the earliest due date of the larger item or
installed sub-component, as the due date in MIS. (T-2).
14.3.4.3.3. Establish a JST for both the DOM and DOI for Cartridge-Actuated Devices
(CAD), Propellant Actuated Devices (PAD), life sustaining, and other TCI items listed
in the aircraft -6 TO and applicable commodity TOs. (T-1).
14.3.4.3.3. (ACC) If decentralized, AMU PS&D will perform this function. (T-2). At
least annually, the AFE section and MO PS&D will ensure all aircraft installed AFE
data in the MIS mirrors the Aircrew Flight Equipment Records Management System
or the equivalent approved tracking system data. (T- 2).
14.3.4.3.3.1. Load only the DOI or DOM JST that comes due first, in the MIS
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 345
against a specific part or serial number. (T-1).
14.3.4.3.3.2. As a minimum, when the DOI and DOM frequencies are identical,
maintain the JST for the DOM. (T-1). (N/A for G081 units).
14.3.4.3.3.3. Ensure component background information is provided by Egress to
include a list of all components having multiple part numbers with a different
service life. (T-1).
14.3.4.3.3.3.1. Forecasting of CAD/PAD items for long-term CAD/PAD spare
requirements will be accomplished by Ogden Air Logistics Complex through
use of the Requirements Determination Module to extract installation and due
dates from REMIS. (T-1).
14.3.4.3.3.3.2. When CAD/PAD items or forecast requirements are not visible
within the maintenance data system (for example, Contract Logistics Support
managed components), units will forecast for TCIs IAW TO 00-20-9 and
AFMAN 21-201. (T-1).
14.3.4.3.3.3.3. Validate and consolidate TCI forecasts for items listed in TO
00-20-9, commodity TOs, and aircraft specific -6 TOs. (T-1).
14.3.4.3.3.3.4. Submit consolidated forecasts to the appropriate Lead
Command representative with an info copy to munitions operations. (T-2).
14.3.4.3.3.3.5. Forward any quarterly updated forecasts to munitions
operations. (T-2).
14.3.4.3.4. Initiate, validate, and submit TCI extension requests to the Air Force
Sustainment Center item manager with an info copy to munitions operations. (T-1).
14.3.4.3.4. (ACC) If decentralized, MO PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
Submit TCI extension requests NLT 30 days prior to the due date. Exception: Submit
extensions for aircraft projected to deploy where TCIs will come due during the
duration of the deployment plus one month NLT 60 days prior to projected departure.
(T-2).
14.3.4.3.4.1. Ensure a copy of approved extension are placed in the affected
aircraft’s forms and removed when no longer required. (T-1).
14.3.4.3.4.2. Maintain and monitor a suspense copy of the extension request and
follow up prior to the grounding date of the TCI. (T-1).
14.3.4.3.4.3. Refer to TO 00-20-1 and 00-20-9 for additional guidance on TCI
extensions and maintain a copy of the Air Force Sustainment Center/System
Program Director approved message until the item is replaced. (T-1).
14.3.4.3.4.4. EM will generate engine TCI extension requests and coordinate
through the Command Engine Manager to the appropriate Engine Program Office
in AFLCMC. (T-1).
14.3.4.3.5. Perform monthly reconciliation of all TCIs with LRS. (T-2).
14.3.4.3.5. (ACC) If decentralized, both MO PS&D and AMU will participate in the
monthly reconciliation of all TCIs with LRS. (T-2).
346 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
14.3.4.3.5.1. The reconciliation will consist of 100 percent validation of existing
due-outs. (T-2).
14.3.4.3.5.2. Inform FSC of any "mark for" changes or items no longer required.
(T-2).
14.3.4.3.5.3. (Added-ACC) The reconciliation meeting can be combined with the
TCTO reconciliation meeting. Document meeting minutes on an AF Form 2410 or
electronic equivalent. (T-2).
14.3.4.3.6. Monitor and requisition TCI requirements based on projected equipment
utilization. (T-1).
14.3.4.3.6. (ACC) If decentralized, AMU PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
14.3.4.3.6.1. Order parts using MIS or coordinate with LRS/DMS to order parts
using AF Form 2005, unless otherwise specified in -11, -14 and -6 TOs. (T-1).
14.3.4.3.6.2. TCIs are considered due for replacement at the HPO, PH, PE, HSC
or ISO inspection nearest to the replacement due date IAW TO 00-20-1. (T-1).
Note: Life sustaining or CAD/PAD TCIs cannot exceed replacement interval in
applicable -6 and commodity TOs without an approved extension/waiver from the
Program Office/appropriate item manager.
14.3.4.3.6.3. Notify the Munitions Flight of the need to order munitions items IAW
TO 00-20-9 and AFMAN 21-201. (T-1).
14.3.4.3.6.3.1. Serviceable CAD/PAD TCIs components will not be turned
into munitions operations until the remaining service life reaches 9-months or
less. (T-1). Serviceable CAD/PAD TCIs components with less than 9-months
service life remaining will not be reissued. (T-1).
14.3.4.3.6.3.2. Maintenance plans must reflect replacement dates to coincide
within the 9-month parameter. (T-2).
14.3.4.3.6.4. Order non-CAD/PAD or engine TCIs IAW AFI 23-101. (T-1).
14.3.4.3.7. Schedule the time change in the MIS and incorporate it in the
monthly/weekly/ quarterly maintenance schedule. (T-2).
14.3.4.3.7. (ACC) If decentralized, AMU PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
14.3.4.3.8. Review the data (DOM, DOI, LOT number, JST, and Due Date) entered
by the performing work center. Ensure the suspense validation is updated in the MIS
when the time change is completed (Suspense validation N/A for G081). (T-1).
14.3.4.3.8. (ACC) If decentralized, AMU PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
14.3.4.3.9. Coordinate management of respective TCIs with applicable maintenance
and operation work centers. (T-1).
14.3.4.3.9. (ACC) If decentralized, AMU PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
14.3.4.3.10. Schedule drogue chute TCIs, except chute harnesses, for replacement
during the drogue chute repack before the expiration of the component service or shelf
life. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 347
14.3.4.3.10. (ACC) If decentralized, AMU PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
14.3.4.3.10.1. These components will not be over flown without an approved
extension from the appropriate item manager. (T-2).
14.3.4.3.10.1.1. A copy of approved extensions must be maintained in the
affected aircraft’s forms and removed when no longer required. (T-1).
14.3.4.3.10.1.1. (ACC) If decentralized, MO PS&D will maintain a copy of
all waivers until no longer required. (T-2).
14.3.4.3.11. Prepare TCI forecasts IAW TO 00-20-9. (T-1).
14.3.4.3.11. (ACC) If decentralized, AMU PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
14.3.4.3.11.1. Provide squadron Operations Officers/MX SUPTs a forecast for
non-munitions items for their supply section. (T-2).
14.3.4.3.12. To facilitate quarterly requisitioning, P&S will submit the quarterly
validated time-change AFTO Form 223, Spreadsheet, or IMDS/G081 generated
forecast to the Munitions Accountable System Officer. (T-1). This must be submitted
between 45 and 60 calendar days Continental United States (CONUS) or between 90
and 120 calendar days Outside Continental United States (OCONUS) before the next
calendar year quarter IAW Table 7.3, OCONUS and CONUS Time Change
Requisitioning Schedule IAW AFMAN 21-201. (T-2). If aircraft is scheduled to be in
depot when time change will be required home station P&S will coordinate with depot
P&S to facilitate requisition of required assets by the depot munitions function IAW
AFMAN 21-201 Table 7.3. time frames. (T-1).
14.3.4.3.12. (ACC) If decentralized, AMU PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
AMU PS&D will submit an updated quarterly forecast when the need date for parts are
outside of the calendar quarter which the parts were forecasted for on the annual
forecast to the Time Change Monitor in MO PS&D. (T-2). MO PS&D then forwards
it with the adjusted totals to munitions operations for requisitioning of the additional
assets. (T-2).
14.3.4.3.12.1. Validate current requirements against the annual forecast and make
corrections based on aircraft utilization. (T-2).
14.3.5. Major Maintenance Work Processing. PS&D will:
14.3.5. (ACC) If decentralized, MO PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
14.3.5.1. Coordinate on all TO 00-25-107 requests for AFI 21-103 reporting. (T-2).
14.3.5.1.1. The work center discovering the discrepancy is responsible for drafting the
TO 00-25-107 request and forwarding the request to QA for coordination and release.
14.3.5.1.2. PS&D will make the appropriate PIC changes in the MIS when the 00-25-
107 request has been submitted and/or received. (T-1).
14.3.5.1.3. Depot-level assistance provided by contractor support will be
accomplished IAW contract specifications. (T-1).
348 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
14.3.5.2. Develop procedures in conjunction with QA for routing all major maintenance
requests to ensure all affected parties are informed. (T-2).
14.3.5.3. Conduct an initial meeting upon arrival of a DFT to validate maintenance support
requirements are in place. (T-2).
14.3.5.3.1. The meeting will be documented on an AF Form 2410, or locally-
developed product. (T-2).
14.3.5.3.2. PS&D will initiate/accomplish all PIC changes in the MIS. (T-1).
14.3.5.3.3. Once work is completed, PS&D will ensure appropriate PIC are changed
and a completed copy of the work package is placed in the aircraft jacket file. (T-1).
14.3.5.3.3.1. PS&D will document significant historical data on the appropriate
AFTO Form 95 IAW 00-20 series TOs. (T-1).
14.3.6. Transfer Inspections.
14.3.6.1. Units will perform gaining/losing transfer inspections IAW TO 00-20-1,
MAJCOM guidance and this instruction. (T-1).
14.3.6.1.1. In conjunction with QA, develop a local JST for both gaining and losing
aircraft and equipment transfer. (T-2).
14.3.6.1.1. (ACC) If decentralized, MO PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
14.3.6.1.1.1.This JST must meet all TO 00-20-1, 2J-1-18, Preparation for Shipment
and Storage of Gas Turbine Engines, applicable aircraft -6 and -21 TOs, as well as AFI
21-103 and MAJCOM specific transfer requirements. (T-2).
14.3.6.1.1.1. This JST must meet all TO 00-20-1, 2J-1-18, Preparation for
Shipment and Storage of Gas Turbine Engines, applicable aircraft -6 and -21 TOs,
as well as AFI 21-103 and MAJCOM specific transfer requirements. (T-2).
14.3.6.1.1.2. Include all historical records (example, NDI records, Egress records,
W&B records, OAP records, strut records) and other applicable items. (T-2).
14.3.6.1.2. Losing PS&D ensures all actions are completed in the MIS prior to
permanently transferring an aircraft to another unit. (T-2).
14.3.6.1.2. (ACC) If decentralized, AMU PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
14.3.6.1.3. Losing PS&D conducts a transfer pre-dock meeting one duty day prior to
start of the aircraft transfer. (T-2).
14.3.6.1.3. (ACC) If decentralized, AMU PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
14.3.6.1.4. All items to be accomplished during the transfer inspection will be
documented on an AF Form 2410, or locally-developed product, and scheduled in the
MIS. (T-2).
14.3.6.1.4. (ACC) If decentralized, AMU PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
14.3.6.2. Losing PS&D will complete a total verification of all TCIs installed on the
transferring aircraft. (T-2).
14.3.6.2. (ACC) If decentralized, AMU PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 349
14.3.6.2.1. Verify the correct computation of all due dates/hour/cycles based on DOM,
DOI, installed times, or equivalent factors. (T-2).
14.3.6.2.2. For IMDS units only:
14.3.6.2.2.1. Ensure the IMDS-REMIS synchronization programs are processed
and errors are corrected prior to transfer. (T-2).
14.3.6.2.2.1. (ACC) Special IMDS procedures are required to minimize loss of
data associated with aircraft transfer/data migration. The TBE process is used for
unit-to unit transfers, 3WO process is used for PDM-to-unit transfers and unique
MIS procedures are required when PDM visits result in a MDS/SRD change (e.g.,
A-10A to A-10C). The unit’s maintenance analysis section will maintain
procedures to be used when transferring aircraft and changing an aircraft
MDS/SRD. (T-2).
14.3.6.2.2.2. Ensure an up-to-date Transfer of Equipment report and an AFTO
Form 95 with current engine trend and performance data are placed in the aircraft
jacket file. (T-2).
14.3.6.2.2.3. Ensure a backup copy is maintained until receipt is verified by the
gaining unit. (T-2).
14.3.6.3. Losing PS&D will ensure an ADR is performed and conduct a transfer post dock
meeting to ensure all required actions have been completed, all forms are current/accurate,
and the MXG/CC (or equivalent) has certified each aircraft ready to transfer aircraft IAW
TO 00-20-1, AFI 16-402 and AFI 21-103. (T-1).
14.3.6.3. (ACC) If decentralized, AMU PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
14.3.7. Acceptance Inspections. Units perform acceptance inspections IAW TO 00-20-1,
MAJCOM guidance and this instruction.
14.4. ENGINE MANAGEMENT (EM).
14.4.1. Engine Management (EM). EM manages unit efforts to maintain adequate engine
support for mission requirements. EM monitors engine removals and replacements, component
tracking, engine TCTOs and TCIs, engine records in the MIS and CEMS and performs engine
manager duties.
14.4.1. (ACC) HQ ACC/A4MP is designated as OPR for the Command EM program. The
Command EM will oversee SRAN reporting and Engine Health Management (includes ET&D
and RCM), participate in major ET&D conferences/meetings to identify and discuss relevant
ET&D issues and policies, ensure owning units submit accurate and timely quality deficiency
reports to the applicable engine program offices on all equipment requiring any maintenance
activity due to an ET&D recommendation and on all ET&D component failures where no
ET&D maintenance recommendation was made, and ensure units provides timely and accurate
data to the CEMS/Comprehensive Engine Trending and Diagnostics System (CETADS) or
equivalent ET&D database. (T-2).
14.4.1.1. The MXG/CC will:
14.4.1.1. (ACC) EM is a decentralized function co-located with the Propulsion Flight.
(T-2).
350 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
14.4.1.1.1. Ensure EM is the wing focal point for both the ET&D, Engine Health
Management (EHM+) and Condition Based Maintenance Plus (CBM+) program when
applicable. (T-1).
14.4.1.1.2. Appoint a qualified 2A6X1, minimum 7-skill level, (or civilian equivalent)
technician to manage the EHM+ and CBM+ program IAW AFMAN 20-116 for EHM
products managed by AFLCMC/LP. If EHM data is not managed by AFLCMC/LP,
ensure Contractor Logistics Support (CLS) provided EHM products are managed
according to respective contract. (T-1).
14.4.1.1.3. (Added-ACC) Appoint a qualified 2A6X1, minimum 7-skill level, (or
civilian equivalent) technician primary and alternate Engine Trending and Diagnostics
(ET&D) monitor. (T-3). MXG/CC can appoint individuals who do not meet the AFSC
requirement but possess the expertise and knowledge of the engine operation,
troubleshooting, repair procedures and able to administer the ET&D program IAW
AFMAN 20-116 and TO 00-25-257, Engine Health Management Plus (EHM PLUS)
General Information User’s Manual. (T-3).
14.4.1.1.3.1. (Added-ACC) Primary and alternate ET&D Monitors receive
ET&D on the job training within 6 months of assignment of duty (T-3). As a
minimum, ET&D training will include:
14.4.1.1.3.1.1. (Added-ACC) How to load, analyze and delete performance
data into CETADS. (T-2).
14.4.1.1.3.1.2. (Added-ACC) Knowledge of engine applicable T.O. 00-25-
257 series. (T-2).
14.4.1.1.3.1.2.1. (Added-ACC) Units are to follow the specific instructions
for each engine type as detailed in the respective engine supplements of TO
00-25-257, Engine Health Management (EHM+) General Information User’s
Manual.
14.4.1.1.3.1.3. (Added-ACC) How to distinguish between abnormal trend
and trend change caused by routine maintenance action. (T-2).
14.4.1.2. EM will:
14.4.1.2.1. Manage the MIS and CEMS by referencing applicable information in this
instruction, AFI 23-101, TO 00-25-254-1, TO 00-20-5-1-3, Instructions for Jet Engine
Parts Tracking of OC-ALC/LPA Managed Engines. (T-1). Reference AFCSM 21-558,
Comprehensive Engine Management System and applicable aircraft -6 TOs.
14.4.1.2.2. Coordinate with Propulsion Flight CC/SUPT and organization leadership
to support WRE requirements. (T-2).
14.4.1.2.3. Ensure plans, schedules, and maintenance actions are documented on
assigned engines. (T-1).
14.4.1.2.4. Provide TCI information (cycles remaining, EOT) on serially-controlled
items to the Propulsion Flight and AMXS/AMU for engine and engine component
CANN actions. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 351
14.4.1.2.5. Ensure all engine SIs are loaded in MIS against the engine, not against the
aircraft. (T-1).
14.4.1.2.5. (ACC) Inspections tracked by flight hours must also be loaded in CEMS.
(T-2).
14.4.1.2.6. Ensure all engine/module inspections/TCIs tracked by EOT, Calculated
Cycles (CCY), Total Accumulated Cycles (TAC), are loaded/tracked in the MIS and
CEMS databases. (T-1).
14.4.1.2.7. Ensure serial numbers erroneously input into CEMS are followed by a
Possessor Change (6D) Transaction Condition Code (TCC). (T-1).
14.4.1.2.7.1. After the TCC has successfully processed, notify the CEMS Program
Management Office help desk stipulating the serial number was erroneously input
and shall be deleted from CEMS, [email protected]. (T-1).
14.4.1.2.7.2. Create a JCN for engine, module or component data plate changes,
modifications, re-identifications and new etchings and document changes in CEMS
automated history. (T-1).
14.4.1.2.7.3. A matrix by engine type shall be developed to depict specific
inspection and TCI quantities for each TMS. Inspections tracked by flight hours
must be loaded in the MIS. (T-1).
14.4.1.2.8. Items that are assigned with the same TMS, WUC, Part Number, but are
not applicable to the TCTO will be loaded in "22" status (refer to TO 00-20-2). (T-1).
This ensures accurate accountability that all equipment has been verified as being
affected or not applicable to TCTO.
14.4.1.2.8.1. Comply with TCTO duties and responsibilities for engine items IAW
this Chapter. (T-1).
14.4.1.2.9. Manage TCTOs on all assigned engines and engine components, installed
and uninstalled, as well as, manage TCTOs for support equipment to include engine
trailers. (T-1).
14.4.1.2.10. Accomplish quarterly TCTO status reviews and reconciliations IAW TO
00-25-254-1. (T-1).
14.4.1.2.11. Maintain records on TCTO kits and status for all engines installed on
aircraft sent to depot. (T-2).
14.4.1.2.12. Manage time changes on all engines and engine components. (T-1).
14.4.1.2.12.1. EM will forecast parts requests and ensure requests are submitted to
LRS up to 60 days (but not less than 10 days) prior to the need date of the scheduled
time change or JEIM/CRF induction (see sections 14.2. and 14.3. of this
instruction). (T-1).
14.4.1.2.13. Reconcile all TCIs during the monthly TCI meeting with PS&D and LRS.
(T-2).
14.4.1.2.13.1. Reconciliation will consist of 100 percent validation of existing due-
outs and a complete physical inventory of all issued TCIs. (T-1).
352 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
14.4.1.2.13.2. Inform FSC of any “mark for” changes or items no longer required.
(T-2).
14.4.1.2.14. Maintain and update historical documents for all assigned engines,
modules, and major assemblies that are not managed by a Performance Based Logistics
or contractually by a Contract Logistics Support contract. (T-1).
14.4.1.2.15. Check life-limited components forecast for additional component
changes, TCTOs and SIs on all removed engines. (T-1).
14.4.1.2.16. Coordinate with the propulsion Flight CC/SUPT to develop a detailed 6-
month engine and module TCI removal forecast and publish the forecast in the monthly
flying and maintenance schedule. (T-2).
14.4.1.2.16.1. This 6-month forecast must be accomplished monthly using CEMS
product E373/MIS products and the projected unscheduled removals based on the
Unscheduled Removal Rate. (T-2).
14.4.1.2.16.2. Removal rate formula (total number of unscheduled removals
divided by flying hours, multiplied by 1000). Provide a copy of the forecast to
maintenance leaders, PS&D, AMU and the MAJCOM engine manager. (T-2).
14.4.1.2.17. Publish scheduled engine changes in the weekly and monthly
maintenance schedule. (T-2).
14.4.1.2.18. Verify engine total time versus aircraft total time, flying hours and manual
cycles with PS&D during aircraft document reviews. (T-1).
14.4.1.2.19. Maintain the portion of the JML for engine inspections and time changes.
(T-1).
14.4.1.2.19.1. Maintain (load, delete, and change) and conduct a semi-annual
review of the JML for engine inspections and time changes listed in the aircraft -6
TO. (T-2).
14.4.1.2.19.1. (ACC) Document the semi-annual review on AF Form 2411. (T-
2).
14.4.1.2.20. Establish a CEMS and MIS contingency plan for when either or both
systems are down for more than 48 hours. (T-1).
14.4.1.2.20.1. The plan will include procedures for retaining data in date-time
order for input when MIS/CEMS operation resumes. (T-1). The plan will also
address both home station and deployed procedures. (T-1).
14.4.1.2.21. Develop local engine tracking procedures and documentation methods to
be used at deployed locations. (T-1).
14.4.1.2.21.1. Procedures must include the method of communication (message, e-
mail or FAX), documentation and shipping responsibilities with SRAN addresses,
and reporting procedures for CANNs and engine removals. (T-1).
14.4.1.2.21.2. Procedures will ensure units take immediate action to correct all
reporting errors between the base MIS and CEMS using the engine manager’s data
list. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 353
14.4.1.2.22. Accomplish UEM duties IAW, AFI 23-101, AFPAM 63-129, TOs 00-25-
254-1, 00-20-5-1-3, AFCSM 21-558, applicable aircraft -6 TOs and this instruction.
(T-1).
14.4.1.2.22.1. Act as liaison to the SRAN engine manager when part of a tenant
unit is supported by the host base engine manager. (T-1).
14.4.1.2.22.2. Provide the primary SRAN engine manager all quarterly reporting
information required for submission to higher headquarters. (T-2).
14.4.1.3. SRAN Engine Manager. The MXG/CC (or equivalent), will appoint a SRAN
engine manager (if a host), or a UEM (if a tenant) to accomplish the duties IAW TO 00-
25-254-1 and this instruction. (T-1). The SRAN engine manager will:
14.4.1.3.1. Be selected from AFSC 2A or 2R, minimum 7-skill level (or civilian
equivalent). (T-1).
14.4.1.3.1.1. The assistant will be a minimum 5-skill level from the same AFSCs
or civilian equivalent. (T-2).
14.4.1.3.1.2. Both individuals will be aligned under EM. (T-1).
14.4.1.3.2. Advise CMS or MXS/CC and MXG/CC (or equivalent), on administration
of the base EM Program, engine maintenance concepts, principles, policies, procedures
and techniques. (T-1).
14.4.1.3.3. Act as the single point of contact between the unit, MAJCOM and MMA
for EM questions. (T-2).
14.4.1.3.4. Establish written procedures to support EM responsibilities IAW TO 00-
25-254-1 and this instruction. (T-1). Unit procedures must:
14.4.1.3.4.1. Specify responsibilities of affected work centers for accurate and
timely MIS/CEMS reporting of TCTO, SI, TCI, and other documentation
requirements (such as, borescope inspections, blade blending, CANN actions). (T-
1).
14.4.1.3.4.2. Ensure engine, module, and component data is reported to EM no
later than close of business the first duty day after the event (for example, part
removal, installation, time update, TCTO status change). (T-1).
14.4.1.3.4.3. Address tenant, transportation, maintenance, aircraft distribution,
supply, and support personnel requirements and be coordinated with the MAJCOM
EM prior to publication. (T-2).
14.4.1.3.5. Request Initialization Decks (I-Deck) for engines and major modules
(cores, High Pressure Turbine (HPT), Low Pressure Turbine (LPT), fans), to include
embedded parts, part number, serial number, EOT, inspections, active TCTOs and
TCIs, from CEMS Central Database (CDB) and ensure data in the MIS matches the
CEMS CDB. (T-1).
14.4.1.3.6. Ensure deployed engine monitors are identified and trained to perform
duties while deployed. (T-1).
14.4.1.3.6.1. Designated engine monitors will ensure all deployed spare engines
354 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
have a copy (paper or electronic) of CEMS product E407, option 1 and 4, included
in the deployment package. (T-2).
14.4.1.3.7. Perform engine manager duties for shipment and receipt of all assigned
engines. (T-1).
14.4.1.3.8. Perform periodic quality audits to monitor accuracy and timeliness of
reporting. (T-1).
14.4.1.3.9. Perform annual EM training for all affected personnel (back shop, test cell,
flightline, aircraft maintenance scheduler) who report engine status or are responsible
for engine documentation and scheduling IAW AFCSM 21-558, TOs 00-25-254-1 and
00-20-1/-2. (T-1).
14.4.1.3.10. Maintain a jacket file of engine shipping documents and receipts. (T-1).
14.4.1.3.10.1. Obtain MAJCOM EM approval prior to returning engines to
CRF/depot. (T-2).
14.4.1.3.10.2. (Added-ACC) Engine Control Number Procedures. Prior to
returning engines to depot the following procedures will be used to obtain control
number approval from HQ ACC/A4MP. (T-2). Unit will send an e-mail or fax to
HQ ACC/A4MP engine management and functional manager. (T-2). Request will
include the following information: Unit, From (requester's name), Phone Number,
Date, Engine Type, Engine Serial Number, Current Engine Operating Time, Time
Remaining, Detailed Discrepancy (provide detailed description of the discrepancy
that requires depot repair). (T-2).
14.4.1.3.11. Perform duties and requirements for engine shipments IAW TOs 00-25-
254-1, 00-85-20, 2J-1-18, and 2-1-18. (T-1).
14.4.1.3.11.1. Engines requiring off-base shipment must be delivered to
transportation within 24 hours of notification/decision to ship the engine and/or the
engine change is complete. (T-2). Notify MAJCOM EM and the owning SRAN
EM if this time frame cannot be met.
14.4.1.3.12. The work folder will transfer with the engine. (T-1).
14.4.1.3.12.1. A copy will be maintained by the losing organization until
verification of receipt by gaining unit. (T-1).
14.4.1.3.12.2. Gaining units will maintain the work folders and ship the documents
with the engine to depot when appropriate. (T-1).
14.4.1.3.12.2.1. Gaining units will retrieve a copy of the previous EAWP from
the Data Repository Center or equivalent data in the applicable MIS upon
receipt of the engine. (T-1).
14.4.1.3.12.2.2. EAWP users are required to send completed EAWP files to the
Data Repository Center or MIS equivalent within 3 duty days of EAWP close-
out. (T-1).
14.4.1.3.13. The SRAN EM will report the following in CEMS:
14.4.1.3.13.1. Receipt transactions for engines as of the date and time engines are
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 355
delivered from the transportation hold area and accepted at the JEIM facility. (T-
1).
14.4.1.3.13.2. Shipment transactions with the “as of” date and time the engine(s)
physically leave the base. (T-1).
14.4.1.3.13.2.1. Once engine is received at gaining unit, ensure trailer and
adapter are transferred in MIS. (T-1).
14.4.1.3.13.3. All engine and tracked item removals, installations, and engine
status changes. (T-1).
14.4.1.3.13.4. All engine status transaction removals, installations, gains, Engine-
Not-Mission Capable for Supply (ENMCS), work completed, test cell rejects, work
stopped, work started, change in level of maintenance, awaiting disposition, intra-
AF receipt and intra-AF shipments, transfer, and HOW MAL codes IAW TO 00-
25-254-1. (T-1).
14.4.1.3.14. Verify all update transactions (such as, times, TCTO, part removal and
installations) are input before reporting an engine removal or installation. (T-2).
14.4.1.4. (Added-ACC) ET&D Program Monitor Responsibilities. ET&D Program
Monitors will:
14.4.1.4.1. (Added-ACC) Coordinate and serve as the primary technical advisor on
the ET&D Program for the MXG/CC and OG/CC. (T-2).
14.4.1.4.2. (Added-ACC) Establish a visible program through continual coordination
between operations and maintenance, thus providing a closed loop system for
information and maintenance repair actions. (T-2).
14.4.1.4.3. (Added-ACC) Provide feedback in the form of briefings (when required)
from the ET&D program to aircrew and the operations staff. (T-2).
14.4.1.4.4. (Added-ACC) Manage the ET&D workload, schedule and ET&D data
management/analysis to ensure continual evaluation and daily flow of ET&D data. (T-
2).
14.4.1.4.5. (Added-ACC) Maintain a register of where the ET&D equipment is
located. (T-2).
14.4.1.4.6. (Added-ACC) Locally obtain a suitable computer for ET&D use. Initial
provision of CEMS/CETADS software is from the CEMS/CETADS Project Manager
at Air Force Life Cycle Management Center/Logistics Propulsion Sustainment
(ALFCMC/LPS). (T-2).
14.4.1.4.7. (Added-ACC) Enter engine performance data in the CETADS database
no later than the end of the next flying day. (T-2).
14.4.1.4.8. (Added-ACC) An engine categorized as a "watch" engine will have the
following entry made in AFTO FORM 781A, Maintenance Discrepancy and Work
Document, or in the equivalent automated maintenance information database:
14.4.1.4.8.1. (Added-ACC) Placed identified "watch" engine on a red dash.
Begin entry with: "Engine position/serial number - on ET&D watch status". Enter
356 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
the reason for "watch" status in sufficient detail to explain the basis for this action.
(T-2).
14.4.1.4.8.2. (Added-ACC) The AFTO FORM 781A or equivalent automated
maintenance information database entries will be amended after each review, and
action taken noted in the "corrective action" block. If an engine is continued in
"watch" status, a new entry will be made and begin: "Engine position/serial number
- continued on watch status". Enter reason in sufficient detail to explain basis for
this action. (T-2).
14.4.1.4.8.3. (Added-ACC) "Watch" engine discrepancies will not be transferred
to AFTO FORM 781K, Aerospace Vehicle Inspection, Engine Data, Calendar Item
Inspection and Delayed Discrepancy Document. (T-2).
14.4.1.4.9. (Added-ACC) Ensure corrective actions on "watch" or ET&D problem
engines are accomplished. (T-2).
14.4.1.4.10. (Added-ACC) Submit and monitor Deficiency Reports (DRs) on parts
replaced to correct ET&D discrepancies. (T-2).
14.4.1.4.11. (Added-ACC) When the engine trend plot indicates maintenance or
engine removal is required, coordinate with the Propulsion Flight Chief (if applicable)
and AMU/HMU (or equivalent POC’s), Maintenance Operation Center, and Wing
Plans & Scheduling to assure the appropriate work orders are provided and scheduled.
(T-2).
14.4.1.4.12. (Added-ACC) Ensure maintenance is scheduled/performed when
practical within mission requirements and consistent with the severity of the anticipated
unserviceability; the Propulsion Flight Chief (or Group/CC designated engine change
authority) is to make this decision. (T-2).
14.4.1.4.13. (Added-ACC) Forward trend data to the respective Propulsion Systems
Manager at AFLCMC/LPS when requested. (T-2).
14.4.1.4.14. (Added-ACC) Issue an automated Integrated Maintenance Data System
(IMDS) work order against the probable engine or related system malfunction. (T-2).
14.5. Maintenance and FHP Planning Cycle.
14.5.1. Responsibilities. MAJCOMs will develop procedures to ensure the intent of the
maintenance and FHP planning cycle is met. The objective of the planning cycle is to execute
the wing FHP consistent with operational requirements and maintenance capabilities. The
maintenance and FHP planning cycle begins with the annual allocation of flying hours.
Maintenance and operations schedulers propose an annual flying plan that balances both
operational requirements and maintenance capabilities. Units should commit the fewest
number of aircraft possible to meet programmed Utilization (UTE) rate standards and goals.
14.5.1. (ACC) Airframe Capability and Scheduling. To ensure accurate projection of
operations and maintenance capacity, units will compute airframe capabilities using only the
number of PAI aircraft; do not include Backup Aircraft Inventory (BAI) or Attrition Reserve
aircraft. (T-2). Operational and training schedules will be based on the capability of PAI
aircraft to execute the schedule. (T-2). The OG/CC and MXG/CC will ensure BAI and
Attrition Reserve aircraft are not computed when building the flying program. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 357
14.5.1.1. If applicable, MAJCOMs will develop scheduling procedures for units involved
in Operational Test and Evaluation, Developmental Test and Evaluation, or Initial
Operational Test and Evaluation to ensure the intent of the maintenance and FHP planning
cycle is met.
14.5.1.1. (ACC) MXG/CC and OG/CC will ensure the intent of the maintenance and FHP
planning cycle is met. (T-2).
14.5.1.2. AMC units tasked by the 618th Air and Space Operations Center will adhere to
Commander, Air Force Forces (COMAFFOR) Apportionment and Allocation Process
(CAAP) policies and procedures.
14.5.1.3. The annual plan, detailed by month, will evaluate the capability of maintenance
to support the annual FHP. (T-1).
14.5.1.4. When developing the annual plan, units will utilize the MDS specific MxCAP2
model, or equivalent, if available. (T-1).
14.5.1.5. Maintenance PS&D. PS&D builds, coordinates, publishes and distributes an
integrated aircraft/system annual and quarterly plan & monthly and weekly schedule to
support maintenance and operational requirements.
14.5.1.5.1. Plans will be developed, coordinated and consolidated jointly by the OSS’s
Current Operations Flight Scheduling, and PS&D. (T-1).
14.5.1.5.2. The printed wing plan will include an assessment of the wing’s ability to
execute the FHP and will be coordinated with the OG/CC and MXG/CC before being
approved by the WG/CC. (T-1).
14.5.1.5.3. Plans and schedules may be published via electronic means (such as, web
pages, SharePoint®, or e-mail) provided operations security is not compromised.
14.5.1.5.4. Normal daily operations and training schedules are For Official Use Only
(FOUO) and shall not be restricted to classified systems. (T-2).
14.5.2. First Look Requirements. The First Look report is an internal wing document intended
to highlight potential maintenance-capacity and operational-requirement disconnects in the
upcoming year. Every year, NLT 15 March, PS&D will coordinate with MMA, AMXS and
MXS work centers to provide PS&D with historical attrition and projected manning
production. (T-2). This assessment will take into account personnel, facilities, and airfield
infrastructure for each aircraft maintenance organization.
14.5.2. (ACC) NLT 5 duty-days after OSS/OSO receives the “Proposed FHP” message,
OSS/OSO will provide MO PS&D a copy of “Proposed FHP” message and a breakdown of
operational requirements to include at a minimum the O&M days, sorties/hours (hourly &
sortie) required (programmed), sorties/hours scheduled (programmed + attrition provided by
MMA and based on 4 years of historical data), and the average sorties per O&M day. (T-2). If
decentralized, MO PS&D will task MMA to provide MO PS&D with an airframe capabilities
assessment. (T-2).
14.5.2.1. In wings operating aircraft supported by the MxCAP2 model, PS&D will
coordinate with the AMXS Operations Officer/MX SUPT to establish local requirements,
358 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
responsibilities and procedures for utilizing the MxCAP2 model to develop, sustain or
reflow FHP/contingency requirements. (T-2).
14.5.2.1. (ACC) The capability assessment will include the Legacy SUTE model and Mx
CAP2 output spreadsheet. (T-2).
14.5.2.2. The assessment will be provided to PS&D NLT the last workday of March. (T-
2). Note: AMC units tasked by the 618th Air and Space Operations Center will adhere to
the CAAP policies and procedures.
14.5.2.3. PS&D will provide copies of the capability assessment to each OS scheduling
section and maintenance supervision. (T-1).
14.5.2.3. (ACC) MO PS&D will refine the initial MMA airframe capability by applying
projected maintenance requirements to the historical data. (T-2). MO PS&D will provide
copies of the capability study to each Operating Squadron (OS) operations scheduling,
AMU OIC/NCOIC, AMXS/CC/MOO and to MXS/CC/MOO. (T-2).
14.5.2.3.1. The assessment will provide first look maintenance capability projections
in a monthly format IAW MAJCOM guidance. (T-2).
14.5.2.3.1. (ACC) NLT 15 duty days after OSS/OSO receives the “Proposed FHP”
message, MO PS&D will provide Proposed FHP maintenance capability projections in
a monthly format to OS operations officer, AMU OIC/NCOIC, AMXS/CC/MOO. (T-
2). Projections include “Proposed FHP” operational requirements, an assessment of
maintenance’s ability to support the monthly contract requirements and an overall
assessment of the unit’s maintenance capability to meet the annual flying hour program.
(T-2).
14.5.2.3.2. The assessment will include operational requirements taking into
consideration historical data that determines the average number of aircrew not
available per month (DNIF, PME attendance, Leave, TDY, deployments), an
assessment of maintenance ability to support the monthly requirement and an overall
assessment of the unit’s maintenance capability to meet the annual FHP (N/A for AMC
units). (T-2).
14.5.2.4. OS and maintenance responses are sent to PS&D and OSS’s Current Operations
Flight Scheduling and will be consolidated into a comprehensive package that includes a
breakdown of the following items by OS:
14.5.2.4. (ACC) NLT 25 duty days after OSS/OSO receives the “Proposed FHP”
message, MO PS&D will gather the AMXS and OS coordinated responses to the Proposed
FHP message and forward them to OSS Current Operations Flight operations scheduling
section for consolidation into a comprehensive package including a breakdown of the
following items by OS/AMU, Utilization (UTE) rates, Hourly UTE (HUTE) rates, and
SUTE rates. (T-2).
14.5.2.4.1. Sortie UTE Rates (N/A to AMC units). (T-2). Compute UTE rates by
month for the entire FY for contracted (required) sorties and scheduled sorties using
the formula: (number of sorties per month) divided by (number of Primary Aerospace
Vehicle (Aircraft) Inventory (PAI) aircraft).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 359
14.5.2.4.2. Sorties contracted/scheduled per day (N/A to AMC units). (T-2). Compute
the number of sorties required per operations and maintenance (O&M) day to meet the
operational requirement using the following formula: (Number of Sorties Required)
divided by (Number of O&M days in a Given Month). Sorties per day need to be
computed by month for the entire FY.
14.5.2.4.2. (ACC) Operations and Maintenance (O&M) days are Monday through
Friday, not including federal or command directed family days. (T-2).
14.5.2.4.3. Monthly scheduled sorties (N/A to AMC units). (T-2). Compute monthly
scheduled sortie requirements using the following formula: (Number of Sorties or
Hours Required) divided by (1 Minus the Attrition Factor). For example, (1,000 sorties
or hours required) divided by (1 minus 0.15) equals 1,177 sorties or hours to schedule.
Round any part to the next whole sortie or hour.
14.5.2.4.4. Inspection dock capability. (T-2).
14.5.2.4.4.1. Compute the number of PH/ISO inspections to be accomplished for
each maintenance unit, by month, for the entire FY in order to meet operational
requirements.
14.5.2.4.4.2. Compute dock capability using the following formula: (Number of
O&M Days) divided by (Number of PH/ISO Days) multiplied by (Inspection
Cycle) = Inspection Dock Capability. Inspection dock capability is provided at the
wing level and provided by the squadron performing inspections.
14.5.2.4.5. (Added-ACC) Provide an updated Legacy SUTE model and MxCAP2 (or
equivalent) output spread sheet. (T-2).
14.5.2.5. Once compiled, first look packages will be presented to the OG and MXG/CCs
before being presented to the WG/CC. (T-1).
14.5.2.5.1. (Added-ACC) NLT 30 duty days after OSS/OSO receives the “Proposed
FHP” message, MO PS&D and OSS/OSO will co-chair a Proposed FHP meeting with
all required agencies. (T-2). Agencies will include but are not limited to AMXS, MXS,
MUNS, MSG (i.e., Fuels) and OS. (T-2). Capability studies and operational
requirements will be discussed and reviewed. Any maintenance, operational, or support
shortfall will be noted and briefed to the MXG, OG and MSG CCs. (T-2).
14.5.2.5.2. (Added-ACC) MO PS&D and OSS/OSO will compile the airframe,
personnel and facility capability studies, operational requirements and any noted
shortfall. (T-2). A package will be prepared and briefed to group commanders
(OG/MXG/MSG) prior to WG/CC final approval. (T-2). Once approved, the OG and
MXG will provide HQ ACC/A3T and HQ ACC/A4M a coordinated “Proposed FHP”
response message. (T-2). The message will depict the operational requirements by
month for the next fiscal year and provide an overall capability statement of the unit’s
ability to meet the plan. (T-2). Maintenance and operational shortfalls will be noted
and explained. (T-2).
14.5.2.5.3. (Added-ACC) NLT 35 duty days after OSS/OSO receives the “Proposed
FHP” message, once compiled, packages will be presented to the MSG, OG and
MXG/CCs (or equivalents) before being presented to the WG/CC for final approval.
360 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
(T-2). MO PS&D will review the comprehensive package submitted to OSS Current
Operations Flight operations scheduling section and provide feedback to AMU
OIC/NCOIC, AMXS/CC/MOO and MXG/CC if required. (T-2). Final assessments of
maintenance capabilities to support the operations "Proposed FHP" projections are then
sent to HQ ACC/A3TB and HQ ACC/A4M. The “Proposed FHP” response message is
due to HQ ACC/A3T NLT the “Propose FHP” message suspense date. (T-2).
14.5.2.5.3.1. (Added-ACC) Once COMACC approves a unit’s Proposed FHP
response, the ACC Baseline Allocation message becomes the contract between
ACC and the unit. This message will be forwarded to the unit NLT 1 Sep each year
and will be the basis for the unit’s annual flying and maintenance planning process.
(T-2). Note: Except for emergencies or HHQ tasking at year-end (e.g., hurricane
evacuations or air sovereignty scrambles), UNIT FLYING HOUR PROGRAMS
WILL NOT BE OVERFLOWN WITHOUT HQ ACC/A3 APPROVAL. (T-2).
Unit commanders are not required to "zero out" their annual flying hour program
at the end of the fiscal year. The last flying day of the year should be planned and
flown as a normal flying day keeping in mind the program cannot be overflown.
(T-2).
14.5.3. Annual Maintenance Planning Cycle.
14.5.3. (ACC) MO PS&D and OSS/OSO leads the development of their wing’s annual plan.
Both maintenance and operations are required to refine their requirements and re-evaluate their
capability to support the FHP. PS&D will identify all major maintenance impacting airframe
availability using IMDS/MIS products, such as Time Distribution Index (TDI), Planning
Requirements (PRA) and Workable TCTO Report background products to determine long-
range maintenance requirements. (T-2). PS&D & MMA will review capability studies for
accuracy. (T-2). OSS/OSO will validate O&M days and their requirements for accuracy. (T-
2).
14.5.3.1. MAJCOMs will develop procedures to ensure the objectives of the annual
maintenance planning cycle are met.
14.5.3.1.1. At a minimum, MAJCOM procedures will produce an annual flying and
maintenance plan that allocates sorties and hours into quarters, is approved by the
WG/CC, and published prior to the beginning of the FY.
14.5.3.1.2. Due to the unpredictable nature of most future AMC mission requirements,
units tasked by 618th Air and Space Operations Center will prepare flying and
maintenance plans with focus on supporting local operational training requirements
based on historical data as well as all known future maintenance and operational
requirements.
14.5.3.2. Flying Hour Allocation. Using the MAJCOM Baseline Allocation message,
PS&D, the OS, and OSS’s Operations Scheduling will provide affected work centers the
following planning factors NLT 20 August each year, or within 10 working days after
receipt of the flying hour allocations:
14.5.3.2. (ACC) If decentralized, MO PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 361
14.5.3.2.1. PS&D will provide updated capabilities which are computed by MMA and
the PDM schedule. (T-2).
14.5.3.2.1. (ACC) MO PS&D and MMA build and validate all capability studies
which include airframe, personnel, facility and phase/ISO dock projections.
AMXS/MXS Flight Chiefs will compile personnel data and forward to MMA for
inclusion into the personnel capability portion of the study. (T-2). MO/PS&D will
provide all known major maintenance which includes Programmed Depot Maintenance
(PDM), Phase/ISO, Refurbishment, and major modification schedules. (T-2).
Capability shortfalls will be noted and briefed to the MXG/CC. (T-2).
14.5.3.2.2. OSS will provide the:
14.5.3.2.2.1. Required flying hours and estimated sorties and missions in monthly
increments. (T-2).
14.5.3.2.2.2. Flying days in each month. (T-2).
14.5.3.2.2.3. Aircraft and aircrew alert requirements. (T-2).
14.5.3.2.2.4. Known and projected TDYs and special mission requirements. (T-2).
14.5.3.2.2.5. Configuration and munitions requirements. (T-2).
14.5.3.2.2.6. (Added-ACC) Exercises (if known). (T-2).
14.5.3.2.2.7. (Added-ACC) Safety, training, UTE, family, and all non-O&M
days. (T-2).
14.5.3.2.2.8. (Added-ACC) O&M days. (T-2).
14.5.3.2.2.9. (Added-ACC) Sorties/hours required (programmed). Yearly
requirements are broken out by month. (T-2).
14.5.3.2.2.10. (Added-ACC) Sorties/hours Scheduled (programmed + attrition).
Attrition is based on 4 years of historical data provided by MO/MMA unless
operations empirical data exists. Yearly requirements broken out by month. (T-2).
14.5.3.2.2.11. (Added-ACC) Average sorties per O&M day. (T-2).
14.5.3.2.2.12. (Added-ACC) Suggested turn pattern. (T-2).
14.5.3.3. NLT 1 September, or within 10 working days after receipt of the planning
factors, maintenance supervision will provide PS&D, SQ/CCs, and OSS’s Operations
Scheduling the following planning factors:
14.5.3.3. (ACC) If decentralized, maintenance supervision will provide planning factors
to MO PS&D. (T-2).
14.5.3.3.1. Estimated number of aircraft available by month, taking into consideration
aircraft required for training. (T-2).
14.5.3.3.1. (ACC) MO PS&D will calculate and provide an average aircraft
availability per month and projected UTE rate. (T-2).
14.5.3.3.2. A projected airframe capability statement. (T-2).
362 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
14.5.3.3.3. Forecasted personnel capability, taking into consideration required training
for maintenance personnel. (T-2). (N/A to contract maintenance organizations).
14.5.3.3.4. The number of supportable sorties for each month. (T-2).
14.5.3.3.5. An estimated monthly attrition factor provided by MMA. (T-2).
14.5.3.3.5. (ACC) MO MMA will provide updated attrition factors to MO PS&D and
OSS/OSO using a minimum of 4 years of historical local data. (T-2). If a unit does not
have 4 years of historical data to compute attrition, contact HQ ACC/A4MO for further
guidance.
14.5.3.3.5.1. The factor combines operations, weather and materiel (maintenance
and supply) factors.
14.5.3.3.5.2. Maintenance is responsible for adding the attrition factor to
operational requirements.
14.5.3.3.6. A recommended block scheduling pattern. (T-2).
14.5.3.3.7. A statement of limitations. (T-2).
14.5.3.3.8. (Added-ACC) NLT 15 duty days after OSS/OSO receives the MAJCOM
Baseline Allocation message, MO/PS&D and OSS/OSO will chair an annual planning
meeting with all required agencies. (T-2). Agencies will include but are not limited to
AMXS, MXS, MUNS, OS, and MSG (i.e., Fuels servicing). (T-2). Capability studies,
operational requirements and planning factors will be reviewed and validated during
this meeting. (T-2). Maintenance and operational shortfalls will be noted and briefed
to the MSG/CC and OG/CC. (T-2)
14.5.3.3.9. (Added) (ACC) NLT 25 duty days after OSS/OSO receives the
MAJCOM Baseline Allocation message, MO/PS&D and OSS/OSO will prepare and
brief the wing’s annual maintenance and flying hour program to the group commanders
(MXG/OG/MSG) prior to WG/CC approval. (T-2). Once WG/CC approved, the OG
and MXG will provide HQ ACC/A3T and HQ ACC/A4M a coordinated final FHP
message. (T-2). The message will depict the operational requirements by month for the
next fiscal year and provide an overall capability statement of the unit’s ability to meet
the plan. (T-2). Note: If maintenance or operational capability does not exist to meet
peacetime operational requirements due to split peacetime/AEF operations, or if an
operational event impacts a unit’s ability to execute, the unit has the option to revise
their FHP. This can be accomplished when submitting their annual plan or they can
reflow sorties/hours quarterly, as required. Changes to the total hours/sorties on the
Baseline Allocation message require justification by the unit. 14.5.3.3.10.
(Added)(ACC) Approved plans are forwarded to HQ ACC/A3T and HQ ACC/A4M
and serve as the annual flying hour program contract. (T-2).
14.5.4. Quarterly Maintenance and FHP Planning. Quarterly planning starts with the
operational requirement for flying hours, UTE rate, airframe availability, alert and other related
scheduling data.
14.5.4. (ACC) Launch/recovery blocks, sortie flow timing, etc., are established based on
training ranges and air refueling allocations. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 363
14.5.4.1. MAJCOMs will develop procedures to ensure the objectives of the Quarterly
Planning cycle are met.
14.5.4.2. The OS Operations Officer will provide these requirements to maintenance
supervision and PS&D NLT 25 days before the beginning of the quarter. (T-2).
14.5.4.2. (ACC) If decentralized, requirements will be provide to MO PS&D. (T-2).
14.5.4.3. Maintenance supervision and the OS Operations Officer will discuss these
requirements at the scheduling meeting before the quarter being planned. (T-2).
14.5.4.4. Schedulers will ensure quarterly plans are as detailed and accurate as possible.
(T-2).
14.5.4.4.1. Plans should include known special missions, PDM schedules, HHQ
commitments and lateral command support requirements.
14.5.4.4.2. All maintenance requirements will be consolidated into a single, quarterly
plan using AF Form 2401, Equipment Utilization and Maintenance Schedule, or
computer-generated form. (T-1).
14.5.4.4.2.1. Specific locally-developed codes will be used to identify inspections,
SI, TCI, and TCTO on the AF Form 2401. (T-2).
14.5.4.4.3. As a minimum, the quarterly plan will show the next 3 months planned
sorties and known maintenance requirements. (T-1).
14.5.4.4.3.1. Known maintenance requirements include all maintenance events
that impact aircraft availability and require management attention to ensure proper
Time Distributed Index flow.
14.5.4.4.3.2. Consolidate as many scheduled maintenance events as practical, to
reduce individual aircraft downtime, increase Aircraft availability, and minimize
the number of times per month an aircraft is removed from the schedule due to
scheduled maintenance requirements.
14.5.4.4.3.2.1. The intent is to reduce the number of times per month an aircraft
is removed from the schedule for scheduled maintenance, thus increasing
aircraft availability.
14.5.4.4.3.2.2. Unit/Wing/MAJCOM requests to change the frequency of -6
TO requirements to increase bundling opportunities will be submitted through
the applicable Lead Command for consideration and/or resolution. (T-2).
14.5.4.4.3.3. To prevent operational utilization for that day(s) flying schedule, the
quarterly plans will include, at a minimum, calendar inspections that hold an
aircraft down, calendar TCIs, TCTOs in workable status, PDM schedules, training
aircraft, cannibalization aircraft and aircraft ISO/PE/PH inspections. (T-2).
14.5.4.4.3.4. Other maintenance requirements, such as engine changes, hourly
requirements, acceptance/transfer inspections, training aircraft and cannibalization
aircraft will be posted as they become known or planned. (T-2).
14.5.4.4.3.5. Add AME inspections to the quarterly plan if the aircraft is scheduled
to stay in that configuration to ensure the inspections are included in the monthly
364 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
and weekly schedules. (T-2).
14.5.4.4.3.6. (Added-ACC) It is mandatory for the letter "F" (F2, F3, etc.) to be
printed on the quarterly plans (next 3 months) to reflect the number of sorties each
aircraft is scheduled to fly. (T-2). As a minimum, automated forms must reflect all
required entries and standardized for each MDS. (T-2).
14.5.4.4.4. Revise weekly schedule and monthly plan to meet the quarterly plan
objectives while staying within the maintenance capability. (T-2).
14.5.4.4.5. Use the following priority to determine which objectives to support if a
lack of resources prevents meeting requirements:
14.5.4.4.5.1. Alert commitments. (T-2).
14.5.4.4.5.2. HHQ directed missions. (T-2).
14.5.4.4.5.3. Training. (T-2).
14.5.4.5. The OG/CC and MXG/CC (or equivalent) chair a quarterly meeting NLT 14 days
before the next quarter.
14.5.4.5. (ACC) The OG/CC and MXG/CC jointly chair a quarterly meeting (calendar
quarter, Oct-Dec, Jan-Mar, Apr-Jun, and Jul-Sep) NLT the monthly meeting (can be held
in conjunction with) prior to the effective quarter and may be held in conjunction with the
weekly scheduling meeting. The intent of the quarterly meeting is to ensure both operations
and maintenance are continuing to look past the current month, not to add an additional
meeting. A rolling 3-month plan briefed each month meets the intent of the quarterly
scheduling process. (T-2).
14.5.4.5.1. OSS’s Current Operations Flight Scheduling will compile, coordinate and
brief the unit’s quarterly plan and include operational requirements, support capability
and any difficulties expected. (T-2).
14.5.4.5.2. Once an approved quarterly plan is established, OSS’s Current Operations
Flight, Scheduling will forward a copy to the OS, AMXS, OG/CC and MXG/CC along
with all scheduling agencies. (T-2).
14.5.4.5.2. (ACC) When changes to the quarterly plan are required to achieve the unit
objectives, make necessary adjustments to the monthly and weekly plans while keeping
within unit capabilities. (T-2).
14.5.4.5.3. The plan will be posted so it may be viewed by both maintenance and
operations. (T-2).
14.5.5. Monthly Maintenance and FHP Planning.
14.5.5.1. Wings will develop procedures to ensure the objectives of the monthly planning
cycle are met. (T-2).
14.5.5.1. (ACC) Monthly planning cycle objectives are met by accomplishing the FHP
objectives identified in this chapter.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 365
14.5.5.1.1. Include predictable maintenance factors based on historical data along with
other inputs, such as flow times for maintenance, turnaround times and parts
replacement schedules.
14.5.5.1.2. MAJCOMs will develop maintenance scheduling effectiveness guidance
in their supplements to this AFI. (T-2).
14.5.5.2. The monthly flying and maintenance plan schedule refines the quarterly plan by
combining all aspects of aircraft utilization and will include:
14.5.5.2.1. A detailed monthly operations utilization calendar that specifies total
aircraft flying hours, total sorties and missions, alert requirements, scheduled sortie or
mission requirements and daily turn plans for each MDS by squadron, group or wing.
(T-2).
14.5.5.2.1. (ACC) The sortie/flying hour contract specifies the number of sorties and
hours required to be flown. The contract is the final resolved product between
operational requirements and maintenance capabilities. The total forecasted attrition
factor will be considered and added to the required sorties to ensure fulfillment of the
contract. (T-2). The annual required sorties for the month, plus the historical attrition
factor (Note: MXG approved revised attrition is also permitted), is the basis for the
development of the monthly flying and maintenance schedules. Attrition sorties are not
substitutes for capability shortfalls; they are figured against the contract. The monthly
flying schedule will reflect the number of sorties contracted, the number of attrition
sorties added, and the number of sorties scheduled for each unit. (T-2). Note: Each
unit may hold scheduling meetings at times during the week/month convenient to the
organization, as long as the timelines in this instruction are met.
14.5.5.2.1.1. Do not assign attrition sorties to a specific aircrew/mission for the
monthly planning process. (T-2).
14.5.5.2.2. Monthly maintenance requirements (as required). (T-2).
14.5.5.2.3. Transient work schedule, if applicable. (T-2).
14.5.5.2.4. Scheduled inspections, TCTOs, engine changes, time changes, DDs,
contract or depot maintenance, washes, corrosion control, training aircraft and all other
known maintenance requirements. (T-2).
14.5.5.2.4. (ACC) It is mandatory for the letter "F" (F2, F3, etc.) to be printed on the
AF Form 2401 or computer generated form to reflect the number of sorties each aircraft
is scheduled to fly. (T-2). As a minimum, automated forms must reflect all required
entries and standardized for each MDS. (T-2).
14.5.5.2.5. SE scheduled inspections, contract or depot maintenance, TCTOs, time
changes, DDs, washes and corrosion control. (T-2).
14.5.5.2.6. Avionics and other off-equipment maintenance scheduled inspections,
TCTOs, assembly or repair operations. (T-2).
14.5.5.2.7. Engine/module 6-month removal forecast and in-shop inspection
requirements. (T-2).
366 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
14.5.5.2.8. Munitions, photo, ECM and other mission loading or configuration
requirements, including ammunition changes. (T-2).
14.5.5.2.9. Total ordnance requirements for aircraft support. (T-2).
14.5.5.2.9. (ACC) Include the following statement in the schedule for units with
munitions: "The types and quantities of munitions listed in this schedule, plus current
fiscal year (FY) expenditures, do not exceed AFMAN 11-212, Requirements for
Aircrew Munitions, authorized allowances.” (T-2).
14.5.5.2.10. Tanks, Racks, Adapters and Pylons and WRM scheduled inspections,
TCTOs, assembly or repair operations. (T-2).
14.5.5.2.11. Monthly training schedules, if not published separately. (T-2).
14.5.5.2.12. Detailed support requirements (such as, Petroleum, Oil, and Lubricants
servicing, supply, food service, fire department, security, civil engineer, and airfield
operations requirements). (T-2).
14.5.5.2.13. All known operational events (such as, exercises, deployments, surges) to
determine maintenance capability to meet operational needs. (T-2).
14.5.5.2.14. (Added-ACC) If known as confirmed requirements, include special
activities, UTA weekends and other unit formations. (T-2).
14.5.5.3. Monthly planning cycle requirements.
14.5.5.3. (ACC) The OS operations officers and AMU OIC/NCOIC will review their
applicable portion of the monthly and weekly schedule prior to submission to MO PS&D.
(T-2). To optimize aircraft and munitions support, MXS, AMXS and OS commanders will
ensure the number of aircraft committed to the schedule and/or munitions configurations
are minimized and standardized. (T-2). Use the following sequence of actions to ensure
monthly planning results in a contracted flying schedule. (T-2).
14.5.5.3.1. NLT the first weekly scheduling meeting of the month, the OS Operations
Officer will provide maintenance supervision and PS&D with the estimated operational
needs for the following month in as much detail as possible. (T-2).
14.5.5.3.1.1. To optimize aircraft and munitions support, CMS, EMS, MUNS,
MXS, AMXS, and OS will ensure the number of aircraft, and/or munitions
configurations, are minimized and standardized. (T-2).
14.5.5.3.1.2. Include known takeoff times, landing times and flying hour windows.
(T-2). Note: Landing times are not required if the unit has an established and
constant average sortie duration.
14.5.5.3.1.2. (ACC) If the take-off and landing times are unknown, block turn
patterns are required. (T-2).
14.5.5.3.2. The OS Operations Officer and maintenance supervision will review their
applicable portion of the monthly maintenance plan and weekly schedule prior to
submission to PS&D. (T-2).
14.5.5.3.2. (ACC) If decentralized, requirements will be provided to MO PS&D. (T-
2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 367
14.5.5.3.3. NLT the second weekly scheduling meeting of the month, AMXS
maintenance supervision will notify the OS Operations Officer whether requirements
can be met or limitations exist and collectively make necessary adjustments to the
proposed schedule to satisfy maintenance and operational requirements. (T-2).
14.5.5.3.3. (ACC) MUNS control NCOIC/ Munitions officer tells the OPS officer
whether munitions requirements can be met or limitations exist. Make adjustments to
the proposed monthly flying and maintenance plan to satisfy maintenance and
operational requirements. (T-2).
14.5.5.3.4. MXG/CC and OG/CC will formalize the next month’s flying and
maintenance plan prior to presenting it to the WG/CC for approval NLT the third
scheduling meeting of the preceding month. (T-2).
14.5.5.3.4. (ACC) All agencies will submit their monthly plan inputs to MO PS&D
before presentation to the WG/CC. (T-2). When the proposed monthly flying schedule
contract is agreed upon and approved by the WG/CC, it is included as a portion of the
monthly flying and maintenance schedule. The monthly flying and maintenance
schedule is published/distributed NLT 5 duty days prior to the beginning of the
effective month. Automated methods are acceptable (ensure security requirements are
met). (T-2).
14.5.5.4. WG/CC’s monthly scheduling meeting.
14.5.5.4.1. OS scheduling will outline past accomplishments, status of flying goals,
problems encountered and detailed needs for the next month. (T-2).
14.5.5.4.2. PS&D will outline projected maintenance capability and
aircraft/equipment availability. (T-2).
14.5.5.4.2. (ACC) AMU/AMXS outline projected maintenance capability, and
aircraft/equipment availability. Munitions (MUNS) control NCOIC/Munitions officer
outlines projected munitions supportability. (T-2).
14.5.5.4.3. If conflicts arise between operational requirements and maintenance
capability, present alternatives and limitations, the MXG/CC (or equivalent), OG/CC
and WG/CC will decide what portion of the mission to support and to what degree. (T-
2).
14.5.5.5. When the WG/CC approves/signs the proposed monthly flying plan, PS&D will
include it as a portion of the monthly flying and maintenance plan. (T-2). Monthly plans
may be published electronically provided local security requirements are met.
14.5.5.5. (ACC) If decentralized, MO PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
14.5.5.5.1. (Added-ACC) DELETED.
14.5.6. Weekly Scheduling. The weekly schedule is the final refinement to the monthly plan
and results in the weekly flying and maintenance schedule.
14.5.6.1. Wings will develop procedures to ensure the objectives of the weekly scheduling
process are met. (T-2).
368 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
14.5.6.1. (ACC) Weekly scheduling objectives are met by accomplishing the procedures
outlined in this chapter and Attachments 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12. (T-2).
14.5.6.1.1. PS&D will review matrix/chart depicting the total number of SI and TCI
requirements to be loaded in the MIS for each assigned aircraft/system and verify
against the MIS totals weekly. (T-1). Overdue and uncorrected discrepancies will be
briefed weekly during a daily production/scheduling meeting chaired by the MXG/CD
(or equivalent). (T-2).
14.5.6.1.1. (ACC) If decentralized, MO PS&D will perform this function. (T-2).
14.5.6.1.1.1. (Added-ACC) MO PS&D will brief overdue AGE inspections
monthly at a daily production/scheduling meeting chaired by the MXG/CD (or
equivalent). (T-2).
14.5.6.1.2. (Added-ACC) Weekly scheduling meetings will be conducted at the
group and wing level as follows:
14.5.6.1.2.1. (Added-ACC) The OG/CC and MXG/CC, or their designated
representatives, will chair the group meeting to consolidate and review proposed
flying and maintenance plans. (T-2).
14.5.6.1.2.2. (Added-ACC) The WG/CC will chair a weekly scheduling meeting
at which the OG and MXG/CCs will present the flying and maintenance plan for
approval; the MSG/CC will also attend this meeting. (T-2).
14.5.6.2. NLT 2 workdays before the weekly scheduling meeting, the OS Operations
Officer will provide maintenance supervision the following information (as required for
missile units):
14.5.6.2.1. Aircraft takeoff and landing times. (T-2).
14.5.6.2.2. Configuration requirements. (T-2).
14.5.6.2.3. Munitions requirements. (T-2).
14.5.6.2.4. Fuel loads. (T-2).
14.5.6.2.5. Special or peculiar mission support requirements. (T-2).
14.5.6.2.6. Alert requirements. (T-2).
14.5.6.2.7. Exercise vulnerability. (T-2).
14.5.6.2.8. Deployments. (T-2).
14.5.6.2.9. Off-base sorties. (T-2).
14.5.6.2.10. On-equipment training requirements. (T-2).
14.5.6.2.11. Other special requirements. (T-2).
14.5.6.2.12. All mission unique requirements are annotated by OS Operations Officers
on the weekly and daily flying schedule. (T-2).
14.5.6.2.12.1. (Added-ACC) When one maintenance unit supports more than one
flying unit at a base, the OS operations officers will consolidate and de-conflict
those requirements and submit a single operational requirement to maintenance.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 369
(T-2). This ensures operational requirements do not exceed aircraft availability and
maintenance capability.
14.5.6.3. Home and deployed units will publish a weekly schedule. (T-1). Include the
following in the weekly flying and maintenance schedule:
14.5.6.3. (ACC) Dedicated AMU Schedulers will de-conflict the flying and maintenance
pages with the AF Form 2402, Weekly Equipment Utilization and Maintenance
Schedule,/AF Form 2401 for accuracy prior to submission to MO PS&D. (T-2). The
published AF Form 2402/2401 will reflect the unit’s planned action for each aircraft each
day. (T-2). Maintain AF Forms in accordance with the RDS. (T-2).
14.5.6.3.1. Sortie sequence numbers, aircraft tail numbers (primary and spares),
scheduled takeoff and landing times, aircraft or equipment scheduled use times,
configurations, fuel loads, and special equipment requirements. (T-2). Units that fly a
published and constant average sortie duration need not publish land times.
14.5.6.3.2. Spare aircraft requirements. (T-2). Spare requirements are printed by day
for each maintenance unit. Generate only the absolute minimum of spare aircraft.
14.5.6.3.3. Scheduled maintenance actions, by aircraft and equipment serial number,
to include inspections, TCTOs, time changes, contract and depot inputs, engine
changes, washes or corrosion control, document reviews and DDs. (T-2).
14.5.6.3.3. (ACC) Hours remaining to phase/ISO. A job control number/event ID will
be printed in the weekly flying schedule for each scheduled maintenance event. (T-2).
14.5.6.3.4. Required pre-inspection and other maintenance/scheduling meetings. (T-
2).
14.5.6.3.4. (ACC) Phase/Isochronal inspections, Contract Field Team (CFT)/Depot
Field Team (DFT) etc. to include minimum attendees. (T-2).
14.5.6.3.5. Wash rack use. (T-2).
14.5.6.3.6. On-equipment training requirements. (T-2).
14.5.6.3.7. AGE inspections or maintenance schedule by type and ID number. (T-2).
14.5.6.3.8. MAJCOMs will develop standardized procedures to record and coordinate
changes to the weekly schedule using an AF Form 2407 or electronic equivalent.
Include minimum approval levels for approving changes to the weekly schedule.
14.5.6.3.8.1. (Added-ACC) Pen-and-ink changes are not authorized in ACC
units. (T-2).
14.5.6.3.8.2. (Added-ACC) AF Form 2407, Weekly/Daily Flying Schedule
Coordination, Approval Authority. AF Form 2407 changes adding aircraft and/or
sorties or increase the flying window require approval by both OG and MXG
commanders (or group level representative designated in writing by group
commander). (T-2). It is highly recommended the WG/CC or WG/CV approve AF
Form 2407s adding aircraft and/or sorties or increase the flying window. See
paragraph A8.3.2.2 for definition of an “add”.
14.5.6.3.8.3. (Added-ACC) All other AF Form 2407 changes will be approved
370 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
by the affected squadron commander(s) (or designated representative). (T-2). The
MOC will coordinate higher headquarters directed taskings requiring immediate
execution. (T-2). Electronic coordination is acceptable provided receipt is
acknowledged and the sender enters the name of the person notified and the
date/time on the AF Form 2407.
14.5.6.3.9. Any change to the printed schedule will require an AF Form 2407 with the
following exceptions: a change to the original printed takeoff or landing time of 15
minutes or less; a change of aircrew names, ranges, or airspace; or a change arising
after the first crew ready time for the squadron’s current day’s scheduled flying
window. (T-2).
14.5.6.3.9. (ACC) Changes arising after the first crew ready time for the
remainder of the flying day, such as tail number swaps, do not require an AF Form
2407; however, these changes will be coordinated by telephone or radio with all
affected agencies. (T-2). Exception: Any aircraft or sortie added to the flying
schedule and any sortie duration change that extends flying or landing beyond the
flying hour window will be coordinated using an AF Form 2407. (T-2).
14.5.6.3.9.1. Changes made during the daily scheduling meeting also require an
AF Form 2407. (T-2).
14.5.6.3.9.1. (ACC) Adding aircraft, sortie(s), expanding the flying window, tail
number swap(s) or configuration change(s) require an AF Form 2407 for audit and
analysis purposes. (T-2). Changes made during the daily maintenance production
meeting also require an AF Form 2407. (T-2).
14.5.6.3.9.2. The agency requesting the change initiates the AF Form 2407 and
coordinates it IAW MAJCOM procedures. (T-2).
14.5.6.3.9.2. (ACC) The agency requesting the change initiates the AF Form 2407
and coordinates it through the affected production superintendent, AMU
OIC/NCOIC, AMXS Maintenance Operations, Operations Squadron Operations
Officer, Operations Group, Munitions Control, Maintenance Group, and wing staff
agencies, as applicable (MOC, PS&D, etc.). Coordinate changes affecting
munitions requirements with Munitions Control to ensure proposed munitions
changes can be met. The requested changes should be coordinated prior to the daily
maintenance production meeting to allow sufficient time to determine
supportability of the change. (T-2).
14.5.6.3.9.2.1. (Added-ACC) After coordination, a copy of the AF Form
2407 is filed in the MOC. The MOC will ensure MMA receives all AF Form
2407s for deviation accounting. (T-2). AF Forms 2407 will be disposed of IAW
Records Information Schedule (RDS). (T-2).
14.5.6.3.9.2.2. (Added-ACC) Any AF Form 2407 coordinated changes made
will be input by MOC into the MIS. (T-2). Maintenance Debrief will input
utilization data for all sorties considered "flown as scheduled" (i.e., FCF/OCF,
X/C returns, surge second and subsequent goes). (T-2). Note: Use of the AF
Form 2407 does not negate the recording of deviations.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 371
14.5.6.3.10. (Added-ACC) TDI per AMU/HMU in MAJCOM standard formatting
per the below (see Attachment 14):
14.5.6.3.10.1. (Added-ACC) Bar Graph format with tail numbers along the Y-
Axis (left side) and inspection interval along the X-Axis (bottom of chart). (T-2).
14.5.6.3.10.2. (Added-ACC) An ideal distribution line starting at the top left axis
and ending at the bottom right inspection interval point. (T-2).
14.5.6.3.10.3. (Added-ACC) Units may choose to color code lines and use a
legend to visually capture specific requirements. (T-2).
14.5.6.3.10.4. (Added-ACC) Deployed units will submit a TDI to home station
to be included in the weekly schedule. (T-2).
14.5.6.4. The OS Operations Officer and Maintenance Supervision will review and
coordinate on the proposed weekly flying and maintenance schedule with OS, AMXS,
MXS, CMS, and EMS prior to presenting it to the OG/CC and MXG/CC (or equivalent).
(T-1).
14.5.6.4. (ACC) Operations and maintenance schedulers discuss weekly needs and arrive
at an acceptable, coordinated schedule for group commanders' review. (T-2).
14.5.6.5. The approved schedule will be submitted to PS&D for compilation and a
complete copy provided to the WG/CC. (T-3).
14.5.6.5. (ACC) MO PS&D will review the schedules for adequate utilization of aircraft
and proper scheduling of maintenance requirements. (T-2).
14.5.6.6. At the weekly scheduling meeting wings will evaluate the past week's
accomplishments (to include flying and MSE) and negotiate/approve refinements to the
coming week's schedule. (T-2).
14.5.6.6.1. The AF Form 2402, Weekly Equipment Utilization and Maintenance
Schedule, or locally developed product, will be used to summarize the upcoming
week’s schedule. (T-2).
14.5.6.6.1. (ACC) The following will be on the AF Form 2402:
14.5.6.6.1.1. (Added-ACC) Number of AMU/HMU. (T-2).
14.5.6.6.1.2. (Added-ACC) Mission Design Series (F-15E, A-10A, F-22A, F-
35A, etc.) (T-2).
14.5.6.6.1.3. (Added-ACC) Turn patterns (T-2).
14.5.6.6.1.3.1. (Added-ACC) Include in the turn pattern: XC, XCR, O&B, P,
QT, FCF, and OCF (Example: 10X8, 1 OCF, 1 XC). (T-2).
14.5.6.6.1.4. (Added-ACC) The number of PAI. (T-2).
14.5.6.6.1.5. (Added-ACC) The number of aircraft possessed each day. (T-2).
14.5.6.6.1.6. (Added-ACC) The number of aircraft committed to flying each day.
(T-2).
14.5.6.6.1.7. (Added-ACC) Percentage of committed aircraft using the formula:
372 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
# of Aircraft Committed to flying (including spares) divided by PAI or possessed
(whichever is lower). (T-2).
14.5.6.6.1.8. (Added-ACC) First take off and last land. (T-2).
14.5.6.6.1.9. (Added-ACC) Total sorties per day and week. (T-2).
14.5.6.6.2. The AF Form 2403, Weekly Aircraft Utilization/Maintenance Schedule, or
locally-developed equivalent product that contains all requirements and creates a finite
depiction of aircraft utilization and maintenance. (T-2).
14.5.6.7. Once the weekly schedule is reviewed and signed by the OG/CC, MXG/CC (or
equivalent), and WG/CC it becomes the final planning guide for both operations and
maintenance and the basis for deviation reporting. (T-1).
14.5.6.7. (ACC) The weekly schedule will be signed and posted NLT 1600 Fridays. (T-
2). The WG/CC or designated representative will include the date and time when signing
the weekly schedule cover page. (T-2). MO PS&D records maintenance scheduling
deviations and forwards computations to MMA weekly for publication in the monthly
maintenance summary as outlined in Attachment 8. The MOC reports flying scheduling
deviations. (T-2).
14.5.6.7.1. The schedule will be followed as printed or as amended by coordinated
changes. (T-1).
14.5.6.7.2. Coordinated changes do not negate reporting deviations IAW MAJCOM
guidance.
14.5.6.7.3. (Added-ACC) Unit Training Assembly (UTA) Weekends. During
scheduled UTA Weekend flying for classic Association, units are allowed to sign the
schedule on the last scheduled fly day NLT 1600. (T-2).
14.5.6.8. PS&D will distribute the schedule to each appropriate activity and work center
NLT time determined in MAJCOM supplements to this AFI. (T-2).
14.5.6.8. (ACC) PS&D will ensure distribution of the schedule to each appropriate
activity and workcenter NLT 30 minutes after the schedule is signed and received. (T-2).
14.5.6.8.1. Weekly schedules may be published electronically provided local security
requirements are met.
14.5.6.8.1. (ACC) DELETED.
14.6. Contingency and Expeditionary Responsibilities.
14.6.1. Responsibilities of Contingency/Expeditionary (Cont/Exp) units, for example,
maintaining non-assigned aircraft. Note: This does not include AMC-established enroute
stations.
14.6.1. (ACC) NLT 7 days after arrival of a new unit, MO PS&D Superintendent will visit
all decentralized scheduling activities and provide technical assistance as needed. (T-2).
14.6.1.1. Most planning and scheduling is the responsibility of units with assigned aircraft
and is provided through reachback support to home stations. Contingency units have fewer
responsibilities as described below. Commanders of expeditionary units will ensure the
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 373
intent of the guidance is met, when the dynamic nature of a Cont/Exp organization make
strict adherence impossible. (T-1).
14.6.1.2. Cont/Exp PS&D will conduct the following programs as outlined below:
14.6.1.2.1. ADR, pre- and post-dock meetings, acceptance inspections (from
DFT/CFTs) and the major work program. (T-1).
14.6.1.2.1.1. Cont/Exp PS&D will use the procedures developed by the aircraft-
owning organizations. (T-1).
14.6.1.2.1.2. If aircraft from multiple bases/units are supported, procedures do not
have to be standardized.
14.6.1.3. Ensure discrepancies noted by the aircraft-owning PS&D for the Aircraft
Configuration Management, TCI and SI programs are corrected. (T-1). Cont/Exp PS&D
will not develop programs independent of the aircraft owning organization. (T-1).
14.6.1.4. Develop local coordination procedures for contingency aircraft affected by
Immediate and Urgent Action (I/UA) TCTOs. (T-1).
14.6.1.5. When notified by the aircraft-owning organization of an I/UA TCTO, the
Cont/Exp PS&D will host a TCTO meeting. (T-1).
14.6.1.5.1. The purpose of the meeting is to determine if the Cont/Exp unit has the
maintenance capability to perform the TCTO.
14.6.1.5.1.1. Invite AMU, QA and affected work centers. Cont/Exp will notify the
Expeditionary Maintenance Group Commander (EMXG/CC) of the unit’s
capability to perform the TCTO. (T-1).
14.6.1.5.1.2. Develop and implement local tracking methodology to track TCTO
completion. (T-1).
14.6.1.5.1.3. Update MIS when the aircraft-owning Cont/Exp PS&D loads the
requisite JST/JCNS. (T-1).
14.6.1.5.1.4. If the Cont/Exp unit does not have the maintenance capability to
perform the TCTO, Cont/Exp PS&D will notify the owning organization of that
inability. (T-1).
14.6.1.5.2. Cont/Exp PS&D will only maintain aircraft I/UA TCTO files while active.
(T-1).
14.6.1.5.2.1. Once TCTOs are completed and loaded in MIS, records will be sent
to home station for filing. (T-1).
14.6.1.5.2.2. A TCTO meeting is not necessary for Routine Action aircraft TCTOs.
14.6.1.5.3. A full TCTO program IAW this Chapter is required for AGE and other
special equipment which is assigned to the contingency unit. (T-1). This is intended to
cover equipment that does not rotate with aviation packages.
14.6.1.5.4. Monthly and weekly maintenance planning. Cont/Exp PS&D will produce
maintenance plans detailing all known maintenance requirements for the upcoming
month/week. (T-1).
374 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
14.6.1.5.4.1. This plan will detail by tail number, due date, JST and a description
of the scheduled maintenance required for the time period. (T-1).
14.6.1.5.4.1.1. Use of the AF Form 2401 is not required.
14.6.1.5.4.1.2. The list will be published 2-days prior to the covered time
period, coordinated through maintenance supervision, and approved by the
EMXG/CC. (T-3).
14.6.1.5.4.2. The weekly schedule will additionally identify those actions which
will be deferred. (T-1).
14.6.1.5.4.2.1. It will specifically identify if the action is deferred for mission
requirements or due to a lack of capability. (T-1).
14.6.1.5.4.2.2. Actions which are not identified as “pre-deferred” are expected
to be accomplished during the upcoming week.
14.6.1.5.4.3. MSE will not be calculated for Cont/Exp units. (T-2). It is anticipated
that Cont/Exp units require a great deal of flexibility to meet mission requirements.
14.6.1.6. Cont/Exp organizations are not responsible for Aircraft Generation Planning,
Transfer Inspections, Flying/Maintenance Planning Cycle, First Look, Annual/Quarterly
Mx Planning, AVDO and 2R1 functional management responsibilities.
14.6.1.7. Cont/Exp PS&D will develop procedures with home station AVDOs to
communicate and ensure AVDO responsibilities are performed. (T-1).
14.6.1.7.1. (Added-ACC) Home station AVDOs will perform AVDO duties on
deployed aircraft unless the possession changes to the deployed location, then
CENTAF MO PS&D will perform all AVDO duties. (T-2). With home station AVDO
approval, CENTAF MO PS&D will make MIS inventory/status transactions and
coordinate message requirements with home station AVDOs. (T-2).
14.6.1.8. (Added-ACC) Deployed ACC Units will use Attachment 12 to develop
weekly schedules and for FSE/MSE reporting. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 375
Chapter 15
AIRCRAFT SUN SHADE SUSTAINMENT
15.1. Purpose: This Chapter outlines overall management responsibilities for aircraft sun
shades, crew shelters and portable/inflatable shelters. Additionally, it provides guidance and a
standardized approach to procure and sustain these equipment items.
15.2. Scope: Applies to all AF units possessing or procuring these equipment items to support
logistics operations and flight line or maintenance areas. This includes conventional force logistics
units; nuclear and nuclear support units; cyber and space; special operations; wholesale-level
procurement, sustainment, and maintenance; aerial port squadrons; logistics readiness squadrons;
research, test, and development units. It does not include medical logistics, civil engineering
logistics, security forces units and communications units.
15.2.1. Aircraft sun shades and other shelter types as defined below and addressed in this
Chapter are considered equipment items for accountability purposes and will be tracked/
accounted for on appropriate documents on a CA/CRL and managed IAW AFMAN 23-122.
(T-1).
15.2.1.1. These assets are not listed on unit authorized equipment tables of allowance
because they are not required support equipment for weapons systems. These assets are the
responsibility of the owning organization.
15.2.1.2. Commanders will ensure all other applicable organizations with appropriate
subject matter expertise are involved in the procurement, installation, repair, sustainment,
and replacement of these assets. (T-1).
15.2.1.3. Aircraft sun shades are not considered as temporary or relocatable facilities
associated with Military Construction (MILCON) projects. Procedures for temporary or
relocatable facilities associated with MILCON projects are contained in AFI 32-1021,
Planning and Programming Military Construction (MILCON) Projects. Relocatable
buildings are designed to be readily erected, disassembled, stored, moved, and reused to
meet a short-term requirement for facilities due to either transitory peak requirements or
urgent requirements pending approval, such as construction of facilities via normal military
construction programs. According to AFI 32-1021, Chapter 6, Relocatable and Temporary
Facilities, the terms temporary and relocatable are interchangeable. Furthermore, AFI 32-
1021 provides guidance on satisfying interim facility requirements using relocatable or
temporary facilities. Aircraft sun shades are not incident or interim to a MILCON project,
nor are they in place to meet a temporary requirement; therefore the terms temporary or
relocatable as used in AFI 32-1021 do not apply to aircraft sunshades.
15.2.1.4. Aircraft sun shades are not intended to replace aircraft maintenance hangars and
as such there is no requirement associated with aircraft specifications or square footage
allowances contained in AFMAN 32-1084.
15.3. Definitions.
15.3.1. Aircraft Sun Shades: Structure with the sole purpose of providing minimal protection
for personnel from the elements (sun, wind, rain, snow, excluding lightning) with a roof and a
maximum of two sides.
376 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
15.3.2. Crew Shelters: Any portable or prefabricated structure placed inside, under or erected
to support activities within an aircraft sun shade, hangar, hardened aircraft shelter or protective
aircraft shelter. These should not be confused with other shelters that are designed for
personnel protection only (such as, End-of-Runway shacks).
15.3.3. Portable/Inflatable shelters: A structure constructed using layers of membrane
connected together using pressurized air to produce a structure which covers limited areas
(such as, cargo aircraft engine, open fuel tanks) of an aircraft or equipment.
15.3.4. Allied support: Utilities (electrical, water, air, communications) provided up to a stub
at each aircraft sun shade. Utilities are real property assets. Installation of new utility services
carries a work classification of Construction. See Paragraph 15.11
15.4. Headquarters Air Force.
15.4.1. AF/A4L will:
15.4.1.1. Develop, articulate, and clarify all AF aircraft sun shade policies.
15.4.2. The Directorate of Civil Engineers (AF/A4C) will:
15.4.2.1. Provide input for development and clarification of aircraft sun shade policies.
15.4.2.2. Determine appropriate A4C agencies responsible for procurement consultation
to the field.
15.4.2.3. Develop allied support guidance in relation to aircraft sun shades.
15.5. MAJCOM A4s will:
15.5.1. Provide input to AF/A4L on AF aircraft sun shade policies.
15.5.2. Review all plans for procurement, installation and sustainment of aircraft sun shades
for initial procurement with assistance from MAJCOM/A3, A4, Safety, AF Installation and
Mission Support Center (AFIMSC) or Primary Subordinate Unit (PSU) Air Force Civil
Engineer Center (AFCEC) as outlined in Paragraphs 15.7.1.11 and 15.8.
15.5.3. Develop weather event baseline criteria if not previously developed so an organization
can procure an acceptable aircraft sun shade suitable to its specific location. Consider annual
days of sun, average wet bulb globe temperature, annual rainfall, and annual snowfall, UV
index, snow load, snow removal capability, wind sustainment requirements and temperatures
that may affect work-rest cycles and overall productivity.
15.5.3.1. (Added-ACC) To procure new/replacement aircraft sun shades, organizations
must meet one of the following requirements in paragraphs 15.5.3.2 or 15.5.3.3 (T-2).
15.5.3.2. (Added-ACC) The base must experience a 10-year average WBGT of 82°F for
a minimum of 2 months out of the year. (T-2). Note: The average hottest consecutive 5
hours of the day were used to determine the monthly average WBGT. See Table 15.1 for
bases which currently are authorized to procure sun shades. (T-2).
15.5.3.3. (Added-ACC) The base must experience a 10-year average of 20 inches or
more of snow annually. (T-2). See Table 15.2 for bases which currently are authorized to
procure sun shades. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 377
Table 15.1. (Added-ACC) Wet Bulb Globe Temperature 10-Year Average (2009-2018).
Base
June
July
August
September
Average
Hottest
5-Hr Block
Average
Hottest
5-Hr Block
Average
Hottest
5-Hr Block
Average
Hottest
5-Hr Block
David-Monthan AFB, AZ
79
84
83
80
Joint Base Langley-Eustis, VA
80
83
82
77
Moody AFB, GA
85
87
87
83
Nellis AFB, NV
78
84
83
78
Robins AFB, GA
86
87
87
82
Seymour Johnson AFB, NC
83
86
85
80
Shaw AFB, SC
84
86
85
80
Tinker AFB, OK
82
85
84
77
Tyndall AFB, FL
86
87
87
85
Bases Below Are Not Authorized Sun Shades per WBGT 10-Year Average
Beale AFB, CA
77
81
80
76
Creech AFB, NV
75
80
78
73
Hill AFB, UT
69
75
73
66
Offutt AFB, NE
79
82
80
73
Mountain Home AFB, ID
69
76
74
67
Table 15.2. (Added-ACC) Snowfall 10-Year Average: Inches (2009-2018).
Base
Average
Offutt AFB, NE
21
Hill AFB, UT
60
Bases Below are not Authorized Sun Shades per Snowfall 10-Year Average
Beale AFB, CA
0
Creech AFB, NV
0
Davis-Monthan AFB, AZ
1
Joint Base Langley-Eustis, VA
6
Moody AFB, GA
0
Mountain Home AFB, ID
11
378 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Nellis AFB, NV
0
Robins AFB, GA
0
Seymour Johnson AFB, NC
1
Shaw AFB, SC
1
Tinker AFB, OK
0
Tyndall AFB, FL
0
15.5.4. Review and coordinate all plans with MAJCOM/A3, A4, Safety, AFIMSC or PSU
AFCEC and the proper civilian airport authorities (when applicable) prior to approving the
procurement or installation of aircraft sun shades.
15.5.5. Approve/disapprove submitted request(s) based on information contained under the
owning organization responsibilities section of this Chapter.
15.5.6. Provide field operating and sustaining organizations direction on the specific types and
sizes of aircraft sun shades to use for each application.
15.5.7. (Added-ACC) HQ ACC/A4M will:
15.5.7.1. (Added-ACC) Administer and enforce HQ ACC Aircraft Sun Shade policy. (T-
2).
15.5.7.2. (Added-ACC) Review weather criteria used in the development of
requirements every 4 years to revalidate unit authorizations. (T-2).
15.6. Owning Organization.
15.6.1. The owning organization is the group level or equivalent organization responsible for
the planning, funding, procurement, installation, maintenance, and lifetime sustainment of the
aircraft sun shade including any installed utilities (lighting, obstructions in front of lighting,
electrical, communications included in the project scope as defined in Paragraphs 15.3.4 and
15.8.8. (T-1).
15.6.1.1. Owning organizations may install aircraft sun shades, upon MAJCOM/A4
approval, to provide protection from the sun or other weather events such as: rain, sleet,
snow. (T-1).
15.6.2. Owning organizations are responsible for the aircraft sun shade grounding system
beginning at the single point service ground. Owning organizations shall test the aircraft sun
shade grounding system IAW AFI 32-1065, Grounding Systems. (T-1). Note: These
responsibilities can be contracted as outlined in Paragraph 15.8.8
15.6.2.1. Owning organizations will ensure that Base Civil Engineer accepts the Lightning
Protection Systems prior to accepting the facility, ensuring the lightning protection system
is compliant and that the facility is immediately usable IAW AFI 32-1065. (T-1).
15.6.3. The owning organization is responsible for maintaining and storing manufacturer
design drawings and specifications, and providing ready access to installation agencies as
necessary. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 379
15.6.4. For each procurement, and each aircraft sun shade related contracting effort (such as
inspection and sustainment contracts) referenced in Paragraph 15.10.3 of this publication, the
owning organization will provide and appoint a Contracting Officer Representative (COR)
who reports to the contracting officer on all aspects of implementation of the contract. (T-1).
15.6.4.1. For these same procurements and contracting actions, the owning organization
will, in agreement with the local Civil Engineering organization request a Civil
Engineering representative to advise on technical requirements of the procurement. (T-1).
15.6.4.2. The CE advisor will assist the COR in:
15.6.4.2.1. Enforcing established engineering standards or inspection criteria as
defined and incorporated in the procurement/sustainment contract in order to address
safety and integrity of the structure. (T-1).
15.6.4.2.2. Providing quality oversight authority for any technical/serviceability
inspections performed on the structure by the contractor. (T-1).
15.6.4.2.2.1. (Added-ACC) Regarding contracted maintenance, the CE COR
shall be provided an opportunity to conduct a technical review and quality control
inspection for non-routine repairs or modifications of sun shades to ensure
compliance with applicable codes. (T-2).
15.6.5. (Added-ACC) Wing CC will:
15.6.5.1. (Added-ACC) Obtain HQ ACC/A4 approval of SOW or PWS packages using
the electronic AF Form 1768, Staff Summary Sheet (e-SSS). (T-2). Send the completed e-
SSS with SOW or PWS and any supporting documents (outlined in paragraph 15.7.1.5)
to the HQ ACC/A4 Workflow e-mail box ([email protected]). (T-2). The
completed e-SSS will be coordinated (including sub-organization coordination) and signed
by the following base agencies:
15.6.5.1.1. (Added-ACC) Base Air Field Management. (T-2).
15.6.5.1.2. (Added-ACC) Base SE. (T-2).
15.6.5.1.3. (Added-ACC) Base MSG/CC (or equivalent). (T-2).
15.6.5.1.4. (Added-ACC) Base MXG/CC (or equivalent). (T-2).
15.6.5.2. (Added-ACC) Coordinate with FMS units and applicable FMS Office which
have sun shades installed on the installation to have them removed prior to FMS departure
or the local unit will assume sustainment of the aircraft sun shades. (T-2).
15.6.6. (Added-ACC) Owning organization Commander or equivalent will ensure
serviceability of aircraft sun shades. (T-2).
15.6.7. (Added-ACC) Aircraft Sun Shade Manager will:
15.6.7.1. (Added-ACC) Maintain all installation and maintenance records on assigned
sun shades to include manufacturer’s drawings and specifications, if available. (T-2).
15.6.7.2. (Added-ACC) Lead the planning, funding, maintenance and lifetime
sustainment of the sun shades unless otherwise directed by the owning organizations
leadership. (T-2).
380 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
15.6.7.3. (Added-ACC) Ensure inspections are conducted at intervals directed by the
manufacturer. If no inspection intervals are available, contractor inspections shall be
accomplished every 2 years. (T-2).
15.6.7.4. (Added-ACC) Owning organizations must maintain inspections records for a
minimum of 2 years. (T-2).
15.6.7.5. (Added-ACC) Report any detected discrepancies to the sustainment contractor
or organic entity to correct. (T-2).
15.6.7.6. (Added-ACC) Coordinate with organic entity or contractor and AMU in
advance to schedule inspection and/or repair of sun shade. (T-2).
15.6.8. (Added-ACC) When applicable program requirements (e.g., Lightning Protection
options) or technical guidance states for the use of aircraft sun shades as an option, units may
request a supporting plan for sustainment to the HQ ACC/A4. Requests will be made IAW
requirement outlined in paragraphs 15.6.5.1 and 15.6.5.2 (T-2).
15.7. New Procurements.
15.7.1. The owning organization will:
15.7.1.1. Develop plans for purchase, installation, acceptance and sustainment then submit
information to the MAJCOM/A4 for plan approval. (T-2). If the owning organization
intends to request allied support, the owning organization shall include these costs in the
forecast. If allied support is required, submit an AF Form 332, Base Civil Engineer Work
Request, or service/work request to Civil Engineering Customer Service prior to
solicitations, purchases, or procurements. (T-2).
15.7.1.2. Refer to AFI 65-601, Volume 1, Budget Guidance and Procedures, and AFI 65-
601, Volume 2, Budget Management for Operations to determine correct appropriation for
procurement and installation of aircraft sun shades or crew shelters described in this
publication. Plan and fund current equipment sustainment IAW Paragraph 15.10 (T-1).
15.7.1.3. Use strategic sourcing, if available, for standardization and to leverage buying
power from an enterprise perspective. (T-1).
15.7.1.4. Ensure all facets of aircraft sun shade sustainment are considered; all applicable
installation functional areas (CE community planner, Airfield Management, Comm,
Safety, Medical) are involved in the siting and selection process, and is approved by the
installation’s facility board prior to solicitation and procurement. (T-1).
15.7.1.4.1. If expertise is not available in the owning organization, contact the
appropriate MAJCOM representative for further guidance. All new sun shades will be
compliant with current applicable structural, environmental and safety standards. (T-
1). Ensure compliance with criteria and design as outlined in Paragraph 15.8
15.7.1.5. Submit planning materials to include drawings, dimensions, cost estimates and
statements of work, as well as ramp work striping and support equipment requirements to
their applicable MAJCOM/A4. (T-2). Note: This must be completed as early as possible
in the planning phase to facilitate a smooth execution phase.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 381
15.7.1.5.1. (Added-ACC) Planning materials submitted to HQ ACC/A4 shall also
include proof of coordination with all applicable wing functional areas IAW
paragraph 15.6.5.1 (T-2).
15.7.1.6. Ensure use of reflective markings on corner structural supports regardless of
lighting used. (T-2).
15.7.1.7. Ensure use of retro reflective beads for all apron, taxiway and taxilane markings
near aircraft sun shades. (T-1). Reference Engineering Technical Letter 04-2, Standard
Airfield Pavement Marking Schemes and Unified Facilities Guide Specifications 32-17-
23, Pavement Markings and AFMAN 32-1040, Civil Engineering Airfield Infrastructure
Systems.
15.7.1.8. Perform an evaluation of all proposed sun shade installation plans to ensure
requirements in Unified Facilities Criteria (UFC) 3-260-01, Airfield and Heliport Planning
and Design are met. If waivers are required, those waivers must be approved prior to
contract award of the sun shade. (T-1).
15.7.1.8.1. Ensure waiver authorities do not undermine contract requirements or
federal regulations (example Federal Acquisition Regulation, Department of Defense
Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement). (T-0).
15.7.1.9. Ensure aircraft sun shades that penetrate an airfield imaginary surface defined in
UFC 3-260-01 have obstruction lights installed IAW UFC 3-535-01, Visual Air Navigation
Facilities, and conform to requirements contained in AFMAN 32-1040. (T-1).
15.7.1.10. Ensure compliance with fuel servicing safety requirements in accordance with
TO 00-25-172. (T-1).
15.7.1.11. Address the following items and those in Paragraph 15.8 and below as a
minimum in installation plans submitted to applicable MAJCOM/A4 for approval. (T-1).
15.7.1.11.1. Aircraft sun shade protection characteristics such as hail size, snow, ice
and water accumulation (weight and/or inches, consider water runoff, ice mitigation),
maximum winds (sustained and gusts), aircraft tie down and lightning/grounding
protection determined in conjunction with proper local authorities or AFIMSC/PSU
AFCEC. (T-1).
15.7.1.11.2. Ensure Sun shades are designed in accordance with UFC 3-301-01,
Structural Engineering, and UFC 3-310-04, Seismic Design. (T-1). Note: Consider jet
blast potential in aircraft sun shade design and siting.
15.7.1.11.3. Number of spots to be covered. Consider ramp space capacity for both
peacetime and contingency requirements (reception and bed down). (T-1).
15.7.1.11.4. Number of parking spaces lost due to aircraft sun shade placement.
Consider ramp requirements, future mission changes, and impact on overall aircraft
parking plan. (T-1).
15.7.1.11.5. Design life expectancy and warranty information. (T-1).
15.7.1.11.6. Expected costs including procurement, installation, and projected annual
sustainment costs, to include inspection services. Ensure adequate resources are
382 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
established to maintain aircraft sun shade serviceability and mission accomplishment.
(T-1).
15.7.1.11.7. Sustainment methodology (owning organization supported, manufacturer
supported, supplemental contractor). Ensure minimum requirements outlined in
Paragraph 15.10.3 are addressed. (T-1).
15.7.1.11.7.1. Ensures the sustainment tail is covered and doesn’t need to survive
only on end of year fall out. (T-1).
15.7.1.11.8. Foreign Object Damage (FOD) mitigation and prevention. (T-1).
15.7.1.11.9. Planned storage of Aerospace Ground Equipment (AGE) and other related
support equipment in aircraft sun shades within the maintenance area. (T-1).
15.7.1.11.10. Provisions for electrical power units or powered AGE placement and
protection from equipment exhaust and aircraft jet blast while operating in/near aircraft
sun shades. (T-1).
15.7.1.11.11. Environmental impacts and mitigation plans. Ensure the host
Environmental Planning Function reviews proposals for installation of aircraft sun
shades and associated utilities as early in the planning process as possible. The
Environmental Planning Function is responsible for determining the level of
environmental impact analysis required. Environmental impact analysis must be
completed prior to contract award or implementation. (T-0).
15.7.1.11.12. Conduct and include a Risk Management (RM) assessment IAW AFPD
90-8, Environment, Safety, and Occupational Health Management and Risk
Management, and AFI 90-802, to determine potential impact to personnel,
environmental, safety, occupational health and airfield operations before procurement
and installation activities begin. (T-1).
15.7.1.11.13. Mitigate any issues affecting control tower visibility or security to
include security lighting and illumination and any issues affecting navigational aids.
(T-1).
15.7.1.11.14. Mitigate obstructions to airspace and file FAA Form 7460-1, Notice of
Proposed Construction or Alteration, with the FAA for new construction. (T-0).
15.7.1.11.15. Communications requirements. If communication (Local Area Network
(LAN), wireless communications) is placed in aircraft sun shades, provide explanation
of how communications will be procured, installed and sustained. Include in
procurement, installation, and sustainment cost estimates. (T-2).
15.7.1.11.16. Mitigate any limitations on emergency and maintenance vehicle access
to aircraft. (T-1).
15.7.1.11.17. Fall protection for personnel working above 4’ off the ground IAW
AFMAN 91-203. (T-1).
15.8. Design Criteria/Standards of New or Replacement Aircraft Sun Shades.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 383
15.8.1. Type of material used. Select materials as appropriate for location, type of aircraft sun
shade, and the mission being served. The aircraft sun shade and side material shall be fabric,
reinforced aramid fiber, carbon fiber, galvanized steel or shop/factory painted steel. (T-2).
15.8.1.1. The frame material will be galvanized steel or other suitable newly designed
building material with strength and durability characteristics that replicate or exceed that
of galvanized steel. (T-2).
15.8.1.2. Current aircraft sun shades that don't meet these requirements of current design
standardization are authorized for use until time of replacement. If repairs become
significant or not cost effective, owning organizations shall consider replacement to the
new standard or removal of the aircraft sun shade. (T-2).
15.8.1.3. To minimize diversity of types of aircraft sun shades across the enterprise and to
establish better efficiencies in procurement and long-term sustainment, use strategic
sourcing, if available. If strategic sourcing is not available, seek additional guidance from
MAJCOM A4 on aircraft sun shade standardization. (T-2).
15.8.2. Aircraft sun shade height and width. Aircraft sun shades must meet minimum
clearance requirements for interior aircraft movement, as well as, entrances and exit points
including taxi lanes or taxiways in close proximity to the exterior of the structure. Refer to
UFC 3-260-01, Chapters 6 and 8 for these dimensions. (T-1).
15.8.2.1. Consider AGE transport and maintenance/emergency vehicle height
requirements. Also, consider exhaust blast from jet engines and auxiliary power units, and
future mission changes that may impact aircraft sun shade height and width requirements.
15.8.3. Wing tip and tail height clearances will meet the requirements outlined in AFMAN
91-203 and UFC 03- 260-01. (T-1).
15.8.4. Bird nesting/roosting mitigation. Ensure no bird roosting or nesting locations are
present, all holes in support structure and beneath roof must be covered or screened. (T-1).
15.8.4.1. The metal structure should minimize potential nesting sites for birds.
15.8.4.2. Anti-perching devices shall be installed to deter birds from perching on or under
the structure. (T-1).
15.8.5. Airfield waivers. The owning organization will make every effort to prevent
submission of new airfield waivers. (T-1).
15.8.6. Ensure Terminal Instrument Procedures personnel evaluate plans for potential impacts
on aircraft approach/departure procedures. (T-1).
15.8.7. Lighting requirements. If lighting is placed in or on the aircraft sun shades, provide
explanation of how electricity will be provided to and within the aircraft sun shade. Ensure
lighting provides sufficient illumination for security, but does not interfere with flightline
visual references. The procurement of lighting, installation, maintenance and sustainment shall
be included in aircraft sun shade cost estimates. (T-1).
15.8.7.1. Lighting designs and fixture specifications shall be IAW UFC 3-530-01, Interior
and Exterior Lighting Systems and Control. (T-1).
384 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
15.8.7.1. (ACC) Make each sun shade “light-ready” for both security and general
lighting. (T-2).
15.8.7.2. Light mounts shall be designed to handle wind loads on the light fixtures without
damaging the lights and without compromising the structural integrity of the aircraft sun
shade. (T-1).
15.8.8. Electrical requirements. If electrical power is to be placed in aircraft sunshades,
provide explanation of how electricity will be provided to and within the aircraft sun shade.
Procurement, installation, maintenance and sustainment of electrical requirements on the load
side of the power supply point/stub shall be included in aircraft sun shade cost estimates. (T-
1).
15.8.8.1. Electrical power system design shall be in accordance with AFI 32-1062,
Electric Systems, Power Plants and Generators, AFI 32-1065. (T-1). Reference UFC 3-
501-01, Electrical Engineering, UFC 3-520-01, Interior Electrical Systems, UFC 3-530-
01, and UFC 3-550-01, Exterior Electrical Power Distribution, UFC 3-600-01, Fire
Protection Engineering for Facilities, and Engineering Technical Letter 02-15, Fire
Protection Engineering Criteria - New Aircraft Facilities.
15.8.9. The cost of running power (such as, lighting and electrical) from prime or temporary
power sources to the sunshades shall be included in the cost estimate and will be borne by the
owning unit. (T-1).
15.8.10. In no case will the loss of parking spots resulting from the purchase or installation of
aircraft sun shades be a primary factor used to propose or construct additional aircraft parking
spots or upgrade existing pavements to support aircraft. Procedures on construction of
additional parking spots or pavement upgrades will be IAW AFI 32-1020, Planning and
Programming Built Infrastructure Projects and AFI 32-1021.
15.8.10.1. Whenever possible, aircraft sun shades will be installed on existing pavement
without driving a requirement to expand or upgrade the underlying features. When the
addition of pavement is necessary to make the sunshade complete and usable, the cost of
the structure must be included with the cost to installation of the pavement for a total sun
shade construction project cost. (T-1).
15.8.10.2. (Added-ACC) Foundations may be required to support the aircraft sun shade
structure to secure mounting bolt patterns. Installation of foundations (if required) carries
a work classification of construction. All construction must be programed IAW AFI 32-
1020, Planning and Programming Built Infrastructure Projects. (T-2). Programming rules
and costs limitations apply to the total aircraft sun shade set being installed. (T-2).
15.8.11. Aircraft sun shades are airfield fixed-structure obstructions and will meet MIL-STD-
3007, Department of Defense Standard Practice for Unified Facilities Criteria and Unified
Facilities Guide Specifications and AF criteria included in referenced UFCs and AFIs, as well
as, local and national fire, safety, and electrical standards and codes as applicable. (T-1).
15.8.12. Consider location specific design requirements (snow load, maximum wind ratings).
In addition to the requirements in UFC 3-301-01, for adjacent sunshades which share bracing
frames, each fourth frame shall provide twice the required lateral bracing strength. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 385
15.8.12.1. Particular attention shall be focused on the design of lateral bracing for wind
and jet blast loads, fatigue strength of steel lateral bracing members, and the design and
location of anchor bolts near joints in runway aprons. (T-1).
15.8.13. Aircraft sun shades must meet ventilation and exhaust air requirements referenced in
the International Mechanical Code. (T-0). Note: Achieve minimum exhaust and/or ventilation
air requirements utilizing either mechanical or natural systems.
15.9. Current Aircraft Sun Shades.
15.9.1. To replace currently installed aircraft sun shades, select materials as appropriate for
location, type of aircraft sun shade, and the mission being served. The aircraft sun shade and
side material shall be fabric, reinforced aramid fiber, carbon fiber, galvanized steel or
shop/factory painted steel. (T-2).
15.9.1.1. The frame material will be galvanized steel or other suitable newly designed
building material with strength and durability characteristics that replicate or exceed that
of galvanized steel. (T-2).
15.9.1.2. Current aircraft sun shades that don't meet these requirements of current design
standardization are authorized for use until time of replacement. (T-2).
15.9.1.2.1. (Added-ACC) Units who own but are not authorized to procure sun
shades IAW paragraph 15.5.3.1 are not required to remove pre-existing sun shades.
(T-2).
15.9.1.2.1.1. (Added-ACC) Units may modify/upgrade existing sun shades to
correct safety or security issues. (T-2).
15.9.1.3. If repairs become significant or not cost effective, owning organizations shall
consider replacement to the new standard or removal of the aircraft sun shade. (T-2).
15.9.1.4. To minimize diversity of types of aircraft sun shades across the enterprise and to
establish better efficiencies in procurement and long-term sustainment, use strategic
sourcing, if available. (T-1).
15.9.1.5. If strategic sourcing is not available, seek guidance from higher headquarters on
aircraft sun shade standardization. (T-1).
15.9.2. Owning organizations will sustain aircraft sun shades and other shelter types described
in this publication IAW AFI 65-601, to ensure no degradation of safety to personnel or mission
accomplishment occurs. (T-1).
15.9.3. Owning organizations will conduct a risk management assessment IAW AFI 90-802
in conjunction with proper local authorities on current aircraft sun shades for FOD mitigation,
markings, bird roosting mitigation, sustainability, safety, structural integrity, wind-load
capacity, snow-load capacity, and ability to withstand hail. (T-1).
15.9.3.1. The owning organization is responsible for repairing any deficient areas
identified during the risk management assessment. (T-1).
15.9.4. There is no requirement to upgrade current aircraft sun shades to meet the full
requirements outlined in Paragraphs 15.7.1 through 15.7.1.11.16 and 15.8.1 through 15.8.13
except where codes apply and are mandatory. However, any replacement or significant repair
386 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
of current aircraft sun shades will meet requirements as outlined in Paragraphs 15.7.1 through
15.7.1.11.16 and 15.8.1 through 15.8.13 (T-1).
15.9.5. Alterations can significantly impact loading on the structure. Conduct a structural
analysis certified by a licensed professional engineer or government structural engineer to
ensure the alterations do not compromise the structural integrity of the sunshade structure. Sun
shades will not be altered to have more than two total walls or bay(s).
15.10. Sustainment and Accountability. Owning organization Group Commander or
equivalent will:
15.10.1. Appoint a local aircraft sun shade manager and establish an aircraft sun shade user
and operations plan. Ensure assets are tracked as equipment items on the appropriate
documents on the CA/CRL IAW AFMAN 23-122.
15.10.1.1. (Added-ACC) The appointment letter will be kept with the local policy
guidance documents. (T-2).
15.10.2. Ensure appropriate authorities (Maintenance Group (MXG), Contracting, Comm,
CE, Safety) at the installation level accept installation of aircraft sun shades and allied support
IAW manufacturer specifications, contract specifications, and AFIs. (T-1).
15.10.3. Develop an organically supported or contractor supported replacement/sustainment
plan that will be included in the 10-year facility plan IAW this AFI. (T-1). Note: This statement
does not limit the plan from exceeding the minimum 10-year requirement.
15.10.3.1. Sustainment plan at a minimum will address the following as appropriate:
15.10.3.1.1. Certification and acceptance of installation as needed. (T-1).
15.10.3.1.2. Routine maintenance/sustainment and inspection criteria/services which
meets manufacturer or qualified engineering authority (such as, personnel officially
trained to inspect or provide technical guidance on that specific Sunshade) guidance as
needed and appropriate. (T-1).
15.10.3.1.3. Periodic and recurring in-depth inspections with prescribed
interval/frequency and items to be inspected to determine structural integrity as
appropriately defined for each type of structure by the manufacturer or qualified
engineering authority as needed and appropriate. (T-2).
15.10.3.1.3.1. (Added-ACC) Periodic inspections are defined as a 180-Day
visual walk around of the areas listed in paragraphs 15.10.4.2.1 through
15.10.4.2.13.2. This inspection will be conducted by the owning organization to
ensure the sun shade serviceability. (T-2).
15.10.3.1.4. Non-routine maintenance/sustainment and inspection services as needed
and appropriate. (T-2).
15.10.4. Ensure development of local policy that establishes PE criteria as recommended by
original manufacturer (interval not to exceed 6 months) approved by a qualified engineering
authority for aircraft sun shades and document on AFTO Form 244, or equivalent. (T-1).
15.10.4.1. Inspection actions to include upcoming and completed inspections will be
tracked in the MIS. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 387
15.10.4.2. As a minimum, the owning organization will ensure inspection of:
15.10.4.2.1. Structural Supports for signs of corrosion, excessive movement, cracking
or damage; lateral bracing for signs of corrosion, loosening, cracking, missing
hardware, or fatigue damage, particularly at the connections; structural anchorage for
signs of loosening and cracking around anchorage points on apron. (T-1).
15.10.4.2.2. Foreign Object, cleanliness and serviceability of installed safety
markings. (T-1).
15.10.4.2.3. Lighting (if installed) for security and serviceability. (T-1).
15.10.4.2.4. Electrical system equipment, including electrical panels, receptacles,
lighting systems, solar panels and conduit (if installed) for security and serviceability.
(T-1).
15.10.4.2.5. (Added-ACC) Inspect all columns, beams, joists, girders, and lateral
cross bracing for proper connections, faulty/cracked welds, loose or missing bolts, and
corrosion. (T-2).
15.10.4.2.6. (Added-ACC) Inspect turnbuckles and cables for severe corrosion,
fraying or breaks, tightness, proper connection, and security. (T-2).
15.10.4.2.7. (Added-ACC) Inspect for loose/missing and damaged attaching
hardware. (T-2).
15.10.4.2.8. (Added-ACC) Inspect anchor plate attachment bolts for embedment,
tightness, and severe corrosion. (T-2).
15.10.4.2.9. (Added-ACC) Inspect anchor plate for levelness (i.e., ensure it is flat on
the ground). (T-2).
15.10.4.2.10. (Added-ACC) Inspect concrete around all anchor plates for
cracking/spalling. (T-2).
15.10.4.2.11. (Added-ACC) Metal Roofing (if equipped):
15.10.4.2.11.1. (Added-ACC) Inspect roof panels and fasteners for security. (T-
2).
15.10.4.2.11.2. (Added-ACC) Inspect for loose/missing and damaged attaching
hardware. (T-2).
15.10.4.2.11.3. (Added-ACC) Inspect metal roof for severe corrosion. (T-2).
15.10.4.2.12. (Added-ACC) Fabric/Canvas roofing (if equipped):
15.10.4.2.12.1. (Added-ACC) Inspect fabric for proper tightness. (T-2).
15.10.4.2.12.2. (Added-ACC) Inspect all bolts, nuts, cables, and lacing. (T-2).
15.10.4.2.12.3. (Added-ACC) Inspect all fabric for holes, tears, scuffs, or
scrapes. (T-2).
15.10.4.2.13. (Added-ACC) Miscellaneous:
15.10.4.2.13.1. (Added-ACC) If installed, inspect gutters to ensure they are
securely fastened. (T-2).
388 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
15.10.4.2.13.2. (Added-ACC) If equipped, inspect bird netting and fasteners for
security. (T-2).
15.10.4.3. (Added-ACC) Ensure inspections are accomplished following unique weather
events such as high winds, heavy snow, or icing conditions. (T-2).
15.10.5. Any discrepancy identified during routine, non-routine maintenance or other visual
inspection will be documented on the AFTO Form 244 or equivalent; appropriate condition
symbol will be used IAW TO 00-20-1. (T-1).
15.10.5.1. Additionally, all discrepancies will be annotated in the MIS. (T-1).
15.10.5.2. If a discrepancy is discovered which could affect safety or structural integrity
this information will immediately be directed to the owning organization group commander
or equivalent. (T-1).
15.10.5.3. The owning organization group commander or equivalent with advisement
from the qualified engineering authority and safety personnel will make a
determination/decision on whether the sun shade is in an acceptable condition to continue
performing its intended purpose or whether the sun shade shall be removed from service
and all assets and personnel vacated from the sun shade until repair is completed. (T-1).
15.10.5.3.1. (Added-ACC) The sun shade must be marked in a way to visually
identify it as unserviceable. (T-2).
15.10.6. Establish an emergency evacuation plan to protect both personnel and equipment
from inclement/severe weather that may compromise the integrity of the aircraft sun shade
roof or support structure. (T-1).
15.10.6.1. During inclement/severe weather situations including but not limited to high
winds, thunderstorms, lightning, hail, tornadoes, hurricanes or other adverse weather
warning situation, personnel will be evacuated from the aircraft sun shade, not to the
aircraft sun shade. (T-1).
15.10.6.1.1. The aircraft sun shade is not intended to be used as a protective shelter in
these situations.
15.10.7. (Added-ACC) Coordinate with Airfield Management and Wing Safety to establish
local operating guidelines for vehicle/aerospace ground equipment operations in close
proximity to aircraft sun shades. (T-2).
15.11. Allied Support (Electricity, Water, Communications, Lighting).
15.11.1. If elected, electrical power shall be provided to a connection point at the aircraft sun
shade in accordance with UFC 3-550-01, Exterior Electrical Power Distribution and will be
installed and maintained by Civil Engineering as real property IAW AFI 32-9005, Real
Property Accountability and Reporting. (T-1).
15.11.1.1. Allied support funding requirements will be prioritized along with other facility
and infrastructure requirements through the Facilities Board process or applicable
installation facility project prioritization process. (T-1).
15.11.2. If elected, water lines can be installed to a stub at the aircraft sun shade site and will
be installed and maintained by Civil Engineering as real property IAW AFI 32-9005. (T-1).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 389
Water stubs and/or connections must be appropriately protected from frost/freeze and other
environmental conditions. (T-1).
15.11.2.1. These stubs and/or connections must be prominently marked to prevent hazards
and accidents. (T-1).
15.11.2.2. Allied support funding requirements will be prioritized along with other facility
and infrastructure requirements through the facilities board process or applicable
installation facility project prioritization process. (T-1).
15.11.3. If elected, communications shall be provided to the aircraft sun shade in accordance
with UFC 3-580-01, Telecommunications Interior Infrastructure Planning and Design, and
will be installed and maintained by qualified communications personnel. (T-1).
15.11.3.1. Allied support funding requirements for the communication real property
elements of a project (example, conduit, manholes, duct banks) will be prioritized along
with other facility and infrastructure requirements through the facilities board process or
applicable installation facility project prioritization process. (T-1).
15.11.4. Lighting installation will be considered during procurement and/or sustainment
phases and will be purchased and maintained by the owning organization from the light to the
power stub. (T-1).
15.11.4.1. If lighting is to be included in an aircraft sun shade, the owning organization
shall include this in the procurement, installation, and sustainment plan. (T-1).
15.11.4.2. Owning organizations shall use criteria and consultation as outlined in
Paragraphs 15.7 through 15.9 Energy efficient lighting will be considered where allowable.
(T-1).
15.11.5. Power receptacles will be considered during the procurement and/or sustainment
phases and will be purchased and maintained by the owning organization from the power
receptacles to the power stub. (T-1).
15.11.5.1. If power is to be included, the owning organization shall include this in the
procurement, installation, and sustainment plan. (T-1). Owning organizations shall use
criteria and consultation as outlined in Paragraphs 15.7 through 15.9 (T-1).
15.12. Crew Shelters and Portable/Inflatable Shelters.
15.12.1. Owning organizations will address the following items as a minimum in installation
plans submitted to applicable MAJCOM/A4 for approval:
15.12.1.1. Annual procurement and sustainment costs, including allied support
infrastructure costs. See Paragraph 15.11 for allied support procedures. (T-1).
15.12.1.2. Ensure shelter meets all standards and codes as applicable. Crew shelters and
inflatable or fabric structures must comply with the minimum Antiterrorism Standard
requirements of UFC 4-010-01, DoD Minimum Antiterrorism Standards for Buildings. (T-
0).
15.12.1.3. Ensure a FOD mitigation plan is implemented. (T-1).
15.12.1.4. Warranty information. (T-1).
390 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
15.12.1.5. Wing tip and tail height clearances will meet the requirements outlined in
AFMAN 91-203 and UFC 03-260-01. (T-0).
15.12.1.6. Appoint a shelter manager and establish a shelter user and operations plan.
Ensure assets are tracked as equipment items on the appropriate documents on the CA/CRL
IAW AFMAN 23-122. (T-1).
15.12.2. Crew shelters will be configured to minimum ventilation standards referenced in the
International Mechanical Code when occupied. (T-0).
15.13. (Added-ACC) Procurement/Replacement of Portable/Inflatable Shelters. Units are
not authorized to procure new or upgraded portable/inflatable shelters. Units will remove existing
portable/inflatable shelters when determined to beyond useful life. (T-2). Exception: This policy
does not apply to the shelters managed by the Base Expeditionary Airfield Resource (BEAR)
program IAW AFI 25-101, War Reserve Materiel (WRM). (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 391
Chapter 16 (Added-ACC)
AEROSPACE VEHICLE COATING AND MARKING REQUIREMENTS
16.1. (Added-ACC) Purpose of Coating and Marking Guidance. This chapter provides
guidance for applying command approved, non-USAF standard aircraft coatings and markings as
authorized in TO 1-1-8. Paint schemes/configurations and USAF standard aircraft markings will
be applied in accordance with TO 1-1-8 and/or the applicable weapons system specific technical
order. (T-2).
16.2. (Added-ACC) Coating System Scoring and Maintenance.  All units, except F-22 and
F-35, are required to evaluate/score aircraft coating systems every 6 months for appearance/coating
system integrity using applicable technical data or locally developed procedure.  Preferred
scheduling is to align the paint score with the aircraft wash/corrosion inspection, but at minimum
aircraft exterior must be “clean” as determined by 2A7X3 personnel. (T-2). The requirement to
paint should be tempered with good judgement. Mission requirements, environmental concerns,
and resources must be considered prior to painting. (T-2).
16.2.1. (Added-ACC) Fully over coated aircraft will be documented in applicable MIS and
on AFTO Form 95 (completed/filed) for tracking purposes while “touched up” aircraft only
require documented in applicable MIS. (T-2).
16.2.2. (Added-ACC) Units will prioritize structural coating/corrosion maintenance and
operational marking requirements over cosmetic refinements (anniversary markings, nose art,
tail flash, aircrew/crew chief names, etc.). (T-2). Non-operational paint work will be
considered lowest priority. (T-2).
16.3. (Added-ACC) Aircraft Markings. Markings will be applied to aircraft IAW weapons
system specific TOs, TO 1-1-8, and this instruction. (T-2). Markings will be maintained intact,
legible, and distinct in color. (T-2). Wing commanders and/or combatant commanders may direct
all markings except radio call numbers and weapons system specific TO markings to be removed
for contingency operations. (T-2).
16.3.1. (Added-ACC) Stencils. Refer to TO 1-1-8 and/or applicable weapon system TOs to
determine applicable aircraft external marking requirements, compatibility of stenciling paints,
paint finishes, and decal applications. (T-2).
16.3.2. (Added-ACC) Distinctive Unit Identifier Marking.  Application of the unit identifier
is mandatory for all ACC aircraft.  (T-2). Unit identifier will be applied IAW TO 1-1-8 and the
applicable weapon system TO.  (T-2). HQ ACC/A4MN is the OPR for assignment of all AF
unit designators as directed by TO 1-1-8.  For a current list of the Distinctive Unit Identifier
markings, please see the HQ ACC/A4MN SharePoint site: https://usaf.dps.mil/sites/ACC-
A4/A4M/A4MN/Fabrication/SitePages/Home.aspx?RootFolder=%2Fsites%2FACC%2
DA4%2FA4M%2FA4MN%2FFabrication%2FShared%20Documents%2FAircraft%2
0Specific%20Markings%20and%20Unit%20Identifiers%2FUnit%20Identifiers&Fold
erCTID=0x012000EA06F1421B29EB4DA459D07E25C4705C&View=%7B4509F31F%
2D1F6D%2D437C%2D8C1E%2DF1A8F80100A9%7D. (T-2).
16.3.2.1. (Added-ACC) The primary factor used to determine unit identifier is the
aircraft/unit assignment location. In TFI associations, the existing distinctive unit identifier
will remain. (T-2).
392 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
16.3.3. (Added-ACC) Command Insignia.  Application of the command insignia on aircraft
is mandatory.  Command insignia will be applied in accordance with TO 1-1-8, applicable
weapon system TOs, and guidelines contained in the SharePoint site located in paragraph
16.3.2 of this instruction. (T-2).
16.3.3.1. (Added-ACC) The insignia will be applied to the outboard sides of vertical
stabilizers unless otherwise specified in the weapons system specific TO  size and location
of command insignias by MDS are specified in the SharePoint site located in paragraph
16.3.2 of this instruction. (T-2).
16.3.3.2. (Added-ACC) All aircraft will use subdued insignias unless otherwise specified
in the SharePoint site located in paragraph 16.3.2 of this instruction. (T-2).
16.3.4. (Added-ACC) Organizational Insignia.  Organizational insignia will be applied IAW
TO 1-1-8, applicable weapon system TOs, and guidelines contained in the SharePoint site
located in paragraph 16.3.2 of this instruction. (T-2). In TFI classic association, host active
duty Wing Commander may authorize specific aircraft to have associate unit insignias. If the
sponsor unit insignias are also used on these aircraft, the size and location may be altered from
the table located in the HQ ACC/A4MN SharePoint site listed in paragraph 16.3.2 of this
instruction. (T-2).
16.3.4.1. (Added-ACC) Insignia will be applied to both sides of the forward fuselage.
(T-2). The operational squadron insignia may be applied on the left side in place of the
wing insignia. Size and location of organizational insignias by MDS are specified in the
SharePoint site located in paragraph 16.3.2 of this instruction. (T-2).
16.3.4.2. (Added-ACC) Wing and squadron insignias will be the same color scheme as
the command insignia (i.e., subdued or full color). (T-2).
16.3.5. (Added-ACC) Tail Stripe. Tail stripes are used to identify aircraft operation
squadrons and are authorized as a wing option on all aircraft except F-35 aircraft. In lieu of a
tail stripe, F-35 aircraft are authorized a special unit marking as defined in paragraph 16.3.5.7
(T-2).
16.3.5.1. (Added-ACC) Each flying squadron may have a standardized tail stripe unique
to that squadron, and the use of the same tail stripe by two or more squadrons within a wing
is not permitted. New designs must be coordinated through local Public Affairs, local Staff
Judge Advocate, Wing Historian and approved in writing by the Wing Commander prior
to application (T-2).
16.3.5.2. (Added-ACC) Tail stripe(s) will be applied to the upper portion of the vertical
stabilizer in the form of a straight stripe. (T-2). Width will not exceed 9 inches on fighter
and small reconnaissance type aircraft and 15 inches on large frame aircraft. (T-2).
16.3.5.3. (Added-ACC) Tail stripe(s) may be any color or pattern, and may contain a
logo with the following exceptions: (T-2).
16.3.5.4. (Added-ACC) Tail stripe(s) on F-22 aircraft must meet all TOD requirements.
(T-2).
16.3.5.5. (Added-ACC) Tail stripe(s) on aircraft bearing the American Flag will be solid
in color and will not contain any logo, name, or lettering. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 393
16.3.5.6. (Added-ACC) On aircraft with multiple vertical stabilizers, the tail stripes may
be of either a wrap-around style on both vertical stabilizers or applied to the outboard sides
of each vertical stabilizer. (T-2).
16.3.5.7. (Added-ACC) Special unit marking on F-35 aircraft will be applied to the upper
portion of the vertical stabilizer, however, they must remain within the designated
‘blackboard’ area. (T-2). Markings will not exceed 9 inches in height, will be contrasting
gray in color (Joint Technical Data approved color(s) only) and will be applied following
Joint Technical Data guidance. (T-2).
16.3.5.8. (Added-ACC) Units will not repaint tail flashes/stripes or F-35 special unit
markings during deployed operations unless otherwise directed by the combatant
commander. (T-2).
16.3.6. (Added-ACC) Nose Numbers. Aircraft nose numbers shall be in block or Helvetica
letters, not to exceed four digits. (T-2). The paint material(s) used to apply nose numbers will
have the same gloss or subdued requirement as the base aircraft coating. (T-2).
16.3.6.1. (Added-ACC) Size and location of nose numbers by MDS are specified in the
SharePoint site located in HQ ACC/A4MN SharePoint site listed in paragraph 16.3.2 of
this instruction. (T-2).
16.3.7. (Added-ACC) Paint Identification Placard. The paint identification block is a
mandatory marking and is intended to provide important paint information (i.e., type of paint
and associated hazards). (T-2).
16.3.7.1. (Added-ACC) Paint block design will be approved by the wing commander and
may be of unique design (eagle head, falcon head, state outline, etc.). (T-2).
16.3.7.2. (Added-ACC) Overall size will not exceed 6 inches by 6 inches. (T-3).
16.3.7.3. (Added-ACC) Color will match other markings on the aircraft and will have the
same gloss or subdued requirement as the base aircraft coating. (T-2).
16.3.8. (Added-ACC) Aircrew and Crew Chief Names. Aircrew and dedicated crew
chief/assistant names may be applied to all command aircraft as a unit option, but must be
removed prior to deployment from home station in direct combat zones or when participating
in contingencies that may subject aircraft to hostile fire abroad. (T-2).
16.3.8.1. (Added-ACC) Units are encouraged to keep name changes to the minimum as
the removal/application of decals can cause damage to the coating system and is especially
of concern on LO platforms/surfaces as it can negatively affect the radar cross section. (T-
2).
16.3.8.2. (Added-ACC) Application of nicknames, punctuation, and/or call signs is
authorized, however, must be reviewed/approved by the wing commander prior to
application. (T-2).
16.3.8.3. (Added-ACC) Size of letters will not exceed 3 inches in height. (T-2).
16.3.8.4. (Added-ACC) A background block for pilot/crew chief names may be used.
Block should give a subdued appearance and be in contrasting color to the section of the
aircraft where applied. It may be other than rectangular in shape and, to further an MDS
theme, block may be preceded by a design depicting the MDS or Squadron of assignment.
394 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
New designs must be coordinated through local Public Affairs, local Staff Judge Advocate,
Wing Historian and approved in writing by the Wing Commander prior to application. (T-
2).
16.3.9. (Added-ACC) Bird of Prey Silhouette. Bird of prey silhouettes are authorized on F-
15 and F-16 aircraft as a unit option, but must be standardized within a wing by MDS. (T-2).
The following guidelines apply:
16.3.9.1. (Added-ACC) F-15 Aircraft. The silhouette will be placed on the insides of the
vertical stabilizers. (T-2). Size will not exceed 24 inches in height and must be applied in
a contrasting gray color. (T-2).
16.3.9.2. (Added-ACC) F-16 Aircraft. The silhouette can be placed anywhere on the
aircraft, with exception of the empennage, as long as it does not interfere with standard
required markings. Size will not exceed 18 inches in height and must be applied in a
contrasting gray color. (T-2).
16.3.9.3. (Added-ACC) Bird of prey silhouettes may be replaced at the discretion of the
Wing commander. Markings must be standardized and will remain IAW paragraph
16.3.9.1 or 16.3.9.2 (T-2).
16.3.10. (Added-ACC) Commander's Aircraft Markings. Commander's aircraft referred to in
this instruction are those designated as NAF, Wing, OG, and commanders of flying squadrons
(Fighter/Reconnaissance). The NAF Commander may select one wing within the command to
have one aircraft specifically marked; it will be the only aircraft authorized so marked. (T-2).
Wing, OG and flying squadron commanders are authorized to designate one aircraft each to be
marked. In TFI associations, the sponsor wing commander may authorize one aircraft to be
identified as the associate unit Commander’s aircraft. The following guidance governs
markings authorized for commander’s aircraft:
16.3.10.1. (Added-ACC) Unit identifier and radio call numbers. Unit Identifier and radio
call numbers will remain on vertical stabilizers as depicted in TO 1-1-8, applicable
weapons system TOs, and this instruction. (T-2). Highlighting (shadowing) of unit
identifier and radio call number on the vertical tail(s) is authorized on all designated
commander aircraft. All highlighting will be done in contrasting gray, black or white and
must meet the primary basecoat gloss requirement (i.e., flat, semi-gloss, and gloss). (T-2).
Additional guidance for each airframe can be found on the HQ ACC/A4MN SharePoint
site listed in paragraph 16.3.2 of this instruction.
16.3.10.2. (Added-ACC) Commander’s aircraft may have a multi-colored and/or unique
tail stripe representing squadrons assigned within the command, but must remain within
the guidelines of this instruction. (T-2).
16.3.10.2.1. (Added-ACC) Tail stripe on commanders’ aircraft bearing the American
Flag may be multicolored representing squadrons assigned within the command,
however, must be coordinated through local Public Affairs, local Staff Judge Advocate,
Wing Historian and approved in writing by the Wing Commander prior to application.
(T-2).
16.3.11. (Added-ACC) Anniversary/Heritage markings.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 395
16.3.11.1. (Added-ACC) Proposed markings must be coordinated through local Public
Affairs, local Staff Judge Advocate, Wing Historian, and approved in writing by the Wing
Commander prior to application. (T-2). Pictures of the completed markings must be
submitted to HQ ACC/A4MN for documentation (send to [email protected]). (T-2).
16.3.11.1.1. (Added-ACC) Anniversary/Heritage markings are not authorized on F-
22 and F-35 aircraft due to the impact it may have on radar cross section. (T-2).
16.3.11.2. (Added-ACC) Markings will meet primary basecoat gloss requirements and
will not alter nor interfere with TO 1-1-8 and weapon system specific TO guidance and/or
markings. (T-2). State flags and logos other than anniversary type are not authorized. (T-
2).
16.3.11.3. (Added-ACC) Applied marking(s) must be removed within 60 days following
the anniversary period (1 year maximum time period). (T-2). Extension requests must be
submitted to the Wing Commander for approval. (T-2). Once approved, submit to HQ
ACC/A4MN for documentation ([email protected]). (T-2).
16.3.11.4. (Added-ACC) Removal of markings prior to deployment will be at the
discretion of the Wing Commander and Combatant Commander. (T-2).
16.3.12. (Added-ACC) Naming of Aircraft. This policy is provided to allow latitude for
application of the unique aircraft naming. This includes markings previously considered unit
unique and are community related/appreciation types such as “Spirit of,” “City of,” and “State
of”. Naming aircraft is a tradition designed to commemorate or honor individuals, geographic
locations, or events either for the support provided to the Air Force on a long-term basis, or
because of its significance to Air Force history or heritage. Recommendations must include a
proposed name, aircraft tail number, and detailed justification for the proposed design/name.
(T-2). Size of marking is limited to 24 square inches for fighter type aircraft, 36 square inches
for large aircraft. Subdued color needs to be considered for certain type and mission of aircraft.
HQ ACC/PA is designated as the clearinghouse for all requests to name ACC aircraft and must
ultimately be approved by AF/CV. (T-2). Route requests through wing PA to HQ ACC/A4 for
consideration ([email protected]). (T-2).
16.3.13. (Added-ACC) Nose Art.  Nose art is not authorized on F-22 and F-35 aircraft due
to the impact it may have on radar cross section.  Proposed art work must be coordinated
through local Public Affairs, local Staff Judge Advocate, Wing Historian and approved by the
Wing commander prior to application. (T-2). Pictures of the completed markings must be
submitted to HQ ACC/A4MN for documentation ([email protected]). (T-2).
16.3.13.1. (Added-ACC) Art work shall be distinctive, symbolic, gender neutral, and in
good taste. (T-2). Cartoon-type characters may be used, however, the unit will be
responsible for all copyright requirements. (T-2).
16.3.13.2. (Added-ACC) Paint must match gloss requirements of the basic paint, (i.e.,
flat, semi-gloss, and gloss) and will not alter nor interfere with TO 1-1-8 and weapon
system specific TO guidance and/or markings. (T-2).
16.3.13.3. (Added-ACC) Removal of nose art prior to deployment will be at the
discretion of the Wing Commander and Combatant Commander. (T-2).
396 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
16.3.14. (Added-ACC) Aerial Victory Marking (Fighter Aircraft Only). Fighter aircraft
awarded a verified aerial victory are authorized to display a 6-inch green star with a 1/2 inch
black border located just below and centered on the pilot’s name block. The type of aircraft
shot down shall be stenciled inside the star in 1/2 inch white lettering. (T-2). For aircraft with
multiple aerial victories, a star is authorized for each aircraft shot down. No other victory
markings are authorized. (T-2).
16.3.15. (Added-ACC) Combat Marking. Deployed units supporting combat operations are
authorized to place combat markings (bomb and 20/30MM ammunition) on aircraft operating
at deployed locations using the following criteria. However, combat markings are not
authorized on F-22 and F-35 aircraft due to the impact it may have on radar cross section. (T-
2).
16.3.15.1. (Added-ACC) Combat markings will be placed inside the pilot/DCC name
placard (name markings must be sanitized/removed during deployment). (T-2). Markings
will not interfere with mandatory aircraft markings as specified in applicable technical
orders and/or this instruction. (T-2).
16.3.15.2. (Added-ACC) The markings will be applied using stencil material IAW
paragraph 16.3.1 of this instruction. (T-2). Color will be a contrasting shade conforming
to the basic aircraft camouflage requirements. (T-2).
16.3.15.3. (Added-ACC) The bomb markings are intended to generically represent each
general purpose conventional bomb (GBU-12/31/38s, Mark-82s, etc.) dropped at a one-to-
one ratio and each 20/30-mm ammo round silhouette to represent 100 rounds or one pass.
(T-2).
16.3.15.4. (Added-ACC) The deployed unit is responsible for providing the stencil
machine/materials. (T-2).
16.3.15.5. (Added-ACC) All combat markings will be removed immediately upon return
to home station. (T-2).
16.3.16. (Added-ACC) Alternate Mission Equipment. AME will be painted IAW specific
technical data. (T-2). When such data does not exist, units will coordinate with the applicable
item manager and HQ ACC/A4MN before changing paint schemes. (T-2).
16.3.17. (Added-ACC) Aircraft Travel Pods. Travel pods will be painted the same color and
tone as existing aircraft coating. (T-2). The primary color on multicolor aircraft will be used.
(T-2). Travel pods will not have any additional markings except paint identification block at
unit discretion. (T-2). Travel pods designated for commanders may be any color and may
contain the position and name of the individual and appropriate insignia. Lettering may be any
color or font, however, it will not exceed 6 inches in height. (T-2). Designated commander
travel pod paint schemes must be coordinated through local Public Affairs, local Staff Judge
Advocate, Wing Historian and approved by the Wing Commander. (T-2).
16.3.18. (Added-ACC) External Fuel Tanks. External fuel tanks shall be painted the same
color and tone as existing aircraft coating. (T-2). A 2-inch marking (centered on lugs) is
optional for tracking purposes. (T-2).
16.3.19. (Added-ACC) Aircraft Transfer. The following markings must be removed prior to
formal transfer of aircraft to other units and/or MAJCOMs (aircraft retiring to AMARG need
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 397
not have any markings removed): (T-2). Note: Deviations from transfer requirements are
authorized provided the gaining and losing units reach a mutual agreement.
16.3.19.1. (Added-ACC) Unit identifier. (T-2).
16.3.19.2. (Added-ACC) Tail stripe. (T-2).
16.3.19.3. (Added-ACC) Organizational insignia. (T-2).
16.3.19.4. (Added-ACC) Aircrew and crew chief names. (T-2).
16.3.19.5. (Added-ACC) Unit unique and/or commander markings may be retained if
gaining unit agrees. (T-2).
16.3.20. (Added-ACC) Waivers. The potential exists that proposed marking changes may go
beyond the guidelines set forth in this instruction and/or weapon system technical data. In those
instances use the following guidance:
16.3.20.1. (Added-ACC) Waiver requests that do not deviate from technical data, but are
outside the latitude given in this instruction, will be submitted by the wing commander in
accordance with DAFI 33-360, via AF Form 679, Air Force Publication Compliance Item
Waiver Request/Approval, to the authorized approval authority or HQ ACC/A4
([email protected]). (T-2). Requests must be sent at least 60 days prior to
scheduled aircraft paint and will include: (T-2).
16.3.20.1.1. (Added-ACC) Clear statement of proposed marking along with
justification. (T-2).
16.3.20.1.2. (Added-ACC) Photos and/or drawings depicting proposed marking. (T-
2).
16.3.20.1.3. (Added-ACC) Last aircraft paint date, projected local paint schedule
and/or projected depot paint schedule. (T-2).
16.3.20.1.4. (Added-ACC) Coordination through local Public Affairs, local Staff
Judge Advocate, Wing Historian. (T-2).
16.3.20.2. (Added-ACC) Waivers that include deviation(s) from technical data and/or
changes to overall paint scheme and/or aircraft color will be coordinated through the
applicable Program office for engineering disposition. (T-2). If an engineering disposition
is approved, the unit will then follow waiver request guidance in paragraph 16.3.20.1 (T-
2).
16.3.21. (Added-ACC) Historical Requirements. ASM and/or LO Sections will maintain a
record of all current unit unique markings (commanders’ aircraft, tail stripes, travel pods, paint
ID placard, etc.). (T-2).
16.3.21.1. (Added-ACC) In addition, units will file a copy of all wing approval
memorandums with photos with the applicable wing historian and will send a copy to HQ
ACC Corrosion Program Manager ([email protected]). (T-2).
398 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
WARREN D. BERRY, Lieutenant General, USAF
DCS/Logistics, Engineering, & Force Protection
(ACC)
TOM D. MILLER, Major General, USAF
Director of Logistics, Engineering, and Force
Protection
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 399
Attachment 1
GLOSSARY OF REFERENCES AND SUPPORTING INFORMATION
References
PUBLIC LAW 99-661, Sec 2638, National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 1987, 14
Nov 1986
PUBLIC LAW 108-136, Sec 802, Quality Control in Procurement of Aviation Critical Safety
Items and Related Services, 24 Nov 2003
FAA Order 8110.101A, Type Certification Procedures for Military Commercial Derivative
Aircraft, 25 Feb 2015
FAR Part 1.602-2(d), Part 42, Contract Administration and Audit Services, 16 Nov 2017
FAR Subpart 37.2, Advisory and Assistance Services, 16 May 2016
FAR, Subpart 45.3, Authorizing the Use and Rental of Government Property, 2 Apr 2012
Title 14 Code of Federal Regulation, Aeronautics and Space, 3 Jan 2019
Title 29 Code of Federal Regulation 1910.1200(f), Occupational Safety and Health Standards,
Toxic and Hazardous Substances, 26 Mar 2012
DoDI 3002.02, Personnel Recovery and 406 MHZ Search and Rescue (SAR) Emergency
Beacons in the Department of Defense, 25 Apr 2016
DoDD 3150.02, DoD Nuclear Weapons Surety Program, 24 Apr 2013
DoD 7000.14-R, DoD Financial Management Regulation, Vol 12, Chapter 7, Financial liability
for Government Property Lost, Damaged, Destroyed or Stolen, Mar 2019
DoDD 8100.02, Use of Commercial Wireless Devices, Services, and Technologies in the
Department of Defense (DoD) Global Information Grid (GIG), 14 Apr 2004
DoDI 8500.01, Cybersecurity, 14 Mar 2014
DoDM 5200.01 – V3, DoD Information Security Program; Protection of Classified Information,
24 Feb 2012
DoD 8570, Information Assurance Workforce Improvement Program, 19 Dec 2005
Engineering Technical Letter 02-15, Fire Protection Engineering Criteria - New Aircraft
Facilities, 3 Dec 2002
Engineering Technical Letter 04-2, Standard Airfield Pavement Marking Schemes, 19 Jul 2004
Unified Facilities Criteria 3-260-01, Airfield and Heliport Planning and Design, 4 Feb 2019
Unified Facilities Criteria 3-301-01, Structural Engineering, 1 Jun 2013
Unified Facilities Criteria 3-310-04, Seismic Design, 1 Jun 2013
Unified Facilities Criteria 3-501-01, Electrical Engineering, 6 Oct 2015
Unified Facilities Criteria 3-520-01, Interior Electrical Systems, 6 Oct 2015
400 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Unified Facilities Criteria 3-530-01, Interior and Exterior Lighting Systems and Controls, 1 Apr
2015
Unified Facilities Criteria 3-535-01, Visual Air Navigation Facilities, 11 Apr 2017
Unified Facilities Criteria 3-550-01, Exterior Electrical Power Distribution, 1 Sep 2016
Unified Facilities Criteria 3-600-01, Fire Protection Engineering for Facilities, 8 Aug 2016
Unified Facilities Criteria 4-010-01, DoD Minimum Antiterrorism Standards for Buildings, 12
Dec 2018
Unified Facilities Guide Specifications 32-17-23, Pavement Markings, 26 Aug 2016
Unified Facilities Guide Specifications 3-580-01, Telecommunications Interior Infrastructure
Planning and Design, 1 Jun 2016
JP 1-02, Department of Defense Dictionary of Military and Associated Terms, 15 Feb 2016
NIST SP 800-53A Revision 4, Assessing Security and Privacy Controls in Federal Information
Systems and Organizations: Building Effective Security Assessment Plans, 18 Dec 2014
ODM 4140.01, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management V1-V10, 10 Feb 2014
AFH 36-2618, The Enlisted Force Structure, 16 Oct 2018
AFPD 10-9, Lead Command Designation and Responsibilities for Weapon Systems, 8 Mar 2007
AFPD 21-1, Maintenance of Military Materiel, 1 Aug 2018
AFPD 24-2, Preparation and Movement of Air Force Materiel, 27 Apr 2013
AFPD 90-8, Environment, Safety, Occupational Health Management and Risk Management, 14
Mar 2017
AFECD, The Air Force Enlisted Classification Directory, 31 Oct 2018
AFSCI 62-100, Military Repair Station Program, 26 Jan 2018
AFGM 2018-17-02, Air Force Enterprise Information Technology Management, 31 May 2018
AFI 1-1, Air Force Standards, 7 Aug 2012
AFI 10-201, Force Readiness Reporting, 3 Mar 2016
AFI 10-401, Air Force Operations Planning and Execution, 7 Dec 2006
AFI 10-403, Deployment Planning and Execution, 20 Sep 2012
AFI 10-404, Base Support and Expeditionary (BAS&E) Site Planning, 27 Aug 2015
AFI 10-703, Electronic Warfare Integrated Reprogramming, 4 Jun 2014
AFI 10-2501, Air Force Emergency Management Program, 19 Apr 2016
(Added-ACC) AFI 11-102_ACCSUP, Flying Hour Program Management, 7 Jun 2007
AFI 11-202 V3, General Flight Rules, 10 Aug 2016
AFI 11-212, Munitions Requirements for Aircrew Training, 23 Aug 2013
AFI 11-218, Aircraft Operations and Movement on the Ground, 28 Oct 2011
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 401
AFI 11-235, Specialized Refueling Operations, 8 Apr 2015
AFI 11-401, Aviation Management, 20 Dec 2010
AFI 13-201, Airspace Management, 21 Aug 2012
AFI 16-402, Aerospace Vehicle Programming, Assignment, Distribution, Accounting, and
Termination, 27 Sep 2019
AFI 16-1404, Air Force Information Security Program, 29 May 2015
AFI 17-130, Cybersecurity Program Management, 19 Mar 2018
AFI 17-210, Radio Management, 26 May 2016
AFI 17-220, Spectrum Management, 16 Mar 2017
AFI 20-106 IP, Management of Aviation Critical Safety Items, 25 Jan 2006
AFI 20-110, Nuclear Weapons-Related Materiel Management, 4 Jun 2018
(Added-ACC) AFI 20-114, Air and Space Equipment Structural Maintenance, 7 Jun 2011
AFI 20-117, Repair Network Management, 22 Aug 2018
AFI 21-103, Equipment Inventory, Status, and Utilization Reporting, 21 Jan 2020
AFMAN 21-113, Air Force Metrology and Calibration (AFMETCAL) Program Management, 6
Jan 2020
AFI 21-131, Joint Oil Analysis Program, 26 Mar 2014
AFI 21-203, Nuclear Accountability, 12 May 2016
AFI 23-101, Air Force Materiel Management, 12 Dec 2016
AFI 23-111, Management of Government Property in Possession of the Air Force, 19 Nov 2018
AFI 23-204, Organizational Fuel Tanks, 24 Jul 2012
AFI 24-302, Vehicle Management, 26 Jun 2012
AFI 24-602V2, Preparation and Movement of Air Force Cargo, 13 Jul 2017
AFI 25-101, Air Force War Reserve Materiel (WRM) Guidance and Procedures, 14 Jan 2015
AFI 25-201, Intra-Service, Intra-Agency, and Inter-Agency Support Agreements Procedures, 18
Oct 2013
AFI 31-101, Integrated Defense (FOUO), 5 Jul 2017
AFI 32-1020, Planning and Programming Built Infrastructure Projects, 18 Dec 2019
AFI 32-1021, Planning and Programming Military Construction (MILCON) Projects, 25 Feb
2016
AFI 32-1062, Electric Systems, Power Plants and Generators, 15 Jan 2015
AFI 32-1065, Grounding Systems, 14 Jun 2017
AFI 32-7001, Environmental Management, 23 Aug 2019
AFI 32-9005, Real Property Accountability and Reporting, 16 Apr 2019
402 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
(Added-ACC) AFI 33-324, The Air Force Information Collections and Reports Management
Program, 22 Jul 2019
AFI 33-360, Publication and Forms Management, 1 Dec 2015
AFI 34-101, Air Force Morale, Welfare, and Recreation (MWR) Programs and Use Eligibility,
16 Apr 2019
AFI 36-128, Pay Settings and Allowances, 17 May 2019
AFI 36-202, Civilian Mobility, 19 Apr 2019
AFI 36-2101, Classifying Military Personnel (Officer and Enlisted), 25 Jun 2013
AFI 36-2650, Maintenance Training, 2 May 2019
AFI 36-2651, Air Force Training Program, 3 Jan 2019
(Added-ACC) AFI 36-2670, Total Force Development, 7 Dec 2020
AFI 36-3017, Assignment Incentive Pay and Special Duty Assignment Pay, 20 Sep 2018
AFI 36-3802, Force Support Readiness Programs, 9 Jan 2019
AFI 36-704, Discipline and Adverse Action of Civilian Employees, 3 Jul 2018
AFI 38-101, Air Force Organization, 31 Jan 2017
AFI 48-109, Electromagnetic Field Radiation Occupational & Environmental Health Program,
1 Aug 14
AFI 48-127, Occupational Noise and Hearing Conservation Program, 26 Feb 2016
AFI 48-137, Respiratory Protection Program, 12 Sep 2018
AFI 62-601, USAF Airworthiness, 11 Jun 2010
AFI 63-101/20-101, Integrated Life Cycle Management, 9 May 2017
AFI 63-104, The SEEK EAGLE Program, 21 Jan 2005
AFI 63-125, Nuclear Certification Program, 24 Jul 2017
AFI 63-138, Acquisition of Services, 11 May 2017
AFI 63-140, Aircraft Structural Integrity Program, 7 Apr 2014
(Added-ACC) DAFI 63-140_ACCSUP, Aircraft Structural Integrity Program, 31 Dec 2020
AFI 65-601V1, Budget Guidance and Procedures, 24 Oct 2018
AFI 65-601V2, Budget Management for Operations, 14 Jul 2017
AFI 84-103, U.S. Air Force Heritage Program, 22 May 2015
AFI 90-802, Risk Management, 1 Apr 2019
AFI 90-821, Hazard Communication (HAZCOM) Program, 13 May 2019
AFI 90-1001, Planning Total Force Associations (TFAs), 9 Jan 2017
AFI 91-101, Air Force Nuclear Weapons Surety Program, 15 Aug 2014
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 403
AFI 91-103, Air Force Nuclear Safety Design Certification Program, 20 Sep 2017
AFI 91-104, Nuclear Surety Tamper Control and Detection Programs, 10 Jul 2017
AFI 91-107, Design, Evaluation, Troubleshooting, and Maintenance Criteria for Nuclear
Weapon Systems, 20 Jul 2017
(Added-ACC) DAFI 91-112, Safety Rules for US/NATO Strike Fighters, 3 Nov 2020
AFI 91-202, The US Air Force Mishap Prevention Program, 25 Jun 2015
AFI 91-204, Safety Investigation and Hazard Reporting, 27 Apr 2018
AFI 91-205, Non-Nuclear Munitions Safety Board, 23 May 2018
AFCSM 21-556 V2, Intro to IMDS CDB, 1 Aug 2019
AFCSM 21-558, Comprehensive Engine Management System, 1 Jun 2019
AFCSM 21-564 V2, Status and Inventory Reporting Software User Manual, 25 Feb 2019
AFCSM 21-574 V2, Automated Debriefing, 25 Feb 2019
AFPAM 90-803, Risk Management Guidelines and Tools, 11 Feb 2013
AFMAN 10-206, Operational Reporting, 10 Jun 2018
AFMAN 10-207, Command Posts, 11 Apr 2018
AFMAN 10-409-O, Support to Adaptive Planning, 19 Apr 2016
AFMAN 10-2503, Operations in a Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear, and High-Yield
Explosive (CBRNE) Environment, 14 May 2019
AFMAN 16-1405, Air Force Personnel Security Program, 1 Aug 2018
AFMAN 17-1203, Information Technology (IT) Asset Management (ITAM), 18 May 2018
AFMAN 17-1301, Computer Security (COMPUSEC), 10 Feb 2017
AFMAN 17-1302-O, Communications Security (COMSEC) Operations, 3 Feb 2017
AFMAN 20-116, Propulsion Life Cycle Management for Aerial Vehicles, 28 Aug 2017
AFMAN 21-111, Advanced Maintenance and Munitions Operations School, 9 Mar 2019
AFMAN 21-200, Munitions and Missile Maintenance Management, 9 Aug 2018
AFMAN 21-201, Munitions Management, 26 Mar 2019
AFMAN 21-204, Nuclear Weapons Maintenance, 13Aug 2019
AFMAN 23-122, Materiel Management Procedures, 14 Dec 2016
AFMAN 24-204, Preparing Hazardous Materials for Military Air Shipments, 13 Jul 2017
AFMAN 32-1040, Civil Engineering Airfield Infrastructure Systems, 23 Aug 2019
AFMAN 32-1084, Standard Facility Requirements, 15 Jan 2020
AFMAN 33-363 Management of Records, 1 Mar 2008
AFMAN 32-7002, Environmental Compliance and Pollution Prevention, 4 Feb 2020
404 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
AFMAN 36-2664, Personnel Assessment Program, 16 May 2019
AFMAN 48-125, Personnel Ionizing Radiation Dosimetry, 9 Jan 2019
AFMAN 91-201, Explosives Safety Standards, 21 Mar 2017
AFMAN 91-203, Air Force Occupational Safety, Fire, and Health Standards, 11 Dec 2018
AFMAN 91-221, Weapons Safety Investigations and Reports, 21 Aug 2015
AFMAN 91-223, Aviation Safety Investigations and Reports, 14 Sep 2018
AFH 23-123V1, Materiel Management Reference Information, 29 Sep 2017
AFH 23-123V2PT2, Integrated Logistics System-Supply (ILS-S), Standard Base Supply System
Operations, 18 Dec 2017
AFH 23-123V3, Air Force Equipment Management, 29 Sep 2017
AFTTP 3-4, Airman’s Manual, 11 Jan 2019
AFTTP 3-4.21V1, Aircraft Maintenance, 26 Nov 2018
(Added-ACC) DESR 6055.09 AFMAN91-201, Explosives Safety Standards, 28 May 2020
MIL-STD-1760E, DoD Interface Standard, Aircraft/Store Electrical Interconnection System, 24
Oct 2007
MIL-STD-3007, Department of Defense Standard Practice for Unified Facilities Criteria, 13
Dec 2006
MIL-HDBK-516C, DoD Handbook, Airworthiness Certification Criteria, 12 Dec 2014
TO 00-5-1, AF Technical Order System, 15 Feb 2019
TO 00-20-5-1-3, Instructions for Jet Engine Parts Tracking of OC-ALC/LPA Managed Engines,
1 Mar 2007
TO 00-5-15, Air Force Time Compliance Technical Order Process, 29 Sep 2017
TO 00-5-16, Computer Program Identification Number (CPIN) Management, 1 Apr 2019
TO 00-20-1, Aerospace Equipment Maintenance Inspection, Documentation, Policies, and
Procedures, 6 Sep 2019
TO 00-20-2, Maintenance Data Documentation, 5 Sep 2019
TO 00-20-3, Maintenance Processing of Reparable Property and the Repair Cycle Asset Control
System, 10 Jul 2017
TO 00-20-9, Forecasting Replacement Requirements for Selected Calendar and Hourly Time
Change Items, 15 Jan 2014
TO 00-25-4, Depot Maintenance of Aerospace Vehicles and Training Equipment, 15 Jan 2018
TO 00-20-14, AF Metrology and Calibration Program, 30 Sep 2017
TO 00-25-107, Maintenance Assistance, 1 Oct 2015
TO 00-25-113, Conservation and Segregation of Critical Alloy and Precious Metal Bearing
Parts and Scrap, 15 Sep 2013
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 405
TO 00-25-172, Ground Servicing of Aircraft and Static Grounding/Bonding, 9 Aug 2013
TO 00-25-172CL-4, Checklist -- Aircraft Fuel Servicing with R-9, R-11 and Commercial Fuel
Servicing Trucks and with Fuels Operational Readiness Capability Equipment (FORCE), 16 Mar
2018
TO 00-25-195, AF Technical Order System Source, Maintenance and Recoverability Coding of
Air Force Weapons Systems, and Equipment, 1 Oct 2012
TO 00-25-240, Uniform Repair/Replacement Criteria for USAF Support Equipment (SE), 1 Aug
2003
TO 00-25-252, Intermediate Maintenance and Depot Level Maintenance Instructions-
Aeronautical Welding, 1 Oct 2016
TO 00-25-254-1, Comprehensive Engine Management System (CEMS) (D042) Engine Status,
Configuration, and TCTO Reporting Procedures, 15 Aug 2018
TO 00-33A-1001, General Cyberspace Support Activities Management Procedures and Practice
Requirements, 2 Jul 2018
TO 00-35D-54, USAF Deficiency Reporting, Investigation and Resolution, 1 Sep 2015
TO 00-80C-1, Crash, Damaged, Disabled Aircraft Recovery Manual, 20 Mar 2015
TO 00-85-20, Engine Shipping Instructions, 1 Feb 2018
TO 00-105E-9, Aerospace Emergency Rescue and Mishap Response Information, 16 Apr 2018
TO 00-110A-1 Guidelines for Identification and Handling of Aircraft and Material
Contaminated with Radioactive Debris, 15 Aug 2015
TO 1-1-3, Inspection and Repair of Aircraft Integral Tanks and Fuel Cells, 1 Feb 2019
TO 1-1-8, Application and Removal of Organic Coatings, Aerospace and Non-Aerospace
Equipment, 12 Jan 2010
TO 1-1B-50, Basic Technical Order for USAF Aircraft Weight and Balance, 1 Aug 2015
TO 1-1H-39, Aircraft Battle Damage Repair General Technical Manual, 1 Dec 2018
TO 1-1-300, Maintenance Operational Checks and Check Flights, 15 Mar 2012
TO 1-1-691, Cleaning and Corrosion Prevention and Control, Aerospace and Non-Aerospace
Equipment, 29 Sep 2018
TO 1-1-700, Corrosion Prevention and Control for Ground Communication, Electronics and
Meteorological (C-E-M) Equipment and its Protective Shelters, Vans, and Radomes, 31 Jan 2017
TO 2-1-18, Aircraft Engine Operating Limits and Factors, 1 May 2018
TO 2J-1-18, Preparation for Shipment and Storage of Gas Turbine Engines, 15 Oct 2018
TO 4W-1-61, Maintenance and Overhaul Instruction - All Types Aircraft Wheels, 20 Aug 2018
TO 11A-1-33, Handling and Maintenance of Explosives-Loaded Aircraft, 25 Feb 2019
TO 11A-1-10, Air Force Munitions Surveillance Program and Serviceability Procedures, 21 Jul
2014
406 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
TO 11A-1-60, General Instructions Inspection of Reusable Munitions Containers and Scrap
Material Generated from Items Exposed to or Containing Explosives, 15 May 2014
TO 11A-1-63, Munitions Assembly Procedures—Inspection and Assembly of Conventional
Munitions, 28 Aug 2018
TO 11C15-1-3, Chemical Warfare Decontamination Detection and Disposal of Decontamination
Agents, 28 Feb 04
TO 11D1-3-8-1, Decontamination Apparatus, Power Driven, Portable Type A/E32U-8,
(Engineered Air), 15 May 2013
TO 11N-3150-8-1, USAF DIAMONDS Policy and Procedures, 31 May 2013
TO 31R2-1-251, General Instructions Transmission of False Distress Signals on Emergency
Frequencies, 11 Sept 05
TO 15X-1-102, General Care and Cleaning of Oxygen Gauges and Oxygen Device Related Test
Equipment, 22 Jul 2017
TO 31S5-4-ETOOL-1, eTool Set Up and Management, 18 Jan 2019
TO 32-1-101, Use and Care of Hand Tools and Measuring Tools, 26 Apr 2017
TO 33-1-37-1, Joint Oil Analysis Program Laboratory Manual, Volume I, 15 Sep 2014
TO 33-1-37-2, Joint Oil Analysis Program Laboratory Manual, Volume II, 01 Jun 2015
TO 33-1-37-3, Joint Oil Analysis Program Laboratory Manual, Volume III, 30 Apr 2018
TO 33-1-37-4, Joint Analysis Program Manual, Volume IV, 30 Aug 2013
TO 33-1-38, Cybersecurity for Automatic Test Systems and Automatic Test Equipment in FSC,
28 Apr 2018
TO 33B-1-1, Nondestructive Inspection Methods Basic Theory, 15 Oct 2016
TO 33B-1-2, Nondestructive Inspection General Procedures and Process Controls, 1 Mar 2018
TO 33K-1-100-2-CD-1, TMDE Calibration Interval Technical Order and Work Unit Code
Reference Guide, 30 Nov 2018
TO 34-1-3, Machinery and Shop Equipment, 21 Dec 2017
TO 35-1-3, Corrosion Prevention and Control, Cleaning, Painting, and Marking of USAF
Support Equipment, 20 Dec 2018
TO 35-1-4, Processing and Inspection of Support Equipment for Storage and Shipment, 8 Jun
2013
TO 35-1-24, Air Force Economic Repair/Replacement Criteria for Selected Warner Robins
Logistics Complex (ALC) Managed Support Equipment (SE), 27 Oct 2017
TO 35D-1-2, Technical Manual –Munitions Materiel Handling Equipment Miscellaneous and
Locally Manufactured (Munitions Related), 7 Sep 2018
TO 35D-2-2, Munitions Materiel Handling Equipment Miscellaneous and Locally Manufactured
Armament Related, 7 Sep 2018
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 407
TO 37A9-3-11-lCL-l, Checklist, Operational and Organizational Maintenance Hot Refueling
and Hot Integrated Combat Turn-Around Procedures, Aircraft Fuel Servicing Unit Type GRU
17/E Pantograph PACAF Type IV Hydrant Servicing, 15 Apr 2017
TO 42B1-1-18, General Procedures, Handling of H-70 (Hydrazine–Water Fuel), 18 Nov 2014
TO 44B-1-15, General Instructions - Jet Engine Anti-friction Bearing Handling, Removal,
Cleaning, Inspecting, and Installation at Jet Engine Base Maintenance Facilities, 28 Jul 2018
TO 42E1-1-1, Aviation Hose and Tube Manual, 1 Jul 2013
Prescribed Forms
(Added-ACC) ACC Form 45, AFREP Source of Approved Repair Request & Reply
(Added-ACC) ACC Form 64, Request for Special Certification
(Added-ACC) ACC Form 122, Abort/IFE Record
(Added-ACC) ACC Form 140, CTK Inventory and Control Log
(Added-ACC) ACC Form 145, Lost Tool/Object Report
AF Form 596, Quick Engine Change Kit Inventory
AF Form 861, Base/Transient Job Control Number Register
AF Form 864, Daily Requirement and Dispatch Record
AF Form 2001, Notification of TCTO Kit Requirements
AF Form 2400, Functional Check Flight Log
AF Form 2401, Equipment Utilization and Maintenance Schedule
AF Form 2402, Weekly Equipment Utilization and Maintenance Schedule
AF Form 2403, Weekly Aircraft Utilization/Maintenance Schedule
AF Form 2407, Weekly/Daily Flying Schedule Coordination
AF Form 2410, Inspection/TCTO Planning Checklist
AF Form 2411, Inspection Document
AF Form 2419, Routing and Review of Quality Control Reports
AF Form 2426, Training Request and Completion
AF Form 2430, Specialist Dispatch Control Log
AF Form 2434, Munitions Configuration and Expenditure Document
AF IMT 2408, Generation Maintenance Plan
AF IMT 2409, Generation Sequence Action Schedule
Adopted Forms
(Added-ACC) AF Form 9, Request for Purchase
AF Form 55, Employee Safety and Health Record
408 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
AF Form 332, Base Civil Engineer Work Request
AF Form 504, Weapons Custody Transfer Document
AF Form 623, Individual Training Record
(Added-ACC) AF Form 679, Air Force Publication Compliance Item Waiver Request/Approval
AF Form 726, Transient Aircraft Service Record
AF Form 797, Job Qualification Standard Continuation
AF Form 847, Recommendation for Change of Publication
AF Form 1067, Modification Proposal
AF Form 1098, Special Tasks Certification and Recurring Training
AF Form 1297, Temporary Issue Receipt
AF Form 1492, Warning Tag
(Added-ACC) AF Form 1768, Staff Summary Sheet
AF Form 2005, Issue/Turn-In Request
AF Form 2096, Classification/On the Job Training Action
AF Form 3580, USAF Museum Aerospace Vehicle Static Display Egress and Safety Certificate
AFTO Form 20, Caution and Inspection Record
AFTO Form 66, TMDE Bar Codes (Polyester Film)
AFTO Form 82, TCTO Verification Certificate
AFTO Form 95, Significant Historical Data
AFTO Form 97, Aerospace Vehicle Battle Damage Incident Debrief/Assessment/Repair Record
AFTO Form 97B, Aircraft Battle Damage Evaluator Checklist
AFTO Form 103, Aircraft/Missile Condition Data
AFTO Form 242, Nondestructive Inspection Data
AFTO Form 244, Industrial/Support Equipment Record
AFTO Form 252, Technical Order Publications Change Request
AFTO Form 345, Aerospace Vehicle Transfer Inspection Checklist and Certification
AFTO Form 349, Maintenance Data Collection Record
(Added-ACC) AFTO Form 350, Repairable Item Processing Tag
AFTO Form 375, Selected Support Equipment Repair Cost Estimate
AFTO Form 492, Maintenance Warning Tag
AFTO Form 781, Arms Aircrew/Mission Flight Data Document
AFTO Form 781A, Maintenance Discrepancy and Work Document
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 409
AFTO Form 781C, Avionics Configuration and Load Status Document
AFTO Form 781H, Aerospace Vehicle Flight Status and Maintenance
AFTO Form 781J, Aerospace Vehicle - Engine Flight Document
AFTO Form 781K, Aerospace Vehicle Inspection, Engine Data, Calendar Inspection and
Delayed Discrepancy Document
DD Form 250, Material Inspection and Receiving Report
(Added-ACC) DD Form 1149, Requisition and Invoice Shipping Document
DD Form 1348-6, DoD Single Line Item Requisition System Document
(Added-ACC) DD Form 1574 Serviceable Tag - Materiel
(Added-ACC) DD Form 1577 Unserviceable (Condemned) Tag - Materiel
(Added-ACC) DD Form 1577-2 Unserviceable (Reparable) Tag - Materiel
DD Form 1610, Request and Authorization for TDY Travel of DoD Personnel
DD Form 2861, Cross-Reference
FAA Form 7460-1, Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration
Abbreviations and Acronyms
(Added-ACC) 2M—Micro-Miniature
ABDR—Aircraft Battle Damage Repair
AC—Aircraft Commander
ACC—Air Combat Command
ACFT—Aircraft
ACR—Authorization Change Requests
AD—Airworthiness Directives
ADR—Aircraft Document Review
AETC—Air Education and Training Command
AFCSM—Air Force Computer Systems Manual
AFETS—Air Force Engineering and Technical Service
AFI—Air Force Instruction
AFLCMC—Air Force Life Cycle Management Center
AFMAN—Air Force Manual
AFMC—Air Force Materiel Command
AFPAM—Air Force Pamphlet
AFPD—Air Force Policy Directive
410 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
AFR—Air Force Reserve Command
AFREP—Air Force Repair and Enhancement Program
AFRIMS—Air Force Records Information Management System
AFSC—Air Force Specialty Code
AFSCI—Air Force Sustainment Center Instruction
AFSOC—Air Force Special Operations Command
AFTO—Air Force Technical Order
AGE—Aerospace Ground Equipment
AGM—Air-to-Ground Missile
(Added-ACC) AHE—Automated History Event
AIRCAT—Automated Inspection, Repair, Corrosion, and Aircraft Tracking
ALC—Air Logistics Complex
ALIS—Autonomic Logistics Information System
AMC—Air Mobility Command
AME—Alternate Mission Equipment
AMU—Aircraft Maintenance Unit
AMS—Air Mobility Squadron
AMXS—Aircraft Maintenance Squadron
ANG—Air National Guard
APU—Auxiliary Power Unit
AQL—Acceptable Quality Level
ARC—Air Reserve Component
AS—Allowance Standard
ASC—Aircraft Service Changes
ASIP—Aircraft Structural Integrity Program
ASM—Aircraft Structural Maintenance
(Added-ACC) ATS—Aircraft Turn Supervisor
AVDO—Aerospace Vehicle Distribution Office
AWM—Awaiting Maintenance
AWP—Awaiting Parts
BCS—Bench Check Serviceable
(Added-ACC) BEAR—Basic Expeditionary Airfield Resources
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 411
BSL—Basic Systems Listing
BSP—Base Support Plan
CA—Cannibalization Authority
CAAP—COMAFFOR Apportionment and Allocation Process
CA/CRL—Custodian Authorization/Custody Receipt Listing
CAD/PAD—Cartridge Actuated Device/Propellant Actuated Device
CAI—Critical Application Items
CANN—Cannibalization
CAT I—Category I
CAT II—Category II
CB—Customer Bulletins
CBM+—Condition-Based Maintenance Plus
CBRNE—Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear and high-yield Explosive
CBU—Cluster Bomb Unit
CCY—Calculated Cycles
CD—Deputy Commander (MXG/CD)
CDA—Commercial Derivative Aircraft
CDB—Central Database
CDDAR—Crashed, Damaged or Disabled Aircraft Recovery
CE—Civil Engineer
CEMS—Comprehensive Engine Management System
CETS—Contractor Engineering and Technical Services
CFETP—Career Field Education and Training Plan
CFT—Contract Field Team
CM—Configuration Management
CMS—Component Maintenance Squadron
CND—Can Not Duplicate
COMAFFOR—Commander, Air Force Forces
Cont/Exp—Contingency/Expeditionary
COMSEC—Communications Security
CONUS—Continental United States
(Added-ACC) COTR—Contracting Officer Technical Representative
412 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
(Added-ACC) CPAB—Corrosion Prevention Advisory Board
CPINS—Computer Program Identification Numbering System
CRF—Centralized Repair Facility
CSI—Critical Safety Items
CTK—Composite Tool Kit
CCW—Counter Chemical Warfare
DBM—Database Manager
DCA—Design Control Activity
DCC—Dedicated Crew Chief
DCMA—Defense Contract Management Agency
DDR—Daily Demand Rate
(Added-ACC) DESR—Defense Explosives Safety Regulation
EV—Deviation
DFT—Depot Field Team
DIAMONDS—Defense Integration and Management of Nuclear Data Services
DIFM—Due-in From Maintenance
DISA—Defense Information System Agency
DIT—Data Integrity Team
DLA—Defense Logistics Agency
DMS—Decentralized Materiel Support
D23—Repair Cycle Asset Management Listing
DOC—Designed Operational Capability
DoD—Department of Defense
DoDI—Department of Defense Instruction
DoDD—Department of Defense Directive
DOI—Date of Installation
DOM—Date of Manufacture / Director of Maintenance
DOP—Dropped Object Prevention / Director of Propulsion
DR—Deficiency Report
DLADS—Defense Logistics Agency Disposition Service
DRU—Direct Report Unit
DSV—Detected Safety Violations
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 413
eTools—Electronic Tools
E&E—Electrical & Environmental
EAWP—Engine Automated Work Package
ECM—Electronic Countermeasures
ED—Incapacitated
EHM+—Engine Health Management
EHR—Event History Recorder
E&I—Evaluation and Inspection
EID—Event Identification Description / Equipment Identification Designator
EM—Engine Management/Emergency Management
EMS—Equipment Maintenance Squadron
EMXG/CC—Expeditionary Maintenance Group Commander
ENMCS—Engine Not Mission Capable for Supply
EOD—Explosive Ordnance Disposal
EOR—End of Runway
EOT—Engine Operating Time
EPE—Evaluator Proficiency Evaluation
ER—Exceptional Release
ERRC—Expendability, Recoverability, Reparability Code
ES—Equipment Specialist
ESOH—Environment Safety and Occupational Health
ESOHMS—Environment, Safety, and Occupational Health Management System
ESP—Expeditionary Site Plan
ESS—Environmental Stress Screening
ETIC—Estimated Time in Commission
ETIMS—Enhanced Technical Information Management System
ET&D—Engine Trending and Diagnostics
ETS—Engineering and Technical Services/Engine Test Stand
EW—Electronic Warfare
EWS—Electronic Warfare System
EX—Exercises/Contingencies
FAA—Federal Aviation Administration
414 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
FAR—Federal Acquisition Regulation
FCC—Flying Crew Chief
FCF—Functional Check Flight
FHP—Flying Hour Program
FO—Foreign Object
FOA—Field Operating Unit
FOD—Foreign Object Damage
(Added-ACC) FOL—Forward Operating Locations
FOM—Facilitate Other Maintenance
FOUO—For Official Use Only
FSL—Full Systems Listing
FSR—Field Service Representatives
FY—Fiscal Year
GBU—Guided Bomb Unit
GEOLOC—Geographical Location
GITA—Ground Instructional Trainer Aircraft
GOX—Gaseous Oxygen
GP—Group
GSU—Geographically Separated Units
HAF—Headquarters, US Air Force
HAZMAT—Hazardous Material
HC/D—Hazard Class Division
HF—High Frequency
HHQ—Higher Headquarters
HPO—Hourly Post-flight
HPT—High Pressure Turbine
HQ—Headquarters
HSC—Home Station Check
IAW—In Accordance With
(Added-ACC) ICT—Integrated Combat Turn
ID—Identification / Integrated Defense
I—Deck—Initialization Deck
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 415
IETM—Interactive Electronic Technical Manuals
IFCS—Instrument and Flight Control Systems
IFE—In-Flight Emergency
IFR—In Flight Refueling
ILS-S—Integrated Logistics Systems-Supply
IMDS—Integrated Maintenance Data System
IMIS—Integrated Maintenance Information System
IP—Instructor Pilot
IPCOT—In-Place Consecutive Overseas Tour
IPI—In-Process Inspection
ISO—Isochronal Inspection
I/UA—Immediate and Urgent Action
ISU/DOR—Issue/Due-Out Release
JCN—Job Control Number
JDD—Job Data Documentation
JDRS—Joint Deficiency Reporting System
JEDMICS—Joint Engineering Data management Information and Control System
JEIM—Jet Engine Intermediate Maintenance
JML—Job Standard Master Listing
JOAP—Joint Oil Analysis Program
JST—Job Standard
KTL—Key Task List
LAN—Local Area Network
(Added-ACC) LATT—Logistics Assessment and Training Team
LCN—Logistics Control Number
LEAP—Logistics Evaluation Assurance Program
LM—Limited-use Munition
LME—Locally Manufactured Equipment
LMR—Land Mobile Radio
LO—Low Observable
LOX—Liquid Oxygen
LPT—Low Pressure Turbine
416 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
LRS—Logistics Readiness Squadron
LRU—Line Replaceable Unit
LSC—Load Standardization Crew
LV—Emergency Leave
MAJCOM—Major Command
MC—Mission Capable
(Added-ACC) MCDP—Magnetic Chip Detector Program
MDF—Mission Data File
MDS—Mission Design Series
MEL—Minimum Equipment Level
(Added-ACC) MELF—Metalized Electrode Face
MESL—Minimum Essential Subsystems List
MFG—Munitions Family Group
MFM—MAJCOM Functional Manager
MGN—Mission Generation Networks
MI—Management Inspection
MICAP—Mission Impaired Capability Awaiting Parts
MIL—Master Inventory List
MILSPEC—Military Specification
MIL-STD—Military Standard
MIS—Maintenance Information Systems
(Added-ACC) MISCAP—Mission Capability
MMA—Maintenance Management Analysis
MMHE—Munitions Materiel Handling Equipment
MOA—Memorandum of Agreement
MOC—Maintenance Operations Center
MOU—Memorandum of Understanding
MPS—Military Personnel Section
MRPL—Minimum Required Proficiency Load
MRSP—Mobility Readiness Spares Package
MSA—Munitions Storage Area
MSE—Maintenance Scheduling Effectiveness
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 417
MSEP—Maintenance Standardization & Evaluation Program
MSG—Mission Support Group
MSM—DS Maintenance Scheduling Module
MT—Maintenance Training
(Added-ACC) MTI—Maintenance Type Interval
(Added-ACC) MTR—Module Test and Repair
MUNS—Munitions Squadron
MX—Maintenance
MxCAP2—Maintenance Capability and Capacity (model)
MXG—Maintenance Group
MXG/CC—Maintenance Group Commander
MXG/CD—Maintenance Group Deputy Commander
MXO—Maintenance Operations
MXS—Maintenance Squadron
MX SUPT—Maintenance Superintendent
NAF—Numbered Air Force
NATO—North Atlantic Treaty Organization
NCE—Nuclear Certified Equipment
NCOIC—Non-Commissioned Officer in Charge
NDI—Nondestructive Inspection
NIE—Normally Installed Equipment
NLT—Not Later Than
NMC—Non Mission Capable
NPA—Non-Powered AGE
NORAD—North American Aerospace Defense Command
NRTS—Not Repairable This Station
NSN—National Stock Number
NSS—Noise Suppression System
NWRM—Nuclear Weapons-Related Materiel
O&M—Operations and Maintenance
OAP—Oil Analysis Program
OBIGGS—On-Board Inert Gas Generating Systems
418 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
OBOGS—On-Board Oxygen Generating Systems
OCF—Operational Check Flight
OCONUS—Outside Continental U.S.
OFP—Operations Flight Program
OG—Operations Group
G/CC—Operations Group Commander
OI—Operating Instruction
OIC—Officer in Charge
OJT—On-the-Job Training
OPLAN—Operational Plan
OPR—Office of Primary Responsibility
ORE—Operational Readiness Exercises
OS—Operational Squadron
OSS—Operations Support Squadron
OSS&E—Operational Safety Suitability and Effectiveness
OTI—One Time Inspection
OWC—Owning Work Center
P&R—Programs and Resources
PAA—Primary Aerospace Vehicle (Aircraft) Authorized
PACAF—Pacific Air Forces
PAFSC—Primary AFSC
PAI—Primary Aerospace Vehicle (Aircraft) Inventory
PAS—Protective Aircraft Shelter / Personnel Assignment Symbol (Code)
PBR—Percent of Base Repair
PCS—Permanent Change of Station
PDM—Programmed Depot Maintenance
PE—Personnel Evaluation/Periodic Inspection
PED—Portable Electronic Device
PH—Phase
PIC—Purpose Identifier Code / Pilot In Charge
PIM—Product Improvement Manager
PIP—Product Improvement Program
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 419
(Added-ACC) PLCC—Plastic Leaded Chip Carrier
PM—Primary Munition/Program Manager
PMA—Portable Maintenance Aids
PMC—Partially Mission Capable
PME—Precision Measurement Equipment
PMEL—Precision Measurement Equipment Laboratory
PMO—Program Management Office
PO—Program Office
POC—Point of Contact
PPE—Personal Protective Equipment
(Added-ACC) PQFP—Plastic Quad Flat Pack
PRP—Personnel Reliability Program
PRS—Performance Requirements Statement
PS&D—Plans, Scheduling, and Documentation
PWS—Performance Work Statement
QA—Quality Assurance
QASP—Quality Assurance Surveillance Plan
QE—Quarterly Evaluation
QEC—Quick Engine Change
QRL—Quick Reference List
QVI—Quality Verification Inspections
RAMPOD—Reliability, Availability, Maintainability for Pods
RC—Recommended Change
RegAF—Regular Air Force
REMIS—Reliability and Maintainability Information System
RIL—Routine Inspection List
RN—Repair Network
RNM—Repair Network Manager
RPA—Remotely Piloted Aircraft
SB—Service Bulletins
SCR—Special Certification Roster
SDAP—Special Duty Assignment Pay
420 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
SE—Support Equipment
SEI—Special Experience Identifier
(Added-ACC) SEM/EDX—Scanning Electron Microscope/Energy Dispersive X-Ray
SI—Special Inspection
SIPRNET—Secret Internet Protocol Router Network
SM—Support Munitions
SME—Subject Matter Expert
SMR—Source of Maintenance and Recoverability
SNCO—Senior Non-Commissioned Officer
SOW—Statement of Work
SPRAM—Special Purpose Recoverables Authorized Maintenance
SQ—Squadron
SQ/CC—Squadron Commander
SRAN—Stock Record Account Number
SRU—Shop Replaceable Unit
(Added-ACC) SSEA—System Safety Engineering Analysis
SUPT—Superintendent (Enlisted Duties)
TA—Transient Alert
TAA—Training Aid Aircraft
TAC—Total Accumulated Cycles
(Added-ACC) TAL—Task Assignment List
TBA—Training Business Area
TCC—Transaction Condition Code
TCI—Time Change Item
TCTO—Time Compliance Technical Order
TD—Training Detachment
TDV—Technical Data Violation
TDY—Temporary Duty
TFI—Total Force Integration
TMDE—Test Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment
TMS—Type Model Series
TNB—Tail Number Bin
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 421
TO—Technical Order
TODA—Technical Order Distribution Account
TODO—Technical Order Distribution Office
(Added-ACC) TRIC—Transaction Identification Codes
TTML—Test/Training Munitions List
TTP—Tactics, Techniques & Procedures
UCML—Unit Committed Munitions List
UCR—Unsatisfactory Condition Report
UEM—Unit Engine Manager
UFC—Unified Facilities Criteria
UHF—Ultra High Frequency
UII—Unique Item Identifier
UMD—Unit Manpower Document
UPMR—Unit Personnel Management Roster
USAF—United States Air Force
USAFE—United States Air Forces in Europe
UTC—Unit Type Code
UTE—Utilization (rate)
UTM—Unit Training Manager
VHF—Very High Frequency
W&B—Weight and Balance
WASP—Web Applications Software Product
WCE—Work Center Event
WG—Wing
WG/CC—Wing Commander
WG/CV—Vice Wing Commander
WJQS—Work Center Job Qualification Standard
WLCMT—Weapons Load Crew Management Tool
WLCTP—Weapons Load Crew Training Program
WLT—Weapons Load Training
WRE—War Readiness Engine
WRM—War Reserve Materiel
422 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
WS—Weapons Standardization
WSM—Weapon System Manager
TQC—Weapons Task Qualification Crew
WTQM—Weapons Task Qualification Training Manager
WWID—Worldwide Identification (code for TCMax®)
WWM—Wing Weapons Manager
WX—Weather
WUC—Work Unit Code
Terms
(Added-ACC) Acquisition Stock Level Computation Process—The process that determines
the number of whole spare engines required to be procured in support of each Consolidated
Sustainment Activity Group-Supply (CSAG-S).
(Added-ACC) Accountable Asset—Any asset monitored in the EJ-FJ account from initialization
into the AF inventory until the serial number is removed from the system.
Aircraft and Equipment Impoundment—Isolation of an aircraft or equipment due to an
unknown malfunction or condition making it unsafe for use or flight.
Aircraft Purpose Identifier Codes (PIC)—specified in AFI 21-103, PIC are applied to assigned
aerospace vehicles to facilitate standardization of reporting. Examples of PIC are: CC=Combat,
BQ=major maintenance awaiting AFMC decision or action; DJ=awaiting depot level maintenance
work. Refer to AFI 21-103 for a listing of all specific PIC.
Air Reserve Component—The Air National Guard and Air Force Reserve together form the
ARC.
Allowance Standard (AS)—Authorized document that identifies the amount and type of
equipment for an organization.
Alternate Mission Equipment (AME)—Equipment identified to a higher end-item, not listed in
the table of allowance. Normally, -21 equipment.
Automated Inspection, Repair, Corrosion, and Aircraft Tracking (AIRCAT)—is the
Individual Aircraft Tracking Program (IATP) of record for the C-130 as mandated by the USAF
Aircraft Structural Integrity Program (ASIP). This effort includes development and maintenance
of an extensive Oracle database and a wide variety of both client, server and web-based
applications to provide data entry, reporting, and analysis.
Awaiting Maintenance (AWM)—Designation for a deferred discrepancy on an aircraft awaiting
maintenance.
Awaiting Parts (AWP)—Designation for a deferred discrepancy on an aircraft awaiting parts.
Bench Stocks—Stores of expendability, recoverability, reparability coded (ERRC) XB3 items
kept on-hand in a work center to enhance maintenance productivity.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 423
Cannibalization—Authorized removals of a specific assembly, subassembly, or part from one
weapons system, system, support system, or equipment end-item for installation on another end-
item to meet priority mission requirements with an obligation to replace the removed item.
Centralized Repair Facility—A facility that performs repairs for a specified region or bases.
Certified Load Crew Member—A load crew member trained and certified by position according
to Chapter 10 of this instruction.
Classified Processing Area (CPA)—Areas identified by the unit which have had an Emission
Security assessment and have been approved by the by the wing Information Assurance office to
be utilized to discuss or process classified information IAW AFI 16-1404.
Code 1, Code 2, Code 3, Code 4, Code 5—Landing status codes used by aircrew to inform
maintenance of their inbound aircraft’s condition. A Code 1 aircraft has no additional
discrepancies other than those it had when it last departed; a code 2 aircraft has minor
discrepancies, but is capable of further mission assignments; a code 3 aircraft has major
discrepancies in mission-essential equipment that may require repair or replacement prior to
further mission tasking; a code 4 indicates suspected or known nuclear, biological, or chemical
contamination; and a code 5 indicates battle damage. Codes 4 and 5 are entered into the MIS as
code 8.
Commercial Derivative Aircraft (CDA)—Any fixed or rotary-wing aircraft procured as a
commercial Type Certified off-the-shelf aircraft, and whose serial number is listed on an FAA-
approved Type Certified Data Sheet.
Commodity Time Compliance Technical Order—TCTO concerning a designated item,
subsystem, or system that is not identified as a weapon or military system.
Composite Tool Kit (CTK)—A controlled area or container used to store tools or equipment and
maintain order, positive control, and ease of inventory. CTKs are assembled as a kit and designed
to provide quick, easy visual inventory and accountability of all tools and equipment. CTKs may
be in the form of a toolbox, a shadow board, shelves, system of drawers (Stanley Vidmar®,
Lista®), cabinets, or other similar areas or containers. The CTK contains tools and equipment
necessary to accomplish maintenance tasks, troubleshooting, and repair.
(Added-ACC) Comprehensive Engine Management System (CEMS)—The “system of
record” and tool used for accurate information on the status, condition and location of engines in
the Air Force inventory throughout their life cycle.
Condition-Based Maintenance Plus—A set of maintenance processes and capabilities derived
from real-time assessment of weapon system condition obtained from embedded sensors, external
tests and measurements using portable equipment. The goal of CBM+ is to perform maintenance
only when internal and/or external sensors indicate the need instead of performing maintenance
on a periodic basis.
(Added-ACC) Constrained Engines—When computed spare engine requirements exceed total
available spare engine inventory.
Consumable Items—Also known as “Consumption” or “Expendable” Items designated XB3.
Items which are consumed in use or which lose their original identity during periods of use by
incorporation into or attachments upon another assembly. Issued on an as required basis and
consist of such supplies as maintenance parts or office supplies.
424 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Contracting Officer Representative (COR)—A COR is an individual designated in accordance
with Department of Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement subsection 201.602-2
and authorized in writing by the contracting officer to perform specific technical or administrative
functions.
(Added-ACC) Cost Avoidance—A calculated value for a local AFREP repair when credit is not
generated within the supply system. “Avoidance” is calculated based on time and cost of procuring
a new item. (e.g., Ground intercommunications cord repairs, NDI equipment repairs)
(Added-ACC) Cost Per Engine Flying Hour (CPEFH)—A flying hour metric for an engine
TMS. The values for calculating CPEFH are a subset of the cost categories obtained from the
Engine CAIG product of the Air Force Total Ownership Cost (AFTOC) database. CPEFH will
include all Federal Stock Classes (FSCs) specific to engine expenses, e.g., 28 and 29, made by
flying units in Element of Expense/Investment Category Code (EEIC) 64402 (flying hour spares)
and consumption data (CSAG-S EEIC 644 & General Supply Division (GSD), EEIC 609) for parts
needed to repair engines. The formula is (CSAG-S plus GSD)/ (aircraft flying hours x installed
engines).
Crashed, Damaged or Disabled Aircraft Recovery (CDDAR)—The ability to move damaged
or disabled aircraft using specialized equipment.
(Added-ACC) Credit—Monetary value awarded to an established PFMR account by the supply
system. Based upon local demand, serviceable items returned to supply may generate credit.
Critical Application Item (CAI)—An item that is essential to weapon system performance or
operation, or the preservation of life or safety of operating personnel, as determined by the military
services. The subset of CAI whose failure could have catastrophic or critical safety consequences
is called CSIs. Refer to Attachment 7.
Critical Safety Item (CSI)—A part, assembly, installation equipment, launch equipment,
recovery equipment, or support equipment for an aircraft or aviation weapons system that contains
a characteristic any failure, malfunction, or absence of which could cause a catastrophic or critical
failure resulting in the loss or serious damage to the aircraft or weapons system, an unacceptable
risk of personal injury or loss of life, or an uncommanded engine shutdown that jeopardizes safety.
Damage is considered serious or substantial when sufficient to cause a 'Class A' mishap. The
determining factor in CSIs is the consequence of failure, not the probability that the failure or
consequence may occur. For the purpose of this instruction "Critical Safety Item", "Flight Safety
Critical Aircraft Part", "Flight Safety Part", "Safety of Flight Item", and similar terms are
synonymous.
Cross-tell—Cross-tells are used to highlight trends, benchmarks or safety conditions relating to
maintenance equipment, personnel, training or processes. A cross-tell is initiated to assist other
maintenance or logistics personnel with similar equipment to do their jobs more safely and/or
efficiently. Typically a cross-tell will be initiated when a condition or trend is discovered
regarding, but not limited to, a weapon system or common components that should be shared with
other users or potential users. This information should be transmitted using signed and encrypted
e-mail to ensure widest dissemination and ensure it is brought to the attention of unit commanders
in order to prevent or mitigate mishaps, injury or damage to AF personnel, equipment or property.
Typically cross-tells will provide relevant background information and history and can include
such information as NSNs, part numbers, specific location of problem areas.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 425
Customer Wait Time—Customer Wait Time for LRUs is the total elapsed time between the
issuance of a customer order and satisfaction of that order, regardless of source (immediate issues
or backorders), and can include issues from wholesale and/or retail stocks as well as various other
arrangements. Customer Wait Time for end items (engines and pods) includes time for the
retrograde and serviceable transportation legs.
Debriefing—Program designed to ensure malfunctions identified by aircrews are properly
reported and documented.
Decertification—The removal of certification status from a person for a specific task
Dedicated Crew Chief—DCCs are first-level supervisors in the flightline management structure
who manage and supervise all maintenance on their aircraft, and are selected on the basis of
initiative, management and leadership ability, and technical knowledge.
Delayed or Deferred Discrepancies—Malfunctions or discrepancies not creating NMC or PMC
status that are not immediately corrected.
Delayed Release—Munition or store that fails to eject from an aircraft upon firing of impulse
cartridge, but releases sometime afterwards. Release times qualifying “delayed” bombs are
outlined in MDS-specific technical orders.
Demand Response Team—Two-member team where one person reads technical order steps and
the other person performs the task and responds when each step is completed.
Depot Level Maintenance—Provides the capability to maintain materiel coded for
organizational, intermediate and depot levels of maintenance. Includes maintenance requiring the
overhaul, upgrading, or rebuilding of parts, assemblies, or subassemblies, and the testing and
reclamation of equipment as necessary IAW AFPD 21-1
Dispatchable CTK—CTK issued out and is designed to be used outside the work center.
(Added-ACC) Distribution Stock Level Computation—The computation that determines the
whole spare engine requirements for using MAJCOMs and depots.
(Added-ACC) Economic Retention Level—The quantity of an item exceeding AAO and are
determined to be more economical to retain for future peacetime issues than to dispose. To warrant
economic retention, an item must have a reasonably predictable demand rate.
(Added-ACC) Engine Health Management (EHM)—A program integrating hardware,
software, maintenance, processes and people to diagnose, quantify and monitor engine health.
(Added-ACC) Engine Total Ownership Cost (ETOC)—The total cost to operate an engine
type. The formula is (Depot Level Reparable (DLR) (fly) + GSD + Depot Purchased Equipment
Maintenance (DPEM) + 0 Level labor + I Level labor)/engine flying hours. Future includes mod,
CIP, 3400, CEMS feed into ETOC. Source is AFTOC database. ETOC is a subset of engine cost
categories contained in the CAIG.
(Added-ACC) Engine Trending and Diagnostics—The monitoring by propulsion and
Nondestructive Inspection (NDI) technicians to predict engine health, performance, and structural
integrity.
Equipment Custodian—Individual responsible for all in-use equipment at the organizational
level whose duties include requisitioning, receiving, and controlling of all equipment assets.
426 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Equipment Identification Designator (EID)—A number assigned to a piece of shop equipment,
used to track status and accountability.
Equipment Items—Item authorized in the allowance standard within an organization.
Evaluated Load—A loading task that is assessed according to Chapter 10 of this instruction.
Expendability, Recoverability, Reparability, Category (ERRC)—Used to categorize Air Force
inventory into various management groupings. The grouping determine the type of management
used throughout the logistics cycle, designates the process to be used in computing requirements
and are used in the correction and reporting of asset and usage data. (such as, XB3, XF3, XD2,
NF2, NF4).
Flight Chief—NCO responsible to the maintenance officer or superintendent for management,
supervision, and training of assigned personnel.
FK or FV—Prefix used to identify the munitions supply account. FV denotes units utilizing the
Combat Ammunition System and FK denotes units utilizing ILS-S or manual records supply point
within a munitions’’ operations unit for conventional munitions.
Functional Checklist—locally developed checklists used to identify the steps required to react to
specific events. Functional checklists are required for use by functional area(s) during actions such
as aircraft crash, mass loads, severe weather warning or evacuation, self-inspections.
Hung Ordnance—Any item attached to the aircraft for the purpose of dropping or firing which
has malfunctioned or failed to release. In addition, hung ordnance includes the following items:
(1) External fuel tanks after unsuccessful jettison attempt; (2) Remaining ordnance after an
inadvertent release; (3) 20/30 mm ammunition after a gun malfunction (no fire, unplanned cease
fire, runaway gun, or gun unsafe indication); (4) Any stores determined to be in an unsafe
condition.
Inadvertent Release—Uncommanded launch or release of a store or ordnance, or launch or
release of a store or ordnance other than those selected when a launch or release command was
generated (system malfunction); does not include an unintentional release. If commanding a single
release, do not consider a double bomb release as an inadvertent release if the releases occur from
a practice bomb dispenser.
Individual Tools and Equipment—Tools and equipment that are available for individual sign-
out but stored in the tool room in storage bins, cabinets, shelves with every item having an assigned
location (example, flashlights, ladders).
Integrated Logistics System—Supply (ILS-S)—is the overarching term used to describe the
system(s) used by base retail materiel management operations. ILS-S is comprised of the
Enterprise Solution–Supply. In many cases the term ILS-S is used to identify system related
functions and/or references.
Intermediate-Level Maintenance—Maintenance consisting of those off-equipment tasks
normally performed using the resources of the operating command at an operating location or at a
centralized intermediate repair facility.
In Process Inspection (IPI)—Inspection performed during the assembly or reassembly of
systems, subsystems, or components with applicable technical orders. An IPI is accomplished and
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 427
documented by an authorized IPI inspector other than the technician performing the specific step
of a task that requires the IPI.
“Knock It Off”—“Knock it Off” empowers all Airman regardless of rank to terminate an
operation or situation which they perceive is unsafe or too dangerous. “Knock it Off” includes
using a recognizable “audible” (capable of being heard) from anyone in an effort to prevent a
potential mishap.
Lead Crews—A load crew certified by the load standardization crew (LSC), which is assigned to
WS to assist in conducting the weapons standardization program.
Levels—Computed and authorized requirements for a quantity of assets.
Loading Standardization Crew (LSC)—A load crew designated by the WWM and the WS
superintendent to administer the weapons standardization program. LSC members have
certification and decertification authority.
Loading Task—The actions required by one crew member, in a designated position, to
accomplish a munitions load.
Local Commander—The group commander with responsibility for maintenance (as applicable
to loading technical data).
Maintenance Capability—Unit's ability to generate and sustain weapon systems to support the
mission. It is composed of personnel, capacity (facilities, support equipment, and parts), and
weapons systems and is affected by policies and business practices.
Maintenance Cyber Discipline—A focus on daily cyber hygiene activities which requires
continuous attention in order to mitigate daily threats by creating a culture of cyber awareness,
discipline, and strict compliance.
Maintenance Training—Any proficiency, qualification, or certification tasking required by a
technician to perform duties in their primary AFSC.
Master Inventory List (MIL)—Primary source document for inventory of CTKs. The MIL
indicates the total number of items in each drawer or section of the tool kit. MIL may be automated.
Mission Design Series (MDS)—Alpha and numeric characters denoting primary mission and
model of a military weapons system.
Mission Generation Network—The MGN supports all Organizational-level, on-equipment and
off-equipment maintenance and is optimized at the Wing-level across the USAF. MGN consists
of the cumulative effort required to generate, and sustain sortie and mission production to meet
assigned mission requirements.
Minimum Required Proficiency Load (MRPL)—Recurring loading of munitions for which a
person is certified.
(Added-ACC) Mission Essential Item—An item or repair part whose absence renders the
supported system or end item inoperable.
Munitions Decertification—Removal of the certification status of a person that precludes them
from loading a specific type munitions or MFG.
Normally Installed Equipment (NIE)—launchers, and pylons normally installed on an aircraft.
428 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
No-Lone Zone—Area where the two-person concept must be enforced because it contains nuclear
weapons, nuclear weapons systems, or certified critical components.
(Added-ACC) Non-accountable Item—Assemblies and/or parts tracked by CEMS for reasons
of life limitations or logistical criticality.
(Added-ACC) Non-Constrained Engines—Refers to the circumstance when total spare engine
inventory meets or exceeds computed spare engine requirements.
Non-Consumable Item—Also referred to as a “non-expendable” or “equipment” item. Durable
items that are capable of continuing or repetitive use by an individual or organization.
Non-Release—System malfunction in which a weapon does not release from the delivery system.
Off-Equipment Maintenance—Maintenance tasks that are not or cannot be effectively
accomplished on or at the weapon system or end-item of equipment, but require the removal of
the component to a shop or facility for repair.
On-Equipment Maintenance—Maintenance tasks that are or can be effectively performed on or
at the weapon system or end-item of equipment.
(Added-ACC) Operating Costs—Costs or expenses to administer a given program. Operating
include training, equipment, tools, software and administrative supplies. Base level and contracting
repairs costs should be tracked individually.
Operating Stock—The bits and pieces needed to support a maintenance work center that does not
meet the criteria of bench stock. It includes reusable items such as dust covers, hydraulic line
covers, caps, items leftover from work orders, TCTOs. Items deleted from bench stock that are
less than a full Unit of Issue (UI) are not considered operating stock but may be retained as work
order residue.
Operational Safety, Suitability & Effectiveness (OSS&E)—OSS&E is an outcome of properly
applied systems engineering principles, processes, and practices. Well-integrated configuration
management and control, deficiency reporting and response, reliability, maintainability, integrity,
and other engineering practices ensure that base-lined engineering characteristics of systems and
end items are not allowed to degrade as a result of maintenance, repairs, parts substitutions, and
similar activities. The PM is responsible for the assurance OSS&E throughout the life cycle of
each configuration of each component of each system.
Organizational Level Maintenance—Maintenance consisting of those on-equipment tasks
normally performed using the resources of an operating command at an operating location.
PACER WARE—is the unclassified term for an actual change or notification of a deficiency to
an Electronic Warfare system.
Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE)—Equipment required to do a job or task in a safe
manner.
Plan—A forecasted scheme of sequenced and timed events for accomplishing broad objectives.
The plan is the product of annual, quarterly, and monthly planning of scalable operations and
maintenance activities necessary to achieve long term mission requirements.
Preload—A complete munition and suspension equipment package ready for loading.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 429
Primary Aerospace Vehicle Authorization (PAA)—The number of aircraft authorized to a unit
for performance of its operational mission. The primary authorization forms the basis for the
allocation of operating resources to include manpower, support equipment, and flying-hour funds.
Primary Aerospace Vehicle Inventory (PAI)—The aircraft assigned to meet the primary aircraft
authorization. Includes PMAI, PTAI, PDAI and POAI.
Production Superintendent (Pro Super)—Senior NCO responsible for squadron maintenance
production. Directs the maintenance repair effort.
Program Manager (PM)—The designated individual with responsibility for and authority to
accomplish program objectives for development, production, and sustainment to meet the user's
operational needs. The PM shall be accountable for credible cost, schedule, and performance
reporting to the Milestone Decision Authority.
Programmed Depot Maintenance (PDM)—Maintenance activities requiring skills, equipment,
or facilities not normally possessed by operating locations.
Project Funds Management Records—a record maintained in the material accounting system to
provide for control over that portion of each responsibility center manager operating budget
programmed for purchase of expense materials from the Defense Business Operations Funds stock
activity fund. It is used to record available expense authority, current month and fiscal year-to-date
sales, sales returns, and due-outs for both supplies and expense equipment.
Quality Assurance (QA)—Office or individual who monitors maintenance (organic or
contractor) on a daily basis.
Quarterly Evaluation (QE)—Recurring calendar task evaluations required by munitions and
weapons personnel.
Quick Reference List (QRL)—Listing of fast moving, high use items required for primary
mission aircraft. The basic purpose of the QRL is to provide maintenance personnel with a speedy
way to place a demand on the supply system.
Rag—A remnant of cloth purchased in bulk or a standardized, commercial quality, vendor-
supplied shop cloth (uniform size and color) or similar material used in general industrial, shop,
and flightline operations.
Reclama—A request to a duly constituted authority to re-consider its decision or its proposed
action (see JP 1-02).
Recoverability Code—A one position code assigned to end items and support items to indicate
the recoverability intention and the level of maintenance authorized disposition action on
unserviceable support items; and for reparable items, it is used to indicate the lowest maintenance
level responsible for repair, disposition or condemnation of the item.
Recurring Discrepancy—A recurring discrepancy is one that occurs on the second through fourth
sortie or attempted sortie after corrective action has been taken and the system or sub- system
indicates the same malfunction when operated.
Reliability-Centered Maintenance—A logical discipline for developing a scheduled-
maintenance program that will realize the inherent reliability levels of complex equipment at
minimum cost.
430 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Remote Split Operations—Occurs when the ground control stations, the Unmanned Aerial
Vehicle (UAV) launch and recovery functions, and the satellite uplink are geographically
separated.
Repair Cycle Asset—Any recoverable item with an expendability, recoverability, reparability
code (ERRC) category of XD or XF.
Repair Recommendation—An idea or proposal to repair an item that is not currently repaired or
is beyond the capability of the work center. An AFREP initiative is generated when an asset has a
demand level of "greater than three" per calendar year. All new AFREP initiatives will be staffed
through the applicable organizations.
Repairable—Unserviceable items that can be economically repaired and restored to a serviceable
condition.
Repeat Discrepancy—A repeat discrepancy is a pilot reported discrepancy (PRD) occurring on
the same system or subsystem on the first sortie or sortie attempt after that PRD has been signed
off.
Retrograde—Returning assets (reparable assets) from the field to their source of repair.
Schedule—Planned events that result in final review and agreement of how to execute a proposed
plan of sequenced and timed events. Results in a binding commitment captured in writing and
approved by signature between operations and maintenance to complete activities required to
accomplish agreed upon objectives. Refers to the execution phase of weekly and daily operations
and maintenance activities.
SEEK EAGLE—The Air Force certification program for determining safe carriage, employment
and jettison limits, safe escape, and ballistics accuracy, when applicable, for all stores in specified
loading configurations on USAF aircraft.
SERENE BYTE—is the unclassified term for an exercise change or deficiency notification to an
Electronic Warfare system.
Shop CTK—Tool kits (not dispatched) used by work center personnel during a shift, provided a
single person is responsible for the tool kit.
Shop Stock—Includes items such as sheet metal, electrical wire, fabric, and metal stock, used and
stored within a maintenance work center to facilitate maintenance.
Source Code—Codes assigned to end items and support items to indicate the manner of acquiring
items for the maintenance, repair, or overhaul of end items.
Source, Maintenance, Recoverability (SMR) Code—A code assigned to parts and assemblies
that provides maintenance activities with repair level responsibilities, support method and
disposition instructions. The SMR codes are also input into the supply and maintenance automated
data system. The uniform SMR code is composed of three parts, consisting of a two position source
code, a two position maintenance code, and one position recoverability code.
Spares—Serviceable assets that are available for future use, and in the logistics pipeline. The term
spare carries the assumption that there are already enough assets in the AF inventory to satisfy end
item or quantity per aircraft requirements.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 431
Special Certification Roster (SCR)—Management tool that provides supervisors a listing of
personnel authorized to perform, evaluate, and inspect critical work.
Special Purpose CTK—Small individually issued tool kits that because of the nature of contents
or type of container could preclude shadowing or silhouetting (example, launch kits, recovery kits,
cartridge cleaning kits, oxygen servicing kits).
(Added-ACC) SRAN Engine Manager (SEM)—Manager of engines under an assigned SRAN
and is responsible for CEMS reporting.
Subcrew—Two or more certified and/or qualified personnel who may perform specific tasks.
Supply Point—Forward warehouse located within or near the maintenance work center.
Supply Reports—There are many examples of “Supply Reports” used to record supply
transactions. The Daily Document Register (D04) provides a means for organizations to review all
document numbers processed during the day by the SBSS. The Project Funds Management
Records and Organization Cost Center Record Update and Reconciliation (D11) show the current
status and internal balance of the Project Funds Management Record by supplies and equipment.
The Repair Cycle Asset Management Listing (D23) is used to monitor repair cycle assets and as a
management product to monitor the stock position and repair cycle status of repairable (DIFM)
assets. It may be produced in several sequences and is provided to the customer daily.
Sub-Pool—A parking area designated by the Airfield Operations Flight that provides authorized
pooling of serviceable AGE to enhance close proximity support to using organizations.
Tactical/Theater Airborne Reconnaissance System (TARS)—is a sensor package offers
improved timeliness, reduced support costs, and improved operational capability over film
systems. Once fielded, this system will provide the tactical commander with an organic system
capable of responding in Near Real-Time (NRT) (in time) to battlefield requirements.
Tail Number Bins (TNB)—Locations established and controlled to store issued parts awaiting
installation and parts removed to FOM. Holding bins are set up by tail number, serial number, or
identification number.
Task Assignment List—Functional grouping of procedural steps from applicable -33 series TOs,
by crew position, to be accomplished in sequence by each crew member during an operation.
Technical Administrative Function—Function responsible for ordering and posting instructions,
processing all orders, enlisted performance ratings, and general administrative tasks for the section.
Technical Data—Information (regardless of the form or method of the recording) of a scientific
or technical nature, including computer software documentation. As applied in this publication, it
includes information required for the design, development, production, manufacture, assembly,
operation, training, testing, repair, maintenance, or modification of defense articles.
Technical Order Distribution Office (TODO)—Function required to maintain records on TOs
received and distributed.
Time Compliance Technical Order (TCTO)—Authorized method of directing and providing
instructions for modifying equipment, and performing or initially establishing one-time
inspections.
432 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Tool Storage Facility/Tool Room—A controlled area within a work center designated for storage
and issue of tools and equipment.
Total Asset Visibility—The capability to provide users with timely and accurate information on
the location, movement, status, and identity of units, personnel, equipment, materiel, and supplies.
It also includes the capability to act upon that information to improve overall performance of the
Department of Defense’s logistic practices.
Unintentional Release—Store or ordnance launched or released through pilot error.
Unique Item Identifier (UII)—The set of data elements marked on items that are globally unique,
unambiguous, and robust enough to ensure data information quality throughout life, and to support
multi-faceted business applications and users.
Unit Committed Munitions List (UCML)/Test/Training Munitions List (TTML)—The
UCML/TTML is a list of primary munitions (PM), support munitions (SM), and limited-use
munitions (LM) necessary to meet unit operational and training requirements.
Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV)—An unmanned aircraft that is either remotely piloted (such
as, Predator) or programmed (such as, Global Hawk).
Urgency Justification Code—Two-digit code used to reflect the impact and type of need. The
Urgency of Need Designator fills the first position of the Urgency Justification Code. Use of
Urgency of Need Designator 1, A and J is restricted and is verified by designated personnel.
Utilization Rate (UTE Rate)—Average number of sorties or hours flown per primary assigned
aircraft per period. Usually time period is based on a monthly rate.
War Readiness Engine (WRE) Levels—The quantity of net serviceable engines required to
support the Air Force war tasking and to sustain operational units’ war efforts until pipelines are
filled and repair capabilities are available. These engines are to be available to support a weapon
system from the start of the war until re-supply (via base, intermediate, CRF or depot repair) is
established.
War Reserve Materiel (WRM)—Consists of enterprise managed, dynamically positioned
equipment and consumables that contribute to initial operations and provide initial support cross
the full range of military operations. It enhances Agile Combat Support capability to reduce the
time required to achieve an operational capability and/or produce an operational effect.
Weapons Certification—The act of verifying and documenting a person’s ability to load a
particular type of aircraft, and munition or MFG within established standards.
Weapons Locally-Manufactured Equipment (LME)—All equipment that measures, tests, or
verifies system, subsystem, component, or item integrity. It also includes equipment such as
handling dollies, storage racks (except storage shelves), maintenance stands, or transport adapters.
It does not include simple adapter cables and plugs constructed as troubleshooting aids to replace
pin-to-pin jumper wires specified in TOs.
Weapons Standardization (WS)—Organization comprised of the WWM, a Superintendent, the
Load Standardization Crew, an academic instructor, and lead crews.
Weapons Task Qualification—A munitions related task not requiring certification.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 433
Weight and Balance (W&B) Program—Program used in calculating, verifying, updating, and
computing weight and balance on a weapon system.
434 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Attachment 2
AIRCRAFT COMMANDER FEEDBACK ON FCC
Figure A2.1. Aircraft Commander Feedback on FCC.
MEMORANDUM FOR <Unit Designation/Office Symbol> Date
<Street>
<Base, State, and Zip Code>
FROM: <Aircraft Commander>
<Street>
<Base, State, and Zip Code>
SUBJECT: Aircraft Commander Feedback of the Flying Crew Chief (FCC)
Was the FCC knowledgeable of the aircraft and the systems?
a - Extremely knowledgeable c - Lacks knowledge
b - Sufficient knowledge d - Not observed
Did the FCC know the status of PMC and NMC discrepancies?
a - Always c - Rarely
b - Most of the time d - Never
Did the FCC perform duties willingly and enthusiastically?
a - Always c - Never
b - Sometimes d - Not Observed
What type of working relationship did the FCC have with the aircrew?
a - Outstanding c - Fair
b - Good d - Poor
Rate the overall maintenance support provided by the FCC:
a - Outstanding c - Fair
b - Good d - Poor
This FCC was:
a - An asset to the FCC program c - Just getting by
b - A hard worker, but needs more experience d - Detriment to the FCC program
Remarks:
POC is <FCC Program Manager’s Name, office symbol, duty phone number>. <signed>
Aircraft Commander
Note: Please fold and return to the squadron FCC Program Manager upon return to home station.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 435
Attachment 3
QUARTERLY FCC REPORT FORMAT
Figure A3.1. Quarterly FCC Report Format
MEMORANDUM FOR MAJCOM/A4L Date
FROM: <Unit Designation/Office Symbol>
<Street>
<Base and Zip Code>
SUBJECT: <State fiscal quarter (FY20/1) > Quarterly Flying Crew Chief Report (RCS:
AF/A4L(Q&A)0011)
In accordance with AFI 21-101 <unit designations> report is submitted.
Number of C-coded FCC positions on the Unit Manpower Document entitled to be filled.
Include approved changes (losses/increases):
Number of people filling C-coded positions:
Number of qualifying missions flown per quarter by C-coded crew chiefs. Include the number of
TO directed missions:
Number of qualifying missions flown by personnel without C-coded prefix. Include TO directed
missions flown by non c-coded prefix personnel:
Number of all missions away from home station that required FCCs:
Total number of days TDY for all C-coded crew chiefs on qualifying missions:
Total number of days TDY for all non C-coded crew chiefs on qualifying missions:
Unit and MAJCOM remarks and overall program assessment. Include remarks to justify vacant
positions:
FCC Program Manager is <rank, name>, office symbol, DSN number.
<Sign>
Commander, <Unit Designation>
436 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Attachment 4
ANNUAL FCC REPORT
Figure A4.1. Annual FCC Report
MEMORANDUM FOR MAJCOM/A4L or DOM Date
FROM: <Unit designation/Office Symbol>
<Street>
<Base and Zip Code>
SUBJECT: <state fiscal year (FY20) > Annual Flying Crew Chief Report RCS:
AF/A4L(Q&A)0011)
In accordance with AFI 21-101&lt;unit designations> report is submitted.
Number of C-coded FCC positions on the Unit Manpower Document entitled to be filled. Include
approved changes (losses/increases):
Number of people filling C-coded positions:
Number of qualifying missions flown per quarter by C-coded crew chiefs. Include the number of
TO directed missions:
Number of qualifying missions flown by personnel without C-coded prefix. Include TO directed
missions flown by non c-coded prefix personnel:
Number of all missions away from home station that required FCCs:
Total number of days TDY for all C-coded crew chiefs on qualifying missions:
Total number of days TDY for all non C-coded crew chiefs on qualifying missions:
Unit and MAJCOM remarks and overall program assessment. Include remarks to justify vacant
positions:
FCC Program Manager is <rank, name>, office symbol, DSN number.
<Sign>
Commander, <Unit Designation>
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 437
Attachment 5
FCC SDAP REQUEST
Figure A5.1. FCC SDAP Request
MEMORANDUM FOR MAJCOM/A4L or DOM Date
FROM: <Unit Designation/Office Symbol>
<Street>
<Base and Zip Code>
SUBJECT: Flying Crew Chief (FCC) SDAP Positions <Increase/Decrease> Request
In accordance with <unit designations> requests <increase or decrease> of <state quantity of
positions>.
Provide brief justification; include comments about force structure changes, additional mission
requirements.
FCC Program Manager is <rank, name>, office symbol, DSN number.
<Sign>
Commander, <Unit Designation>
438 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Attachment 6
FOREIGN OBJECT DAMAGE (FOD) REPORT
Figure A6.1. Foreign Object Damage (FOD) Report
MEMORANDUM FOR Date
FROM: <Unit Designation/Office Symbol> <Street> <Base and Zip Code>
SUBJECT: <Foreign Object Report>. FOD program report number (unit, year, and month, followed by
sequence number -- example, 301FW-060501).
Type of report: Initial/Formal Update/Final FOD Report
Date and Time of Incident:
Unit and Base of Incident:
Origin of Sortie:
When discovered (Preflight, Postflight, In-Coming, ETS)
Owning Unit, Base and MAJCOM
MDS and Tail Number (N/A for ETS incidents)
Engine Type, Model, Series (TMS):
Engine S/N:
Engine Position (If Applicable):
Time Since Overhaul:
Description of Incident:
Material Failure: (Yes or No)
Tech Data Deficiency: (Yes/No)
Preventable/Non-Preventable:
Investigation Findings:
Action Taken to Prevent Recurrence:
Parts Cost: Labor Cost: Total Cost:
Additional Comments (if necessary):
<Sign>
FOD Monitor, <Unit Designation>
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 439
Attachment 7
CRITICAL APPLICATION ITEMS & CRITICAL SAFETY ITEMS
A7.1. CRITICAL APPLICATION ITEMS (CAIs). For the purpose of this instruction, it is an
item that is essential to weapon system performance or operation, or the operating personnel as
determined by AFI 20-106IP, Management of Aviation Critical Safety Items.
A7.1.1. Includes flight safety items, life support, critical safety items (CSI), and nuclear
hardened items. For systems including radar, avionics, munitions, contact the PO for the
system to obtain the CAI designation.
A7.1.2. The management of CAIs (contains unique repair and manufacturing qualifications;
material and manufacturing process requirements; and extensive testing requirements after
repair) is a complex process. These specified procedures rest with the program manager.
A7.1.3. Other than TO and PO approved repairs, Electronic Warfare (EW) Systems are
Critical Application Items and prohibited from consideration under the AFREP program.
Performing repairs on EW system components may render the entire EW system degraded.
Environmental Stress Screening (ESS) of repaired EW components is mandatory. Many EW
components cannot be repaired due to electrical characteristics that are not visible or evident
without special test facilities and procedures, none of which are available to field personnel or
unqualified contractors.
A7.2. CRITICAL SAFETY ITEMS (CSIs). For the purpose of this instruction, CSIs are items
whose failure may cause loss of life, permanent physical disability or major injury, loss of a
system, or significant damage to equipment.
A7.2.1. Special attention is placed on CSIs due to potential catastrophic or critical
consequences of failure; Public Law 108-136, sec 802, Quality Control in Procurement of
Aviation Critical Safety Items and Related Services, was enacted to address aviation CSIs. The
public law addresses three concerns:
A7.2.1.1. The Design Control Activity (DCA) is responsible for processes related to
identification and management of CSIs used in procurement, modification, repair, and
overhaul of aviation systems. The DCA is defined as the systems command of a military
Service responsible for the airworthiness certification of the system in which a CSI is used.
A7.2.1.2. For contracts involving CSIs, DoD is restricted to DCA approved sources.
A7.2.1.3. The law requires that CSI deliveries and services meet the technical and quality
requirements established by the DCA.
A7.2.2. ODM 4140.01, DoD Supply Chain Materiel Management Procedures, establishes
procedures for the management of aviation CSIs. AFI 20-106IP, Management of Aviation
Critical Safety Items, addresses requirements for identification, acquisition, quality assurance,
management, repair, and disposition of aviation CSIs.
440 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Attachment 8 (Added-ACC)
FLYING SCHEDULING EFFECTIVENESS
A8.1. Purpose. (Added)(ACC) This chapter defines flying schedule deviations and provides
formulas for computing FSE. FSE is a tool to identify those processes within the wing’s control
can be improved to help drive down turbulence for both the operator and maintainer.
A8.1.1. (Added-ACC) A cornerstone of successful flying scheduling and execution is an
understanding of how the schedule is executed versus how it was planned. These differences
in scheduled versus actual events are only recorded in the execution phase of the scheduling
process and are called deviations. Deviation data must be recorded so follow-up analysis can
identify the appropriate corrective actions if any are needed. (T-2). Without deviation data,
this analysis is impossible. Deviation data recording and analysis is the beginning of the
process that, in the end, improve unit's flying operations. The unit is responsible for
documenting deviations to the weekly flying and maintenance schedule and determining the
cause for each deviation. Deviations must be coordinated with the appropriate squadron/AMU
before being assigned to a specific category. (T-2). Schedule deviations that result from a
sequence of events will be assigned a primary cause. (T-2). A determination of the primary
cause will be made by the parties involved to arrive at a unit position. (T-2).
A8.1.1.1. (Added-ACC) The OS, AMU OIC, AMXS, and MO operations officers or
enlisted equivalents will monitor deviations to ensure they meet the criteria in this
publication. (T-2). When conflicts arise, leadership of involved units should resolve them
at the lowest level. All deviations will be recorded as described in this publication. (T-2).
A8.1.2. (Added-ACC) Flying Scheduling Effectiveness (FSE). This leading indicator is a
measure of how well the unit planned and executed the weekly flying schedule. The flying
schedule, developed by tail number, is the baseline upon which the FSE is derived by
comparing each day’s deviations. Deviations that decrease the FSE from 100% include:
scheduled sorties not flown because of maintenance, supply, operations; weather, HHQ, air
traffic control, sympathy, or other reasons; adds, deletes, and ground aborts; scheduled sorties
that take-off more than 30 minutes prior to scheduled take-off; scheduled sorties that take-off
more than 15 minutes after their scheduled take-off time. Disruptions to the flying schedule
can cause turmoil on the flightline, send a ripple effect throughout other agencies, and
adversely impact scheduled maintenance actions.
A8.1.3. (Added-ACC) Standards and goals assist commanders in assessing the effectiveness
of unit performance. There are two aircraft FSE standards developed by HQ ACC/A4MO,
approved by HQ ACC/A4 and provided to the user each September. Overall FSE rate is
measured using recorded deviation data as outlined in this attachment. O&M FSE rate includes
deviations only in the maintenance and operations categories.
A8.2. (Added-ACC) Requirements. Flying scheduling effectiveness computation and
deviation recording are required for all ACC assigned aircraft. (T-2). Reporting procedures are
contained in this attachment.
A8.3. (Added-ACC) Flying Schedule Deviations.
A8.3.1. (Added) (ACC) Schedule deviations apply to the printed weekly flying and
maintenance schedule, even though a coordinated change is accomplished using an AF Form
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 441
2407. When a unit coordinates a change to the printed weekly flying schedule, using an AF
Form 2407, the unit is informing every one of the changed information and deviations will be
recorded as appropriate. (T-2). Multiple deviations against a single line entry do not count
towards FSE except for (a) added aircraft/sorties that air or ground abort, (b) added
aircraft/sorties that cancel, (c) added aircraft/sorties that take-off late, and (d) late take-offs that
air abort.
A8.3.1.1. (Added-ACC) The AFTO Form 781 is the official source document for take-
off and landing data.
A8.3.1.2. (Added-ACC) For all deviations, the person recording the deviations in
IMDS/MIS will provide a detailed explanation in the remarks section and a Job Control
Number/Event ID in IMDS (screen 350) or MIS for all maintenance CX, GAA, GAB, GAC
(as defined in paragraph A8.3.2), LT, ET, AA, AI, and FE (as defined in paragraph
A8.3.3). (T-2). Flying schedule deviations fall into one of the following categories:
A8.3.2. (Added-ACC) Ground Deviations. Ground deviations are events occurring before
aircraft take-off. All ground deviations are recorded in IMDS/MIS and used in flying
scheduling effectiveness calculations unless otherwise noted. Specific ground deviations are:
A8.3.2.1. (Added) (ACC) Ground Abort (GA). An aircraft that cannot take off due to
maintenance. A third alpha character is added to further define the deviation:
A8.3.2.1.1. (Added-ACC) GAA - Ground abort, before engine start, maintenance.
A8.3.2.1.2. (Added-ACC) GAB - Ground abort, after engine start, before taxi,
maintenance.
A8.3.2.1.3. (Added-ACC) GAC - Ground abort, after taxi, maintenance.
A8.3.2.2. (Added) (ACC) Addition (AD). A sortie or aircraft added to the schedule not
previously printed on the weekly schedule, will be recorded against the agency/cause (OP,
MX, HQ, WX, etc.). (T-2). Sorties added to the schedule will be used in total sorties
scheduled for FSE computation. (T-2). Aircraft added to the schedule will not be used as a
part of the total sorties scheduled for FSE computation; however, aircraft adds (i.e., added
spares) will be captured in the FSE Calculated-Deviations computation. (T-2).
A8.3.2.3. (Added-ACC) FCF and OCF whose primary purpose is to perform
maintenance checks are not addition deviations but will be coordinated using AF Form
2407. (T-2). FCF/OCF sorties and sorties originating off-station without home- unit
support are considered “flown as scheduled” without recording deviations. FCF “chase”
aircraft, when accompanying FCF/OCF training or checkout sortie for single seat MDS
only (i.e., A-10) are considered “flown as scheduled” without recording deviations. The
FCF “chase” is for FCF qualified operator to conduct and/or evaluate training/checkout
only. Note: All additions will be coordinated using the AF Form 2407 and approved IAW
Chapter 15. (T-2).
A8.3.2.4. (Added-ACC) Cancellation (CX). An aircraft or sortie removed from the
printed schedule for any reason prior to crew show. For hard line sorties (sorties supporting
other defense customers), cancellations occur when it is determined the originally
scheduled mission cannot be met. For training sorties, if the sortie can launch and recover
during the squadron’s flying window and perform its original mission, a cancellation is not
442 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
recorded. If any sortie does not launch within the late take-off criteria, a late take-off is
recorded.
A8.3.2.5. (Added-ACC) Early Take-off (ET). An early take-off is a scheduled sortie
launching more than 30 minutes prior to the published take-off time. Exception: Do not
record early take-off deviations for hot pit turn and Rapid Crew Swap (RCS) sorties. (T-
2).
A8.3.2.6. (Added-ACC) Late Take-off (LT). A late take-off occurs when a scheduled
sortie becomes airborne more than 15 minutes after the scheduled take-off time. If the
printed tail number is a ground abort and is replaced with a spare that takes off late, only
the late take-off is computed in FSE. Another example is if an aircraft landed late, after the
published landing time and subsequently takes off late due to insufficient time to turn the
aircraft, the late take-off deviation is recorded to the original cause for the late landing,
such as, operations. Commanders should consider the impact when a sortie takes off late
and the aircraft is scheduled to turn to another sortie that day. It may be best to shorten the
sortie duration after a late take-off and land at the scheduled landing time, rather than fly
the scheduled duration, due to a higher priority mission later in the day. Exception: RQ-
4, U-2, C-130 series, C-135 series, E-3, E-4 and E-8 weapon systems will use 30 minutes
for late take-off. (T-2).
A8.3.2.7. (Added-ACC) Spare (SP) A spare is a designated aircraft on the printed
schedule to be used in case a scheduled primary aircraft cannot fly its scheduled sortie.
Spare aircraft can also include aircraft that are scheduled to fly in sorties later in the day,
have aborted from an earlier sortie, have flown earlier or released after FCF/OCF. Do not
count printed spares flown in scheduled lines as deviations when computing FSE.
A8.3.2.8. (Added-ACC) Tail Number Swap (TS). Tail swaps are changes to the printed
flying schedule involving aircraft tail numbers printed on that day’s schedule. Tail swaps
may be made up to crew show time. Tail swaps made after crew show are recorded as
spare. The MOC must be notified of all tail swaps and record all tail swaps in IMDS/MIS.
(T-2). Do not count Tail Number Swaps as deviations when computing FSE. Below are
specific examples of tail swaps:
A8.3.2.8.1. (Added-ACC) Changing aircraft in printed line numbers with printed
spare aircraft.
A8.3.2.8.2. (Added-ACC) Changing aircraft in printed line numbers to different
printed line numbers.
A8.3.2.8.3. (Added-ACC) Changing aircraft in printed line numbers to any
previously flown aircraft. For example, tail swaps are allowed for aircraft after release
from OCF/FCF or XC return aircraft.
A8.3.3. (Added-ACC) Air Deviations. Air deviations are events occurring after take-off.
They are recorded in IMDS/MIS but are not included in FSE calculations. Ground deviations
take precedence over air deviations. Air deviations fall into the following categories:
A8.3.3.1. (Added-ACC) Air Abort (AA). An air abort is an aircraft/sortie that cannot
complete its mission for any reason. Air aborts are considered a sortie flown against the
flying hour program when reporting total sorties flown, but may not be considered a
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 443
successful sortie based on mission effectiveness by operations to meet
RAP/training/contingency requirements. Air aborts will be coded to the agency or
condition that caused the aborted mission. (T-2). Note: Effective mission decisions should
be made by operations; however, a non-effective mission decision by operations does not
necessarily mean an air abort occurred as defined in ACCI 21-118. For example, if one
planned mission task out of a planned five tasks is not completed or operations flies an
alternate mission (adversary, drone, etc.) and does not return the aircraft immediately to
maintenance, the sortie should not be coded as an air abort if operations later determines,
based on the original mission profile, the sortie was non-effective. The Air Abort rate is a
maintenance indicator and as a measure of re-work (sorties reflown).
A8.3.3.2. (Added-ACC) Air Abort, IFE (AI). An air aborted aircraft/sortie with a
situation resulting in an in- flight emergency declared by the aircrew.
A8.3.3.3. (Added-ACC) Early Landing (EL). An early landing is an aircraft/sortie
landing more than 30 minutes before the scheduled landing time. Early Landing deviations
are not used when computing FSE.
A8.3.3.4. (Added-ACC) IFE (FE). An aircraft/sortie with a situation resulting in an in-
flight emergency declared by the aircrew after the mission is accomplished.
A8.3.3.5. (Added-ACC) Late Landing (LL). A late landing is an aircraft/sortie landing
more than 15 minutes after the scheduled landing time. If the sortie originated on time,
record any subsequent late take-off or cancellation against the agency that caused the late
landing. If the extended sortie did not originate on time, record any subsequent sortie
deviation against the agency that caused the original delay. Late landings are not included
in FSE calculations. Exception: C-135 series will use 30 minutes for late take-land. (T-2).
A8.3.4. (Added-ACC) Ground Aborts. A ground abort by itself is not a deviation from the
flying schedule, but can cause a deviation such as lost sortie or late take-off. A ground abort is
an event after crew show time preventing a “crew ready” aircraft from becoming airborne.
Ground aborts will be recorded to the responsible agency or condition that caused the aircraft
to abort. (T-2.) Ground aborts are categorized as GAA, GAB, GAC, operations, HHQ, weather,
sympathy, other, etc. For maintenance ground aborts do not use cause code MTX, only use
GAA, GAB, or GAC. For example, if an aircraft ground aborts and the sortie is not replaced
by a spare, the lost sortie is a deviation towards FSE. Ground aborts on FCFs or OCFs will be
recorded in IMDS/MIS, but not used when computing FSE. (T-2).
A8.3.4.1. (Added-ACC) If a ground aborted aircraft is replaced by a spare, and the spare
can meet the mission requirements, the original aircraft will be coded as a “spare ground
abort”. (T-2). Note: This is not used in computing FSE.
A8.3.4.2. (Added-ACC) If the original aborted aircraft is launched on the original
scheduled mission, but exceeds the 15-minute late take-off criteria, the sortie will be
recorded as a late take-off. (T-2).
A8.3.4.3. (Added-ACC) If the aircraft lands, takes fuel via the hot pits, incurs an NMC
condition after completion of hot pit refueling (receptacle disconnected) and can no longer
continue, a ground abort is recorded.
444 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
A8.3.4.4. (Added-ACC) If an aircraft ground aborts and is replaced by a spare and the
spare ground aborts causing the sortie not to be flown, both ground aborts will be counted
in the overall ground abort rate, the lost sortie will be considered cancelled and included as
the deviation in FSE. (T-2). The first ground abort would not be used in computing FSE.
Table A8.1. (Added-ACC) Common FSE Deviation Determination Matrix (T-2).
Event
Is the deviation
Remarks
Recorded in
MIS?
Calculated
in FSE?
Take-off or landing time is
changed after weekly
schedule is signed.
Yes
Yes
See Chapter 15: Calculation in
FSE is determined by late and early
criteria
Aircraft configuration is
changed after weekly
schedule is signed.
No
No
These changes will be tracked
locally to prevent reoccurrence and
get a true picture of the total
scheduling turmoil.
A sortie is added to the
flying schedule (excluding
OCFs/FCFs, XC return)
Yes
Yes
A sortie is added for an
OCF/FCF/OCF/FCF
“Chase”
No
No
These are considered flown as
scheduled.
A sortie is canceled
Yes
Yes
Once the decision is made to
cancel the sortie, it is a cancel. If a
decision is made after the cancel to
go ahead and fly the sortie, it
becomes an added line.
A sortie is determined to be
non- effective
No
No
Not a deviation. The determination
is made by operations and has no
bearing on FSE.
A take-off is determined to
be late
Yes
Yes
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 445
A take-off is determined to
be early
Yes
Yes
A landing is determined to
be early or late
Yes
No
A late landing may result in a late
take-off on a subsequent sortie.
During a surge, more
sorties are flown than were
printed and the statement
“Sortie Surge” is NOT
printed in the remarks
section of the affected day’s
flying schedule
Yes
Yes
Sorties printed in the weekly
schedule will be flown as printed.
Additional sorties not printed will
be considered added lines.
During a surge, more
sorties are flown than were
printed and the weekly
schedule contains “Sortie
Surge” in the remarks
section of the affected day
No
No
During planned and printed surges
and combat sortie generations,
additional lines are considered
flown as scheduled.
During a surge, an aircraft
turn sortie takes off early or
late
No
No
Units should track late take- offs of
turn sorties locally during surges to
prevent reoccurrence.
Late take-offs are recorded for
surge first go sorties.
Maintenance is performed
during a stop in a
continuation sortie and the
mission continues
Yes
Yes
An “add” is recorded for the
subsequent sortie. Be sure the
added line is designated as a
continuation sortie to prevent
further deviations for other
scheduled stops.
A sortie is added to the
schedule for weather
attrition
Yes
No
A sortie is canceled at any
time due to weather
Yes
Yes
Prior to crew show it is a cancel,
after crew show, it is a weather
abort.
A spare aircraft printed on
the flying schedule is used
in a printed line.
Yes
No
446 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
An aircraft in the printed
schedule is swapped with
an aircraft in another
printed line
Yes
No
An aircraft not printed in
the flying schedule is used
in a printed line. (excluding
aircraft already flown that
day such as OCF/FCF, X-
Country returns)
Yes
Yes
One deviation is recorded for the
added aircraft. The result is the
same as adding an aircraft as a
spare, then tail swapping it into a
printed line.
An aircraft not on the
printed flying schedule is
added as a spare.
No
Yes
Counts as a FSE deviation even if
the aircraft does not fly. This has
to be manually done by MMA
because there is no required
IMDS/MIS transaction that
captures this.
An aircraft not printed in
the flying schedule that has
flown that day is
flown/used in a printed line
Yes
No
Examples include previously flown
FCF/OCF aircraft as well as cross
country returns.
A ground abort is replaced
with a another aircraft/spare
on the printed schedule
Yes
No
Both the ground abort and spare
action will be recorded in
IMDS/MIS. If the replacement
aircraft takes-off on time, no
deviation is recorded.
A printed aircraft ground
aborts and is replaced with
an aircraft NOT on the
printed schedule and the
second aircraft also ground
aborts and the original
aircraft is fixed, takes off
late, and flies the sortie.
Yes
Yes
The original aircraft is recorded as
a ground abort and late take-off.
The second aircraft is recorded as
an “add” and a ground abort.
Ground aborts in themselves are
not deviations calculated in the
FSE rate, but are calculated in the
ground abort rate.
A8.3.5. (Added-ACC) Deviation Causes. Deviations will be assigned a primary cause. (T-
2). See guidance in paragraph A8.1.1 to resolve questions concerning assigning deviations
between maintenance and operations. Deviations will be assigned one of the following causes:
(T-2).
A8.3.5.1. (Added-ACC) Maintenance (MT). Deviations resulting from aircraft
discrepancies, unscheduled maintenance, or for actions taken for maintenance
consideration.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 447
A8.3.5.2. (Added-ACC) Operations (OP). Deviations resulting from operations/aircrew
actions, mission changes causing an early/late take-off, or cancellation including
substitution/aircrew illness (including short notice aircrew physical/mental
disqualification), and over-stressing the aircraft. OP_ are also deviations resulting from
unit controlled operations factors including those caused by mission/load planning, life
support, intelligence, base operations, range scheduling, and passengers.
A8.3.5.3. (Added-ACC) Supply (SU). Deviations resulting from a Partially Mission
Capable Supply or Not Mission Capable Supply condition or for late Supply or POL
delivery. See AF 23-series publications. Note: The actual time required for installation
shall be considered.
A8.3.5.4. (Added-ACC) Higher Headquarters (HHQ). Deviations resulting from a higher
headquarters tasking including closing of low level routes/ranges or external customer
driven mission change. When an aircraft was scheduled for a higher headquarters directed
alert or off-base mission is replaced by a spare refer to this attachment for unit options.
A8.3.5.5. (Added-ACC) Weather (WX). Deviations resulting from weather conditions
such as sorties canceled because of severe weather conditions. For example, if an aircraft
taxied to the end of runway and the wing commander cancels all flying due to weather, the
deviation is a weather abort. Sorties/Aircraft cancelled prior to crew show are weather
cancels.
A8.3.5.6. (Added-ACC) Sympathy (SY). Deviations occurring when a flight of two or
more aircraft, under the command of a flight leader or instructor pilot are canceled,
aborted, or late due to a cancellation, abort, or delay of one of the aircraft in the flight or a
supporting flight. Flights engaged in Dissimilar Air Combat Tactics training that are
delayed by the other flight will record the delay as sympathy. Sorties, which are to replace
sympathy aborts or cancellations on the same day, will be recorded as sympathy additions.
Sorties lost caused by the aircraft’s scheduled mated tanker/receiver/mission event will be
recorded as sympathy. Examples of mission events are: loss of release times, tanker
support, Minimum Interval Take-Off causing take-off delay or cancellation, deviations
caused by another unit’s or command’s support should be coded as SY deviations. Note:
Deviations caused by aircraft/missions earlier scheduled lines will be assigned to the cause
of the earlier deviation, not SY. (T-2).
A8.3.5.7. (Added-ACC) Air Traffic Control (AT). Deviations resulting from air traffic
control problems (for example, flight clearance delays, tower communication failure,
conflicting air traffic, runway change, or runway closure).
A8.3.5.8. (Added-ACC) Other (OT). Deviations resulting from unusual circumstances
not covered by other causes listed. OT may include:
A8.3.5.8.1. (Added-ACC) Malfunctions, failures, or necessary adjustments to
equipment undergoing tests or evaluations associated with Operational Testing and
Evaluation (OT&E), Development Testing and Evaluation (DT&E), or Initial
Operational Testing and Evaluation (IOT&E).
A8.3.5.8.2. (Added-ACC) Unusual circumstances such as bird strikes, damage
during air refueling and unscheduled alert swap out.
448 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
A8.3.5.8.3. (Added-ACC) Equipment, non-CAF. Deviations caused by National
Airborne Operations Center, Air Intelligence Agency, or AFMC equipment, and other
non-CAF support and equipment.
A8.3.5.9. (Added-ACC) Utilization Day (UTE). Commander’s authorized management
deletions IAW paragraph A8.3.6.3
A8.3.5.10. (Added-ACC) Exercise, Higher Headquarters (XEH). Deviations resulting
from higher headquarters directed exercises, including alarm/force protection conditions.
A8.3.5.11. (Added-ACC) Exercise, Local (XEL). Deviations resulting from wing/unit
directed exercises, including alarm/force protection conditions.
A8.3.6. (Added-ACC) Scheduling Exceptions:
A8.3.6.1. (Added) (ACC) Limited Number of Possessed Aircraft. AMUs with 11 or
fewer possessed aircraft of a particular MDS, or 50% of their possessed aircraft deployed,
are authorized to schedule tail numbers daily. Units may consider alert/IR aircraft and
aircraft in possession code PJ or PR as non-possessed when applying the 11 or less rules.
Units will print aircraft tail numbers in the weekly schedule. (T-2). Aircraft tail numbers
may be changed at the daily maintenance production meeting using AF Form 2407 without
recording deviations (sorties added or canceled are chargeable). Immediately following the
daily maintenance production meeting, the selected aircraft tail numbers for the next day’s
flying schedule will be entered in IMDS/MIS. (T-2). Once tail numbers are selected at the
daily maintenance production meeting, normal deviations are recorded. Although aircraft
tail numbers may be changed at the daily meeting, maintenance and flying scheduling
effectiveness is measured against the printed weekly schedule. Aircraft tail number
changes are chargeable against FSE after tail numbers are confirmed during the daily
maintenance production meeting. Note: No additional sorties may be added under this
scheduling option without addition deviation rules being applied as applicable in this
attachment.
A8.3.6.2. (Added) (ACC) Adverse Weather. Units may add sorties to the flying
schedule to make up for weather losses. Sorties will only be added to the schedule when
the planned weather attrition for the month, prorated daily, has been exceeded for that
month. (T-2). The number of sorties added will not exceed the difference between the
planned weather attrition and actual weather losses. (T-2). Sorties added for weather that
do not exceed prorated weather attrition, are not included in OP- MT-FES-Rate. (Example:
Planned weather attrition for the month equals 30 sorties. On the 10th O&M day of the
month (of 20) a unit’s weather losses are already 30 sorties. The unit may add 15 sorties
(weather “adds”). The maintenance schedule and the ability of maintenance to support the
additional requirements should be carefully considered before adding sorties. Under no
circumstances will the number of sorties added for weather exceed the difference between
actual weather losses and the prorated expected weather losses for the month. (See
Attachment 11, Table A11.3 for example of computing weather attrition for the flying
schedule). (T-2).
A8.3.6.3. (Added-ACC) Achievement of Utilization (UTE) Rate. Utilization
management is accomplished throughout the month. Attrition should be closely monitored
and a determination to adjust the number of sorties required should be made before each
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 449
weekly schedule is developed. This practice ensures an even sortie flow, eliminates
excessive maintenance actions and limits the number of sorties canceled. The OG/CC is
responsible for the flying program and in coordination with the MXG/CC, can add or
cancel sorties anytime during the month. However, flying scheduling effectiveness will be
recorded when changing the weekly schedule. (T-2). The OG/CC, in coordination with
MXG/CC and MSG/CC, is encouraged to modify or cancel all or part of the schedule when
they are reasonably assured the UTE rate goal for the month shall be met. Sorties may be
cancelled for UTE management during the last 5 O&M days of the month and will be
recorded as “UTE.” (T-2). Sorties cancelled for UTE are not included in FSE. See AFI 11-
102 ACC SUP, Flying Hour Program Management, for UTE rate development policy.
A8.3.6.4. (Added-ACC) Achievement of Student Training Goals (TF coded and Flying
Training Units only). The squadron commander may, when an OS has achieved its monthly
training goal, adjust the weekly printed flying schedule. Mission take-off times,
configurations, etc., may be changed without incurring deviations. All changes will be
made at the daily maintenance production meeting and will be documented on an AF Form
2407. (T-2). Once the schedule has been changed, normal deviation reporting applies. This
option allows units the flexibility to maximize use of those sorties originally scheduled for
student training.
A8.3.6.5. (Added) (ACC) Year End Closeout. During the last 15 O&M days of the
fiscal year, units are permitted to selectively add/cancel scheduled sorties to manage the
end-of-year flying hour closeout. Cancellations will be recorded as "UTE" and adds will
be charged to the responsible agency. (T-2). This provision is intended to help units
gradually close out end-of-year flying without creating hangar queen aircraft and
unintentionally exceeding the UTE rate. Sorties cancelled for UTE are not included in FSE
but sorties added are included. Sorties requiring munitions support should be evenly
distributed throughout the fiscal year to preclude a high demand for munitions support
during the month of September. IAW AFMAN 21-201, semi-annual inventories must be
started and finished in the months of March and September. (T-2).
A8.3.7. (Added-ACC) Combat Sortie Generation. Combat sortie generations are conducted
to exercise the wing’s ability to meet to the unit’s combat sortie generation tasking under
current war plans and contingency operations.
A8.3.7.1. (Added-ACC) For scheduled combat sortie generations, publish the weekly
flying schedule as a normal schedule. On the days the unit plans to exercise annotate
scheduled exercise on the flying schedule and AF Form 2402, AF Form 2403, Weekly
Aircraft Utilization/Maintenance Schedule or electronic version. If an unannounced
exercise is initiated, the remainder of the printed weekly schedule may be canceled and
may be deleted from IMDS/MIS by the AMU PS&D.
A8.3.7.2. (Added-ACC) Combat sortie generation will include operations using Air
Tasking Orders. (T-2).
A8.3.7.3. (Added-ACC) When a scramble launch scenario is used, a launch "window"
will be established for each line number or block of line numbers. (T-2). Normal deviations
will be assessed against all sorties. (T-2).
450 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
A8.3.7.4. (Added-ACC) Sorties lost due to required scenario responses such as chemical
warfare condition black, airfield attacks, etc., will be recorded as "XEH or XEL." (T-2).
A8.3.7.5. (Added-ACC) If more sorties are flown than line numbers printed, those sorties
will be considered flown as scheduled. (T-2).
A8.3.7.6. (Added-ACC) Once the objectives established by higher headquarters or the
commander have been met, the remainder of that day's schedule may be canceled/deleted
from IMDS/MIS by the PS&D.
A8.3.7.7. (Added-ACC) At the termination of the combat sortie generation, the unit's
originally printed weekly flying schedule may be revised, canceled, or replaced with a new
weekly schedule without recording deviations. If revised or replaced, the flying schedule
must be coordinated before resuming normal operations. (T-2). Normal deviation reporting
procedures will apply once finalized. (T-2).
A8.3.8. (Added-ACC) Air Tasking Order (ATO). The ATO can contain mission numbers,
on-status time/time on target and configurations. A daily flying schedule, including aircraft tail
numbers for the first lines and spares, will be finalized and confirmed to operations and the
maintenance operations center not later than 2 hours prior to the first on-status/take-off time.
(T-2). The new published schedule derived from the ATO, is applicable to all affected
organizations and no AF Form 2407 is required to implement the new schedule. All changes
after the new schedule has been published, up to the first unit crew show time, will be
documented and coordinated on an AF Form 2407. (T-2). Unlike a planned sortie surge, early
and late take-offs are recorded on second and subsequent sorties, unless an ops change is made
to the ATO. Normal deviations will be recorded against all sorties using the new published
schedule derived from the ATO. (T-2). Note: All sorties (to include exercise ATOs published
via SIPR net) launched under “Classified ATOs” will be considered flown as scheduled. (T-
2). Classified ATO lines that are missed will be recorded as cancels in the MIS. (T-2).
Cancellations will be loaded into the MIS once the sortie is declared cancelled regardless of
actual scheduled take-off time and ground aborts will be recorded in MIS. (T-2).
A8.3.8.1. (Added-ACC) Alert Sorties. Sorties flown from alert because of a higher
headquarters exercise, active air or practice scramble, or committed to fly from alert on the
printed weekly schedule will be considered sorties flown as scheduled. (T-2). Ground
aborts will be recorded in MIS however no deviation is recorded against FSE, but the
ground abort is recorded in MIS. (T-2).
A8.3.9. (Added-ACC) Unscheduled Tasking. When a unit is tasked with an unscheduled
higher headquarters tasking or self-initiated tasking (mobility exercises or weather
evacuations), or other services tasking which significantly impacts the printed weekly flying
schedule, the printed schedule may be revised or deleted from IMDS/MIS by PS&D and
replaced with a new weekly schedule without recording deviations. For weather evacuations,
the schedule will be cancelled in IMDS/MIS, not deleted, so the data is available for historical
attrition.
A8.3.9.1. (Added-ACC) If the schedule is revised or canceled and reprinted, the
following procedures will be used:
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 451
A8.3.9.1.1. (Added-ACC) Normal deviation reporting procedures will be followed
once the revised/reprinted schedule has been finalized. (T-2).The revised schedule will
be finalized a minimum of 2 hours before the first scheduled launch. (T-2).
A8.3.9.1.2. (Added-ACC) Once the tasking terminates, the original schedule may be
used or it may be revised for the tasking period, as required. If the schedule is revised,
the coordinated schedule must be completed prior to resuming normal operations. (T-
2). Normal deviation reporting is used once the revised or reprinted schedule is
finalized. (T-2).
A8.3.9.2. (Added-ACC) Normal deviation reporting procedures will be followed after a
take-off time is established to a tasking by higher headquarters or other services. (T-2).
A8.3.9.3. (Added-ACC) If the unscheduled tasking has an adverse impact on the monthly
UTE rate goal, the commander has the option to adjust the monthly sortie UTE rate goal.
(T-2).
A8.3.9.4. (Added-ACC) An unscheduled tasking or actual combat operations may
include use of an ATO. Deviations for all aircraft will be recorded IAW this instruction.
(T-2). For AMC aircraft assigned to a CENTAF AOR/CAF base for contingency support,
deviations will be reported IAW AMC guidance. (T-2).
A8.3.9.5. (Added-ACC) DELETED.
A8.3.9.6. (Added-ACC) DELETED.
A8.3.10. (Added-ACC) Test and Evaluation. Wings responsible for the scheduling of
OT&E, DT&E, or IOT&E aircraft are authorized to deviate from the published schedule for
aircraft, which are engaged in these programs without incurring a deviation. They may adjust,
formalize the test requirements, and select aircraft tail numbers up to 12 hours before the first
scheduled OT&E/DT&E/IOT&E launch of the day. Deviations will be recorded based on the
adjusted daily test schedule and as prescribed in this publication. (T-2).
A8.3.11. (Added-ACC) Scheduling Options to Maximize Sortie Production.
A8.3.11.1. (Added-ACC) Planned Sortie Surge. Units may plan to produce sorties at a
higher than normal rate. A unit may also use a planned sortie surge when the rest of the
unit is deployed to a different location. A planned sortie surge is not considered a combat
sortie generation or an unscheduled tasking. It should be conducted in a manner to take full
advantage of training opportunities inherent in a period of increased operations and
maintenance activity. The number of sorties will be determined by training objectives and
established by the OS and AMXS commanders. (T-2). Printed sortie surge rates will exceed
the daily sortie rate (average contracted sortie per O&M day based on the applicable
monthly sortie/flying hour contract) of the unit by at least 50 percent, but not less than the
contract required sorties scheduled on the monthly contract/plan. (T-2). For example, if a
unit normally flies 22 sorties in a day, to qualify for a surge, the unit would schedule at
least 33 sorties for the surge day. The statement “Sortie Surge” must be printed in the
remarks section of the affected day’s flying schedule to add sorties without incurring
deviations. (T-2). This option is for surge operations only; units will NOT use this option
solely to provide take-off and land flexibility. (T-2).
452 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
A8.3.11.2. (Added-ACC) Surge scheduling scenarios should task maintenance and
flying organizations realistically. For example, flat lining a surge is often not a feasible
option. For example, scheduling a 12-ship to reach 60 sorties by turning the same 12
aircraft to fly 5 goes (12 ship turned 5 times) is often an unfeasible plan. Units should plan
to get the maximum number of sorties possible from each aircraft committed to the
schedule.
A8.3.11.2.1. (Added-ACC) Units should be cognizant of historical break rates and
spare constraints when scheduling surges. Spares are quickly used up during surges and
once spares are exhausted the capability to meet surge goals is severely limited.
A8.3.11.3. (Added-ACC) Extreme care should be exercised to avoid creating a backlog
of unscheduled maintenance actions when scheduling sortie surges.
A8.3.11.4. (Added-ACC) Aircraft tail numbers, take-off times, line numbers and
configurations will be printed in the weekly schedule for each aircraft’s first sorties of each
day. (T-2). Include the statement “sortie surge” in the remarks section for each affected
day.
A8.3.11.5. (Added-ACC) Only line numbers are required on the weekly schedule for
subsequent sorties (i.e., the total number of sorties/line numbers the unit intends to fly).
Other data such as take-off times, configurations, and missions may be printed as required
by the unit. To the greatest extent possible, the day prior, units should try to confirm
subsequent sorties NLT the daily maintenance production meeting.
A8.3.11.5.1. (Added-ACC) However, early and late take-offs are not recorded on
second and subsequent sorties. For all other deviations, normal deviation reporting
applies.
A8.3.11.6. (Added-ACC) If more sorties are flown than what was intended (i.e., line
numbers printed), these sorties will be considered flown as scheduled. (T-2). All line
numbers printed in the weekly schedule must be flown or normal deviation will be applied.
(T-2).
A8.3.12. (Added) (ACC) Continuation Sortie. A continuation sortie is a sortie containing
scheduled operations stops. Maintenance provides support limited to chocking the aircraft and
fire/safety observer and the aircraft engines/Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) must remain running.
(T-2). Exception: For C-130 and C-135 variant aircraft, engines may be shut down to
upload/download aircrew. Continuation sorties are designed to accommodate training events,
optimize aircraft use and minimize maintenance manpower expenditure. Continuation sorties
will be clearly identified in the published weekly flying schedule. (T-2). This scheduling option
is intended to allow the exchange of aircrew/passengers with minimal maintenance
participation and aircraft possession does not return to maintenance. The initial crew on the
sortie will brief the follow-on crew at the aircraft. (T-2). Units may add continuation sorties
onto scheduled sorties to make up for sorties lost earlier in the same week without recording
deviations. Do not include these added continuation sorties in FSE unless there were no lost
sorties earlier in the week. If no sorties were lost in the same week, the added continuation
sortie will be an “add” deviation in FSE. (T-2). Note: No maintenance or servicing is
performed during the stop. Returning the aircraft to maintenance terminates the continuation
sortie. This scheduling option is not applicable to fighter and attack aircraft.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 453
A8.3.13. (Added-ACC) Engine Running Crew Change (ERCC). The ERCC sortie is used to
optimize aircraft use. It involves turnaround of an aircraft incorporating partial or full crew
change between two separate sorties. The difference between ERCC and continuation sorties
is ERCCs allow minor maintenance and servicing to be performed between sorties and since
each is a separate sortie, deviations apply to each sortie. An aircraft is scheduled to fly an
ERCC sortie in the published weekly schedule, upon landing, crew members are changed at
the aircraft with at least one engine running. Minimum ground time should be scheduled
between sorties. The crew of the first sortie must brief the crew of the second sortie at the
aircraft. (T-2). Other aircraft on the published flying schedule or previously flown aircraft not
on the flying schedule (OCF, FCF, adds) can be tail swapped into the second sortie. For
example, if two aircraft are scheduled to land at approximately the same time, either aircraft
could ERCC to the later sortie. Exception: For C-130 and C-135 variant aircraft, engines may
be shut down to upload/download aircrew. Note: This scheduling option is not applicable to
fighter and attack aircraft.
A8.3.14. (Added-ACC) Rapid Crew Swap (RCS). The RCS sortie is used to optimize use of
fighter/attack aircraft. It involves turnaround of an aircraft incorporating partial or full crew
change between two separate sorties after engine shutdown. The difference between RCS and
the policy for continuation sorties is RCSs allow minor servicing (i.e., fuel, hydraulics,
oil/sampling) to be performed between sorties. If at any time the aircraft is returned to
maintenance for anything other than minor servicing, the RCS is terminated. RCS sorties will
be published in the weekly flying schedule; deviations will apply to each sortie. (T-2).
A8.3.15. (Added-ACC) Flying Scheduling Effectiveness Computations. Compute monthly
flying scheduling effectiveness rate by aircraft mission and design using the formulas below:
Note: AFRC ACC-gained units will follow ACC instructions for scheduling effectiveness
computation. (T-2).
A8.3.15.1. (Added) (ACC) Total sorties scheduled = Total sorties flown plus (+)
cancellations minus (-) additions (added sorties only).
A8.3.15.2. (Added-ACC) Adjusted-Sorties-Scheduled = Sum of total sorties scheduled
(home base, off station or deployed) minus (-) UTE cancellations.
A8.3.15.3. (Added) (ACC) Calculated-Deviations = Sum of all deviations (including
added aircraft) minus (-) air deviations, aircraft tail swaps, aircraft printed spare actions,
ground aborted sorties flown by spare aircraft (on-time), and UTE cancellations.
A8.3.15.4. (Added-ACC) OP/MT-Deviations = Sum of all Calculated-Deviations
recorded using OP or MT as the deviation cause code (include GAA, GAB and GAC).
A8.3.15.5. (Added-ACC) Overall-FSE-Rate = Adjusted-Sorties-Scheduled minus (-)
Calculated - Deviations divided by Adjusted-Sorties-Scheduled times 100.
A8.3.15.6. (Added-ACC) OP-MT-FSE-Rate = OP/MT-Deviations divided (/) by
Adjusted-Sorties- Scheduled times (*) 100.
454 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Attachment 9 (Added-ACC)
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING EFFECTIVENESS
A9.1. (Added-ACC) Purpose. Maintenance Schedule Effectiveness (MSE). This is a leading
indicator to measure the unit’s ability to plan and complete scheduled maintenance events
(inspections, periodic maintenance, etc.) and scheduled use of maintenance resources
(Static/IR/Alert Prep, Training Aircraft, etc.) on-time per the maintenance plan. ACC goal for MSE
is 95 percent. A low MSE rate may indicate a unit is experiencing a high rate of turbulence on the
flightline or in the back shops. This indicator is primarily used as reliability indicator for
maintenance managers assessing the unit’s capacity to execute the scheduled maintenance plan.
A9.1.1. (Added-ACC) A cornerstone of successful maintenance scheduling and execution is
an understanding of how the schedule is executed versus how it was scheduled to be executed.
These differences in scheduled versus actual events are only recorded in the execution phase
of the scheduling process and are called deviations. Deviation data must be recorded so follow-
up analysis can identify the appropriate corrective actions if any are needed. (T-2). Without
deviation data, analysis is impossible. Deviation data recording and analysis is the beginning
of the process to continually improve the scheduling and execution process leading to
improved unit flying operations. The unit is responsible for documenting deviations to the
weekly flying and maintenance schedule and determining the cause for each deviation.
Deviations must be coordinated with the appropriate squadron/AMU before being assigned to
a specific category. Schedule deviations resulting from a sequence of events will be assigned
a primary cause. (T-2). A determination of the primary cause will be made by the parties
involved to arrive at a unit position. (T-2). The squadron operations officer and the AMU
OIC/AMXS maintenance operations, along with MO, will monitor deviations to ensure they
meet the criteria in this publication. (T-2). When conflicts arise, leadership of involved units
will resolve them at the lowest level. All deviations will be recorded as described in this
publication. (T-2).
A9.2. (Added-ACC) Computations:
A9.2.1. (Added-ACC) Compute the aircraft MSE using scheduled maintenance events in the
printed weekly schedule. In order to make this data valuable it is important the integrity of the
data be maintained. The IMDS/MIS database will be used to determine whether or not the
maintenance actions were completed on time. (T-2). For example, if a maintenance event is
scheduled in the weekly flying and maintenance schedule for Monday through Wednesday,
IMDS/MIS should show completed before Thursday for credit. For maintenance events
extending into the next week, credit for completion is based on the last day of the scheduled
event (to 2400 on the last day of the scheduled event). Note: Periodic, Phase and ISO
inspection completion will be measured using the completion date of the inspection as noted
on the maintenance page. (T-2). AMXS and MXS supervision will standardize the scheduled
duration of the inspection for each MDS based upon the work card deck and fix phase critical
path data determined from 4 years of IMDS/MIS historical data provided by MMA and
Phase/ISO supervision assessments. Standardized durations will be documented and forwarded
to MO PS&D. (T-2).
A9.2.1.1. (Added-ACC) The MXG/CCs may select additional areas (such as AGE,
Avionics Intermediate Shop, AME, static, training aircraft etc.) for local scheduling
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 455
effectiveness tracking and will establish standards for these additions. (T-2). When
reported to HHQ these locally selected areas will not be included in aircraft MSE rates. (T-
2).
A9.2.2. (Added-ACC) PS&D will implement procedures for reviewing and recording
scheduled maintenance actions daily, forward this data to maintenance analysis weekly for
computation and publication. (T-2). Daily review will be accomplished by PS&D and will not
be delegated. (T-2).
A9.2.3. (Added-ACC) When a unit is tasked with a combat sortie generation, unscheduled
tasking, unannounced exercise/real world contingency, or HHQ exercise that significantly
impacts the printed weekly maintenance schedule, the plan may be revised or reprinted without
incurring deviations. Utilizing MSE deviation Table A9.1., normal deviation reporting
procedures will be followed once the revised or reprinted plan is finalized. (T-2). The
unaccomplished portion of the original maintenance schedule that was revised will not be
included in the scheduling effectiveness formula. (T-2).
A9.2.3.1. (Added-ACC) Units may revise or reprint the following day’s or remainder of
that week’s maintenance schedule to compensate for adverse weather. This adjustment
should be used only in extreme cases and recorded on an AF Form 2407. Once changed,
normal deviation reporting procedures will apply. (T-2).
A9.2.4. (Added-ACC) Squadron commanders will coordinate to cancel and reschedule
maintenance actions to coincide with the portion of the flying schedule that was canceled after
the unit or OS has achieved the UTE rate goal for the month. (T-2). These canceled
maintenance actions will not be included in MSE computations. (T-2).
Table A9.1. (Added-ACC) MSE Deviations and Functions (T-2).
DEVIATION
FUNCTION
Maintenance (MX)
Actions canceled to adding aircraft to the flying schedule, lack of
manpower, equipment or as a result of mismanagement.
Operations (OP)
Actions cancelled or not completed on-time for operational
considerations or as a result of adding aircraft to the flying and
maintenance schedule to meet operations requirements. This also
includes maintenance events not completed due to operations group
actions. For example, AFE Section not completing scheduled
maintenance as published in the wing weekly flying and
maintenance schedule.
Higher headquarters
(HHQ)
Actions canceled or not completed as a result of higher headquarters
tasking from outside of the wing.
Weather (WX)
Actions canceled or not completed as a result of weather conditions.
Supply (SU)
Deviations that result from verified parts back order condition.
456 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Other (OT)
Aircraft impounded after publication of the weekly schedule,
unscheduled major maintenance where the scheduled maintenance
action cannot be accomplished because of tech data restrictions,
aircraft off base and unable to return or as a result of
Productivity/Utilization Goal Days
Low Observable (LO)
Scheduled maintenance events not accomplished specifically
because LO restoration exceeded the original ETIC; actions not
completed due to inaccessibility or not power capable
Exception: Any scheduled maintenance for an aircraft possessed by depot/PDM/CFT/DFT
that is not complied with because the aircraft is not released for possession as scheduled to
the owning unit does not count toward MSE computations.
** Reference ACCI 21-118 for MSE computations**
A9.2.5. (Added-ACC) Units will use Table A9.2 for Maintenance Scheduling Effectiveness
(MSE) Computations (T-2).
A9.2.5.1. (Added-ACC) Formula: Overall Maintenance Scheduling Effectiveness Rate
= Total Points Earned Divide by Total Points Possible x 100. (T-2).
A9.2.5.2. (Added-ACC) To obtain only the OP-MX MSE rate, treat events with
deviations in categories other than OP or MX as if they were not missed.
Table A9.2. (Added-ACC) Maintenance Scheduling Effectiveness Computation.
SCHEDULED
EVENT
A
WEIGHTED
POINTS
B
NUMBER
OF EVENTS
C
POSSIBLE
POINTS
(A x B)
D
COMPLETED
SCHEDULED
E
POINTS
EARNED
(A x D)
Periodic/
Isochronal/Phase
Inspections/PMP
5
Home Station
Checks/Hourly
Post Flights
5
Engine Changes
5
Time Changes
4
TCTOs
4
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 457
Corrosion
Control/ Paint
4
Special
Inspections
3
Document
Reviews
2
Delayed
Discrepancies
3
Total Points Possible: Total Points Earned:
Total O&M Points Possible: Total O&M Points Earned:
458 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Attachment 10 (Added-ACC)
FLYING SCHEDULING REPORTING PROCEDURES
A10.1. (Added-ACC) Purpose. This attachment provides instructions on flying scheduling
reporting procedures. The flying schedule must be loaded in IMDS/MIS to track scheduling and
deviation data. (T-2). Once loaded, the IMDS Daily Mission Schedule background report (IMDS
screen 360) or proposed maintenance plan background report (IMDS screen 361) provides detailed
base-level retrieval of flying and maintenance schedule retrieved from IMDS. IMDS/MIS will also
be used to provide higher headquarters reporting of aircraft utilization. (T-2).
A10.2. (Added-ACC) Responsibilities:
A10.2.1. (Added-ACC) The MXG/CC will ensure procedures are established to verify the
accuracy of all scheduling and deviation data. (T-2).
A10.2.2. (Added-ACC) PS&D section will publish the weekly flying schedule IAW
Chapter 14 of this publication on AF Forms 2400 series or computer generated products. (T-
2). The PS&D will load the weekly flying schedule into IMDS/MIS by 1600L Friday for the
following week using the procedures in AFCSM 21-565V2, Operational Event Subsystem
Software User Manual. (T-2). Refer to Attachment 8, paragraph A8.3.6.1 for daily tail
number scheduling procedures. Exceptions: Load the schedule NLT1600L Sunday for TFI
units during UTA weekends. (T-2).
A10.2.3. (Added-ACC) The MOC will review the on-line IMDS debriefed sortie recap,
screen 174, and the IMDS background products daily Accomplishment Utilization Report
(Screen 362), Deviation Detail Listing (Screen 181), Deviation Summary Inquiry (Screen 173)
and Uncompleted Operational Events (Screen 719), daily to ensure accuracy of deviation
reporting. (T-2). The MOC will also review Uncompleted Operational Events, IMDS screen
719, daily to ensure uncompleted sortie lines are deleted using Operational Events Delete
IMDS screen 883, if necessary after coordination with debrief section and MO PS&D. (T-2).
The MOC will record additions, cancellations before crew show, late and early take-offs and
landings, and Tail Swaps in IMDS as deviations occur. (T-2).
A10.2.3.1. (Added-ACC) The debrief section will record aborts and in-flight emergency
incidents in IMDS during the IMDS automated debriefing process. (T-2). After a primary
aircraft ground aborts and is replaced by a spare, debrief sections will ensure the deviation
code is recorded as a Spare deviation with the appropriate cause code (SP/GAA (GAB,
GAC)) against the original aircraft; debrief sections will not record the deviation as a
ground abort (GA/GAA, GAB, GAC) against the original aircraft that was replaced by a
spare. (T-2). Analysis will count SP/GAA (GAB, GAC) as one ground abort deviation but
will not count this against FSE. (T-2). For all other spare and ground abort deviations
procedures debrief will follow procedures in Attachment 8, paragraph A8.3.2.1 (T-2).
Weapons systems not utilizing IMDS will use the applicable MIS to make appropriate
inputs and to retrieve required data. (T-2).
A10.2.3.2. (Added-ACC) The MOC will coordinate with both the flying squadron and
AMU on all changes and deviations to the daily flying schedule to assist in determining
correct debriefing status codes. (T-2). The MOC will provide sortie sequence numbers and
sortie numbers to the squadron/AMU for all additions and cross-country sorties. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 459
Sortie numbers assigned to a specific tail number must be in sequential order (for example
sortie number 101 must be used on a specific tail number before sortie number 102). (T-
2). Unique sortie sequence numbers will be developed for deployed sorties. (T-2).
A10.2.4. (Added-ACC) The following instructions apply to IMDS screen 474, Cause Code
Table; 342, Operational Event Cancellation; 343, Operational Event Tail Number Swap/Tail
Number Spare; and 350, Deviation, Start/Stop/Correction Abort/Delete. The Ground
Deviation Code block cannot be blank. Enter one of the codes identified in Table A10.1 or
one of the ground deviation codes in AFCSM 21-565V2. (T-2).
Table A10.1. (Added-ACC) Category Codes and Functions (T-2).
CODE
FUNCTION
C
Chargeable Deviations for FSE (all deviations are recorded, but not all are
chargeable against the FSE see paragraph 9.1.)
N
Non-chargeable Deviation for FSE, see paragraph 9.1.
A10.2.5. Cause Code. (Added)(ACC) Enter one of the codes identified in Table A10.2 to
indicate the reason for a deviation or the agency, which caused a deviation. These codes must
be entered into the IMDS Cause Code table as outlined in AFCSM 21-565V2. (T-2). The
maintenance indicator block is left blank when loading the following Cause Codes. For
maintenance ground aborts do not use cause code MTx, only use GAA, GAB, or GAC. (T-2).
Table A10.2. (Added-ACC) Cause Codes and Functions. (T-2)
CODE
FUNCTION
ATx
Air Traffic
XEH
Exercise, HHQ
XEL
Exercise, Local
GAA
Ground Abort, before engine start, maintenance
GAB
Ground Abort, after engine start, before taxi, maintenance
GAC
Ground Abort, after taxi, maintenance
HQT
Higher Headquarters, MAJCOM (non-exercise)
HQN
Higher Headquarters, NAF (non-exercise)
HQP
Higher Headquarters, other (non-exercise)
MTx
Maintenance
OPx
Operations
SUx
Supply
SYx
Sympathy
460 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
XUT
UTE Cancel
WXx
Weather
OTx
Other
Xxx
Local Option
Note: Use x for any character for local use.
A10.2.6. (Added-ACC) Air Deviation Code. Enter one of the codes identified in Table
A10.3 or one of the air deviation codes identified in AFCSM 21-565V2 for each deviation that
occurs after aircraft take- off: Air Deviations are not included in FSE rate computations, but
must be recorded. (T-2).
Table A10.3. (Added-ACC) Air Deviation Codes and Functions. (T-2).
CODE
FUNCTION
AA
Air Abort (includes operations, weather, sympathy, ATC, Non-IFE, and other)
AI
Air Abort, IFE
EL
Early Landing
FE
IFE
FI
In-flight Incident
LL
Late Landing
A10.2.7. (Added-ACC) Weapons systems not utilizing IMDS will use the applicable MIS to
make appropriate inputs and to retrieve required data IAW system specific directives. (T-2).
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 461
Attachment 11 (Added-ACC)
ATTRITION AND SPARES
A11.1. (Added-ACC) Attrition. Attrition factors represent historical percentage of scheduled
sorties lost to causes outside unit control. Maintenance and Operations schedulers add attrition
sorties to monthly contracts to ensure mission goals are met. Units may make a conscious decision,
with HQ ACC/A4MO approval, to use different attrition factors from statistical attrition rates
calculated by MMA. (T-2).
A11.1.1. (Added) (ACC) Attrition sorties are not substitutes for unit capability shortfalls,
they are added to the contract to mitigate scheduling turbulence to facilitate the unit’s mission
goals are met. Attrition sorties are planned for based on historical sortie losses captured and
measured by MMA. The monthly flying and maintenance plan will clearly identify attrition
sorties for planning purposes and can be applied to the contract sorties daily, weekly or monthly
to project scheduled sortie requirements. (T-2). It is important to maintain consistency in
application to minimize fluctuations in required sorties. If attrition is less or more than planned,
adjustments to the weekly flying and maintenance schedule will be made to prevent over
extending maintenance or exceeding the unit’s contract. (T-2). A sortie lost may normally be
flown in the same month the loss occurred. If at the end of a quarter combined losses exceed
attrition figures, the OG and MXG/CCs may negotiate a resolution to the shortfall.
A11.1.2. (Added-ACC) The factors used to compute attrition will be MXx, OPx, SUx, WXx,
ATx, SYx, OTx, EXH, EXL, and HQx cancels. (T-2). Include unspared ground aborts when
computing Mx cancels. Attrition and spare factors will be computed for and applied to each
flying squadron. (T-2). Monthly statistical attrition anomalies should be identified,
documented and factored out of attrition calculations if necessary. MMA will compute attrition
factors monthly for each OS/AMU and provide the results to PS&D and OSS Current
Operations. (T-2). During the annual “Proposed FHP”, MMA will provide attrition factors by
month for the entire next fiscal year. (T-2). Note: Attrition and spare factors need not be
developed for test and evaluation (CB) possession identifier coded aircraft.
A11.2. (Added-ACC) Attrition Factor Application.
A11.2.1. (Added) (ACC) Attrition computation is based on unit historical data from
previous similar flying months. For example, when computing attrition for Jan 12, use
historical data for Jan 11, Jan 10, Jan 09, Jan 08, etc. Use minimum of 4 years of historical data
ensuring seasonal variations are considered to determine a basis for attrition. When computing
attrition, use the total sorties lost in a particular category. Do not use the difference between
the sorties lost and those sorties added to make up for the losses. The formula for computing
the attrition factor is Historical Sorties Lost divided by Historical Sorties Scheduled.
Table A11.1. (Added-ACC) Attrition Computation Example.
Cancels:
MX Cancels
.02
OP Cancels
.01
SU Cancels
.01
462 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
OT Cancels
.01
AT Cancels:
.01
SY Cancels:
.01
EXH Cancels:
.00
EXL Cancels:
.01
HQ Cancels:
.01
Cancels attrition factor:
.09
WX Cancels:
.03
Total attrition factor:
.12
Overall attrition factor is .12 or 12%
Table A11.2. (Added-ACC) Sample Application of Total Attrition Factor.
Sorties Required1000
Subtract attrition factor from 1:(1-.12) =.88
Divide1000 by .88
Required sorties to schedule 1,136.36, round up to 1137.
Based on historical attrition of .12%, the unit can expect to lose 137 sorties to meet the
required 1000 sorties.
A11.3. (Added-ACC) Prorated Weather Attrition:
A11.3.1. (Added-ACC) Computation. Weather attrition sorties will only be used when
sorties are lost because of weather. (T-2). Weather attrition sorties will not be carried over into
another month. (T-2). Using the weather attrition factor, compute the number of anticipated
sortie losses for weather. Divide the number of weather losses by the O&M days. This will
determine the prorated weather attrition.
Table A11.3. (Added-ACC) Sample Application of Prorated Weather Attrition Factor.
Sorties Required (500)
Subtract the weather attrition factor from 1 (1 - .03) = .97
Divide 500 by .97 (500 / .97)
Equals Required Sorties to Schedule (500 / .97 = 516)
Minus Sorties Required (500)
Expected Weather Losses (16)
Divide 16 by O&M Days (20 for this exercise) (16 / 20)
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 463
Expected Sortie Losses per O&M Day (.75)
A unit would expect.75 sorties lost each O&M day in the month for weather. Thus, a total of
16 sortie losses (.75 sorties x 20 O&M days) would be expected for that month. Whenever
weather losses exceed the total projected weather losses (number of O&M days to date x.75,
round up to the next whole number), a unit may add sorties not to exceed the difference
between the sorties lost due to weather and the total projected weather losses. For example on
the 11th O&M day of the month, a unit lost a total of 15 sorties to-date due to weather. The
expected prorated weather sorties lost to-date is 9 (1.55 .75 times 11 equal 8.25, round up).
The unit also added 2 weather sorties earlier in the month. The unit could add up to 4 sorties
(15 sorties lost to date due to weather minus 9 prorated losses minus 2 weather adds equals 4
weather adds available).
A11.4. (Added-ACC) Spares Requirements. Spares requirements will not exceed 20 percent
(30 percent for training units owning TF coded aircraft) of aircraft committed to the flying
schedule, rounded up to the next whole aircraft. (T-2). During Planned Sortie Surges the MXG/CC
determines the amount of spares that will be committed. However, leadership must consider health
of the fleet when authorizing scheduled spares above 40 percent. (T-2). Units should be cognizant
of their historical break rates and spare constraints when scheduling surges. Spares can be quickly
used during surges and once spares are exhausted the capability to meet surge goals is severely
limited.
A11.4.1. (Added-ACC) MMA computes annual spare aircraft requirements by month, using
historical aircraft first sortie logistics losses and provides this information to the PS&D for use
in computing spare aircraft requirements. Spare computation is based on unit historical data
from previous similar flying months. For example, when computing spares for Jan 06, use
historical data for Jan 05, Jan 04, Jan 03, Jan 02, Jan 01, etc. Use a minimum of 4 years
historical data to ensure seasonal variations are included to determine a basis. The formula for
computing spare factors is Historical First Sortie Deletions/Cancellation divided by historical
first sorties scheduled
A11.4.1.1. (Added-ACC) A first sortie is defined as a sortie flown by an aircraft that has
not previously flown for the day (0001-2400 flying period). For example, if 8 aircraft are
committed to the schedule and there are 14 total sorties scheduled, the first 8 sortie line
numbers (i.e., 101-108) should reflect all 8 committed aircraft tail numbers before they are
re-scheduled (turned) against the last 6 (i.e., 109-114). This would be reflected as an 8 x 6
and will not be reflected as a 6 x 8 because of scheduled take-off times. Additionally lines
are listed in sequential order with take-off times that reflect this order.
A11.4.1.1.1. (Added-ACC) Operations may define first sorties or turns by mission
profile, take-off times, but for the purposes of this instruction the sortie turn pattern is
defined against initial aircraft flown and scheduled turns of the same or a portion of the
same aircraft.
464 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Table A11.4. (Added-ACC) Sample Application of Spare Factors.
1st Sortie Maintenance Cancellations .10
1st Sortie Supply Cancellations .03
1st Sortie Ground Aborts .05
Spare factor .18 or 18%
A sample figure of 12 first sorties is used in the following computation:
Spare aircraft required = 1st sorties scheduled x the spare factor (rounded up to the next
whole number) 12 x .18 = 2.16
Spares Required is 3
A11.4.2. (Added) (ACC) The computed spare requirement may be adjusted to compensate
for multiple configurations and syllabus constraints. When additional spares are added for
multiple configurations, units should not exceed one spare per configuration.
A11.4.2.1. (Added-ACC) Additional spares are authorized to support higher
headquarters tasking and special missions (if required by the tasking).
A11.4.2.2. (Added-ACC) At least one spare aircraft is authorized per MDS for each
flying day.
A11.4.2.3. (Added-ACC) Unmanned Aerial Systems training missions are authorized an
additional spare to support increased aircrew training requirements due to crew size ratio.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 465
Attachment 12 (Added-ACC)
DEPLOYED OPERATIONS AND OFF-STATION SORTIES
A12.1. (Added-ACC) Purpose. This chapter establishes rules and procedures used in planning,
executing, evaluating and reporting of unit flying and maintenance schedules at deployed locations
where unit maintenance is provided. Sorties flown at deployed locations where no parent unit
maintenance is provided are considered off-station sorties. If parent unit support is deployed, this
is considered the same as homestation support and normal deviation reporting applies. (T-2).
Limited launch support is not considered parent unit maintenance.
A12.2. (Added-ACC) General. Normal deviation reporting applies to deployed operations
except as noted in this chapter. Data from deployed operations will be transmitted or forwarded
back to homestation and included in unit totals IAW ACCI 21-118. (T-2).
A12.3. (Added-ACC) Scheduling. In addition to the procedures for homestation scheduling
and reporting, deployed units will use the following procedures when developing a weekly flying
schedule and reporting deviations:
A12.3.1. (Added-ACC) Separate block(s) of sortie sequence numbers will be assigned for
deployment location(s). (T-2).
A12.3.2. (Added-ACC) When a spare aircraft is launched for a scheduled deployment to a
Forward Operating Location (FOL), the options in paragraph 11.5.1 apply to the homestation
and deployment location flying and maintenance schedules. (T-2).
A12.3.3. (Added-ACC) Additions and cancellations at deployed locations, which are
required to accomplish specific aircrew training requirements and make optimum use of
available range time, are considered flown as scheduled. This does not relieve operations and
maintenance from developing a viable and realistic flying schedule at the deployed location.
The primary purpose of this flexibility is to allow the unit to make up non-effective sorties to
ensure accomplishment of the deployment training plan. Procedures for changing the weekly
schedule in Chapter 14 apply to deployment location flying and maintenance schedules.
Additions and cancellations caused by ineffective planning are recorded. (T-2).
A12.3.4. (Added-ACC) When operating at a deployed location using a daily ATO, follow
procedures outlined in paragraph A8.3.8 of this instruction. (T-2).
A12.4. (Added-ACC) Deployed Daily Activity Report. Required information for deployed
ACC units will be transmitted to homestation IAW applicable unit deployment plans. (T-2). If
required, refer to ACCI 21-118, Chapters 3 through 5 for further guidance.
A12.5. (Added-ACC) Off-Station Sorties. Off-station sorties are those sorties flown from
other than homestation and parent unit maintenance is not provided (e.g., cross-country sorties).
Units will publish sorties planned while off station. (T-2). Take-off and landing times may be TBD
when supporting another unit and the specific times are unknown at the time of publishing. The
following paragraphs outline the rules that apply to higher headquarters alert or off-station sorties:
A12.5.1. (Added-ACC) When a spare is launched to the off-station/cross country location in
place of the originally intended aircraft, one of the following options applies.
466 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
A12.5.2. (Added-ACC) Option 1. The originally scheduled prime aircraft, which remained
on base, may fly the sorties of the departed aircraft for the remainder of the week without
recording FSE deviations. However, maintenance scheduling effectiveness is based on the
published weekly schedule.
A12.5.3. (Added-ACC) Option 2. The sorties may be tail-swapped with a printed spare
aircraft on each day's schedule.
A12.5.4. (Added-ACC) When an aircraft is off-station and cannot return to homestation for
its scheduled sortie, a deviation will be recorded for the reason the aircraft was unable to return.
(T-2). The reasons should be specific, example, maintenance, operations, weather, etc. Note:
If the off-station aircraft can fly its scheduled mission from its location, no deviation is
recorded.
A12.6. (Added-ACC) Deployed PS&D Support Operations.
A12.6.1. (Added-ACC) NLT 7 days after arrival of a new units arrival, PS&D
Superintendent will visit all decentralized scheduling activities and provide technical
assistance as needed. (T-2).
A12.6.2. (Added-ACC) Units will follow home-station guidance. (T-2).
A12.6.3. (Added-ACC) Home station AVDOs will perform AVDO duties on deployed
aircraft unless the possession changes to the deployed location. (T-2). With home station
AVDO approval, CENTAF PS&D will make MIS inventory/status transactions and coordinate
message requirements with home station AVDOs. (T-2). If possession changes, CENTAF,
PS&D will perform all AVDO duties. (T-2).
A12.6.4. (Added-ACC) DELETED.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 467
Attachment 13 (Added-ACC)
SAMPLE OF TIME DISTRIBUTION INDEX
Figure A13.1. (Added-ACC) Sample of Time Distribution Index.
468 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Attachment 14 (Added-ACC)
EXAMPLE OF REPORTING AIRCREW READINESS
Figure A14.1. (Added-ACC) Example of Reporting Aircrew Readiness.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 469
Attachment 15 (Added-ACC)
AFREP END OF FISCAL YEAR REPORT SAMPLE
Table A15.1. (Added-ACC) AFREP End of Fiscal Year Report -- FY 12.
MICAP Avoided
0
MICAP Fills
0
SARs Approved
0
SARs Disapproved
0
Number of Base Level Repairs
0
Number of Contract Repairs
0
Number of Non-Repairs
0
Base Level Repair Costs
$0.00
Contract Repair Costs
$0.00
Operating Costs
$0.00
Gross Avoidance
$0.00
Gross Credits
$0.00
Number of Personnel
Grade
AFSC
1
MSgt
2A373B
1
TSgt
2A071M
2
SSgt
2A354B
“
“
“
Personnel trained this FY – 2ea
- Type (initial/refresher) & Location
2M initial & MTR at DM AFB
Miniature only at DM AFB
Success Stories
- Use bullet format
//Signed, jjd, xx Sep 2012//
JOHN J. DOE, MSgt, USAF
XX MXG AFREP Manager
470 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Attachment 16 (Added-ACC)
AFREP CCR MINIATURE SOLDERING CERTIFICATION PLAN
A16.1. (Added-ACC) Certification of CCR miniature electronic technicians.
A16.1.1. (Added-ACC) Initial certification for technicians will be awarded upon successful
completion of CCR training through either the AETC - J4AMF/ASF/AST30000-110,
Miniature Electronics Repair, course or US Navy equivalent course.
A16.1.2. (Added-ACC) Technicians certified in the minimum requirements for CCR are
authorized to repair single and double-sided Circuit Card Assemblies (CCAs) and other
electronic assemblies, up to and including the removal and installation of discrete and multi-
lead components. Authorized repairs include surface repair of CCA laminate, removal and
application of conformal coatings, removal and replacement of damaged conductors and
installation of wires to terminals.
A16.1.3. (Added-ACC) Minimum requirements for miniature CCR certification:
A16.1.3.1. (Added-ACC) Proficiency Tasks. CCR technicians will learn introduction to
soldering, including electrostatic discharge precautions; identification and removal of
conformal coatings; removal, preparation and installation of discrete components; laminate
repair; repair of printed circuit conductors; wire preparation and installation on terminals;
removal and installation of multi-lead components; and inspection and analysis of work.
A16.1.3.2. (Added-ACC) Knowledge Tasks. CCR technicians will learn safety
precautions; use and maintenance of tools and equipment; conformal coating reapplication;
laminate repair of delaminated, warped, cracked and through the board defects; wire
splicing and limitations of the miniature CCR technician.
A16.1.4. (Added-ACC) Technicians must complete all tasks to the satisfaction of the
certifying official. Technicians must recertify (per Attachment 17) 18 months from last
training/completion date and ensure 372 TRS/DET 11 at Davis-Monthan AFB updates
certification tracking database.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 471
Attachment 17 (Added-ACC)
AFREP CCR MINIATURE SOLDERING RECERTIFICATION PLAN
A17.1. (Added-ACC) Recertification of CCR miniature technicians.
A17.1.1. (Added-ACC) CCR technicians will be recertified by the end of the eighteenth
month after their initial certification or last recertification date by AETC or US Navy
equivalent designated recertifying officials.
A17.1.2. (Added-ACC) The designated certifying official or representative will ensure the
technician demonstrates the ability to perform the following tasks: identify types of conformal
coatings and remove coating without circuit card damage; perform selected wire projects on
turret or hook terminals; connector pin solder connection and pad replacement conductor repair
with a flat-set eyelet; install a flush mount, full clinch, axial lead component on double-sided
circuit card; and remove and replace a dual in-line package and a flat pack.
A17.1.3. (Added-ACC) Technicians must complete all tasks to the satisfaction of the
recertifying official. If a CCR technician fails to successfully recertify, then initial certification
training is required. Technicians must recertify (per this attachment) 18 months from last
training/completion date and ensure 372 TRS/DET 11 at Davis-Monthan AFB updates
certification tracking database.
472 AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020
Attachment 18 (Added-ACC)
AFREP CCR MICRO-MINIATURE SOLDERING CERTIFICATION PLAN
A18.1. Certification of CCR 2M Electronic Technicians.
A18.1.1. (Added-ACC) When entering initial 2M training, technicians must hold current
certification in miniature CCR. Initial certification for technicians will be awarded upon
successful completion of 2M CCR training from either AETC - J4AMP30000 AS1A,
J4AMP30000 AS2A, J4AMP30000 AS3A, Micro-Miniature Electronics Repair course or US
Navy equivalent course.
A18.1.2. (Added-ACC) Technicians certified as 2M technicians are authorized to perform
additional repair tasks beyond those taught to miniature repair technicians. Authorized repairs
include high- density component packaging, multilayer conductor repair, flex print repair and
edge lighted panel repair and removal/replacement of surface mount devices.
A18.1.3. (Added-ACC) Minimum requirements for 2M CCR certification:
A18.1.3.1. (Added-ACC) Proficiency Tasks. CCR technicians will learn flexible
laminate and conductor repair; multilayer laminate and conductor repair; removal and
replacement of specialized components: Metalized Electrode Face (MELF), chip
resistor/capacitors, Small Outlined Transistor (SOT)/ Small Outlined Integrated Circuits
(SOIC), Plastic Quad Flat Pack (PQFP), and Plastic Leaded Chip Carrier (PLCC); and
inspection and analysis of work.
A18.1.3.2. (Added-ACC) Knowledge Tasks. CCR technicians will learn safety
precautions; use and maintenance of tools and equipment; conformal coating reapplication;
and limitations of the 2M CCR technician.
A18.1.4. (Added-ACC) Technicians must complete all tasks to the satisfaction of the
certifying official. Technicians must recertify (per Attachment 19) 18 months from last
training/completion date and ensure 372 TRS/DET 11 at Davis-Monthan AFB updates
certification tracking database.
AFI21-101_ACCSUP 23 JUNE 2020 473
Attachment 19 (Added-ACC)
AFREP CCR MICRO-MINIATURE SOLDERING RECERTIFICATION PLAN
A19.1. (Added-ACC) Recertification of CCR 2M Technicians.
A19.1.1. (Added-ACC) CCR technicians will be recertified by the end of the eighteenth
month after their initial certification or last recertification date by the 372 TRS/DET 11
recertifying official or US Navy designated recertifying officials.
A19.1.2. (Added-ACC) The 372 TRS/DET 11 certifying official or representative will
ensure the technician demonstrates the ability to perform the following tasks: Identify types
of conformal coatings and remove coating without circuit card damage; perform selected wire
projects on turret or hook terminals; remove and replace a dual in-line package; repair flexible
laminate and conductor or plastic panel defective bulb replacement; repair multilayer circuit
card laminate and conductor replacement; remove and replace a MELF or SOIC or SOT; and
remove and replace PQFP, PLCC.
A19.1.3. (Added-ACC) Technicians must complete all tasks to the satisfaction of the
recertifying official. If a CCR technician fails to successfully recertify, then initial certification
training is required. Technicians must recertify (per this attachment) 18 months from last
training/completion date and ensure 372 TRS/DET 11 at Davis-Monthan AFB updates
certification tracking database. Note: 2M technicians can be downgraded to miniature
certification if recertification at 2M level is unsatisfactory and technician completes miniature
recertification requirements.